sa Fhe See TST
SR aes fer ond
ate
)
ine .
; i
en
aye en f
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS ©
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCLETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER ROW,
rss “iL
OF THE
COUNCIL AND OFFICERS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1884.
COUNCIL.
(Elected April 29, 1884.)
Prorrsson W. H. Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., President.
Mazyor-Gun. Tur Lorp Asrnerr, | Artnur Grote, Ese., Vice-Presi-
C.B. dent.
Masor-Gen. Henry Crerr, R.A., | Psorzssor Mivarz, F.R.S., Vice-
F.R.S. President.
Grorer E. Dosson, Esq., M.A., | Proresson ALrrep Newton,
F.R.S. F.R.S., Vice-President.
Henry KE. Dresser, Esq. Henry Poxtocs, Esq.
Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., Trea- | Toomas H. Powett, Esq.
surer. Ospert Sarvin, Esq., F.R.S.,
Sir Josrpu Fayrer, K.C.S.L., Vice-President.
E.RS., Vice-President. W. Aysurorp Sanprorp, Esq.
Joun P. Gasstor, Esq. ‘| Partie Luriry Scrater, Esq.,
F, DuCanz Gopman, Esq. M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
Lrevr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwin-Avs- | Joseru Travers Surru, Esq.
TEN, F.R.S. Tur Lorp WatzsrnenamM, Vice-
Cot. J. A. Grant, C.B., F.R.S. President.
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.
P. L. Scrater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
Frank K, Bepparp, Esq., M.A., Prosector.
Mr. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens.
Mr. F. H. Warernovsn, Librarian.
Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.
Mr. W. J. Wintrams, Chief Clerk. |
LIST
OF THE
CONTRIBUTORS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
Pago
Barter, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.
On some Hybrid Bovine Animals bred in the Society's
Gardens, (Plates XXXIV. & XXXKV.).. gnc i esse ee 399
Bates, H. W., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
List of Coleoptera of the Families Carabide and Scarabzide
collected by the late W. A. Forbes on the Lower Niger.... 401
Bepparp, Frank BE., M.A., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., F.Z.S., Pro-
sector to the Society.
Preliminary Notice of the Isopoda collected during the
Voyage of H.MLS. ‘ Challenger.’—Part I. Serolis ........ 330
On some Points in the Structure of Hapalemur griseus .. 391
Notice of a Memoir on the Anatomy and Systematic
Position of a gigantic Earthworm (Microcheta rappi), from
Ger Capeae Ubomy 85.55 su". 52s leteetee met Gon heels nae iroreriomn. Vite)
A Contribution to the Anatomy of Scopus umbretta .... 543
Note on the Presence of an Anterior Abdominal Vein in
DS GLO eee ee ROTI EAI on oibidc ths EPPS ee 553
li
iv
Bett, F. Jerrrey, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of
Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London.
On the Generic Position and Relations of Lchinanthus
Page
fumidus, Woads. (Plates PGi.) oma accaiiaite seein 40
Contributions to the Systematic Arrangement of the
Asteroidea.—II. The Species of Oreaster 57
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, Lstheria melitensis.... 25)
Studies in the Holothuroidea.—III. On Amphicyclus, a
new Genus of Dendrochirotous Holothurians, and its bearing
on the Classification of the Family ...............-000 253
Studies in the Holothuroidea.—IV. On the Structural
Characters of the Cotton-spinner (Holothuria nigra), and
especially of its Cuvierian Organs...... 372
Studies in the Holothuroidea.—V. Further Notes on the
Cotton-spinner . 563
Berwerscu, Hans Graf von, C.M.Z.S., and TaczaANowsk1,
L., C.M.Z.S.
Deuxicme liste des Oiseaux recueillis dans l’Ecuadeur
occidental par MM. Stolzmann et Siemiradzki. (Plate
eae ie 281
Bipputpn, Lieut.-Col. J., F.Z.S.
On the Wild Sheep of Cyprus. (Plate LVIIL.)........ 593
Buanrorp, W. T., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Report on the Collection of Drawings of Himalayan Birds
lately presented to the Society’s Library by Mr, Brian H.
Hodgson, F.Z.8. .. 56
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of Heads of Ovis
POUT 3 on Pr giaiore . 326
Bou LenGeERr, G. A., F.Z.S.
Note upon a large Lizard of the Genus Phelsuma, from
Rodriguez, sent by Mr. J. C. O’ Halloran. ... 1
7
Page
Diagnoses of new Reptiles and Batrachians from the
Solomon Islands, collected and presented to the British
Museum by H. B. Guppy, Esq., M.B., H.M.S. ‘Lark’ .. 210
Notice of a Memoir on the Reptiles and Batrachians of
nel G MON ASIANS a oe 2 mse ys on ain efotaidin 1 Sacime rac oih lo wa 251
Description of a new Variety of Lacerta viridis, from South
Portogal. (Pinte KRY Ws) sn. atecpats au Yael
Notes on the Edible Frog in England. (Plate LV.) .... 573
Brypon, Major W., B.S.C., C.M.Z.S.
Exhibition of an egg of Blyth’s Tragopan (Ceriornis blythi). 477
Letter from, containing an account of his efforts to procure
Budorcas taxicolor for the Society ............... sees 477
Butter, Arruur G., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.
On a Collection of Lepidoptera made by Major J. W.
Yerbury at or near Aden. (Plate XLVI.).............. 478
Butt, G. F., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of two examples of a variety of the Red Grouse
(Lagopus scoticus) shot in Westmoreland ............+: 45
CamBripGe, Rev. O. Pickarp, M.A., C.M.Z.S., Hon. Mem.
New-Zealand Institute.
On two new Genera of Spiders. (Plate XV.).......... 196
CameErano, Dr. Lavrentio.
Amphibiorum Italize enumeratio systematica ......,... 421
CxiarKk, Joun W., F.Z.S.
On a Sea-Lion from the East Coast of Australia (Otaria
CWePea, EOCOU) ).'. acess =". digi ouinemened ac eek.) ace wateey LOO
Couuett, Rosert, C.M.Z.S.
On some apparently new Marsupials from Queensland,
(Plates: eal EE: ). che eee ect GERRY So tigee ne) “ORM
vi
Day, Francis, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
On Races and Hybrids among the Salmonide........ eels
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a Dog-fish
(Acanthias vulgaris) internally devoured by parasites .... 44
On Races and Hybrids among the Salmonide.—Part II. 376
On the Occurrence of Lumpenus laumpetriformis off the
East Coast of Scotland. (Plate XLI.) ................ 445
On Races and Hybrids among the Salmonide.— Part III.
(Plates FW; GeV et sii GR ae 6a 4 es see Dee
Distant, W. L.
On the Rhynchota collected by the late W. A. Forbes on
GBe Duce r IER ei score ols. Resara som <b ajetanese a adie Gira 458
Dogson, G. E., M.A., M.B., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
On the Myology and Visceral Anatomy of Capromys
melanurus, with a Description of the Species. (Plates
STE, Me eerie ng Ree RMN: IIE
On the Unimportance of the Presence or Absence of the
Hallux as a Generic Character in Mammalogy, as shown by
the gradual Disappearance of this Digit within the limits of a
Bir LEWC QUIS 2s. ota rict Tange ts is 3 oS wat erate alae ee ees 402
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a diagram designed to
illustrate the Evolution of the Mammalia according to Prof.
PARISI EY cet Gee See orsin Me ie Ae ae OS ae Re ee 562
Dresser, Henry E., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Sylvia
nisoria and Hypolais icterina, killed in Norfolk ...... |
Druce, Hersert, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
On the Lepidoptera collected by the late W. A. Forbes
on the Banks of the Lower Niger—Hererocera. (Plate
FEV EE )) (a lehostate tis 2) cahefeeia. vs ar a SERRE ae + Ake MBs 219
On a Collection of Heterocera from Dominica. (Plate
POR). ee Ura SR ey > & sale 2a den bat eas ee 321
vii
Page
Fayrer, Sir Josernu, F.Z.S.
Exhibition of some additional specimens of Deer’s Antlers
gnawed by other Deer .. ......ceseseeeceereeeeseeees 2
Friowrr, Wiiu1Am Henry, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., President
of the Society.
Remarks upon the Burmese Elephant deposited in the
Society a Mcardens wise ices ual et Alege Geet iota OAS
Remarks on the Society’s Removal to their New Premises. 205
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, four skulls of the
Common Bottle-nose Whale (Hyperoodon rostratus), showing
the Development, with age, of the Maxillary Crests ..... 206
Exhibition of a mass of pure Spermaceti obtained from the
** Head-matter” of Hyperoodons .. ......-e-+++ eeeeee es 206
Note on the Dentition of a young Capybara (Hydrocherus
PGI oat cits Sat arb ca R pis Giada n ss Mei We ale na wine eee
Note on the names of two Genera of Delphinide ...... 417
Fores, H. O., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S.
Remarks on a Paper by Dr. A. B. Meyer on a Collection
of Birds from the East-Indian Archipelago, with special
reference to those described by him from the Timor-Laut
PTO OE PSI ABS 5). aire nine tom «ai w allauapmarels = «aso afels' pss. 425
Garson, J. G., M.D., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of a specimen of Lithodes maia, the Northern
SLOm es re Lippert re see wees tele aes Aitcce Shak onesie o eietere” ace 329
Gopman, Freperick DuCang, F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Savin,
Ossrrt, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
On the Lepidoptera collected by the late W. A. Forbes
on the Banks of the Lower Niger.—Ruopatocera. (Plate
PE icin trices eipecias. i im movers siete c nist ce Ge ier er
A List of the Rhopalocera collected by Mr. G. French
Angas in the Island of Dominica. (Plate XXV.) ........ 314
Gopwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an old Indian drawing
containing a figure of a White Elephant ................ 201
vill :
Page
Grant, W. R. Ocitvie.
A Revision of the Fishes of the Genera Stcydiwm and
Lentipes, with Descriptions of five new Species. (Plates
Pee UL ir chs apy ye eaiue, © BSc « Gescieiccis gia eae eign eae 153
Gurney, Junn Henry.
On the Geographical Distribution of Huhua nipalensis,
Hodgs.; with Remarks on this and on some allied Species.
OP site MLL ee ssered-+ ach whe rohan Waist ann 2G. a 558
Harrtine, James Epmunp, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some antlers of the Roe-
deer (Capreolus caprea) from Dorsetshire .......-.....- 152
Harrravs, Dr. G., F.M.Z.S.
On a new Species of Salpornis from Eastern Equatorial
PVDEICAer Ne ERHUC RO NOGNILE,) 22 Wd wtde ve aiia.c’ oes. o sin demein A
Hoimwoop, Freperic, H.B.M. Consul Zanzibar.
On the Employment of the Remora by Native Fishermen
onthe Hast Const Of Asien, |. <2 at ess 's capes saponins) os 41]
Jerrreys, J. Gwyn, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning ’* and
‘Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. Part VII. (Plates
On the Mollusca procured during the ‘Lightning’ and
‘Porcupine ’ Expeditions, 1868-70. Part VIII. (Plates
Ve WE) 5 ci5ps Soden g vee ais agekn a ae ee 34]
Lanxester, Prof. E. Ray, M.A., F.R.S., Jodrell Professor of
Zoology in University College, London.
Exhibition of a living example of a Scorpion from Ceylon. 207
Latastr, Fernanp, C.M.Z.S.
Description d’une espéce nouvelle de Gerbilline d’Arabie
(Meriones longifrons). (Plates VI., VII.).............. 88
Lecue, W., of the University of Stockholm.
On some Species of Chiroptera from Australia ........ 49
ix
Lr Sovir, AtsBert, A. C., C.M.Z.S.
Letter from, containing remarks upon the Hatching of two
Cygnets from one Egg of a Black-necked Swan .......... 390
Lumuo tz, Cart, M.A., of the University of Christiania.
Notes upon some Mammals recently discovered in Queens-
EVRY hated wearer butane eb akitCerede, ay ace aN geri caesar tad ly te acy 406
Lirxen, Dr. Cu. W., F.M.ZS.
Letter from, containing remarks as to the possibility of
there being more than one Species of the Genus Tachyglossus
inhabiting Australia ...::/.. 45... a heh Vanes eae ates, 2s 150
Mimrs, E. J., F.LS., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological
Department, British (Natural History) Museum.
On some Crustaceans from Mauritius. (Plate I.) ...... 10
Mivanrt, Sr. Geores, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., M.R.I., &e.
On the Development of the Individual and of the Species
as Pomnms ar lnstinctive Action 3. ioe). See ee oerests 462
Norman, Rev. A. M., and Stessrne, Rev. T. R. R.
Notice of the first part of a Memoir on the Crustacea
Isopoda of the ‘Poreupine,’ ‘ Lightning,’ and ‘ Valorous’
BE PERN. 5 5. tes Giern api x Kid mage Se Se He ee 562
O’ Hatroran, J.C.
Exhibition of a rare Lizard from Rodriguez............ 1
Owen, Sir Ricuarp, K.C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.
Notice of the twenty-fifth of his series of Memoirs on
Extinct Birds of the Genus Dinornis ........ -...0ec05. 176
Parker, T. JErrrey.
Abstract of a Memoir on Regalecus argenteus.......... 207
Parr, J. C., F.Z.8.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a chick of the Vulturine
Guinea-Fowl hatched in Lancashire. ...............-.. 477
x
Page
Ports, Tuomas H., of Ohinitaki, New Zealand.
On a Case of Cross-breeding between two Species of Fly-
catchers of the Genus Rhipidura .. 0. cece eee eer ee ees 530
Powerscourt, Mervyn, Viscount, F.Z.S., &e.
On the Acclimatization of the Japanese Deer at Powers-
AUNT Rey, aes MEER OES COC DLO TREE en RECs OO a 207
Pryer, H., C.M.ZS., &e.
An Account of a Visit to the Birds’-nest Caves of British
INiorthwbsarneoeery ste scat one ors cic eidies sic o ethansinebeetcioee vehow
Ramsay, E. P., F.R.S.E., C.M.Z.S., F.LS., &e.
Description of a supposed new Species of Flycatcher, of
the genus Riipidura, from New Guinea .............. 05 580
RiEDEL, J. G. F., C.M.Z.S.
Extracts of a letter from, containing remarks upon Mr.
H. O. Forbes’s paper on the Birds of Timorlao .......... 530
Satvapori, THomas, M.D., C.M.Z.S.
Note on Anas capensis, Gm. (Plate XIII.) .......... 172
Notes on some Birds from Timor-Laut .............. 577
Sarvin, Ospert, M.A., F.R.S., and Gopman, F. DuCanrz,
F.LS., F.Z.S.
On the Lepidoptera collected by the late W. A. Forbes on
the Banks of the Lower Niger. Ruopatocrra. (Plate
BVELS) no asiren cis raven siaie anata ital akc ein tei eae ae 219
A List of the Rhopalocera collected by Mr. G. French
Angas in the Island of Dominica. (Plate XXV.)........ 314
Saunpers, Howarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two rare Gulls and a
Dusky Shearwater
xi
Sciater, Puiie Lutiey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society.
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
SPREE UGG aia iaciet Go x oS sid tele SMa wae Gea ese os
Exhibition of a Night Heron (Nycticorax griseus) shot in
PINON CHER, MAAESHES cepeoys dare '- Wi erg/enna treat «/shealinne atenages som ee
On the Lesser Koodoo, Strepsiceros imberbis, of Blyth.
UE IRICREN, Jr tatiacn cininn ccc 2 ea eahe Rings dee oe eee here ae
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Wantiary [S84 5 <:. 2.0.0 sais «ss Ae et eae oe pee
Remarks upon a copy of the lately issued ‘ Guide to the
Calcutta Zoological Gardens’ and on Rhinoceros lasiotis ..
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Fepriary ASs4.- (Plate XEVs)" a.% <6< ons a uae woe apes
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of the Eggs
of two Species of Testudinata laid in the Society’s Gardens. .
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
pT TGR iat.a. We Socotra ets SOLS otis Saad gine
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
rae (864... Chae KCN)... cs ctiovera e qarayalo «chat cone eae
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the deciduous knob of
the Culmen of the Beak of the Rough-billed Pelican (Pele-
PORE. DE RUPMYIUMEIB) Pao cot w lore 6. =. 5's, bP sis.oles ob 4-Se tle Fe
Remarks upon a very singular Habit of the Greater Vasa
Parra (Gorncopae arg) sc «oes oa sors so esa eie yoo s 63 ve
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
June, July, August, and September 1884. (Plate XLV.
ee Ee, Ae 2 Se ee re
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a Woolly
Cheetah (Felis lanea) from South Africa.. ..............
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Getohersts84....(Plate, XLV, fig, Uo) sos 0.0.2 «cya idu can a8 as
Page
55
55
389
410
410
xii
Page
On some Mammals from Somali-land. (Plates XLIX. &
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Noveniber DSeitet fc2 se etigen tte leet e eee aree 561
Remarks upon the death of a Greater Vasa Parrot (Cora-
copsis vasa) which had passed 54 years in the Society’s
MCHA PEF IC Rs viet hin! Haciaclemuintity «anion 3% <0 pine beg horas 462
Sersoum, Henry, F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Skin of an American
Kestrel. (Falco sparverius) shot in the neighbourhood of
Helmsley, Morkshite so. ofisio) mel yslos anes gr pret piigicn 4d
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Skins of rare
European and Asiatie Birds 0.) 5. 5 .s.0' Seen Meu ss anes AOS
Snarre, R. Bownter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Department of
Zoology, British Museum.
Description of a new Species of Laniarius from Ashantee.
CE ney ire Pepe tetany ap cabbie sr hele c oa sae ae
Exhibition of specimens of the Red-throated Pipit (dnthus
cervinus) caught near Brighton, and of the true Water-Pipit
(Anthus spinoletta) captured at Lancing, in Sussex ...... 206
Descriptions of three rare Species of Flycatchers........ 230
On an apparently new Species of European Nuthateh.... 233
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a new European Nut-
hateha(Sivea-whitehead!). wo. < case wera es Sarees 329
Further Notes on Whitehead’s Nuthatch. (Plate XXXVI.) 414
SHELLEY, Captain G. E., F.Z.S.
On five new or little-known Species of Hast-African
Birds, represented in Mr. H. H. Johnston’s First Collection
from the Kilimanjaro District. (Plate LI.) ............ 554
Suater, Rev. H. H., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Barred
Warbler (Sylvia nisoria) obtained on the Yorkshire coast.. 477
xiii
Smirn, Epear A., F.Z.S.
An Account of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca collected
during the Voyage of the ‘Challenger’ from December 1872
to May 1876. (Plates XXII., XXIII.)...........-0+ 5:
Surron, J. Buanp, F.R.C.S., Lecturer on Comparative Ana-
tomy, Middlesex Hospital Medical College.
On the Diseases of the Carnivorous Mammals in the
Society’s Gardens ........eseess cere ce ce cecerecnce ve
Observations on the Parasphenoid, the Vouier, and the
Palato-pterygoid Arcade, (Plates LIT, LIV.)..........
Swinuok, Lt.-Col. C., F.Z.S.
On some new and little-known Species of Butterflies of
the Genus Teracolus. (Plates XXXIX., XL.) ..........
On Lepidoptera collected at Kurrachee. (Plates XLVII.,
COR ALI Rr oe teeing ey sea ee
Taczanowskl, L., C.M.Z.S., and Beritepscu, Hans Graf
von, C.M.Z.S.
Deuxieme liste des Oiseaux recueillis dans 1’ Ecuadeur
occidental, par MM. Stolzmann et Siemiradski. (Plate
POL Schack ee eeeas ot aioe, icine am Pale s a emasloseige
TreGeTMEIER, WILLIAM Bernuanpd, F.Z.S.
Exhibition of specimens of the Pink-footed Goose, showing
variation of colouring in the feet ............22.. sees.
Exhibition of an example of the File-fish (Balistes ca-
priscus) caught oft Folkestone ........ ...+.+-.-. eee
THomas, OLpFIELD, F.Z.S.
On a Collection of Muride from Central Peru. (Plates
MEIE-SLIV,)... J. %
Tristram, Rev. Canon H.B., M.A. (Oxon.), F.R.S., C.M.Z Ss.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of the
genus Pachycephala .......+ ce cece cere eee ee eee es
Page
bo
or
io 9)
503
281
. 447
XIV
Page
We tpon, W. F. R., B.A., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cam- ;
bridge, Assistant Demonstrator in the Morphological
Laboratory of the University.
Note on the Placentation of T'etraceros quadricornis .... 2
Nates ourCalhinrir Wigal 3003. \5's 22k ntle ss 5k tie oe 6
Woop-Mason, James, F.Z.S., Deputy Superintendent, Indian
Museum, Calcutta.
Description of an Asiatic Species of the Neuropterous
penus Corydalis. ‘(Plate VIMY). 94. coos. ee
Waternouse, Cuarces O.
On the Coleopterous Insects collected by Mr. H. O. Forbes
in the Timor-Laut Islands. (Plate XVI.).............. 213
ERRATA,
P. 110, 9th line from top, ,for “ ocelli” read “ spines.”
P. 576, 3rd line from bottom, for Fig. 1 read Figs. |, 2.
P. 576, bottom line, for Fig. 2 vead Fig. 3.
P. 577, drd line from top, for R. Sarvavorr read T. Saryanort.
Jt
LIST OF PLATES.
1884.
Plate Page
I. Fig. 1. Callianassa martensi. Fig. 2. C. mauritiana.
Fig. 3. Gonodactylus trachurus .......eeeeeeeneee 10
are Anomalanthus tumidus. oi... .. ccc cece tence wees cone 40
DVa) “Sirepstceros amber Dis). ).s..00 ess vise cons cna eeieioa stele 45
Nese Bantams agent cmacies eeesice de oles oases eat 54
Wir UersOnes: LONGE TONS ««, <\eieis1 aie 11-etshvokels se e\sistaie are beads 88
VILE) Meriones'shawit, QD) ic cite oy vecice cei sives vss tne «peices
WITS (Cong dalis asratied -iiig, acess oc oeecece tnt eens wie 110
IX. Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Poreupine’ Expedi- 11
X. (UNE io bobop ed culondinebon Saude msans oC brio 50%
7
.
XI 2 ee :
XII New Species of Sicydium and Lentipes...........+.. 158
XIII. ~ Anas capensis ..0... 0c ccsecccccnce ss ssesctcccsee 172
XIV. Cercopithecus martini .......scceceene reece se ress 176
BON ge NOW UMGEES nahn pant teniyahare eeaave camer: * poe pe 126
XVI. Coleoptera from Timor-Laut ........ 0. eee ee cee 213
XVII. West African Lepidoptera .. ....... see eee eee eee es ue
XVIII. Capromys melanurus .. 1. .e eee cece eee 233
XIX.
XX. Anatomy Of CAPTOMyS. oe co «6 ,cs.0 o sleleleareyuiniewies « 233
XXI.
XXII. | New terrestrial and fluviatile Mollusca from the ‘ Chal-
XXIII. lenger’ Expedition........-.-++.+- Sore rndono: =
XXIV. Fig. 1. Chlorospingus ochraceus. Fig. 2. Spermophila
NLUDET, ajnieie\o tie elsieieiedele lersieiala\=(elnjekel=/s\ctslacepin\elie ie 281
XXV. Lepidoptera from Dominica ...........2s seer sees 314
ee eee of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ peut 941
KXVIIL| _Mittome ree veece cree es eeeee eens teesadceee eres
XXIX. Phalangista archert .........+ soecseeseseess ok
XXX. Phalangista herbertensis .......-....+- UGE SS beta 381
XXXII. Phalangista lemuroides ..... 1.00.02 0e eevee cee
XXXII. Dendrolagus lumholtzi .. ee eee eee etnies
XXXIII. Sphingurus spinosus ... 1.6... e eee ee eee tee tee ees 389
Plate
XXXIV.
XXXV.
XXXVI.
XXXVII.
XLII.
XLIV.
XLV.
XLVI.
XLVII.
XLVIII.
——
XLIX.
L.
LI.
LI.
LI.
LIV.
LV.
LVI.
LVII.
LVITI.
xvl
Page
Hybrid Bovines ....... 00-200 seseeeee renee eo tenets 399
Lebel ti plilee. Ata eO abe OeBn Iam eee. acer ator sc
STE CMB UEL CREAN. sSECU? Sei. c sc 2 Baas toivwe ys olelsteels vitals 414
SAUPOTNIS CMINL. v6 vee none ss Romeo mencmiyys 2 ao 415
Tacer ha Mividis Gv are GOGO Ws 0.)0 09.218 wie(a\e,0v0/s) =) 56's ss 418
SDECIGS OL PLC RO COMIS tale acln eieei=/s"aie'e).<'s biarel al ciceemate 434
Lumpenus lampetriformis ..... cian btahe aleiatape autte eee 445
Fig. 1. Hesperomys laticeps, vay. nitidus. Fig. 2. )
H. bimaculatus, var. lepidus.........0+eeeeeeeee |
Fig. 1. Hesperomys scalops. Fig. 2. Rheithrodon 447
fALEEES Sorte Antne) BUC OwIORcIGD GU CEO cacIE NOI cba Gc: |
Skulls and other characters of Peruvian Muride ....
Fig. 1. Colius nigricollis. Figs. 2, 3. Colius erythro-
Geographical Distribution of the Aden forms of Limnas. 478
New Lepidoptera from Kurrachee ............. i's « OOS
Giaselinaeny Bre iano cad selene tat hele ela note
Fig. 1. Wild Ass of Somali-Land. Fig. 2. Wild Ass? 538
OP Nubiaems sien este ee ves wena tele |
uhia nipalensisrscccc ict octets tee oe Ste 4 Santee een 558
The Parasphenoid of a Fish, and the Vomer of Man.. 566
The hard Palate of a Lizard, Wombat, and Man .
Figs. 1, 2. Rana esculenta, var. lessone. Fig. 3. Rana
ESCHIENLG, NALS LY DICE hoa eee de calad de hs ea sets tite 573
Male hybrid between Salmo /evenensis, 2, and S.
OMNES pcr pag est ols See ee oe Cis eae
Male hybrid between Salmo fontinalis, Q, and S.
AUDINUB SS seve he DV a he GE FANT TES 6 boats
OES GOD. Seri do Gt AOA ODAC CAO Mae & beac 593
LIST OF WOODCUTS.
1884.
Page
Gravid uterus of Tetraceros quadricornis ... cece vec e cece ce eeees 3
Diffuse ridges of the placenta of Tetraceros quadricornis .......... 4
One extremity of chorion of Tetraceros quadricornis ... ........4+ 5
Maternal cotyledom of “Letraceros's 53.4. sect. sete cs seen ss 5
VET OL ORMMNINLIGtG ONE trices een Cie as erg aint aiid: fl
CARER G/ CL Tian U/l pick dome ROG b sa Sore OiOtigiot: Mae Bee eecra cre 8
Wrseumon Callachriar Moloch a. ve oats ae o\alne sie de aviciesnte ioe eatin 8
Weir yitixs ofr COUithnvan GUgOt ie is vic ts cele warn ophie oye eke le lo echo 3 s8 eatstees 9
ExraT MOLI GRILGNTEIEGIGOG Ts ce sticks => «oe « araisjele arse ar ene ayers agancianal ole 9
Head and horns of Strepsiceros kudt....... 0c cece ewes cece eer eees 47
Head and horns of Strepsiceros imberbis eee e eect e ees 47
Pkallof Wiyctimomusipeterst ne ec ccs wie ctne ce Os ve eee scenes owns 49
Skull of Nyetinomus brasiliensis v6... ccc cece eens 49
Head and skull of Nyctinomus albidus .. 0... ccc ce eee eens 50
Head of Laphozous affinis, var. insignis..... 6... c ccc eens 52
MranedelerOnes SHAY. Nerds lect Sees viscic osutessceseee cas ce 94
Crane de Meriones erythrurus .... 0c. ccc cece nee teen eee 96
Criine de Meriones longifrons 6.0.0... ccc ccc eee eee e eee ees 96
The left half of the thorax of Arctictis binturong .............04. 179
A longitudinal section through the last dorsal and first lumbar
vertebrae of a Lion affected with “late rickets”................ 180
Ovary and Fallopian tube of an old Tiger ................:-000. 184
Titers oiiarW acca strays soins cect ere crercve reyele stuie a sins on ieiehent stein Sjalde 186
Otaria cinerea, $; side view of skull ............ 00. sees eee eee 189
Otaria cinerea, S; wnder surface of hinder half of skull .......... 190
Otaria cinerea, 9; side view of skull ..........0.. 00. e eee eee 191
Otaria cinerea, 2; under surface of skull .......... 0.0... 192
Otaria cinerea, 2; upper surface of anterior half of skull .......... 193
TREN GENO CLV TR Na IVETE is rin dc HG 0Oo aie Becomin Op mont be Omer sc 195
Ey SEN DBE AGRO) Ge So enables noct hen panto conse or 209
Pectoral and cervical muscles of Capromys melanurus ............ 236
Intersecting slips of the right and left rect’ abdominis and obliqui
externt muscles near their attachments to the pubic bones in
GCapRGMYS MELANUTUS! ..)sreyaieraleeiarsuate eke ee aeccel cobain ea ay 25
Muscles on the anterior aspect of the thigh and leg in Capromys
UGE LATED NiO HL GAO OOO CO Cos OL OO) 10 Po badd o aka! bicad Mone 248
Origins and connexions of the nerves of the brachial plexus and
lumbar plexus in Capromys melanurus.... 0.600000 cece eee 249
Page
Heads of varieties of Ovis polt ... ccc cece cnet eens nev etrenas 328
Figure of lower portion of the body of Holothuria nigra ........45 374
Salmo levenensis, 29 and 43 days old; S. fontinalis 3, S. levenensis
Q, 27 days old; S. salar 3, S. levenensis 2, 27, 41, and 91
GAvHiCld encase yee ee eRO A eis ese eee ceil se dew mipeae 377
Phalangista archeri, 2 ; skull seen from above...........+eee0ees . 382
Phalangista archeri, 8; side view of skull ........ cc cece eee nee 383
Phalangista herbertensis, 2 ; skull seen from above .........+..+045 384.
Phalangista herbertensis,?; side view of skull ..........0ee ee eee 385
Phalangista lemuroides, 2; skull seen from above .........e..000 386
Phalangista lemuroides, 2; side view of skull ...........ecse eevee 387
Dendrolagus lumholtzi, skull seen from above, and side view ...... 388
Cygnets of Cygnus nigricollis ....cccc cence ete ee cannes enecens 390
Hand of Hapalemun gitseus W.).. sce tes vc «se chajoiein s) omfelshoyalals! aia) 393
Wiveriol Papalemurmgrescus Ga. alors wie oe viv + © vheresale ropeie) lelehone lteter 396
DTU GE eros OG ASOD OOINOIO OOO CO SUIS OOS bind otwans 404
Temnorhynchus cribratus and. Gnathocera sericinitens........0..46. 405
Tail-end of Remora, with wrought-iron band and ring; ditto, with
HL Pea UsMCe LOL OVE WANON wi re\elerec ci os. oleyante te ichslenue/ ees tate ice, alaked het taabs 412
Syrinx of Scopus wmbretia ......seree ees eeesscneesssnesences 544
Muscles and tendon of patagium of Scopus umbretta ......... 0.005 546
_Muscles of leg of Scopus wmbrettd occ ccce cece eee eee eee ccees 550
Deep plantar tendons of Scopus wmbretta 1... eee ccc e een eee eeee 551
Three views of the human superior maxilla ......... 00.0 cceeeeee 569
Diagrammatic view of the Eustachian cartilage and related nerves.. 571
Chondro-cranium of a human fcetus at the third month
sitar Vcr atehals 572
Heads of male and female Otago Trout ........ esc ee eee ee eee 590
Head*of ochleven routs. wei cruis acivete)-foe areiebyde aiellshr eines iene 591
Ovis ophion, front view of horns 1.1.26... cece ee cee eee eee 594
Ovis ophion, side view of head with horns
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
FOR THE YEAR
1884.
(PLATES)
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
LIST OF PLATES.
1884.
Plate Page
I. Fig. 1. Callianassa martensi. Fig. 2. C. mauritiana.
Fig. 3. Gonodactylus trachurus ....cececveeeeenes 10
ion Anomalanthus tumtdus.. <5. css sees neve nes nsms 40
TVs Stnepsteerosiimberhes, \ a5 deter sete Cea On ome orc 45
Wes anianiisslanclenteleds teva iooiietaialsiisialisialebes cto b < e 54
VE ler ionesslOngufmons stil etels clol= aiuysie etna “tatalals s1ciehents l 88
Wile) derinnes phate, -O 02.5 osx cen te wishes) serge a
WALI Gar DES COSCO GE taerpcrne Do eels Once Goo cio ociap eco. | 110
IX. Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Poreupine’ Expedi- 11
X. OMG Eg eeo ee Cor paces De ena BO COO ODOR OO
XI. : ap Sc :
XI. New Species of Sicydium and Lentipes.............. 158
RW Anasacnpensint £5.25ciars Sols p's oo tsi aatadean ieclele, «a cis: Iie
XIV. Cercopithecus martini ....0..ccceeresevcensreeress 176
POVc Ee NGiiy SplGersaee idojeiael shelialaiete Satellefe elohelaleresitania, 18 sfsiaio 126
XVI. Coleoptera from Timor-Laut ........0 eee ee creas 213
XVII. West African Lepidoptera ........ sees ee cee eee ce 219
XVIII. Capromys melanurus 6... .ce eee n nee cence iee 233
XIX.
XX. Anatomy of Capromys..........0+5. oD Oo apOn a Pee 200
XXI.
XXII. | New terrestrial and fluviatile Mollusca from the ‘ Chal-
XXIII. lenger’ Expedition...........sreee cee er ereees 258
XXIV. Fig. 1. Chlorospingus ochraceus. Vig. 2. Spermophila
IPQUPDET, “are avahere) o cle) aise) ciate wisiels/=/ sfeie's @)alelelelelaeieefulel al 281
XXV. Lepidoptera from Domimica .....+... 0s essere eens 314
NT arc of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expe- 34]
XXVIIL Whites Spano no oes sou nDOMe bedDaun daree amor
XXIX. Phalangista archeri .... 00.605 cavveesreceees
XXX. Phalangista herbertensis . tite eee es teee ee (gay
XXXI. Phalangista lemuroides ........0. 0 ceee ce erenacees
XXXII. Dendrolagus lumholtzi .. 6. ccc eee eee eens
XXXIII. Sphingurus spinosus ... 6.61. e eevee eee ee ees 389
Plate
XXAIV.
XXXV.
XXXVI.
XXXVII.
XXXVIII.
b6.6.40.
-{
XLII.
XLIV.
XLV.
XLVI.
XLVI.
XLVIII.
XLIX.
——
Page
EDyeMBOVIES ciciete fal teen agiwe tse akan ce wae | 399
Elptind Bovine scraske bac. 2 vee ek eae bs wane {
Siita Whipeneawi ses Wie? Gad. 0 Use Sedo.com cekaielels) on 414
IS EP OT MEST CULES san tema tered» afare ie oles eiaho Peed ese 415
TSQCEnEAWITIOIS; VAL: QOGGUU | ie. soe ood aia nce eels ee 418
SPECIES Of emacs seers cn sncrstle) oes ns fe. « het yeeros 434
TLumpenus Lampetnaponmisc scree -as ae oe +) 014 oun o.2 aleeiene 445
Fig. 1. Hesperomys laticeps, var. nitidus. Fig. 2.)
Hf, bimaculatus, yar. lepidus... 6... 65.150 wales
Fig. 1. Hesperomys scalops. Fig. 2. Rheithrodon \.447
PAGUUG «ccc, RRS SHO ORIEN whi tie maven ee |
Skulls and other characters of Peruvian Muride .
Fig. 1. Colius nigricollis. Figs. 2, 3. Colius ery/hro-
Geographical Distribution of the Aden forms of Limnas. 478
New Lepidoptera from Kurrachee ............. =a OOS
Goel a pOaulent.-o csssahxocuatsfer te toes Oe. Pe AAs. «SRE
Fig. 1. Wild Ass of Somali-Land. Fig. 2. Wild gi 538
SHINE a Ter iteyss -oese ereee eee ote tas nave «3 ee Goal eee
DECCAN Met CEN OWT eem eters coco: °s).06:-0. « 9) aya vveansid Seon 554
TTuhua nipalensis ..... {i.e ee OUe
The Parasphenoid of a Tish, on the Eee of M: an. ‘| 566
The hard Palate of a Lizard, Wombat, and Man .
Figs. 1, 2. Rana esculenta, var. lessone. Fig. 3. Rana
ESCULENTA VAN ACY BUCH: “ASME L8. aithont delareyie ston: «aint ee 573
Male hybrid between Salmo levenensis, 9, and S.
FONMRAIS HS oe aes 5 NON S hee POOEIAs .keee 58]
Male hybrid between Salmo fontinalis, 2, and S.
BUDE US 0 Goin Gi ioe ae ewe SSRN aye = BOE ET al Oe
OUESKOD NTO sana sextorn pcre Maree sions Oe aie ee 593
LIS£ OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two
kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and
“Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published by the Committee of Pub-
lication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates and engravings
are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to
illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals
described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the
new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s
Gardens are often given.
The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part
published in April completing the volume for the preceding
year. The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured,
and 8s. per part for that with uncoloured Plates,
The “Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications
issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds.
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, H.C.), or through any
bookseller :—
[April 1, 1885.]
2
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE-
SPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 2 vols.
To Fellows. To the Public.
Part) I TSs0=S1h livolusvow.. cava cccioces< Price 4s. 6d. .. 68.7
Ug iss 2? See ee ee oe sy (AslGdS). "Oss
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)
Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. ublic.
Part I. 1833.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
Som SN SAAS ie Gd, Gr. 3 Re bgdo, Ve Perea ee ee
mas (UCP (oc ame Ps re PS 2 We4gp! Se leteg TBs:
=) Me 886 55 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » XIE, 1844. Be 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
ar V. 1837. * As. Gd. x2 6s: » XIII. 1845. 35 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
Ve S385 ss ds. 6d. .. 6s. » XIV. 1846. 53 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
op WAU el SS a 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » NV. 1847. 7 4s. 6d... 6s.
» VIII. 1840. rr 4s. 6d. .. 6s.t | Index 1830-1847. 3 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress only. With Plates Coloured.
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public,
sols: 4d #£ s. d.
Part “= XVI 1848 Vwol. Sve:4s. 6d. cg.) >. Gs., «2 9Price 1. , 0.9 Lae 167;
3 VTS 819° A Age Odin: MOSS gue 55 Deg 16a
» XVIII. 1850. s se nde deine ik oa ia i Tak Ove Jin Sis hr
op) IIR 1 “f 4s Gasee ita Gs. ae OMon Lal a O3;
on XX. 1852. — 4s. 6d. 6s » 015 9 1 1 OF
A XXI. 1853. ss ds. 6d. 6s cy eal lier = 0) Lesa O07
» XXII. 1854. és 4s. 6d. 6s a UO EO 1 6 0
» XMXITI. 1855. x 4s. 6d. 6s mmo lweter bE 118 OF
» XXIV. 1856. oe As 0d)... 06s! By LO ED he ee Oi;
» exe 1857. 5 43. Od rt. nanOs: sur fae Ober bef 6
» XAXVI. 1858. % 4s. 6d... . 6s. x = UL G 2 2 0
» XXVIII. 1859. oe AS Od. song. 5 (OS: A ee) LT: 22) OF
», XXVIII. 1860. ; dg 60; 521 68, ie tel 6 Zee O
Index 1848-1860. a OR Wise 2" 10. Ge
ILLUSTRATIONS TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1848-60. 8vo. 6 vols.
Plates Uncoloured. Plates Coloured.
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public.
Ean Sa ahd S20d: e's: 7d:
Mammalia .......0.... lyol., 12-56 2. 1-10 0 <2 Preeloaae. 3 San 07
PAE tedsct os ceccacees 2 VO gyne. 1 8. a OVEN ae apron 6 6 OF
meppmaetw@isces ... L-vol., 015° 95. 1-1 0%... .,, 1 246 110 OF
Mollusea.......-....00 Levol sr Onl bi. 9.e = ed OF a OMG 110 OF
Annulosa et Radiata 1 vol, 111 6..2 2 0 gan Wet sy mad 3 3 OF
* No perfect copies of these volumes remain in stock. t Out of print.
3
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Letterpress only. Plates only. Complete.
the To the To the
To Fellows. Public To Fellows. Public. To Fellows, ublic.
1861, cloth4s. 6d.....6s....... 30s. 0 621 re 338090. 3.5 408.
Iiso2;,, 4s. 6d)... ..6s;...... 30s. 9d.....41s8.f...... 33s. 9d.....45s.
INO Ty ASS GA: PL OSY Bh SHOU nh SANS eies we 33s. 9d.....45s.
1864, ,, 4s.6d.....6s. BUSTS ALS) fe cinten 33s. 9d... ..45s.
MSGD, i tss NAS Odes 56 OS8se.c0 5 © USN Dy ares AUS Te lee sore SAS 190.2 @ jeADe:
ESO tess AS. Giles cle SOSsetaist a Sse Vrcracr Asse che) gots 338. 9d.....45s.
With Plates. Uncoloured. With Plates. Coloured.
To Fellows. Tothe Publia To Fellows. To the Public.
EBGY felotee 66... 8 scales Os, Odi, Ste l2s% + O0S.90...... 458:
SDSS re) ssi cvatels wuatoyaat focieks 9s. Od. .... 12s. . ao SOS AMS. 2.84 DS.
MOOS eset ree acne wetearere = Us0d a. 5k oss a meOOs aoa. 3 2 40ee
1870, tae eet oe Ode amare MoS , aos. 9d. .... 45s,
Index, 1861- tev AU Beas qu otc 48: Gd.) 2-2) 08
1871, cloth Lid cde. aris Arete ay are 985 Odbes eA. W2ss ete 09 9d ae 4s
Ee arse rale.«.coorshecn ts Ds Odie cet. c OS. ce OSs Os seen est
US aie ite Ache stsascs so yareverrge Os Ode nates soos Ono a Anat
ARN vate Se hc ch ore oe ae a Os 0de on. LOS. ae OOS: OR. 14. Asser
MES es ate ey aim ssciele atciavae Gs 0d.) LIS. eq OOS 0ds se. Asse E
CVIGRER Ce Rae SB nes Open Ost Od meee 12s. .... 36s. Od. .... 48s.+
SV? Se” Aa Cees eC IsSOd5 9%. LOS. ASOsnOd as. ad Se:
PAu ptGher ctilaelive ere aes 9s. Od. .... 128. .... 386s. Od. .... 48s.
Lits/ Eee Reena aoieecee OssOd. 22-1285 «5.208. Od, -2 2 2 ARs.
PSSOSME? OF2 ES bra Le Os: Ode MVS H2 S. 236s" 0": 488.7
Laudex, 1871- TSSO sere 4s. 6d. .... 6s
LUSTSW Se Tot Te ieee ce car 9s40dr Fe A2st.... 36s. 0d. =..2/48s.
1882, otis 4 Cae ciceaer eae net Sse Odie phos.) ROOS HUG L ae LAR.
HSS rst cane ve mtens meets OsMOda ae a losc oy tee 36s. Od. .... 48s.
LUCE pee aS eee NR TsNOd Ie. those... 1 OOS Ome a ARS
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 4to. 10 vols., with Index, and Nine Parts.
Vol. I., containing 59 Plates
Vol. II., R 71
Vol. III., by 63
Vol. IV., 7 78
Vol. V., 5 67
Vol. VI., 3 91
Vol.VIL., es 73
Vol.VIIL, ,, 82
Vol. IX., = 99
Wolk Xs Ps 94
Index, Vols. I-X.
(1833-35) Priee3 13
(1835-41) _,,
1842-49) _,,
1851-62) ,,
1862-66) ,,
(1866-69) _,,
(1869-72) ”
(1872-74) ”
(1875-77) ,,
(1877-79) ,,
cere s rane ewer r cance s
Vol. XI., part 1,containing 4 plates (Jan. 1880) ;, s
7
Vol. XI.
Vol. XI
be
rt
Vol. XI.,
Vol. XL.,
Vol. XI.,
Vol. XI.,
Vol. XL,
Vol. XI.,
* No perfect copies of these vclumes remain in stock,
+ Out of print, but odd parts may be obtained.
{ Ouly uncoloured copies of these plates can now be supplied at 10s. 6d. each
yolume,
39
>
3”?
a
7;
8,
9,
”»
8
3
13
6
9
11
10
%3
(Aug. 1880) ,,
(Mar. 1881) ,,
(Apr. 1881) ,,
(June 1881) ,,
(Jan. 1882) ,,
(Oct. 1882) ,,
(Jan. 1883) ,,
(Oct. 1883) ,,
To Fellows. Tothe Public.
Bes. a: £s. d.
6.. 418 O*
40 0.. 5 6 6*
suck oragni4 Lei
6: 4/2i5-0) aeiti8)F Qe
Bed Sokal Obs
or 0. Sea Ol
Sey Ones balG. 0
OP Sh eee ale
12 OOF 16) OF O
LOW OR Stare seee7,. 10
DE WO SO,
OAZIORELIONIG 0
OTS. Oia 4) 0
ie One, LO ete
Oe eGeae SOOO
On18 i6y. ly .45 0
VSO. O16 0
ORS 05 UD 0" 0)
012 0.. 016 O
OolZ Ona) -OT6e 10
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863.
Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865.
Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866.
Price 1s. 6d.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London, 8vo. 1872.
Price 2s.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.
1875. Price 1s.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) 8vo.
1877. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) 8vo.
1879. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1879, 8vo. 1880.
/ Price 1s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) 8vo.
1883. Price 3s. 6d.
Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s pub-
lishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller.
Price 6d., Sewed,
A GUIDE TO THE GARDENS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
Thirty-eighth Edition, corrected according to the present Arrange-
ment of the Gardens,
By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.
“-D
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
January 15, 1884.
Prof. Newton, F.R.S., F.Z.S., in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1883 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of December was 81, of which 58 were by
presentation, 10 by purchase, and 13 were received on deposit.
The total number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 114.
The Secretary read a communication from Mr. J. C. O’ Halloran,
Chief Commissioner and Police Magistrate for Rodriguez, stating that
he had sent for the Society a specimen of a large Lizard said to be
found only in that Island and to be very rare there. The following
note upon the specimen in question from Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.Z.S.,
was also read :-—
“‘The specimen you kindly send to me belongs to an undescribed
species of the genus Phelsuma, a small group of diurnal Geckos
confined to Madagascar, the Seychelles, Comoro, Mascarene, and
Andaman Islands, and of which I distinguish 7 or 8 species. The
Rodriguez form was previously known to me from a single specimen,
about the size of the one you now submit to me, presented by Mr. E.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. I. 1
2 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE PLACENTATION {[Jan. 15,
Newton, which I have described and named Phelsuma newtoni in my
stil! unpublished Catalogue of Lizards.
‘* Tt is distinguished from the other species by several important
characters. Comparing it with the typical species of the genus,
P. cepedianum, from Mauritius and Bourbon, we see that it differs
in the much larger size—the largest P. cepedianum measuring
hardly 60 millim. without the tail, whilst P. newtoni measures 105
millim.—the stouter habit, the shorter snout, the very small nearly
indistinct chin-shields, the much larger gular granules, the coloration,
&c. According to Leguat (as quoted by Dr. Giinther in his paper
on the Extinct Reptiles of Rodriguez) two kinds of Lizards lived in
Rodriguez in the beginning of the last century—one diurnal, the
other nocturnal. The former is no doubt a Phelsuma, as suggested
by Dr. Giinther ; and as it is said by Leguat to be a French foot
long, there is, it seems to me, little doubt that the two specimens
hitherto secured are the survivors of that probably nearly extinct
species.”
Mr. Sclater exhibited, on the part of Mr. Henry Whitely, an
immature specimen of the Night Heron (Nycticoraz griseus), which
had been shot in Plumstead marshes, Kent, on the 3rd December,
1883.
Sir Joseph Fayrer exhibited some additional specimens of the
horns of Deer gnawed by other Deer, in confirmation of previous
remarks on the subject.
Canon Tristram, F.R.S., exhibited and made remarks upon some
specimens of species of the genus Pachycephala which appeared to
him to have been ignored or wrongly united to other species in a
recently published volume of the Catalogue of Birds of the British
Museum.
The following papers were read :—
1. Note on the Placentation of Tetraceros quadricornis. By
W. F. R. Wexpon, B.A., Scholar of St. John’s College,
Cambridge, Assistant Demonstrator in the Morphological
Laboratory of the University.
[Received December 12, 1883.]
In the course of last summer a gravid female specimen of the
Four-horned Antelope which died at the Society’s Gardens came
into my hands for dissection. I take this opportunity of recording
a few notes on the structure of the uterus and placenta.
The external organs of generation were destroyed by rats before
the animal was brought to me, so that I was unable to examine them.
The upper part of the vagina was lined by flat, stratified epithelium,
1884:] /OF TETRACEROS QUADRICORNIS. 3
devoid of carunculz myritiformes, and thrown, in the collapsed state,
into numerous irregular longitudinal folds.
The os uteri was guarded by a number of papille, and led not
directly into the uterus, but into a passage, two inches and a half
in length, which was plentifully beset with caruncles, and which
at its upper end opened into the body of the uterus.
The uterus itself was divided into two compartments by a median
antero-posterior septum, the free edge of which projected downwards
for nearly an inch into the above-mentioned passage.
Fig. 1.
Gravid uterus of Zetraceros guadricornis; one half natural size.
a, b, line of constriction, indicating the dividing septum ; ¢, level of os uéeri ;
d, bladder.
The most noticeable thing about the shape of the uterus was the
small size of the Fallopian tubes. In the accompanying drawing of
the whole structure, one half the size of nature (fig. 1), the median
constriction is an indication of the dividing septum. The placental
cotyledons are seen through the walls as dark blots on the surface of
the uterus.
On examining the placenta, the first point which struck me was
the small number of cotyledons, one foetus having thirty and the
other only twenty-two, whereas the smallest number hitherto
recorded in any Antelope is sixty. The cotyledons were distributed
irregularly over the surface of the chorion, the villi being simple
and very large, each about 2mm. long. Each fcetal cotyledon was
surrounded by a raised ring, bearing small, densely packed villi
(fig. 3), while the maternal cotyledons projected from the wall of
1*
z MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE PLACENTATION [Jan. 15,
the uterus, each being borne on a constricted neck, much as in the
Sheep (fig. 4). The average diameter of each cotyledon was 25 mm.,
though some were larger and some smaller. : ,
There were also (fig. 2) occasional patches, each of some six or eight
large villi, in various parts of the chorion.
The allantoic diverticulum was well developed (fig. 3, a/).
The point of interest, however, about this placenta, is the exis-
tence over the whole surface of the chorion of vascular ridges, fitting
into corresponding depressions of the uterine epithelium, and exactly
Diffuse ridges of the placenta of Tetraceros quadricornis.
resembling those ridges which form in the Pig the whole placental
apparatus.
The velvety appearance, due to these folds, is more or less suc-
cessfully represented in fig. 3; while a view of the chorion under a
low magnifying-power is shown in fig. 4, where it is seen that the
vascular ridges form an irregular network, into the meshes of which,
between the ridges, open the numerous uterine glands (fig. 4, w.g/.).
It will be seen, from what has been said, that this placenta is
exactly intermediate in structure between the completely diffuse
placenta of Moschus on the one hand, and the complex cotyledonary
apparatus, of the Sheep for example, on the other. Tetraceros
therefore stands, as far as its placenta is concerned, in the same place
in the Antelope series as that occupied by Cervus mezicanus in the
Cervine series.
1884. ] OF TETRACEROS QUADRICORNITS. 5
Fig. 3.
One extremity of chorion of Zetraceros quadriwornis.
al., allantoic diverticulum ; co., cotyledon; 7., its raised rim ; d?., diffuse vas-
cular ridges; }., crown of blood-vessel, shown by greater prominence of
ridges; v., small patch of cotyledonary villi.
Fig. 4.
Maternal cotyledon of Te¢raceros.
uw. gl., mouths of uterine glands.
6 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON CALLITHRIX GIGOT. [Jan. 15,
I may remark in conclusion another interesting embryonic feature
of Tetraceros, namely the fact that it is, so far as I know, the only
ruminant except Moschus with a uniserial psalterium’.
2. Notes on Callithrix gigot. By W. F. R. Wetpon, B.A.
[Received December 12, 1883. ]
In September last a specimen of the rare Monkey Callithrix
gigot, Spix, died in the Society’s Gardens, and came into my hands
for dissection. It seems to me that a few short notes on its
anatomy may be of use.
External characters. —The hair was long and soft, slightly woolly
over the trunk. On the forehead it was shorter and more thickly
set; over the limbs short and loose. The general colour of the
dorsal surface was reddish grey, redder behind, more asay over the
forehead and limbs. A typical hair from the back was about two
inches long ; black at the root for half an inch, then cream-coloured
for three quarters of an inch, the tip being ringed with chestnut and
black.
The muzzle and chin were black, with a few short, strong, white
hairs ; a black line ran up the nose and round the eyes, one lids of
which were white with black lashes. The long hairs of the brows
were black. The forehead was thickly covered with pale grey hairs,
slightly tipped with black ; and a faint black ridge ran across it
between the ears.
The ears themselves were black, covered with short black hairs.
except for a small grey tuft at the postero-external angle.
In front of the ears a very light grey band passed over the cheek,
being continued above on to the forehead, below on to the chest.
The throat was naked, the skin in this region being of a bright,
pink colour.
The limbs had their inner surfaces pale grey, while the hands and
feet are_black.
The tail was red, the hair being more bushy at the base than at
the apex, which might, however, be an effect of friction during con-
finement.
The dimensions of the specimen, which was a young female, are
given below :—
foot. inches.
From muzzle to root of tail, over back... .
From chin to anus, over belly ..........
Length of tail, including hair
From occiput over forehead to upper Tp
Breadth of nasal septum Sa ons
From nostril to inner canthus ..........
Ce — bo
ROI |_ Hoots
a
— os a)
' See Professor Garrod’s valuable remarks on the arrangement of this
structure, P. Z.S. 1877.
a |
1884. ] MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON CALLITHRIX GIGOT.
From outer canthus to base of ear ...... 0 l
Extreme length of hand (palmar)........ 0 27
= i fOTESALING sis este or 0 3
=A A UPPCOAROL oo ee 0 22
A ae Fact, (plantar) os... 0 33
Sy RDU St tora teeyareys phe 0 4
= ve Blue hiss sao ss 0 43
The tongue, mouth, and salivary glands present few points of
interest ; the stomach is simple, though its transverse diameter is
longer proportionally than in man. The biliary and pancreatic ducts
‘
Liver of Callithrix gigot, nat. size.
R.C., L.C., right and left central; R.L., L.L., right and left lateral; Sp., spige-
lian; ca., caudate lobes.
open together an inch below the pylorus. The /iver (fig. 1) is much
more deeply divided than in Callithrix moloch. The right lateral
lobe is also very much larger, and partially divided into two, while
the caudate lobe is smaller than in the allied species. The small
intestine measures 4 feet 5 inches, the large 18 inches in length—
proportions which differ from those found in C. moloch, where the
Jarge intestine measured 19 inches in a specimen whose small intes-
tine was only 2 feet 11 inches long.
At the junction of small and large intestine is a ceecum (fig. 2),
tapering gradually till within a short distance from the tip, where
8 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON CALLITHRIX GIGoT. ([Jan. 15,
it shows aslight dilatation. There is no appearance of an “ appendix
vermiformis,’’ such as was found in Callithrix moloch (cf. fig. 3).
Cxeum of Callithrix gigot, 4 nat. size.
Professor Flower suggested to me that the enormous depth of the
ramus of the mandibles in this Cailithrix pointed to the existence of
some arrangement resembling that of J/ycetes. It was difficult to
determine this point in a young female ; but the swollen condition of
the thyroid, together with the existence of a patch of ossification on
each side, seem to show the possible existence of a howling apparatus
in the male (see fig. 4).
Cxeum of Callithrix moloch, $ nat. size.
The Jungs had a simple left lobe, the right lobe being divided by
shallow fissures into three, and bearing also a small accessory lobe.
The drain was slightly more complex than that of C. moloch.
On the outer surface of each cerebral hemisphere was seen a /issure
of Sylvius (Sy., fig. 5), behind which was a long anterior temporal
fissure (a.¢.) ; both being surmounted by an angular gyrus. There
1884. ] MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON CALLITHRIX GIGOT. 9
is a small postero-parietal fissure, and a superofrontal which is very
short. The occipital lobe exhibits traces of division into gyri.
Fig. 4.
Larynx of Callithrix gigot, 2 . jr. from the R. side, x 2.
Fig. 5. Fig. 6.
LP
Brain of Callithrix gigot, natural size.
Sy. Fissure of Sylvius; p.p., postero-parietal fissure; .¢., antero-temporal
fissure ; an., angular gyrus; c¢.m., calloso-marginal fissure ; ca., calearine
fissure.
On the inner surface the calloso-marginal and calcarine fissures are
simple and well developed.
10 MR. E. J. MIERS-ON [ Jan. 154,
3. On some Crustaceans from Mauritius. By EH. J. Mizrs,
F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological Depart-
ment, British (Natural History) Museum.
[Received December 12, 1883.]
(Plate I.)
M. V. de Robillard having recently forwarded to the Zoological
Department a small but interesting collection of Crustaceans from
Mauritius, the following notes on the species are laid before the
Society, in continuation of the reports upon Crustaceans from the
same locality sent by M. Robillard on two previous occasions’.
The collection comprised in all examples of only eighteen species ;
but of twelve of these, which were retained for the Museum, several
have been hitherto desiderata in the collection ; and one species,
which I have designated Callianassa martensii, is, | believe, new to
science. With three or four exceptions, however, the species have
a wide oriental distribution.
Besides the species selected for the Museum, which are referred
to in the following notes, there were in the collection specimens of
Menaethius monoceros, Schizophrys serratus, Trapezia ferruginea,
Neptunus sanguinolentus, Thalamita crenata, and Podophthalmus
vigil.
The following is a list of the species included in the present report ;
those marked with an asterisk are such as I believe to be now
recorded for the first time from Mauritius.
Acteodes pubescens (M.-Edw.). Indian Ocean (v. Martens).
Chlorodius niger (Forskal). Oriental Region.
*Trapezia flavopunctata, Eyd. & Soul. Sandwich Islands.
Lissocarcinus orbicularis, Dana. Oriental Region,
Xenophthalmodes meebii, Richters.
Myra fugax (Fabr.). Oriental Region.
* Phiywia erosa, A. M.-Edw. Oriental Region.
Dynomene hispida, Desm. Oriental Region.
*Callianassa martensti, sp. n.
* Pene@us monodon, Fabr. Oriental Region.
*Solenocera lucasii, S. Bate? S. of New Guinea.
Leptosquilla schmeltzii (A. M.-Edw.). Samoa [slands.
Gonodactylus trachurus, v. Martens. Pelew Islands.
ACTHODES PUBESCENS.
Zozymus pubescens, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust. i.
p- 384 (1834).
Liomera pubescens, A. M.-Edwards, Nouvelles Archives du
Muséum d’hist. naturelle, i. p. 223, pl. xii. fig. 6 (1865).
A specimen (adult female) referred to this species agrees with the
descriptions and figure in nearly every thing except in the coloration,
’ See P. Z. S. 1882, pp. 339-342, pl. xx., and pp. 538-545, pl. xxxvi.
Fig.1.Callianassa martensi
Fig.2.Cmauritiana. Fig.3. Gonodactylus trachurus.
Morgan delet lith.
West Newmon &Co.imp
1884. | CRUSTACEANS FROM MAURITIUS. Il
which in the specimen received from M. Robillard is of a bright rose-
pink, the dorsal surface of the carapace covered with numerous
rather large white spots, which are smaller near to the front and
_ antero-lateral margins; the chelipedes are slenderer (a character
probably due to the sex of the specimen). Milne-Edwards describes
the coloration as whitish, but it is probable that his specimen was
bleached.
The correct generic position of A. pubescens is doubtful ; in
external appearance (7. e. in the very widely transverse granulated
carapace) it has altogether the facies of a species of Carpilodes, but
the basal antennal joint does not, as in that genus, enter the inner
orbital hiatus. It cannot, in the classification proposed by Prof.
Dana (the only complete system since that of H. Milne-Edwards), be
retained in Lzomera, since the fingers of the chelipedes are strongly
excavated. I place it therefore in the genus Acteéodes, to which it
belongs in essential generic characters.
This species has been hitherto a desideratum in the Museum
collection.
CHLORODIUS NIGER.
Cancer niger, Forskal, Descript. Animalium, p. 89 (1775).
Chlorodius niger, Riippell, Beschreib. 24 kurzschwanzigen Krabben
des Rothen Meerey, p. 20, pl. iv. fig. 7 (1830); M.-Edwards, Hist.
nat. des Crust.i. p. 401 (1834); A. Milne-Edwards, Nouvelles
Archives du Muséum d’hist. naturelle, ix. p. 214 (1873), and ref.
to synonyma.
Chlorodius rufescens, Targioni-Tozetti, Zoologia del viaggio della
R. piro corvetta ‘ Magenta,’ Crostacei, p. 43, pl. iv. figs. 6-8, 10—12,
14, 18 (1877), var,
An adult male of large size of this common and widely distributed
Oriental species is in the collection.
The characters mentioned by Targioni-Tozetti as distinctive of his
C. rufescens are, I think, not of specific importance. I have ex-
amined specimens in which the posterior lateral marginal tooth
only is spiniform, and the other teeth of the lateral series are
rounded and obtuse.
TRAPEZIA FLAVOPUNCTATA.
Trapezia flavopunctata, Eydoux and Souleyet, Voyage de la
‘ Bonite,’ Zoologie, Crustacés, p. 230, pl. ii. fig. 3 (1841). ;
An adult male and female of large size are in the collection.
They agree with the description and figure cited in nearly every
particular, except in having no distinct carina on the outer margin of
the merus of the chelipedes ; the red areolations of the carapace and
limbs (defining the yellow spots) are even larger than in the figure
of MM. Eydoux and Souleyet.
This species is apparently well distinguished from 7'rapezia areolata,
Dana’, by the extension of the areolze of the body over the ambulatory
' U.S. Exploring Expedition, xiii., Crustacea, p. 259, pl. xv. fig. 8 (1852).
12 MR. E. J. MIERS ON [Jan. 15,
legs, and by having a series of granules or small tubercles on the
inferior margin of the palm of the chelipedes. It has been hitherto
a desideratum in the Museum collection.
The types of MM. Eydoux and Souleyet were obtained at the
Sandwich Islands: hence it is evidently a widely-distributed Oriental
species.
: The largest specimen (the female) presents the following
dimensions :—
lines. millim.
Laneth, of carapaces. <\.-1set.\. sk iii eewede LO 21
Bréadthcof earppaee.s |. 2) ie plox-wnut). id [olde Bae
Length of larger chelipede, nearly........ 22 46
I believe the Zrapezia latifrons, A. Milne-Edwards’, from the
Sandwich Islands and New Caledonia, to be very probably a younger
condition of thisspecies. The carapace, however, is represented as
broader and more triangulate in shape, the frontal lobes as less
prominent, the lateral marginal teeth of the carapace as more acute,
and the areola of its dorsal surface yet larger and less numerous.
1 therefore hesitate to quote it as synonymous with 7’. favopunctata.
LissOCARCINUS ORBICULARIS.
Lissocarcinus orbicularis, Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
p- 86 (1852); Crustacea in U.S. Exploring Expedition, xiii. (1)
p. 288, pl. xviii. fig. 1 (1852); A. Milne-Edwards, Archives du
Muséum d’hist. naturelle, x. p. 418 (1861).
A small male is in the collection, which in coloration and all other
particulars nearly agrees with Dana’s description and figure, based
on a specimen from the Fijis.
XENOPHTHALMODES M@BII.
Xenophthalmodes meebii, Richters, Decapoda in Mobius’s Beitrige
zur Meeresfauna der Insel Mauritius, p. 155, pl. xvi. fig. 29, and
pl. vii. figs. 1-9 (1880).
‘Two females are in the collection.
This form has been hitherto a desideratum in the collection of the
British Museum. I believe its true generic position to be in the
family 2hizopide in the vicinity of Rhizopa and Typhlocarcinus,
Stimpson”; and perhaps it may not be generically distinct from one
or the other of the above-mentioned genera, a point which, in the
absence of males for comparison, I will not undertake to determine.
In external aspect it altogether resembles Typhlocarcinus ; it is distin-
guished, however, from all the species both of 7'yphlocarcinus and
Rhizopa with which I am acquainted by the entire antero-lateral
margins of the carapace. It has apparently no very near affinities with
Xenophthalmus, White, with which Dr. Richters compares it ; although
' Annales de la Société Entomologique de Paris, vii. p. 281 (1867) ; Nouvelles
Archives du Muséum, ix, p. 259, pl. x. fig. 7 (1873).
? Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pp. 96, 97 (1858).
1884.] CRUSTACEANS FROM MAURITIUS. 13
bearing a close external resemblance to that genus; it is distinguished
not only by the very different form of the orbits (which in Xenoph-
thalmus are narrow and longitudinal, with a dorsal aspect), but also
by the form of the buccal cavity and the exterior maxillipedes, con-
cerning which nothing is stated by White. The buccal cavity in
Xenophthalmus is antero-laterally arcuated, the ischium-joint short
and broad, the merus as large as the ischium, narrowing to and
truncated at its distal extremity, the following joint articulated with
the merus at its summit, not at its antero-internal angle.
Myra FUGAX.
Leucosia fugax, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Supplemen. p. 351 (1798).
Myra fugazx, Leach, Zool. Miscell. iii. p. 24 (1817); M.-Edwards,
Hist. Nat. des Crust. ii. p. 126 (1834) ; Crust. in Cuvier, Regne
Animal, pl. xxv. fig. 3; De Haan, Crustacea in Siebold, Fauna
Japonica, p. 134, pl. xxxiii. fig. 1 (1841); A. Milne-Edwards,
Nouvelles Archives du Muséum d’hist. naturelle, x. p. 45 (1874).
Myra subgranulata, Kossmann, Crustaceen in Zool. Ergebnisse
einer Reise in Kiistengebiete des Rothen Meeres, Brachyura, p. 65,
pl. i. fig. 7 (1877), fide Hilgendorf.
An adult male is in the collection.
PHLYXIA EROSA.
Phlyxia erosa, A. Milne-Edwards, Journ. d. Muséum Godeffroy,
iv. p. 86 (1873); Nouvelles Archives du Muséum dhist. naturelle,
x. p. 47, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1874).
Two adult females agree in all essential characters with the
description and figure of Milne-Edwards, based on types from
Bass’s Straits and New Caledonia, and with specimens from Savage
Island, and with others from the Fijis (H.M.S. ‘ Herald *) in the
collection of the British Museum.
DyNOMENE HISPIDA.
Dynomene hispida, Desmarest, Consid. générales sur la classe des
Crustacés, p. 133 (footnote), and pl. xviii. fig. 2 (1825); A. Milne-
Edwards, Mémoire sur les Crustacés Décapodes du genre Dynoméne,
p- 5, pl. viii. figs. 1-15 (ex Annales des Sciences naturelles, 6me
série, Zoologie, 1878), and references to literature.
A small female is in the collection’.
CALLIANASSA MARTENSI, sp.n. (Plate I. fig. 1.)
This form in many of its characters is closely alled to Callianassa
tridentata, v. Martens’, from Java, but is distinguished by the form
of the penultimate joint of the third pair of legs, which is not
trilobate as in the description of v. Martens, and in a specimen
apparently belonging to C. tridentata from Ceylon, in the collection
1 The British Museum has lately received a specimen of the rare Dynomene
predator, A. Milne-Edwards, from Tamatave, Madagascar (The Rev. Deans
Cowan). ‘This species, which Milne-Edwards records from the Samoa Islands
and New Caledonia, has been hitherto a desideratum in the Museum Collection.
2 Monatsb. d. Akad. Wissenschaft. zu Berlin, p. 614 (1868).
14 MR. E. J. MIERS ON [Jan. 15,
of the Brititish Museum (2. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq.), but simple,
flattened and compressed, articulated with the preceding joint in
the middle of its dorsal margin, and with the terminal joint at its
distal extremity (see the figure).
The carapace, as usual in the genus, is laterally compressed, with
the cervical suture strongly defined, the rostrum trispinose, the
lateral a little shorter than the median spines. Of the segments cf
the postabdomen, the first, second, and sixth are longest, the sixth
about as long as the two preceding segments. taken together, whereas
in the specimen referred to C. tridentata in the Museum Collection
the sixth segment but little exceeds the fifth in length. The
terminal segment is small, slightly transverse, and subtruncated ‘at
its distal extremity. The eyes project very slightly beyond the
median spine of the rostram and are bluntly pointed at their
inner and distal angles; the corneze are small and placed on the
dorsal surface of the peduncles. The antennules are less than balf
the length of the antennz ; the terminal joint of the peduncle very
slightly exceeds the penultimate joint in length ; the inferior of the
two flagella is fringed with long hair on its lower margin. ‘he
antennee are about twice the length of the carapace ; the antepen-
ultimate peduncular joints bear a small spinule at the distal extremity
on the outer margin; the penultimate and terminal joints are sub-
equal. The left chelipede is the larger ; the merus-joint is less than
twice as long as broad, and its inferior margin is acute and serrated,
but without strongly developed teeth or spines. The carpus is rather
shorter than, but as broad as, the palm, smooth, its inferior margin
acute and entire; palm rather longer than broad, smooth and
polished, with the upper and lower margins fringed with hair, the
lower margin acute; several tufts of se¢@ occur on its outer surface
near to the base of the fingers, which are shorter than the palm,
with the tips incurved; the uppermost arcnated, with the inner
margin acute and entire, the lowermost with a small tooth or lobe
on the inner margin, both clothed on their outer surface with
several tufts of hair. In the smaller chelipede the joints are all
much slenderer, and the merus-joint is not serrated on its inferior
margin. ‘The third legs have the antepenultimate joint armed with
a low triangular lobe on the inferior margin; the produced posterior
lobe of the hairy penultimate joint is broad and obtuse; the dac-
tylus small, hairy, and subacute.
lines. millim.
3. Length of the body, nearly ..:..... 22 46
Length of larger chelipede, nearly.... 122 26
In the specimen in the Museum Collection referred to C. triden-
tata, v. Martens, there is a strong tooth or lobe at the proximal end
of the inferior margin of the merus of the larger chelipede. Nothing
is said as to the existence of this lobe by v. Martens; but Milne-
Edwards, in his monographic revision of the genus Callianassa’,
describes C. tridentata as having the merus unarmed.
" Nouvelles Archives du Muséum, vy. p. 101 (1869).
1884. ] CRUSTACEANS FROM MAURITIUS, 15
Callianassa mauritiana, described in my last notice of the Crus-
tacea received from M. Robillard, differs altogether from C. mar-
tensi in the form of the front and larger chelipede (see fig. 2).
Callianassa madagassa, Lenz and Richters', from Madagasear, is
at once distinguished by the absence of lateral spinules from the front
and the remarkable spinulation of the fingers of the right chelipede
from C. martensii, and the form of the terminal segment and
uropoda is very different from: that of C. mauritiana °.
PENZUS MONODON.
Peneus monodon, Fabricius, Entom. Syst. Supplementum, p. 408
(1798); M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust. ii. p. 416 (1837) ;
S. Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 5), vili. p. 178, pl. xii.
fig. 5 v. p. (1881).
An adult female of very large size was received from M. Robillard
at the beginning of the year.
If Mr. Spence Bate is right in his synonymical citations as regards
this species, it ranges throughout the Oriental Region.
SOLENOCERA LuUCASII?
? Solenocera lucasii, S. Bate, Annals & Mag. of Nat. Hist. (ser. 5),
viii. p. 185 (1881).
I refer to this species with much doubt a small female, which
differs from Mr. Spence Bate’s diagnosis in the somewhat. more
numerous and differently disposed teeth of the rostrum; and to
facilitate its future identification (since the original diagnosis is in
few words) I subjoin the following description.
Mr. S. Bate’s type was dredged in 130 fathoms south of New
Guinea, and is of much larger size.
Carapace nearly smooth, with the cervical and hepatic sutures
distinct, and armed with a distinct antennal and a small hepatic
spine, and with a small spine (the supraorbital ?) on either side of
the rostrum, placed ashort distance behind the anterior margin of the
carapace. Thereis no pterygostomian spine. The rostrum is shorter
than the eyes (but broken at the tip), ascends very slightly from the
base, and is armed above with eight or nine blunt serratures or teeth,
whereof the three posterior are placed on the dorsal surface of the
carapace and the last is separated by a much wider interval from the
rest than these are from one another; there is no median dorsal carina
on the carapace behind the last tooth. The eyes are moderately large ;
ophthalmopod setose at base on its upper surface. The segments
of the postabdomen are nearly smooth, the fourth to sixth distinctly
longitudinally carinated on the dorsal surface, and the third less
distinctly so ; the carina on the sixth segment ends posteriorly in a
1 Abhandl: d. Senckenb. Naturforsch. Gesellschaft. xii. p. 427, figs. 20-23
(1881).
* The larger chelipede of C. martensi bears a very close resemblance to the
mutilated fossil claw from the Trocadero, described and figured by A. Milne-
Edwards as C. parisiensis (¢. c. p. 99, pl. ii. f. 3) ; but C. partstensis is too imper- ,
fectly known to be certainly identified with any recent species of the genus. -
16 ON CRUSTACEANS FROM MAURITIUS. (Jan. 15,
small spine ; the postero-lateral angles are not acute in any of the
segments ; the terminal segment is obscurely longitudinally suleated
above, and is shorter than the rhipidura or appendages of the
penultimate segment ; it is acute at its distal extremity, and bears a
pair of lateral spinules at some distance behind the apex. The
antennules have the peduncle dorsally flattened and excavate for the
reception of the eyes, the terminal joint is very short, the flagella
stout, tapering very slightly, longer. than the carapace, and the
outer longitudinally concave for the reception of the inner flagellum,
as in other species of the genus ; the scaphocerite of the antenne is
slightly longer than the peduncle of the antennules, it narrows some-
what to the rounded distal extremity, and bears a small subterminal
spine on its outer margin ; the flagellum is wanting. The outer maxil-
lipedes are slender and reach beyond the apex of the antennal scale.
The legs of the first three pairs increase successively in length, they
present nothing remarkable: the chele are very slender, with the
fingers longer than the palm; the fourth pair have the merus-joints
somewhat thickened, fifth and sixth joints not elongated, dactyli
shorter than the sixth joint. The fifth legs are much longer than
the carapace; fourth, fifth, and sixth joints all slender and much
elongated; dactylus less than half the length of the carapace, and
little more than half the length of the penultimate joint, and
slightly compressed; the rami of the rhipedura are narrow, the
outer longer than the inner, with a straight outer margin, the inner
narrow-ovate.
lines, millim.
OO, Leneth’of ‘badly abort. 2) sees.) 2S 32
Length of fifth legs about .......... 12 25
LEPTOSQUILLA SCHMELTZII.
Squilla schmeltzii, A. Milne-Edwards, Journ. d. Mus. Godeffroy,
i. (Heft 4), p. 87, pl. ii. fig. 7 (1873).
Leptosquilla schmeltzii, Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 5),
v. p. 13 (1880).
A small male of this species, hitherto unrepresented in the collection
of the Museum, agrees in almost all particulars with the description
and figure of Milne-Edwards, whose type was from Upolu. There
can, I think, be no question of the generic distinctness of this form
from the typical Squille.
The median rounded keel of the terminal segment is more
strongly developed, and the dactyli of the raptorial limbs are six-
spined as in the figure cited, not seven-spined as in the description.
GonopactyLus TRACHURUS. (Plate I. fig. 3.)
Gonodactylus trachurus, V. Martens, Sitzungsber d. Gesellschaft.
naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin (no. 6), p. 93 (1881).
An adult male is in the collection.
This species is evidently very nearly allied to Gonodactylus bradyi’,
1 Squilla bradyi, A. Milne-Edwards, in ‘ Les Fonds de la Mer,’ by MM. de
Folin et Périer, i. (livr. ix.) p. 187, pl. xvii. fig. 11 (1869).
1884.] ON RACES AND HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONIDE. 17
from St. Vincent, but is I think sufficiently distinguished by the
following characters :—the fine acute spines of the penultimate and
terminal sezments are here replaced by conical or rounded tubercles,
and the posterior half of the antepenultimate segment, which is
represented as smooth and entire in G. bradyi, is granulated in
G. trachurus on the dorsal surface and minutely spinulose on the
posterior margin.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Callianassa martensi, sp. u., male, X14 diam. (p. 18).
la. Frontal region and antenne of the same species, showing the form of
the frontal spines, x3 diam.
1 3. Extremity of one of the legs of the third pair, showing the form of the
produced posterior lobe of the penultimate joint and of the dactylus,
x4 diam.
le, Terminal segment and uropoda, x3 diam.
2. Terminal segment and uropoda of C. mauritiana, enlarged.
2a. Larger chelipede of Callianassa mauritiana, Miers, natural size.
3. Gonodactylus trachurus, v. Martens, adult male, <2 diam. (p. 16).
8a. Raptorial limb (second maxillipede) of the same species, x3 diam.
4. On Races and Hybrids among the Salmonide.
By Francis Day, F.Z.S.
[Received December 24, 1883.]
Yn March 1882 I laid before the Linnean Society the results of
some observations which I had made on the British Salmonide,
tending to show that the number of species existing in these islands
had been unduly multiplied by local races or varieties having been
considered species. In the month of December I communicated to
this Society some facts respecting the hybridization of Salmon and
Trout, and likewise adverted to Sir J. Gibson-Maitland, Bart., F.L.S.,
having kindly instituted, on November 15th, 1882, three additional
experiments upon crossing different forms of Charr, or Charr with
Troxt, the results of which, so far as they have gone, I propose
describing this evening.
I have also to thank Sir J. Gibson-Maitland for permitting me to
take examples of all the various crosses which have been made at
Howietoun (many of which are on the table for examination), while
he has also freely furnished me with information on all points, and
access to his notes. There are likewise a series of Salmonidze hatched
in the great International Fisheries Exhibition, from eggs brought
from Canada by Mr. Wilmot, the Canadian Commissioner, who gave
me specimens at short intervals, so that I have a connective series.
I shall have to refer to a pair of fine Trout sent to me in ice from
the Otago Acclimatization Society, through the kind offices of Mr,
Arthur, which are now preserved in spirit in the Economic Fish
Museum at South Kensington. Lastly, I shall describe the Salmo
gracilis of Couch (? Cuv. & Val.), a local race which I had the
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—-1884, No. I. 2
18 MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND [Jan. 15,
opportunity of examining along the coast of Devonshire during the
past half-year.
The first specimen I propose describing is a hybrid between
Salmo salar and S. levenensis. On November 25th, 1879, as
detailed by me previously (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 751), a man
arrived at Howietoun, sent over from Stirling by Mr. Napier, with
some Salmon-milt obtained the previous night, and this was employed
for the purpose of fertilizing some eggs from a 4-year-old Lochleven
Trout. It is necessary to draw attention to the fact that the milt
came from the Salmon, as the size of the spermatozoa is suc as to
generally render impregnation of Trout-eggs difficult in the natural
state. But here the milt had been brought in a bottle packed in
snow or ice, and although the cold may have caused the size of the
spermatozoids to contract, it appears to me more probable that the
large eges of these Trout possessed a comparatively large micro-
pyle. Perhaps, as we find parr full of milt during the Trout-
spawning season, the size of the spermatozoids preclude their impreg-
nating the majority of the Trout-eggs which would be on the beds;
for, although it has been computed that the absorbing powers of tie
ova extend over 30 minutes, the period during which the spermato-
zoids are alive in water is about 23 minutes, and it is probable that
for such a time the male Trout would hardly permit a parr to inter-
fere with the redd. ;
One of the progeny of the above experiment, 11 inches in length,
was captured in my presence at Howietoun, November 14th, 1882,
and I subsequently described it in full (7. ¢.). In the island-pond
two years since some more (which were the smallest fish) were placed,
and when this pond was drained on November 28th, 1883, several
were obtained. I sent three to the Economic Fish Museum at
South Kensington ; one I retained for personal examination. The
specimen is on the table, and, although a year older than the one
I described in 1882, is of the same length, while the others were
slightly smaller; and investigations into the rapidity of the growth
of these fish will form a subject for inquiry next year among those
which still remain.
B. x. 4D, I2).22 P. 138. Vo10. “As BY eC 19:
L.1. 114. L. tr. 24/32. Cee. pyl. 69.
inches.
Total lengthy of specimen’ "2.0, Ai 382 eh SS eg
Leng elrot fend ye scasts oe te ste net cee ee ee
iseneth, of pectotal hi” Gre ee eee a ee ee
Distance from snout to base of dorsal fin...... 4:2
Distance from snout to centre of base of caudal fin 9-0
Diametemar eyerwt* sare ae eee eee, Se 0-4
Distance of eye from end of snout............ 0°6
Distance of eyes apart, 2.05.22 8s nS. ‘dips ui
Herht aihody tantay nee et eee Sees eee ae
Preopercle forming an almost regular curve, with but very little
appearance of a lower limb. Lower jaw very slightly hooked at its
1884. ] HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID. 19
extremity ; a line from the end of the snout to the further point of
the posterior end of the opercle passes just below the orbit ; half the
length of the upper edge of the subopercle equals its greatest depth.
Maxilla of moderate strength, and reaching to below the hind edge of
the orbit. eeth—in a double row of about 6 on either side, pass along
the anterior two thirds of the body of the vomer, while someare also
onitshead. Scales—12 rows pass downwards and forwards from the
hind edge of the adipose dorsal fin to the lateral line ; 21 rows pass
from the lateral line to the base of the ventral fin. Rows of scales
near the hind end of the fish irregular. Colours: very silvery, like
a grilse, with 6 or 7 irregularly distributed rows of black spots on
the anterior portion and upper two thirds of the body, decreasing to
3 or 4 at the end of the caudal regicn ; no parr-marks on the sides.
Two large black spots on the hind edge of the preopercle, 5 on the
opercle, and 1 on the subopercle. A few small black spots on
the top of the head. Lower two thirds of dorsal fin with large
black spots and a white anterior upper edge; the fins generally
greyish and darkest in the centre, the anal having a light front edge.
Czecal appendages of moderate size. Sex, male. Generative organs
rudimentary.
Last year I also adverted in the same communication to 20,000
eggs of Lochleven Trout having been fertilized with Salmon-milt
by Sir J. Gibson- Maitland on December 24th, 1881. These eggs were
hatched on March 9th, 1882, or in 75 days, and on November 15th,
1882, about 1250 young were alive. I exhibited four specimens,
varying in length from 34 to 4°3 inches. These fish have continued
to do well, and are thriving in the upper and centre planked ponds at
Howietoun, upwards of 800 being alive.
I obtained three specimens (on the table), which give the following
measurements :—
B. x-xi. D. 13 (3,). P.14. V. 9-10.
Ate Cot Val, bine
No.1. No.2. No.3
in. in. in.
Total leneth ‘of specimens... 2... ee 8 7°3 5°7 5°4
A fr 1 GEO ler pcre ciaeARIE RARE kearmaneye 1°6 2 1°15
oe “fe Pecworalain so, sa en wets 1:05 10 0:9
on 33 Caudaletinee sr. en at ettses 1:3 0-9 0:9
Distance from snout to base of dorsal fin.... 2°8 2°2 2.2
A a. ey centre of base of
caidal fin, J: sages sees costae eee cer 6°2 4:9 46
PUHOUCE OL EYE. evn ccc n os sesh tose. 0°3 0°23 0°25
Distance of eye from end of snout.......... 0° 0°33 03
Prsumice ot Eyes ApArh . ye wate wae ee 0°6 0-4 0-4
PRGP litle POU c as 2 Xa s\esicve p ore inva ate greta 1:2 1:0
Specimen no. 1 had the teeth in a double row along the body of
the vomer. In examining the extent of the emargination of the
caudal fin, it was 0°5 of an inch, while the length of the outer ray was
Q*
20 MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND (Jan. 15,
1:3 inch. Scales—12 rows between the adipose dorsal fin and lateral
line. The direction of the rows of scales on the body rather irregular
in places. Of a silvery colour along the back and sides, the upper
half or two thirds of the body being spotted with black, some large
red spots along the lateral line; three black spots on the opercle,
and a fourth at its upper corner; one also on the preopercle. In
certain lights 12 finger or parr-marks may be observed along either
side ; dorsal fin grey, with a white anterior edge at its upper margin,
its lower half spotted with black ; adipose dorsal orange, with a grey
front edge; the other fins unspotted.
Specimen no. 2 was nearly similar in colour to no. 1, but a little
more yellow ; while it had 10 finger-marks on one side and 12 on
the other; 14 rows of scales between the adipose dorsal fin and the
lateral line; while the direction of the rows of scales on the body
was irregular.
Specimen no. 3 was similarly coloured, except being still more
yellow; it had 10 finger-marks on one side and 11 on the other; 2
black spots on the preopercle and 3 on the opercle ; also many red
spots on the body.
In these three undoubted hybrids the number of parr-bands along
the sides varied from 10 to 12, while the direction of the rows of
scales showed great irregularity. Both had 118 along the lateral
line; but on the side of the tail they varied from 12 to 14 between
the adipose dorsal and the lateral line.
Respecting the rate of growth of these fish as compared with
young Salmon, it was found that the largest was a little over 7 inches
long ; while young Sa/mo salar in the next pond, a year older, were
from 4 to 133 inches in length.
Examples of young Salmon (Salmo salar) are at present at
Howietoun in pond C, which is 130 feet long and has boarded
edges. The eggs and milt from which these fish were raised were
obtained by Sir J. Gibson-Maitland from the Teith in December
1880, and hatched at Howietoun in March 1881. There are a
considerable number in the pond, and they have developed some
very interesting phenomena. In July this year, in the presence of
the foreign and other commissioners to the Fisheries Exhibition,
this pond was netted, when it was seen that some of the young fish,
then 2 years and 4 months old, were golden, spotted, and in the
banded parr-stage, while others were beautiful silvery smolts almost
ready to descend to the sea. Some of these parr-marked fish
exceeded those which were in the smolt livery in size, although this
was the exception.
During the first week in October one of these fish, under a pound
in weight, and in the smolt colours, but with the parr-bands still
visible in certain lights, jumped out of the pond and was found
dead. On being opened it turned out to be a female with compara-
tively large ova, which were of a deep reddish colour—thus almost
disposing of the statement that “no parr has ever been found with
mature ova’’!, Certaiuly the ova were not mature, but would have
} Giinther, ‘ Introduction to the Study of Fish,’ p. 639,
1884.] HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONIDE. 21
been had the fish not met with an untimely end; while the parr-
marks were present, and so likewise were the silvery scales of the
smolt. And asI shall show, we found at the end of November other
females with ova, in all of which the parr-marks were visible.
At the end of November, when again at Howietoun, I was in-
formed that several of the fish during the night or early morning
had jumped out of the pond, and it was surmised that many had so
perished, but been carried off in the early hours by birds and rats.
At my first visit I was shown one which had been found dead that
morning, and on the 29th there were two more, one of which (11°5
inches in length) had been partially eaten by some vermin, which had
devoured the lower portion of its head. It was of a silvery smolt
colour with parr-marks. On being opened it proved to be a male
full of ripe milt’. A net was drawn through this pond for the purpose
of examining the condition cf the fish, and obtaining ova if possible,
as well as milt for experimenting with. I examined three specimens,
which are on the table :—
ie ise a ap gO oe
Cor Ee tig. bein ete
No. Ls Nov2: +) -MNonst
in. in. In.
Total length of specimens............ ace, a LOSS 9°0 63
1 i220 ST eR RY | 18 bg
es pectoral fin .. miaiand d wane CEA D225 -54) sks
“$6 ETAL TL snare tyes RPh a eg are RR 1:6 115
Distance from snout to base of dorsal fin 4°] 35 2°5
as om * centre of base of
LETS RUA OOS oe a 9°3 79 5°2
ENGELS ec a a eae ae 0-4 0°45 = 0°25
Distance of eye from end of snout ........ 0°6 0-55 03
BURMA SEV CO OBE sii ei nit de haart bah wts 0:7 065 0-45
[SCTE] TTR) ig 07s ave a aah nn ae eee 2:0 1°8 1:3
No. 1 was a beautiful silvery smolt with ten distinct parr-marks
when placed in certain lights. One black spot on the preopercle,
three on the opercle; the upper two thirds or half of the body
spotted with black, as was likewise the lower half of the dorsal fin,
which had a white anterior and outer edge. Pectoral fin nearly
black in all these fish when alive. In this specimen the generative
organs were nct developed. ‘The maxilla was more slender than in
the hybrid of almost the same size, and which has been described.
Scales: 11 rows from the adipose dorsal fin to the lateral line, and
20 rows from the lateral line to the base of the ventral fin. The
extent of the cleft of the tail was 0-8, and the length of its longest
ray 1°8. Its cecal appendages were longer than in the hybrids.
1 «“T am not quite sure but that milt and ova might be found in a hybrid;
it has been found in parrs, and my theory is, that when this is so, the fish is the
produce of a hen Salmon and a male river-Trout, as it was frequently found
that a hen Salmon was spawning on the same erayel-bed with a male riyer-
Trout.”—Giinther, evidence given June 4th, 1872, in‘ The Parr and Salmon
Oontroyersy.’ (Second Edition, 1883, page 128.)
22 MR. F, DAY ON RACES AND [Jan. 15,
No. 2 was more distinctly parr-marked, but otherwise very
similar. It had 11 rows of scales between the adipose dorsal fin and
the lateral line, as seen in the larger specimen. 19 rows of scales
between the lateral line and base of ventral fin. The extent of the
cleft of its caudal fin was 0°9, and the length of the longest ray 1°6.
No. 3 was in the parr livery with 10 well-marked finger-spots oa
either side, 3 black spots on the opercle. Fins as in the others,
anal greyish in the centre. The upper jaw in the specimen a little
shortened, due to injury. 11 seales in an oblique row from the soft
dorsal fin to the lateral line. The fish was a male full of milt.
As arule, the females were silvery, and were found to have ova,
but not quite ripe, requiring from 4 to 6 weeks more. The males,
on the contrary, on being pressed, gave ripe milt. The Salmonoids
in these ponds seem to be more spotted than such as are obtained
from rivers, and thongh perhaps not of large size are well propor-
tioned. The largest taken in the net was 13°5 inches in length.
Asa rule, fish in the parr livery seemed to be males, most of which
were ripe, while the silvery smolts were generally females ; the finger-
marks in all were perceptible. These fish made it very evident that
the relative growth of the fry does not depend on the size of the
pond, quantity of food, or amount of water, as all had been treated
alike, yet they varied in length from 4 to 133 inches.
Various reasons have been adduced in order to explain why a parr
on becoming a smolt (normally about to migrate seawards) becomes
ofasilvery colour. Davy (‘ Philosophical Researches,’ 1843, p. 250)
suggested of the Salmon ‘‘that the young remain in fresh water till
they have acquired not only a certain size and strength, but also
additional scales, fitting them in their smolt stage to endure without
injury the contact of the saline medium.” Whether by acquiring
‘additional scales’? he intended to mean an additional coat of
scales, may be open to discussion, but as the body of the parr is fully
scaled, such would appear to be the meaning. Couch, in 1866, ob-
served that the silvery colour of Smolts is not due to their acquiring
additional scales, but owing to a deposit of bright soft matter, which
shines through the transparent scales. Giinther (Intr. Study of
Fishes, 1881, p. 632), however, remarks, respecting the river-Trout,
that they ‘frequently retain the parr-marks all their lifetime; at
certain seasons a new coat of scales overlays the parr-marks, ren-
dering them invisible for a time, but they reappear in time, or are
distinct as soon as the scales are removed. When the Salmones
have passed this Parr-stage,’’ we are distinctly informed that “a
new coat of scales overlays the parr-marks;” but as these fish do
not shed their scales, he seems to advance that an additional or
extra coat of scales is developed at certain periods, an opinion, as I
believe, held by Davy, but denied by Couch’.
* Ihave received the following communication from Dr. Gadow:—“ The
development of the scales in Teleostean fishes, as in the Salmon, &e., is as
follows:—The cutis (together with the superimposed epidermis) at first forms
a slight elevation, the upper or top end of which assumes a backward direction,
and this growing or young scale soon ossifies, but not so completely as in Sharks
1884. ] HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID&, 23
On examining an American Charr, Salmo fontinalis, in the parr-
stage, and 34 inches in length, the scales covering the body on their
outer surface were found to be covered and bound down to one another
by a covering of epidermis (which in its turn was much concealed by
a thick layer of mucus); the same appearance was present in a Salmo
levenensis 4 inches in length, while in a Salmon-parr, 6 inches long,
a change had commenced in some regions of the body. The hind
portion of the exposed part of each scale, sometimes to as much as
one third or even one half, being silvery, or rather transparent, per-
mitting the silvery lustre to shine through, but not so the basal
portion, which retained more of the parr-colour. On placing a
needle under these scales, the transparent or silvery part could be
readily elevated ; it was no longer bound down by epidermis, as in
younger fish, while but very little mucus was present. Among the
silvery smolts this apparent denudation of the scales had been
carried to a greater extent, the epidermis being seemingly merely
present across its base (except where black or orange spots existed),
and as a consequence a silvery seale with more or less dark edges
was seen. Should the scale of a smolt be raised, it appears as if
on the sides and most of the body of the fish it were merely attached
at its base and placed in a pocket of the epidermis, and nowhere in
the body is any new layer of scales developed, or an increased thick-
ness put on, but, on the contrary, the epidermal covering seems to
become removed in the smolt-stage, thus occasioning their trans-
parent and consequent silvery appearance, which is continued through
life. Owing to the epidermis being less removed from the scales of
the back, and being present over the scaleless head, these portions
retain a darker colour.
A hybrid between S. salar and S. levenensis, at 7:4 inches in
length, shows a portion of the outer edge of each scale already
denuded of epidermis ; and although I do not propose in this paper
to enter upon the question of colour, I may remark that the lateral
bands or finger-marks come into more prominent view when the
scales and attached epidermis are removed, rendering it probable
that they are found in the cutis. The black spots, or at least some
of those which are seen on the body, are in the epidermis, and can be
removed with that structure ; while on removing a scale, the epi-
dermal pocket in which its base lies is found of a dark and often
black colour. If the epidermis of a young fish is placed under the
microscope, it is more or less filled with fine black dots ; consequently
the absorption of this structure, irrespective of its leaving the silvery
portion uncovered, removes what must add a darker tinge to the
fish. In like manner a portion of the red or orange dots may be
external to the scales, as in the epidermis or in the structures below
and Ganoids. The scales increase in size by apposition, their basal portion
forming the matrix being part of the cutis, in a similar way to finger-nails
growing out of the nail-fold. There are two main classes of these scales, one
retaining an embryonic condition, as in some parts of a Mackerel, &e., while
those of the Salmon, which attain a larger size, break through the epidermal
layer, and thus become partially free.”
24 MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND [Jan. 15,
them ; while the male Salmon-parrs at Howietoun have developed
a white anterior edge to the dorsal and anal fins.
These young migratory Salmon conclusively show that the females,
without descending to the sea, may develop eggs in fresh water. And
though we know that in the case of rivers in which their access to the
sea has been cut off, or their migrating to the ocean prevented from
any cause, these fish have usually disappeared from such streams, still
we are aware that land-locked Salmon are found in various parts of
the globe. It does not seem a visionary dream, but within the
bounds of a measurable distance, to anticipate that some Howietoun-
reared fish may in a few generations develop land-locked forms, in-
valuable to the upper waters of some of our rivers in which migrations
seaward are now impossible ; while they will also afford the upper
riparian proprietors a chance of securing a breed that will remain
in their waters, and cannot therefore be destroyed, as they are
now at the mouths of rivers, and in the estuaries, by unscrupulous
fishing.
Before proceeding to discuss the use made of the milt of these
fishes, I propose adverting to another series of Salmon, bred at the
Fisheries Exhibition, from eggs brought from Canada by Mr.
Wilmot, the Canadian Commissioner, who has kindly given me a
series.
For the purpose of exhibiting the interesting modes of fish-
hatching now being carried on in Canada, Mr. Wilmot brought
over a considerable number of ova in ice. These, however, com-
menced hatching a few days prior to the opening of the building,
and continued doing so up to May 23rd.
All these fish had a double row of teeth along the body of the
vomer, from about 112 to 118 rows of scales along the lateral line,
from 11 to 12 rows between the adipose dorsal and the lateral line,
and 20 rows from the lateral fins to the base of the ventral line.
The following give the lengths of the fish, all of which I saw removed
from the hatching-trough, as well as the number of bars along their
sides.
Length of fish.
inches. Bars onside. Bars on side.
(2:3 9 8
la2s2 9 9
| 2°0 10 9
August 24, 1883.... < re : a5
1°6 8 9
15 9 10
{1:4 8 8
{ 2°9 9 8
| 2°9 8 8
September 27, 1883.. < 2-5 7 7
| 2°3 9 9
(2°3 4% 8
1884. ] HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONIDZ. 25
Length of fish.
inches. Bars on side. Bars on side.
sh. 7 8
October 27, 1883.... =e - “
2°8 8 8
(3°5 8 8
| 3°2 9 9
November 15, 1883 . 4 3°0 9 10
2°8 8 8
| 2°8 8 7
Average .. 84 8i
It would appear, from the foregoing, that out of 22 specimens of
Mr. Wilmot’s young Salmonidz, the number of parr-bars varied
from 7-10, frequently differing in numbers in the two sides of the
same fish, while the average was 83, a remarkable difference from
what obtains in the British Sa/mo salar, a question I shall refer to
again further on. I may, however, mention here that in some of
these fishes the bars were much broken up. The adipose fin in
almost all had a leaden-coloured base, the outer two thirds being
orange-coloured.
When leaving Teignmouth in Devonshire, in 1882, I had the oppor-
tunity of seeing, but not of procuring, two or three long and lanky
Salmon, having much the appearance of kelts. 1 had, however,
to postpone my investigations, and went there in August this year,
when I was so fortunate as to find the same class of fish, not only in
the market there, but also at Torquay, where I went likewise to
inquire respecting these fish. In fact, out of the many Salmon which
I saw, all were of this local race, evidently the Salmo gracilis, Couch,
whose examples were taken in the Fowey. Yarrell, on being sent a
figure of Couch’s fish, replied, ‘‘I have a skin of a Salmon that
would have been a good match for your female. This was a Salmon
that had been detained in a fresh-water pond rather more than three
ears.” Yarrell suggests the water did not suit Couch’s fish, but
the latter author observes, ‘* It had just come from the open sea,” and
that the Fowey water is not polluted with poisonous water from
mines. It appears to be a variety or local race of S. salar.
Length. Length of Depth of
head. body. Weight.
inches, inches. inches.
August 21, 1 female.... 28°0 5:2 5:0 6 lbs.
35 %s Hee de 522, NPs 73 lbs.
August 27, 1 male .... 26°0 4'8 4:0 4 lbs.
+3 1 female.... 24°0 4°5 4:0 4 lbs.
In the foregoing the proportion of the depth of the body to the
total length was about 64 times.
A pair being required for the New South Wales, Sydney, Museum,
26 MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND [Jan. 15,
Mr. Ramsay and myself procured them ; the proportions were as
follows :—
Male. Female
inches. inches
Total length of specimen ........ sve ape O90) 24°0
Length of head....... ate Ace NCS Kius 4:8 4°5
Tete lit notbo dys fa :eue/o woe vw atau) pie 4:0 4:0
Distance between end of snout and | 10:0 9:0
commencement of dorsal fin......
Length of caudal fin.......... vigil ae ORO 3°5
Diameteriol eye. ers Meenas onl ce 05
Distance of eye from end of snout .. 15 15
These fish had from 118 to 120 rows of scales along the lateral
line ; the male had 10 rows, and the female 11] between the posterior
end of the base of the adipose dorsal fins, passing downwards and
forwards to the lateral line. The male had 61, and the female 71
cecal appendages. The eggs in the female were about 35 of an
inch in diameter, but there were many smaller ones. The milt in
the male was appearing, while a small hook was apparent at the end
of the lower jaw.
Cooked, they were good fish, not so rich as Salmon from more
northern rivers, and of a very slight pink tinge in the flesh. Under
what conditions these fish are so elongated, whether from climatic
causes or from food, are problems requiring solution. It has been
asserted that along the south coast pollution of the river-water is
the chief cause’. It has been generally accepted, that bad, in-
sufficient, or unsuitable food, as well as prevention of descending to
the sea at certain periods, will often eventuate in lanky fish, but I
do not think that it is generally known that an elongated sea-going
race of Salmo salar exists.
The Lochleven variety of Trout is that with which Sir J. Gibson-
Maitland has had such marked suecess at Howietoun; and by
keeping those bred in different years by themselves, some exceedingly
interesting results have already been ascertained, the prelude possibly
to many more. ‘The first of these fish to which I propose adverting
are those which are the elders of the fishery, and were hatched in
? A correspondent in the ‘Field’ (January 5, 1884, page 16) observes :—* I
have conversed with several old Devonshire anglers, who sadly recall the days
of their youth, when they could reckon with a moral certainty on catching two
or three Salmon in the Teign with the artificial fly, on any fair fishing day,
before the mines had poisoned the river, and who have since then seen a large
tract of the stream, extending over three or four miles, so thickly fouled with
mine-washings, as to become as lifeless as the Dead-Sea waters. Salmon could
not swim or live in such waters for many years. During all this interval the
river of course was utterly destroyed for: Salmon-fishing, but, strange to say,
since the mines have been worked out, some few straggling fish have begun to
return in gradually increasing numbers during the last three or four years; but
the taint of the poison still lingers there, and this peculiarity remains, that the
flesh of a Teign Salmon is hard and woolly, and utterly devoid of that curded
richness which lies between the flakes of a well-dressed fresh-run Severn
Salmon.”
1884.] HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID. 27
1875, and placed in the island-pond in 1879, when it was finally
completed. This pond is 210 x 90 feet, and from 10 to 11 feet deep
in the centre.
One can hardly assert that the fish thus kept have been under the
same conditions of existence as if they had been in a wild state in
Scottish waters. Always provided with food, they may have thus
been somewhat stimulated, and their powers of propagating their
species accelerated. This may tend to shorten life, as sterility in
fishes appears to lengthen it. It has been apparent that males ex-
perience a larger mortality than females, due apparently to exhaustion
after breeding, which seems to be assisted by their pugnacious pro-
pensities.
I last year remarked upon the fact observed at Howietoun, that,
as a rule, the Lochleven variety of Trout gave eggs of different
sizes in accordance with the age of the parents. Those which were
hatched in 1876, or six years old, were producing ova 32 of which
filled the length of a glass quill, whereas those which were hatched
in 1875, or seven years old, gave ova 27 or 28 of which occupied the
same space.
Since then I have come across several interesting statements,
which fully bear out the observations made at Howietoun. In the
Report of the United-States Fish Commission on the McCloud
River, for 1878, it is observed that “the parent Salmon were un-
usually small, their average weight being under eight pounds. This
small size was stated to be undoubtedly caused in whole or in part
by the fishing at the canneries of the Sacramento, where the 8-inch
meshes of the innumerable drift-nets stopped all the large Salmon
but let all the small ones through. The eggs when taken proved to
be at least a third smaller than those of most previous years, and the
average number of eggs to the fish was about 3500 against 4200
in the previous year.” In this case the diminished size of the
parents may have not only conduced to diminished size of the ova,
but likewise to a decreased amount, for the number generally is pro-
portionate to the weight of the parent fish.
Livingston Stone adduces another reason for this result, namely,
that American Trout, Salmo fontinalis, living in spring water (which
means deficient food) develop smaller ova than such as reside
in brook water. That is, poverty in food has the same effect in dimi-
nishing the size of the eggs as if the parent had not yet arrived at
full sexual maturity.
I adduce these instances because assertion has been so confidently
made to the contrary, and it is perhaps as well to be able to bring
forward facts observed at different places by different observers who
are not acquainted with the views of oneanother. Malmgren having
observed that the ova of 7ué¢ta relicta are considerably smaller than
those of the Salmon, Dr. Giinther remarked in the ‘Zoological Record’
(1864, pp. 180, 181) as follows :—“ Thirdly, as Hr. Malmgren ob-
serves, in the size of the ova. The last character will be considered
very significant by all who may have a more extensive knowledge of
fishes, as the size of the ova is not only invariably the same in
28 MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND [Jan. 15,
individuals of whatever size, but, as far as our experience reaches, is
even often characteristic of the species of a genus””’. Likewise, in
his ‘Introduction to the Study of Fishes,’ 1880, p. 159, he ob-
serves, “ The ova of Teleosteous Fishes are extremely variable in size,
quite independently of the size of the parent species. The ova of
large and small individuals of the same species, of course, do not differ
in size.”
This brings us to the consideration of whether it is possible that
increased size of eggs may lead to augmented size of offspring,
irrespective of the question of changing the locality they inhabit, or
increasing the space or amount of water in which they reside.
The following interesting experiment was instituted fourteen
months since by Sir James Maitland. Two batches of Lochleven
Trout were spawned in the winter of 1882 on November 2nd, the
parents of one having been hatched in 1875, and of the other in
1876. The eggs were similarly treated, and hatched in January and
February 1883.
In the garden in front of Sir J. Maitland’s house at Craigend two
ponds have been constructed for the reception of young fish, each of
the same width and 100 feet long; one is nearly on a level with the
other, and the same stream runs through each. Into these ponds
the two lots of fry were turned—those from the older or 1875, or
seven years’ old parents, having the lower pond; those from the
younger or 1876, or six years’ old parents, having the upper pond,
while they were fed and treated in an identical manner.
On November 29th we examined these two ponds, the fry in the
upper of which, or from the younger parents, seemed to average
about 23 inches in length, while those in the lower pond appeared
to average about 33 inches in length; showing that from the eggs
of the older parents had emanated the more satisfactory offspring.
Wenext proceeded to draw a net through each pond; and I selected
three young fish from the upper and five from the lower series as
among the finest examples of each batch. These fish gave the
following results :-—
Upper pond, from 1876 parents.
Length. Bars. Bars.
inches.
Sia) 13 13
3°0 13 12
2°9 14 13
Average.... 3°] 133 122
These fish were more spotted than those in the lower pond and
had more red marks. The dorsal fin had a white front edge, as in
young Brook-Trout
? Genus Brachymystax, Giinther. ‘‘Eyen if Salmo fluviatilis should prove to
be the male of Salmo coregonoides (the type of the new genus), still the small
size of the ova would be a character of sufficient importance to separate these
fishes generically from Salmo.” Catal. Fish. Brit. Mus. yi. p. 163.
1884.] HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID2. 29
Lower pond, from 1875 parents.
Length. Bars. Bars.
inches.
INO: eee 4:0 13 12
Nos 220.2% . 40 14 12
INOs Sis a. 3°8 11 12
No? 45". oF 3°9 13 14
INOse Ole etatents 3°9 12 13
Average.... 3°9 132 123
These fish had the parr-bands somewhat more broken up than
those in the upper pond, while the bands varied from 11 to 14; they
were otherwise similarly coloured.
If these averages are reliable, and I consider them to be so, among
the thousands of fish I saw in these two ponds, the increase or
difference or gain in length by selection of parents was nearly one
fourth of the total length of the fish at nine months of age, or in
those whose parents were hatched in 1875 over those whose parents
were hatched in 1876. As these larger-bred fish are likely to form
a larger race, a sufficiency will be retained for breeders; time,
however, can only show to what extent this will be realized.
But although experience has shown that the eggs of the older fish
produce larger fry, and such as are better calculated to fight the
battle of life, the problem had to be solved up to what age can
breeding from Trout be continued with a reasonable prospect of
remuneration ; for it is clear that keeping sterile or scarcely prolific
fish would hardly be advantageous, while as soon as a diminution of
the vital powers sets in, it is reasonable to suppose that the limit of
obtaining the finest offspring has been reached. Some of these
questions seem to have met with a most unexpected answer this year
at Howietoun, where the old fish have experienced a most extraordi-
nary mortality, not simply due to fungus’, but apparently consequent
upon age. First the males of these eight-year-old fish commenced
to succumb”, subsequently the females, many of which latter were egg-
1 Fungus appears to attack most virulently old males and unspawned females,
but very rarely young fish. It would almost seem nature’s mode of clearing off
kelts, which feed on the young fish, and are consequently injurious to salmon-
rivers. This likewise accounts for the fact that in certain rivers where the
disease has been most virulent, the succeeding year’s supply of Salmon has been
abundant. Possibly there wili be less monsters in number, the remnants of last
year’s kelts, but the amount of moderate-sized fish will more than compensate
for this.
2 Inaletter from New Zealand inthe ‘ Field’ (Dee. 15th, 1883) it is observed :—
“Tn a great many of the creeks, after the fish get to 6 pounds weight, they
seem to fall off in condition and get long and thin, and grow greatly to head.”
Now is this due to age or feeding? If we take 8 years as about the age at
which Trout fall off, and deduct this from 1883, we come to 1875. The first
Salmo-fario ova which arrived in safety at Melbourne and Tasmania were in
1864, and we are told that ‘‘ during the years 1873, 1874, 1875, and 1876,....
33,850 Trout ova and fry have been distributed to suitable streams in Tasmania,
New Zealand, Victoria, New South Wales, and Western Australia ” (Nichols,
‘ Acclimatization of the Salmonide at the Antipodes,’ 1882, p. 85).
30 MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND [Jan. 15,
bound, not a few were sterile, while the number of eggs from those
ripe for breeding were, fish for fish, less than in 1882. Taking
all things into consideration the time appeared to have arrived when
the paying value of most of these Trout had come to an end, and it
was decided that they could no longer be kept with advantage. The
sluice was therefore opened on November 27th, and the next morning
we proceeded to the pond to select such fish as were worth preserving
and spawn such as proved to be ripe.
On arriving at the pond the water was found to have nearly run
down, and in the mud at the bottom were many dead Trout, not
short of 100, the majority of which were about two feet in length,
some kelts, some egg-bound females, while a few were floundering
in the mud. On removing with a net the remaining fish, it was
observable that a change in the colour of some had occurred ; and
the same change was observed among some of the 1876 Lochleven
Trout—namely, that the anal fin had a white edge and the anterior-
superior margin of the dorsal fin was also white, thus reverting to
the Brook-Trout form of colour. Attention may likewise be drawn
to all the hybrids between this form of Trout and the Salmon
possessing a white edge to the dorsal and anal fins. Those who
consider colour as indicating a specific difference in these fish differ-
entiate the Lochleven from the Brook-Trout by the latter possessing
a white edge to their fins, which is deficient in the former. These
old and undoubted Lochleven fish are throwing back in colour to the
Brook-Trout livery ; and likewise among the crosses between this
variety and the Salmon we find the white edge to the fins as seen
in the Brook-Trout invariably present, although absent from the
parents.
On placing a net in the ditch into which the island-pond drained,
a considerable number of Trout-ova were found in it. Whether
these were from the bottom of the pond, or whether an old female
had got jammed in the valve and her eggs discharged, it was not
possible to say, but they were white and opaque, as if they had been
exuded longer than 12 hours.
Forty-two large Trout had to be killed as evidently passé, and
about 300 of the remainder were removed to another receptacle.
The small amount of fertile males was remarkable; while all the
old ones had the hook at the end of the lower jaw. Among the fish
in this pond were some of the hybrids between the Salmon and Trout,
bred from ova taken in November 1879, and already adverted to.
On November 15th, 1882, Sir J. Gibson-Maitland in my presence
obtained about 2000 ova from a Lochleven Trout, which were ferti-
lized with milt from an American Brook-Trout, or Charr, Salmo
Jfontinalis. These were placed in hatching-box no. 108, and on
November 29th, 1883, about 150 were alive. They had been trans-
ferred to a large wooden rearing tank through which a stream of
water flowed. The mortality among these 2000 eges had been as
follows:—November 68, December 142, January 89, February 41,
or a total of 340 eggs. The young were much malformed, monstro-
sities being numerous, blindness in both or in a single eye, and bull-
1884. ] _ HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID&. 31
dog deformities of the snout being the most perceptible: some were
very light-coloured, but not quite albinos, as the markings, although
pale, were visible ; and in such as have survived this want of colour
still continues.
In May 1883 I received from Sir J. Maitland one of these fish
from the hatching-house: it was 0°8 of an inch long, the anterior
portion of its head deformed from want of development of the pre-
maxillaries and contiguous bones; its colour was white without any
markings.
July 20th, 1883, I removed from box 108 some more of these
fishes, which were as follows (in inches and tenths) :—
No. 1 No. 2. No. 3 No. 4.
fae lig 1a lene ere 1*7 ii, A 1‘6
Length of head ...... 0-4 0°3 0°4 0-4
Length of caudal fin .. 0°3 0°25 0°3 03
Height of body ...... 0°3 0°3 0:3 0-3
Number of bars ...... 8&9 9&11 9&9 9&10
November 29th, the following three fishes were removed from the
box :—
Total lengthie.:. seni 0207 2°6 2:2
Length of head...... 0°6 0°6 0:4
Length of caudal fin.. 0-4 05 0:3
Height of body...... 0°5 0°55 0-4
No. 1 was blind of the left eye, but no perceptible difference
could be seen in the colours of the two sides, which were similar to
those in No. 2, except having two bands instead of one across the
dorsal fin. There were 17 rows of scales between the posterior
extremity of the base of the adipose dorsal fin, passing downwards
and forwards to the lateral line: in Trout there are normally from 13
to 15, and in American Charr from 21 to 26.
No. 2 had the eyesight apparently normal. The finger-marks
along the sides were broken up into arched bands or circles enclosing
spaces, the ground-colour being yellowish ; the upper surface of the
head and back spotted and marked with black dots; the rayed
dorsal fin with a dark band across its centre and a dark spot at the
base of its first ray. There were 22 rows of scales between the
adipose dorsal fin and the lateral line.
No. 3 had the right eye lost, the ball having retracted into the
socket ; while the left eye was almost blind, the pupil being reduced
to a small slit, while a black-coloured spot was present on the sclerotic.
When alive this fish appeared as one of the semi-albinos which I
have referred to: the markings were present, but light on both sides,
more especially so on the right. There were 15 rows of scales
between the adipose dorsal fin and the lateral line.
On November 15th, 1882, 8000 ova were taken from an American
Charr, Salmo fontinalis, which were fertilized with milt from a Loch-
leven Trout as in the last experiment, the eggs and young being
32 MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND (Jan. 15,
similarly treated. These eggs were placed in box 104, and on
November 29th, 1883, 16 remained alive. The mortality among
these 8000 eggs was as follows:—November 28, December 575,
January 1818, February 297, or a total loss of 2718. The young
fry were greatly deformed, many had their spines crooked, atrophy
of its posterior portion, and a deficiency of the fins generally, more
particularly of the caudal. ;
May 1883, the young were about one inch in length and had about
11 finger-marks, the foremost four of which were mostly below the
lateral line, while the remainder generally crossed it. I received one
specimen from Sir J. Maitland, which was 0°8 of an inch long: its
head and the anterior portion of its body was natural, but posterior
to the dorsal fin a general atrophy had occurred, and although the
anal fin was fairly developed, the caudal portion was embryonic. It
had six bars along each side.
July 20th, the cross bands had become much wider, passing down-
wards to the belly and upwards towards the back, which, however,
they do not reach, but small and irregular bands descend towards
the spaces between the cross bands. ‘The broad cross bands on the
sides of the body are twice as wide as the interspaces, generally
about nine in number, while another crosses over the head, covering
a portion of the gill-covers, and a dark band runs along the middle
of the dorsal fin. I removed three from the boxes, which were of
the following sizes (in inches and tenths).
No. 1. No. 2. No. 3
Tomllensth. «ores 278 1°6 15
Length of head...... 05 0°35 0°4
Length of caudal fin.. 0°3 0°25 0:3
Height of body...... 0°5 0°3 0:3
Number of bars ....8&10 1l10&11 9&8
November 29th, the following fish was removed from the remain-
ing 16.
Total length .......... 2°] inches,
Length of head ........ 0°5 inch
Length of caudal fin .... O4 ,,
Height of body ........ O-4...55
The finger-marks in this specimen appear to have been about 12,
but are broken up into irregular shapes, reticulating over the body,
which is of a yellow colour. Similarly along the back the fish
appears covered with black spots ona yellow ground. Dorsal fin
with two oblique black bands, a light upper edge, and a dark spot at
the base of its first dorsal rays. ‘There were 15 rows of scales between
the adipose dorsal fin and the lateral line.
It is interesting to observe that about one in six of the eggs of the
Lochleven Trout impregnated by the American Charr failed to hatch,
but double that number, or one in three, of the American Charr-eggs
1884. ] HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID&. 33
impregnated from Lochleven Trout-milt. The same reason which
appears to militate against Trout-eggs being impregnated by Salmon-
milt probably is the cause, z.e. the size of the spermatozoa, Thus
the comparatively large Lochleven Trout-eggs were fertilized from
the milt of the Charr; but when the converse was tried the success
was much less. As the American Charr-eggs are much smaller than
those of the Lochleven Trout, it is reasonable to suppose the sper-
matozoa are also smaller, and consequently were readily absorbed ;
but when it was attempted to fertilize the Salmo fontinalis by the
milt of S. evenensis, probably the large spermatozoa did not readily
find entrance, thus accounting for the great proportion of unhatched
ova.
Among the Salmo fario, or Brook-Trout, which in the upper pond
are going on for 8 years of age, a considerable amount of fungus was
present. It has been observed, similar to what obtains in the Loch-
leven variety, that the size of the eggs augments with age.
An exceedingly interesting subject of investigation is whether we
possess several or only one species of River-Trout. The foregoing
descriptions of hybrids show that, although neither the Salmon nor
Lochleven Trout possesses white edges to the dorsal and anal fins
(such being usually restricted to the Brook-Trout), hybrids between
the two appear invariably to beso marked. ‘his year’s investigations
at Howietoun have likewise shown that such a mode of colour may
occur in old Lochleven Trout, especially males.
I have several times observed that all lines of demarcation between
the recorded species become obliterated should the ova of these
fish be transmitted to foreign lands, where, due to changes in diet,
temperature of the water, and other causes, Salmo feroc may be
raised from the egg of our common Brook-Trout. The first and
last arrival of the eggs of the British Brook-Trout (Salmo fario) at
Tasmania occurred April 24, 1864. Some of these ova were col-
lected by Mr. Frank Buckland from fish in the stream running
through Admiral Keppel’s garden on the Itchen in Hampshire,
while Mr. Francis Francis’s were obtained from a mill at Alton on
the Wey, and from Mr. Thurlow’s mill at High Wycombe, Bucking-
hamshire; and Mr. Arthur tells us that the first successful Trout-
hatching in Otago occurred in October 1868, from 800 eggs ob-
tained from the natural spawning-beds of Salmo fario, in Tasmania.
These, and a second lot the subsequent year, formed the whole of
the original stock which were first liberated in the streams in
November 1869. As these Trout were raised from eggs derived
from our southern or smallest variety, where the great Lake-Trout, S.
ferox, is not found, it is clear that S. ferox ought not to be present
in Otago, unless this latter fish is merely a variety of our Brook-
Trout.
Mr. W. Arthur most kindly forwarded to me, in ice, from the
Otago Acclimatization Society, by S.S. ‘ Tonic,’ which left Lyttel-
ton, New Zealand, on July 9, 1883, two specimens of Trout recently
taken, this being their spawning season. ‘They were got in a
small river not 20 feet wide, which runs into a freshwater lake,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. III. 3
34 MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND (Jan. 15,
Lovells Cruter, a feeder of the Tuakitoto Lake, situated about 15
miles from the sea. They are large fish in good condition: the male
weighs 16 to the female 12 pounds. These fish have evidently not
been frequenting brackish or saline waters, at least the total absence
of x spots is, I suppose, according to the authorities, proof of such a
fact, and the spots of these fish now sent are round and oval. I
observed that the vomerine teeth are all gone, and only one or two
ancient tusks still on that bone of the female; so age affects teeth
similarly to migratory habits.”
The following are the characters of this pair of Trout, which were
received in excellent condition, and are now preserved in spirit in the
Economic Fish Museum :—
Male. Length of fish........ 323 inches.
9 heya fs o. z 4 ”
5 caudal fin.. 43 ,,
Height of body ...... 7 a
Eye. Diameter 1 inch, 3 inches from end of snout, and 3°2 inches
apart.
L.1. 118, and 12 rows of scales from the adipose fin, downwards
and forwards to the lateral line. Teeth none on the vomer, some on
the palate, some on the tongue in two rows, four in each. The
maxillary reaches to ¥ of a diameter behind the eye. Colours: dark
spots over the body, shoulder, and dorsal fins.
Female. Length of fish ...... 314 inches.
= Pendens am gO os,
- caudal fin. 43 ,,
Height of body...... Has
Eye. Diameter 1°55 inch, 1°6 inch from end of snout, and 274
inches apart.
L. 1. 120; 14 rows of scales from the adipose fin downwards and
forwards to the lateral line. Zeeth: a few on the front of the vomer.
Caudal fin emarginate. Colours: spotted all over the body.
These two beautiful specimens of Trout are so exceedingly similar
to so-called Lake-Trout, that any ichthyologist who believed in the
numerous species of this fish, and was unaware from whence they
came, would undoubtedly term them Salmo ferox.
As a considerable stress has, erroneously I believe, been laid
upon the number of cecal appendages among the Salmonide, as
diagnostic of species, I give the following table :—
Dr.Giinther. Anadromous forms. Salmo salar ...........064- Czec. appen. 51-77.
a = CPGENTEUS... 6.020 a 61-67.
5 Fe CLULO 1c. atdh vabiseincast 3 43-61.
. <6 —— orcadensis ......... A 50.
af 3 brachypoma ......++. 2, 45-47,
7 CAMBTICUS — .. esses i 33-52,
1884.] HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID, 35
Dr.Giinther. Non-migratory forms. Salmo Levenensis .....+... > 49-90.
# i —— fario,var. gaimardi +e 33-46.
iy , — —- var, ausonit... % 38-47.
a >) feTOLiesertsersastecess i 4349,
ei 5 stomachicus .....+0+. 7 44.
a - —— gallivensis ..i...00 Pe 44,
= 3 —— NIGTIPINNIS ......04- 3 36-42,
Mr. Day. Non-migratory forms. Salmo fario:—
Gloucestershire......... Ozec. appen. 34-39,
Cornwall & Cardiganshire _,, 35-#+.
Yorkshiressc: j.ccsc0s.000 f 35.
Sutherlandshire ...... 4, 46,
” Fe Salno levenensis :—
At Howietoun.......... i 47,
5 é 4S. salar & 8. levenensis fa {oa “ee
+ Migratory form ...... 2. S. salar, Devonshire... , 61,71.
My. Arthur. Non-migratory form Salmo furio, var ausonii, i 43-54.
New Zealand.
I do not propose referrmg to the foregoing, as I have elsewhere
(British and Irish Fishes) entered on a consideration of how the
Brook-Trout, transported to a warmer climate, and where food is
abundant, has taken on a structural change, conclusively showing
that the number of ceca is not invariable, but changes with
changing circumstances, and consequently cannot be a criterion of
species ; for all the eggs of the Brook-Trout sent to Tasmania were
from districts considered by Dr. Giinther to be inhabited by the
race ausonit of Salmo fario, in which he had found from 38 to 47
czecal appendages only: the same result of change being likewise
shown in the transference of Lochleven Trout to Howietoun.
I do not propose arguing upon the foregoing premises, but they
may tend to prove that in undoubted hybrids the percentage hatched
is comparatively small, that the number of malformations is great,
and the young appear to be sickly. On the other hand, it does not
seem unreasonable to almost doubt whether there exists specific dif-
ference between the American and British Charrs, monstrosities
being rare, and the young strong. The sole male Charr employed
had been some time ready for spawning before being used, and
doubts were expressed at the condition of the milt. After one or
two years’ more enquiry, a trustworthy answer may be given; but so
far as hybrids from Howietoun have gone, sterility appears to be
the rule, as yet no exceptions having been noticed, but the examples
have been few.
Much stress has been laid upon the number of finger-marks
or transverse bars along the sides of various forms of Salmonidee, as
characteristic of species. Thus in the second edition of the Parr
Controversy (1883) we are told (p. 126) that in the Salmon there are
nine or ten, but in the Trout only six or seven; while those of the
Charr are not alluded to. Dr. Ginther, in his ‘ Introduction to the
Study of Fish,’ repeats the popular idea when he observes, ‘‘ The
number of bars is not quite constant, but the migratory Trout have
2 (and even 3) more than the River-Trout”’ (p. 631).
3*
36 MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND (Jan. 15,
Although it appears pretty evident that the number of these parr-
bands may slightly vary with the age of the fish, and that they may
be broken up in some forms, it is still clear that very great latitude
must exist, as we find them occasionally of different numbers on the
two sides of the same fish. I will now give the figures showing the
bands as existing in the specimens to which I have referred, and
most of which are now on the table.
Three Salmon smolts, hatched March 1881, had, when captured
on November 29th, ten finger-marks on either side.
Two Salmon smolts, from thé Hodder, each about seven inches
long, had nine or ten finger-marks on each side.
Twenty-two Salmon-fry, the eggs of which came from Canada,
gave the following results :—
Eight specimens at 3 months of age: the bars averaged 87 on
each side of the fish, eight was the smallest number, ten the largest ;
and the greatest difference in number between the two sides of one
fish consisted in eight on one side and ten on the other.
Five specimens at 4 months of age: the bars averaged eight,
while seven was the smallest and nine the largest number ; in one
fish there were nine on one side and eight on the other.
Four specimens at 5 months of age: the bars averaged 83, while
seven was the smallest and nine the largest number ; the difference
between the numbers of bars on the two sides of any fish did not ex-
ceed one.
Five specimens 53 months of age: the bars averaged 84 while
seven was the smallest and ten the largest number; the difference
between the numbers of bars on the two sides of any fish did not
exceed one.
The general average of bars in these twenty-two specimens was 83,
and only twelve out of the twenty-two had so many as nine or ten
bars, while in one specimen they did not exceed seven; the same
number being on one side of three others. All the examples of
young Salmon had from seven to ten finger-marks along the sides.
Among the hybrids between the Salmon and the Lochleven Trout,
on November 15th, 1881, three specimens at 8 months of age
had from ten to thirteen finger-marks along the sides. ‘Three of
the same batch were captured November 29th, 1883, at 20 months
of age: one had twelve bars on both sides, one ten on one side and
twelve on the other, and the remaining fish ten on one side and eleven
on the other, showing a variation of from ten to twelve bars.
Among four hybrids between Lochleven Trout and American Charr,
captured November 29th, 1883, at 5 months of age, the average
number of bars was 93, the least number being eight, the most eleven,
and the greatest difference between the two sides of one fish being two.
This shows a higher number of bars than were seen in the young of
the true Salmon at Howietoun at the same age, or at the Fisheries ;
while only Trout and Charr blood were mixed. As the fish got older
these bars broke up and could not be counted.
Among three hybrids between the American Charr and the Loch-
leven Trout, captured November 29th, 1883, at 5 months of age,
1884. | HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID&. 37
the average number of bars was 93; the least number being eight,
the most eleven, and the greatest difference between the two sides
of one fish being two.
Among eight pure Lochleven Trout at 9 months of age, captured
November 29th, 1883, the average number of bars was 123; the
smallest number being eleven and the largest fourteen, the greatest
difference between the two sides of one fish being two. These figures
are remarkable as showing that at Howietoun the average number
of bars in the Lochleven Trout exceeds that observed in the young
Salmon.
Among four young American Charr, captured November 29th,
1883, the average number of bars was eight, the smallest being seven
and the largest ten, the greatest difference between the two sides of
one fish being one.
Among four hybrids, or rather crosses, between the American and
Scotch Charr, captured July 20th, 1883, when they were five months
old, the average number of bars was 94, the smallest being eight, and
the largest eleven, the greatest difference between the two sides of
one fish being two.
Among two more hybrids of the same lot as the last, but captured
on November 29th, 1883, at nine months of age, the average num-
ber of bars was 113, the smallest being eleven, and the largest thir-
teen, the greatest difference between the two sides of one fish being
two. In this case it appears as if the number of bars has been
augmented with age.
So far as the evidence of the foregoing specimens bears upon the
question of the number of parr-bands along the sides of young Sal-
monidee, they may be summed up as follows :-—
Largest Smallest Greatest
Average. number. number. difference.
3 Salmo salar, at Howietoun......... 10 10 10 0
3 , fromthe Hodder ... 93 10 9 if
BEES » from Canada.......... 8i 10 7 2
3 Hybrid S. salar and S. levenensis. 11} 12 10 2
4 ”? ” ” 9? 11} 12 10 2
4 Hybrid S. levenensis 2, S. fonti-
THAIS, ene abba eaccecossBobted HOHE 9i 11 8 2
3 Hybrid S. fontinalis 2, S. leve-
MENSIBO ONUAee sepals eaten eden eet 93 11 8 2
8 Salmo levenensis ....1....eesereeners 123 14 11 2
A Salno fontinalis ......cesceeeeeveeee 8 10 7 1
4 Hybrid S. fontinalis 9, S. alpi-
US oat enccpteccndecrbacesten rete 94 11 8 2
2Hybrid 8S. fontinalis Q , S. alpi-
BUSY Hh Peas sate sa osdande ss echis-eb Meas 11¢ 13 il 2
It appears to be a fallacy that the Salmon or migratory Salmonidee
have more parr-bands than forms of non-migratory Trout—those of
the Lochleven Trout at Howietoun, provided the foregoing averages
are accurate, showing the greatest number of these marks; while
the Canadian S. salar gives an extraordinarily small average, oniy
equalling the American Charr.
It is difficult to make out the number of bars along the sides in
38 MR, F, DAY ON RACES AND (Jan, 15,
Shaw’s woodcuts; but it appears from Yarrell’s work, ‘On the Growth
of the Salmon in Fresh Water,’ that the numbers are as follows :—
Shaw found at 1:0 inch in length 9 bands.
1:2 + ~=~«4 ~~; «+13 or 14 bands
. pai a 16 bands
99 ”
33 ”
Yarrell _,,
3? 2 1] 33
But without descriptions it is not safe to go by figures respecting
the modes of colouring.
American Charr or Brook-Trout, Salmo fontinalis. About 8000
fry were turned into a large wooden box, which measured 20 x 18 feet.
These fish were hatched in January 1883, and the water in which
they have lived has remained at an average of about 44°. This
species does well in a wooden tank indoors for a year, in which respect
it differs from the other Salmonide. But out of doors it seems to be
rather delicate, and the older females, unless spawned as soon as
ready, are very subject to fungus, and die egg-bound ; the males
likewise are very often victims to this disease.
November 29th, 1883, these young fish in the tank appeared to
be very healthy ; four were removed for examination, and are now on
the table.
inches. Bars. Bars,
No. 1. Length of fish 3°5 10 10
No. 2. a n3 3°5 8 9
No. 3. <4 3s 3°5 7 7
Natd-wiie oe, "1 7 "4
Averages. .< .3°1 8 8
It would appear that, judging from these few examples, the smaller
fish have the least number of bars ; but there are many intermediate
half bars which only descend to the lateral line or a little below it.
All of them had a few fine teeth on the head of the vomer, but none
on the body of that bone.
On November 15th, 1882, Sir James Maitland obtained 9000 ova
from the American Charr, which were fertilized by the milt of a Charr
obtained from Loch Rannoch, and which had been retained in one of
the boxes. There was a little doubt expressed at the time respecting
the milt, which was rather thick. The eggs were placed in box
No. 116, and on November 29th, 1883, about 65 were alive, all being
well-grown fish. The mortality among the 9000 ova was as
follows :— November 28, December 309, January 1907, February
130, or a total loss of 2104. Probably this mortality may have been
due to deficiency of fertilization. The young showed no amount of
monstrosities or malformations, and have done well.
On May 20th I received one, 14 inch long, having 8 broad cross
bands and many small intermediate ones; no band on the dorsal fin.
1884,] HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID2. 39
On July 20th, 1883, I removed the following four from box No.
116 :—
inches. Bars, Bars.
No. 1. Length of fish 21 9 11
No. 2. nA By 2°0 8 9
No. 3. . ‘3 1°8 9 ll
No. 4 af a 1-3 10 9
Averages...:f)7 18 9 10
In some of these specimens the cross bars were much more broken
up on one side of a fish than they were on the opposite ; one had
9 wide ones, another had 6 to opposite end of dorsal fin, after which
they were broken up. All had the light anterior edge to the first
dorsal fin. None were deformed.
On November 29th, 1883, the following two fish were taken from
the tank :—
No. 1. No. 2.
Length of fish........ 3:0 inches. 2°8 inches.
ale DeAG ston «oc Oz6)005; 0°6 of
Pecandal ine.) Oro" ws Or4 bite 45
Height of body ...... Onin hess 0°5 -
Specimen No. 1. D. 14 (4). P.14.V.9. A.11 (8). C.19.
L. 1. 136.
Colours. This fish had about 13 bars or finger-marks along one
side and 11 along the other, but somewhat irregularly placed, most
extending to below the lateral line, while they were of varying widths,
with generally an intermediate row above and another below.
Numerous light spots over the body and head running into irregular
bands and rings, especially near the back. Dorsal fin darkest in its
lowest half, and with some light spots, the other fins unspotted.
-The maxilla reaches to beneath the posterior third of the eye. 28
rows of scales between the adipose dorsal fin and the lateral line.
Specimen No. 2. D.13 (4). P. 14. V.8. A.11 (8). C.19.
L. 1. 124.
Colours. This fish had from 11 to 12 bars or finger-marks along
either side of the body, but they were much shorter and more
irregular in shape and size than in the last, while below the lateral
line it had fewer and smaller intermediate blotches. The marks also
along the back were more irregular. Teeth along the head of the
vomer, none along the body of the bone. 20 rows of scales between
the adipose dorsal fin and the lateral line.
The following formula I have found existing in some specimens
of Scotch and American Charr :—
Rows from adipose dorsal
Dorsal fin. L.1. to lateral line.
Secotch.... D. 12-14. 125-145. 18-28.
American... D. 12—13. 122-140. 21-26.
Hybrids .. D. 13-14. 124-136. 20-28.
40 PROF. F. J. BELL ON ECHINANTHUS TuMIDUs. ([Jan. 15,
Considering that these fishes have shown no tendency to mon-
strosities, have been well formed, and grown fairly in proportion to
the young of the true American Charr hatched at the same time, I
cannot resist thinking that it may be possible that these two fish,
although so widely differing in colour, may be merely varieties of
one species, descendants from one common stock. This question,
however, will be more appropriately discussed when we possess fish
a year or two older.
On November 29th, 1883, about 4500 eggs were obtained from a
Lochleven trout which had been hatched in 1875, and these were
milted from a young Salmon, such as I have already described, which
was taken for this purpose from pond C. 130. These eggs were
deposited in box 88.
About 3000 eggs were taken from a Lochleven Trout of the season
of 1875, and fertilized from the milt of two American Charr. These
eggs were deposited in box 92.
About 2695 eggs were taken from an American Charr and milted
from a young Salmon from pond C. 130. These ova were deposited
in box 96.
About 1000 eggs were obtained from a Brook-Trout of about ilb.
weight and fertilized from the milt of the dead young salmon already
referred to, These eggs were deposited in box 100.
5. On the Generic Position and Relations of Echinanthus
tumidus, Woods: By F. Jurrrny Buti, M.A., Sec.
R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s
College.
[Received December 18, 1883.]
(Plates II. & III.)
For some years past our knowledge of the Echinoidea has been
increased by the descriptions of various new species, published by the
Rev. J. E. T. Woods, which have appeared in the ‘ Proceedings ’ of
that excellent body the Linnean Society of New South Wales.
Of such forms the most remarkable was that which was distin-
guished by him as Hchinanthus tumidus* ; my knowledge of this species
was confined to the short description which he gives of it, but that
description was sufficient to rouse my curiosity. It was, therefore,
with the greatest pleasure that I found an example of it among a set
of specimens which Mr, E. P. Ramsay lately submitted to me for
determination. The original diagnosis had made it clear to my mind
that the species did not belong to the genus Hchinanthus ; and an
investigation of the characters of the specimen itself lead me to the
belief that it presents very important points of difference from any
form yet described.
1 Proc, Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. ii. p. 169,
Wine .)5 dal
AH.Searle del.et lith
Hanhart imo
US TUMIDUS.
ANOMALANTE
So
oe ate y
Past Rolep
3
Hanhart imp
1884.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON ECHINANTHUS TUMIDUS. 41
In this last statement I feel able to include the fossil forms, in a
review of which I was very greatly aided by the wide knowledge and
kind courtesy of Mr. Etheridge, F.R.S.
I proceed first to give a detailed account of the specimen in my
hands, in connexion with which the careful figures may be suitably
studied.
Description of the Specimen.—Test high, swollen, longer than
broad, flattened in the neighbourhood of the apical area, sloping
gradually at the sides, but sloping rather more sharply anteriorly
than posteriorly ; apical area a little anterior to the true centre of
the test ; anus exactly marginal, looking backwards and downwards,
and set almost exactly at an angle of 45° to the actinal surface of
the test. The actinostome deeply sunken, the five interambulacral
sutures only faint grooves.
The poriferous zones very remarkable, being wider where they
terminate than at any other point along their course, and with a
faint tendency to be lyre-shaped. The pores vary very much in size ;
in the anterior (odd) ambulacrum the pores of the outer series are
easily seen only in the last fourth of the row, and here they are
large; one row, that to the left of the specimen, has, however, only
one eighth of its course provided with large pores ; in the inner rows
the pores are smaller than the large pores of the outer rows, and a
larger number are subequal, the largest are at the distal end ; in the
left inner row there are afew scattered large pores near the proximal
end. In the right anterolateral ambulacrum there are no pores as
large as some of those in the anterior ; most of those in the two outer
rows are quite small, and in the inner some, though not so many as
in the anterior ambulacrum, are of fair size and subequal. In the
left anterolateral ambulacrum the outer rows have a few scattered
pores large enough to be seen without the aid of a magnifying glass,
near the apex; in the inner rows the number of fair-sized subequal
pores is hardly less than in the anterior ambulacrum. The outer
rows of the right postero-lateral ambulacrum repeat very much the
characters of those in the anterior ambulacrum, and in the inner rows
there are a large number of fair-sized subequal pores. In the left
postero-lateral the pores are still better developed, and nearly both
members of every pair are quite distinctly seen ; as in the preceding
the larger pairs are in the outer rows.
This predominance in the size of the pores of the outer row is a very
familiar phenomenon among the Clypeastridz. The grooves which
pass from pore to pore in every pair are shallow, and are almost as
well indicated by the row of tubercles which alternate with them ;
these tubercles are of fair size, twice as large as in Echinanthus
testudinarius, and there are, as a rule, five in each row; they are
arranged in very regular parallel rows.
Distally to the paired pores a pair, or two or three scattered pores
are to be observed, in the left half of the anterior ambulacrum, both
halves of the right antero-lateral and postero-lateral ambulacra, the
two halves of the left postero-lateral, and the anterior half of the
left antero-lateral ambulacrum. There is nothing, however, in the
42 PROF. F. J. BELL ON ECHINANTHUS TUMIDUS. [Jan. 15,
disposition of these odd pores to call to mind the characters of an
Echinolampas.
The madreporite occupies the centre of the apical area, and the
five genital pores are quite distinct ; the two smallest are those that
lie to the left, and the anterior one on the right is a little smaller
than the other two; between these last lies an ocular pore almost as
large as they ; all the other ocular pores are quite small.
The sutures between the coronal plates are, on the abactinal surface,
remarkably distinct ; the tubercles are all of moderate size, subequal,
and minutely perforated at their tip ; they are not closely packed,
and the intervals between them are occupied by miliaries rather
coarser than those of H. testudinarius.
The tubercles on the actinal surface are a little larger and rather
more closely packed ; they are more deeply sunken, and the miliaries
are rather coarse.
Mouth deeply sunken. Owing to its injured condition it is
impossible to say how much or how little has been removed, and I
cannot follow Mr. Tenison-Woods in giving an exact statement as
to its size or shape.
The pillars within seem, so far as one can judge by the touch, to
be well developed, and are to be felt just within the margin of the
injured mouth ; so that they extend over at least three fourths of
the radius of the internal cavity.
During life the test would seem to have been covered with primary
and secondary spines, both of which were short, and the former
about twice as stout as the latter; they were coarsely striated, had
a strongish ring, and were probably of a yellowish-green colour,
The dried test is brown, but the colour is not uniform, being darker
at the ambitus than in the enclosed region; the colour below more
uniformly brownish.
Length 140, breadth 116, longest axis of anus 8 mm.
Hab. Mr. Tenison-Woods states that he has “ every
reason to think (it) came from the coast of N.S. Wales, though
there is no precise information as to its habitat.’’ The injuries
received by the specimen indicate that it was speared by the pronged
instruments with which flat fish are fished for in Port Jackson and
its neighbourhood.
Theoretical Considerations.—It will be clear enough that the
generic definition of Hcehinanthus will have to be very considerably
altered, if we allow the species now described to remain within its
limits.
Hardly any character is of greater importance among the Echi-
noidea in general than that of the disposition of the pores in the
ambulacral plates ; among the Petalosticha this character rises to be
one of supreme importance, and is, I believe, the best criterion of
the extent and intimacy of generic relations.
In forms already known to us we find that the pores may be set in
straight parallel rows which, at the region of the ambitus, become
more or less irregular and scattered, e. g. Paleolampus crassa ; or the
pores of one half may be less numerous than those of the other, e. g.
1884.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON ECHINANTHUS TUMIDUS. 43
Echinolampas depressa. Yet, again, the pores may become completely
confined to the abactinal side of the test, as in Clypeaster or Echi-
nanthus; but, when this happens, there is a marked tendency, in all
known genera, for the distal pores to approach, and the median
pores to separate from their fellows of the corresponding pair; to
produce, in fact, a petal-like arrangement of the poriferous zones. It
is clear that, in the history of development, there must be a time when
the pores are open‘, and more or less regularly arranged in parallel
rows, and it is no less clear that at no time would there be, of necessity,
any tendency to a spreading or widening out of the poriferous zones,
in the mode here compared to that of a lyre ; nor is this more than
indicated in the form now before us; but the tendency is distinct
enough to remove the species from the direct line of ancestry through
which the orthostichous passed to the petalostichous Kehinid.
It is necessary therefore to distinguish the generic position of the
form, and I propose to call it Anxomalanthus, and to define it in the
following terms :—
A petalostichous Echinid in which the ambulacral pores are
arranged in rows which are not closed or quite parallel, but which
tend to spread out after a lyre-shaped fashion at their distal end.
The actinal surface is free of pores and has the ambulacral sutures
of Echinanthus, which are not, however, converted into conspicuous
grooves. Mouth deeply sunken. Anus alittle elongated transversely,
placed exactly at the ambitus. Five genital pores, not all of the
same size ; one ocular pore very large. Primary tubercles perforate,
regularly distributed over the whole test. Its nearest allies are Lehi-
nanthus and Clypeaster.
The fact that the outer rows of pores are ordinarily larger than
those of the inner allies this genus to Olypeaster and Hchinanthus,
while the great irregularity in the size of the pores shows that the
whole system is ina fluid or plastic condition. The fact that, as
yet, only one specimen is known, indicates that the form is rare ;
indeed in all possibility it is dying out. Like other members of the
terrestrial and marine fauna of Australia, we have indications of long
continued existence as a distinct species, coupled with an incapacity
to live in large numbers in the presence of organisms more plastic
and more easily adaptable and adapted to the conditions of their
present environment.
The enthusiasm of the naturalists of Australia will, no doubt,
continue to bring to light forms such as this, which, by indicating
some of the conditions and causes of failure, will throw an oblique
light on the mechanical conditions of success, and enable us to add
to laborious and detailed descriptions of specimens some reasonable
suggestions as to their relationships and history ; to convert, in fine,
a science of observation into a philosophical inquiry into the causes
of things.
1 In the ‘Revision of the Hchini’ (pl. xiii. figs. 16-18) there are figures of
young Olypeasters with the petals still open and the actinal grooves developed.
44 MR. F. DAY ON ACANTHIAS VULGARIS. [Feb. 5,
EXPLANATION OF PLATES II. & III.
Prats II,
Fig. 1. Anomalanthus tumidus: nat. size.
Puate III,
Fig. 1. A. ¢wmidus, profile view (2 nat. size).
Fig. 2. Apical area, and upper coronal plates (x 2).
Fig. 3. Portions of a poriferous zone and adjoining plates, to show the character
of the tubercles and miliaries.
February 5, 1884.
Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Prof. Flower made some remarks on the principal points of interest
exhibited by the Burmese Elephant, deposited in the Society’s
Gardens by Messrs. Barnum, Bailey, and Hutchinson.
Mr. F. Day, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of a Dog-fish (Acanthias
vulgaris), and made the following remarks :—
“The specimen exhibited is that of a female Dog-fish ( Acanthias
vulgaris) 27 inches in length, consisting merely of the skin (including
even that covering the eyes) and skeleton, out of which I have removed
about 20 examples of the elongated Isopod Conilera cylindracea,
some of which measured as much as 1zinch in extent. The spiracles,
vent, and an orifice behind each pectoral fin appeared as if they had
been enlarged or made by these parasites, which had devoured the
whole of the soft parts of the fish. The history of these fish-parasites
as known at Mevagissey I gave at a meeting of the Society in 1879 ;
I will therefore merely observe how this fish was captured.
«On January 30 I received a box of fish from Mr, Dunn, of Meva-
gissey, and he remarked that he had sent, among other things, Dog-
fish, or, rather, the skin of one, as the entrails of the creature had
been entirely eaten out by the lice. The fish he had personally
captured in a mullet-net which he had set half a mile from land on
sandy ground to secure Dog-fishes. Of these he had taken 100 at
one time; but nearly every fish was found to have been eaten in a
like manner by the lice.
«Subsequently Mr. Dunn advised me that these lice (Conilera
cylindracea) in the summer months are found from 15 to 20 miles
from land, generally on soft and sandy bottoms. When the fishermen
in foggy weather get on this bottom, they call it “lousy ground.”
When the lice are abundant they drive away the Congers and other
fish. Often a shoal of Bream will come and eatthem up. As these
parasites devour fish in a few hours it seems hardly possible with
their habits to class them as fixed; they would seem to pertain to
those which are free, as they hunt in large shoals, and must be
constantly moving from place to place in search of food,”
PZ 5 leea, PII:
J. Smit delet lith . Hanhart amp.
STREPSICEROS IMBERBIS.
1884.] MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE LESSER KOODOO. 45
Mr. Henry Seebohm, F.Z.S., exhibited a skin of the American
Kestrel (Falco sparverius), which had been shot by Thomas Hague,
a gamekeeper, in the neighbourhood of Helmsley in North-east
Yorkshire last May. Two birds were together, and were both
dropped by the gamekeeper by a right and left shot; but he was
only able to mark one of them down. The bird found was taken in
the flesh to Mr. Christopher Smith, who was unable to identify it,
and sold afterwards to Mr. Robert Taylor of Harome, who pre-
served it. It proved to bea female. Mr. Taylor, not knowing its
rarity, parted with it in exchange to Mr. C. Helstrip, a birdstuffer in
York. He offered it to Mr. James Backhouse, jun., of that city, asa
Lesser Kestrel, of whose collection it now forms a part. Mr. Back-
house has taken considerable trouble to satisfy himself of the bona
fides of all concerned, and there is nothing in the appearance of the
skin to lead to the supposition that the bird had been kept in a cage.
The American Kestrel breeds throughout North America south of
lat. 62°, and is found in a more or less modified form in most parts
of South America. South of Virginia this bird is said to be a
resident, but there is no doubt that it is migratory in the northern
portion of its range. It was not known that this species had ever
vsited Europe before.
Unfortunately the name of a brother of Mr. Taylor, who is now
dead, had been connected with an alleged occurrence of the Swallow-
tailed Kite in the same district in 1859, but there did not seem to be
any reason why a possible attempt at fraud in one case should affect
the authenticity of the other.
Mr. G. F. Butt, F.Z.S., sent for exhibition two examples of a
variety of the Red Grouse (Lagopus scoticus,) shot in September
1883 on the Appleby Moors in Westmoreland, and stated to be out
of a brood of ten birds. They were remarkable for their pale
plumage, which was nearly white, mottled with brown.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Lesser Koodoo, Strepsiceros imberbis of Blyth.
By P. L. Sctarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society.
[Received January 30, 1884.]
(Plate IV.)
When I was inspecting the fine collection of living animals at the
Chateau Beaujardin, Tours, in October last, my friend M. J. M.
Cornély called my attention to a young pair of Antelopes, which he
had then lately received, and asked my assistance in determining
their species. I could only tell him that they appeared to belong
46 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE LESSER Koopoo. _[Feb. 5,
to the Lesser Koodoo of Blyth, of the existence of which in Somali-
land (whence the specimens in question had been obtained) I had
heard from Sir John Kirk and other authorities, although I had
never seen a living example of the species, and was not quite certain
of its validity. The male of this pair of Antelopes having died
shortly afterwards, its body was kindly sent to me entire by M.
Cornély ; and I have now the pleasure of exhibiting to the meeting a
mounted specimen of this rare and beautiful Antelope (see Plate IV.),
concerning which i propose to offer a few remarks.
The Lesser Koodoo was first discriminated as a species by Blyth
in a paper read before this Society in January 1869 '. Blyth pointed
out that the Lesser Koodoo differed from the larger and better known
form (Strepsiceros kudu) in its smaller size, in the absence of the
frmge of long hair down the neck in front, and in the much more
compressed spiral of the curvature of the horns. From the second
of these characteristics, he proposed to call the species Strepsiceros
imber bis.
Besides the specimen of the young male Lesser Koodoo, already
referred to, I have borrowed for exhibition to-night a fine head and
pair of horns of an adult male of the same animal, and a pair
of horns of a rather younger individual; the former kindly lent
to me by Mr. E. Gerrard, jun., by whom they were received from
Sir John Kirk, and the latter belonging to M. Cornély, who obtained
them along with his pair of living animals. It will be observed
that these specimens, so far as they go, fully support Blyth’s views
as to the specific distinctness of the Lesser Koodoo.
Looking to the front view of the two skulls with the horns attached
now before us, the great difference in size and in the shape and form
of the expanse of the spiral is at once manifest. The following are
the comparative measurements of these two specimens in inches and
tenths :—
Str. kudu. Str. imberbis.
inches, inches.
Length of horns from base to tip in a
pirat Neo sn. apie rad oiais ceo 18°5
Distance between tips of ditto....... 37°0 9-0
Length of skull from occipital condyle
to end of upper jaw ............ 15-0 12°5
Breadth of ditto across forehead .... 6°5 4°75
It will also be observed that, as has been well pointed out by Mr.
Blyth, the spiral formed by the horns in S. iméerdis has a much
smaller axis. In §. udu the spiral is very open, almost as in some
specimens of the Markhore Goat (Capra megaceros).
I will now make a few remarks on some of the synonyms that
have been assigned to this species.
1 “ Notice of two overlooked Species of Antelope,” P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 51.
? This pair of living animals and the horns were originally imported by
Mr. C. Hagenbeck of Hamburg, along with other animals from Somali-land.,
1884.]
MR, P. L. SCLATER ON THE LESSER KOODOO.
Fig. 1.
1
Fig. 4 Head and horns of Strepsiceros kudu (front view).
Fig. 2, Head and horns of Strepsiceros imberbdis (front view).
/
47
48 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE LESSER KOODOO. (Feb. 5,
STREPSICEROSIMBERBIS. (Plate IV.)
Antilope tendal, Cretzschmar, in Rupp. Atl. p. 22, 1826 (2).
Damalis capensis, Smith, Tl. Zool. 8. Afr. pl. xlii. (?).
Strepsiceros kudu, Horsf. Cat. Mamm. Mus. E. I. Co. p. 170
art.).
es os kudu, var. 1, Gray, Cat. Mamm. iii. p. 134 (1852). .
Strepsiceros imberbis, Blyth, P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 54 et p. 58; Brooke,
P. Z.8. 1875, p. 470.
Strepsiceros tendal, Gray, Cat. of Rum. B. M. p. 46 (1872).
Similis S. kudu, sed crassitie valde minore et maris cervice imberbi
distinguendus.
Hab. Somali-land.
Dr. Gray in his most recent catalogues has used the specific name
“ tendal” for this Antelope, under the supposition that it may be
the Antilope tendal very shortly mentioned by Cretzschmar in a
footnote in Riippell’s Atlas. Cretzschmar’s description is based only
on native reports of an Antelope called “ Tendal,’’ which is more
probably the larger Koodoo. At any rate it would not be right to
oust Blyth’s name in favour of one so imperfectly characterized.
I think there is little doubt that the specimen brought by Sir W.
C. Harris from Shoa, Southern Abyssinia, and formerly in the East-
India Company’s Museum, belongs to the smaller Koodoo. It is now
in the National Collection, where I have examined it. It is in
a very bad condition, the hair and markings of the body having
almost entirely disappeared. It is a stuffed specimen, and stands
about 45 inches in height. The length of the body is about 40
inches, that of the horns 18, of the ears 7 inches.
Whether ‘‘ Damalis capensis,’ as represented on plate 42 of
Smith’s ‘Illustrations,’ really belongs to S. imberdis, as supposed
by Blyth, is, 1 think, very doubtful. It is true the neck has no
fringe, but the horns have the open spiral of Str. Audu, and, so far
as we know at present, Str. imberbis is only met with for certain in
Somali-land.
P.S. (March 28).—Since I read this paper Mr. F. Holmwood,
H.B.M. Consul, Zanzibar, has kindly favoured me with the following
note on this Antelope :—
“I have seen the Dwarf Koodoo in the neighbourhood of the
Juba river, which is exactly under the Equator. I have heard
from the natives that the “Sikoro,” as they call it, is found from
about 2°N. to 2°S. of the coast; but as at 60° S. the ordinary
Koodoo is ‘‘ Msikoro,”’ it is not safe to trust to native information.
The Dwarf Koodoos that I saw on two occasions were in herds of
three and four individuals respectively ; but in neither case was I
near enough to observe more than that the animals were of about
the same size as the Beisa (Gryzx beisa), but of a redder colour.
The species is not rare on the Juba, but the country is dangerous
for Europeans.
1884.] MR. W. LECHE ON CHIROPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA. 49
2. On some Species of Chiroptera from Australia.
By W. Lecue, University of Stockholm.
[Received December 17, 1883.]
Through Mr. G. Schneider, of Basel, I have received a collection
of Australian Bats in alcohol, on some of which I beg leave to offer
a few remarks.
1. NycTINOMUS PETERSI, Sp. nov.
Of hitherto described species this stands nearest to N. norfolcensis,
Gray. It differs from it slightly, however, through the following
characteristics :—(1) Gular sac entirely wanting in both the male
and female, while it exists in N. norfolcensis. (2) Nostrils opening
forward; in N. norfolcensis sublaterally. (3) The wing-membrane
is attached to the tibia a short distance from the ankle; in NW. nor-
Solcensis it issues from the ankle. (4) The innerside of the first
lower premolar is not covered by the cingulum of the second pre-
a, skull, twice the natural size ; 6, lower dentition in front, natural size.
molar asin WV. norfolcensis. (5) It has only four deeply bifid incisors
in the lower jaw, while WV. norfolcensis is said to have in addition a
third outer pair of very small lower incisors; but perhaps this
difference is only individual, or dependent upon age.
The tragus, antitragus, the relative length of the metacarpal bones,
and other important characteristics agree completely with those of
Nyct. norfolcensis.
The cranium is distinguishable, in comparison with that of Nyc.
brasiliensis, by its sharply depressed flattened form as well as by
Skull of WV. brasiliensis, 3, twice the natural size.
the fact that the upper profile-contour is entirely straight. The
crista occipitalis forms the highest point of the cranium; in Nyct.
brasiliensis the crown of the head rises higher. The ventral edge
of the upper jaw is almost straight, while in Vyct. brasiliensis it is
strongly turned upward in front.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. IV. 4
50 MR. W. LECHE ON CHIROPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA. [Feb. 5,
The first lower premolar is as high as the cingulum of the second.
Measurements (female).
millim
Length, head and body ...... 57
9 PRA Fis ne « Shwe 21
“3 Gall gets Skt, eR 33
53 tail, free from membrane 12
e ear, outer margin .... 16
Sg UNA CUS eet ti. 3
tis LOGAN pgs ea eeten O4
4. third finger, metacarpal 36
bh fifth finger, metacarpal 24
E. Lilet aes Malet oem | eel! 10
The male is considerably smaller.
Hab. South Australia.
2. NYCTINOMUS ALBIDUS, sp. nov.
This species is most nearly related to Wyct. australis, Gray, which
has otherwise a rather isolated position in the genus. From the
last-named form it deviates through the facts :—(1) that the ears
are much longer than the head and united by a low band, whereas in
Nyct. australis they are shorter than the head and separate ; (2)
the integument forming the ear-conch is thick and opaque, whereas
in Nyct. australis it is rather thin ; (3) in Nyct. australis a narrow
band of hair extends outwards behind the forearm and covers the
Fig. 3.
Nyctinomus albidus; natural size.
space between it and the upper third of the fourth metacarpal ; this
covering of hair is lacking in Nyct. albidus; (4) concerning the
adult male of Nyct. australis, Dobson (Catalogue of Chiroptera in
British Museum, 1878, p. 433) states that ‘‘the fur covering the
wing-membrane beneath, between the humerus and femur and the
sides of the body outwards, is pure white, contrasting strongly with
the dark-brown fur of the body,” and furthermore that it is provided
1884.] MR. WwW. LECHE ON CHIROPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA, 51
with a very large gular sac, much larger than in any other known
species of the genus ; while, on the other hand, in the female of the
same species, “‘ the fur covering the wing-membrane along the sides
of body beneath does not differ in colour from the fur covering the
sides of the abdomen,” also in the same, “ the margin of the mouth of
the gular sac is alone developed.” Mr. Dobson correctly calls atten-
tion to these secondary sexual characters as peculiarly noticeable, as
such differences between the male and female of insectivorous Bats
are very rare. Of especial interest now is the fact, that the female of
Nyct. albidus, in the respect just alluded to, corresponds precisely with
the male of Nyct. australis, «s both the white colour of the under-
part of the wing-membrane and a large, particularly well developed
gular sac appear. Here, also, the very singular fact meets us,
that characteristics which in one species are exclusively distinctive
of the one sex, are found in a nearly related species in the other.
Unfortunately I have not had an opportunity of examining any
male of Nyct. albidus; it is highly probable, however, that, at
least with regard to the characteristics mentioned, no secondary
sexual characteristics appear in this species.
Upper incisors long, with the points of the teeth strongly conver-
ging towards each other; the very small first upper premolar not
filling the middle space between the canine and second premolar.
The four lower incisors plainly bifid; first lower premolar about as
high as the first molar, and not much lower than the second pre-
molar.
Hab. South Australia.
Measurements (female).
millim
Length, head and body ...-.. 895
- ede st ceed = eee sO)
- (iil bbe heme earth yes reer ce
< tail, free from membrane 28
3 ear, outer margin .... 26
MAN es Holo ws oases 5
3 fOLCATM A ack eenaers 00
53 third finger, metacarpal 58
" fifth finger, metacarpal 32
a (Hye Hee Ae Setcssi fae 30
3. NyCTINOMUS PLICATUS.
Several specimens completely corresponding with Dobson’s descrip-
tion of this species (Catal. of Chiropt. p. 425), which has hitherto,
according to Dobson, only been found in the peninsula of India,
Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Malay peninsula, and the Philippine Islands,
are in the collection, obtained from South Australia and Northern
Tasmania.
4. Tapuozous ArFinis, Dobson, var. INSIGNIS, mihi.
Up to this time only one Australian species belonging to this genus
*
52 MR. W. LECHE ON CHIROPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA. [Feb. 5,
is known, viz. 7. australis, Gould. Among the Australian Bats of
the present collection there is, however, one specimen which does
not show any near kinship with the above-mentioned species, while
in all essential characteristics it so closely corresponds with Dobson’s
Laph. affinis, that it can only be taken as a geographical variety,
which presents the differences indicated below. (1) The upper edge
of the tragus is jagged, not quite circular, as in Taph. affnis, vet
the ears are not entirely alike on both sides (compare figs. 4a, 6).
(2) Behind the aperture of the well-developed gular sac, which is
about 5 millim. deep, issues another small duplicature of integument,
Fig. 4.
Taphozous affinis, var. insignis.
a, Side view of head; @, right tragus; c, under view of head.
the aperture of which is provided with thickened edges. (3) The
portion of the wing-membrane between the forearm and the third
finger is white.
In other characteristics (ears, colour, distribution of fur, &c.)
this specimen (which is a male) corresponds with Taph. affnis.
Measurements (male).
millim,
Length, head and body ...... 74
A needa. ss co ee OU
es PSIG Set eee cache 2 eS
a tail, freefrom membrane 9
x ear, outer margin .... 25
Sola! 2 | eee ag eve}
-
“i foréanm; jc eee ee 70
a third finger, metacarpal 68
ny fifth finger, metacarpal 41
i tibia hoa om Pete a 26
Hab. South Australia.
As Taph. saccolemus, Temminck, only differs from Dobson’s Taph.
afinis through the colour of the ventral side and through the
presence of a gular sac in the female, and as, again, Taph. affinis,
var. insignis, likewise only differs in subordinate characteristics from
1884.] MR. WwW. LECHE ON CHIROPTERA FROM AUSTRALIAs 53
Taph. affinis, Dobs., thus these three forms could be regarded as
direct descendants of the same type, which through geographical
separation have perhaps gained a certain permanence. The geo-
graphical range of the three above-named forms seems only partly
coincident. T'aph. affinis, var. insignis, is the most easterly, J'aph.
saccolemus the most westerly, and between them comes the Tuph.
affinis, having been up to this time only found in Labuan and
Sumatra.
5. MINIOPTERUS SCHREIBERSI, Natt., var. BLEPOTIS.
The three specimens examined by me correspond most closely
with the description given by Tomes (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, pp. 121-
123) of his WZ. blepotis.
Through the below-stated characteristics the animal in question
differs slightly from the other forms of Miniopterus. (1) Inter-
femoral membrane nearly naked, only at its base on the dorsal
side thinly covered with hairs. (2) The nose longer than in Euro-
pean specimens of M. schreibersi. (3) Above the base of the outer
margin of tragus is a little round, triangular projection. (4) Length
of the first upper premolar constitutes half in the form now described,
in the European M. schreibersi less than half of the length of the
second premolar.
Measurements (female).
iillim.
Length, head and body ...... 74
ie headtass. See ase eee 17
Shake ae 71 USL 54°
3 forearm +. ss. ee cae 40
grote, PEE Sei, 2 a 19
2?
From the above it is evident that the specimens in question differ
from the European M. schreibersi, partly through the smaller size,
partly through the characteristics above cited (2, 3, 4). Through
the peculiarities mentioned under 3, they, on the other hand,
approach N. ¢ristis. The only difference between M. australis and
the specimens indicated is described under | ; according to Dobson
(1. c. p. 348), in M. australis half the interfemoral membrane is
clothed.
From the above it ought thus with certainty to be deduced, that
M. schreibersi and WM. australis are united through intermediate
forms, which (provided one can judge from Tomes’s description,
without having seen his original specimens) most nearly correspond
with M. d/epotis, Tomes. But as Dobson has joined the latter with
M. schreibersi,so consequently M. australis ought not to be separated
trom M. schreibersi, but to be regarded as a form of this species
remarkable for its extended geographical diffusion and its consequent
polymorphism. cme
As has already been shown, an approach is indicated, through the
appearance of a rudimentary lobulus of tragus, between the specimens
54 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON A NEW LANIARIUS. [Feb. 5,
in question and M. tristis, of which the main characteristics consist in
the presence of a well-developed lobulus. Without having seen a
specimen of thetast-named form, I venture nevertheless to express
an opinion as to its validity as a species.
Hab. South Australia.
3. Description of a new Species of Laniarius from Ashantee.
By R. Bowpier Saarpsz, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Depart-
ment of Zoology, British Museum.
[Received January 30, 1884. ]
(Plate V.)
Mr. Godfrey Lagden, who has recently returned from Ashantee,
has presented some specimens of birds to the British Museum,
amongst which is an example of the present species, a typical Lani-
arius, of the same group as L. poliocephalus and L. hypopyrrhus, &c.,
but differing from all in the absence of white lores, the whole of the
side-face being dark slaty grey like the crown. I propose for it the
name of L. lagdeni, after its discoverer.
LANIARIUS LAGDENI, sp. n. (Plate V.)
Similis L. poliocephalo sed loris et facie laterali saturate schistaceis
pileo concoloribus distinguendus.. © eos £ ae
Adult. General colour above dark olive-greenish, the upper. tail-
coverts rather yellower and edged with bright yellow at their ends ;
scapulars like the back ; wing-coverts black, broadly margined with
bright yellow; bastard-wing and primary-coverts entirely black ;
quills black, externally olive-greenish, the inner secondaries broadly
tipped with yellow, before which is a conspicuous subterminal shade
ot black ; tail-feathers olive-greenish with black shafts, and tipped
with yellow, more broadly on the outer feathers: head, hind neck,
and upper mantle dark slaty grey, as well as the sides of the neck ;
lores, sides of face, cheeks, and ear-coverts a shade darker slaty grey
than the crown; throat and fore neck brilliant orange, the rest of
the under surface bright yellow, the orange colour gradually shading
off on to the breast from the throat ; under wing-coverts and axillaries
bright yellow, as also the edge of the. wing; quills dusky below,
yellow along the inner web. ‘otal length 10°5 inches, culmen 1°2,
wing 4°55, tail 4-4, tarsus 1°35.
Hab. Ashantee, West Africa (Godfrey Lagden). Type in Brit.
Mus.
D
I
I
lich Hanhart im
LANIARIUS LAGDENI
1884.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON RHINOCEROS LASIOTIS. 55
February 19, 1834.
Osbert Salvin, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary made the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during January 1884 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of January was 120, of which 7 were by
birth, 39 by presentation, 37 by purchase, and 37 on deposit. The
total number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 125.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. A young female Babirussa (Babirussa alfurus), born January
16th, 1884, of one of the females presented by Dr. F. H. Bauer,
C.M.Z.S., in July 1883. This is the first instance of this singular
animal having bred in the Society’s Gardens.
2. A young example of a small species of Cormorant, apparently
the African Cormorant ( Phalacrocoraz africanus), purchased January
31st, 1884, and said to have been received from Sierra Leone. This
species is new to the Society’s Collection.
Mr. Sclater laid on the table a copy of the lately-issued ‘ Guide to
the Caleutta Zoological Gardens,’ by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S.,
and called special attention to the following passage respecting an
example of Rhinoceros lasiotis living in those Gardens since June
1882 :—* The specimen of 2. Jasiotis is an adult female which was
caught near Chittagong, on the estate of Begum Latifa Khatum of
Ramu, and the following account of its capture appeared in the
‘Englishman’ of the 17th June, 1882 :—
«This Rhinoceros was captured by the Begum’s retainers. A
shikaree had gone out to hunt, and when he had reached some paddy
fields, he was told by the ryots, who were there at work, that an
animal had come out from the jungle on to the fields, and that it was
neither a gayl, nor a buffalo, nor an elephant. The shikaree at once
sent a messenger to the Begum, asking that assistance might be sent
to capture the animal, and, in a short time, a large number of people
had arrived armed with sticks. The locality to which the beast had
retired presented facilities for its capture, as it was a small isolated
hill or feelah separated from the high range of mountains to the east.
The shikaree arranged his men between the teelah and the main
range with instructions not to allow the animal to escape in that
direction, but that if it made for an adjoining jheel, or for an open
slope towards the village, it was to be allowed to pass by either of
these ways, as it would be possible to noose it in the jheel, and te
capture it if it went to the village. The animal, however, refused to
show itself, and did not come out of the dense jungle ; but the would-
be captors were aware that it was moving round the teelah, and at
length the shikaree, by climbing a tree, was able to make out that it
was a Rhinoceros. They then tied a number of ropes to the branches
56 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON HIMALAYAN BIRDS. [Feb. 19.
of the trees, letting them hang down as nooses, in the course the
animal was following. Inashort time their labour was rewarded, as it
ran its head first into one noose, and then into another, tearing them
away, however, from the trees, and, in its excitement, rushing out on
to the open slope leading to the village, dragging the ropes after it.
By this time it was somewhat exhausted, for it fell in a muddy
hollow, where it was immediately surrounded, secured by ropes, and
ultimately dragged into the village. Three days afterwards, the
male made its appearance from the same teelah, but unfortunately
an effort made to capture it did not prove successful. The female
rapidly became tame and tractable, and was introduced into the
Zenana, where it soon established itself as a favourite, more especially
with the children, who used to ride as safely on its back as the
London children did on Jumbo. Begum Latifa Khatum, when she
became aware that the Committee for the management of the Calcutta
Gardens were in quest of Rhinoceroses, with very great self-denial,
public spirit, and liberality made up her mind to part with the
favourite of the Zenana, and telegraphed to the Committee that it
was her intention to present this Rhinoceros to the Gardens.”
Mr. Sclater observed that this animal was of special interest to the
Society, because the only previously known example of this Rhino-
ceros, upon which the species had been based, was the specimen ob-
tained in 1869, also from Chittagong, and still living in the Society’s
Gardens’.
Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S., F.Z.S., read the following Report
on the Collection of Drawings of Himalayan Birds lately presented
to the Society’s Library by Mr. Brian H. Hodgson, F.Z.S. :—
“The collection of drawings of birds presented to the Society by
Mr. Hodgson, and recently received from Mr. Hume, is of very great
value and importance, and the Society is under deep obligations to the
liberal donor for this magnificent addition to its library. The whole
series comprises 1104 sheets of drawings, on some of which single
birds are represented, on others several. Nearly all the drawings are
coloured; all, with very few exceptions, are good; many are excellent.
In addition to the coloured figures of the birds themselves, many
ilustrations of nests, eggs, and young are added, together with, in
many cases, details of structure and anatomy ; the feet, tongues,
gizzards, and sterna of very many species being represented. The
sheets, too, are in most cases covered with MS. notes on the birds
depicted. In all respects the drawings are similar to those of Hima-
layan Mammalia, already presented by Mr. Hodgson to the Society’s
library.
“‘These drawings are the originals from which the copies in the
British Museum were taken, and, together with the MS. notes on
the same sheets, form the record of Mr. Hodgson’s wonderfully com-
prehensive observations during his long residence in Nipal and
Sikkin;. Those countries, when Mr. Hodgson commenced his studies,
? Cf. List of Animals (1883), p. 126.
1884.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE SPECIES OF OREASTER. 57
were quite unexplored, and Nipal, it should be remembered, is still,
with the exception of a very small tract in the Jower hills around
Katmandu, inaccessible to Europeans.
“Apart from their intrinsic merit as admirable representations of
the Himalaya avifauna, these drawings have an especial value for two
reasons. In the first place, they have Mr. Hodgson’s generic and
specific names on them in his own handwriting, and therefore prevent
any question as to the species to which these names refer. This is
important, because, as is well known, several of Mr. Hodgson’s
names were printed in British-Museum Catalogues without de-
scriptions, and mistakes were in some cases made by the naturalists,
who endeavoured to identify the species without having access to the
original types. In the second place, it must not be fergotten that
Mr. Hodgson is to this day the only naturalist who has had the
opportunity of making large ornithological collections in Nipal, and,
as he has never published his observations in full, the notes attached
to the present collection form the only record of Nepalese orni-
thology in existence. It is moreover quite possible, owing to the
great destruction of forests in the Lower Himalayas of late years,
that no such collections as were made by Mr. Hodgson will ever
again be brought together in the same area.
‘* For the last twelve years the drawings have been lent to Mr.
A. O. Hume, and their value is admirably shown by his frequent
references to them in the volumes of ‘ Stray Feathers’ and in his work
on the ‘ Nests and Eggs of Indian Birds.’ All that is known of the
nidification and zoology of several Indian Birds is contained in these
sheets. Mr. Hume has added to the value of the drawings, and
greatly facilitated their arrangement by numbering them in accordance
with the numbers in Jerdon’s ‘ Birds of India’ and with the more
complete list published in ‘Stray Feathers,’ vol. viii. p. 81.”
Mr. Blanford conelnded his remarks by recommending that the
drawings should be carefully mounted and arranged, and bound in
twelve volumes.
The following papers were read :—
1. Contributions to the Systematic Arrangement of the
Asteroidea.—II. The Species of Oreaster. By F.
Jurrrey Bett, M.A., Sec.R.M.S., Professor of Compa-
rative Anatomy in King’s College.
[Received January 16, 1884.]
Introductory.
In addition to the fine series of specimens of Oreaster collected
by Dr. Coppinger during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the
Australian seas, the Trustees of the British Museum have lately
acquired by purchase some magnificent specimens from Dr. Bolsius
of Billiton, and others, less remarkable, from various collectors.
58 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE {Feb. 19,
These additions have, as may be supposed, led me to a careful
study of the generic and specific characters of these forms; a work
in which, unfortunately, one has been able to gain but little assis-
tance from preceding naturalists. The only writer who stands in the
front rank of the students of Oreaster is Dr. Liitken +, and of his
work, unhappily, I have been unable to make as full a use as I
should have done had he written in a language whose literature
was rich enough to justify the time necessary for learning it, or in
case I had understood a language which, when all is told, is not
spoken by a population exceeding one half that of this metropolis.
I have, however, this satisfactory reflection, that in all, or nearly
all, the cases in which I have been able to understand him, there is
complete agreement between us.
In the course of the paper I make use of some technical terms,
which are either new or have been but little used; and in so doing
I fear I shall] bring on myself the wrath of Mr. Lyman for forcing
the reader to undergo a certain amount of ‘‘ sawdust swallowing”’ ° ;
but I shall, I believe, thereby adopt a method which is not only
approved by the philosopher and logician *, and adopted by experts
in every branch of art and science, but one which will aid in the
two objects that ought now to be very dear to all zoologists—(a) the
condensation and assimilation of our technical descriptions, and (6)
the preparation for a systematic method of formulation, by means of
which intellectual operations may be rendered more easy and more
rapid *.
It is convenient to have a single term for the line which divides
the dorsal surface of the arm into two halves ; where this line is most
apparent it has the form of a ridge, and I propose therefore to
speak of it as the lophia! line, and of its spines as the lophial
spines. The five, often prominent, spines which are found at the
proximal end of the lophial lines may be called the apical spines,
while the term apical region may be well applied to the area con-
tained by the lines which join them to one another.
I have seen no reason for departing from the use of the definite
terms superomaryinal and inferomarginal for the upper and lower
series of marginal plates; nor can I propose any change in the
terms for the adambulacral spinulation (monacanthid, diplacanthid,
and triplacanthid) which I suggested in the first of these ‘‘ Contri-
5 99
butions’.
Before commencing a systematic study of the species of this
genus it is necessary to make oneself acquainted with the character
of the modifications which the species undergo during growth.
Not only is it necessary to do this for the purpose of correctly
discriminating specific forms, but it would appear to be the mode
1 Videnskabelige Meddelelser (Copenhagen), 1859, 1864, 1871.
* See his Introduction to his Report on the Ophiurids of the ‘Challenger,’
3 See Mill, Logic, 4th ed. ii. pp. 245-6.
* Cf. Owen, Phil. Trans. 1850, pp. 496-497 ; and Allman, Rep. Brit. Assoc.
1863, p. 352.
° P.Z.S. 1881, p. 499.
1884. | SPECIES OF OREASTER. 59
best adapted for arriving at some clearer ideas as to the relations of
the species among themselves, and the history of an ancient generic
roup.
First of all, we may well expect some differences in external
appearance, in the relations of the greater to the lesser radii, and in
_ the width and proportions of the arms, the moment we know that
“specimens may attain to a spread of 400 millims. or more, or attain
to a height of 120 millims.; while, however, we shall find growth-
differences in some, we shall in others, such as O. nodulosus, be
struck rather by the constancy of proportions in the post-larval
stages of devolopment.
Our experience of other long-armed forms, such as Linchia or
Ophidiaster, might lead us to ask, Does Oreaster, like these genera,
tend to lose its arms, and doesit, like them, reproduce itself asexually,
or exhibit any other mode of heteractinism? Heteractinic conditions
are exceedingly rare among Oreasters, and it follows therefore that
the dangers to which the species are exposed are slight, its skeletal
structures are very strong, or its power of active or passive defence
very great.
As to the danger we know but little; as to the skeletal struc-
ture, we know that it is eminently reticulated on the upper
surface ; and, now, as to the organs of defence, we know that many
of the species are well provided with marginal or dorsal spines of
considerable length, and that, in some cases, the proper ventral
plates are very spinous.
To a certain extent these spines present us with very definite
characters. We can, for example, always safely discriminate between
O. lincki and O. nodosus, by examining the free ends of the arms,
the sides of which in the former are constantly, and in the latter
are never, provided with outstanding spines. So, again, the species
described by Perrier under the name of O. alveolatus may, as it
seems, be certainly separated from O. lincki, owing to the fact that
the infero-marginal plates bear well or fairly developed spines.
For the purposes of this investigation we shall, perhaps, do well
to study attentively one of the species of the genus in which the
spinous armature is well developed—O. armatus: three specimens, in
which Ris respectively equal to 23°5, 37, and 85 millims., have at the
proximal end of the middle line of each arm a spine measuring 1, 3,
and 14 millim. respectively. In (a) the marginal plates rarely
exhibit any break in their regular granulation ; when they do so,
we find a naked papilla just projecting beyond the level of the
granular investment; no spines are developed in the spaces between
the middle lines of each ray; in the centre of the disk is a spine
which is about equal in size to those which mark the end of the
arms; the other spines along the middle line are nothing more than
mere papilliform processes. On the ventral plates spines are
developed indeed, but they are as yet only rounded projections
which are just beginning to be distinguishable from the investing
granules of the ossicles which bear them.
In the next specimen ((3) the spines of such marginal plates as
60 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE [Feb. 19,
bear them are all distinct, the spines along the middle line of the
arms are beginning to grow up, but only one interradial spine is as
yet developed ; the spines on the ventral surface are now more
regularly arranged.
In the third or largest specimen (y) all the spines—those on the
distal marginal plates, those on the middle line of the arm, the
central portion of the disk, and those that lie between the inter-
radial lines—are all long, strong, sharp, and prominent.
Tt is clear, therefore, that we have here to do with a condition
in which the spines increase in size and number during the growth
of their possessor; this is to be insisted on, inasmuch as it is not a
condition which always obtains. In some species of Linckia we
find that the spines diminish in size as the form grows larger; but
in that case we also see that increase in size is accompanied by
consolidation of the skeletal plates—or, where spines are wanting
and plates are not very strong, arms are often found to have been
broken off or injured.
The study of individual development and the consideration that
the larger the form the greater its need of defence, lead to the
supposition that the least modified Oreaster will be found to be
one that is not specially spinose. This consideration gains in force
when we know that a form with feebly developed spines such as
O. nodulosus has in the most striking fashion the characters of the
younger repeated in the older individuals.
In the arrangement, therefore, of the species of the genus, we
shall have to commence with those which have the spines ‘least well
developed. Next to the non-spinous condition of such a form as
O. nodulosus, we should probably place those in which a few spines
are developed at the proximal end of the arm to defend, so far as
may be, the more central, and thereby more precious, portion of the
internal organs. The next line of defence is probably that of the
free end of the arms, next the ventral plates, and lastly the dorsal
surface.
On the other hand, we have in Oreaster occidentalis an example
of a species in which the marginal spines disappear during growth,
Not only have we evidence of this in Prof. Verrill’s original
description of the species, but more convincing proofs are afforded
by the three specimens in the collection of the British Museum:
the smallest of these, one presented and named by Mr. Verrill,
never has more than five of the superomarginal plates on either side
of any arm without spines; and a few are also to be found on the
infero-marginal spines. The smaller specimen described by Verrill
has ‘‘ from one to four (upper plates) that bear small, short, stout,
bluntconical spines near the end of the rays;” this is very much
the condition in which I find a specimen collected by Mr. Lock-
ington in San Francisco Bay. The larger specimen described by
Verrill had no spines on the superomarginal plates ; while a yet larger
specimen collected by Lockington has on the terminal plate of some of
the rays three minute processes, distinctly smaller than those of the
other specimen from the same collector.
1884. ] SPECIES OF OREASTER. 61
When we oppose these facts to those which we have already learnt
as to the growth-changes in O. armatus, we are met at once by the
obvious reflection that the very conditions of the case are exactly
reversed. In the one we have the progressive growth; in the other
the as marked decline in the size of the spines. When we go
further and seek, as we are bound to do, for some explanation, we
find that, firstly, the explanation will probably be of this character:
Corresponding to the differences in the growth-characters of the
spines, there are differences in (a) the length of the free and
unprotected portion of the arms, which have become proportionately
shorter as the means of defence has been lost; or (3) there has
been a consolidation of the skeletal plates, which, becoming thereby
stronger, are the better able to withstand attacks from without.
Either of these structural characters could be easily enough
investigated and demonstrated by a cabinet naturalist ; but in the
case now being studied there is not either that concentration or
consolidation, which nations as well as individuals have to suffer,
when their means of offence or defence are diminished or insufficient.
An explanation must therefore be found in a study of living
specimens, with a view to see whether they are provided either with
protective colourings or offensive odours ; or in the examination of
the environment of the Starfish, and the possible absence of crea-
tures strong enough to prey on it. Should the latter be the case,
the comparatively rich development of spines in the younger forms
would be explained as due to the influence of heredity.
In the classification and description of the species of Oreaster it
will, for the future, be necessary to bear in mind the two opposing
conditions represented by O. armatus and O. occidentalis respec-
tively, and to endeavour to supplement the technical zoological de-
scription of the adult by a history of the growth of the species ; for
Starfishes, as for birds or monera, the life-history is an essential
factor in an intelligent arrangement.
Speculations and considerations such as have here been briefly
sketched will not be barren of result if they direct the student of
living forms to the closer observation of environment, and to the
conviction that faunal lists and lists of collections have a scientific
value far above that of a mere catalogue, if to a knowledge of the
existence of a given species we can add something of its relations to
those other forms with which it lives, and on which it is as depen-
dent as are they on it. In this way some of the dangers of speciali-
zation may be diminished if not averted.
I. List of the apparently distinct Species of Oreaster.
affinis, M. Tr.’ p. 46.
alveolatus, Perrier,’ p. 243. B.M.
armatus, Perrier, p. 251. B.M
. australis, Liitken,*? 1871, p. 252.
1 M. Tr.=‘ System der Asteriden’ by Miller and Troschel.
2 Perrier= Revision des Stellérides par H. Perrier.
3 Liitken=Videnskabelige Meddelelser, distinguished by the year.
A goto
62 PROF. F. J, BELL ON THE [ Feb. 19,
5. carinatus, M. Tr. p. 49.
5
6. chinensis, M. Tr. p. 46. B.M:
7. dorsatus, M. Tr. p. 49 (s. v. clavatus). B.M.
8. forcipulosus, Liitk., 1864, p. 156.
9. gracilis, Litk., 1871, p. 260. B.M.
10. granulosus, Perr. p. 236. B.M.
11. Aedemanni, Lutk., 1871, p. 255.
12. hiuleus, M. Tr. p. 48.
13. lincki, Liitk., 1864, p. 156. BM.
14. mammillatus, M. Tr. p. 48. B.M.
15. nodosus, M. Tr. p. 47 (s. v. turritus). B.M.
16. nodosus (Gray), Ann. N. H. (1), vi. p. 277. B.M,
17. nodulosus, Perr. p. 237. B.M.
18. occidentalis, Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. I. ii. p. 278. B.M.
19. orientalis, M. Tr. p. 128. B.M.
20. regulus, M. Tr. p. 51.
21. reinhardti, Litk., 1864, p. 160.
22. reticulatus, M. Tr. p. 45. B.M.
23. superbus, Mobius, Abh. Geb. Naturw. Hamburg, iv. 2. p. 3.
24. tuberculatus. M. Tr. p. 46.
25. valoulatus, M. Tr., Arch. f. Nat. 1843, p. 115.
26. verrucosus, M. Tr. p. 49.
27. westermanni, Liitk., 1871, p. 257.
II. List of the more important Synonyms.
1. aculeatus, M. Tr. p. 50=reticulatus.
2. clavatus, M. Tr. p. 49=dorsatus.
3. clouei, Perrier, Ann. Sc. Nat. (y.), xii. p. 271=nodosus’.
4, franklini, Gray, Ann. N. H. vi. p. 277=nodosus.
5. gigas, Linneeus, Mus. Tessin. p. 114=reticulatus.
6. lapidarius, Grube, Arch. f. Nat. 1857, p. 342=reticulatus.
7. mammosus, Perrier, Ann. Sc. Nat. (5) xii. p. 270 =nodosus.
8. michelini, Perrier, Rev. Stel. p. 252=armatus.
9. muricatus, Gray, Ann. N. H. vi. p. 277=linchi.
10. nodosus, Gray, ibid. p. 277 =grayi (Bell).
11. obtusangulus, M. Tr. p. 51=Goniaster obtusangulus.
12. sebe, De Blainville, Man. d’Actinol. p. 238=reticulatus.
13. turritus, M. Tr. p. 47 =nodosus.
It will, I think, be found on examination that Oreaster regulus,
M. Tr.=0O. dorsatus ; that O. verrucosus, M. Tr., stands very near
O. nodosus ; and that O. tuberculatus, M. Tr., is at most a varietal
form of O. mammillatus.
Limits of the Genus.—It will be seen that I here include the
species to which Dr. Gray gave the name of armatus, and for which
he proposed the generic term Nidorellia. With Nidorellia Prof.
Perrier has associated the form to which Dr. Gray gave the pecu-
liarly inelegant appellation of Paulia horrida; and it has therefore
1 Prof. Perrier’s decision as communicated to me by letter.
1884. ] SPECIES OF OREASTER. 63
been necessary to make a close inquiry into the structural characters
of an Oreaster (e. g. O. nodosus), Nidorellia armata, and Paulia
horrida.
One of the leading distinctions of the family Goniasteride is the
solidity and strength of those ossicles which Gaudry has called inter-
ambulacral ; among the members of the family in which the “ tergal
ossicles’’ are reticulated, Oreaster, as exhibited by O. nodosus,
stands out conspicuously ; and we have, therefore, in the first place,
to speak of the genus as a Goniasterid in which the tergal ossicles
are always so reticulated that pore-areas more or less extensive are
observable among them.
So far the definition applies to Nidorellia as much as to Oreaster ;
but it could only be applied to Paulia by saying that the reticular
character is obscured or destroyed by the investing granulation.
Secondly, among the Goniasterids, we find that the two outer-
most rows of interambulacral plates take on a special development,
and form a well-defined margin to the side of the Starfish. These
plates may or may not be armed with spinous or tubercular pro-
minences, and they may or may not have smaller plates intercalated
among them. In Oreaster such plates are never intercalated, the
investing granules do not project from their side so as to separate the
ossicles from one another, nor are they ever limited to the base, but
always pass some way up the sides of the spines or tubercles, when
such are developed.
This statement is as true of Nidorellia armata as of O. nodosus,
but it does not apply to Paulia.
It would seem to follow, therefore, that Liitken was justified in
regarding N. armata as an Oreaster, and that the return by Perrier
to Gray’s original view was a retrograde step. For the present,
the characters and relations of Paulia may be put on one side as
well as the exact position of O. obtusatus, which must be removed
from its original generic position in consequence of the presence of
intercalated smaller plates among the marginal ossicles.
The species of this genus fall into two well-marked groups, in one
of which large tubercles may be, but spines are never, developed; in
the other a certain number of spines are constantly present, and they
may be both large and numerous. Intermediate to these stand
such as have the lophial spines reduced or absent, but others deve-
loped on various parts of the skeleton. The two chief divisions
may be distinguished as those of the inermes and armati; and in
each the species may be separated according to the number of rows
of spines which are typically and most generally developed on the
adambulacral plates. In no case do we find a Monacanthid arrange-
ment.
The following series commences with the unarmed, and ends with
the triplacanthid well-armed forms.
64 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE
A. INERMES.
MonaACANTHIDA.
0.
DIPLACANTHIDA.
australis.
forcipulosus.
nodulosus.
mammillatus.
valvulatus.
TRIPLACANTHIDA.
granulosus.
B. Intermediate forms with small spines on plates
of various orders.
DipLaCANTHIDA.
chinensis.
decipiens.
C. ARMATI.
MonacaNnTHIDA.
0.
DipLACANTHIDA.
a. Lophial spines alone developed.
nodosus.
hiuleus.
f. Lophial aided by lateral spines.
hedemanni.
y- Lophial and superomarginal spines.
lineki.
é. Inferomarginal spines also.
alveolatus.
reinhardti.
e. Ventral spines also.
productus.
affinis.
. Dorsal spines also.
luetkeni.
occidentalis.
dorsatus.
reticulatus.
armatus.
[Feb. 19,
1884.] SPECIES OF OREASTER. 65
TRIPLACANTHIDA.
a. Lophial and ventral spines.
westermannt.
8. Marginal spines also developed.
superbus.
y. Dorsal spines also developed.
gracilis.
gray.
orientalis.
troscheli.
muelleri.
In the case of such species as I have been able to see I have given
a fresh description; where specimens have been wanting, I have, in
the case of Dr. Liitken’s forms, copied his Latin diagnoses, and for
other species I have drawn up brief diagnoses based on the descrip-
tions of preceding writers.
OREASTER AUSTRALIS.
Oreaster australis, Liitken, Vidensk. Med. 1871, p. 263
( Australia).
“© Dorsum altum ; brachia angusta, acuta, elongata; radius stelle
major minorem triplum fere equat ; tesselle marginales c. 21 ;
dorsales angulorum a margine paulum remote; tubercula
minuta singula in tessellis marginis ventralibus plerumque adsunt,
in marginalibus dorsi angulorum vero perpauca, brachiorum
erebriora ; in tessellis dorsalibus propriis plerumque adsunt,
regulariter disposita, series quinas in brachiis formantia, media
tuberculis c. 13-14 majoribus gaudente ; intimum seriei cujus-
cungue omnium maximum; aree porifere confluentes, poris
numerosissimis ; tesselle ventrales proprie granulatione obtecte,
haud conspicue, granula minuta pedicellariasque numerosissimas
lineares elongatas gerunt ; papille ambulacrales interne none,
externe terne (rarius quaterneé) ; papille orales ori proxime
series singulas (non ut fieri solet duplices) formant.
Hab. ad oras Australie (Nove Hollandiz).”’
OREASTER FORCIPULOSUS.
Oreaster forcipulosus, Liitken, Vidensk. Med. 1864, p. 156.
‘‘Brachia angusta, acuminata; radius stelle major minorem
duplum a@quat; dorsum deplanatum nodosum; tubercula vel
spine omnino nulle in tessellis marginalibus, dorsalibus, ventra-
libusve, pedicellarie valvate maxime numerosissime (7-15)
vero in omnibus hisce tessellis ; aree porifere sexseriate, sat
distincta, poris c. 20 ; papille ambulacrales externe 3 (2-4).”
West Africa.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. V. 5
66 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE [ Feb. 19,
OREASTER NODULOSUS.
Pentaceros nodulosus, Pervier, Rev. Stell. p. 237.
R=2'37r. Disk moderately elevated, arms of moderate width,
tapering gradually. The lophial and apical spines absent, and their
place taken by the enlargement of the ossicles into convex rounded
bodies.
About 17 marginal plates in either series; it is only in the more
distal regions that the inferomarginals take any share in forming the
sides of the arms. Neither series are spinose.
Adambulacral spinulation diplacanthid, the spines blunt ; in the
inner row there are ordinarily seven spines, of which the median are
the more prominent ; in the outer row there are two or three larger
spines, one of which is often, when only two are developed, much
larger than the other; these spines have a direction a little oblique
to the longitudinal axis of the arm. Between the outer and inner
rows a well-developed forcipiform pedicellaria is placed. Beyond
the outer row there are irregularly shaped separate granules, which
appear, at first, to afford indications of a third row of adambulacral
spines.
The ventral ossicles are often distinguishable from one another
owing to the larger size of the granules in the centre than at the
edge of the ossicle; sessile valvular pedicellarize are richly developed
among the granules. Large and coarse granules are also to be
observed on the marginal plates, on which, however, pedicellarize are
only rarely developed.
The upper surface, both of the disk and of the arms, is delicately
reticulated. The pore-areas are well separated from one another, and
are, in all the more proximal parts of the arm, of some size, and
contain more than twenty pores.
The areas of the two lower series along the sides of the arms
sometimes become fused at certain points; the lower series extend
into the space between every pair of superomarginal plates. The
granulation on the nodal points is rather more delicate than on the
ventral surface, and the sessile pedicellarize are exceedingly small.
Nearly all the ossicles along the lophial line are enlarged ; some
are more so than the rest, and two or three generally attain to con-
siderable prominence; those which flank the apical region are
large and rounded, and are, like the rest, covered with a close-set
investment of rather large flat granules. A few pedicellariz are to
be observed among the granules of the apical region, where no spine
or protuberance of auy kind is developed. The madreporite forms
an elongated oval whose longer axis is directed downwards, and is
placed just outside the boundary of the apical region.
Colour (dry) dirty yellow, probably deep yellow in life.
Measurements :—
R=53 ; r=21'5; breadth of arm at base 18.
R=70; 7=30; breadth of arm at base 29.
Hab. West Australia (Dick Hartog’s Island).
1884.] SPECIES OF OREASTER. 67
OREASTER MAMMILLATUS.
Oreaster mammillatus, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. p. 48.
R=2°77r. Disk moderately elevated, the elevation not confined
to the central portion ; arms moderate, rather narrow than wide.
Lophial line marked by the greater size, and consequent prominence
of some of its ossicles; no spines, however, are developed thereon.
About 18 superomarginal and 20 inferomarginal plates; the
latter are confined to the ventral surface ; the former are, ordinarily,
obtusely conical, and the free end is bare of granules, but there is
no reason for supposing that these have the functions of spines ;
similar blunt tubercular growths are to be found on the more proxi-
mal inferomarginals.
Adambulacral spinulation diplacanthid ; six well-formed spines,
not sharp at their tips, and longer mesially than laterally, occupy the
inner row; in the outer there are two or three stout short spines ;
when there are three, the middle one is generally the stoutest.
The arrangement of the ossicles of the ventral face is a little
obscured by the coarse granulation by which they are covered ; here
and there, and especially towards the edges of the disk, some of the
granules come to form quite distinct tubercles ; the granulation on
the marginal plates is sufficiently coarse.
From the nodal points of the ossicles of the back there arise
tubercular processes, hardly one of which deserves to be called
spinous; the pore-areas between are considerable, not always dis-
tinetly separated from one another ; three rows are ordinarily to be
detected along the side of the arms, and of these the lowest is the
most extensive. The ossicles on the apical region are swollen and
tubercular.
The madreporite is irregularly shield-shaped, and placed nearly
halfway between the centre and the edge of the disk.
Colour, stony grey.
Measurements :—R 118, 7 44; greatest breadth of arm 46.
Hab. Red Sea; Mauritius.
OREASTER VALVULATUS.
For a careful description of this form from New Holland, see the
account given by Miiller and Troschel; it appears to be most re-
markable for its long valvular pedicellariz.
OREASTER GRANULOSUS.
Pentaceros granulosus, Gray, P. Z.S. 1847, p. 75.
A triplacanthid unarmed species with the disk depressed, and the
habit as much of Goniodiscus as of Oreaster.
R=2'2r. Disk depressed ; arms rather wide at their base, and
not very acute at their tip; lophial ossicles not prominent, and
apical spines, as indeed all spines, completely wanting.
About 14 supero- and infero-marginal plates; both sets take part
in forming the sides of the arms, are well developed in proportion to
the general size of the Starfish, but are always without any spines
whatsoever.
5*
68 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE [Feb. 19,
Adambulacral spinulation essentially triplacanthid, but care is
required in determining the characters of the third row. The
plates which carry the spines are strongly convex towards the
ambulacral groove; six spines in each innermost series, of which
the median are distinctly the longest; none are particularly delicate.
In the middle row there is generally only one spine, which is then
of considerable stoutness ; sometimes a smaller is added to it; those
of the third row are most conspicuous when they form a process
about half as prominent as the median spine; sometimes it is diffi-
cult to distinguish them from the granulation of the disk.
The arrangement of the ventral ossicles may be made out, as the
granules which invest them are loosely packed and are of some
size ; the granules on the marginal plates are much more closely
set, are smaller, and form a more regular pavement; the granules
are very numerous on the dorsal aspect, tending to be convex, but
differing a good deal in size and shape; the poriferous areas are
small, as the ossicles are individually large; the lophial series of
ossicles have their long axes set at right angles to the long axis of
the arm ; on either side another series of ossicles reaches to the ends
of the arms, while another proceeds about halfway down ; some
three or four ossicles form a short series outside these last; so that
the whole disk is marked by regular rows of convex ossicles. ‘The
madreporic plate, as so frequently happens in this genus, is not far
from the apical region, is of a moderate size, and fairly prominent.
Colour, when first dried, probably brownish.
Measurements :—R=60, 46, 45, 41 ;7=29, 22, 19, 18; greatest
width of arm 19, 18.
Hab. Australia (Swan River ; Fremantle).
OREASTER CHINENSIS.
Pentaceros chinensis, Gray, Aun. N. H. vi. p. 276.
Oreaster chinensis, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. p. 46.
The type of Gray’s species is now lying before me, and it answers
so well to the description given by Miiller and Troschel that I feel
confident that Mr. Edgar Smith took a correct view when he
attached to its board the words, “‘ The same, I believe, as Ov easter
chinensis, Miller and Troschel.”’
It will be convenient to give here a diagnosis of the species,
couched in similar terms to the others here described.
R=2'7r. Disk rather high, arms pretty wide at their base,
narrowing towards the tip; lophial ossicles without spines, save the
apical, which are rounded and knob-like; four spinous projections
within the apical region.
18 plates in either marginal series ; the inferior quite ventral in
position, and not set regularly (in the middle line of the arm)
below the superior; in the angle of the arm one or more of the
superomarginals may be provided with short but sharp spinous
projections ; all or nearly all the inferomarginals bear short spinous
processes ; bare of granules.
1884. ] SPECIES OF OREASTER. 69
The diplacanthid arrangement of the adambulacral spinulation is
obscured by the elongation, in places, of the granules which cover
the adjacent plates ; seven short spines, of which the median are a
little longer than those to the sides, are developed in the inner row ;
in the outer there are ordinarily four, not long, but fairly stout,
spines ; the forcipiform pedicellaria is developed between the spines
of each plate. The arrangement of the ventral plates can be made
out underneath the granules of various sizes and shapes by which
they are closely invested; a few valvular pedicellariz can be made
out among them. The granules on the inferomarginals are rather
more, and those on the superomarginal much more delicate.
The poriferous areze are not large, and are sharply separated from
one another; three rows extend along the greater part of each side
of the arm; on the sloping sides of the disk a few of the ossicles
have spiniform projections which are bare of granules ; the granula-
tion of the dorsal surface is by no means coarse, and no pedicellarize
seem to be developed on it. Madreporic plate an elongated oval.
Colour (dry) dead white.
Measurements :—R=68 ; r=25; width of arms at base 24.
Hab. China.
OREASTER DECIPIENS, Sp. nov.
A species with the closest external and general resemblance to
O. chinensis, but distinguished from it by characters to which, in
the present condition of our knowledge, we must give the value of
specific attributes.
Thus, though it is larger than O. chinensis, it is far less richly
provided with spines on the marginal plates ; there are more spines
in the inner, and as a rule, fewer in the outer row of adambulacral
spines. In addition to this the disk is quite flat, while r : R=1: 3-4,
in place of the much lower ratio of 1 : 2°7, which obtains with O.
chinensis, and the number of marginal plates is much greater.
Taking into consideration all these differences it seems that we
must regard the specimens as belonging to a different species.
R=3-4r. Disk not high ; arms rather narrow, tapering regularly.
Lophial ossicles without spines, save the apical, which are well
developed, and are very prominent on the unarmed disk. There
are no spines within the apical region.
About 25 marginal plates in either series; both take part in
forming the sides of the arms, are pretty stout, a little convex ;
only the more distal inferomarginals bear spines, and these are dis-
tributed with great irregularity ; they are longer and more prominent
than in O. chinensis; there are no spines at all on the superomar-
ginal plates.
Just as in O. chinensis, the adambulacral spinulation appears in
places to be triplacanthid owing to the elongation of the adjacent
granules ; it is, however, really of a diplacanthid character.
There are 9 spines in the inner row, and they are exceedingly
delicate ; none are long, but the median are much longer than the
lateral ones. Between each plate stands a forcipiform pedicellaria.
70 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE [Feb. 19,
In the outer row there are ordinarily two very well-developed spines,
though, here and there, three are to be detected.
None of the ventral plates bear spines ; some of the granules on
the more proximal of them are larger than the rest, and form very
distinct aggregates. The valvular pedicellarize scattered among them
are small and not very numerous. The poriferous arez on the
dorsal surface are arranged in three very regular rows along either
side of the arms; the ares are not very large, and the pores are
not numerous. The granules on the upper are larger than those on
the ventral surface, and have no pedicellariee scattered among them.
Towards the end of the arm the lophial ossicles may project a little,
but they never develop spines. Madreporic plate set just between
two of the apical spines, irregularly lozenge-shaped, not large.
The integument is much thicker than in most species of the genus,
and the specimen has the dead-white colour which we can imagine
O. chinensis would have had had it been preserved in spirit.
Measurements :—R=116; r=35; greatest breadth of arm 28.
Hab, Billiton.
OREASTER NODOSUS.
Pentaceros turritus, Perrier, Rev. Stel. p. 240.
Asterias nodosa, Linuzeus, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 1100 (pars).
Prof. Perrier prefers Linck’s name to that of Linnzeus, whom,
indeed, he abstains from directly quoting, his only reference being to
Gmelin’s edition of the ‘ Systema Nature.’
R=2'5rto3r. Disk considerably elongated ; arms long, rather
narrow. Lophial line well marked, with prominent rounded projec-
tions ; the apical spines very prominent, and a central one typically
developed.
About 30 superomarginal, and one or two more inferomarginal
plates ; both sets obscure, and without any spines, the lower alto-
gether confined to the actinal side.
Adambulacral spinulation diplacanthid ; ordinarily seven spines in
the inner row, of which two or three in the middle are distinctly
longer than those at their sides. In the outer row three spines,
about twice as stout as those of the inner row; between the two rows
there stands a well-developed forcipiform pedicellaria.
The separate ventral ossicles are a good deal obscured by the
coarse granulation with which they are covered; the only region in
which there can be said to be a distinctly serial disposition of the
plates is that which extends along the side of the ambulacral groove.
Many of the investing granules are more than a millimetre in length
along their longest axis, and the sessile valvular pedicellariz are very
numerously represented. A similar coarse granulation is found on
the marginal plates; but any resemblance to O. lincki is opposed by
the development of a very large number of pedicellarize ’.
The upper surface might almost be said to be one mass of pedi-
1 Have we not here another example of the kind of balance that obtains
between the development of spines and of pedicellaria ? Cf. the case of Asterias
glacialis, Zool. Anz. 1882, p. 283.
1884.] SPECIES OF OREASTER. 71
cellarie, for they: not only cover the reticulating bars of the dorsal
ossicles, but invade also the poriferous areas; the granules, of
ordinary character, are confined to the knobs and spines, the tips of
which, however, they do not cover. Along the lophial line the pro-
jections are always rather tubercular than spinous, but the five spines
at the angle of the apex and the central spine within are exceedingly
well developed and rather acutely pointed. A few rounded tubercles,
similar in character to those of the lophial line, are developed at the
sides of the disk. In dried specimens the disk rises up in an alto-
gether turriform fashion. Madreporite small, rather obscure, on one
of the sides of the disk.
Colour (dried) greyish sandy.
Hab. Indian Ocean generally.
Measurements :—
NH See ekimstees oo LO 130 118 100
TRAE Ni ese caw Oe 44 46 37
Height of disk.......... 58 45 31 27
Length of longest spine .. 15 14 21 18
It is to be observed that there are some not unimportant variations
in the characters of the spines: those of the lophial line are some-
times sharp, are not always blunt ; the apical spines appear to be
liable to early division into two or three secondary apices, or they
may give off a spur or projection, and, lastly, the processes at the
sides of the disk'may become quite sharp.
OREASTER HIULCUS.
Oreaster hiulcus, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. p. 48.
The most important difference between this species and the pre-
ceding would appear to be the character of the granulation of the
dorsal ossicles and the much feebler development of pedicellarize.
Miiller and Troschel, who alone (Syst. Ast. p. 48) have given a
satisfactory account of the species, give the habitat as the Indian
Ocean; Prof. Perrier would appear to know of it only as from Zanzi-
bar and Mauritius.
OREASTER HEDEMANNYI, Liitken.
O. hedemanni, Liitken, Vidensk. Med. 1871, p. 263.
« Dorsum sat altum, brachia triangularia, mediocria, acuta; radius
stelle major minorem duplum et dimidium equat ; tessele mar-
ginales utrinque c. 15, dorsales ventralibus magnitudine equales,
parte externa brachiorum forsan excepta haud alternantes et in
peripheria stelle formanda equaliter participes ; nonnullee (dor-
sales sc. 5, ventrales 5-6, ad angulos stelle site, nec non 1| vel 2
versus apices brachiorum locum tenentes) tubercula minuta gerunt;
aree porifere regulares, sejuncte, poris numero mediocri,
juata tesselas marginales maxime ; tubercula dorsualia quinque
sat magna apice nuda, spatiis diametros basales cequantibus inter
se separata, tuberculum centrale mediocri circumdant ; series fere
72 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE [Feb. 19,
continua tuberculorum similium 7-9, versus apices brachiorum
descrescentium, carinas brachiorum coronat ; minora 1-3 in late-
ribus brachiorum series duplices utringue formant ; ad angulos
stelle vulgo nulla; tessele ventrales proprie sat magne, se-
juncte, granula majuscula, tuberculis haud intermizxta, gerunt ;
pedicellarie lineares elongate in vicinis ambulacrorum, rariores
in dorsualibus tuberculis destitutis, conspiciuntur ; papille am-
bulacrales interne 7, externe 2 (rarius 1 v. 3), complanate ;
orales series duplices formant, internas 12, externas 5 nume-
rantes. Hab. ad oras insule indice Billiton (specimen junior ?).”
OREASTER LINCKI.
Asterias lincki, De Bl. Dict. Sci. Nat. Ix. p. 219.
Pentaceros muricatus, Perrier, Rev. Stel. p. 239°.
R=3r. Disk moderately high ; arm moderately wide, not at all
acutely pointed. Lophial spines well developed, the apical very
prominent ; a spine or two sometimes developed within the apical
region. ;
About 18 marginal plates; the superomarginals alone form the
sides of the arms, and are alone provided with spines ; these are con-
fined to the distal end, and vary considerably ; from one to four may
be developed, and in some specimens they are twice as long as they
are in others.
Adambulacral spmulation diplacanthid ; in the mner row eight
poorly developed spines, in the outer two, which are much stouter,
for each plate; the tips of the latter are often marked by several
shallow grooves ; as so frequently happens, a foreipiform pedicellaria
is developed between each inner group of adambulacral spines.
The separate ventral ossicles are hardly, if at all, to be made out
under the exceedingly coarse granulation by which they are covered ;
the separate granules vary considerably in size, and a few valvular
pedicellarize are scattered among them. The granules on the mar-
ginal plates are hardly less coarse. The dorsal surface is rendered
markedly reticulate by the great size and close approximation of the
poriferous areas, two of which pass along each side of every arm ;
in the middle of the arm the second of these may equal in length as
much as half the whole height of the arm ; sometimes the connecting
processes of the ossicles become very delicate, when the whole side
of the arm appears to form a huge poriferous area. Spines are very
irregularly developed at the angle of the areas; sometimes they are
distributed so regularly that one may almost speak of a regular row
of spines running on either side of the lophial series ; in other cases
they are completely absent. This happens sometimes also to the
spines of the lophial ridge itself, but they are ordinarily very well
developed, as are, too, the apical spines and the spines that stand
below them on the sloping sides of the disk. The granulation on the
dorsal spines and ossicles is very coarse and extends sometimes quite
1M. Perrier here adopts the name of Linck; acourse in which, I regret,
T cannot follow him.
1884.] SPECIES OF OREASTER. 73
to the tips of the spines. Madreporic plate rather small, not con-
spicuous.
Colour (when dry)—lower surface reddish, upper reddish where
the granules are developed, with grey poriferous areas ; in some cases
the dried specimens are almost white, but this may be due to the
mode of drying.
The above description has been drawn up from a set of five speci-
mens, which were collected at the same time and place (between tide-
marks, at the Mozambique, in May 1882) by Dr. Coppinger, H.M.S.
‘Alert’, and illustrate the exactness of the statement of Dr. von
Martens :—“ Alle diese Variationen kreuzen sich so sehr durchein-
ander, dass man darnach keine irgendwie bestimmbaren Lokalvarie-
tiiten aufstellen kann’”’?. The variations are so marked that it seems
to be impossible to follow Dr. von Martens in establishing definite
“varieties.” The exact state of the case is, I think, this. The
strength of the marginal and ventral plates, with their coarse granula-
tion, is sufficient for the safety of the Starfish ; the spines are additional
defences that are not constantly needed, and are developed more ac-
cording to the conditions of individual environment than in obedience
to the necessities of the species. They are organs which have begun
to disappear, and their importance to their possessor may be judged
of by the extent to which they vary in number and size on the
different arms of one and the same individual. The species stands
midway between O. alveolatus, in which inferomarginal spines are also
developed, and O. nodosus, in which there are no marginal spines at all.
Hab. Indian Ocean (Mauritius, Timor).
Oe ee cere ll) 95 80 64
LA sig oan CO ROO ese 40 34 28 26
Greatest breadth ofarm .... 35 34 31 26
OREASTER ALVEOLATUS.
Pentaceros alveolatus, Perrier, Rev. Stell. p. 243.
At first sight this species has the most remarkable resemblance to
O. lincki, but it is at once to be distinguished from it by the constant
possession of inferomarginal spines.
R=2°7r. Disk very high, lophial line well marked ; lophial
spines well developed ; apical very prominent. The arms diminish
but little in breadth from the proximal to the distal end.
About 21 marginal plates ; at the angles the inferomarginals form
the sides, while the superomarginals are rather obscure, and these
inferomarginals are provided with rather short spines ; the supero-
marginals gradually become larger, and oust the inferior plates
from any share in forming the sides of the arms, while they develop
prominent spines ; towards the tip of the arm spines, or spinous
tubercles, reappear on the inferomarginal plates.
Adambulacral spinulation diplacanthid ; five or six spines in the
inner row, not remarkably delicate ; those of the outer row pretty
stout and arranged by twos or threes. A spiniform pedicellaria is
1 Arch, fiir Naturg. xxxii. 1866, p. 79.
74 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE [ Feb. 19,
ordinarily developed between the successive sets of spines. The
ventral plates are thickly covered with granules irregular in, but
often remarkable for, their size ; moderately-sized valvular pedicel-
lari will be found pretty numerously scattered among them. Large
granules and pedicellariae are developed on the inferomarginal plates ;
the granules on the superomarginals are not quite as coarse, and pedi-
cellarie there appear to be wanting.
The poriferous areze on the dorsal surface are very abundant and
of large size ; the ossicles are elongated and narrow, and are set at
right angles to the long axis of thearm. The well-developed lophial
ossicles are frequently blunt at their tips, and then appear to be
covered with granules; when the tips are sharp they are bare of
granules ; the apical spines are very prominent, the contained area
tree of spines, the arms surrounded by a well-marked granulation ;
valvular pedicellarize are to be here and there detected on the dorsal
surface. The madreporic plate is of an irregular shape.
Colour (dry) brownish or light grey, the lophial spines rather
darker than the rest.
Measurements :—R=100, 104; r=37°5, 38; greatest breadth
of arm 31, 33.
Hab. New Caledonia.
OREASTER REINHARDTI.
Oreaster reinhardti, Liitkeu, Vid. Med. 1864, p. 159.
**Q. reinhardti differt ab O. linckii brachiis crassioribus, spinis
dorsi paucioribus et minoribus, areis poriferis superioribus haud
confluentibus, in seriebus duabus alternantibus vero dispositis,
papillis ambulacralibus internis 4—5 (non 6-7) minus gracilibus,
pedicellariis interpositis hisce minoribus (non illas superantibus).”’
Nicobar Islands.
OREASTER PRODUCTUS.
R=4,r to 4:67; disk flat, lophial spines not strongly developed ;
spinous tubercle on both supero- and inferomarginal plates; on
the latter there may be two or three on each; spines also developed
on the ventral plates. The arms long, not wide at their base,
tapering somewhat rapidly ; superomarginals about 35, inferomar-
ginals one or two less, groove of division obscure, angles between the
plates with, at the angles of the arms, a few (less than ten) pores ;
these diminish in number at the sides, and disappear towards the
ends of the arms. Even in a specimen where R=150 mm. we find
that the superomarginals may be without any spinous tubercles;
these, when they are developed, are not large, nor are they regularly
set on all the plates; the inferomarginals, at the angles of the arms,
may be armed with five or six small spines, one of which is often
more prominent than the rest; as they pass outwards the spines
diminish in number, though they may increase in size; on the distal
half of the arm there is only one spine on a plate.
Adambulacral spinulation diplacanthid ; spines of inner row eight
to ten, the median the longest, all very delicate ; spines of outer row
~
1884. | SPECIES OF OREASTER. 7%
four, well developed. All the ventral spines on the disk with one
or two spinous tubercles ; owing to the narrowness of the arm only
one row extends along the side of the adambulacral spines, and the
plates at.the distal end of this are without spines.
The pore-areas of the dorsal side are distinctly marked, but vary
considerably in size and form ; the apical region has no central spine,
and the most prominent spine of the row along the lophial line is
not at all high ; none of the spines along the lophial line are especially
prominent, and they are not always separated from one another by
equal distances ; at the distal end of the arm they may become
rounded tubercles. | Madreporic tubercle moderate, just outside
the apical region, lozenge-shaped.
Colour (in alcohol) creamy yellow.
R=148, 220. r=32, 53°5. Breadth of arm at base 32, 50.
Hab. Billiton.
OREASTER LUETKENJ, Sp. nov.
A diplacanthid form, with the appearance, were it not for the
shallowness of its disk, of O. reticulatus. _Supero- and inferomarginal
spines ; the ventral plates without spines, but most abundantly pro-
vided with pedicellarize.
R=2'4r. Disk not elevated: arms, where distinct from the disk,
rapidly tapering; most of the supero- and of the inferomarginal
plates provided with spines ; of the lophial series the apical spines
are alone well developed ; short, but quite distinct spines developed
at all the angles of the poriferous areze.
There are about 21 plates in either series along the side of the
arm, but the whole of the side of the arm is occupied by the superior
set. The disposition of the spines on these plates is exceedingly
irregular : only about half of the plates are spiniferous ; spines on the
inferomarginals are rarer and much less developed. In both series
plates without spines will be found to carry, perhaps as many as
three, pedicellariz.
Of the adambulacral spines the inner row has 8 for each plate ;
these are not very delicate, nor are they exceedingly different in
length; between each set is an elongated forcipiform pedicellaria.
The outer row has, as a rule, two pretty stout spines on each plate.
The ventral plates are remarkably distinct from one another, the
granules often larger, the valvular pedicellarize of some size, numerous,
especially in the neighbourhood of the ambulacra. The ventral
plates which extend along the lower side of the arm often intervene
between the inner edges of the inferomarginal plates. The whole of
the dorsal surface is rough with spines; the pore-areas are, on the
back, very distinct, and generally triangular ; they are specially large
along the sides of the arms, the pores large ; the granulation is rather
coarse and the granules reach very nearly to the tip of the spines
and spinous tubercles. Madreporic plate large, irregular in shape.
Measurements :—R=117; r=48; greatest breadth of arm 3:5.
Colour, brownish (in alcohol).
Hab, Billiton.
=
76 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE [Feb. 19,
OREASTER OCCIDENTALIS.
O. occidentalis, Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. I. ii. (1867), p. 278.
R=2'5 to 2:17 r. Disk not high; arms not wide, tapering
pretty rapidly. Lophial line not prominent, some of the ossicles
provided with short, sharp, inconspicuous spinous processes. There
are some spines within the apical region.
About 22 superomarginal and 20 inferomarginal plates in the
largest specimen examined; the latter would not seem to be com-
pletely confined to the ventral aspect, though in the process of dry~
ing they may often be drawn thither. Both sets of plates are fairly
well developed, and are richly covered with granules ; on the whole
they are perhaps more indistinct than in any other species of the
genus. From among the granules there stands up on a few of the
plates of either series a very small and inconspicuous spinous process,
and the disposition of these spines differs on different arms and on
different sides of the same arm.
Adambulacral spinulation diplacanthid; about seven or eight
spines ordinarily developed in the inner row ; these are not so strong
as are two out of the three which are developed in the outer row,
where the third, if present, seems to be always smaller than the other
two.
The whole of the ventral surface proper is closely covered by large
and coarse granules, not a few of which become almost spinous in
character ; among these only a few pedicellarize are developed.
The poriferous arez are arranged in three fairly regular rows along
the sides of the middle line of the arm ; the are of the innermost are
the smallest and those of the outermost the largest in extent; at
most of the nodes formed by the reticulating dorsal ossicles a small
spinous process is developed, but in the adult this is nearly always
inconspicuous. The granulation on these ossicles is rather coarse,
though by no means so coarse as on the ventral surface, but it always
leaves bare the spinous process.
The madreporite is triangularly cordiform, the apex being
directed towards the apical region, just outside which it is placed.
Colour in alcohol said by Verrill to be greyish brown: it has
something of the same colour when dried.
As has been pointed out in the introduction to this paper, this
species undergoes during the later stages of its growth some very
considerable changes in the characters of its spinulation ; the spines
in the younger being very much better developed than in the older
forms.
Measurements :—
ee. Set fice oh ee a0 115 148
Be NE ANS AER TEN See sO 53 59
Breadth of arm at base ...... Be 46 45
Hab. Western coast of Central and Northern America.
1884.] SPECIES OF OREASTER. 77
ORBEASTER DORSATUS.
Pentaceros dorsatus, Perrier, Rev. Stell. p. 245; but substitute
the following for the inexact synonymy there given :-—
1753. Asterias dorsata', Linnzeus, Mus. Tessin. p. 114, pl. ix. 2.
1758. Seba, Thesaurus, iii. pl. v. 7, 8, pl. vi. 1, 2.
1766. Asterias nodosa, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. p. 1100 (pars).
1842. Oreaster clavatus, M.Tr. Syst. Ast. p. 49.
1864. Oreaster dorsatus, Liitken, Vidensk. Med. p. 161.
This species has been so admirably diagnosed by Miller and
Troschel that had I not here the object of giving original and
similarly constituted definitions of such species as I have seen, I
should gladly content myself with referring the student to their
description.
R=2:2r. Upper surface, in dried specimen, almost flat ; arms
not acutely pointed. Lophial line and spines distinct, the apical not
especially prominent ; spines developed within the apical region.
About 12 supero- and 14 inferomarginal spines, the latter distally,
but not proximally taking a share in the formation of the side of the
arm. Both sets are provided with spines ; on the upper plates these
spines are of some size, and frequently two are developed ; these are
set one above the other so as to lie at right angles to and not parallel
with the long axis of the arm. Two spines are likewise often
developed on the inferomarginal plates; these spines are sometimes
of a fair size, but are frequently rather tubercular than spinous.
Adambulacral spinulation diplacanthid ; three strong and often
subequal spines in the inner, and one very stout, with rounded tip,
in the outer row.
The separate ventral ossicles are quite easily made out under the
rather coarse granulation by which they are invested ; the row of
ossicles running along the side of the adambulacral series is without
spines, but those outside this, of which there are four in the proximal
and two in the most distal region, are provided with one and some-
times with two rounded spinous projections.
The upper, like the lower surface, is well provided with spines,
and here again two are frequently found to be developed on the free
surface of one and the same ossicle. The lophial ossicles are large ;
as large indeed, if not larger than, the more proximal superomarginals ;
1 The only foundation for the statement of Miiller and Troschel, reiterated
by Perrier, that in the Mus. Tessin. Linnzus called this species A. ste/lata, is
the fact that the word stellata is the first in the definition of the species. As
the work is rare (the copy from which I took this note was one which I saw, by
the kindness of Professor Lindstrém, in the admirable Library of the Royal
Academy of Sciences at Stockholm), I think it well to give in full what Linnzeus
said :-— :
“ Dorsata. Asterias stellata, radiis convexis longitudinaliter elevatis. Tab. ix.
Locus: India.
Stella spithami diametro. Radii quinque, obtusi, versus basin dilatati, dorso
admodum convexi, adspersi undique mucronibus obtusiusculis remotis.
Subtus plana, adspersa punctis prominulis; rima cincta papillis subulatis,
tenuissimis,”
78 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE [Feb. 19,
spines are not developed on all, though they are on most of the
ossicles ; and we frequently find, though without any definite regu-
larity, that two, or it may be three, spines are developed. When
this happens the spines are so set side by side as to lie across the
long axis of the arm; they are not large, but their free end is
always bare of granules. The ossicles extend almost to the centre
of the disk.
In addition to the lophial spines a number of others, almost if not
quite as large as they, are also developed ; a definite row runs down
either side of the lophial line, and in the wider portion of the disk
two other rows of spine-bearing ossicles are less distinctly developed.
The pore-areas are extensive, but not sharply distinguished from
one another, and the individual pores are large. The close granula-
tion of the superior ossicles and the intermediate pore-areas is hardly
less coarse than that of the lower surface. The madreporite is of
moderate size, irregularly elliptical, and about its own long diameter
from the centre of the disk. Notwithstanding the statement of
Miller and Troschel, I venture to think that a perfect specimen
would present at any rate a few pedicellarice.
Colour (when dry): the distal parts of the arms light, the proxi-
mal brown, above ; the whole greyish brown below. The specimen
here under description is stated to have had the “ tops of prickles
scarlet-red, upper surface tile-red.”’
It was collected by Mr. Darwin at St. Iago, Cape Verde Islands.
Measurements :—R=95; 7=42; breadth of arm at base 41
millim.
OREASTER RETICULATUS.
Pentaceros reticulatus, Perrier, Rev. Stell. p. 246, where see the
complicated synonymy, and therein make the following corrections
and additions,—
Insert “1766, Asterias reticulata, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 1099.”
Add “ page, p. 14,” to “ Retzius (1805),”
After “ (1840) reticulatus,” add ‘ aculeatus, p. 277.”
Add to reference to Grube in Archiv of 1857,—‘‘ Nova Acta Ac.
L. C. xxvii. (1860), p. 17;” and delete the words “et Oreaster
gigas.”
Correct page of reference to Liitken (1859) to “ p. 64.”
For “1862, Oreaster tuberosus, Belm,’—read “1859, Oreaster
tuberosus, Mobius, Neue Seesterne, p. 6, in Abhandl. Geb. Naturw.
ear iv. p. 2, The specific name was suggested by Prof.
ehn.”
Complete reference to Agassiz,—* no. 9 (1869), p. 307.”
The numerous names given to this species will afford some indi-
cation of its variability; it will perhaps be most convenient to
commence with an account of a large almost perfect (though dried)
specimen.
R is about equal to 27. Disk exceedingly high; arms rapidly
tapering from their base, rounded, not carinated, so that the lophial
line is very indistinct ; spines developed within the apical region.
1884. ] SPECIES OF OREASTER. 79
Sides ofthe arms formed by the superomarginal plates only: of these
there are rather more than 20 on either side of each arm ; they are
regularly provided with long strong spines, which are nearly always
rather acute, and only become distinctly shorter near the distal end
of thearm. The inferomarginal plates are not quite so numerous as
the superomarginal ; they are almost without exception provided with
one, and in some cases with more than one, spine; these vary a little
in size, but are always much smaller than those on the upper plates.
Adambulacral spinulation diplacanthid, three inner and one outer
being the ordinary arrangement ; the inner are quite small, the outer
of fair size, and not sharp at their tips. The whole of the ventral
surface is spinous, owing to the rich development aud the regular
distribution of the spines which are found on it; there are as many
as six rows in the proximal and three in the distal region ; the spines
would seem to be carried on separate ossicles, and while each ossicle
has one, it may sometimes have two or three large spines, or a
larger number of smaller ones; speaking generally, the larger spines
are the more proximal. Between the spines are found coarse, sepa-
rate granules, and a fair number of sessile bivalved pedicellariz.
In the specimen under description the bases of the ossicles are
particularly thick, except along the lophial line ; a large number of
the pore-areas have the form of an equilateral triangle, and are quite
distinct from one another ; as a rule the best-developed spines of the
dorsal surface are those which are found on the nodes of the reticu-
lations ; between these somewhat smaller ones are not unfrequently
developed; the spines along the lophial line are, on the whole,
rather stouter than the rest, but they are by no means conspicuously
so. There are no prominent spines on the apical portion of the disk ;
and the madreporite is of moderate size and somewhat irregular
shape.
Colour dark brown ; but other specimens are white.
Measurements :—R=186; 7=86; height of disk 116 millim.
Hab. “West Indies;” two small specimens in the Museum
collection are from Fremantle, Australia.
Owing, no doubt, to the great size to which this species attains,
many of the incompletely grown forms have been regarded as repre-
sentatives of distinct species; nor has this, as it seems, been the
only cause of the many names given to it. The O. lapidarius of
Grube is no doubt a remarkable form at first sight, but the ap-
pearance is to be explained by the dried and injured condition of the
specimen.
OREASTER ARMATUS.
Pentaceros ( Nidorellia) armaia, Gray, Ann. N. H. vl.
Oreaster armatus, M. Tr. Syst. Ast. p. 52.
Nidorellia armata, Perrier, Rev. Stell. p. 251.
Nidorellia michelini, Perrier, Rev. Stell. p. 252.
The conception of the limits of a genus vary, of course, con-
siderably, but the close study of this species seems to show that
M. Perrier has elevated into generic what are only specific cha-
60 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE [Feb. 19,
racters. He speaks, for example, of the difference of the form of the
body between N. armata and any species of the genus Oreaster, as
he regards it. But a comparatively insignificant difference in the
R. é ;
value of —- is not even a subgeneric character. The second point of
ji
difference is, in Prof. Perrier’s words, “le peu de saillie des ossicules
dorsaux qui sont 4 peine distinctes,”” but they are, at any rate, just
as clear as they are in O. granulosus, and, indeed, they are much
more so, while there are specimens of 0. gracilis in which the lophial
line is no more distinct. M. Perrier proceeds, ‘Les aires poriféres sont
larges, confluentes et paraissent méme parfois envahir toute l’éten-
due du disque.’ In young specimens the poriferous ares are
much more distinctly marked off than in O. alveolatus ; if there is
any disadvantage to the side of O. armatus with respect to its alveo-
lation, when adult, it is no doubt to be correlated with its better
development of long defensive spines. It is not always the case
that the spines of species of true Oreasters, according to M. Perrier—
take, for example, his own species 0. alveolatus—are always free of
granules at their tip ; we find so many intermediate stages between
a complete investment and an almost complete absence of granules
that this character, again, must not be regarded as having, at the
utmost, more than a specific character.
The species may be defined in the following terms :—
R=1'7r to 2:17. Disk not high, arms very short, interbrachial
angles rounded ; lophial and apical spines very strong, intermediate
spines and spines on marginal plates exceedingly well developed ; _
spines likewise developed on the ventral plates.
Nine plates in the supero- and nine in the inferomarginal series; the
latter all bear spines, which are short in the angles and of a moderate
size near the distal ends of the arms; the three or four spines found
on the distal plates of the superomarginals are much larger; the
superomarginals are greatly elongated from above downwards in the
angles of the arms, where they almost shut off the inferomarginals
from any. share in forming the sides of the arm; further out the
plates become shorter, but the penultimate is very large and convex.
Ambulacral spinulation diplacanthid; three or four fairly de-
veloped spines in the lower, and one much larger in the outer row.
The ventral ossicles covered with rather coarse granules, and each
having, rising from its centre, a blunt stout spine; some large
valvular pedicellarize are developed on these plates; the granules on
the inferomarginals are only a little less coarse than those on the
ventral ossicles, but the greater number of those on the supero-
marginals are much more delicate; pedicellarize are only feebly de-
veloped. With increasing size the boundaries between the poriferous
are become largely obliterated; just at the interradial angles,
however, the ossicles are stouter in older than in younger specimens.
The lophial spines are strong and sharp in the adult; between
them some few spines may become developed ; and in the centre of
the apical region there is a spine as long or nearly as long as the
apical. A few pedicellarive are developed on the dorsal surface, the
1884.] SPECIES OF OREASTER. gl
general granulation of which is rather delicate. In the adult the
shield-shaped madreporic plate is covered with granules.
Colour (in spirit) creamy white or white.
Measurements :—
Mi it A onl. Etat 24 *27 47 *48 84
_ TERRE IR | 16°5 22 23 50
Length of longest spine. 1°5 3 31 6 15
The two specimens whose admeasurements are marked with an
asterisk were determined by M. Perrier as examples of his species
N. michelini ; but there can hardly be any doubt that within the
limits of a millimetre or two differences may always obtain in the
development of defensive spines, and the two species may well be
united.
Hab. W. coast Central America; Sandwich Islands.
OREASTER WESTERMANNI.
Oreaster westermanni, Liitken, Vidensk. Med. 187], p. 264.
“« Dorsum deplanatum fere, brachia longissima, radio stelle majore
minorem triplum quinta parte superante; tesselle marginales
admodum convere, alternantes c. 30; dorsuales, tuberculis |—4
minutis absite, sole (apice brachiorum excepta) ipsum marginem
steHe formant ; aree porifere triangulares, sepe confluentes,
poris numerosissimis ; tubercula numerosissima mediocria obtusa
in nodis trabecularum, in parte centrali stelle et basali brachi-
orum conica vel cylindrica fere, in parte terminali brachiorum
crassiora, convexa, approximata, tessellasque marginales fere
equantia, series quinas in brachiis formant, media c. 30 nume-
rante ; tubercula 5 duplicia paullo modo majora et parum inter
cetera conspicua partem centralem stelle circumdant ; tesselle
ventrales propria tuberculiformes, minute, numerose, propler
granula obtegentia haud conspicue, preter granula singulam
(prope ambulacra duplicem vel triplicem) spinam crassam ob-
tusam gerunt ; papille ambulacrales triseriate, interne none
graciles, cetere crassa, obtuse, terne (rarius bine vel quaterne);
pedicellarie valvulate minute rare prope ambulacra. Hab. ad
oras Bengali.”
OREASTER SUPERBUS.
Oreaster superbus, Mobius, Neue Seesterne, p. 5; Abh. Geb.
Naturw. Hamburg, Bd. iv. Abth. ii.
The figures of Mobius show that this is a really remarkable species,
on account of the knobbed character of its spines, and the ap-
parently restricted size of the poriferous areas.
It would seem that R is about equal to 47; the lophial line
distinguished by the presence of knobbed processes, somewhat
irregularly, but always closely, arranged. Some of the more
proximal superomarginals bear knobbed spines, and the infero-
marginals till about the middle of the arm have two, whereof the
Proc. Zoo. Soc.— 1884, No. VI. 6
§2 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE [Feb. 19,
outer is thicker than the inner. The ventral plates each bear a
spine ; the ambulacral spinulation is triplacanthid. R=200 millim.
Hab. Sumatra.
OREASTER GRACILIS.
Oreaster gracilis, Liitken, Vidensk. Medd. 1871, p. 260.
As there is in the British Museum collection a specimen the
spread of which must exceed the largest of Dr. Liitken’s specimens
by more than 50 millim., it may be convenient to give an account
of it.
R=2:87r. Disk not elevated; arms narrow at their base,
slender in proportion to the disk ; lophial line well marked, but not
projecting ; the apical spines of moderate height, and a smaller
central spine.
About 30 superomarginal and inferomarginal plates ; the greater
number of these are large, and both sets take part in forming the
sides of the arm. In the angles of the arm they are elongated from
above downwards; further out the upper are longest in the direction
of the long axis of the arm, while the lower are squarish. In the
specimen under description the two inferomarginals in the angle
of the arm are always, and the corresponding superomarginals are
sometimes, provided with bluntly conical spinous projections ; incon-
spicuous tubercular projections are developed on a few of the quite
distal superomarginal plates.
Adambulacral spinulation triplacanthid; in the innermost row
ordinarily nine rather delicate spines, of which the median are the
longest: the middle and outer rows have generally two spines each ;
these are stouter than the inner spines, and those of the median are
a little stronger than those of the outer row. The ventral plates
are quite distinct from one another, the covering granulation being
so arranged that each ossicle seems to have its proper investment ;
on the actinal surface of the disk these ossicles seem to have no
definite arrangement ; along the greater part of the arm there runs
but a single row of ossicles between the ambulacrum and the infero-
marginal plates ; these ventral ossicles are all of the same size, and
the larger may be often seen to have pushed their way into the
slight space between two succeeding inferomarginal plates. Fair-
sized pedicellarie are developed on some of the ossicles that lie
nearest to the adambulacral plates.
The marginal plates are very regularly granulated, and appear to be
altogether devoid of pedicellarize. The granulation on the upper
surface is still more delicate; the general appearance of this aspect
of the disk is well stated in the words of Lutken, “ Dorsum disci
regulariter reticulatum, areis poriferis trigonis, nodis trabecularum
tubereuliferis ;” but of this specimen it is hardly correct to add
‘*tuberculis minutis.”
In the face of the fact that this is a larger specimen than either
examined by Dr. Liitken, and that the tubercles at the nodal points
of the reticulating ossicles are, so far as one can judge, better de-
veloved than in his specimens, the question arises as to the extent
1884. ] SPECIES OF OREASTER. 83
to which one may suppose that the spines vary in length and
strength.
The first explanation that one would be led to give would pro-
bably be to some such effect as this. The specimen now under con-
sideration is larger than Dr. Liitken’s specimens because it is better
provided with spines, and has therefore had less difficulty in main-
taining its existence.
On the other hand, we do not and never can know what Dr.
Liitken’s specimens might have accomplished in the way of growth
had they not fallen victims to the zeal of a collector.
All, then, that we can say is, that of known specimens of Oreaster
gracilis the largest has the spines best developed.
This statement does not, of course, exclude the possibility of
smaller specimens being also well provided with spines: if it did it
could never be allowed to pass by one who had gone over the col-
lection in the British Museum. Inasmuch as it tacitly allows that
small specimens may be well provided with spines on the dorsal
aspect of the disk, it raises the next question as to whether that
ditference is one of race, of sex, or of an indefinite variability, not
yet seized upon to the profit of the species. In other words, it
raises questions which are beyond the ken of the cabinet naturalist,
but not questions which cannot be satisfactorily investigated by
those who are fortunate enough, as are some of our Australian
fellow-subjects, to have these creatures living in their own seas.
One will perhaps be pardoned the apparent truism if attention is
directed to the fact that while a systematist measures spines by
millimetres, a Starfish may have them scattered in great abundance
over his whole body—in other words, accurate measurements must
always be used in an intelligent fashion, note being made of the
fact that a difference in length which, when measured by the ruler,
may amount only to 4a millimetre, comes to be a matter of import-
ance to a creature which numbers these spines by hundreds.
In the investigation of the spinulation of Starfishes there is,
surely, a wide field for the study of those mechanical causes with
which the zoologist is concerned.
OREASTER GRAYI, Sp. nov.
Pentaceros nodosa, Gray, Ann. N.H. vi. p. 277 (1841).
As we use Linnzeus’s name nodosus for the species which he no
doubt so first named, we have to find another name for Gray’s species.
The following description is based on a specimen considerably
larger than Gray’s “‘ type,’ which was obtained from Billiton :—
R=2-2r. Disk not high; arms very broad, even at the distal
end; lophial ossicles with large tubercles in the place of more or
less sharp spines; the apical spines not disproportionately large. A
few spines within the apical region.
The superomarginal plates alone form the sides of the arm, they
are about 17 in number; the inferomarginals are more numerous
by one or two; of the former, some of the more distal are provided
6*
84 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE [ Feb. 19,
with rounded tubercles very similar to those which are found on the
lophial line ; there are no spines of any sort on the inferomarginals,
The spines of the adambulacral plates in the dried specimen have
been for the most part lost, as have also the granules on the ventral
plates. In the “type” the inner row has five not particularly
delicate spines ; those of the next row form a pretty stout pair, and
outside these there is a set of smaller and more irregularly disposed
spines. The ventral plates, which are distinct from one another, are
covered by large granules, among which may be discerned a fair
number of valvular pedicellarize of various sizes.
On comparing the smaller and the larger specimen (which give:
respectively the following admeasurements—R=52, 76; r= 23, 31;
breadth of arm at base 23°5, 36:5) we see that the leading differences
between them are—(1) the smaller sometimes has spines on the
inferomarginal plates, which themselves take some share in forming
the sides of the arms; (2) the number of marginal plates is smaller; -
and (3) nearly all the superomarginals carry nodose spines or
tubercles.
We have therefore in this species a growth-character which differs
from that which ordinarily obtains in this genus ; but it is one which
can be explained by reference to the small size and rare distribution
of the poriferous areze, coupled with the considerable size and re-
sisting power of the ossicles of which the skeleton is here composed.
OREASTER ORIENTALIS.
Oreaster orientalis, M. Tr. p. 128.
Three dried specimens of this species, the first representatives of it
in the British Museum, have recently been acquired from the Chinese
Court in the Jate Fisheries Exhibition, and I am able therefore to
give an independent description of a species which has never been
mentioned siuce the time of Miller and ‘Troschel.
A triplacanthid form, with a hig’: disk and the general habit of
O. reticulatus, but with dorsal spines much less well developed and
ventral spines altogether absent.
R=:5 7. Disk elevated; arms narrow at their base, slender in
portion to the disk. Lophial line well marked, but spines not long ;
apical spines prominent, a few short spines within the apical region.
From about 20 to 25 marginal plates, the boundaries between
which are not always as well marked as in most species of the
genus ; both sets take part in forming the sides of the arm ; in the
angles of the arm both sets bear spines, rather short and sharp ;
further out the spines.are smaller and less regularly developed ; they
are, however, absent from the upper, and generally present on the
distal lower plates. Adambulacral spinulation triplacanthid ; eight
(nine testibus Miiller & Troschel) delicate short spines in the inner-
most row, each set separated by a foreipiform pedicellaria ; five much
stouter in the middle, and two to four in the outermost row. With
advance in size the boundaries between the ventral plates become
obscured ; the granules are closely packed and large, but always
remain flat, and never become produced into spinous processes ;
1884. ] SPECIES OF OREASTER, 85
valvular pedicellarize are, on the other hand, pretty numerous, and
are especially rich along the sides of the ambulacra. The marginal
plates are very regularly granulated, and small valvular pedicellarize
are not unfrequently developed. The granulation on the upper
surface is more delicate. Tbe pore-arez are very regular, triangular,
and of moderate size ; at the nodal points spines or spinous tubercles
are always developed ; and we have here one of the rare cases of
the development of dorsal without ventral spines.
Colour (dry) more or less white.
Measurements :
LOH SE Tn cr ee leis" 115 110
Pate ee eee Re ech ee a 42
Greatest breadth of arm.... 39 24 25
Hab. China (Swatow).
OREASTER TROSCHELI, Sp. nov.
A triplacanthid form, most nearly allied to O. orientalis, but dis-
tinguished from it by the following characters :—There are not more
than three spines in the second row of adambulacral spines on each
plate; the spines are, as a rule, developed only on the distal mar-
ginal plates, and those that do not carry spines bear a number of
valvular pedicellarize.
R=3r. Disk not elevated ; arms distinct, not wide at their base,
and tapering very gradually. A median dorsal row of fairly well-
developed spines ; the five apical spines very strong ; most of the
angles of the poriferous arez on the disk are provided with spines ;
there are no spines on the ventral plates.
About 25 superomarginal and 27 inferomarginal plates ; the latter
are confined to the abactinal aspect, save at the end of the arm.
The superomarginals are very high in the angles, but are shorter
along the sides of the arms; in exceptional cases a spine or two
may be developed on them in the proximal, but, as a rule, they
are confined to the distal half of the arm. They are often well
developed sharp processes. Owing to the position of the terminal
superomarginals, the two last spines are set quite on the abactinal
surface, The spines on the inferomarginals are rare and small;
but these, as well as the non-spinose superomarginals, are richly
provided with pedicellarize.
Adambulacral spines in three rows ; the innermost delicate, short,
about ten in number; in the middle row there are two or three stout
spines, and in the outermost two or three, not quite so regularly
developed as the rest. The immediate buccal armature is formed by
the elongation and strengthening of the spines of the lowest row.
The ventral ossicles are fairly distinct from one another, and are very
richly provided with pedicellariee. A considerable number of pedi-
cellarize are likewise developed on the abactinal aspect of the disk and
arms ; like all those in this species, they are sessile and valvular,
The pore-arez are large and numerous, so that the reticulation of
' Shrunk in dying,
86 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE [Feb. 19,
the dorsal ossicles is very well marked ; three rows of pore-arew
extend along the greater part of each side of the arm. Madreporic
body rather obscure, small, irregularly oval, surrounded by an im-
pressed line. Granules cover all the plates, are small and regular,
save on the ventral plates, where they are larger and more irregular.
Colour (in alcohol) yellowish white.
R=140 millim.; r=47 millim.
Hab. Billiton.
I have dedicated this species to the memory of the late Professor
Troschel, who, with Johannes Miiller, was the author of the ‘ System
der Asteriden.’
OREASTER MUELLERI, Sp. Nov.
A triplacanthid form allied to O. orientalis, but distinguished from
it by the following characters :—There are only two or three, and not
as many as five, spines in the second adambulacral row ; nearly all
the marginal plates, whether superior or inferior, carry spines; the
pedicellarize on the ventral plates are not numerous.
R=2°5 rv. Disk rather high; arms rather wide at their base, and
stout for all their distance ; spines at the sides half or more than half
as high as those of the median row, the apical spines well developed.
Spines richly developed on the disk. No spines on the ventral plates.
About twenty marginal plates in either series, the lower com-
pletely confined to the abactinal aspect, save just at the end of the
arm. The superomarginals considerably excavated superiorly, so
that their upper edge is triangular; the spines on the upper are
more prominent than those on the lower plates, and are developed on
nearly all; those on the inferomarginals are occasionally double.
There are no pedicellarize on the marginal plates.
Adambulacral spines in three rows ; in the innermost eight delicate
spines, of which the outer in each set are remarkably small ; each set
is separated from its neighbour by a forcipiform pedicellaria; in the
middle row two, sometimes three, much stouter spines ; in the outer-
most row two or three, not quite as stout ; these spines decrease in
number on the distal plates. The immediate buccal armature
appears to be formed by the elongation of the spines of the luwest
row. The veritral plates are best distinguished from one another
by the large size of some of the tubercles on each plate; of these
there may be four or more, which may form a rosette. A fairly
large number of valvular pedicellarize are developed, especially in the
neighbourhood of the ambulacra.
The pore-areze are large and numerous, when of a definite form
triangular, but at the sides of the arm the reticulation of the skeleton
is not as distinct as it is on the disk.
Madreporic body irregular in form. Granules unequal, forming a
mosaic, never reaching to the tips of the spines. Pedicellarize on the
dorsal surface small, foreipiform.
Colour (in aleohol) creamy white.
R=98 ; r=38; breadth of arm at base 34.
Hab. Billiton.
1884. | SPECIES OF OREASTER. 87
OREASTER.
Species incertae.
From the island of Mauritius (through M. de Robillard) came two
specimens of a brick-red colour, which have at first sight a very
close resemblance to O. reticulatus ; further investigation, however,
not only shows that the species are distinct from that form (though
neither of them are O. afinis), but also, and this is the curious point,
striking as is their general resemblance to one another, they do not
belong to the same species.
_. Species «.—Adambulacral spinulation triplacanthid, the spines in
the middle row remarkably strong, two on each plate ; supero-
marginal plates about 16, but only the distal plates with well-
tleveloped spines ; spines developed on the rather more numerous
inferomarginals, without any marked irregularity, but they are
never so long, or so strong, or so sharp as in O. reticulatus. Granules
on the ventral plates coarse and large, sometimes, but rarely, forming
short spines. Dorsal surface and general form not unlike that of
O. reticulatus.
Species 3.—Adambulacral spinulation diplacanthid, and always
two outer spines for each plate: about 16 superomarginal and
inferomarginal plates; the latter with fairly developed spines in the
angles of the arm; the former occasionally with small spines at the
angles, but with spines only well developed quite at the distal end.
The numerous spines developed among the granules of the ventral
plates are not so strong, and are far less regularly arranged than in
O. reticulatus.
Complete accounts of these two species must be based on fuller
material, and especially on specimens preserved in spirit. In addition
to these two species there is yet another from Mauritius, which is
represented by two badly preserved specimens ; this third species,
which likewise appears to be new, has the general form of QO.
lincki, but has lateral rows of spines not unlike those that are found
in O. dorsatus.
Just as I had come to the conclusion to issue the incomplete
notices of these apparently new species, I received a copy of the
first part of the ‘Catalogue Raisonnée’ ’, which I owe to the kindness
of its accomplished author. In the second part of that essay, soon
no doubt to be published, we shall probably obtain some more in-
formation as to these forms.
OREASTER CARINATUS.
Oreaster carinatus, M. Tr. p. 49.
A diplacanthid form with a well-marked lophial ridge and tubercles
on both series of marginal plates and on the ventral plates ; it seems
to stand nearest O. productus (n. sp.), but our information with
regard to it is very slight.
l « Catal, Raison. des Echinodermes recueillis par M. V. de Robillard a Vile
Maurice,” par P. de Loriol (Mém. Soc. Phys, Genéye, xxviii. no. 8).
88 M. F. LATASTE ON A [Feb. 19,
2. Description d’une espéce nouvelle de Gerbilline d’ Arabie
(Meriones longifrons). Par Fernanp Larasre, C.M.Z.8.
[Received February 8, 1884.]
(Plates VI. & VII.)
I. INTRODUCTION.
En 1882, vingt-quatre individus vivants de cette espéce, recueillis
& Djeddah (Arabie), ont été envoyés, par M. le lieutenant Paget,
au Jardin de la Société Zoologique de Londres, ot ils vivent et se
reproduisent depuis lors. J’en ai obtenu un premier couple le
5 juillet 1883, et six autres sujets (4 d et 2 2) le 15 novembre de
la méme année; et, comme ils se sont multipliés chez moi, j'ai
eu plus de matériaux qu'il n’était nécessaire pour entreprendre
étude systématique de leur espéce.
Celle-ci, au Jardin Zoologique, a été inscrite jusqu’a ce jour sous
le nom de Gerbillus erythrurus Gray'. Ses caractéres profonds, bien
plus que son facies extérieur, la placent en effet trés-pres d’erythrurus ;
mais, comme il ressort de l’étude comparative 4 laguelle je me suis
livré et dont les résultats sont consignés ici, elle en est distincte.
Ne pouvant l’identifier & aucune des espéces qui ont été décrites
jusqu’a ce jour, je la désignerai sous le nom nouveau de Meriones
longifrons’.
II. PLAce DE L’ESPECE.
Avant de la décrire, je rappellerai que les deux noms génériques de
Gerbillus Desmarest et Meriones Llliger ne peuvent plus étre con-
sidérés comme synonymes*. Ils s’appliquent 4 deux genres différents,
ayant pour types, le premier Dipus gerbillus Olivier, le deuxieme
Mus tamaricinus Pallas, et caracterisés, le premier par des molaires
tuberculeuses a l’origine et A lobes rétrécis au milieu quand lusure a
effacé les tubercules, le deuxiéme par des molaires lamelleuses dés
la naissance et 4 lobes losangiques dilatés au milieu. Le sous-genre
T'atera Lataste, dont Dipus indicus Hardwicke est le type, établit
le passage d’un genre A l’autre. Ses molaires, quand elles sont trés-
usées, et c’est ainsi qu’elles ont été figurées par Fr. Cuvier (Trans.
Zool. Soe. 1841, ii. pl. 25. figs. 18 & 19) et par Blanford (Eastern
Persia, 1870, ii. p. 63, fig. 3), différent a peine de celles des Meriones ;
mais, quand elles sont jeunes, sans étre aussi franchement tubercu-
leuses, elles se rapprochent beaucoup de celles des autres Gerbillus.
1 Ann, Nat. Hist, 1842, x. p. 266.—J’ai recueilli cette espéece en Algérie. Je
Yai d’abord décrite sous le nom de getulus (‘Le Naturaliste,’ 1% juin 1882,
p- 83); puis, ayant obtenu, du British Museum, un sujet derythrurus Gray,
jai reconnu J’identité spécifique des deux formes et relégué le nom de getulus
Lat. dans la synonymie de celui d’erythrurus Gray (‘Le Naturaliste,’ le’ juin
1882, p. 83, et 15 aotit 1882. p. 127).
2 Longifrons, & cause de ses os frontaux allongés et rétrécis par rapport a ceux
de M, erythrurus.
8 Voir ‘ Le Naturaliste,’ 15 aotit 1882, p. 127.
“SNOYMIONOT SHNOIYAWN ,
> Yq Pug ()
884 .P1.Vil
BZ8
Hanhart imp
J.Smit ith .
MERIONES SHAWI,°.
1884.] NEW SPECIES OF GERBILLE. &Y
Chacun de ces deux genres comprend plusieurs sous-genres. J’en
ai admis trois dans le genre Meriones: Rhombomys Wagner, dont
chaque incisive est parcourue par deux sillons longitudinaux, et qui
a pour type Meriones opimus Lichtenstein ; Meriones, dont les
incisives n’ont qu’un seul sillon longitudinal et dont le pied ne
présente d’autres tubercules que les 4 sous-articulaires des orteils ; et
Psammomys Cretschmar, dont les incisives sont lisses, dont le tarse
est pourvu d’un tubercule arrondi, et qui a pour type Psammomys
obesus Riippell.
Les espéces erythrurus et longifrons appartiennent au genre et au
sous-genre Meriones.
III. Descrirrion.
Comme je l’ai dit plus haut, Meriones longifrons est, par ses
caractéres importants, c. a. d. par la structure de son crane, trés-
voisin de M. erythrurus; mais, par ses caractéres extérieurs, il
ressemble bien davantage 4 M. shawi Duvernoy'; il lui ressemble
tellement, qu’il est difficile, méme a un ceil exercé, de distinguer, a
I’état vivant, des jeunes de méme taille de ces deux espéces. C’est
done par rapport & M. shawi et & M. erythrurus que je vais décrire
la nouvelle espeéce.
Si, dans cette étude, je ne me sers que d’un petit nombre de sujets
de chaque espéce, cela tient uniquement a ce que les beaucoup plus
nombreux individus de chacune d’elles que j’ai eus entre les mains
m’ayant paru fort semblables les uns aux autres, j’ai jugé inutile d’en
sacrifier ou d’en conserver en collection un plus grand nombre.
Voici d’ailleurs la liste de ceux qui m’ont servi:
M. SHAWI.
En alcool :
No. 2370. ¢ adulte; né 4 Bordeaux fin sept. 1883, sacrifié le
12 déc. méme année, Agé de 24 mois; petit-fils de ¢ tunisien et de
@ algérienne, ses parents nés a Paris, chez moi.
No. 2384. 2 jeune; née & Bordeaux, des mémes parents, du | au
3 nov., sacrifiée le 18 déc. 1883, agée de 1z mois.
En peaux:
No. 1805. ¢ trés-adulte; obtenu vivant du Muséum de Paris,
sacrifié le 10 avril 1882; d’origine algérienne.
No. 2295. ¢ trés-adulte; né & Paris, chez moi, le 5 déc. 1882,
sacrifié le 7 nov. 1883, agé de 11 mois ; fils de ¢ tunisien et de
Q algérienne.
No. 2297. @ trés-adulte; sceur du précedent, née et sacrifiée aux
mémes dates.
No. 1949. Trés-jeune ¢, né & Génes, de parents tunisiens; ob-
tenu vivant de M. le Marquis G. Doria.
Squelettes :
No. 1806. Méme sujet que no. 1805.
1 ‘Notes et renseignements sur les animaux vertébrés de Algérie,’ p. 22 e¢
suév., et pl. i. et ii, Voir aussi * Le Naturaliste,’ 15 juillet 1882, p. 107.
90 M. F. LATASTE ON A [ Feb. 19,
No. 2294. Méme sujet que no. 2290.
No. 2296. Méme sujet que no. 2297.
No. 1941. ¢ trés-adulte; Tunis; obtenu en alcool de M. le
Marquis G. Doria.
No. 1939. Jeune ¢ ; méme provenance.
M. LONGIFRONS.
- En alcool :
No. 2371. @ adulte; née & Paris, chez moi, le 27 aott 1883,
sacrifiée le 12 décembre de la méme année, Agée de 34 mois; a été
mére le 10 novembre et a élevé sa portée ; parents, originaires de
Djeddah, obtenus du Jardin Zoologique de Londres.
No. 2385. Jeune 9; née a Paris, chez moi, le 7 nov., sacrifiée le
18 déc. 1883, agée de 41 jours; méme provenance. _
En peaux :
No. 2304. o adulte, né a Paris le 27 juillet, sacrifié le 11 nov.
1883, agé de 34 mois; deux fois pére ; méme provenance.
No. 2369. Jeune ¢, né 4 Paris le 7 nov., sacrifié le 13 déc. 1883,
agé de 33 jours.
Squelettes :
No. 2246. ¢ bien adulte, recu vivant, le 5 juillet i853, du Jardin
Zoologique de Londres.
No. 2303. Méme sujet que le no. 2304.
No. 2356. Q trés-adulte; regue le 5 juillet, du Jardin Zoologique
de Londres ; sacrifiée le 29 nov. 1883, apres avoir élevé trois portées.
M. ERYTHRURUS.
En alcool :
No. 1943. ¢ ; Téhéran (Perse); recueilli et donné par M. le
Marquis G. Doria.
En peaux:
No. 1561 (getulus Lat.). 9 adulte; Tilremt (entre Berrian et
Laghouat, Sahara algérien); contenait 6 foetus dans ses utérus.
No. 1915. Afghanistan ; recueilli par le Cap. Hutton; obtenu du
British Museum,
Squelettes :
No. 1560. Méme sujet que no. 1561.
No. 1922. Méme sujet que no. 1915.
No. 1557 (getulus Lat.). Chotts tunisiens (expédition Roudaire).
Je vais procéder successivement 4 la comparaison des sujets en
alcool, des sujets en peaux et des squelettes.
|
|
|
1854. | NEW SPECIES OF GERBILLE. 91
A. Sujets en Alcool.
a. Dimensions comparatives des trois espéces (en millimetres).
|
M. longi-| . | .|M. longi| M. ery-
pete M. shawi. M. shawi.| ron thirds,
Numéros d’ordre............-.++++ | 2385 | 23884 2370 2371 1943
Long. du corps (téte et tronc)..| 84 110 134 112 118
Long. de la queue avec ses poils) 90 102 130 128 150
Long. de la queue nue............ ees 97 123 115 130
Long. de Ja téte ...........-...--- 32 37 42 39 40
Hauteur max. de _ Joreille
(mesurée du coté convexe) ...| 10 | 12 145 125 11
Distance du coin postérieur de
Veil au bord antérieur de |
Gra Gin eavw -aeeesast-sroseeteonre | Bi | A 6 7 Sel, |
. Distance du coin antérieur de} | |
lceil au bout du museau ...... Pea oh LGD 20 17:5 17°5 |
Longueur de la jambe ........- pees 33 42 36 40
Longueur du pied (ongles com-
[Oa G) Rascereeeseesnieecebee caeere sage | 27 dl 35 80 | 869
b. M. longifrons comparé a M. shawi.—D’une facon générale, shawi
est plus volumineux et d’apparence plus massive, longifrons plus petit
et plus dégageé.
La queue de shawi est plus courte, celle de Jongifrons plus longue
que le corps; Voreille du premier est un peu plus longue que le tiers
de la téte, plus oblongue, plus rapprochée de l’eeil; celle du deuxiéme
est plus courte que le tiers de la téte, plus élargie au dessus de sa
base, plus écartée de l’ceil.
La disposition des couleurs est la méme chez les deux espéces ;
seulement la teinte des faces supérieures est plus grise et plus pale
chez longifrons.
Le pied de /ongifrons est d’un demi centimétre plus court qne celui
de shawi; en outre le partie glabre du tarse est plus étendue et blanche
chez le premier, plus réduite et brune chez le dernier.
Tous ces caractéres suffisent 4 faire distinguer stirement les sujets
adultes de l'une ou l’autre espéce; mais pour les jeunes, dont le
corps, la queue, les oreilles, le pied n’ont pas encore atteint leurs
dimensions définitives et caractéristiques, dont la robe est assez sem-
blable et dont le tarse a la méme apparence, il sera nécessaire d’ex-
traire et d’examiner leurs cranes pour les déterminer avec certitude.
J’ai trouvé, entre les deux espéces, dans la disposition de plis
palatins, une petite différence “que je signale ici, sans y attacher
d’ailleurs une grande importance.
M. longifrons.—3 prémolaires continus, un peu concaves en
arrire, presque transversaux ; le premier prolongé en avant en une
forte saillie longitudinale. 5 paires d’intermolaires, d’ordinaire tous
trés-nets (nos. 2246 et 2303), parfois la 4™° paire effacce (2316) ;
ceux des 4 1"e’ paires concaves et inclinés en arriére, ceux de la
jme presque transversaux; la 1'° paire commengant extérieurement
92 M. F, LATASTE ON A [Feb 19,
un peu en avant de la 1'¢ molaire, la 5™* paire en face de la 2™°
(2316) ou de la 3™e¢ (2246 et 2303) saillie de la 2™¢ molaire.
Surface postérieure lisse du palais limitée, au niveau de la derniére
molaire, par une ligne trausversale presque droite, un peu concave en
arricre, avec un petit prolongement médian anguleux en avant.
M. shawi._-De méme 3 prémolaires et 5 paires d’intermolaires ;
mais ceux de la 5™ paire relevés en avant (nos. 1937, 1939, 1945
et 1949). Une fois (no. 1941), j’ai observé un 6™ pli supplémen-
taire, entre le 4™° et le 5™e du cété gauche,
c. M. longifrons comparé a M. erythrurus.—Ici la distinction est
facile. Le pied d’erythrurus est aussi long et gros que celui de
shawi, différant, sous ce rapport, autant que ce dernicr, de celui de
longifrons; et nous trouverions d’autres différences, a la vérité plus
délicates, dans les proportions du corps, de la queue et de Voreille;
mais, pour distinguer les deux espéces, nous n’avons méme pas besoin
de recourir au compas ; il nous suffit de consparer leurs robes.
Les faces supérieures W’erythrurus sont jaune rougeatres nuagées
de brun, celles de /ongifrons son gris roussatre pale et relativement
uniformes ; les pieds et les faces inférieures d’erythrurus sont jaune
roussatres ou tout au moins blanc jaunatres, les mémes parties de
longifrons sont du blanc le plus pur; les taches claires susoculaires
et postauriculaires d’erythurus sont effacées, celles de longifrons
grandes et vives; le poil blanc des faces in/érieures d’erythrurus est
ardoisé & la base, celui de Jongifrons est blanc dans toute sa lon-
gueur; les ongles et la peau des pieds d’erythrurus sont bruns,
ceux de dongifrons sont blancs ou seulement colorés par le sang; la
queue d’erythrurus est hérissée de poils raides comme des soies et
longs, celle de /ongifrons est revétue de poils fins et courts qui
laissent voir sa fine écaillure ; enfin la queue d’erythrurus est @un
roux rouge, tranchant avec la couleur beaucoup moins vive et plus
brune du dos, celle de longifrons est sensiblement de méme nuance
que le dos ; enfin la touffe terminale brune est beaucoup plus longue
et serrée chez erythrurus.
Méme la variété des sables', plus claire et & ventre blanc, d’ery-
thrurus, se distinguera toujours aisément de /ongifrons, a son pied
plus grand revétu d’une peau brune et armé d’ongles bruns, aux
poils de ses flancs et de sa poitrine ardoisés 4 la base, et a sa queue
garnie de poils plus longs, plus raides, plus serrés et plus vivement
colorée.
Les plis du palais de M. erythrurus (no. 1943) sont, comme chez
les deux espéces précédentes, au nombre de 3 prémolaires et de
5 paires d’intermolaires; et ceux de la 5° paire sont, comme chez
M. shawi, relevés en avant. La limite de Ja surface postérieure lisse
du palais, presque directement transversale dans son ensemble, n’en
présente pas moins trois concavités trés-ouvertes et tournées, la
médiane en avant, les deux latérales en avant et un peu en dehors.
1 «Le Naturaliste,’ doc, ct?
1834. | NEW SPECIES OF GERBILLE. 93
B. Sujets en peauax.
La plupart des différences qui distinguent les peaux des trois
espdces sont les mémnes que j’ai déja notées sur les sujets en alcool :
a. M. longifrons comparé i M. shawi.—l. Différence de taille, me-
surée par le pied. Le pied des trois shawi adultes (nos. 1805, 2295,
et 2297) a la méme longueur, 36 millim., tandis que celui de longifrons
adulte n’a que 31 millim., soit, comme pour les sujets en alcool,
un demi centimetre de différence. Le pied d’un trés-jeune shawi
(no. 1949) mesure 30 millim., et celui d’un trés-jeune longifrons (no.
2369), seulement 25 millim.
2. Le tarse de longifrons est, en dessous, bien moins velu que
celui de shawi; la partie glabre est plus étendue, et, ailleurs, les
poils sont plus rares et plus courts.
3. La peau nue du tarse est blanche chez longifrons, brune chez
shawi.
4. Dans le pied de longifrons il n’y a que des poils blancs; il y a
des poils jaunes dans celui de shawi.
5. Les poils du bas des flancs sont entitrement blancs chez longi-
frous ; ils sont ardoisés a la base chez shawi.
6. Le poil de Vintérieur de Voreille est exclusivement blane chez
longifrons ; il y a des poils roux dans Voreille de shawi.
7. La couleur du dos est gris roux pale chez Jongifrons, roux
brune chez shawi.
Il n’est pas possible d’apprécier, sur des peaux, les différences de
proportions des oreilles et de la queue.
b. M.longifrons comparé a M. erythrurus.—1. Différence de taille,
appréciable par le pied. MM. erythrurus a le pied de méme longueur
que shawi (erythrurus: no. 1561, 35 millim. ; no. 1915, 36 millim.),
et bien plus grand que longifrons.
2. Les pieds d’erythrurus, au moins aussi velus que ceux de
shawi, le sont bien moins que ceux de longifrons.
3. La peau des pieds et les ongles d’erythrurus sont bruns, ceux
de /ongifrons blanes ou seulement colorés par le sang.
4. Les poils du pied d’erythrurus ont une teinte rousse ou jaune
sale, déja trés-apparente en dessus, encore plus prononcée en dessous ;
ceux de longifrons sont parfaitement blancs.
5. Chez erythrurus, non seulement les poils des flancs et du ventre
sont ardoisés & la base, mais (sauf chez la variété des sables) leur
couleur en masse est jaune ou jaunitre sale, et la teinte foncée des
faces supérieures passe graduellement a la teinte plus claire du dessous :
chez longifrons, les poils des faces inférieures sont entiérement blancs,
et celles-ci sont d’un blane pur et nettement limitées sur les flancs,
6. Le poil de l’intérieur de l’oreille est exclusivement jaune chez
erythrurus, exclusivement blane chez longifrons.
7. M. erythrurus a, sur le dos, plus de brun que shawz, et, chez lui,
les taches brunes contrastent davantage avec le fond roux jaunatre de
la robe: le dos de longifrons est gris roux pile et relativement
uniforme,
8. La queue d’erythrurus est d’un roux rouge, contrastant avec
94 M. F. LATASTE ON A [Feb. 19,
la teinte relativement obscure du dos: le dos et la queue de longi-
Srons ont la méme nuance isabelle.
9. La queue d’erythrurus est trés-velue, et son écaillure est
entiérement masquée par les poils gros, longs et serrés: les poils de
la queue de longifrons sont relativement courts, fins et rares, et ne
Fig. 2. Crane d'un autre WM. shawi (no. 2294) en dessus.
Fig. 3. Le méme en dessous.
masquent pas son é€caillure. Cette différence dans l’abondance, la
rudesse et la longueur de poil est plus sensible encore a l’extrémité
de cet organe.
1884.] NEW SPECIES OF GERBILLE. 95
C. Squelettes.
a. M. longifrons comparé 4 M. shawi.—Les cranes de ces deux
especés différent trop pour qu’il soit utile d’en serrer la compa-
raison. Voici quelques caractéres qui suffiront & les faire toujours
distinguer :—
Chez shawi, la plus grande longueur des bulles auditives est
inférieure 4 la longueur des os nasaux ; ces organes ne sont pas
renflés dans la région antéro-supérieure du conduit anditif, et ils ne
dépassent pas l’occipital en arriére; les arcades zygomatiques sont
trés-massives et relativement écartées ; les crétes pariétales et pariéto-
occipitales sont trés-saillantes. Chez longifrons, les bulles sont plus
longues que les os nasaux, renflées en avant et au-dessus du con-
duit auditif et bien saillantes en arriére de l’occipital; les arcades
sont médiocrement massives et relativement rapprochées, les crétes
fines.
Je dois faire remarquer ici que tous les shawi n’ont pas le crane
aussi court et large que les deux sujets algériens, ¢ et Q (celle-ci,
nos. 1828 et 1829 de ma collection, actuellement au British
Museum; Yautre, nos. 1805 et 1806), qui m’ont servi & décrire
lespéce'. Ceux-ci étaient exceptionnels sous ce rapport. Les
cranes des sujets tunisiens que j’ai recus de M. le Marquis Doria, et
ceux des métis que j’ai obtenus d’un ¢ tunisien et d’une Q algé-
rienne, ont des proportions plus semblables a celles des autres cranes
de Meriones. Chez eux, l’écartement des arcades zygomatiques
n’est plus supérieur & la distance qui sépare le bord postérieur des
os nasaux de la limite postérieure de l’occipital ; mais les os nasaux
sont toujours beaucoup plus longs que les bulles, et celles-ci restent
relativement petites et triangulaires, les arcades lourdes et massives,
les crétes saillantes: caractéres qui permettent de distinguer, aa
premier coup d’ceil, cette espéce de toutes celles que j’ai eues entre
les mains. Du reste voici quelques mesures, en millimétres, prises
sur cing cranes de shawi:
Adultes. || Jeune.
Numéros ordre .......esccceeeecceee ....| 1806 | 1941 | 2294 | 2296 |} 1939
Longueur du crane (depuis le bord anté- ;
rieur des 08 NASAUX) ....se.eeeeeeeee ee ees 42 44:5) 44 44:5|| 37
Longueur des ¢s nasaux .........00.0.e0eee 17 175} 175| 17 14
Distance de lune 4 autre arcade (me-
surée extérieurement).............4- Pee ral 2008), 25 26 25 21
Diamétre maximum de la bulle ......... 14 15°5)), 16 15°5)|| 14:5
b. M. longifrons comparé a M. erythrurus.—Comme je l’ai déja
dit, les cranes de ces deux espéces sont trés-voisins. Ils ne le sont
' «Le Naturaliste,’ 15 juillet 1882, p. 107.
96 M. F. LATASTE ON A [Feb. 19,
Fig. 4.
Fig. 4. Crane de M. erythrurus (no. 1557) en dessus,
Fig. 5. Le méme en dessous.
Fig. 6. Fig. 9.
Fig. 6. Crane de M. erythrurus (no. 1557) de profil.
Fig. 9, Crane de M. longifrons (no, 2246) de profil.
Fig. 7. Crane de M. longifrons (no. 2246) en dessus.
Fig. 8. Le méme en dessous.
1884. ] NEW SPECIES OF GERBILLE. 97
pourtant pas davantage que ceux des Dipodillus campestris Levail-
lant et simoni Lataste, espéces d’ailleurs parfaitement distinctes ; et
ils le sont certainement moins que ceux des Microtus Schranck
(Arvicola auctorum), arvalis Pallas et subterraneus Sélys, espéces
qui appartiennent 4 deux sous-genres différents, et qu’il est, dans
certains cas, absolument impossible de distinguer a l’aide du crane
seul!; je crois, en effet, avoir trouvé des caractéres qui permettront
toujours de séparer les cranes de Meriones longifrons de ceux de
M. erythrurus.
Les cranes des deux espéces ont la méme forme générale; ils sont,
Yun et l’autre, remarquables par le grand développement des bulles
et le ballonnement du conduit auditif; mais ces deux particularités
sont plus accentuées chez erythrurus.
Si l’on regarde les bulles par dessous, leur contour horizontal
commun, en ayant des conduits auditifs, figure un are de cercle con-
tinu chez longifrons, deux arcs latéraux raccordés par une longue
ligne droite transversale chez erythrurus, cette différence tient A ce
que les bulles du premier s’attenuent davantage vers leur extrémité
antérieure. Le conduit auditif est sensiblement moins renflé en
avant chez longifrons ; Parcade zygomatique ne le touche pas, tandis
qu’elle s’appuie sur lui chez erythrurus. Le renflement du conduit
auditif se raccorde au restant de la bulle, en avant, par une dépression,
étroite et relativement profonde chez longifrons, largement ouverte
chez erythrurus. La partie triangulaire de la bulle qui se montre
entre les branches du temporal et de occipital est arrondie, 4 peu
rés aussi haute que longue chez longifrons, trés-sensiblement
allongée d’avant en arriére chez erythrurus. Mais le caractére dis-
tinctif le plus net est fourni par la portion frontale du crane, plus
allongée et plus rétrécie en avant chez longifrons: la largeur
mininum de cette région (mesurée en arriere des saillies lacrymales)
est contenue deux fois chez longifrons, seulement une fois et demie
chez erythrurus, dans sa longueur (mesurée le long de la suture
interfrontale).
Voici quelques mesures fournies par des cranes de l'une et l’autre
espéce :
longifrons. erythrurus,
Numéros Wordre..s..ssseeseeeeeses | 2246 | 2803 | 2356 | 1557 | 1560 | 1922
Longueur du crane (depuis le bord!
antérieur des os nasaux) ...... 37 37°5| 36 | 41:5 | 405] 3885
Longueur des os nasaux ............ 13 13 13 || 15 15 15
Longueur de lasuture interfrontale; 12 12 12 jj 11:25) 10 10°5
Largeur du front en arriére des
saillies lacrymales ......:.......) 55! 55] 5:5] 7:25) 75] 7
Diamétre maximum de la bulle...| 16 165/ 15 18 17 16
' Voyez Humphrey P. Blackmore and Edw. R. Alston, ‘On Fossil Arvi-
colide,” P.Z, 8. 1874, p. 460.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. VII. 7
98 M. F. LATASTE ON A [Feb. 19,
Chez longifrons (no. 22416), la jambe est plus grande que le pied,
le pied que le bassin; la cuisse est presque égale au bassin. Chez
erythrurus (no. 1557), la jambe est plus grande que le pied, le pied
4 peine plus grand que le bassin; le bassin est plus grand que la
cuisse.
IV. DiaGnoses.
a. Mreriones sHAwi. (Plate VI.)
Meriones, supra lete rufo-fuscus, subtus albus, pilis laterum basi
cinereis ; cauda corpore paulo minore, preter floccum colore
dorsi, haud hirsuta; auricula vix tertiam partem capitis longt-
tudine superante, pilis albis rufisque intus munita; longitudine
pedis (cum unguibus) 35-36 millim.; tarso more villoso, pilis
albis rufisque, area glabra fusca.
Bulla ossea longitudine maxima minore quam os nasale, pone
haud prominente ; antero-superiore parte ductus auris haud
inflata ; arcu zygomatico valde crasso, dilatato, a bullis distante ;
cranii cristis fortioribus.
b. MERIONES LONGIFRONS, sp. n. (Plate VII.)
Meriones, supra pallide griseo-rufus, subtus, pilis totis albis, niveus ;
cauda corpore vix longiore, preter floccum colore dorsi, haud
hirsuta; auricula fere tertiam partem capitis longitudine
e@quante, pilis tantum albis intus munita; longitudine pedis
(cum unguibus) 30-31 millim., tarso parum breviterque villoso,
pilis tantum albis, area glabra mazima, haud fuscata.
Bulla ossea valde longiore quam nasale, pone valde prominente ;
ductu auris ante et supra inflato; arcu zygomatico mediocri,
ductum auris haud attingens ; cranii cristis tenuibus ; frontis
longitudine bis latitudinem minimam equante.
c. MERIONES ERYTHRURUS Gray.
Meriones, supra rufo-flavo fuscoque nebulose mixtis, subtus sordide
rufescente vel flavescente albus, pilis laterum basi cinereis ; cauda
corpore longiore, rutilo-rufa, hirsuta; auricula tertia parte
capitis longitudine minore, pilis tantum rufis intus munita ; longi-
tudine pedis (cum unguibus) 35-36°5 millim. ; tarso more villoso,
pilis sordide rufis vel flavis, area glabra unguibusque fuscis.
Bulla ossea valde longiore quam ossum nasale, pone valde promi-
nente; ductu auris ante et supra inflato; arcu zygomatico
mediocri, ductui auris admoto; cranii cristis tenuibus ; frontis
longitudine vie sesquialterum latitudinis minime equante.
V. OBSERVATION.
Meriones crassus Sundevall' est certainement trés-voisin de
M. longifrons et de M. erythrurus; il a un crane construit sur le
1 K. Vet, Ak. Hand. Ixiii. p. 234 (1842), pl. ii. fig. 4 (skull).
1884.] NEW SPECIES OF GERBILLE, 99
méme type que le leur, et remarquable par un semblable gonflement
des bulles et du conduit auditif; mais il différe:
1. De M.longifrons: par sa taille plus considérable et sa queue bien
plus courte que le corps, ‘“longitudo....cirea 140 millim. + cauda
preter pilos 88;” par sa queue couverte de poils longs, serrés,
grossiers, et raides, ‘‘ cauda crassa, pilis densis, non brevibus, sat
erassis et rigidis,”’ et ornée d’une tache blanche dans sa touffe ter-
minale, ‘“‘ipse vero apex habet penicillum brevem, album, a pilis
nigris obtectum ;’’ et par les poils de ses flancs cendrés a la base,
*vellere quoque laterum basi cinereo.”
2. De M. erythrurus: par sa queue bien plus courte que le corps,
de méme couleur que lui, ‘‘ cauda .... colore corporis,” et ornée d’ une
tache blanche dans sa touffe terminale; par la petitesse, “‘ planta
c. u. 32,” et la blancheur de son pied, “‘pedes albi” ; par sa
couleur pale en dessus, ‘“ pallide fulvescens,” et blanche en dessous,
“vellus gastrei totum album; et par ses oreilles blanchatres,
“ aures pallida.”
Ilse pourrait 4 la rigueur que l’exemplaire unique, un vieux male,
qui a servi 4 la description de Sundevall fut un sujet, aberrant et a
queue mutilée, soit de M. longifrons, soit de la variété des sables de
M. erythrurus ; mais il me parait plus vraisemblable que M. crassus
est une troisiéme espéce du méme groupe; et c’est cette manicre de
voir que j’adopterai jusqu’A ce que l’examen du type de Sundevall,
conservé sans doute, ait permis de trancher péremptoirement la
question.
M. crassus a été trouvé dans le désert de Sinai, au nord de la
presqu’ile arabique vers le milieu de laquelle a été recueilli I. longi-
frons, et au milieu de l’aire considérable occupée par M. erythrurus.
Celui-ci a été rapporté d’ Algérie (Lataste), de Tunisie (expédition
Roudaire), de Perse (Marquis G. Doria) et d’Afghanistan (Capt.
Hutton). M. shawi n’est encore connu que d’ Algérie et de Tunisie.
VI. ErHo.oeie.
N’ayant pas observé vivant M. erythrurus, il ne sera plus question
ici que des deux autres espéces.
a. Extrait du Journal de Meriones shawi.
1881, 1¢* nov.—Un premier couple, originaire de la province des
Constantine (Algérie), né ou conservé 4 la ménagerie du Muséum de
Paris, m’est donné par M. le Prof. A. Milne-Edwards.
1882, 28 janv.—Naissance de 3 petits, qui ne sont pas élevés.
10 avr.—Je sacrifie le g (nos. 1805 et 1806 de ma collection).
24 avr.—Je sacrifie la 9 (nos. 1828 et 1829, envoyés au British
Museum) '.
1 Dans ma note “Sur le bouchon vaginal des Rongeurs” (Journ. de l’Anatom,
et de la Physiol. 1883), j’ai donné, sur la mode @’accouplement de cette espéce,
des détails qui m’ont été fournis par l’observation de ce couple et que je ne
reproduis pas ici.
7*
100 M. F. LATASTE ON A [Feb. 19,
31 juill—Je regois de M. le Marquis G. Doria, dir. du Musée
civ. de Génes, deux 2, Pune avec 3 petits qu’elle allaite. Ceux-ci
sont manifestement rachitiques.
4 aotit.—Sacrifié la 2 non nourrice (nos. 1945 et 1946, actuelle-
ment au Musée de St. Pétersbourg).
5 aotit.—Sacrifié l’un des jeunes, le plus rachitique (nos. 1949 et
1950).
14 oct.—Pendant une absence, le plus petit des autres est mort.
10 nov.—Donné au Mus. de Paris la mére, qui meurt aussitot
aprés, ostéomalacique. Il ne me reste plus que le jeune 3.
Recu du Mus. de Paris une nouvelle 2, d'origine algérienne. Je
la réunis au ¢ tunisien. II] est déformé par le rachitisme ; elle est
petite, a mauvais poil, et parait également malade. Je leur donne
du pain phosphaté et des coquilles d’ceufs. Ils font bon ménage.
29 nov.—Depuis plusieurs jours, ¢ et Q travaillant activement
a leur nid.
5 déc.—Vers 1" de l’aprés-midi, naissance de 3 petits. Le 3
couche dans le nid a cété d’eux et de la mére. Quand on veut saisir
celle-ci, elle fuit, et les petits, fixés aux tétines, sont entrainés ; ils
se détachent les uns aprés les autres et jonchent le sol. J’ai souveut
observé le méme fait sur des Rats et des Souris. Z. Gerbe a cru que
les femelles de Campagnols, inquiétées dans leur nid, transportaient
ainsi, et de propos délibéré, leur progéniture vers un lieu plus stir rs
inais il a mal interprété un fait exact: j’ai toujours vu les rongeurs
se servir exclusivement de leur bouche pour transporter leurs petits
d’un endroit 4 l’autre ; ils les saisissent par la peau du dos, et ceux-ci,
méme grands, se laissent faire.
7 déc.—Hier soir, la 2 avait le vagin largement et profondément
ouvert, arrondi, comme s'il venait de laisser tomber un bouchon.
10 dée.—Depuis plusieurs jours les petits, roses et nus a la nais-
sance, ont bruni sur le dos. Quand ils vagissent, on dirait le chant
d’une Mésange. orifice du nid est toujours fermé quand les
parents sont dehors.
12 déc.—Les petits sont toujours bruns sur le dos. A la loupe on
apercoit les pontes brunes des poils. Ilyal ¢ et2 9.
14 déc.— Les petits commencent a roussir.
16 déc.—Depuis quelques temps le ¢ poursuit vivement la 2.
Voila 11 jours qu’elle a mis bas. La période du rhythme de l’ovaire
serait-elle aussi, chez cette espéce comme chez Mus musculus et
Dipodillus simoni, dune décade environ ?
19 déc.—Actuellement le g couche seul, 4 l’extrémité opposée
du nid; souvent la 2 lui cherche querelle et le bat.
23 déc.—Les petits ouvrent les yeux ; ils ont 18 jours.
27 déc.—lIls ont le poil, la couleur, la forme de leurs parents, dont
ils ne différent plus que par la taille. Ils sont trés-vifs, courant,
sautant méme beaucoup plus et mieux que les adultes.
30 déc.—Je réunis, dans une méme cage, une jeune 2 Meriones
shawi A un jeune ¢ Mus decumanus albinos. Elle a 25 jours ; lui,
1 Z, Gerbe, ‘ Mélanges Zoologiques,’ p. 103, art. Arvicola incertus.
1884.] NEW SPECIES OF GERBILLE. 101
34. IIs paraissent vivre en bonne intelligence. 2 shawi est bien
plus petite et plus faible, mais aussi plus vive et plus entreprenante.
D’abord ils faisaient lit & part; mais au bout de deux jours je les
trouve installés cété-a-cdté dans le méme nid.
1883, 4 janv.—Donné a M. Ch. Mailles, 4 Paris, les deux autres
jeunes shawi, 5 et 9.
5 janv.—Envoyé la jeune 2 shawi, avec son camarade M. decu-
manus, 1 M. G. Perboyre, & Cadillac (Gironde).
Il ne me reste done plus que la couple adulte.
6 janv.—Ce matin, j’ai laissé la Q seule dans sa cage, et j’ai
réuni, dans une autre cage, le g¢ avec un g Mus decumanus égale-
ment adulte; les deux ne se battent point. Ce soir, en rentrant,
je m’apercois que la Q a ramassé, en un gros nid, le foin et Ja fou-
gére qui garnissaient sa cage, et je trouve 5 petits au milieu. Ilya
32 jours (3 décades) qu’a eu lieu sa précédente portée.
Je ne laisse plus cohabiter ¢ et 2 shawi. Sanus réussir A étre
témoin de leur accouplement et 4 recueillir leur bouchon vaginal, je
les présente l'un & l’autre les 7, 8, 9, 10, et 11 janvier. Quand il
sont chacun dans sa cage (j’ai di séparer ¢ shawi et § Mus decu-
manus qui se querellaient), ils produisent fréquemment, avec leurs
membres postérieurs, le bruit de tambour que j’ai déja noté chez
Pachyuromys duprasi, ainsi que chez Dipus egyptius et hirtipes:
tatata-tatata-tatata, ou tatera-tatera-tatera.
25 janv.—Ce matin les jeunes ont les yeux ouverts et se promé-
nent: ils ont 19 jours.
Du 25 jany. au 10 févr., c'est sans succés que je présente chaque
jour le ¢ ala 2 : toutes les avances qu’il fait sont repoussées.
3] jany.—Donné, 4 Paris, un des jeunes, ¢, dont j’apprends la
mort quelques jours aprés.
3 févr.—Envoyé deux autres jeunes, ¢ et 2, 4 M. le Dr. Sou-
verbie, directeur du Musée de Bordeaux. Donné les deux derniers,
également ¢ et 9, 4M. Feuz, A Paris. II] ne me reste donc plus
que la couple adulte.
10 févr.—Ayant pris la Q a la main, quand je la dépose, en la
retenant doucement par la queue, elle a comme une petite attaque
d’épilepsie ; celle-ci, d’ailleurs, ne dure qu’un instant.
27 mars.—J’envoie la 9 4 M. le Marquis G. Doria, directeur du
Musée civique de Génes, et le g 4 M. O. Schmidt, directeur du
Musée de Strasbourg ; sans avoir pu étre témoin d’un accouplement
fécond, ni recueillir un bouchon vaginal de cette espéce.
(Des trois couples nés chez moi aucun ne reproduisant, le ¢ du
Musée de Bordeaux fut confi¢é, par M. Souverbie, 4 M. Perboyre, et
réuni a la Q de Cadillac. Celle-ci eut bient6t aprés une portée
welle n’éleva pas; puis, de nouveau pleine (ses utérus contenaient
7 foetus), elle fut tuée parle g. Alors ce ¢ fut rapporté & Bor-
deaux et de nouveau réuni a la Q avec laquelle il avait été élevé et
qv il n’avait pu précédemment féconder. Cette fois, il en obtint
une premiére portée, fin 7 septembre, de 7 petits; une deuxiéme,
du 1 au 3 novembre, de 5 petits, et un troisiéme, le 21 janvier,
de 6 petits: tous ces jeunes ont été ou sont élevés,
102 M. F. LATASTE ON A [Feb. 19,
En revanche, a Paris, MM. Ch. Mailles et Feuz firent, sans
succes, l’échange de leurs miles.)
29 aoiit.—Je rentre en possession d’un couple du shawi, composé :
du ¢ (désormais ¢ A), né le 5 déc. 1882, que javais donné a M.
Mailles; et de la 2 (désormais 2 B), née le 6 janv. 1883, que
javais donnée a M. Feuz.
17 oct.—Ma ménagerie s’augmente d’un nouveau couple, jeune,
né fin sept., du couple donné 4 Bordeaux.
22 oct.—J’expédie au Jardin Zoologique de Londres 2? B, qui
ne parait par vouloir reproduire, et je rentre en possession de la Q
(désormais 2 C), née le 5 déc. 1882, que j’avais donnée a M.
Mailles. Cette Q ayant pré-édemment tué le ¢ auquel elle avait
été réunie, il ne reste plus en France, de tous les shawz que j’ai eus
ou élevés, que le couple du Musée de Bordeaux et les miens.
Aprés quelques difficultés au début, g A et 2 C se mettent
d’accord.
23 oct.—Je recois du Musée de Bordeaux deux autres jeunes
shawi, de la méme portée que les deux premiers. Tous les quatre,
et cing jeunes Dip. simoni, sont installés dans une seule cage et font
bon ménage. Il est vrai que les shawi sont bien petits encore: & les
voir, on disait des simoni de grande taille. II est 4 remarquer qu’a
cet age les shawi aiment beaucoup le petit grain (chénevis, millet,
alpiste), tandis qu’adultes ils y touchent 4 peine, préférant de beau-
coup le pain, la salade et les carottes.
25 oct.— 2 Cala singuliére manie de gratter avec ses pattes et
avec ses incisives le verre de sa cage, produisant ainsi un grince-
ment assez désagréable, qu’elle fait durer longtemps et renouvelle
souvent.
27 oct.—Ayant en l’idée de mettre, dans la cage du couple adulte,
trois jeunes simoni, en leur donnant pour nid une boite a orifice trop
étroit pour les shawi, ceux-ci, d’abord, paraissent d’inquiéter assez
peu des nouveaux venus ; mais ils les massacrent tous dans la nuit,
les surprenant sans doute quand ils sortent pour se nourrir.
Les shaw? urinent assez abondamment ; ils communiquent a leur
cage une légére odeur de fauve, qui s’aigrit quelquefois et devient
alors beaucoup plus désagréable.
4 nov.—Les 4 jeunes d'allongent & vue d’ceil. La croissance de
cette espéce est cependant bien plus toute que celle de M. longifrons:
agés d’environ un mois et demi, ils n’ont pas encore la moitié de leur
taille, tandis qu’A deux mois les longifrons ont 4 peu prés toute la
leur et sont en état de s’accoupler. Ils mangent avec voracité les
coques d’ceufs. A cet Age encore ils ne vivent guére que de petits
grains et de salade, touchant assez peu au pain.
6 nov.—Envoyé un des jeunes, 5, 4 M. le prof. Nitsche,
Tharandt.
7 nov.—Le couple adulte ne reproduisant pas, je le sacrifie( ¢ A,
nos. 2294 et 2295; QC, nos. 2296 et 2297). Il ne reste plus en
France, des shawi nés chez moi, que le couple de Bordeaux, et, chez
moi, que trois produits de ce couple. :
19 nov.—Les jeunes commencent a battre des pieds et a faire tatera.
1884.] NEW SPECIES OF GERBILLE. 103
20 nov.—Je regois de Bordeaux 5 nouveaux jeunes, nés, du L® au
3™e nov., des mémes parents que mes autres. J’en envoie aussitot
un couple & M. G, Olive, & Marseille.
29 nov.—Les trois ainés sont superbes, les males bien sexués. Ils
sont trés-doux et trés-maniables. Souvent j’entends leurs ¢atera.
Ils mangent une quantité considérable de salade.
Je réunis, dans une méme cage, les trois plus jeunes a une portée
de longifrons & peu prés de méme age. Les deux espéces s’accordent
fort bien.
12 déc.—Je sacrifie un ¢ des trois plus anciens (no. 2370, depuis
envoyé au Musée de St. Pétersbourg). Les deux autres de méme
age s’appelleront dorénavant 2 D, ¢ E.
18 déc.—Je sacrifie un des trois plus jeunes, 2 (no. 2384;
depuis envoyé au Musée de St. Pétersbourg); les deux autres sont
do et Q.
1884, 29 janv.—Le couple 2 D ¢ Eest devenu superbe. II a
augmenté de taille et de poids jusqu’a ce jour, et il a 4 mois; les
deux plus jeunes, Agés aujourd’hui de prés de 3 mois, ont encore &
faire pour acquérir cette taille. Je ne note plus les tatera que
j entends trés-fréquemment dans les cages, pas plus que les tentatives
d’accouplement que j’apergois.
1 févr.—Je sacrifie ¢ E (no. 2475). En mourrant, par étouffe-
ment, il laisse échapper la matiére d’un gros buchon vaginal, qui se
concrete aussitét au bout du gland et dans l’extrémité de luréthre.
13 févr.—J’expédie 2 D au Jardin Zoologique de Londres, afin
qu’elle pose pour la Planche VII de ce travail.
b. Extrait du Journal de Meriones longifrons.
1883, 5 juill._—Je recois un premier couple, ¢ A, Q B, du Jardin
Zoologique de Londres, ow il est néle 9 mai: il n’est donc pas encore
agé de deux mois. Aussitét réunis dans une méme cage, le ¢ pour-
suit la 9, qui se défend. Querelle sans gravité.
6 juill.—Ce matin, jeles trouve bons amis. A I’entrée de la nuit,
lun d’eux fait entendre des tatera assez forts et prolongés. Aprés
diner je les vois s’accoupler. Le ¢ reste quelques instants sur la
Q; ils’y agite trés-fort, et sa queue bat le sol. Ce manége dure
depnis plus d’une bonne heure ; plusieurs fois j’ai examiné la 9 ;
son vagin s’est de plus en plus élargi et humecté, mais il ne m’a pas
encore montré de bouchcn. Vers minuit, le couple est tranquille
depuis longtemps, et le vagin.de la 2 est encore vide: je cesse mon
observation.
16 juill.—Ce soir, le g joue du tambour. Il y a juste 10 jours
que la 2 était en rut. J’examine celle-ci: son vagin est intact.
27 juill—Ce matin, vers 9", la 9 a fait un petit; & midi, jen
compte 3. La mousse du nid a été bien arrangée autour et au dessus
des petits. Ce soir j’entends la 2 jouer du tambour, et je vois le
qui Ja poursuit. La 2 ne montre pourtant pas encore de bouchon
vaginal.
1" aotit.—A Vinverse des jeunes Mer. shawi et Dip. simoni, les
104 M.F. LATASTE ON A [Feb. 19,
jeunes longifrons se montrent silencieux : du moins je ne les ai pas
encore entendus crier.
6 aotit.—Les petits se développent 4 vue d’ceil. Ils sont gras et
luisants, toujours silencieux. Le poil est poussé en dessus, et il est
coloré comme celui de l’adulte. Les yeux et les oreilles ne sont pas
encore ouverts.
8 aotit.—Parmis les 3 jeunes ily a2 ¢ et 1 Q.
10 aciit.—Les petits sont fort beaux: leurs yeux sont dessinés
comme s’ils allaient s’ouvrir. Un d’eux, pris 4 la main, fait enten-
dre un petit cri de rongeur en allaitement : c’est la premiére fois que
jentends leur voix. Le couple absorbe une coquille d’ceuf par jour,
sans en rien gaspiller ; il s’attaque en outre 4 une coquille de Seiche
suspendue dans sa cage.
11 aotit.—Les petits ouvrent les yeux ce soir: ils ont 15 jours.
15 aotit.—Depuis un jour ou deux, les petits sortent et se promé-
nent.
26 aotit.—Je laisse la 2, qui est manifestement pleine, seule dans
sa cage, et je place dans une autre le ¢ avec les 3 jeunes.
27 aott.—Ce matin la ¢ a mis bas 6 petits en parfaite santé. II
y a 31 jours qu'elle a mis bas précédemment: 3 décades, comme pour
Dip. simoni, Mus musculus, ete. Cette fois, les petits crient autant
que ceux de Mer. shawi et Dip. simoni.
28 aottt.—Hier sois j'ai réuni ¢ et Q dans la cage 4 bouchons ?
et, au bout d’une ou deux heures, j’ai recueilli un bouchon vaginal,
petit et mal formé. Ce matin je sacrifiele g¢ (no. 2246). Cest
une boule de graisse. Il présente, comme Mer. shawi, une grande
glande s¢bacée au niveau de lombilic.
29 aotit.—Donné un couple de la premiére portée 4 M. Feuz, &
Paris. J’appelle ¢ C leur troisiéme frére, que je garde.
3 sept.— A inverse de Mer. shawi, et semblablement & Pach.
duprasi et Dip. simoni, c’est le petit grain, chénevis, millet, alpiste,
qui a les préférences de Mer. longifrons.
4 sept.—Mer. shawi jouant du tambour, la mére longifrons lui
répond, de l’autre bout de la chambre.
17 oct.—Au retour d’une absence de Paris, j’apprends que les
jeunes ont ouvert les yeux le 13 sept., soit au 17™¢ jour, deux jours
plus tard que la portée précédente. Un des 6 petits a été en partie
dévoré par sa mére vers l’dge de 15 jours ; les autres sont bien venus.
Depuis quelque temps déja ils sont séparés de leur mére.
3 Cet 2 B cohabitent depuis deux jours. Elle n’avait pas été
fécondée le 2 aoit, et elle avait depuis été privée du male ; lui, il a
deux mois et demi, et il est plus gros et plus lourd qu'elle. Ce soir,
les voyant se poursuivre, je les transporte dans la cage 4 bouchons ;
et, au bout d’une demi heure environ, je recueille un trés-gros bou-
chon vaginal. Vers 10h., ¢ C se tenant depuis longtemps tran-
quille, et 2 B laissant apercevoir dans son vagin l’extrémité d’un
deuxiéme bouchon, je les sépare.
! Cage dont le plancher est formé par une toile métallique assez lache pour
que le bouchon puisse la traverser: aussit6t dégagé du vagin, celui-ci tombe au
dessous de la cage et se trouve soustrait 4 la dent du ¢ ou dela $.
1884. ] NEW SPECIES OF GERBILLE. 105
18 oct.—Je donne 3 des 5 jeunes de la dernitre portée: 1 ¢ au
Muséum de Paris; 1 ¢ 4M. Souverbie, directeur du Musée de
Bordeaux ; et 1 2 a M. G. Perboyre, 4 Caillac. Il ne me reste
plus de l’espéce que le couple adulte et deux jeunes, tous deux
femelles.
19 oct.—Hier soir seulement 9 B m’a livré son deuxiéme bouchon.
Il est moins gros que le précédent, mais bien plus gros et mieux
formé que celui du 27 aotit. Il montre deux prolongements utérins
trés-nets, ce qui établit que l’espéce, comme Pachyuromys, a les
deux utérus simplement accolés et débouchant séparément dans le
vagin.
20 oct.—Depuis le départ de leurs fréres, les deux jeunes 2
jouent souvent du tambour et se poursuivent, comme si elles étaient
det Q. Hier soir surtout et tout &l’heure j’ai remarqué ces allures.
Je transporte ¢ C dans leur cage. II les poursuit et elles s’enfuient
comme affolées. Je leretire. Plus tard, vers 8" 10’, je réunis, dans
la cage 4 bouchons, une des Q (dorénavant 9? D) et ¢ C. Aussi-
tot il s’élance sur elle, et, du premier coup, il lui pose un bouchon.
I] nes’en accouple pas moins, de nouveau, sept fois de suite. Le coit
est rapide et vite renouvelé, comme cela a lieu pour Dip. simoni.
Apres une courte interruption, pendant laquelle la 9 joue du tam-
tom, je compte encore 12 accouplements ou tentatives. Je retire un
instant 9 D et mets sa sceur a sa place; mais celle-ci n’est pas en
rut. Elle l’était sans doute hier, 4 en juger par |’état encore ouvert
et turgescent de son vagin et par les allures qu’elle avait alors. Le
¢ fait le beau auprés d’elle, mais il perd sa peine, et elle parait assez
effarée. Je la retire, et je réunis de nouveau 2 Dao C. 1 ac-
couplement. La 9 fait tatera. Encore 1 accouplement. Le male
fait souvent la toilette de son pénis, prenant le gland entre les deux
mains et le nettoyant avec sa bouche. 2accouplements. La Q fuit,
le ¢ l’atteint ; alors elle se courbe et s’aplatit, comme je l’ai décrit
pour M. shawt. La 2 gazouille comme un oiseau. Elle se retourne
vivement et caresse le ¢ chaque fois qu'il se retire. 1 accouplement.
Le ¢ fait tatera, 2 accouplements.. Tatera. 3 accouplements.
Tatera-tatera . . Tout ce qui précéde a duré un quart @heure. Voici
maintenant un repos de 20 minutes. 3 accouplements. Le bouchon
tombe et je le recueille: il est 8" 45’. Un nouvel accouplement, et,
aussit6t, un nouveau bouchon apparait dans le vagin. Le ¢ pour-
suit la 2, qui fuit en criant, et je les sépare, laissant 2 D passer la
nuit dans la cage a bouchons.
Ainsi ¢ C s’est accouplé 4 9 Ba l’dge de 81 jours; et 2 Ds’est
accouplée A ¢ C a lage de 53 jours, moins de 2 mois. Nous ver-
rons que ces deux accouplements ont été féconds.
21 oct.—La jeune 2 non fécondée, changée de cage, m’amuse
beaucoup par la frayeur qu’elle éprouve a la vue d’une coquille de
Seiche suspendue dans un angle. Fixant cet objet, blane et rongé
de facgon 4 figurer un croissant, elle s’allonge, rampe, avance d’un pas
et recule aussit6t brusquement. Elle met bien demi-heure A parcourir
la distance qui la sépare de cet épouvantail, soit un peu moins de 60
centimetres, la longueur de la cage!
106 M. F. LATASTE ON A [Feb. 19,
22 oct.—Je réunis 4 demeure 3 C et 2 D dans une grande cage
occupée déjai par 4 jeunes Dip. simoni. Ceux-ci ont un nid ne com-
muniquant avec l’extérieur que par un orifice trop étroit pour les
longifrons ; et, en outre, je leur donne des briques creuses pour leur
servir de refuge en cas de danger pressant.
23 oct.—lIl est trés-amusant de voir ¢ C et surtout 2 D donner
la chasse a leurs petits compagnons de captivité. Dvailleurs ils ne me
paraissent pas leur faire grand mal quand ils les atteignent: ils les
bousculent sans les mordre. Parfois ils courent rapidement autour
et au travers de leur cage, faisant beaucoup de bruit, comme pour
effrayer les stmoni et les faire sortir de leurs retraites. D’autres
fois ils font semblant de s’élancer sur eux et ne quittent pas la
place. A chacune de ces démonstrations, les simoni crient comme
si on les égorgeait, en ayant soin d’ailleurs de rester ou de se
mettre 4 couvert. Et ils sont tres-hardis, poussant laudace
jusqu’a s‘introduire dans le nid des longifrons quand ceux-ci sont
endormis.
27 oct.— ¢ Cet 2 D font une telle guerre aux simoni partageant
leur cage, que je dois séparer les deux espéces ; et je suis tres-cruelle-
ment mordu, deux fois de suite, par ¢ C, que j’ai pris 4 la main
comme d’habitude. II ne veut pas lacher prise, et j’ai peine 4 me
retenir de l’écraser dans mes mains. Je me contente de lui pincer
fortement les lévres et le museau jusqu’a ce qu’il desserre les dents.
Il a ensuite une face bouttie et ridicule, mais ne parait nullement
malade.
12 nov.—Aujourd’hui encore 2 B fait tatera. Evidemment ce
bruit est produit sous Vinfluence d’excitations de diverses sortes et
n’est pas limité a l’expression du désir sexuel.
4 nov.—Dans le ménage ¢ C 2 D, il y a souvent de petites
querelles, d’ailleurs sans gravité. Les deux époux se dressent |’un
contre l’autre, criant et gesticulant, comme je l’ai décrit pour
Pachyuromys.
7 nov.—Vers midi 2 B est oceupée 4 mettre bas. Ce soir, je
compte 4 petits, 2 gd et 29. Ilya aujourd’hui 21 jours que 2 B
a été fécondee.
A minuit seulement je réunis, dans la cage 4 bouchons, ¢ Ba 2 C.
Il y a quelques tentatives d’accouplement, mais peu nombreuses.
Au bout d’une heure environ, aucun bouchon vaginal n’ayant été
évacué et n’apparaissant dans le vagin, je sépare les deux. sujets.
Evidemment le rut est plus fugace aprés la parturition qu’en tout
autre temps. Chez mes simoni, la 2 a toujours été fécondée aprés
sa délivrance quand je la laissais cohabiter avec le ¢, tandis que je
n’ai jamais pu obtemir sa {écondation en lui présentant le ¢ seule-
ment a cette ites
S$ Cet 2 D sont souvent occupés a retirer par un trou |’étoupe
de leur nid pour la rapporter par un autre trou. Autrefois les deux
trous, de diamétres ditférents, correspondaient lun a leur nid, Pautre
a celui des Dip. simoni; mais, maintenant que la cloison de sépara-
tion a été enlevée, ces longifrons font un travail de Pénélope. Est-ce
pour eux un simple jeu? ou croient-ils réellement faire un travail
188 1.] NEW SPECIES OF GERBILLE. 107
utile et grossir leur nid? C’est un simple jeu, car je viens de voir
le ¢ arracher |’étoupe et la rentrer par le méme trou.
10 nov.—Aujourd’ hui, au 2i™¢ jour de sa gestation, vers 11" de
Taprés midi, 9 D est occupée & mettre bas. Ce soir, je compte 5
petits. Plus tard, de 7" 4 9", je vois ¢ C 2 Ds’accoupler. LIlsse
querellent ensuite.
11 nov.—Le ménage ¢ C Q D est constamment en guerre: 2 D
voudrait chasser son ¢ du nid ; constamment elle tire 4 elle et ises
petits toute l’étoupe. Je sacrifie gC (nos. 2303 et 2304). Il ne me
reste done plus que les deux 9, B et D, toutes deux méres et
nourrices.
13 nov.—Je recois, du Jardin Zoologique de Londres, 6 nouveaux
sujets, 4 g et 2 9. Aussit6t je sacrifie un ¢ (nos. 2316 et 2317,
envoyé depuis au Musée de St. Pétersbourg), le seul des six sujets
dont la queue soit intacte.
18 nov.—Je donne a M. Alfr. Morel, & Paris, un des autres ¢. Les
4 sujets restants font mauvais ménage ; les deux Q surtout se bat-
tent et se mettent la queue en sang.
19 nov.—Je donne 4 M. Ch. Mailles, & Paris, un dg, et j’expédie
a M. le Dr. Souverbie, 4 Bordeaux, une 2, réduisant ainsi a un seul
couple (désormais ¢ E et 2 F) le nombre des sujets récemment
regus de Londres.
27 nov.—La portée de 2 D ouvre aujourd’hui les yeux, au 17™e
jour. Celle de 2 B, qui a ouvert les yeux au méme Age, commence
a sortir, au 20™¢ jour.
Je sacrifie une 2 de la portée de 2 D (no. 2342), réduisant celle-
ci 4 deux couples.
28 nov.—Les 4 petits de 2 B sont retirés 4 leur mére et réunis,
dans une cage commune, a 3 M. shawi de 4 4 7 jours seulement
plus vieux qu’eux.
29 nov.—Tous les soirs, depuis le 24 courant, j'ai présenté sans
succes 2 Ba ¢g E. Elle a des pellicules dans le vagin, ce qui
est un signe de stérilité définitive ou passagére. Je la sacrifie
(no. 2336).
12 déc.—I] faut y regarder de bien prés, pour distinguer les shawi
des longifrons en si bas age ; on peut cependant reconnaitre les pre-
miers a leur taille un peu plus grande et 4 leur teinte un peu moins
ale.
5 déc.—J’expédie un jeune ¢ de 9 DAM. le Prof. Nitsche, a
Tharant (Saxe), et une jeune 2 de la méme mére a M. G. Perboyre,
a Cadillac (la température ayant beaucoup baissé ce jour 1a, les
deux sujets arrivent morts, de froid sans doute, a leurs destina-
tions).
11 dée.—Je donne 4 M. Alf. Morel, 4 Paris, le 3™¢ et avant
dernier petit de 2 D, une Q.
@ E est tout a fait apprivoisée. Chaque soir, vers 9", elle saute et
s’agite bruyamment dans sa cage pour appeler l’attention. Dés que
Jouvre sa cage, elle saute sur la main que je lui présente et grimpe
sur mon bras et mon ¢paule. Je m/assieds, et elle descend sur ma
table, en fait le tour, revient sur moi, descend par terre, se proméne
108 M. F, LATASTE ON A [Feb. 19,
& travers la chambre et revient me trouver. Elle semble rechercher
mes caresses et me regarde avec intelligence quand je lui parle.
Elle ne prend méme pas le temps de faire sa toilette, le soir, avant
se réclamer sa mise en liberté, et elle se présente le poil encore hu-
mide et collé par touffes. Si je veux la prendre avant son heure,
elle fuit au fond de son nid, dés que j’ouvresacage ; et puis ellese laisse
faire, mais comme 4 contre cceur. Au contraire, apres 9" et pendant
toute la soirée, si je loublie ou si je la rapporte dans sa cage, elle fait
un vacarme d’enfer, soulevant sa mangeoire et la laissant retomber
avec bruit, sautant et s’accrochant au couvercle de sa cage. Sauf
chez des Surmulots et chez des Gerboises, je n’ai jamais observé, chez
aucun rongeur, autant d’intelligence et de sociabilité.
12 dée.—Je sacrifie 9 D (no. 2371; envoyé depuis au Musée
de St. Pétersbourg) ; et j’envoie 4 M. G. Perboyre, 4 Cadillac, un des
4 petits de 9 B, une @.
13 déc.—Je sacrifie le dernier petit de 2 D, un ¢ (nos. 2368 et
2369).
Il ne me reste donc plus que trois autres petits de 9 B, 1 ¢ et
2 Q, lesquels partagent la cage de 3 jeunes shawi; plus le couple
adulte g E 9 F.
18 déc.—Je sacrifie encore une jeune 9 de 2 B(no. 2385 ; depuis
envoyé au Musée de St. Pétersbourg).
31 déc.—Je divise dans deux cages mes jeunes Jongifrons, laissant
le ¢ avec une 2 shawiet la 2 avecun ¢ shawi. Ces deux ménages,
destinés 4 des essais d’hybridation, vivent en fort bons termes.
1884. 9 janv.—Du couple ¢ F 9 E il nait 6 petits, qui, tous,
sont élevés et se développent normalement.
En résumé, ayant recu 8 M. longifrons vivants, j'ai pu distri-
buer 13 sujets vivants de cette espéce, en sacrifier 8 pour l’étude,
et il m’en reste actuellement 10 vivants. 31—S=23 sujets, en 5
portées, sont nés et ont été élevés chez moi.
VII. Concuusions.
Des documents ci-dessus il résulte que, d’une facon générale, les
meceurs des deux espéces de Meriones étudiées ici se ressemblent beau-
coup et ressemblent beaucoup 4 celles des autres Gerbillines’.
Entre WM. shawi et M. longifrons je ne vois gucre & noter que
d’assez légéres différences, concernant le port, la durée du développe-
ment et l’alimentation. A cété de longifrons, aux allures vives et
légéres, shawi parait lourd ; celui-la se tient d’ordinaire rassemblé sur
ses pattes fines, et a, jusqu’d un certain point, une apparence de Ger-
boise ou d’Oiseau, tandis que le gros corps de l’autre est allongé sur
des membres qui semblent courts. Longifrons a presque toute sa
1 Voir: ‘‘Le Boubieda (Pach. duprasi),” dans ‘La Nature,’ 22 juillet 1822,
p. 113; “Sur Lacclim. et la domest. d’un petit Rongeur orig. des Hauts-
plateaux alg.,” dans ‘ Bull. Soc. d’accl.’ 1883; “Sur le bouchon vaginal du
Pach, duprasi,” dans ‘ Zool. Anz.,’ 15 et 22 mai 1882, pp. 225 et 258; et “Sur
le bouchon vaginal des Rongeurs,” dans ‘ Journ. de l’anat. et de la physiol.,’
1883.
1884. ] NEW SPECIES OF GERBILLE. 109
taille et se trouve en état de se reproduire 4 deux mois’, tandis
que shawi continue de croitre jusqu’a trois et quatre mois. Enfin
longifrons, comme les Gerbillines de petite taille et méme comme les
jeunes de l’autre espéce, aime beaucoup le millet, Valpiste et les autres
petits grains, tandis que shawi, adulte, donne ses preférences au pain
et aux légumes.
En ce qui concerne particulitrement les fonctions de reproduction,
les observations ci-dessus relatées :
1°. Ne contredisent en rien et confirment en partie les propositions
que j’ai établies ailleurs sur l’existence trés-générale, l’origine et le
role du bouchon vaginal chez les Rongeurs *.
2°, Montrent, sur de nouveaux exemples, que, pour la durée de la
gestation et pour la périodicité des époques auxquelles la femelle est.
susceptible d’étre fécondée, les espéces de Gerbillines, et méme de
Muridés, ne différent pas: chez toutes, la durée normale de la gesta-
tionétant, 4 un ou deux jours prés, de deux décades, il peut néanmoins
s’écouler une décade de plus entre deux parturitions successives,
quand l’accouplement fécondateur a immédiatement suivi la premiere ;
et, chez toutes également, la durée de la période du rhythme de
Yovaire parait étre d’une décade environ *. Quant au mile, une fois
adulte, il est constamment apte a l’acte fécondateur.
EXPLICATION DES PLANCHES.
Puancue VI.
Meriones longifrons, sp. n., aprés un individu vivant au Jardin Zoologique de
Londres.
Priancue VII.
Meriones shawi, d’aprés un individu (2 D de mes notes), né 4 Bordeaux, fin
septembre 1883, petit fils d'un ¢ tunisien et d'une 2 algérienne,
et vivant actuellement au Jardin Zoologique de Londres.
Toutes les figures de grandeur naturelle.
Sn EE an Ee
1 Comme Dip, simoni. Une femelle de cette espéce, née le 16 mai, 1883, a
eu une premiére portée, de 5 petits, le 8 aott 1883, soit 4 lage de 84 jours: elle
avait done été fécondée a lage de 63 ou 64 jours. Depuis lors elle a fait et
élevé, sans discontinuer, une portée par mois.
2 «Journal de l’anatom. et de la physiol.’ loc. cit.
3 Loc. cit., Appendice E.—Les Campagnols se comportent sans doute, sous le
rapport des fonctions génératrices, exactement comme les espéces des genres
Gerbillus, Meriones, et Mus: du moins leur gestation est également de 20 jours.
Quant au nombre des petits, il varie de un a quatre dans le sous-genre
Terricola Fatio, qui n’a que 4 mamelles, et de trois a cinq et six dans les genres
Myodes Pallas-Sélys, et Microtus Schranck-Lataste, qui ont 8 mamelles comme
les Gerbillines. Tous les Campagnols sont aptes a se reproduire a lage de 2
mois (Z. Gerbe, ‘Mélanges Zoologiques,’ p. 101, note 1, et p. 103, note 1).
- 110 ON THE NEUROPTEROUS GENUS CorYDALIS. [Feb. 19,
8. Description of an Asiatic Species of the Neuropterous
genus Corydalis. By J. Woop-Mason.
[Received February 13, 1884.]
(Plate VIII.)
CoRryDALIS ASIATICA, 0. Sp.
3 2. Head and thorax above brown (? green in the living
insects), symmetrically marked with black or dark brown. Antennee
simple and setaceous. Head with a pair of minute spinules on its
disk just internal to the lateral pair of ocelli. Mandibles coal-black,
with a shallow rounded emargination at the base on the inner side.
Anterior tibiee rather strongly §-curved. Abdomen brown, without
brown or black marks. Wings all subhyaline, faintly washed with
smoky, darker smoky at the anterior margin ; the anterior pair devoid
of pearly white specks, but presenting, especially near the principal
vein, a few indistinct elongated discal blotches resembling dried
splashes of muddy water.
3. Much larger than the female. Mandibles greatly elongated,
curved, crossed, and depressed, about twice as long as the head,
having a minute rudimentary tooth near the apex on the inner side ;
the margination at their base on the inner side conspicuous, Anal
appendages short and stout. Labrum invisible from above between
the bases of the mandibles. Antenne (broken)? rather longer than
in the female.
@. Mandibles only about as long as the head, 3-toothed on the
inner side of their distal half. Labrum visible from above between
the bases of the separated mandibles.
Hab. Naga Hills, N.E. frontier of India. The first specimen,
a female, was obtained by Lt.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen ; subse-
quently a male and a female were obtained by Messrs. Ogle and
Chennell.
All the previously described species of this genus are American.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.
Fig. 1. Corydalis asiatica,, of the natural size, with wings expanded.
la. The apex of the left mandible, x 2.
2. The extremity of the abdomen of the @, from the side, x2.
3. The same from above, x2.
4. The same from below, x2.
5. The head and prothorax of the 2 from above, of the natural size.
5a. The right mandible of the same, x 2.
P ZS. WSeceh Vir:
asiatica.
Corydalis
xv & Coward lith
P.. 2.5 186s sP). ie
C Berjeau del et lith. Mintern Bros.imp.
MOLLUSCA OF THE “LIGHTNING AND
“PORCUPINE EXPEDITIONS .
P. 2.8: IBA Piss
(i
cue
C Berjeau del et hth Mintern Bros .imp.
MOLLUSCA OF THE LIGHTNING AND
“PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS.
1584.] MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘LIGHTNING’ ETC, EXPEDITIONS. I11
?
4. On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and
‘Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. (Part VII.') By
J. Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
[Received February 19, 1884.]
(Plates IX. & X.)
GASTROPODA ; Family Lirrorinrp& (continued).
Rissoa.
A. Atvanra. Cancellated ; outer lip usually strengthened by a rib,
and sometimes notched within.
1. RissoaA CANCELLATA, Da Costa.
Turbo cancellatus, Da Costa, Br. Conch. p. 104, pl. viii. f. 6, 9.
R. cancellata, B. C. iv. p. 8; v. p. 207, pl. Ixvi. f. 3.
‘ Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 36, Tangier B.; Med.
Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Upper Norway (McAndrew)! Stornoway to the
Channel Isles, Atlantic coasts of France and Spain, Mediterranean,
Adriatic, Mogador, Madeira, and Canaries ; 0-112 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Modena, N.W. Germany, Bordeaux Basin,
Madeira. Pliocene: Italy. Post-tertiary: Scotland, Ireland, and
Selsea.
Turbo cimex of Donovan and older British authors (not of Linné),
R. crenulata of Michaud, and other obsolete synonyms. Not R.
cancelluta of Desmarest, which is 2. cimea.
» 2. Rissoa catatuus, Forbes and Hanley.
R. calathus, F. & H. British Mollusca, iii. p. 82, pl. Ixxviil.
fo G0. iv. p. bl: vip 207, pl. levees 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, Tangier B.; Med. Rasel
Amoush.
Distribution. Drontheim and Bergen, Hebrides, Ireland and Isle
of Man, Atlantic coasts of France and Spain, Mediterranean, Adriatic,
Canaries (var. manzoni) ; 5-200 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Italy, Rhodes.
Allied to Turbo acinus of Brocchi and R. venus of d’Orbigny,
both of which are Miocene species.
Young or immature specimens of the present species agree in every
particular with Philippi’s description and figure of his 2. reticulata ;
but that name had been preengaged by Montagu for the next species.
It is somewhat variable in size and sculpture.
1 For Part I. see P. Z. 8. 1878, p- 393 ; for Part IT. see P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 553 ;
for Part III. see P. Z.S. 1881, p. 693; for Part IV. see P. Z.8. 1881, p. 922;
for Part V. see P. Z. S. 1882, p. 656; and for Part VI. see P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 87.
112 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
vv 3. Rissoa reTicuLata, Montagu.
Turbo reticulatus, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 322, t. 21. f. 1.
R. reticulata, B. C. iv. p. 12; v. p. 207, pl. Ixvi. f. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 10, Vigo B., 36; Med. 55, G.
Tunis, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. Finmark tothe Mediterraneanand Adriatic, Canaries,
(McAndrew and Manzoni); 7-300 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin (as R. marie). Pliocene:
Coralline Crag, Italy, and Rhodes. Post-tertiary : W. Scotland.
R. maria of d’Orbigny appears to be a variety of the present
species, which is certainly R. beanii of Hanley and R. textilis of
Philippi. Not Alvania reticulata of Philip Carpenter, which is a
Pacific species.
4. Rissoa crmicoipes, Forbes.
R. cimicoides, Forb. in Rep. Br. Assoc. for 1843, p. 189: B. C.
iv. p. 14; v. p. 207, pl. Ixvi. f. 6.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 5.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 6, 10, 14, 15,25. 1870: Atl. 1, 2,
3, 9, Vigo B., 13, 16, 17a, Setubal B., off C. Sagres, 26-30, 36;
Med. 45, Cartagena B., 50, 55, Benzert Road, Adventure Bank, off
Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. Hammerfest to the Mediterranean and Adriatic ;
2-640 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Central Italy (Manzoni), Madeira (Mayer).
Pliocene: S.W. France, Italy. Post-tertiary: Norway, W. Scotland;
0-100 ft.
Some specimens are smaller than others from different localities,
and have a shorter spire with coarser or finer sculpture. 2. sculpta
of Philippi corresponds with the former, and R. intermedia of Aradas
with the latter; so that both may be the same species, as well as
that of Forbes. The names given by Forbes and Philippi were
published in 1844, that of Aradas in 1847.
wv 5. Rissoa JEFFReEysI, Waller.
R. jeffreysi, Wall. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 3, xiv. p. 136:
Bo CUoiv. polos vy. 207; phamve t. 7.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 5.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 16. 1870: Atl. 3, 3a, 12, 36.
Distribution. Varanger Fiord to Shetland, Gulf of Gascony, Bay
of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1881), Straits of Messina (Granata),
Algiers (coll. Weinkauff) ; 40-363 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Pezzo in Calabria (Tiberi) !, Messina (Seguenza)!
Post-tertiary : Norway (Crosskey aud Robertson) !; 30-100 ft.
R. sororcula, Granata, ex typo!
The late Mr. McAndrew showed me specimens of this and the last
species which he had received from a correspondent in the United
States as North-American ; but this locality requires confirmation,
as neither species has been recorded from it. The present species
-
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 113
differs from R. scrobiculata of Moller in being cancellated and in
the peculiar sculpture of the apex.
Y 6. Rissoa picryorHorA, Philippi.
R. dictyophora, Ph. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 128, t. xxiii. f. 11.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Benzert Road, Adventure
Bank.
Distribution. Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 40-120 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria.
A variety of this species is Alvania weinkauffi of Schwartz v.
Mobrenstern.
/ 7. Rissoa riscuert’, Jeffreys. (Plate IX. fig. 1.)
SHE oval, rather solid, opaque and lustreless: sculpture, 16-18
strong longitudinal ribs on the last whorl, 14-16 on the penultimate,
10-12 on the next, aud merely traces or none at all on the second
whorl, the top whorl or apex being smooth ; these ribs are crossed
by equally strong spiral ribs or ridges, of which there are 6-8 on the
last whorl, 4 on the penultimate, and 3 on the next whorl, the
succeeding or second whorl being marked with a few spiral strie ;
the points of intersection are noduled or prickly, but only as to the
four upper spiral ridges on the last whorl in consequence of the
longitudinal ribs not extending to the lower or basal spiral ridges ;
the interstices are oblong: colour pale yellowish or dirty white :
spire somewhat tapering: whorls 5, moderately convex, rapidly
increasing in size, the last occupying half the spire; the apex is
prominent but twisted: suture deep and angulated : mouth nearly
round : outer lip thin, smooth inside : inner lip reflected on the pillar,
which is not umbilicated nor perforated. LL. 0:1, B. 0°05.
‘ Porenpine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 26, 36, Tangier B.
Distribution. Off Tunis (Wares and ‘Shearwater’ Exp.); 30-
120 fms.
&. calathus is more slender, and has a longer spire and slighter
suture. The present species is somewhat like A. tenuicostata of
Seguenza (as described by Granata); but the sculpture is different.
In the latter species it is finer, and there are fewer longitudinal and
spiral ribs or striee, viz. 4 spiral strize on the last or body-whorl, and
2 on the penultimate and next whorls; R. fischeri is strongly and
regularly cancellated, and it has 6-8 spiral strize on the last whorl, and
3 or 4 on the penultimate and next whorls. 2. etneensis of Aradas
and Benoit is only half the size of the present species, and it has
closer and more delicate sculpture. 2. fischeri differs from R.
dictyophora var. weinkauffi in the same respects as it does from R,
tenuicostata, as well as in having a shorter spire and a proportionally
larger body-whorl. _ It is also allied to R. zetlandica ; but that species
is of a more oblique shape, it has not the tuberous and cancellated
sculpture of #. fischeri, the outer lip is expanded, and the spiral
strize at the base are fewer and stronger. 2. clathrata is a larger
1 Named in honour of Dy. Paul Fischer, whose conchological labours and
especially his excellent ‘Manuel de Conchyliologie’ are so well known.
Proc. Zoou. Soc. —1884, Na. VII. 8
114 _- DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
and stouter shell and has much coarser sculpture. Philippi’s figure
represents quite another species, and he describes the outer lip as
thickened and grooved within.
8. Rissoa LANCcIm, Calcara.
R. lancice, Cale. Moll. viv. e foss. Sicilia, 1845, p. 29, t. 4. f. 12.
R. philippiana, Jeffr. in Ann, & Mag. N. H. 1856, p. 182,
pedlot. 45.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Algeciras B., Adventure
Bank.
Distribution. Mediterranean and Adriatic ; var. Alvania tessellata,
(Schwartz v. Mohrenstern) ; Algiers (Weinkauf’); 8-10 fms.
Although Calcara’s description is too short and does not give all
the characters, it sufficiently agrees with mine, and I therefore adopt
his name, which is prior in date.
vy 9. Rissoa CANARIENSIS, d’Orbigny.
R. canariensis, d’ Orb. Molf. Can. 1837, p. 78, pl. vi. f. 5-7.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St.16. A single specimen.
Distribution. Mediterranean from the Gulf of Marseilles to Sicily,
Canaries, and Madeira ; 0-120 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Madeira (Mayer).
, 10. Rissoa punctuRA, Montagu.
Turbo punctura, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 320, t. 12. f. 5.
R. punctura, B. CO. iv. p. 17; v. p. 207, pl. Ixvi. f. 8.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 18. 1870: Atl. 3a, Vigo B., 36,
Tangier B. (var.); Med. 50, Adventure Bank. The Tangier speci-
mens are smaller and slender, with more delicate sculpture.
Distribution. Finmark and Faroe Isles to the Mediterranean and
Adriatic, Canaries (McAndrew) ; 0-130 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, 8.W. France, Italy, Rhodes.
Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, Ayrshire, Portrush, Selsea; 0-100 ft.
There are some obscure and obsolete synonyms.
11. Rissoa parvua’, Jeffreys. (Plate IX. fig. 2.)
SHELL oblong, comparatively solid, semitransparent, nearly lustre-
less: sculpture consisting of about 20 longitudinal and somewhat
curved riblets on the body-whorl, which are not continued much
below the periphery ; each of the two succeeding whorls has 14 to
16 similar riblets ; all of these are crossed by spiral riblets or striz,
of which there are about 10 on the body-whorl and 4 to 6 on the pen-
ultimate and next whorls ; the topmost whorl is encircled by micro-
scopic lines ; the intercrossing of the longitudinal and spiral riblets
does not form tubercles or prickles at the points of junction; the
interstices are square: colour pale yellowish: spire rather slender :
whorls 4, slightly convex, the last occupying two thirds of the spire ;
apex blunt: su¢ure distinci, but not deep: mouth more round than
1 Very small.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 115
oval: outer lip thin, smooth within: inner lip somewhat reflected
and thickened on the lower part of the pillar, which is imperforate.
L. 0:075, B. 0-045.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Tangier B. Two specimens.
Differs from R. punctura in being more slender or narrower and
of an oblong shape; and the sculpture is not reticulated.
V 12. Rissoa supsouuta, Aradas. (Plate IX. fig. 3.)
R. subsoluta, Ar. Mem. di Mala. Sic. iii. (1847), p. 21.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 1, 3, 9, 13, 14, 16, 24, 26.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1880)! ; Medi-
terranean (Nares, Spratt, Monterosato) ; 108-310 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Messina (Seguenza) !
In some specimens (as described by Aradas) the longitudinal
strie partially disappear, or are entirely wanting, on the last and
penultimate whorls.
The sculpture of this pretty little shell is much finer than that of
the next species (2. teste), and the spire is more bluntly pointed.
I described it in my paper on Mediterranean Mollusca (Ann. & Mag.
N. H. 1870) as the variety obtusa of that species under the name of
R. abyssicola. At one time I considered the species named and de-
scribed by Aradas the same as that which I now propose to call
deliciosa, and which will be described and figured in this paper ;
but I have since been enabled to rectify the mistake by the exami-
nation of a typical specimen of R. subsoluta, which I received from
the late Professor of Catania. The present species is 2. elegan-
tissima of Seguenza.
y 13. Rissoa resrm, Aradas & Maggiore. (Plate IX. fig. 4.)
R. teste, Ar. & Mage. Cat. rag. Catania, 1844, p. 207.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 3, 10, 16. 1870: Atl. 3a, Vigo
B., Setubal B., 22, 24, off C. Sagres, 26-34, 36; Med. 40, 41, 45,
Cartagena B., 50, Benzert Road, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s
Chair. In most of the first-named Stations the variety abysstcola
is the prevalent form. That variety is more oval, and has a rather
more oblique spire and finer sculpture than the typical form ; it is
described and figured in the ‘ British Mollusca,’ vol. iii. p. 86,
pl. lviii. f. 1, 2, and (animal) pl. JJ. f. 3, and in “ British Con-
chology,’ vol. iv. p. 19, and v. p. 207, pl. Ixvi. f. 9.
Distribution. Typical form: Atlantic coasts of France and Spain
to the Mediterranean and Adriatic; 11-640 fms. Var. abyssicola:
Arctic, Norway to Mizen Head, Co. Cork ; 30-300 fms.
Fossil. Typ. Pliocene: Italy. Var. abyssicola. Post-tertiary :
Christiania district (Crosskey and Robertson).
In the above-cited paper on Mediterranean Mollusca I named the
present species the variety conformis of R. abyssicola, not being
then aware of the publication by Aradas and Maggiore. I after-
wards received from the lamented Professor Aradas typical specimens
of R. teste, which not only confirmed my opinion that it was the
gt
116 DR.GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
same as my variety of 2. abyssicola, but also satisfied me that the
latter was another variety of Jt. teste, which is a much older name
than adyssicola.
Alvania asperula of Brugnone appears to be the young.
B. Fureminera. Ribbed lengthwise and spirally striated ;
outer lip thickened and reflected.
14, Rissoa zETLANDICA, Montagu.
Turbo zetlandicus, Mont., in Tr. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 194, t. xiii.
Fe. Be
R. zetlandica, B. C. iv. p. 20; v. p. 207, pl. Ixvii. f. 1.
‘ Lightning’ Exp.: St. 2, 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 13,14. 1870: Atl. 2, 3, 13, 16,
17a, off C. Sagres, 27, 28; Med. Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Loffoden I. to the Mediterranean and Adriatic ;
12-200 fms.
Fossil. ? Miocene: Vienna Basin (Hornes), Transylvania (Hauer
and Stache), Modena (Manzoni). Pliocene: Coralline aud Red
Crag, Biot, and Italy. Post-tertiary: Norway (Crosskey and
Robertson) ; 100 ft.
Among the synonyms are R. carinata of Aradas and R. cana-
liculata of Philippi. This species is probably not the RB. zetlandica
of Hérnes, which has a shorter spire and more tumid shape, with
stronger and coarser sculpture; 2. scalaris of Dubois comes nearer
to our species. &. crispa of Watson, from Madeira, is more closely
allied to BR. zetlandica.
15. Rissoa cosratTa, Adams.
Turbo costatus, Ad. in Tr, Linn. Soe. iii. p. 65, t. xni. f. 13, 14,
K. costata, B. C. iv. p. 22; v. p. 207, pl. Ixviii. f. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870; Atl. St. Vigo B., 26, 36; Med. Ad-
venture Bank.
Distribution. Norway, Sweden, Great Britain, and Holland to the
Mediterranean and Adriatic, Canaries, and Madeira; low water
at spring-tides to 70 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy and Rhodes. Post-tertiary: Clyde Beds
and Selsea.
The principal synonyms are £. ewigua of Michaud and 2. carinata
of Philippi. Not Zurbo costatus‘of Lamarck, which is BR. violacea,
nor ft. costata of Desmarets, which is Jt. variabilis of v. Mihlfeld.
Mediterranean and Teneriffe specimens are smaller than northern
specimens.
C. Rissoa. Mostly ribbed lengthwise and spirally striated; outer
lip usually strengthened by a rib.
16. Rrssoa MoNODONTA, Bivona.
R. monodonta (Biv.), Philippi, Moll. Sic. i. p. 151, t. x. ff. 9.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Algeciras B.
1884,] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 117
Distribution. Lisbon (McAndrew), Mediterranean and Adriatic ;
4-18 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Central and Southern Italy. Post-tertiary :
Rhodes and Cyprus.
In the shape and columellar fold this species is allied to the
next.
17. RissoA MEMBRANACEA, Adams.
Turbo membranaceus, Ad. in Tr. Linn. Soc. v. p. 2, t. i.
f. 12, 13.
R. membranacea, B. C. iv. p. 30; vy. p. 208, pl. Ixvii. f. 8.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. 1870: Atl. 26.
Distribution. Throughout the European seas from the Loffoden
Isles southwards, Black Sea, the African coasts of the Mediterranean,
and Canaries (Schwartz) ; 0-600 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, Scotland,
Ireland, Selsea, Martigues, Rhodes ; 0-100 ft.
The varieties and names of so-called species which I consider
varieties are very numerous; I have noted more than a score of
such synonyms. . splendida of Eichwald appears to differ only in
having a shorter spire and rows of small purplish spots, arranged
in the same way as in a pretty Algerian variety of R. montacuti.
4 18. Rissoa varraBiiis, Megerle v. Mihlfeld.
Turbo variabilis, Meg. v. Muhlf. Ges. Nat. fr. zu Berlin, 1829,
inp) 2, t.4..(7), f..9,. a,b.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Algeciras B.
Distribution. Atlantic coasts of Spain and Portugal, Mediter-
ranean, Adriatic, and Black Sea; 10-120 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Madeira (Mayer). Pliocene: Italy. Post-
tertiary : Nice, Leghorn, Sicily, Rhodes.
R. costata of Desmarets and &. desmaresti of Forbes. Mon-
terosato says (in his letter) that perhaps Hulima cingulata of
Requien may have been an elongated ribless variety of the present
species. Such attempts at identifying doubtful species of obscure
authors are more ingenious than useful.
R. variabilis deserves its name, as regards the length of spire and
strength of sculpture.
Y/Y 19. Rissoa stmruts, Scacchi.
R, similis, Sc. Cat. conch. Neap. 1836, p. 15; Phil. Moll. Sic. ii.
p. 124, t. xxiii. f. 5. Var. as RB. costulata, B. C. iv. p. 35; v.
p. 208, pl. lviii. f. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B.
Distribution. From Scarborough and along the western coasts of
France and Spain to the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Madeira and
the Canaries ; 0-150 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Madeira. Pliocene: Italy. Post-tertiary :
Selsea, Leghorn, Ischia, Rhodes, and Cyprus.
118 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
R. costulata of Alder and probably also R. ovatell/a of Forbes are
varieties of R. similis ; and there are several other synonyms. In my
paper on Piedmontese Mollusca (nearly thirty years ago) I erro-
neously referred this species to R. oblonga of Desmarets ; I now
consider that so-called species a variety of Rt. membranacea. R. cos-
tulata of Risso appears to be the same species as R. costata of
Desmarets, which is R. variabilis of v. Mihlfeld. But it would cause
unnecessary confusion if these names were interchanged. Let usage
prevail. “I care not for their names.”
Specimens of R. costulata, Alder, from Cadiz, are undistinguishable
from those of R. similis except in colour. The peculiar characters
of both are the constriction of the body-whorl and mouth, and the
spire tapering to a fine point. Some specimens of the typical form
are ribless and nearly smooth, and others of the variety costulata
are broader and more ventricose in the middle.
v 20. Rissoa viotacea, Desmarets.
R. violacea, Desm. in Bull. se. soc. phil. Paris, 1814, p. 8, pl. i.
f. 7: B.C. iv. p. 33; v. p. 208, pl. lxvii. f. 9.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B.; Med. Algeciras B.,
G. Tunis.
Distribution. Loffoden Isles to the Mediterranean and Adriatic,
Black Sea, Madeira, and Canaries ; 0-108 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy. Post-tertiary: Norway, Scotland and
Ireland, Nice, Leghorn, Ischia, Rhodes ; 0-100 ft.
At least ten synonyms, including R. lilacina, Recluz, R. rufi-
labrum, Leach apud Forbes and Hanley, Persephone rujfilabris,
Leach, and R. porifera, Lovén.
Variable as to size and the strength of sculpture, like all other
littoral and prolific species.
, 21. Rissoa parva, Da Costa.
Turbo parvus, Da Costa, Brit. Conch. p. 104.
R. parva, B. C. iv. p. 23, pl. i. f. 1; v. p. 207, pl. Ixvii. f. 3, 4.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 13, 36 (intermediate
between the typical form and the variety inéerrupta), Gibraltar B.
(monstr.). As var. interrupta, 1869: Donegal B., L. Swilly.
1870: Atl. Vigo B. (semicostata), 16; Med. Algeciras B. (sem:-
costata), 50, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Typical form and var. interrupta. Scandinavia from
Vads6 southwards, Great Britain and Ireland, Heligoland, Holland,
France, Spain, Portugal, Italy, Dalmatia, Greece, Algeria, Madeira,
Canary Isles, and ‘ Valorous’ and ‘ Travailleur’ Expeditions; 0-
1785 fms. (at great depths transported from the littoral and lami-
narian zones).
Fossil. Pliocene or Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, Great Britain and
Ireland, Biot, Nice, Italy, Cos, and Rhodes; 0-200 ft. Not as
Turbo interruptus of Adams from the Tertiary formation of N.W.
Germany, described and figured by Philippi.
7
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS, 119
There are already too many names for this abundant and widely
distributed little shell; but I fear that some of the modern species-
makers will contrive to invent a few more to the great detriment
and confusion of science. Quousque tandem abutentur patientia
nostra?
./ 22. Rissoa ancuuata!, Jeffreys. (Plate IX. fig. 5.)
Suet forming a short and regular cone, thick, opaque, rather
glossy: sculpture, 10-12 strong and slightly curved longitudinal
ribs on each of the body- and penultimate whorls, those on the latter
whorl being sometimes confluent or else some being much finer than
the others ; the ribs on the body-whorl are not continued below the
periphery, which is distinctly angulated; there are no traces of
spiral strie ; the upper whorls are quite smooth: colour yellowish
brown or dirty white: spire short: whorls 4, compresssed ; the last
occupies more than half of the spire; apex blunt: swéwre slight :
mouth obtusely triangular: outer lip sharp, not crenated within:
inner lip thickened : pillar imperforate. L.0°075. B. 0°05.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Adventure Bank. Several
specimens, apparently semifossilized or having the interior filled with
small agglomerated fragments of a siliceous nature.
Differs from R. ehrenbergi, Philippi, according to his description
and figure, in being more regularly conical, having 4 instead of 6
whorls and fewer ribs, and being destitute of spiral strize.
y 23. Rissoa ALBELLA, Lovén.
R. albella, Lov. Ind. Moll. Scand., var. sarsii, p. 25: B. C. iv.
p- 29; v. p. 207, pl. Ixvii. f. 6.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St., Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Norway and Sweden, Kiel Bay, Shetland, Hebrides,
Bantry Bay, Southampton, Dalmatia, and Southern Italy ; lami-
narian zone.
Fossil. Post-tertiary: Christiania district, Uddevalla, Apulia, and
Oreto in Sicily ; 0-100 ft.
R. cnonensis of Brusina and R. targionii of Appelius, appear to
be also varieties of the present rather variable species. The variety
sarsii bears the same relation to the typical form as the var. inter-
rupta has to R. parva; the principal difference between R. albella
and R. sarsii consists in the latter having more convex whorls, and
consequently a deeper suture, a slighter labial rib, and in the
coloured markings.
I have satisfied myself that this is not the Paludina benzi of
Aradas, judging from authentic specimens of that species. Nor do
I consider it R. ehrenbergii of Philippi, which he found among sea-
weeds brought by Ehrenberg from Cattaro; it may have been a
mistake as to the locality, as well as in other cases of Red-Sea shells,
owing to the misplacement of tickets.
. Angular.
120 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
24. Rissoa NANA, Philippi.
R. pusilla, Ph. Moll. Sic. i. p. 154, t. x. f. 13.
R. nana, Id. op. cit. i. p. 127.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 55, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Coasts of Western France, the Mediterranean and
Adriatic ; 30-777 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Madeira. Pliocene : Monte Mario and Calabria.
Post-tertiary : Rhodes.
The reason given by Philippi for changing the name which he
originally proposed, viz. because Brocchi had previously given the
name pusillus to a species of Turbo, was not satisfactory, inasmuch
as Brocchi’s shell belonged to Réssoina and not to Rissoa. This I
have ascertained by an examination of Brocchi’s specimens. But
the change has been sanctioned and adopted by modern con-
chologists.
Not R. nana of Grateloup, which is a Miocene species of the
Bordeaux Basin, uor 2. nana (Partsch), Hornes, from the Vienna
Basin, both names being subsequent in date to that of Philippi. I
greatly doubt the identification of the present species with R. dolium
of Nyst, which name was substituted by him for R. pusilla of Marcel
de Serres, also a fossil of the Bordeaux Basin. Possibly our species
may be the R. pulchra of Forbes; but the size which he gives (one
tenth of an inch) is far too great. Unfortunately the Aigean shells
were dispersed, and many of them lost to science ; his descriptions,
or rather notices, were tou short and insufficient for the exact com-
parison of his species, and very few of them were figured.
y 25. Rissoa TuRRIcULA’, Jeffreys. (Plate IX. fig. 6.)
SHex turreted, thin, semitransparent, and somewhat glossy :
sculpture, 20-25 slight and gently curved longitudinal ribs on the
last whorl, and nearly as many, but finer, on the next whorl; the
remainder of the shell is smooth; there are no spiral strize or other
markings: colour whitish: spire pointed: whorls 4, swollen,
gradually increasing in size; apex slightly twisted on one side:
suture deeply excavated : mouth roundish: outer lip sharp ; inside
smooth: ¢nner lip reflected on the lower part of the pillar, behind
which is a small chink. L. 0°05. B. 0°035.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 3. Two specimens, not in good
condition.
I propose this species with some hesitation, because the specimens
have the appearance of being decorticated, like casts of a fossil shell ;
but I cannot identify them with any known species.
v 26. Rissoa tnconspicua, Alder.
R. inconspicua, Ald. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 223, pl. viii.
f. 6,7: B.C. iv. ps 265. vy. p.' 207, pl. Ixwii. £45.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal, B. 1870: Atl. Vigo B., 24,
26-30, 35, Tangier B.: Med. 50, Adventure Bank.
1 JA little ros
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 121
Distribution. Arctic Norway southwards along the western coasts
of Europe to the Aigean archipelago, Madeira (Watson), and
Teneriffe in the Canary Isles (McAndrew) ; 0-120 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Norwich Crag, Italy. Post-tertiary: Norway
and Sweden, Scotland and Ireland, Rhodes ; 0-100 ft.
This may be the Turéo albus of Adams (Trans. Linn. Soc.) and
Turbo albulus of Maton and Rackett, and if so, the first of those
names would take precedence of any other; but they may be con-
sidered antiquated. LR. rudis, R. nana, R. radiata, and R. granulum
of Philippi were erroneously given by me in my paper on the
Picdmontese Testacea as varieties of the present species; that,
however, was nearly thirty years ago, and I have since seen all
these species instead of the descriptions of them. Morch united,
but wrongly as I believe, 2. albella and &. sarsizt with R. incon-
spicua as varieties. The sculpture is excessively variable, as regards
not only the number and comparative strength of the longitudinal
and spiral strie, but even their existence. Some specimens are
marked with one or two varices or larger ribs. The variety
variegata is peculiar, and has been made a distinct species by
Schwartz v. Mohrenstern.
/ 27. Rissoa peicrosa’, Jeffreys. (Plate IX. fig. 7.)
SHELL conic-oval, rather thick, semitransparent, and glossy:
sculpture, short, sharp, and somewhat curved longitudinal ribs or
strize, of which there are from 16 to 20 on each of the three last
whorls, the first and second whorls being smooth; these ribs or
strize do not extend below the periphery ; they are crossed by more
numerous spiral strize or thread-like lines, the six lowermost being
much stronger than the rest ; this intercrossing, however, does not
impart to the surface a reticulated appearance, because the longi-
tudinal ribs are much thicker and less numerous than the spiral
strize: colour milk-white: spire short, bluntly pointed: whorls 5,
convex, gradually enlarging; apex bulbous: suture deep: mouth
more round than oval, angular above: owter lip simple and rather
thin, but strengthened outside by a thickened rib: cnner lip folded
over the pillar and forming with the outer rib a continuous or com-
plete peristome: base compressed or slightly concave, and having a
narrow chink behind the pillar-lip. L. 0°075. B. 0°05.
Var. multicostata. Longitudinal ribs much more numerous, finer
and straight ; spiral strize also more numerous, but slighter and less
distinct except at the base. Some specimens have much more
delicate and close-set sculpture than is shown in the figures; and in
other specimens the sculpture almost disappears. The variety, if it
can be properly considered distinct, is connected with the typical
form by intermediate gradations. Species-makers would revel in
this kind of manufacture.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: AtliSt29) UShlG, V7s l7ae24; off Ce
Sagres, 26-34, 36; Med. 50, Adventure Bank, 58.
. Delightful,
122 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), Mediterranean
(same, ‘ Shearwater ’ and Italian Exps., Marion, and Nares) ; 120-
1062 fms. What I regard as a variety was procured in the
‘Challenger’ Exp., off Palma in the Canaries, at a depth of 1125
fms.; it is rather larger, and the sculpture is stronger. I gladly
take again this further opportunity of publicly acknowledging my
obligation to the Rev. Robert Boog Watson, who has so patiently
and carefully worked out the greater portion of the ‘Challenger’
Mollusca, for his courtesy in allowing me to compare them with the
Mollusea which are the subject of the present and preceding papers.
Fossil. Pliocene : Messina (Seguenza).
V 28. Rissoa MonTACUTI (montagui), Payraudeau.
R. montagui, Payr. Moll. Cors. p. 111, t. v. f. 13, 14.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Algeciras B.
Distribution. Rochelle (Dr. d@ Orbigny), Cadiz (J. G. J.), Gibraltar
to the eastern coasts of the Mediterranean, Adriatic, Madeira (Wat-
son); 0-40 fms.
‘fossil. Miocene: Vienna and Bordeaux Basins, and Maine-
et-Loire. Pliocene: Italy. Post-tertiary : Leghorn, Ischia, Rhodes.
Apparently Alvania lineata and other species of Risso; but his
descriptions and figures are equally enigmatical and indeterminable.
There are also nine or ten more synonyms for this species and
its varieties including R. aspera of Philippi and 2. algeriana of
Monterosato.
I have ventured to slightly change the spelling of the specific
name, for the reason which I gave in B. C. (iv. p. 229) as to Natica
montacuti, It surely is desirable to adhere to the established rule
that all names of species should be given in Latin, preferably to a
merely Latinized form. I therefore, in Part V. of the present series
of papers (p. 673), substituted eccentros for excentrica. The former
is a classical word, and is found in all good lexicons and dictionaries ;
the other is neither classical nor found anywhere. I make this
remark with all respect for the opinions of M. Crosse and Herr
Weinkauff, who have criticized my alteration.
29. RissoA WYVILLE-THOMSONI, Jeffreys.
“« R. weyville-thomsoni” (Jeffr.), Friele in Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid.
1877 (separate copy), p. 3. It will be figured: in the forthcoming
publications of the Mollusca from the ‘ Voringen’ Expedition A,
as well as in the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 1.
‘Poreupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 77 (560 fms.).
Distribution. ‘ Véringen’ Exp.; cold area; 488-510 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary : Bridlington (Lamplugh) !
This and the next species are umbilicated; and if this character
were sufficient to warrant another section of the genus, the name
Punctulum might be appropriate. Another species, also a Brid-
lington fossil, which I have named R. subperforata, has the same
peculiarity.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 123
Dr. Kobelt and M. Crosse have objected to the specific name
wyville-thomsoni as contravening the laws of Linnean nomenclature.
But the name is really one and single, although compound and
apparently double. The patronymic name Thomson and many
others in England are so very common that the bearers of it are
obliged to annex the second baptismal name by way of distinction. _
My own name by the bye is also a case in point. Linné himself
frequently used compound names for Testacea, viz.: pes-pelecani,
pes-lutre, caput-serpentis, crista-galli, stercus-muscarum, Auris-
Mide, Auris-Jude, Auris-Diane, Tectum-persicum, oculus-capri,
cornu-militare, and Cornu-arietis. Here are a dozen such instances
of Linnean names.
VY 30. Rissoa sreranist’, Jeffreys.
R. costulata, S. Wood, Crag Moll. i. p. 106, t. xi. f. 12, a, 5.
R. stefanisi, B. C. v. p. 208.
Distribution. Throughout the Mediterranean, in few localities and
sparingly ; 40-600 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Red and Coralline Crag, Belgian Crag, and
Biot. Icannot agree with Monterosato that this is the same species
as Acteon pygmea of Grateloup, a Miocene fossil of the Bordeaux
Basin, nor with Van den Broeck that it belongs to the Pyramidellide.
The apex is not heterostrophe or sinistral, although intorted ; the
peristome is continuous ; and the pillar has no tooth or fold, only a
slight thickening.
When I suggested the name stefanisi instead of costulata, 1 was
under the impression that Alder’s name costulata, being older than
that of Wood, must be preferred to the latter. But I now believe
that Alder’s species is merely a variety of R. similis, and that Risso’s
R. costulata may be identical with A, variabilis of v. Muhlfeld. In
that case Wood’s name might stand. However,
“ Oonfusion’s cure lives not
In this confusion.” SHAKESPEARE.
D. Crneuna. Spirally striated or smooth ; outer lip plain-edged.
Y 31. Rissoa striata, Adams.
Turbo striatus, Ad. in Tr. Linn. Soe. iii. p. 66, t. xiii. f. 25, 26.
R. striata, B. C. iv. p. 37; v. p. 208, pl. lviii. f. 2.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 4, 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 19. 1870: Atl. Vigo B.
Distribution. From the arctic and northern seas in both hemi-
spheres to the Aigean and Teneriffe on one side, and Little Gull
Island in New York and Jamaica on the other side ; 0-96 fms.
The American and arctic form is Cingula aculeus, Gould (1841
=R. savatilis, Moller (1842)=R. arctica, Lovén (1846). This
1 Named in honour of the late General de Stefanis of Naples, who was an
assiduous conchologist, and made an extensive collection of shells from that
part of the Mediterranean. He rendered me much kind assistance.
124 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
variety, as well as a specimen from Corsica, are more or less smooth,
and sometimes destitute of the spiral striae.
Fossil. Pliocene: Red and Coralline Crag, and Monte Mario.
Post-tertiary : Norway and Sweden, Scotch and Irish “ glacial ’’ beds,
Mammalian Crag, Selsea and Leghorn ; 0-460 ft.
Among the synonyms are R. minutissima of Michaud and R.
‘multilineata of Stinpson. Not R. striata of Quoy and Gaimard.
It is a favourite food of the Eider Duck and other sea-fowl.
32. Rissoa aFFrnis’, Jeffreys. (Plate IX. fig. 8.)
Suet oblong, slender, rather thin, semitransparent, and glossy :
sculpture slight and indistinct, not sharp and thread-like, spiral
strize, of which there are about 15 on the last whorl, less than half
that number on the penultimate whorl, and mere traces on the next ;
the topmost whorl is smooth: colour whitish: spire rather elon-
gated: whorls 4, moderately convex, the last exceeding two thirds of
the whole ; apex bulbous and somewhat truncated: suture slight :
mouth triangular, sharply pointed above: ouéer lip thin, somewhat
expanded : inner lip reflected on the pillar, and thickened: peristome
continuous. L. 0°0125. B.0:005.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 16. A single speci-
men from each station.
Differs from FR. striata in being broader proportionately to the
length, having 4 instead of 5 or 6 whorls, fewer and less distinct
spiral striz, and no trace of longitudinal striz, with an expanded
mouth and an acute-angled corner at the top. 2. arenaria has a
shorter spire, stronger and sharper sculpture, swollen whorls, a deep
suture, and roundish mouth. ‘The present species is not R. affinis
of Benoit, which is (ex visu typi) Hydrobia ventrosa. ;
33. Rissoa ARENARIA, Mighels and Adams.
Cingula arenaria, Migh. & Ad. in Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. iv.
(1842), p. 49, pl. iv. f. 24.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 2.
Distribution. Spitzbergen, Vadso (Verkriizen) ; Bohuslin (Lovén),
Greenland, Canada, Casco B., and Grand Manan; 5—40 fins.
Fossil. Post-tertiary : Greenock and Canada.
k. mighelsi of Stimpson, who changed the name, because he said
this species was not the Turbo arenarius of Montagu. But Montagu
never described or mentioned any species of that name. Helix
arenaria of Maton and Rackett (Turbo arenarius of Turton) is
Odostomia decussata. R. exarata of Stimpson is a variety of the
present species, judging from his description and figure, as well as
from a typical specimen given me by the lamented Professor; this
variety was also found by Professor G. O. Sars in Finmark.
The animal was described by me in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of
Natural History’ for March 1877.
1 Allied, se. to R. striata,
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 125
y 34. Rissoa renurscuupta (Jeffreys), Watson.
P R. tenuisculpta, Wats. in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 369, pl. xxxvi.
28.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 9, 16, 17a, 26, 36; Med. 53,
Adventure Bank. One of the specimens has the middle whorl
keeled or angular.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (de Folin and ‘ Travailleur’ Exp.),
Mediterranean (Italian Exp.), Madeira (McAndrew and Watson),
off Culebra I. and Ascension (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ; 25-640 fms.
The sculpture is more or less strong, and the size of the last whorl
and of the mouth is variable. In my deep-sea specimens the
longitudinal strize are distinct, numerous, and curved (flexuous on
the last whorl), but they do not extend below the periphery. Mr.
Watson says, “ Longitudinal lines of growth few, faint, hair-like.”
From a careful comparison of many specimens with those of Rissoa?
coriacea, Manzoni (Journal de Conchyliologie, 1868, pp. 166 and
242, pl. x. f. 6), I should be inclined to unite the two Madeiran
species. In such case the latter specific name would have precedence.
/ 35. Rissoa proxima, Alder.
R. prozima (Alder), Forbes & Hanley, iii. p. 127, pl. Ixxv. f. 7,
8: B.C. iv. p. 39; v. p. 208, pl. Ixviii._f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2,18. 1870: Atl. 10.
Distribution. Loffoden Isles to the Mediterranean ; 15-108 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Siena and Palermo.
This species was first and fully described by me in the ‘ Annals
and Magazine of Natural History’ for 1848 (p. 16), under the name
of R. striatula, and that specific name has the priority of many years
over the late Mr. Alder’s name of proxima. But in order to prevent
my name being confounded with that of Turbo striatulus, Linné
(which, however, is a species of Odostomia), J afterwards relinquished
my name and adopted that of Alder, by which the species is now
generally known to conchologists. Perhaps I was not in strictness
justified in doing so.
\, 36. Rissoa virrEA, Montagu.
Turbo vitreus, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 321, t. 12. f. 3.
R. vitrea, B. C. iv. p. 40; v. p. 208, pl. lviii. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 18. 1870: Atl. 10, Vigo B., 29,
30; Med. 50, Benzert Road.
Distribution. Bohuslin (Malm) to the Mediterranean ; 12-249
fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Transylvania (Hauer and Stache)? Pliocene :
Coralline Crag and Italy. Post-tertiary : Sweden, Belfast, and Leg-
horn.
Not R. vitrea of Nyst or of M. Sars.
See B. C. iv. p. 40, as to the characters which distinguish this
species from R. prowima.
126 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
v 37. Rissoa supstriatA, Philippi.
R. substriata, Phil. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 132, t. xxii. f. 20.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 27, 28, 30, 36, Tangier B. ;
Med. 50.
Distribution. G. Lyons (Martin, f. Monterosato), and Marseilles
(Marion).
Fossil. Pliocene: Tuscany (de Stefani), Calabria (Tiberi), and
Sicily (Philippi and Monterosato).
Some specimens have the outer lip thickened by a slight rib.
Philippi says, “labrum simplex.” The spiral striz are occasionally
stronger than the longitudinal striz ; and in such cases there is no
regular reticulation, as described by him.
v 388. Rissoa souura, Philippi.
RR. soluta, Phil. Moll. Sic. i. p. 130, t. xxiii. f. 18: B. C. iv.
p- 45; v. p. 208, pl. Ixviii. f. 7.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 26, Tangier B.; Med.
Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Finmark to the Archipelago and Adriatic ; 20-300
fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Central and Southern Italy. Post-tertiary :
Norway, Rhodes ; 0-100 ft.
Cantraine described the mouth of his R. obtusa as “ obliqua,”
and the peristome as ‘‘ continuo”; and neither he nor Philippi
noticed the spiral striz or the umbilical chink. His description,
therefore, is not quite applicable to the present species ; aud I still
think the name given by Philippi should be retained, especially as
the latter illustrated his description by a figure.
¥ 39. Rissoa TurerpDA, Jeffreys.
R. turgida, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1870, p. 8: G. O.
Sars, Moll. arct. Norv. p. 183, t. 10. f. 12, a—0.
‘Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 3, 6, 27, 28, 34.
Distribution. North Cape to Christianiafiord, Bay of Biscay
(‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1882), New England (Verril/); 100-487 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily (Monterosato and Seguenza).
The slight ridge or line which encircles the periphery is less
distinct in some than in other specimens.
| 40. Rissoa semistriata, Montagu.
Turbo semistriatus, Mont. Test. Br. Suppl. p. 136.
Rh. semistriata, B. C. iv. p. 46; v. p. 208, pl. xviii. f. 8.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. Vigo B., 36.
Distribution. Norway, Faroe Isles, Denmark, Great Britain and
Ireland, northern and western coasts of France and Spain, Mediter-
1884,] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 127
ranean, Adriatic, and var. Madeira (Watson); 0-80 fms. Bay of
Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1881); 640 fms., most probably drifted.
Fossil. Pliocene: Monte Mario. Post-tertiary: Portrush and
Leghorn.
I would refer to ‘ British Conchology’ for the synonyms of this
rather variable species. And I am inclined to add to the list my
R. picta, as well as R. granulum of Philippi, 2. galvagni of Avadas,
R. depicta of Manzoni, R. maculata and R. concinna of Monterosato,
R. tenuiplicata of Seguenza, and R. emula of Granata.
I regret to differ so much from some continental conchologists with
respect to the comparative value of certain characters which have
induced them to make so many species out of what I believe to be
mere varieties; but I do not attach so great an importance as they
evidently do to the difference of specimens, which are abundant, widely
distributed, and consequently variable. However, they may have as
much right to regard these as distinct species as I have to consider
them varieties ; and it is not very important whether such forms are
called by one name or the other.
Some specimens have a reticulated sculpture in consequence of the
spiral strie covering all the surface of the shell, and being crossed
by close-set longitudinal striz. The texture of these specimens is
thicker and stronger than usual.
441. Rissoa cineitivus, Montagu.
Turbo cingillus, Mont. Test. Br. p. 328, t. 12. f. 7.
R. cingillus, B. C. iv. p. 48; v. p. 208, pl. Ixvili. f. 9.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B.
Distribution. Iceland (as Heliz pella of Linné) ? Norway, Sweden,
Denmark, Farve and British Isles, northern and western coasts of
France and Spain, Mediterranean ; 0-20 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary : Scotland, Ireland, and Tuscany.
Several old synonyms; but if the existence of this species in
Iceland were established, instead of doubtfully depending on the
authority of Zoega, one of Linné’s pupils, the specific name ought to
be pella, although by no means appropriate.
42, Rissoa asTuRIANA, Fischer.
Plagiostila asturiana, Fisch. in ‘ Les Fonds de la Mer, i. p. 50,
ple: be te
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Gibraltar Bay.
Distribution. Gijon and Vigo Bay (de Folin) ; 10-18 fms.
T cannot separate this species, however peculiar and interesting,
from Rissoa by any definite character. In comparison with R. lactea
the shape is similar ; the papillary apex, the disproportionately
large size of the last whorl, the obliquity of the axis or pillar, the
semilunar form of the aperture or mouth, and the thickened peri-
stome are the same in each of those species. The chief difference
consists in the present species being devoid of sculpture. Perhaps
both species might constitute another section of Rissoa.
128 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
y¥ 1. Hyprosia uLv#, Pennant.
Turbo ulve, Penn. Br. Zool. iv. p. 132, pl. Ixxxvi. p. 120.
Hydrobia ulve, B. C. iv. p. 52; v. p. 208, pl. Ixix. f. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. (type and vars. barleet
und octona), 19 (var. barleei), 58 (same variety). 1870: Med. 50
(var. subumbilicata).
Distribution. Everywhere between tidemarks and in brackish
water throughout the eastern portion of the North Atlantic, from
Finmark and Novaia Zemblia, southwards to the Mediterranean and
Adriatic ; California (P. Carpenter)? A chance specimen of the
variety barleei was dredged in the Bay of Biscay during the
‘ Trayailleur’ Expedition of 1880 at the depth of 1062 fathoms!
Fossil. Pliocene and Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, Great Britain
and Ireland (including the Coralline, Red, and Mammalian Crags),
Leghorn, Southern Italy, and Rhodes. :
This abundant and widely distributed little shell has long served
as a manufactory of nearly countless species; and even undistin-
guishable and useless genera, such as Peringia and Peringiella,
have been invented to show the ingenuity of ambitious concho-
logists. Assiminea gallica of the late Dr. Paladilhé is another
Synonym, as I have ascertained from the inspection of typical
specimens which that author kindly sent me. Turbo minutus of
Totten, which inhabits similar situations on the western coasts of
North America, and which I found plentifully on the seaboard of
Canada and New England, appears to be a different species. See
also ‘ British Conchology ’ for synonyms and varieties.
vv 2. Hyprosia compacta’, Jeffreys. (Plate IX. fig. 9.)
SHELL conical, thick, semitransparent, and glossy: sculpture
none, except in the periphery being obtusely angular: colour yel-
lowish: spire rather short, bluntly pointed: whorls 6, flattened,
gradually increasing in size; the last occupies about two thirds
of the spire when viewed in a supine position: suture slight but
distinct : mouth oval, contracted above aud angular below: outer lip
somewhat thickened: inner lip also thickened, and reflected on the
pillar : peristome continuous; base imperforate. L. 0°175. B. 0-1.
‘Poreupine’? Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Tangier B. Several dead
specimens.
Differs from H. ulve in its shape, which is that of a short cone,
in the periphery being angular or keeled at. all stages of growth, and
in the base being imperforate. I cannot identify the present species
with any of those which were described and figured by Paladilhé
in his ‘ Nouvelles Miscellanées Malacologiques.’ Much confusion
seems to have been caused by him and other continental writers,
not only in making so many worthless genera of this family (Lit-
torinide), but in referring species of Hydrobia to Assiminea, which
belongs to the Pulmonobranchiata. For instance, in describing his
Assiminea obeliscus (which is apparently one of the numerous
1 Compact.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE > EXPEDITIONS. 129
varieties of H. venérosa) he criticizes Kiister for placing among the
Hydrobie Penuant’s Turbo ulve, contending that it is ‘une véri-
table Assiminea.’’ Ihave already shown in ‘ British Conchology,’
vol. v. p. 208, and in the foregoing notice of H. ulve, that
A. gallica of Paladilhé is the typical form of the above species.
Family X. PALUDINID&.
BirHyNIA RUBENS, Menke.
Paludina rubens, Menke in Chemn.-Kiist. pl. 9. f. 27-29.
‘Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 51. Two small specimens,
which had been probably carried out to sea from a freshwater river
or stream and deposited in 1415 fathoms.
Distribution. Sicily; Algiers (coll. Weinkauff.).
Family XI. HerrRopHROSYNIDA.
/ BARLEEIA RUBRA, Montagu.
Turbo ruber, Mont. Test. Br. p. 320.
B. rubra, B. C.\ive p. 56, plii. f. 23, v. p. 209, pl. lxix. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Gibraltar B.; Med. 50, Ben-
zert Road.
Distribution. Hellen in Bergensfiord (Friele), northern and
western coasts of Ireland, southern counties of England, N. and W.
coasts of France and Spain, Mediterranean and Adriatic, Canaries
and Madeira (McAndrew), C. Verd I. (Rochebrune), off Pernam-
buco (‘ Challenger’ Exp.)!; littoral and laminarian zones to 120
fms., the greater depths being probably accidental. I distrust the
recorded localities in Scotland, the North of England, and South
Wales.
Fossil. Pliocene: Central and Southern Italy. Post-tertiary :
Leghorn.
The only noticeable synonym is Rissoa fulva of Michaud.
Family XII. Skeneipa.
“ Homarocyra pDEnsicostata’, Jeffreys. (Plate X. fig. 1.)
SHELL somewhat resembling in shape Planorbis trivolvis of
Say, rather thin, semitransparent, and glossy : sculpture, extremely
numerous and close-set strize in the earlier and middle stages of
growth, which ultimately disappear and become microscopic lines ;
the upper part of the periphery as well as the base of the shell
are encircled by a sharp keel which intersects the spiral strive: colour
whitish: spire deeply sunk on both sides: whorls 4, compactly
coiled; the last is swollen and disproportionately large ; the others
rapidly decrease in size: suture narrow but excavated: mouth
horseshoe-shaped, with a thin edge, and expanding outwards:
umbilicus very wide and open, completely exposing the spire on
each side. L. 0°05. B. 0:075.
' Closely ribbed.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. IX. 9
130 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17a@. Two specimens, one
of which appears to be full-grown and the other half-sized: both
are now figured.
Distribution. ‘Bulldog’ Exp., Long. 54° 33! W., Lat. 55° 36’ N.
(Wallich) ; 1622 fms.! A smaller specimen. I had at first mis-
taken it for H. rota. See ‘ British Conchology,’ vol. iv. p. 72.
Family XIII. Vermetip2.
L/SILIQUARIA ANGUINA, Linné.
Serpula anguina, L. 8. N. p. 1267.
Siliquaria anguina, Philippi, Moll. Sic. i. p. 173, t. ix. f. 24, a-e.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. off Jijeli, Rasel Amoush.
Distribution. Throughout the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Cape
Verd I. (‘ Talisman’ Exp. 1882); 30-122 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Switzerland, Maine-et-Loire,
Touraine, and Madeira. Pliocene: South of France, and Italy.
Post-tertiary : Pozzuoli, Sicily, Morea, and Rhodes.
It would be interesting to know the nucleus of this curious shell.
I have never seen a quite perfect specimen, although the species is
not uncommon. In the young the spire is irregularly twisted
upwards and is occasionally heterostrophe, with a circular mouth; at
this stage of growth there is no indication of the peculiar slit.
Family XIV. Turriteuipa.
Genus St1iBe’, Jeffreys.
SuHeLu forming an elongated cone, smooth, and of a glittering
lustre ; nucleus or apex of the spire regularly and bluntly pointed:
mouth somewhat angular at the base.
Neither the soft parts of the animal nor the operculum being yet
known, I cannot satisfactorily assign this remarkable shell to any
family ; but all the characters above given agree with those of
Turritellide.
/ Srivpe acuta’, Jeffreys. (Plate X. fig. 2.)
SHE xt stiletto-shaped, thin, semitransparent, and very glossy:
sculpture none, except slight and microscopic lines of growth:
colour milk-white: spire tapering : whorls 10, convex, very gradually
increasing in size; apex somewhat compressed: suwéwre distinct and
deepish : mouth oval, pointed above and below, a little dilated at
the base: outer lip sharp: inner lip interrupted above, reflected on
the pillar, behind which is a narrow slit or umbilical chink. L.
0°25: BIO
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. One perfect specimen
and the lower half of another.
Distribution. ‘ Bulldog’ Exp., Long. 54° 33' W., Lat. 55° 36’ N.
(Wallich); 1622 fms. A smaller specimen.
* ZriABy, splendour, 2 Pointed,
5
1834.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 131
v1. TurriTevua TEREBRA, Linné.
Turbo terebra, L. S. N. p. 1239.
Turritella terebra, B. C. iv. p. 80, pl. ii. f. 1; v. p. 209, pl. Ixx. f. 6.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 6, 9, 13, 14, 15, 18, 23a, 25, 63.
The Minch, Little Minch, Loch Torridon, off Lerwick. 1870: Atl. 12,
Vigo B., 13, 16, Setubal B., 22, 25, 26, off C. Sagres, 30-34, Tan-
gier B.; Med. 45, Capo de Gata, Cartagena B. (and var. gracilis),
50, 55, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, G. Tunis, Adventure Bank,
off Rinaldo’s Chair, 58.
Distribution. Abundant throughout the coasts of the European
seas from Loffoden and the Faroe Isles southwards to the Mediter-
ranean and Adriatic, as well as of Maroceo, Algeria, and Tunis;
3-100 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Biot, and Italy. Post-tertiary: Sweden, Great
Britain and Ireland, S.W. France, Leghorn, Morea, Rhodes, and
Cos; 0-1350 ft. Not 7. terebra of Philippi from the Cassel ter-
tiaries, which is 7’. geinitzi of Speyer. he fry of the present
species was referred by Costa to the extinct genus Murchisonia.
Synonyms. Yurbo éricarinatus of Brocchi (not Turritella tricari-
nata of King), Turritella communis and other so-called species of
Risso, and perhaps also Zurbo ungulinus of Linné.
Extremely variable as to the number and proportionate size of the
spiral ridges or striz. The apex is bulbous and somewhat intorted.
2. TURRITELLA INCRASSATA, James Sowerby.
T. incrassata, Sow. Min. Conch. Gt. Brit. (1812), vol. i. p. 111,
t. 51. f. 6.
T’. triplicata, Reeve, Icon. Conch. (Turritella), pl. ix. f. 43, a, b.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 3a, Vigo B., 16, Tangier B.,
Gibraltar B.; Med. 50a, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure
Bank (and var. dicineta), 58.
Distribution. Western coasts of France and Spain, Mediterranean,
Adriatic, and Canaries; 6-150 fms. Heligoland (Leuckart)?
Fossil. Miocene: Maine-et-Loire (Bardin). Pliocene: English
and Belgian Crags (and var. dicincta), S.W. and S. France, Italy.
Post-tertiary : “Glacial beds of Wexford, not rare” (Forbes) ?,
Cornwall (S. V. Wood; specimens nearly as large as those of the
recent variety ¢urbona of Monterosato), Leghorn, Rhodes, and Cyprus.
There are a few synonyms, besides Turbo triplicatus and other
species of Brocchi.
One recent specimen, which had been repaired in the middle of
the spire, had only a single ridge or keel on the last two whorls.
MESALIA SUTURALIS, Forbes.
Turritella suturalis, Forb. Rep. Aig. Inv, (1843), p. 189.
Mesalia brevialis, Reeve, Icon. Conch. (Mesalia), pl. i. f. 2a, not
f. 2b./754 9 )
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl St. C. Sagres, Tangier B.; Med.
Algeciras B.
o*
132. DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
Distribution. Portugal (McAndrew, as M. sulcata), Gibraltar
(McAndrew and Ponsonby)!, Algeciras (Paz, f. Hidalgo, as M.
brevialis), Aci-Trezza, Sicily (Aradas, as last), Augean (Forbes, as
Turritella suturalis), Algiers (coll. Weinkauff)!, Mogador (McAn-
drew, as M., sulcata, var.)!
The name suturalis is not classical, but it may have been used to
signify the suture, which is conspicuous in this species. Reeves’s
figure is not satisfactory, because it does not show the peculiar shape
of the mouth. The characters by which Mesalia (Gray, 1842) may
be distinguished from Turritella seem to consist in the operculum of
the former being paucispiral instead of multispiral, the apex of the
spire being blunt and regular or mammiform, the outer lip flexuous,
and the mouth at its base expanded or effuse. Turritella brevialis
of Lamarck is a larger shell, and is described as smooth with a single
furrow near the suture. The type of Gray’s genus is Twrritella
sulcata of Lamarck, a Grignon or Eocene fossil, which therefore
cannot be the present species, although it was mistaken for it by
McAndrew.
Family XV. Scatarupz.
1. ScALARIA SUBDECUSSATA, Cantraine.
S. subdecussata, Cantr. Diagn. Moll. in Bull. Acad. Brux. ii.
p- 338 ; Mal. Med. pl. vi. f. 24.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. off C. Sagres, 28-28 a, 30;
Med. 55, Benzert Road.
Distribution. Atlantic coasts of France and Spain, Mediterranean,
Madeira, and Canaries, 20-57 fms,
Fossil. Pliocene: Altavilla (Tiberi).
Mesalia striata of A. Adams according to McAndrew, but this
species is described as from the Philippine Islands. It is, how-
ever, M. plicata of Adams from the Canary Isles, and Twrritellu
philippi ot Aradas and Benoit.
Some specimens are throughout ribbed lengthwise, while others
have slight and indistinct ribs on the upper whorls only. The shell
is equally variable with respect to the number, and in part occasional
absence of the spiral strize. The sculpture in one of the ‘ Porcupine’
specimens closely resembles that of Turbo corrugatus, Brocchi, and
the base is likewise keeled ; but the whorls in the present species
are compressed or flattened, and in Scalaria corrugata they are
convex and the suture is deep.
Monterosato has given some interesting particulars of the animal
in the ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie’ for 1878, p. 152, showing dif-
ferences from Turritella and Scalaria.
2. SCALARIA LoneissmmA, Seguenza. (Plate X. fig. 3.)
S. longissima, Seg. Form. Terz. Reggio, 1879, p. 266.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 45. 1870: Atl. 16.
Distribution. Azores (‘Talisman’ Exp. 1883); 681 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Messina, and Reggio in Calabria ( Seguenza).
The ‘ Porcupine’ specimens are imperfect, but those from the
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 133
‘Talisman’ Expedition resemble 8. torulosu of Brocchi; and the
present species may be a slightly altered descendant of the latter
species. S. lanceolata, which is also a Subapennine fossil, seems to
deserve more especially the name or epithet longissima,
3. ScALARIA GENICULATA, Brocchi.
Turbo geniculatus, Bre. Conch. Foss. Subap. 11. p. 659, t. xvi. f. 1.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 3a, 6; Med. 50, 50a.
Distribution. Cap Breton (de Folin), Bay of Biscay (‘Travail-
leur’ Exp. 1882), Palermo (Monferosato); 973-340 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Central and Southern Italy.
I am indebted to the kind generosity of my friend the Marquis
de Folin for an exquisite and quite perfect specimen of this lovely
shell. It is nearly an inch long and contains the operculum. It
has 17 whorls, the 4 topmost of which are smooth and polished and
form a short pointed cone. The colour is reddish-brown, with a
white and thick outer lip; there is no peristome, in consequence of
the inner lip being incomplete and scarcely discernible. Some of
the ribs in recent or living as well as in fossil specimens are occa-
sionally varicose or unusually thickened.
The Marquis de Folin most obligingly proposed to give my name
to the species, not being aware that it had been already described.
4. Scauarsa viTTaTa’, Jeffreys. (Plate X. fig. 4.)
Sue ct slender, rather thin, semitransparent, not glossy: sculp-
ture, about 15 sharp and curved, but not much raised longitudinal
ribs, each being crowned or surmounted just below the suture with
a short spine; the interstices of the ribs are closely striated spirally,
and decussated by more than twice as many microscopic longitudinal
strie ; the first 3 or 4 whorls are smooth and polished : colour pale
yellowish-brown, with three spirai bands of a much deeper hue on
the last whorl and two on each of the succeeding whorls except
those at the top; the bands on the last whorl are equidistant,
one below the suture, the middle one round the periphery, aud
the third (which is the broadest) encircling the base: spire
gradually tapering ; apex finely pointed: whorls 12-14, moderately
convex: sudure deep: mouth roundish-oval, angular at the inner
base: outer lip strengthened by the last rib, and slightly expanded :
inner lip reflected on the pillar, and continuous with the outer lip.
Pe Ofte me 05.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50, Benzert Road.
Distribution. Off west coast of Africa (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
1254 fms.
5. SCALARIA CANTRAINET, Weinkauff.
S. cantrainei, Weink. in Journ. de Conchyl. 1866, xiv. pp. 241, 246.
Cantr. Mal. Med. pl. vi. f. 16 (sine nomine).
‘Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. 50, 50a, Rasel Amoush, Adven-
ture Bank.
1 Banded.
134 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
Distribution. Bay of Biseay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1880 and 1881),
southern districts of the Mediterranean and coasts of northern
africa, and the Adriatie ; 70-552 fms.
S. kuzmici of Brusina. Tiberi considered the present species
S. muricata of Risso; but I cannot agree with him in this deter-
mination, Risso’s figure 45 looks more like S. frondosa, and his
description of S. muricata may be applicable to alinost any species.
This is a more slender shell and has fewer ribs than S. ¢revelyana
of the same size. The young of S. turtone is also more conical,
and the ribs are compressed and continuous, instead of being sharp
and muricated or prickly at the top of each whorl. Some of the
ribs are occasionally varicose or dilated as in other species of
Sealaria.
6. SCALARIA ALGERIANA, Weinkauff. (Plate X. fig. 5.)
S. coronata, Weink. in Journ. de Conchyl. x. p. 348.
S. algeriana, id. in op. cit. xiv. pp. 241, 247.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17a, 26-34, 36; Med. 50,
Adventure Bank.
Distribution. C. Breton (de Folin); and the Mediterranean
coasts of Spain, Italy, and Algeria; 15-130 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Siena, Reggio, and Messina.
I do not agree with Hidalgo that this is the S. wncinaticosta of
d@’Orbigny (Moll. Cuba, pl. xi. f. 25-27), which is described as
“rosea, anfractibus 9, costis 11 crassis, ineequalibus.” After a
careful examination and comparison of Weinkauff’s descriptions of
his S. algeriana and S. schultzit with each other as well as with his
typical specimens of those species, I have failed to make out any
difference between them. Both have the interstices of the ribs
spirally or transversely striated in the same manner. The present
species also agrees with S. pulchella of Bivona in that respect ; but
the spiral striz are finer and less distinct in 8. pulchella than in
S. algeriana, the longitudinal ribs are more than twice as many in
the former as in the latter species, and the shape is rather conical
instead of cylindrical. Another synonym of S. algerianais S. multi-
lineata of Philippi (Zeitschr. f. Mal.); but that name was pre-
occupied by Say for a well-known North-American species. issoa ?
coronata of Scacchi, described and figured by Philippi in his work
on the Mollusca of the two Sicilies, being the same species as S.
hellenica of Forbes, perhaps coronata ought to replace algeriana ;
but it is immaterial,
v 7. SCALARIA NANA’, Jeffreys. (Plate X. fig. 6.)
SHELL conical, of a delicate texture, semitransparent, not glossy :
sculpture, numerous and close-set curved lamellar ribs or ridges, of
which there are about 30 on the body-whorl; the interstices are
crossed by a few spiral strize; the first 3 or 4 whorls are smooth
Dwarf,
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS, 135
and glossy: colour pale yellowish-white: spire short, abruptly
tapering ; apex pointed: whorls 7-8, convex ; the last equals two
thirds of the shell when placed in a supine position, and more than
one third of the spire when the shell is placed with the mouth
downwards: suture deep: mouth nearly round, slightly angular at
the upper corner: outer and inner lips somewhat expanded ; peri-
stome continuous; there is a small umbilical chink between the
inner lip and the pillar. L. 015. B.0°075.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 9, 16,17, 17a, Setubal B., 26;
Med. Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1881); 1093
fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Messina (Seguenza) !
I have compared this little species with the young of all the
known species from the North Atlantic and the Mediterranean, and
I am satisfied that it is distinct.
vy 8. ScaLarta semripissuNCTA®, Jeffreys. (Plate X. fig. 7.)
Suexz corkscrew-shaped or forming a twisted cylinder, thin,
semitransparent, and rather glossy : scu/pture, numerous and close-
set flexuous and sharp lamellar ribs, of which there are about 20
on the bedy-whorl ; the first 3 or 4 whorls are smooth and regular ;
the ribs as well as their interstices are crossed by equally numerous,
but very fine spiral striee: colour pale yellowish-white: spire elon-
gated or drawn out, and gradually tapering; apex conical and
mammillar ; whorls 7-8, convex, angular, aud spinous (muricet) at
the top of each; the last nearly equals one half of the shell when
placed on its back, and between one third and one fourth of the
spire in a reversed position: suéwre deeply excavated: mouth cir-
cular, with a slight angularity at the upper corner: outer and inner
lips thin-edged, the latter being expanded, and folded back on the
pillar; peristome continuous or complete; no umbilical chink.
Pol0s B. O'S.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Three specimens
of different sizes, and fragments of four other specimens.
Distribution. Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp. 1883); 2199 fms.
This very remarkable species has many of the characters belong-
ing to the last species; but I do not think it can be a monstrous
form of S. nana, because (in addition to other characters which may
be observed by comparing the descriptions of both species) so many
similar specimens and fragments of the present species occurred
with the other species in the extraordinary haul off the coast of
Portugal, which I noticed in my report of the second ‘ Porcupine’
Expedition of 1870. See the ‘ Proceedings of the Royal Society’
for that year, pages 155 and 156.
S. disjuncta of Brown from Castellarquato is described as having
the last whorl furnished with a convex keel on the base.
? Half-disjoined.
136 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
9. SCALARIA CLATHRATULA, Adams.
Turbo clathratulus, Adams cn the Microscope, t. 14. f. 19.
S. clathratula, B.C. iv. p. 96; v. p. 210, pl. Ixsi. f. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 2, 3, 3a, 9, Vigo B., 16 (and
var. producta), 17a, 26-29 (and var. spinosa), 30, Tangier B.,
Gibraltar B.; Med. Benzert Road.
Distribution. Bohuslin, Shetland to the Channel Isles, France,
Spain, Portugal, Italy, Algeria, Morocco, Madeira, and New
England; 0-681 fms. Apparently not Belgium, as stated by M.
de Malzine under the name of 8. pulchella of Philippi and Kiener.
Fossil. Pliocene: English and Belgian Crags, Biot, Nice, Monte
Mario, and Messina. Not Miocene, as S. clathratula otf Hornes,
which is evidently a different species.
This was confounded by me as well as by many other writers with
S. pulchella of Bivona. That species attains to a larger size and is
proportionately broader; the ribs are much more numerous and
crowded, and their interstices are closely and regularly striated in a
spiral direction. Neither Bivona nor Philippi noticed the spiral
strie. The present species is S. soluda of Tiberi (Journ. de Conch.
1863), and S. dalliana of Verrill and Smith.
The variety spinosa from Stations 26 to 29 of the 1870 Expedi-
tion has a spine at the top of each rib below the suture. It is
analogous to the variety loveni of S. grenlandica, Other species
and varieties are also crested in the same manner. In some speci-
mens of the present species the ribs are more numerous than in
others. The variety producta from Station 16 of the same Expe-
dition has a longer spire and twice the usual number of ribs.
Y 10. Scatarta FRonpDOosA, J. & J. D. C. Sowerby.
S. frondosa, Min. Conch. vol. vi. (1829), p. 149, t. 577. f. 1.
S. soluta, Tiberi in J. de Conch. (1868), pl. vi. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’? Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17, 24, 26-29, 36; Med.
Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank, 58.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (de Folin), throughout the Mediter-
ranean (Tideri aud others), off Madeira (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1882) ;
20-547 fms.
Fossil, Pliocene: Red and Coralline Crag, and from Piacenza to
Ficarazzi in Italy. Probably not the Antwerp Crag as S. frondosa
of Nyst.
To show the number of synonyms which encumber certain species
like the present, being peculiar and not generally known, I may
instance the fcllowing as appertaining to S. frondosa:—S. Celesii,
Aradas, S. pumila, Libassi, S. rugosa, Costa, S. crispa, Scacchi (not
Lamarck), S. evimia, v. Pecchioli, S§. Pecchioliana, Issel, and S.
Gravitellensis, Seguenza, besides S. soluta, Tiberi (1868, not 1863).
S. foliacea of Searles Wood appears to be a variety of the present
species. I have already alluded to the possibility of Risso’s bad
figure of his S. muricata being intended to represent S. frondosa ;
Risso’s publication was three years older than Sowerby’s.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 137
The interstices of the ribs in this species are regularly and dis-
tinctly striated in the direction of the spire. My largest specimen
from the ‘Porcupine’ Expedition is three quarters of an inch in
length by nearly half an inch in breadth.
I have also from Rasel Amoush fragments of a species which
appears to be S. frondicula of Searles Wood. That species is more
slender and has more ribs than S. frondosa. As a Pliocene fossil
it occurs in the Coralline Crag of Suffolk, the Antwerp Crag, and
at Reggio in Calabria. Monterosato gives Palermo and S. Vito for
S. frondicula as a recent or living species.
vy 11. Scauaria TREVELYANA, Leach.
S. trevelyuna (Leach, MS.), Winch on the Geology. of Lindisfarn,
in Ann. Phil. new series, iv. p. 434: B.C. iv. p. 93; v. p. 209,
pi. lxxi. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 14, 15, 18, 25, 35, 45,
68, off Lerwick. 1870: Atl. 2, 17a, 27-283.
Distribution. Bergen to the Bay of Biscay ; 15-645 fms.
Fossil. Miocene?: Malaga. Pliocene: Red and Norwich Crag,
Biot, and Italy.
S. pseudopulchella of Seguenza.
12. Scatarta communis, Lamarck.
S. communis, Lam. An. s. Vert. vi. (2), p. 228: B.C. iv. p. 91,
Pies £35) ve plilxxf 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. 1870: Atl. C. Sagres :
Med. Algeciras B., Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Finmark (Lilljeborg) and western coast of Norway
to the Hgean Sea, Adriatic, Canaries ; living between tide-marks to
49 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Bordeaux Basin. Pliocene: Red Crag, Nice,
and Italy. Post-tertiary: Norway, Cumbrae, Ireland, West Cheshire,
Selsea, S. France, Leghorn, Vesuvius, and Morea: 0-50 ft.
Turbo clathrus of the ‘ Fauna Suecica,’ and of the 10th and pre-
ceding editions of the ‘Systema Nature.’ Petit therefore named
the present species S. clathrus, which is more correct than S. com-
munis according to the recognized laws of nomenclature.
vy’ 13. SCALARIA GR@NLANDICA, Chemnitz.
Turbo clathrus grenlandicus, Chemu. Conch. Cab. xi. p. 155,
t. 195 A. f. 1878, 1879.
S. grenlandica, B.C. iv. p. 97.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 65. A living specimen from the
last Station (345 fathoms) was nearly two inches long. The animal
having been put into boiling water was removed from the shell and
kept in spirit of wine; it then gave out a deep violet dye, which did
not fade for many years.
138 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
Distribution. Arctic and northern seas in both hemispheres,
southwards to Christianiafiord in Europe and to New England in
America, Barentz Sea, and Behring Strait; 8-160 fms. Mr.
McAndrew dredged a fresh-looking fragment in 38 fathoms off
Duncansby Head in Caithness.
Fossil. Pliocene: Newer Crags in our eastern counties. Post-
tertiary : Sweden, Aberdeenshire, Bridlington, and Canada.
The uppermost part of the spire is formed of two or three nearly
cylindrical and quite smooth whorls; the point or apex is rather
blunt and twisted. In a North-American specimen, from which
part of the apex had been broken off during the lifetime of the
animal, the fracture had been mended and the exposed opening
filled by a small convex shelly plug.
It is the S. subulata of Couthouy, not of Sowerby’s ‘ Mineral
Conchology.’
14, ScALARIA TURTON (turtonis), Turton.
Turbo turtonis, Turt. Conch. Dict. p. 208. f. 97.
S. turtone, B. C. iv. p. 89; v. pl. Ixxi. f. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870; Al. St. C. Sagres; Med. 50 (frag-
ment).
Distribution. Loffoden I. to the Augean, Adriatic, Madeira, and
Cape Verd I.; 5-45 fms.
Fossil, Pliocene: Red and Norwich Crag, Nice, Central and
Southern Italy. Post-tertiary: West of Scotland, Ireland, S. France,
Leghorn, and Rhodes.
This species might be the Turbo ambiguus of Linné, but for the
character ‘basi umbilicata.” The best known of several synonyms
is S. tenuicostata of Michaud.
In that admirable periodical the ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie’ for
January 1868 (which contains a review of the 4th volume of
‘British Conchology ’) the Editor, M. Crosse, objected to the specific
name turton@, because it was that of the deseriber, Dr. Turton;
and he remarked that I had not done well to change the original
name turtonis for turtone, “sous prétexte que Turton a eu |’inten-
tion de donner 4 l’espéce, non pas son propre nom, mais celui de sa
fille”? But Dr. Turton, in his ‘ Conchological Dictionary’ (p. 208)
expressly gives the credit of discovering this species to his daughter,
adding “ whose name we have attached to it.” That specific name
has been adopted and used by all British conchologists, and it is at
all events more justifiable than the names proposed by Mr. Clark
and Dr. Gray in honour of their wives, and by the old Italian geolo-
gist Gioeni in honour of himself. The termination of the specific
name in the present case is in strict accordance with the usual
custom. By the rules of biological nomenclature, which were framed
and adopted by the British Association for the Advancement of
Science, specific names may be changed when their meaning is
“elaringly false” or they have not been clearly defined. But
neither of these objections is applicable to the present case.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 139
1/15. Scararra acus, Watson. (Plate X. fig. 8.)
S. acus, Wats. in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zoology), 1883, vol. xvi.
p- 608
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 31-34.
Distribution. Sicily (Monterosato), west of Azores and Culebra I.
(‘ Challenger’ Exp.) (‘Talisman ’ Exp. 1883); 49-1254 fms.
Fossil, Pliocene: Ficarazzi (Monterosato). ©
Every specimen of this pretty little shell which I have seen is
spirally or transversely striated, a character unnoticed in Mr.
Watson’s description. In one of the ‘ Challenger’ specimens from
the Azores, fine spiral strize are perceptible only in the interstices of
the ribs ; but in the fragment from Culebra Island, as well as in
the perfect specimen now figured and the fragments from the
‘Porcupine’ Expedition, these striee are stronger and cross the
ribs. All the specimens have a basal ridge and a similar apex.
Y 16. ScaLarta TENERA’, Jeffreys. (Plate X. fig. 9.)
SHELL inclined to cylindrical, thin, semitransparent, and glossy :
sculpture, numerous slight, curved or somewhat flexuous, and
rounded but not prominent ribs, of which there are from 25-30 on
the penultimate whorl, those on the last whorl being indistinct or
wanting ; the ribs are more sharp on the upper whorls; all are
crossed by a few delicate and also rounded spiral strize, which are
more conspicuous at the base of each whorl: colour whitish: spire
slender and gradually tapering: whorls 10-12, convex: suture deep :
mouth more round than oval, obtuse-angled at the upper corner :
outer lip thin, expanded at the base: inner lip reflected on the
pillar and forming with the outer lip a continuous peristome; behind
it is a small umbilical chink. L. 0°5 (circa). B. 0-15.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. Four fragmentary or
imperfect specimens only, but sufficiently characteristic for description
and figuring.
17. Scauarta coartata’, Jeffreys.
S. obtusicostata, G. O. Sars, Moll. arct. Norv. p. 194), ta 22.
f. 9, a, b.
S, varicosa, id. l. ec. p. 348, t. 34, f. 9, a—e.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. An imperfect specimen.
Distribution, Vads6 and Moldé (G. O. Sars); 100-159 fms.
Having lately, through the accustomed courtesy of the eminent
Norwegian Professor, had an opportunity of re-examining his two
specimens which he had deseribed and figured as S. obtusicostata
and S. varicosa on my authority, and having carefully compared
them with each other as well as with Searles Wood’s and Brocchi’s
types of the above-named species, I am now convinced that I was
mistaken in suggesting the identification of the Norwegian with
those fossil species and that both his specimens belong to one and
the same species. He quite agrees with me in the latter determina-
tion, as well as in adopting the name which I have ventured to
1 Delicate. 2 Contracted or narrowed.
140 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
propose. I much regret that I was the cause of his having been
misled in the first instance.
y 18. ScaLarta FORMOSISSIMA', Jeffreys. (Plate X. fig. 10.)
Suexu slender, exceedingly thin and of a delicate texture, nearly
transparent, and rather glossy: sculpture, numerous crowded and
slight, obliquely flexuous ribs (40-50 on the body-whorl), which
are regularly and closely decussated by thread-like spiral striz, causing
the whole surface of the shell to appear shagreened or roughened by
a file; the four uppermost or apical whorls are obliquely and closely
striated lengthwise but not spirally ; the base and infrasutural portion
of each whorl is more or less distinctly keeled: colour milk-white ;
apical whorls reddish-brown : spire elegantly and gradually tapering ;
apex sharply pointed: whorls 12, convex, but angular on the upper
part of each: suture very deep: mouth roundish, angulated below :
outer lip very thin: inner lip expanded and somewhat inflected:
umbilicus small and narrow, but conspicuous. L. 0:6. B. 0°2.
‘Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17a. One lovely specimen,
now figured, and a few others more or less perfect, but much smaller.
Distribution. Josephine Bank (‘ Josephine’ Exp.), Azores
(‘ Talisman * Exp. 1883); 340-1514 fms.
The shell is so very delicate and almost transparent that the
purple dye which was emitted by the animal is clearly visible
through one of my specimens.
The imperfect and unsatisfactory notice given by the Marquis de
Monterosato of his 8. striatissima may apply to the present species
or to S. alyeriana. If the first-named species were the same as
this, I should have been glad to adopt the name which he proposed
in spite of striatissima not being a classical word ; but the author,
although an old friend, has not shown the usual courtesy of comply-
ing with my repeated request to be allowed to see a specimen of several
Mediterranean species which he has merely named, without properly
describing any of them. Such names must therefore be treated as
manuscript.
19. Scanarta PumiIcEA, Brocchi.
Turbo pumiceus, Bre. Conch. foss. Subap. ii. p. 350, t. vii. f. 3.
S. serrata, Calcara, Conch. foss. d’Altavilla, p. 47, t. ii. f. 4.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1879: Atl. St. Gibraltar B.
Distribution. Sicily, Algeria, Madeira, and Canaries.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna and Bordeaux Basins. Pliocene :
Coralline Crag and Italy.
S. varicosa of Lamarck and other synonyms of paleontologists.
20. ScALARIA HELLENICA, Forbes.
S. hellenica, Forb. Rep. Aig. Inv. (1844), p. 189.
Rissoa? coronata (Scacchi), Philippi, Moll. Sic. ii. (1844),
pxl27,t. anetaye
* Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 30; Med. 45, Rasel Amoush,
off Rinaldo’s Chair.
1 Most beautiful,
,
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 141
Distribution. From Nice to the Archipelago and the coast of
Dalmatia, Madeira, and Canaries off Sahara (‘Talisman’ Exp.) ;
40-1261 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin.
S. scacchii of Hérnesand S. crassilabrum of G. B. Sowerby. Not
S. coronata of Lamarck. Although the Report of Prof. Forbes and
the second volume of Dr. Philippi’s work bear the same date, the
former was published in 1843 at the Annual Meeting of the British
Association for the Advancement of Science, and appeared in the
‘Atheneum’ and other periodicals of that year. I therefore
consider that the specific name given by Forbes is entitled to priority.
The first whorls in this species, as is mostly the case in the genus
Scalaria, are smooth and polished, forming a sharp spike of a
reddish-brown colour.
J 21. ScALARIA CRENATA, Linné.
Turbo crenatus, L. S. N. p. 1238; Chemn. Conch. Cab. xi.
p- 156, t. 195 A. f. 1880, 1881.
S. crenata, G. B. Sowerby, Thesaurus Conchyliorum, 1. pl. xxxv.
f. 123.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Gibraltar B.
Distribution. Herm in the Channel Isles, a small and worn
specimen (fF. CO. Lukis)!, Atlantic coasts of France and Spain (de
Folin), Mediterranean, Mogador, and Canaries (McAndrew) ; 3-50
fms.
The body of this mollusk is of a yellowish hue mottled with
white; the snout or rostrum is thick and strong; the tentacles are
spike-shaped, rather long and slender, of a yellowish colour; the
eyes are small and black, seated on a slight prominence near the
outer base of each tentacle ; the foot is thick and short. Animal
shy or easily alarmed.
ACIRSA PREHLONGA, Jeffreys. (Plate X. fig. 11.)
A. prelonga, Jeffr. in Aun. & Mag. N. H. 1877, p. 241.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. A single specimen.
Distribution. ‘Valorous’ Exp. St. 12; 1450 fms. Also a
single specimen from that Expedition.
SUMMARY OF THE FOREGOING List.
Families. Genera. Number of
Species.
IX. LITTORINID (continued) Ruissoa........ 42
Hyprosia .... 2
X. PALUDINIDA .......... BITHYNIA...... 1
XI. HETEROPHROSYNIDA.. Barweeta...... 1
XII. SKENEIDZ ............ HoMALOGYRA .. ]
XIII. VERMETIDA .......... SILIQUARIA. . 1
142. DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
Families. Genera. Number of
Species.
XIV. TURRITELLIDAY........% STUEBE wate Ms l
TURRITELLA.... 2
Mires saatiA oars: 1
MVE SCALARIED A <5. ..s05 «08 SCALARIA ...... oF
ANGIRSAS 0 as eek l
Total. 74
- FourtuH SuPPLEMENT.
I have been indebted to the kindness of Dr. Fischer for an
opportunity of examining the Mollusca which were procured last
summer by the deep-sea exploration in the French Government
steamer ‘Talisman’ off the west coast of Spain and the coasts of
Marocco, Senegal, Sahara, Cape de Verd Isles, Canaries, and Azores.
This examination will be seen to have greatly enriched the present
Supplement. I also wish to recognize the laborious care taken by
the Marquis de Folin in his “triage’’ of the sifted material from
the deep dredgings in this Expedition.
Rares, Pavisale7e —
Page 401. Terebratula caput-serpentis. Off Marocco, the typical
form (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 65 fms. Fossil. Miocene:
Madeira (Mayer). Pliocene: Siena ( Pantanelli).
a Terebratula tuberata. Off Marocco and Sahara (‘ Talis-
man’ Exp.); 330-1261 fms.
P. 404 Terebratula vitrea, var. minor: off C. St. Vincent ; var.
sphenoidea: off Marocco (‘Talisman’ Exp.); 298-
818 fms.
P. 407. Terebratula septata. Off Marocco, Sahara, and Canaries
(‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 3313-861 fis.
P. 411. Platydia anomioides. Off Sahara (‘Talisman’ Exp.) ;
347-478 fms. Fossil. Pliocenz: Sicily (Seguenza).
F Megerlia truncata. Off Marocco and Canaries (‘ Talis-
man’ Exp.); 50-65 fms. As usual, abundant.
402, Atretia gnomon. Off Marocco and Azores (‘ Talisman’
Exp.) ; 1192-2199 fms.
413. Rhynchonella sicula. Off C. St. Vincent (‘ Talisman’
Exp.) ; 573 fms. Plentiful.
. Crania anomala. Off the Sahara (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
1261 fms.
- 415, Diseina atlantica. Off Marocco (‘ Talisman’ Exp.);
1192 fms.
Part II., P. Z. 8. 1879 :—
P. 554. Anomiaephippium. Fossil. Miocene: Madeira (Mayer).
P. 555. Anomia patelliformis. Off Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
43-76 fms.
P. 556. Pecten pusio. Off Canaries (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 99-
188 fms.
mw
=
=
1884.]
P.
Bi 558.
Lae
pe ie he
557
»>
9
‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 143
. Pecten pes-felis. Off Canaries and C. Verd I. (‘ Talis-
man’ Exp.); 88-134 fms. Very large. Fossil.
Miocene: Madeira (Meyer).
Pecten philippii. Off Canaries and Azores (‘ Talisman’
Exp.); 43-76 fms.
. Pecten teste. Off Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 43-76 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Siena (Panéanelli).
Pecten similis. Fossil, Pliocene: Siena (Pantanelli).
. Pecten vitreus. Off Marocco and Sahara (‘ Talisman’
Exp.) ; 469-650 fms.
Amussium fenestratum. Off C. Verd I. (‘ Talisman’
Exp.) ; 268-335 fms.: and var. cancellata, off Azores
(same); 1622-2199 fms.
. Amussium lucidum. Off Maroeceo, Sahara, and Azores
(‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 650-1429 fms.
. Lima sarsii. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1882) ;
249 fms. Off West coast of Africa (‘ Talisman’
Exp.); 1254 fms.
. Lima subovata. Off Maroceo (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
1192 fms. According to Brugnone not fossil at
Palermo, but the young of L. elliptica.
. Lima loseombii. Off Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 43-
76 fms.
Lima hians, var. tenera. Off Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
43-76 fms.
Lima excavata. Off Sahara (‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 185
fms. Fresh and apparently recent valves of an
unusually large size, equal to that of the fossil speci-
mens which Prof. Seguenza noticed from the Pliocene
or Post-tertiary formation in Calabria and Sicily and
named Z. gigantea.
. Modiolaria nigra. Norway (Storm); 3-4 fms.
. Dacrydium vitreum. Off West coast of Africa (‘ Talis-
man’ Exp.); 478 fms. Fossil. Post-tertiary :
Greenock (S¢eel).
. Arca lactea. Fossil: Miocene: Madeira (Mayer).
Arca nodulosa, var. scabra. Off West coast of Africa
(‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 754 fms.
. Arca tetragona. Off Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 43-
76 fms.
Arca noe, Fossil. Miocene: Madeira (Mvyer).
Area antiquata. Off Marocco (‘'Talisman’ Exp.) ; 323
fms.
. Arca frielei. Off Marocco (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 635 fms.
. Leda minuta. Norway (Storm) ; 300 fms.
. Leda fragilis. Bay ot Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1882) ;
249 fms,
Leda arctica. Post-tertiary: N.W. Germany (Torell).
. Leda messanensis. Off Marocco and the Azores (‘ Talis-
man’ Exp.) ; 452-15143 fms.
144 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
P. 578. Leda striolata. Off West coast of Africa (‘Talisman ’
Exp.); 452-1254 fms.
Fe Leda pusio. Off Maroceo (‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 753-
1192 fms.
P. 579. Leda jeffreysi. Off West coast of Africa and the Azores
(‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 452-2199 fms.
» Leda subequilatera. Off Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
1622 fms.
P. 580. Leda micrometrica. Mediterranean (Nares); 150-300
fms.
as Leda insculpta, var. levis; nearly smooth. Off Azores
(‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 2199 fms.
P. 581. Ledaminima. Off Sahara (‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 1261 fms.
» Nucula egeensis. Off Sahara (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
1261 fms.
P. 582. Nucula corbuloides. Mediterranean (Nares); 150-300
fms.
»» Nucula tumidula. Off West coast of Africa (‘ Talisman’
Exp.) ; 681 fms.
P. 583. Nucula sulcata. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.
1882); 249 fms.
P. 585. Limopsis aurita. Off Marocco and Sahara (‘'Talisman’
Exp.) ; 599-1429 fms. Very large from latter station.
» Lumopsis eristata. Off Marocco (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
658-861 fms.
- Limopsis minuta. Off Marocco (‘Talisman’ Exp.);
298-650 fms.
P. 586. Malletia obtusa. Off Marocco and Senegal (‘ Talisman’
Exp.) ; 298-1733 fms,
ne Malletia cuneata. Off Marocco and Sahara (‘ Talisman’
Exp.) ; 599-1733 fms.
Part III., P.Z.S. June 1881 :—
P. 696. Decipula ovata. Off West coast of Africa (‘ Talisman’
Exp.) ; 1254 fms.
P. 699. Laseapumila. Off Azores(‘Talisman’ Exp.); 15142 fms.
P. 701. Lucina spinifera. Off Canaries (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
99-188 fms.
ae Lucina borealis. Off Azores (‘Talisman’ Exp.) ; 43-
76 fms.
» Awinus fleruosus, var. polygona. Off Sahara (‘ Talis-
man’ Exp.); 1261 fms.
P. 703. Axinus croulinensis. Off West coast of Africa (‘ Talis-
man’ Exp.) ; 452-1254 fms.
», Aainus ferruginosus. Off Sahara (‘Talisman’ Exp.) ;
452-1261 fms.
P. 704. Axinus subovatus. Off Sahara (‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 1261
fms.
», Axinus cycladius. Off Sahara and Azores (‘ Talisman’
Exp.) ; 1261-1622 fms.
1884.]
P. 705.
. 706.
. 707.
. Cardium fasciatum. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.
P. 722.
Part
P. 922
‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 145
Cardita aculeata. Off Marocco (‘Talisman’ Exp.); 95
fms.
Cardium aculeatum. Drontheim (Storm). A specimen
82 mm. (more than 3 inches) in size.
Cardium papillosum. Off Canaries and Azores (‘ Talis-
man’ Exp.) ; 43-188 fms.
1882) ; 249 fms.
. Isocardia cor, fry. Off Senegal and West coast of
Africa (‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 1192-1733 fms.
. Astarte sulcata. Off Marocco (typical, intermediate,
and variety fusca); 95 tms. Off Canaries (typical) ;
99-188 fms. ‘Talisman’ Exp. 1883.
Circe minima. Gibraltar B.; living in 3 fms.
714. Venus rudis. Off Marocco and Canaries (‘Talisman ’
Exp.) ; 65-188 fms.
Venus effossa. Off Marocco, Canaries, and Azores
(‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 43-188 fms.
. Venus multilamella. Off Marocco (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
323 fms.
Venus casina. Off Canaries and Azores (‘ Talisman’
Exp.) ; 43-113 fms.
. Tellina balaustina. Off Marocco (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
65 fms.
. Tellina compressa. Bopvy whitish: mantle having its
fringed margin protruded beyond the edges of the
valves: tudes 8-sided, as in Vellina and Psammobia ;
they are bulbous at the extremities. Off C. Sagres,
in 45-58 fms.
Tellina serrata. Off Marocco (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 32}
fms.
Psammobia ferroensis. Off Azores (‘Talisman’ Exp.) ;
43-76 fms.
IV., P. Z. S. November 1881 :-—
. Amphidesma castaneum. Off Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
43-76 fms, Off C. de Verd I. (same Exp.); 1977 fms.
P. 926. Scrobicularia longicallus. Off C. Spartel, Marocco,
”
Proc.
Sahara, and Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 337-2199
fms. It seems a pity that the worthless and nonsen-
sical name Syndosmya should be retained by some
conchologists for species of the established and con-
sistent genus Scrodicularia. 1 have already endea-
voured to show that Syndcsmya is not founded on a
single valid character and that it is long subsequent
in point of date to Leach’s generic name Aéra, as
well as to Hrycina of Lamarck, which is apparently
the same genus.
Serobicularia alba. Off Marocco and Azores (‘Talis-
man’ Exp.) ; 470-681 fms.
Zoou. Soc.—1 884, No. X. 10
146
DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
. 930.
- 932
. 944,
. 945.
Lyonsia formosa. Off West coast of Africa (‘ Talisman ’
Exp.) ; 452-731 fms.
Pecchiolia subquadrata. Off Sahara (‘ Talisman’ Exp.);
681-1261 fms. I overlooked other ‘ Porcupime’
Stations for this species, viz. 1869: St. 16, 17.
These specimens are larger than the size given in the
description.
Pecchiolia insculpta. Off West coast of Africa and
Azores (*Talisman’ Exp.); 478-681 fms. Very
large and fine specimens.
. Pecehiolia angulata. Off Marocco and Sahara (‘ Talis-
man’ Exp.); 617-781 fms. An extraordinarily
large valve from the latter station.
Pecchiolia acuticostata. Off Marocco (‘ Talisman ’
Exp.); 650 fms. A large valve.
. Neera subtorta. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Garvel Park,
Greenock (Scott and Steel).
- Nera cuspidata. Off Marocco (‘Talisman’ Exp.) ;
95-138 fms,
Neera gracilis. Off Marocco (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
599-1300 fins.
Neera rostrata. Off Marocco and Azores (‘ Talisman’
Exp.) ; 470-1137 fms.
. Neera depressa. Off Sahara and the West coast of
Africa (‘ Talisman’ Exp.): 452-1261 fms.
Neera lamellosa. Off Sahara (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
1261 fms.
. Nee@ra contracta. Off Marocco and Azores (‘ Talisman’
Exp.); 1192-1622 fms. Mr. Dall now refers this
species to his WN. dimatula, described in the Bulletin of
the Museum of Comparative Zoology, vol. ix. No. 2,
p- 112. His report is dated December 5, 1881.
But in that description he says that his species is
clearly not one of mine. He has since had an
opportunity of comparing the types of both species.
Neera semistrigosa. Referred by Mr. Dall to his N.
lamellifera in the same publication. My publication
is dated Nov. 29, 1881.
. Neera circinata. Off Marocco (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
1138-1190 fms. Very fine specimens.
Neera ruginosa. Off West coast of Africa (‘ Talisman ’
Exp.) ; 452-1254 fms.
. Neera curta. Behring Sea (‘ Vega’ Exp.); 65 fms.,
as NV. behringensis of Dr. Leche. The sculpture of
all the ribbed species of this genus is variable.
Neera striata. Off Marocco (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 452-
361 fms.
Mya truncata. Off C. St. Vincent (‘ Talisman’ Exp.);
56 fms. A fresh-looking valve of a young speci-
men.
1884.] | ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 147
P. 946. Panopea plicata, Madeira (Watson) ; 20 fms. ; off Sa-
hara (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 1261 fms.
P. 947. Pholas candida. Drontheim (Storm).
Part V., P. Z.S., 1882 :—
656. Dentalium dentalis. Fossil. Post-tertiary: Selsea.
657. Dentalium panormitanum. C. St. Vincent, and off
Senegal (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 323-1723 fms.
P. 658. Dentalium capillosum. Off West coast of Africa and
Azores (‘Talisman’ Exp.) ; 681-2711 fms. Very
large and perfect from the latter locality.
op Dentalium candidum. Off Marocco, Sahara, and Canaries
(‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 629-1429 fms. Very large and
fine specimens.
* Dentalium agile. Off C. Spartel, Marocco, Sahara, and
Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 337-650 fms. Very
fine specimens.
P. 659. Dentalium striolatum. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’
Exp.); 1062 fms. My note of the animal (as D.
abyssorum) from 370 fathoms in the ‘ Porcupine’
Expedition of 1869, is as follows :—‘* Bopy cream-
colour: mantle thick, with jagged but not ciliated
edges: foot cylindrical and terminating in a conical
point ; lobes expansile, slightly scalloped at the edges ;
the upper part of the foot is pale yellowish brown:
tentacles (or captacula) numerous, extremely slender
and thread-like, with bulbous tips.”
» Dentalium entalis. Varangerfjord (‘ Coligny ’ Exp.).
660. Dentalium filum. Off Sahara (‘' Talisman’ Exp.) ; 1261
fms. A remarkably large and fine specimen.
661. Siphodentalium affine. Off Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
2199 fms.
662. Siphodentalium quinquangulare. Bay of Biscay (‘'Tra-
vailleur’ Exp.) ; 733 fms.
663. Cadulus olivi. Off Senegal and West coast of Africa
(‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 470-1733 fms. A fine specimen
from this Expedition has a double notch and corre-
sponding points at the apex, as in C. jeffreysi. See
the 5th volume of ‘ British Conchology,’ p. 197.
+ Cadulus gracilis. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.),
off West coast of Africa and Azores (‘ Talisman’
Exp.); 681-1622 fms.
P. 664. Cadulus cylindratus. Off Azores (‘Talisman’ Exp.) ;
2199 fms.
» Cadulus propinquus. Palermo (Monterosato), Bay of
Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), off Marocco (‘'Talis-
man’ Exp.) ; 108-1192 fms.
5 Cadulus subfusiformis. Off West coast of Africa
(‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 1254 fms.
be
2-0 eS
148
P. 665.
DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Feb. 19,
Cadulus jeffreysi. Off West coast of Africa (‘ Talisman’
Exp.); 478 fms.
Cadulus tumidosus. Off Maroceo and West coast of
Africa (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 478-1254 fms.
Chiton alveolus. G. St. Lawrence ( Whiteaves), G. Maine
(Ferrill); 150-200 fms.
Addisonia eccentros. Off Sardinia (‘ Washington’ Exp.,
1881); 217 fms. As to the change of name from
eacentrica to eccentros I would refer to my remarks
in page 122 of this paper.
Lepetella tubicola. A picturesque group of eight speci-
mens, snugly resting in the hollow of an upper man-
dible of a large Cephalopod, was dredged last summer
in the ‘Talisman’ Expedition off the Azores at the
depth of 64 fathoms ; and several specimens of appa-
rently another and a larger species were also procured
during the same Expedition off the Sahara in 126]
fathoms, and will be described by Dr. Fischer.
P. 674. Propilidium pertenue. Off Sahara and West coast of
Africa (‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 1261 fms.
P. 675. Puneturella profundi. Off Sahara (‘Talisman’ Exp.) ;
1261 fms.
P. 680. Emarginula multistriata. Off Sahara (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
+ Be
P
89.
102.
1261 fms.
Part VI., P. Z.S. 1883 :-—
88.
Scissurella umbilicata. Off Marocco (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
1192 fms.
Molleria costulata. Off Marocco (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.) ;
1062 fms.
Molleria levigata. S.E. Greenland, ‘ Bulldog’ Exp.
(Wallich); 108 fms.
- Cyclostrema trochoides. With the last.
. Cyclostrema bithynoides. Palermo (Monterosato); 1624
fms.
Cyclostrema spheroides. Off Marocco (‘ Travailleur’
Exp.) ; 640 fms.
Tharsis romettensis. Off Sahara (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) :
1261 fms.
. Trochus ottoi. Off Marocco and Azores (‘ Talisman’
Exp.); 631-1261 fms.
. Trochus suturalis. Off Sahara (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 222-
1261 fms.
Trochus leucopheus. After the words “omitted in”
add ‘ the index to.”’
. Trochus exasperatus. Fossil. Miocene. Maine-et-
Loire (Bardin).
Trochus wiseri. Off Marocco (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.) ;
1062 fms.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 149
P. 105. Zrochus miliaris. Fossil. Miocene. Maine-et-Loire
(Bardin).
P. 106. Trochus zizyphinus. Off Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
43-76 fms.
P. 109. Phasianella pulla. Off Sahara (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
1261 fms. Most probably drifted.
P. 110. Cithna tenella, and var. costulata. Off Marocco and
Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 681-1622 fms.
P. 111. Cithna carinata. Off Sahara (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 1261
fms.
P. 141. Iphitus. Another species was procured during the
same Expedition of the ‘Talisman’ in 681 fathoms
off the West coast of Africa.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate IX.
. Rissoa fischeri, p. 118.
parvula, p. 114.
—— subsoluta, p. 115.
teste, p. 115.
angulata, p. 119.
—— turricula, p. 120.
deliciosa, p. 121.
affinis, p. 124.
. Hydrobia compacta, p. 128.
Fig.
$0 1S? OTe 99 PO
Prats X.
Fig. 1. Homalogyra densicostata, p. 129.
. Stilbe acuta, p. 130.
Scalaria longissima, p. 132.
vittata, p. 133.
algeriana, p. 134.
nana, p. 134.
—— semidisjuncta, p. 135.
——-. acus, p. 159.
tenera, p. 139.
formosissima, p. 140.
. Acirsa prelonga, p. 141.
mt S $0 TS He O9 BO
prot beet
150 DR. LUTKEN ON TACHYGLOSSUS ACULEATUS. __[ Mar. 4,
March 4, 1884.
E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq., F.Z.S., in the Chair.
Mr. Howard Saunders exhibited an example of Sabine’s Gull,
Xema sabinii, shot last September in the Island of Mull, in the fully
adult summer plumage so rarely seen in Great Britain. Mr.
Saunders also exhibited an adult example in breeding-plumage of a
rare straggler from North America, Bonaparte’s Gull, Larus phila-
delphia, shot on Loch Lomond, about the end of April 1850, by
Sir George H. Leith-Buchanan, Bart.
With regard to the specimen of the American Laughing Gull,
Larus atricilla, in the British Museum, said to be the one obtained
by Montagu at Winchelsea, in August 1774, he pointed out that it
in no way agreed with Montagu’s description, and was certainly not
his bird.
Mr. Saunders further exhibited a specimen of the Dusky Shear-
water, Puffinus griseus (Gin.), shot off Redcar by Mr. T. H. Nelson.
The following extracts from a letter addressed to the Secretary by
Dr. Ch. W. Liitken, F.M.Z.S., was read :—
Zoological Museum,
University of Copenhagen,
15th Feb., 1884.
I take the liberty of placing before you a fact which has given
me some reason to suppose that Tachyglossus aculeatus, Shaw (T.
hystrix, auctt.), might possibly not be, as commonly supposed, the
only species of the genus inhabiting the continent of Australia.
In the year 1848 a Mr. Bertelsen, returning from Australia
(Sydney), offered us for sale several skins of Mammalia, mostly
common and well-known species from south-east Australia. Among
those purchased for the Zoological Museum, was a skin of a female
Tachyglossus of the hystrix type, which was at that time entered in
the catalogue as 7’. hystrix. During several years no special attention
was paid to this specimen until 1883, when Mr. Winge, who was
entrusted with the task of drawing up a catalogue of some parts of the
collection of Mammalia, drew my attention to the fact that this skin
could not be that of a true 7. aculeatus. At the same time he hinted
that it might possibly belong to the New-Guinean 7. lawesi, described
a few years ago by Mr. Ramsay (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vol. i.
p- 32, 1878). The journal in which the original description of this
species is given, does not exist here in Copenhagen. At that time,
therefore, we were unable to verify this conjecture. Some time ago,
however, the note inserted by M. Alph. Dubois in the ‘ Bulletin
de la Société Zoologique de France’ for 1881, im which this gentle-
man has had the appropriate idea of adding to his account of Acan-
thoglossus bruijni a fresh translation of the description of 7’. lawes?,
happened to fall into my hands. Thus we were able to compare the
1884. ] DR. LUTKEN ON TACHYGLOSSUS ACULEATUS. 151
specimen bought in 1848 of Mr. Bertelsen with the description.
This comparison leaves little doubt in our minds that our specimen
is really one of the true 7. /awesi, or of a nearly allied form. Its
specific distinction from 7. aculeatus is beyond all doubt.
That such an animal does not live in the neighbourhood of Sydney,
where Mr. Bertelsen probably purchased his specimen, is evident,
and though there were a few Malayan animals (a Paradowurus and
a Tragulus) in the collection, I can but think it very improbable
that Mr. Bertelsen should have been able to obtain in 1848, at
Sydney or thereabouts, a skin of a New-Guinean animal. I should
rather think, therefore, that the specimen might possibly have been
brought to Sydney from some other more or less distant part of
Australia, say from Queensland, where it is now well known that the
Echidna occurs. I am well aware that the Queensland Echidna has
been described by competent observers as identical with the more
southern 7. aculeatus ; but I should nevertheless venture to recom-
mend a renewed examination of specimens of Tachyglossus in the
British and Australian Museums, especially of specimens from Queens-
land and North Australia. The result might possibly be the dis-
covery of a species inhabiting the north-eastern part of the Australian
continent, different from the typical 7. aculeatus, and closely related
to, if not identical witb, the 7. /awesi of south-eastern New-Guinea.
As renewed investigations are going on at this very moment, if I
am not mistaken, in Australia concerning the reproduction of the
Ornithodelphs, I do not delay longer to bring this suggestion, and
the facts which have induced me to make it, to the knowledge of
those who are especially interested in elucidating the specific
characters and the geographical distribution of these animals.
The supposed specimen of Tachyglossus lawesi now before me is a
rather large animal measuring 423 millim. in a straight line, the
length of the snout from the eye to the point being 63 millim. The
snout or rostrum is somewhat longer proportionally than in a male
specimen of 7’ aculeatus also before me, the spines of the back longer
and stronger, rufous-yellowish with black points. Scarcely any
hairs are intermixed with the spines, much fewer than in 7. acu-
leatus, T. lawesi being thus, of the whole family, the species best
provided with an armature of spines, longer, stronger, and more
densely placed than in any other. Also instead of being limited to
the back above a horizontal line from the shoulder to the tail, the
spines in this species descend on the flanks, though they do not quite
reach the belly. Its most salient and unequivocal character, how-
ever, is the different proportions of the hind claws. In T. aculeatus
there is a regular climax from the fifth continuously to the second
longest claw, this exceeding the third only slightly in length, where-
as in 7’. lawesi the three external claws increase only slightly in size
from the fifth to the third, which is therefore much shorter than the
second, this last claw being in fact more than double the length of
the third.
I have extended this comparison to the hind bones and the in-
complete crania extracted from the skins. The cranium of the
152 MR. J. E. HARTING ON CAPREOLUS CAPREA. [ Mar. 4,
female 7. lawesi is proportionately narrower, and its rostral portion
longer than in the skull of the male 7. aculeatus. Both specimens
are quite adult; in the 7. /awesi, which is the larger of the two,
the limb-bones are, contrarily to what I expected, absolutely smaller,
shorter, and more slender than in Z aeculeatus. There is also a
marked difference in the shape of the processus olecranoides of the
fibula, narrow in 7’. lawesi, broad in 7. aculeatus ; but I am unable
to decide whether these differences are merely sexual or specific.
Mr. J. E. Harting, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks on some
horns of the Roe-deer (Capreolus caprea) from Dorsetshire, con-
trasting them with Scotch horns of the same species, with which they
favourably compared. He remarked that Dorsetshire was now the only
English county in which the Roe was to be found in a truly wild state,
and detailed the steps which had been lately taken, under his direction,
to transport a few pairs to Epping Forest, the conservators of that
forest being desirous to introduce the animal into haunts where it had
been once common, but had long become extinct. On the occasion
referred to, a couple were secured for the Society’s Menagerie,
whither they were safely transferred, being presented by Mr. J. C.
Mansel Pleydell, of Whatcombe, and Mr. C. Hambro’, of Milton
Abbey, in whose woods they were captured. The number of Roe-
deer at present roaming in the Milton, Whatcombe, and Houghton
Woods, which fringe the southern side of the Vale of Blackmore,
from Stoke Wake to Meleombe Park and the Grange Wood west-
ward, is estimated to be about 150.
From enquiries made of experienced keepers on the spot, Mr.
Harting found that they discountenanced the generally accepted
belief that the Roe is monogamous, asserting that in the breeding-
season they often saw a buck consorting with two, and occasionally
three does. As this did not tally with the statements of foresters
in Scotland and Germany, where the habits of the Roe-deer have
been attentively studied, Mr. Harting regarded it as an error of
observation, believing that the animals seen with the buck in the
rutting-season were probably a doe with a fawn or fawns, which
would not breed.
In Dorsetshire the usual number of fawns produced at a birth is
stated to be two, and these are dropped in April or the beginning of
May, somewhat earlier than is the case with the Fallow Deer. In
winter they are found scattered in little parties of three or four to
ten or a dozen throughout the woods.
The following papers were read :—
4-H.
Prins 1684* PEM
Mintern Bros. imp.
K.Mintern del et lith.
3. S PUGNANS.
2.5. GYMNOGASTER.
1.Ja. SICYDIUM PLUMIERI .
a
A F
’ ' Sa-
Ss : ’ en ;
‘ oy ‘ -
A A °
‘ PrN
Wen
\ AL A oe : “ + Z
J « 5 aa
. é * ae ae eA we : ’
¢ ve ee A eINY ye
e . Stet Pte = \
P.Z.S .1884.Pl XI.
Mintern Bros.imp.
RMintern & W.R.O. Grant.
1. SICYDIUM BREVIFILIE. 2.S.SALVINI. 3.S.ANTILLARUM.
4.S.STIMPSONT.
5-10. TEETH OF SICYDIUM & LENTIPES.
Us ae
1884.] MR. W. R. O. GRANT ON SICYDIUM AND LENTIPES. 108
1. A Revision of the Fishes of the Genera Sicydium and
Lentipes, with Descriptions of five new Species. By
W. R. Ocertvie-Granr. (Communicated by Dr.
Ginruer, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8.)
[Received February 15, 1884.]
(Plates XI., XII.)
The fact that there are already as many as 19 species in the
genus Sicydium (to which I have had to add 5) seems to justify
an attempt to arrange the species into smaller groups, the members
of which may be found to be allied together by some convenient and
distinctive characters. Dr. Giinther, in his British Museum Cata-
logue, divides this genus into two groups according as the anterior
teeth are, or are not, enlarged ia the lower jaw. Making a further
use of the line of investigation which he here opened to us, I have
taken advantage of the opportunity of examining the characters of
the teeth in the specimens in the British Museum.
I find that the teeth of the upper jaw, when subjected to a mag-
nifying power of some 200 diameters, are of one of four distinct
forms, viz., unicuspid, bicuspid, and two kinds of tricuspid.
In the first group, or that in which the teeth are unicuspid, and
of which S. plumieri may be taken as typical, the teeth (Plate XII.
fig. 5) are simple, slender, with the distal half bent inwards at or
nearly at right angles. In the second, or bicuspid group, as in
S. pugnans, n. sp., the teeth (Plate XII. fig. 7) are curved inwards
and have their extremities bilobed and shaped like the anterior part
of a pig’shoof. Iu the third group, as an example of which a tooth
of S. yymnogaster, n. sp., is figured (Plate X11. fig. 6), the teeth
are tricuspid and trident-shaped, the lateral lobes long, the middle
short and, as it were, suspended between the extremities of the
former, so that it soon becomes worn away, and the tooth is then to
all appearance bicuspid. I have not found these two last types of
tooth in any as yet described species which I have had the oppor-
tunity of examining. In the fourth and last group, as in S. teni-
urum, the teeth (Plate XII. fig. 8) are also tricuspid and trident-
shaped ; but all the lobes being of nearly equal length and strength,
the teeth retain this shape until quite worn down.
Sicypi1um, C. & V.
Sicydium, Cuv. & Val. xii, p. 167; Giinth. Cat, Fish. iii. p. 91
(part); Day, P. Linn. Soe. xii. p. 140.
Sicydium et Sicyopterus, Gill. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. 1860,
p. 101.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XI. ar
154 MR. W. R. O. GRANT ON THE [Mar. 4,
Cotylophus, Guich., in Maillard Notes sur l’Isle de la Réunion,
ii. Addenda C. p. 9.
Sicydium, Sicyopterus et Microsicydium, Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. ix.
. 313.
t Sicyopterus, Sicydiops et Microsicydium, Bleeker, Versl. Ak.
Amst. (2) ix. p. 271.
Body subeylindrical, covered with rather small ctenoid scales ;
head oblong and broad, with the cleft of the mouth nearly hori-
zontal; upper jaw prominent; snout obtusely rounded; lips very
thick, the lower with a series of numerous slender horizontal teeth,
of which sometimes only the extremities are visible. Upper jaw
with a single uniform series of numerous moveable small teeth at-
tached by ligament to the edge of the maxilla; behind this outer
visible series lie numerous other parallel series of young teeth hidden
in the gum, which succeed the former as they become worn out or
broken. Lower jaw with a series of widely set conical teeth. Eyes
of moderate size. Two dorsal fins, the anterior with 6 (5 or 7)
flexible spines ; caudal quite free ; ventrals united into a short cup-
shaped disk. Gill-openings of moderate width ; 4 branchiostegals ;
no air-bladder, Pseudobranchie a slit behind the fourth gill.
This genus, confined to fresh waters near the sea, is found
throughout the Torrid Zone.
Synopsis of Species,
I, Anterior mandibular teeth not larger than the
‘ following.
A. Teeth in the upper jaw long, slender, and bent
inwards at, or nearly at, right angles.
a, Almost entirely hidden by the gum, dorsal
spines produced into long ribands ............ 1. S. plumieri,
&, Cut the gum.
a. Maxilla does not extend to the vertical from
the posterior margin of the eye; dorsal
spines produced into long narrow ribands 2, 8. antillarum,
f. Maxilla extends behind the vertical from
the posterior margin of the eye; dorsal
spines produced into short filaments ...... 3. 8. brevifile.
B. Teeth in the upper jaw curved, tricuspid, tri-
dent-shaped, the middle cusp, which is sus-
pended at the anterior extremity of the tooth,
being very short, soon becomes worn away.
a. Neck and belly naked .1.......ccccceese eee eseceees . 4, 8. gymnogaster,
b, Neck and belly covered with small scales ...... 5, S. salvini.
C. Teeth in the upper jaw curved, tricuspid, tri-
dent-shaped, all the lobes being of nearly equal
length and strength.
a, Head as broad as high; neck naked, uniform
blackish, each scale with an oblong black
spot, PGs. Ae ihe acdeee Efe ke dees 6
6. Height of the head two thirds of the width;
scales on the neck and belly as large as the
rest, uniform blackish ; caudal white-edged.
1 1 .
D. Ge Be oe ceneansnrasereeh cone Scnsotenturitns 7. 8. laticeps*,
S. acutipinne,
* Specimens in which the teeth haye not been examined,
1884.) GENERA SICYDIUM AND LENTIPES. 155
II. Anterior mandibular teeth larger than the fol-
lowing. "3
A. Teeth in the upper jaw bicuspid.
a. Margin of the upper lip serrate ............:006++ 8. 8. pugnans.
B. Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid.
a. Seales subequal.
a, First eight or ten rows on the occiput very
small. Head fourand a half in the length
(without the caudal), Caudal with a dark
horseshoe-like marginal band met by a
second passing along the middle rays from
the roct. D. 6a. A. =
B. First two or three rows of scales on the
occiput very small. Head five and a half
in the length (without the caudal). Caudal
with a dark horseshoe-like marginal band
met by a second passing along the middle
rays. D. 6 A. * Me depi cc rsetteaaisecras
y- Diameter of the eye is nearly equal to the
interorbital space. D. 64 A. = So hrs
6. Diameter of the eye equals the interorbital
space. The maxilla extends to the
vertical from the middle of the eye.
l 1 *
D. Ti-12” A, 71 0 eee 12. 8. sxanthurum*,
e. Head and anterior portion of the trunk
scaleless. Diameter of the eye equals the
° . 1 1
interorbital space. D. 5-655. A. 57
g. A broad white band from the tip of the
snout to the root of the caudal, below
which is a longitudinal row of large
black spots .........0e.00- Peewee eres eecers 14. 8. albo-teniatum*,
6. Scales on the middle of the trunk larger or
much larger than those on the anterior
paris and tail.
a. Upper lip with a slight median cleft;
caudal much shorter than the head, with
a black horseshoe-like marginal band
met by a second passing along its middle
rays; the diameter of the eye is one third
of the interorbital space. D. 6. A. ce
DPS ERANS AUD ies eseraes op epes ecstacy hae cep des den 15. 8, micrurum.
B. Upper lip without median cleft; the last
ray of the dorsal much produced, extend-
ing past the base of the caudal. Colour
5 1 1
uniform black. D. 65 A, TG L. trans,
Gh. cc0ns pe sebadcosnedegees de ededets cameo secon: 16. S. nigrescens.
y- Upper lip with a deep median cleft, and
two round lateral notches below the
nostrils. D. 6. A. ao L. trans. 13... 17. S. stimpsoni.
6. Upper lip with a slight median cleft;
caudal longer than the head, olive with a
yellow margin; diameter of the eye half
the interorbital space; the maxilla ex-
tends to the vertical from the anterior
9. S. teniurwm.
10. 8, lagocephalum.
11, S, elegans*.
13. S. gymnauchen*.
1i*
156 MR. W. R. O. GRANT ON THE [ Mar. 4,
margin of the eye. D. = A. a
MD SHUIREATIS AN Tites nek cnocaenccsm ee: heehee hee eee 18. S. cynocephalum.
e. Caudal longer than the head, yellow with a
broad violet band round the margin ;
diameter of eye about half the interorbital
space; maxilla extends to the vertical
from the middle of the eye. D. 6
1
A
- Foci, Ls trams. 14.000... ccssersesseranens 19. S. parvei*,
Z. The caudal is as long as the head and has
a black horse-shoe-like marginal band;
diameter of the eye more than half the
; : 1 1
interorbital space. D. Caste aeTT
Li, trans, 14 eesscesensdtenespene tenis 20. S. macrostetholepis *.
ce. Scales on the neck and belly smaller than the
rest, which are equal,
a. Maxilla extends to the vertical from the
middle of the eye. Colour reddish brown,
with six transverse bands and scattered
spots of darker, D. 65. A. 11. L,
transl 1 Oy seen eock bond aa ee 21. S. fasciatum*,
8. Maxilla extends to the vertical from the
anterior margin of the eye; caudal one
and a half times the length of the head;
colour deep violet with longitudinal series
1 1
of yellowspots, D. Casares atpere Le
PRAMS BLD fess chop cseadeescthsateaeescseerensbes 22. S. microcephalum*.
y. Maxilla does not extend to the vertical from
the middle of the eye. Colour brownish,
with eight or nine rings surrounding the
body. D. 67 PAHO one cnecroasestevesese etiu ar ISAM Tuts
d. First dorsal with seven spines.
a. Last ray of the dorsal only slightly pro-
duced into a short point; belly naked.
1D); Tio A. FA Seratsenesexe¥cspertewenn sas deens 24, S. parvipinne*,
Anterior mandibular teeth not larger than the following.
1. Sicyprum pLumiert, Bl. (C.& V.). (Plate XI. fig. 1 et XII.
fig. 5.)
Gobius plumieri, Bl. v. p. 125, pl. 178, fig. 3; Bl. Schn. p. 69;
Lacép. i. pp. 537 and 562, pl. 15, fig. 2.
Sicydium plumieri, Cuv. & Val. xii. p, 168; Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat.
Se. Philad. 1860, p. 101; Giinth. Cat. Fish. iii. p- 92; Bleeker,
Arch. Néerl. ix. p. 313.
D. 65. A.z L. lat. ca. 84.
Teeth in the upper jaw long, slender, and bent inwards at about
right angles; only the extremities cut the gum. A single row of
inconspicuous papille on the gum beneath the upper lip, with a
larger median papilla above the maxillary suture ; a median cleft in
1884.] GENERA SICYDIUM AND LENTIPES. 157
the upper lip. Only the extremities of the horizontal teeth visible.
Maxillz contain an obtuse angle. The total length of the body
(without the caudal) is four times the length of the head; the
width of the head is considerably greater than the height and nearly
equal to the length; the height of the body is two ninths of the
length. Scales small; those on the body and tail are subequal and
larger than those on the neck and belly. The diameter of the eye
is one seventh of the length of the head and one third of the inter-
orbital space. The length of the pectoral is greater than that of
the head. he third, fourth, and fifth dorsal spines are produced
into long ribands; the fourth, which is the longest, is about twice
the height of the body. Colour either uniform olive-brown, dorsals
with irregular dark marking and anal with a dark marginal band,
or yellowish marbled with brown.
The largest specimen measures nearly 7 inches.
Hab. West Indies.
Nine specimens, adult, half-grown and young.
2. SicyDIUM ANTILLARUM, sp. n. (Plate XII. fig. 3.)
D.6;. A. L. lat. 68.
Teeth in the upper jaw long, slender, and bent inwards over the
gum at about right angles. A row of small lamelliform transverse
papillee on the gum beneath the upper lip, with a larger median
lamelliform papilla above the maxillary suture; a slight median
cleft in the upper lip; maxille at right angles to one another ;
horizontal teeth conspicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is four and three
fifth times the length of the head ; the width of the head is consider-
ably greater than the height and two thirds of the length; the height
of the body, which is equal to the width of the head, is one sixth of
the length. Scales on the body and tail are subequal and larger
than those on the neck and belly. The maxilla does not extend to
the vertical from the posterior margin of the eye, the diameter of
which is contained six and a half times in the length of the head and
twice in the interorbital space. The length of the pectoral is
greater than that of the head. The third, fourth, and fifth dorsal
spines are produced into long narrow ribands; the fourth, which is
longest, is nearly three times the height of the body ; the second
dorsal is considerably higher than the body. Colour uniform
violet-brown, dorsal fins with irregular wavy dark markings; anal
with a black and white marginal band ; caudal with a dark band on
the upper margin.
Total length 4 inches.
Hab. Barbadoes.
One adult specimen.
158 MR. W. R. O. GRANT ON THE [ Mar. 4,
3. SICYDIUM BREVIFILE, sp. n. (Plate XII. fig. 1.)
D. 6%. A. i L. lat. 64.
Sane
Teeth in the upper jaw long, slender, and bent inwards over the
gum at right angles. No papillee on the gum beneath the upper lip,
but a small median papilla above the maxillary suture ; upper lip with
a slight median notch; maxillz contain an angle of about 75°;
horizontal teeth conspicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is four and two
fifth times the length of the head; the width of the head is greater
than the height and two thirds of the length ; the height of the body,
which is greater than the width of the head, is contained five and a
half times in the length. Scales on the body and tail are subequal,
larger than those on the neck and belly. The maxilla extends be-
hind the vertical from the posterior margin of the eye, the diameter
of which is contained six and a half times in the length of the head
and twice in the interorbital space. The length of the pectoral is less
than that of the head. The second, third, fourth, and fifth dorsal
spines are produced into short slender filaments ; the fourth, which is
the longest, is rather higher than the body; the second dorsal is not
so high as the body. Colour, body and fins yellowish brown; the
second dorsal marbled with darker; anal with a brown and white
margin.
Total length 44 inches.
Hab. Cameroons.
One adult specimen.
4. StcyDIUM GYMNOGASTER, sp.n. (Plate XI. fig. 2 et XII.
fig. 6.)
D. 6,5. A. L. lat. 60-64.
Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid; the middle cusp, which is
situated at the anterior end of the tooth, is very short and soon be-
comes worn away.
A double or treble row of small papillee on the gum beneath the
upper lip, without a larger median papilla; upper lip with.a very
slight median notch ; maxillee contain an angle of about 75°; hori-
zontal teeth more or less inconspicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is four and a
half to five times the length of the head; the height and width of
the head are subequal and two thirds of the length. The height of
the body is contained from five and a half to six times in the length.
Scales strongly ctenoid ; neck and belly naked. The diameter of
the eye is one sixth of the length of the head and half the interorbital
space. The length of the pectoral is greater than that of the head,
The second, third, and fourth dorsal spines are produced into fila-
ments; the third, which is the longest, is twice the height of the
body ; the second dorsal is higher than the body. Colour violet-
brown, yellowish in young specimens, shaded with indistinct trans-
verse bands of darker; an irregular brown spot on the axis of the
pectoral, and a broad dark band from the base of the pectoral to the
1884.] GENERA SICYDIUM AND LENTIPES. 159
root of the caudal, both more or less indistinct in adult specimens.
Fins violet, clouded with darker.
The largest specimen measured 4# inches.
Hab, Mazatlan.
Six specimens—adult, half-grown, and young.
5. StcypruM sALvINI, sp.n. (Plate XII. fig. 2.)
D. 62. A. j. L. lat. 78.
Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid; the middle cusp, which is
situated at the anterior end of the tooth, is very short and soon
becomes worn away.
Gum beneath the upper lip smooth ; a median papillose tubercle
above the maxillary suture ; upper lip with a small median notch ;
maxilla contain an angle of about 75°; horizontal teeth con-
spicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is four and
three quarter times the length of the head ; the width of the head
is greater than the height and three quarters of the length. The
height of the body is contained six and a quarter times in the length.
Seales ctenoid, those on the neck and belly smaller than those on
the body and tail. The diameter of the eye is contained five and a
half times in the length of the head and twice in the interorbital space.
The length of the pectoral is rather greater than that of the head.
The second and third dorsal spines are subequal and produced into
short filaments, one and a half times the height of the body ; second
dorsal not so high as the body. Colour olive-brown ; anal yellow,
with a black and white band along the margin ; membrane of the
second dorsal clear spotted with brown; caudal with a dark and
yellow band round the extremity.
Total length 42 inches.
Hab. Panama.
One adult specimen.
6. StcyDIUM ACUTIPINNE, Guich.
Cotylopus acutipinnis, Guich., in Mallard, Notes sur VIsle de la
Réunion, ii. Add. C, p. 10; Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. ix. p. 313.
D. 65. A. a. L. lat. ca. 56. LL. trans. ca. 18.
Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid, comparatively large. Gum
beneath the upper lip smooth; no median papilla above the
maxillary suture; no cleft in the upper lip; maxillz contain an
obtuse angle; horizontal teeth inconspicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is five and two
thirds the length of the head; the height and width of the head are
subequal and rather less than two thirds of the length; the height
of the body is about one seventh of the total length. Scales strongly
ctenoid on the sides of the body. Head, neck, and belly naked.
The diameter of the eye is one fifth the length of the head; maxilla
extends to the vertical from the anterior margin of the eye. The
160 MR. W. R. O. GRANT ON THE [ Mar. 4,
length of the pectoral equals the length of the head; caudal large,
one fifth of the total length. The last ray of the dorsal and anal
fins is produced into a short filament, especially that of the former,
which extends past the base of the caudal. Colour deep black,
lighter on the sides and whitish on the belly ; a black oblong spot
on each scale, most distinct on the posterior part of the body; dorsal
and anal fins black, with large spots of darker, and the latter with a
black marginal band; pectoral grey, with a blackish edge; caudal
black.
Hab. Bourbon.
One adult specimen. (We owe this specimen, determined by
Guichenot, to the kindness of M. Vaillant.)
7. SicyD1uM LATICEPs, C. & V.
Sicydium laticeps, Cuv. & Val. xii. p. 177; Giinth. Cat. Fish. iii,
p. 93.
The height of the head is two thirds of the width. Teeth in the
lower jaw subequal. Scales on the neck and belly nearly as large
as the others. The third and fourth dorsal spines are produced
into subequal filaments, half as high again as the body. Uniform
blackish, caudal white-edged. The longest specimen measures four
inches. (C. & V.)
Hab. Bourbon,
Anterior mandibular teeth larger than the following.
8. Stcyp1um puGNans, sp.n. (Plate XI. fig. 3 et XII. fig. 7.)
D6 2A; a L. lat. 60. L. trans, 15.
10°
Teeth in the upper jaw bicuspid.
Gum beneath the upper lip smooth ; no median papilla; edge of
the upper lip saw-like ; maxillze contain a narrow angle of about 45° ;
horizontal teeth conspicuous.
The length of the body (without the caudal) is four and four fifth
times the length of the head; the width of the head is greater than
the height and two thirds of the length. The height of the body is
contained six and a half times in the length. Scales on the body and
tail subequal, larger than those on the neck and belly. The dia-
meter of the eye is one fifth of the length of the head and half the
interorbital space. The length of the pectoral equals the length of
the head. The dorsal spines are filiform; the fourth, which is the
longest, is three times the height of the body ; second dorsal higher
than the body. Colour, body and fins olive-brown, belly bluish
grey ; seven dark blotches on the upper half of the body, two below
the first dorsal, three below the second, one on the free part of the
tail, and the last on the upper part of the root of the caudal; a deep
black mark below the eye; second dorsal sometimes spotted with
1884. ] GENERA SICYDIUM AND LENTIPES. 161
brown; lower margin of the pectoral white-edged; caudal with a
dark brown and white band on the upper and lower margins.
The largest specimen measures 2} inches.
Hab. Savaii.
Many specimens—adult, half-grown, and young.
9. Sicyp1uM TH2NIuRUM, Gthr.
Sicydium lagocephalum (non Pall.), Kner, SB. Ak. Wien, lviii.
p- 327.
Sicydium macrostetholepis, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 94.
Sicydium teniurum, Giinth. Fische der Siidsee, p. 183, pl. exii.
fig. C.
D.64. A.y LL. lat. 54. LL. trans. 16.
10
Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid,
A row of rather large tuberculous papille on the gum beneath
the upper lip, with larger elongate median papilla above the
maxillary suture; upper lip with a median cleft; maxillee contain
an angle of about 75° ; horizontal teeth conspicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is four and
a half times the length of the head; the width and height of the
head are subequal and two thirds of the length. The height of the
body is contained four and three quarter times in thelength. Scales
subequal and rather large, except the first eight or ten rows on
the occiput. The diameter of the eye is contained five and a half
times in the length of the head and two and a half in the inter-
orbital space. The length of the pectoral is greater than the
length of the head; the length of the caudal is less than one fourth
of the total length of the body. The third dorsal spine is produced
into a filament one and a half times the height of the body.
Colour, body and fins uniform brownish ; second dorsal with several
transverse rows of dots ou the rays; caudal with dark horseshoe-
like marginal band met by a second passing along its middle rays
from the root.
The largest specimen measures 33 inches.
Hab. Aneiteum; Viti Levu.
Five adult specimens (types).
10. Stcyp1uM LAGOCEPHALUM, Pall.
Gobius lagocephalus, Pall. Spicil. Zool. vii. p. 14, pl, 2.
figs. 6-7.
” Sicydium lagocephalum, Cuv. & Val. xii. p. 174; Giinth. Cat. Fish.
iii, p. 92; Kner, ‘ Novara,’ Fische, p. 181.
1 1
D6 = ane
Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid; a row of papille on the gum
beneath the upper lip, with a larger median papilla above the maxil-
lary suture; maxillze contain an angle of about 75°.
Horizontal teeth conspicuous ; upper lip with a median cleft.
The total length of the body is five and a half times the length
of the head; the width and height of the head are equal. The
162 MR. W. R. O. GRANT ON THE [ Mar. 4,
seales on the neck and belly are as large as the rest; those on the
occiput very small. The diameter of the eye is contained four and a
half times in the length of the head, one and a half in the inter-
orbital space, and one and a half in the snout. The first dorsal is
higher than the body; third and fourth spines are produced into
short filaments. Colour brown, sometimes clouded with darker ; fins
brownish, except the ventral, which is whitish; second dorsal with
four or five series of dark dots on the rays; anal with a black and
white margin. Caudal with a dark horseshoe-like marginal band
met by a second passing along its middle rays.
Hab. Mauritius and Bourbon.
One adult specimen.
11. StcypruM ELEGANS, Steind.
Sicydium elegans, Steindachner, SB. Ak. Wien, Ixxx. p-. 152.
B. 6°. A. i» . L. lat. 32-33,
(Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid ?)
The total length of the body is five times the length of the head.
The width of the head is greater than the height and is two thirds
of the length. The height of the body is about one sixth of the
length. Scales on the neck and belly are rather smaller than the
rest. The diameter of the eye equals the length of the snout and
is nearly equal to the interorbital space; it is contained about 34
times in the length of the head. The first and second dorsals are
higher than the body. The length of the pectoral is greater
than that of the head and equal to the caudal. Colour light
brownish-yellow ; whitish on the belly, a dark brown band along
the upper margin of the body, a second along the margin of the
belly, and a third along the margin of the upper lip which loses itself
between the eye and the base of the pectoral in small spots. The
upper band extends along the side of the head to the snout in a
horizontal line: above this, there is sometimes a third longitudinal
band, which is joined to the corresponding one on the other side
by a silver band which loses itself on the neck. All the fins with
the exception of the ventral are transparent, spotted with violet.
The spots on the caudal are larger than those on the other fins, and
placed in oblique series,
Longest specimen 33 millim. long (Steind.).
Hab. Society Islands.
12. SicypruM xanTouRvUM, Bleeker. ¢
Sicydium xanthurum, Bleeker, Sumatra, ii. p. 271; Giinth. Cat.
Fish. iii. p. 93.
Sicyopterus (Sicydiops) xanthurus, Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. Sc. Nat.
ix. p. 26; et Versl. Ak. Amst. (2) ix. p. 283.
D, 6-2-9 Av ae da late 50; abe diane: aoe
fait fee Tos
(Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid 7)
A row of papilla on the gum beneath the upper lip; horizontal
teeth conspicuous.
1884. ] GENERA SICYDIUM AND LENTIPEsS. 163
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is about five
times the length of the head; the width of the head is rather
greater than the height and two thirds of the length. The height
of the body is contained about six and a half times in the length.
Scales on the neck and side nearly equal to those on the tail. The
diameter of the eye is contained three and a half times in the length
of the head, and equals the interorbital space. The maxilla extends
to the vertical from the middle of the eye. The pectoral and
caudal fins are rather longer than the head; the caudal is contained
about five and a half times in the total length. The third dorsal
spine is produced into a short filament higher than the body
second dorsal higher than the body. Colour blackish violet, dorsal
and anal fins dusky violet; pectoral greenish violet with an orange
margin ; caudal yellow, with a black horseshoe-like mark, and with
the angles violet.
Total length 23 inches (Blee#.).
Hab, Rivers of West Sumatra and Bali.
13. StcypIuM GYMNAUCHEN, Bleeker.
Stcydium gymnauchen, Bleeker, Act. Soc. Se. Indo-Nederl. iii.
Celebes, p. 11; Giinth. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 95.
Microsicydium gymnauchen, Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. ix. p. 34;
Versl. Ak. Amst. (2) ix. p. 284.
D.6>. A... L. lat. 40. 1. trans. ca. 12.
9-10° * 10-11"
(Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid ?)
Horizontal teeth conspicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is rather more
than four times the length of the head; the width and height of the
head are subequal and half the length. The height of the body is
contained about six times in the length. Head and anterior portioa
of the trunk scaleless; scales on the rest of the body subequal.
The diameter of the eye is about a quarter of the length of the head
and equals the interorbital space. The length of the pectoral is
rather less than the length of the head, which is about equal to the
length of the caudal. The anterior dorsal is not so high as the
body; the second dorsal and anal are subequal, higher than the
first dorsal, their anterior rays being higher than the posterior.
Colour green above, yellowish beneath, with eight blackish cross
bands, broader than the intervening spaces; the last four or five are
lighter than the rest and descend obliquely forwards ; fins rose-
coloured, anal dotted with black. (The bands are sometimes in-
distinct or absent.)
Out of more than 300 specimens the longest measures 13 inches
(Bleek.).
Hab. Estuaries of Manado.
164 - MR. W. R. 0. GRANT ON THE [ Mar. 4,
SicypIumM, sp. n.?
Closely allied to S. gymnauchen, Bleek.
D. 65. A.z. L. lat. 54. L. Trans, 15,
10°
Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid.
No papillae on the gum beneath the upper lip, no median papilla,
slight median notch in the upper lip; maxille contain a narrow
angle about 45°, horizontal teeth conspicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is four and a
half times the length of the head. The width and height of the
head are subequal and half the length of the head. The height of
the body is less than one sixth of the length. Scales subequal,
rather large. The diameter of the eye is a quarter of the length of
the head and is equal to the interorbital space. The length of the
pectoral is less than the length of the head, which is equal to the
length of the caudal. The first dorsal has none of its spines
produced into filaments, and is equal to the height of the body.
Second dorsal not so high as the body, Colour yellowish brown, a
dark zigzag band along the upper half of the body. Membrane of
the fins transparent ; a dark YW-shaped mark on the root of the
caudal, and two transverse bands across the rays. The longest
specimen measures 17 inch (32 millims.).
Hab. Samoa.
Nine young specimens.
14. Sicyp1umM ALBO-T&ZNIATUM, Gthr.
Sicydium albo-teniatum, Giinth, Fische der Siidsee, p. 185, pl. ex.
fig. D
This species is described from a drawing made by Mr. Garrett,
who captured two specimens in the streams of the Sandwich Islands.
The formula of the fins appears to be :—
1 ea a OT
Colours, body olive-green, with a broad white band from the tip
of the snout to the root of the caudal, and below it a longitudinal
row of large dark and isolated spots; fins greyish, second dorsal,
caudal, and anal with a pale blue margin, the latter being also
spotted with blue along the base; pectoral with a light edge.
flab. Sandwich Islands.
15. Sicyp1um micruRvM, Bleek.
Sicydium micrurum, Bleeker, Amboina, v. p. 341; Giinth. Cat.
Fish. iii. p. 93.
Sicyopterus micrurus, Bleeker, Versl. Ak. Amst. (2) ix. p. 280.
D. 67. A. a L. Jat. 55-60. L. trans. ca. 15.
Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid.
A row of tuberculous papillee on the gum beneath the upper lip,
1884. ] GENERA SICYDIUM AND LENTIPES. 165
a small median papilla above the maxillary suture, upper lip with a
slight median cleft ; maxillee contain an angle of about 60°; hori-
zontal teeth conspicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is four and
two third times the length of the head; the width and height of
the head are equal and two thirds of the length. The height of
the body is about a quarter of the length. Scales rather large, those
on the neck, belly, and tail being smaller than the rest. The
diameter of the eye is contained five and a half times in the length
of the head and about three in the interorbital space. The length
of the pectoral equals the length of the head; the length of the
caudal is about one sixth of the total length of the body. The third
dorsal spine is produced into a short filament not so high as the
body; second dorsal not so high as the body. Colour greenish
above, with eight blackish cross bars ;-a blackish band along the
side, most distinct on the base of the caudal and along its middle
rays; dorsal and anal fins immaculate, the latter with a blackish
intermarginal band; caudal with a black horseshoe-like mark ;
pectoral and ventral yellow.
Total length 354, inches,
Hab, Amboina.
One adult specimen.
16. Stcyp1um niGRESCcENs, Gthr.
Sicydium nigrescens, Giinth. ‘Challenger’ Shore Fishes, p. 60, pl.
xxvi. fig. C.
D. 6... A. se L. lat. 80. L. trans. 16.
Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid.
Gum beneath the upper lip smooth, no median papilla above the
maxillary suture ; no median cleft in the upper lip; maxillee are at
right angles to one another; horizontal teeth conspicuous. The
length of the body (without the caudal) is four and a half times the
length of the head; the width of the head is rather greater than
the height. The height of the body is one fifth of the length.
Scales on the occiput, anterior part of body and belly in irregular
series and much smaller than those on the rest of the body. The
pectoral is considerably, and the caudal much longer than the head.
The diameter of the eye is one seventh of the length of the head and
rather more than one third of the interorbital space. The first,
second, and third dorsal spines are produced into filaments, the
third, which is the longest, is nearly twice the height of the body ;
second dorsal higher than the body; the posterior rays are much
produced, extending beyond the root of the caudal. Colour
uniform brownish-black ; vertical fins black; pectoral and ventral
brown,
Total length nearly 5 inches,
Honolulu.
One adult specimen (type).
166 MR. W. R. 0. GRANT ON THE [Mar. 4,
17. Sicyprum stimpsont, Gill. (Plate XII. fig. 4.)
Sicyopterus stimpsoni, Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat, Sc. Philad. 1860,
p- 101; Bleeker, Arch, Néerl. ix. p. 313.
Sicydium stimpsont, Ginth. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 93; Giinth. Fische
der Siidsee, p, 183.
Dei Bey ee dla late ale
Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid.
A row of rather large tuberculous papilla on the gum beneath
the upper lip, with a larger median papilla above the maxillary
suture; upper lip with deep median cleft and two round lateral
notches below the nostrils ; maxillee at right angles to one another ;
horizontal teeth conspicuous. ©
Head subquadrate, rather less than one fourth of the length of
the body (without the caudal); width of the head rather greater
than the height and two thirds of the length. The height of the
body is more than one fifth of the length. .The length of the
pectoral is equal to the length of the head; length of the caudal
greater. The diameter of the eye is one sixth of the length of the
head and one third of the interorbital space. Scales on the middle
of the trunk very large, much larger than those on the neck, belly,
anterior part of the body, and tail. The third and fourth dorsal
spines are produced into filaments ; the third which is the longest, is
more than twice the height of the body; second dorsal not so high
as the body. Colour purplish, with from seven to ten darker cross
bands ; caudal and base of dorsal and anal white-dotted.
The largest specimen measures 33 inches.
Hab, Honolulu; Hawaii.
Four adult and half-grown specimens (types of S. nigrescens, juv.).
18. Sr1cypIuM CYNOCEPHALUM, C. & V.
Gobio pinna ventrali subrotunda, Sc., Koelreuter, Nov. Comm,
Petrop. ix. p. 428, pl. 9. fig. 3, 4.
Sicydium cynocephalum, Cuv. & Val. xii. p. 177, pl. 352 ; Bleeker,
Batjan. ii, p. 201; et Natuurk. Tydschr. Ned. Ind. 1859, p. 156;
Giinth. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 94.
Sicydium lagocephalum (non Pall.), Bleeker, Natuurk. Tydschr,
Ned. Ind. i. p. 250.
Sicydium parvei (non Bleek.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 94.
Sicyopterus cynocephalus, Bleeker, Versl. Ak. Amst. (2) ix. p. 275.
1 1 7 :
D. 6a A. oan L. lat. 75-80. LL. trans. ca. 17,
Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid.
A row of small papillee on the gum beneath the upper lip, a
small median papilla above the maxillary suture; upper lip with a
very slight median cleft ; maxille contain an angle of about 60°;
horizontal teeth conspicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is four and a
half times the length of the head; the width of the head is rather
1884.] GENERA SICYDIUM AND LENTIPES. 167
greater than the height and about two thirds of the length. The
height of the body is about one fifth of the length. Scales on the
side larger than those on the tail, and much larger than those on the
anterior part of the body and occiput. The diameter of the eye
is one sixth of the length of the head and half the interorbital
space. The maxilla extends to the vertical from the posterior
margin of the eye. The length of the pectoral is greater than the
length of the head; the length of the caudal is contained four
times and one third in the total length of the body. The third
dorsal spine is produced into a short filament rather higher than the
body ; second dorsal not so high as the body. Colour, body above
deep violet or greenish violet, below whitish or yellowish, with six
or seven broad oblique bands of darker more or less indistinct ;
dorsal and anal fins orange, second dorsal sometimes with large
regular brown spots on the rays; anal with a broad violet margin.
Caudal olive, with the superior and inferior edges yellow ; pectoral
yellow-edged.
The largest specimen measures 4,%, inches.
Hab. Moluccas; rivers of the East Indian Archipelago.
Three adult specimens.
19. Stcyp1umM PARVEI, Bleeker.
Sicydium parvei, Bleeker, Natuurk. Tydschr. Ned. Ind. iv. 1853,
p- 427.
Sicyopterus parvei, Bleeker, Versl. Ak. Amst. (2) 1x. p. 277; et
Arch. Neéerl. ix. p. 313.
Di622)) Age! ye D, lat. 70! Ta trans, ea 14,
METIS oe? 10-11"
(Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid ?)
A row of papillee on the gum beneath the upper lip ; horizontal
teeth conspicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is about four
and a half times the length of the head; the width of the head is
rather greater than the height, and two thirds of the length. The
height of the body is less than one fifth of the length. Scales on
the nape, shoulder, and belly cycloid, rest ctenoid ; those on the
side rather larger than those on the tail, and much larger than those
on the anterior parts. The diameter of the eye is a quarter or one
fifth of the length of the head, and about half the interorbital
space. The maxilla extends to the vertical from the middle of the
eye. The length of the pectoral is greater than that of the head ;
the length of the caudal is about one fifth of the total length of the
body. The third dorsal spine is rather higher than the body.
Colour, body blackish-violet, becoming lighter below; caudal yellow,
with a broad violet band round the margin; the other fins brownish-
violet.
The largest specimen measures 4# inches (Bleek.).
Hab. Rivers of Garut, West Java.
168 MR. W. R. O. GRANT ON THE [ Mar. 4,
20. SicypIuM MACROSTETHOLEPIS, Bleeker.
Sicydium macrostetholepis, Bleeker, Sumatra, ii. p. 271; Kner,
SB. Ak. Wien, lvilil. p. 327.
Sicyopterus macrostetholepis, Bleeker, Versl. Ak. Amst, (2) ix.
p- 281.
D.64;. Ayo L. lat. 50. L, trans. 14-15.
T1-12- *** 10-11"
(Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid ?)
A row of papillee on the gum beneath the upper lip ; horizontal
teeth conspicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is four and a
half times the length of the head ; the width of the head is greater
than the height and three quarters of the length. The height of
the body is rather more than one sixth of the length. Scales on
the anterior part of the body much larger than those on the
neck, posterior part of the body, and tail. Diameter of the eye is
about one fifth of the length of the head, and rather more than
half the interorbital space. The maxilla extends to the vertical
from the posterior margin of the eye. The lengths of the pectoral,
caudal, and head are subequal; the length of the caudal is con-
tained about five and a half times in the total length. The second,
third, and fourth dorsal spines are produced into short filaments ;
the third, which is the longest, is higher than the body. Second
dorsal higher than the body. Colour blackish-green above, be-
coming lighter below. Five or six dark transverse bands on the
back ; fins brownish-purple; dorsal fins sometimes with numerous
irregular black dots, anal with a black marginal band ; caudal black-
spotted with a horseshoe-like black mark ; pectoral yellow-edged.
The largest specimen measures 47); inches (Bleek).
Hab. Rivers of West Sumatra, Bali, Amboina, and Singapura.
21. Srcyprum Fascratum, Day.
Sicydium fasciatum, Day, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. (n. s.) slili. p. 31,
et Fishes of India, p. 299, pl. Ixiv. fig. 7.
D. 63. Al ll: of. lat! 67. , De trans. 19:
(Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid ?)
Horizontal teeth conspicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is four and a
quarter times the length of the head; the width of the head is
greater than the height, and rather less than two thirds of the
length. The height of the body is contained four and a half times
in thelength. Scales strongly etenoid, somewhat irregularly arranged ;
they extend forwards nearly as far as the eyes ; those on the neck
and belly smaller than the rest, and more or less cycloid. The dia-
meter of the eye is contained four and a half times in the length of
the head, once and three quarters in the interorbital space, and
once and a half in the snout. The length of the pectoral and caudal
is subequal, nearly as long as the head; the caudal is contained five
1884. ] GENERA SICYDIUM AND LENTIPES. 169
and a half times in the total length. Dorsal spines short, projecting
above the membrane ; the fourth, which is the longest, is not so high
as the body; second dorsal not so high as the body. Colour
reddish-brown, with about six vertical darker bands on the body,
wider than the ground-colour; there are also some dark spots; its
under surface is dirty yellowish brown; fins nearly black, with a
light, nearly white edge.
The largest specimen measures 27 inches (Day).
Hab. Burmah.
22. SicyDIUM MICROCEPHALUM, Bleeker.
Sicydium microcephalum, Bleeker, Java, ii. p. 437 ; Giinth. Cat,
Fish. iii. p. 95.
Sicyopterus microcephalus, Bleeker, Versl. Ak. Amst. (2) ix.
p- 278.
D. 65 a or L. lat. 60. L. trans. 15-16.
(Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid ?)
A row of papillz on the gum beneath the upper lip; horizontal
teeth conspicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) more than five
times the length of the head ; the width of the head is greater than
the height, and four fifths of the length. The height of the body is
more than one sixth of thelength. Scales on the occiput, neck, and
anterior part of the body much smaller than the rest. The diameter
of the eye is about one fourth the length of the head, and one half
the interorbital space. The maxilla extends to the vertical from the
anterior margin of the eye. The length of the pectoral is greater
than the length of the head; the length of the caudal is one and a
half times the length of the head, and is contained four and a half
times in the total length. The second, third, and fourth dorsal
spines are produced into subequal filaments considerably higher than
the body ; second dorsal higher than the body. Colour, body deep
violet above, with longitudinal series of yellow spots, yellowish
below; dorsal, caudal, and pectoral fins violet, irregularly dotted
with black ; pectoral yellow-edged. Anal orange-violet, with a dark
marginal band.
The longest specimen measures 43 inches (Bleek.).
Hab. Rivers of Banten (Java); Celebes?
23. Stcyp1uM GRIsEuM, Day.
Sicydium griseum, Day, Journ. Linn. Soe. Zool. xiii. p. 140.
D. 65. A. 1). L. lat. 80. L. trans. ca. 25.
(Teeth in the upper jaw tricuspid ?) '
Horizontal teeth conspicuous.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is four and
three quarter times the length of the head; the width of the head
equals the height. The height of the body is contained rather more
than five times in the length. Scales strongly ctenoid, of irregular
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XII. 12
170 MR. W. R. O. GRANT ON THE [ Mar. 4,
sizes and shapes, and in irregular series. The diameter of the eye
is one fourth of the length of the head, and about one half the
interorbital space. The length of the caudal is less than the length
of the head. Dorsal spines filiform, and projecting beyond the
membrane. Colours brownish, with eight or nine rings of a darker
tint surrounding the body and wider than the ground-colour ; fins
dark, especially at the edges.
The largest specimen measures 3 inches (Day).
Hab. South Canara.
24. SICYDIUM PARVIPINNE, Guich.
Cotylopus parvipinnis, Guich., in Maillard, Notes sur I’Ile de la
Réunion, ii. Add. C, p. 11.
D7e Az
Horizontal teeth inconspicuous.
The height of the body is contained five and three quarter times
in the total length (without the caudal). Belly naked. The dia-
meter of the eye is more than one fifth of the length of the head,
and is one half the interorbital space ; maxilla does not extend to
the vertical from the anterior margin of the eye. The length of the
pectoral is equal to the length of the head, and less than that of the
caudal, which is one sixth of the total length. ‘The second dorsal is
about as high as the body; its rays extend above the membrane,
the last being slightly produced into a point. Colour pale yellow,
greyish on the belly ; each scale with a brown border and a black
central spot ; dorsal and anal fins yellow, spotted with brown, the
latter also with a black marginal band ; pectoral yellow, brownish
towards the extremity ; caudal brownish yellow.
Total length 42 inches (Guich.).
Hab. Bourbon.
Lentipes, Gthr.
Sicyogaster, Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. 1860, p. 102 (non
Barnw.).
Lentipes, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 96; Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. ix.
p- 314; et Versl. Ak. Amst. (2) ix. p. 271; Giinth. Fische der
Siidsee, p. 184; et Challenger Shore Fish. p. 61.
Body subcylindrical, naked, or with the posterior part covered
with cycloid scales. Head oblong broad and depressed, with the
cleft of the mouth horizontal, or very nearly so. Jaws subequal ;
snout obtusely rounded ; lips not very thick, the lower with a series
of numerous, short, pointed, horizontal teeth. A single series of
fixed teeth in both jaws; the anterior ones in the upper jaw are
closely set and tricuspid, anchylosed to groove on the superior surface
of the maxilla, those more remote and those in the lower jaw
widely set, simple and conical. Behind the tricuspid teeth in the
upper jaw, lie several series of young teeth hidden in the gum,
which succeed the former teeth as they become worn out or broken.
Eyes of moderate size. Two dorsals, the anterior with six flexible
1884. ] GENERA SICYDIUM AND LENTIPES. 171
spines ; caudal quite free, ventrals united into a short disk, adherent
tothe belly. Gill-openings of moderate width ; four branchiostegals.
Hab. Rivers of the Sandwich Islands.
Synopsis of Species.
I. Body naked, ca. 10 tricuspid teeth on each side of the
Max erye Mite a hese vossanneacee cop eteeesios earetrane ener 1. L. concolor.
II. Tail covered with small cycloid scales ; ca. 16 tricuspid
teeth on each side of the maxillary suture ............... 2. L. seminudus,
1. Lentirres concoxtor, Gill. (Plate XII. fig. 9.)
Sicyogaster concolor, Gill, P. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. 1860, p. 102.
Lentipes concolor, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 96; et Fisch. der
Siidsee, p. 184, et Challenger Shore Fish. p. 61.
1 L
D. 6%. A. 5
The upper jaw has ten or eleven tricuspid, and about three conical
teeth on each side of the maxillary suture. Upper lip with a median
notch.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is rather more
than four times the length of the head; the height of the head is
two thirds of the width, and the width the same proportion of the
length. The height of the body is contained about seven and three
quarter timesin the length. Scales none. The diameter of the eye
is one sixth of the length of the head, and one half the interorbital
space. The length of the pectoral is less than, and the length of
the caudal equal to, the length of the head. The caudal is contained
rather more than five times in the total length. The fifth dorsal
spine is slightly produced. Both first and second dorsal fins are
rather higher than the body ; the latter has its origin considerably
in front of the anal. Colour uniform purplish, becoming almost
yellowish on the tail. Anal fin with a darker marginal band.
Total length 34 inches.
Hab. Streams of Hawaii.
One adult specimen.
2. LeNnTIPES SEMINUDUS, Giinth. (Plate XII. fig. 10.)
Lentipes seminudus, Giinth. Challenger Shore Fish. p. 61.
D. 6%. A. §
The upper jaw has 15-16 tricuspid, and about two conical teeth
on each side of the maxillary suture; upper lip with a slight median
notch.
The total length of the body (without the caudal) is four and a
half times the length of the head; the width of the head is con-
siderably greater than the height, and is two thirds of the length.
The height of the body is less than one sixth of the length. The
tail is covered with small cycloid scales. The diameter of the eye
is one fifth of the length of the head, and more than one half the
12*
172 COUNT SALVADORI ON ANAS CAPENSIS. [ Mar. 4,
interorbital space. The length of the pectoral greater than the
length of the head, and equal to the length of the caudal, which is
more than one fifth of the total length. Dorsal fins not so high as
the body. Colour yellowish, reticulated with brown, fins dusky ; a
dark spot above the axis of the pectoral.
Total length 2 inches.
Hab. Streams of Honolulu.
One adult specimen (type).
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Puate XI.
Fig. 1. Steydium plumieri, p. 156.
2. gymnogaster, p. 158.
3. —— pugnans, p. 160.
Prats XII.
Fig. 1. Stcydium brevifile, p. 158.
2. salvini, p. 159.
3. antillarum, p. 157.
4. —— stimpsoni, p. 166.
5. Tooth of Sicydium plumieri, p. 156.
6. py S. gymnogaster, p. 108.
7. 7) S. pugnans, p. 160.
8. * S. teniuvum, p. 161.
9. 3 Lentipes concolor, p. 171.
10. A L. seminudus, p. 171.
2. Note on Anas capensis,Gm. By T. Satvapori, C.M.Z.S.
[Received February 18, 1884.]
(Plate XIII.)
In a large collection of Birds from Shoa, sent to Italy by my
friend the late Marquis Orazio Antinori, I found four specimens of
a very fine Teal, with which I was not acquainted, so that I really
congratulated myself on the idea of describing a most beautiful new
species of the Duck-tribe. In this hope I was confirmed by the
fact that the species before me was not mentioned in the very
recent “ List of the certainly known species of Anatidz,”’ published
by Dr. Sclater in 1880 (P. Z. S. 1880, pp. 496-536). ButI was
soon disappointed when, having carefully looked into the subject, I
found that my bird was an old species, first mentioned and described
by Latham as “‘The Cape Wigeon,”’ and afterwards named Anas
capensis by Gmelin. Although an old species, evidently it is not a
commonly known one, as in this case it would not have escaped Dr.
Sclater’s well-known carefulness. I found also that its history and
even its proper name were involved in much confusion, that its
geographical distribution was much wider than was supposed, and
besides that the bird had never been figured, although Eyton tells
us that Smith was intending to give a figure of it in his ‘ Illustrations
of South African Zoology.’
As said above, the first mention of the bird is in Latham’s
‘Synopsis,’ where it is called “The Cape Wigeon.”’ I do not
“
imp
,
art
Kani
DACP NPS) bis,
C
ANAS
i)
1884.] COUNT SALVADORI ON ANAS CAPENSIS. 173
possess the Synopsis, but from what Stephens says, it seems that
Latham described it from a drawing of Sir Joseph Banks, soon after
which Gmelin named it Anus capensis, and gave the following short
but satisfactory description of it :—
“4. cinerascens, dorso spadiceo, alarum speculo ex pallido virescente
ceruleo albo marginato ; rostrum rubrum, basi nigrum; caput minutim
maculatum ; pedes rubescentes ; ungues nigri.
“ Habitat ad Caput Bone Spei, penelopes magnitudine, 15 pol-
lices longa.”
Between 1790 and 1824 Latham again, as well as Vieillot and
Stephens, have mentioned and described this species without adding
anything of their own, except that Vieiliot said that a specimen of
this species was in Sir Joseph Banks’s collection, and Stephens, who
merely mentions a drawing, attributes the bird to the genus Mareca.
Specimens of this Duck, brought from the Cape by Delalande to the
Mnseum of Paris, received from Cuvier the name Azas larvata,
which appeared for the first time in Lesson’s ‘ Traité d’ Ornithologie,’
but without any description. Eyton, in 1828, gave again a good
description of this species, including it in the genus Querquedula,
and said “it will be figured by Dr. Smith in his forthcoming work
on South African Zoology,” which, however, never came to pass’.
Dr. Pucheran, studying the types of the Museum of Paris, described
at length “Anas larvata, Cuv.,” but was not satisfied that it was the
same as Anas capensis, Gm., and Anas assimilis, Forst. According
to Schlegel and Hartlaub the present species is Anas assimilis, Forst.,
a surmise which I can scarcely endorse, as Forster’s description is
not very satisfactory ; the question will be settled only by reexamining
“Fig. picta” quoted by Forster, which, according to G. R. Gray,
corresponds to No. 75 of the Icones ineditze*. In the meantime I
cannot omit noticing that Bonaparte has attributed, with a query,
Anas assimilis, Forst., to Anas guttata, Licht., which bird he calls
Anas sparsa, Smith, and from what I have been able to gather, I
think that Bonaparte is right in his identification. In fact, Dr.
Reichenow, to whom I have addressed myself, very kindly informs
me that ‘Anas guttata, Licht.,” is really identical with Anas
sparsa, Smith; and as Lichtenstein had already identified Anas
guttata of Mus. Berol. with A. assimilis, Forst., we can admit as
most probable that Forster’s bird is really identical with A. sparsa,
Smith, and not with A. capensis., Gm., as Schlegel and Hartlaub
seem inclined to consider it. In the opinion expressed above I
am confirmed by the fact that Lichtenstein, in his ‘ Nomenclator
Avium,’ p. 101, includes as separate species Anas capensis and A.
guttata. After these historicaland critical remarks I proceed to
1 Mr. Salvin, in his ‘ Catalogue of the Strickland Collection,’ p. 534, among
the references of Anas capensis, Gin., includes Querquedula capensis, Smith, Tl.
Zool. 8. Afr. pl. 98; but this is a mistake, as Smith's plate 98 is named Phyn-
chaspis (not Querquedula) capensis, and does not represent Anas capensis, Gm.,
but a species of the genus Spatula.
[2 At the request of Count Salvadori I have referred to plate 75 of Forster's
‘Original Drawings’ in the British Museum in company with Mr. R. B.
Sharpe. We are both of opinion that the figure, although by no means accu-
rate, was based upon a specimen of Anas capensis, and not upon one of
A, sparsa.—P. L. 8, ]
174 COUNT SALVADORI ON ANAS CAPENSIS. [ Mar. 4,
give the synonymy, description, and the geographical distribution,
with what is known of the habits of this species.
QUERQUEDULA CAPENSIS. (Plate XIII.)
Cape Wigeon, Lath. Syn. ili. 2, p. 519. n. 64.
Anas capensis, Gm., 8.N. ii. p. 527. n. 98. (1788) (ex Latham),
Latham, Ind. Orn. ii. p. 861. n. 73 (1790); Vieill. Nouv. Dict. v.
p. 154 (1816); Id. Ene. Méth. p. 148 (1823) ; G. R. Gray, Gen. B.
lii. p. 616, n. 13 (1845); Licht. Nomencl. Av. p. 101 (1854) ; Pelz.
Novara-Reis., Vog. p. 138 (1865) ; Chapman’s Travels in South
Africa, App. p. 422 (1868) ; G. R. Gray, Hand-list, iii. p. 82,
n. 10,640 (1871); Salvin, Cat. Strickl. Coll. B. p. 534, no. 2602
(syn. emend.) (1882).
Mareca capensis, Steph. Gen. Zool. xii. 2, p. 139 (1824) ; Layard,
Birds 8. Africa, p. 351 (1867); Gurn. in Andersson, B. Damara,
p- 339 (1872).
Anas larvata, Cuv. MS. Mus. Paris (du Cap, Delalande); Less.
Tr. d’Orn. p. 634, n. 72 (1831) (deser. nulla); Pucher. Rev. et Mag.
Zool. 1850, p. 549 (deser.); Hartl. Jour. f. Orn. 1855, p. 419.
Querquedula capensis, Smith, Cat. S. Afr. Mus. (MS.); Eyt.
Mon. Anat. p. 128 (1838); G. R. Gray, Gen. B. iii. p. 616, n. 15
(1845) ; Boe. Orn. Ang. p. 502 (1881).
?Anas assimilis, Forst. (ed. Licht.), Descr. Anim. p. 46 (1844) ;
Schl. Mus. P.-B., Anseres, p. 59 (1866); Gieb. Thes. Orn. i. p. 344
(syn. emend.) (1872); Hartl. Vég. Madag. p. 364 (notes) (1877).
Querquedula larvata, Bp. Compt. Rend. xliii. p. 650, n. 99 (syn.
emend.) (1856); Boc. Jorn. Ac. Se. Lisb. 1871, p. 278, 1872, p. 20.
Capite et collo albidis, nigro punctulatis ; gula immaculata ; dorso
summo fulvo-nigro maculato ; uropygio et supracaudalibus
albido-rufescentibus, nigro maculatis; pectore summo albido,
nigro fasciolato ; gastreo reliquo albido, obsolete fusco maculato ;
lateribus et axillaribus fusco maculatis ; scapularibus remigi-
busque primariis griseo-fuscis, illis rufescente marginatis ;
tectricibus alarum fusco-griseis ; speculo alari nitidissimo viridi,
nigro circumdato, antice, inferius et postice late albo marginato ;
rectricibus griseis, albo marginatis ; rostro rubro-purpureo ad
basin nigro ; pedibus ochraceo-fuscis ; iride flava. Long. tot.
circa millam. 450; alta 200; caud@ 80; rostri 39; tarsi 38.
Hab. in Africa, ad Caput Bonz Spei (Latham, Forster,
Delalande, Smith, Verreaux, Zelebor, Layard); Namaqua
(Andersson); Damara (Andersson); Mossamedes (Anchieta), Rio
Coroca (Anchieta); Shoa (Antinori).
As said above, [have had the opportunity of examining four spe-
cimens of this Teal, two males and two females, collected in Shoa by
the late Marquis Orazio Antinori; the females are not different from
males, one of which has been figured in the accompanying drawing
(Plate XIITI.). Antinori notices the naked parts as follows :—“ Tris
yellow ; bill purplish red, with the base black ; feet dark ochraceous.”
But others describe them a little differently. Layard says :—‘ Bill
red, the base black ; legs reddish, the webs dusky, claws black.”
1884.] COUNT SALVADORI ON ANAS CAPENSIS. 175
According to Andersson the iris is greenish yellow; the upper
mandible purplish grey, except a small yellowish-pink patch below
the nostrils, which merges gradually into purplish grey ; the under
mandible pinkish ; the legs and toes grey, mixed with brown.”
Bocage, from Anchieta’s notes, says :—Bec rouge avec un espace
noir & la base de la machoire recouvrant les narines et contournant
le front de deux cétés; pieds rougeatres, les palmures d’une teinte
plus foncée, et les ongles noirs ; iris jaune orangé.”
I do not think it possible to confound this Teal with any other
species, and indeed I am not able to mention another to which it is
nearly allied. The red bill, with the base and nostrils black, the bright
green speculum on the wing, and the head profusely streaked with
blackish dots, make it very different from any other species known
to me. Still it has been confounded by Schlegel and by G. R.
Gray with Anas bernieri (peculiar to Madagascar), from which it may
be easily distinguished by the bill, much larger and less compressed,
and not entirely reddish, as it is in that species, by the paler
colouring of the feathers, by the tail pale grey, instead of darkish
brown, by the whiter throat, and by many other different points.
As regards the geographical distribution of this African Teal, for
a long time it was only known near the Cape of Good Hope ; since
it has been found in Namaqua- and Damara-land, and in Mossamedes
on the south-western coast of Africa; and quite recently it has
been discovered by the late Marquis Orazio Antinori in the kingdom
of Shoa, on the north-eastern part of Africa, about the tenth northern
parallel. So that we may expect that this bird will be found in all
suitable localities between the southern extremity of Africa and Shoa.
The habits of this Teal are like those of the other members of
the same genus. Antinori writes that small flights of this Duck
live on the very deep lake Haddd; at first he thought that it
did not frequent the other lakes of Shoa, but later he killed a
specimen in the very shallow lake Cialalaka. According to Antinori
this Teal feeds on vegetable substances and aquatic insects.
Andersson writes that though this is a rather scarce Duck in Damara-
and Great Namaqua-land, he found it more abundant in the immediate
neighbourhood of Walyisch Bay than elsewhere in Damara-land.
More complete are the accounts we have from the Cape Colony,
where Layard says that this Duck is usually confounded with the
“ Smee Eendtje” (Querquedula erythrorhyncha), in company with
which he has shot it at Beaufort, the Knysna, on the Cape Flats,
and at Vogel Vley. At this place he killed one near a nest which
contained a single egg ; it was probably one of this species, and was
of a dirty greenish-white throughout; axis 1’ 10!', diam. whe",
Jules Verreaux told Dr. Pucheran that this species is more common
than Anas erythrorhyncha, it remains longer near the Cape, and it
is very abundant towards the Orange River, and always to be met
with in tanks, haying the same habits of the allied species. J. Ver-
reaux found small mollusks and insects in their stomachs.
I shall conclude with the remark that this most beautiful Teal has
never been brought alive to any of the Zoological Gardens of Europe.
176 SIR R. OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. __[Mar. 18,
March 18, 1884.
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during February 1884 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of February was 102, of which 13 were by
birth, 51 by presentation, 27 by purchase, 3 received in exchange,
and 8 received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 98.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. A young specimen of the Red-eared Monkey (Cercopithecus
erythrotis), purchased February 14.
This Cercopithecus was originally described by Mr. Waterhouse
in our ‘ Proceedings’ for 1838, from an imperfect skin, and was
subsequently figured by Fraser in his ‘ Zoologia Typica’ (plate iv.).
The species is new to the collection, and the present individual is
the first that I have seen of it. It is said to be from Fernando Po.
2. A fine female example of what appears to be Martin’s Mon-
key (Cercopithecus martini), also from Fernando Po, purchased
February 19.
This species, a close aily of the Lesser White-nosed Monkey
(Cercopithecus petaurista), was originally described in our ‘ Pro-
ceedings’ by Mr. Waterhouse as long ago as 1838, from two skins
(see P. Z. S. 1838, p. 58), and named after Mr. W. L. Martin,
author of the well-known volume on ‘Man and Monkeys.’ I
exhibit a coloured drawing of it by Mr. Smit (Plate XIV.). It
will be observed that it is at once distinguishable from C. petaurista
by the black fore limbs and feet, by the absence of any red colour
on the tail, by the greenish-grey and not white sides of the face,
and by the different form of the white nose. As our specimen is a
female, I presume that C. martini is also a larger animal. Our
specimen of the latter measures, the body about 19 inches, the tail
about 24, together 43 inches.
3. An example of a rare Ichneumon from Ceylon, MacCarthy’s
Ichneumon (Herpestes maccarthie), new to the collection, pur-
chased February 23.
Mr. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S., exhibited some specimens illustrative of
the variations of colouring in the feet of the Pink-footed Goose
(Anser brachyrhynchus).
Sir Richard Owen, K.C.B., F.R.S., read the twenty-fifth of his
series of Memoirs on the extinct birds of the genus Dinornis and
their allies. The present Memoir contained a description of the
sternum of Dinornis elephantopus, which had been obtained at
Christchurch, New Zealand.
This Memoir will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’
The following papers were read :—
CERCOPITHECUS MARTINI.
1884.] ON THE DISEASES OF CARNIVOROUS MAMMALS. i
1. On the Diseases of the Carnivorous Mammals in the
Society’s Gardens. By J. B. Surron, Lecturer on Com-
parative Anatomy, Middlesex Hospital Medical College.
[Received February 26, 1884. ]
Introduction.
In this paper it is proposed to give an account, as briefly as is
consistent with accuracy and clearness, of some of the more impor-
tant diseases which affect the Carnivorous Mammals, prisoners in the
Society’s Gardens.
So far as disease is concerned, there is no need to draw particular
distinction between the various groups of this great class of animals.
It is sufficient for my purpose to know the kind of food and general
habits of any particular animal ; consequently, in this paper, the
refinements of zoological classification will be set aside, and the word
“carnivorous” will be used in the broadest acceptation of that term.
The splendid and varied collection of flesh-eating animals, the
property of this Society, offered me a rich hunting-ground for
pathological spoil, and rich has been the ingathering.
From the outset of my post-mortem experience among these
animals, my attention has always been aroused by two very opposite
conditions of things:—one is the paucity, and in some cases, the
total absence, of lesions to account for death ; in the other case, one
is struck with the existence of extensive disease of vital organs,
which must have been present for a considerable period without de-
stroying life.
For example, a Tiger is reported to be ailing, and in a few days
the creature is dead. At the autopsy nothing to account satis-
factorily for the animal’s death can be discerned even after the most
diligent search. Whereas an Esquimaux Dog which had been on
the sick list for some time before its death, presented the following
list of pathological conditions :—Uleceration of the left fore leg, pro-
bably cancerous; old valvular disease of the left side of the heart ;
atheroma of the aortic arch; three old infarctions in the liver, with
three large cysts in the same organ. In addition to these lesions of
important viscera, it had an enlarged prostate, an abscess in each
testicle, carious teeth (a very rare condition in wild animals), psoro-
sperms by thousands scattered through the voluntary muscles and
lungs, and a venous nevus of the skin.
Of course it is within the bounds of probability that, in some of
these cases where the animals die with only a few days of previous
illness, they have been seized with some acute malady, which up
to the present has eluded my search. Another fact of great im-
portance in connexion with this observation should be mentioned.
It is the great tendency of animals to die in pairs: for example, a Bear
died; three days after its companion was found dead: no obvious
lesion beyond evidence of inflammation of the alimentary canal in
178 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE [Mar. 18,
one of them. Two Hyzenas succumbed in a similar manner. Two
Black-faced Kangaroos died within forty-eight hours of each other.
Two Foxes were brought to the dissecting room within twenty-four
hours; and of this sort of thing many instances among smaller
mammals might be given, so as to carry it out of the domain of
coincidence.
For some considerable time the suspicion of the existence of some
acute specific disease contagious in its nature has held possession of
my mind. More than once a singular feeling of languor and uncon-
trollable depression, accompanied with weariness, has seized me after
conducting the necessary dissection on the animals dying after this
manner, so that of late I have been more cautious than heretofore.
Let me now pass on to consider the various diseases in detail ; they
will be treated in the following order :—
Ist, Those affecting the skeleton; 2nd, Diseases of the Organs
of Respiration; 3rd, Affections of the Circulatory System ; 4th,
Diseases of the Alimentary Canal and the Viscera appertaining
thereto; 5th, the Genito-urinary Organs; 6th, Tuberculosis, which,
for various reasons to be explained later on, has been made a separate
segment, instead of treating it along with diseases of the respi-
ratory organs.
Diseases affecting the Skeleton.
1. Rickets——This disease has been encountered many times, but
its ravages are most severely seen among the smaller Carnivora. The
affection is met with in two very distinct forms—“ rickets of infancy ”
and “ late rickets’ occurring at puberty.
a. Rickets of Infancy.—The chief symptoms are deformity of the
long bones and paralysis of the hinder limbs (paraplegia). Death
usually results from some intercurrent malady, generally bronchitis,
which is a very dangerous complication of rickets, on account of the
softened ribs yielding to atmospheric pressure, ending in collapse of
the lungs.
In this form of the disease, the skeleton is affected throughout.
The thorax is deformed, there is beading of the ribs at their junction
with the costal cartilages, and a second row of beads immediately
external to the angles of the ribs: these are caused by partial frac-
ture (infractions) of the softened ribs, and the abundant formation
of provisional callus at the seat of injury. This is a very constant
feature of the disease in Carnivora, but it may be confined to one
side. This double row of rickety beads is shown in the drawing
(fig. 1, p. 179). The skull is thin, soft, and in some places
absorbed. The teeth are normal in size, number, and development.
The long bones of the limbs are curved, enlarged, and so soft that
they may be cut with a knife easily. The periosteum is usually
thicker than normal. The line of the epiphysial cartilage to the
naked eye presents enlargement, irregularity, and abundance of
the curious translucent gelatinous substance known as spongioid
tissue, so eminently characteristic of rickets. Submitted to the
scrutiny of the microscope, the following changes may be observed :—
1884.] DISEASES OF CARNIVOROUS MAMMALS. 179
(1) A layer of normal hyaline cartilage, which in health should not
exceed a millimetre in thickness, but here it may measure as many
as six, eight, or even twelve millimetres.
(2) A regular series of columns formed of superimposed cartilage-
cells, which in health should consist of ten or twelve cells to the
column, each column being separated from its fellow by a spicule of
calcareous matter, all arranged as regularly as a phalanx of soldiers.
But in rickets as many as fifty cells may be counted in each row,
Fig. 1.
The left half of the thorax of a Binturong (Aretictis bintuwrong), severely affected
with rickets. It shows the usual beading at the junctions of the ribs and
costal cartilages, and a second row of beading just below the angles of
the ribs, due to partial fracture and the subsequent formation of provi-
sional callus.
arranged in a disorderly manner, the confusion of disease contrasting
remarkably with the definite order observable in the healthy epi-
physes.
(3) Beyond these, a layer of irregular calcareous trabecule
enclosing here and there ‘islets’? of spongioid tissue and hyaline
cartilage.
180 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE [Mar. 18,
This form of the disease is most frequent among the smaller
mammals, e.g. those of the genera Canis, Cynictis, Ichneumon, &c.
b. Late Rickets (Rickets occurring at puberty).—At the age of
puberty the disease presents certain peculiar features. In the first
place it does not tend to generalize itself as in the form just con-
sidered, for it may attack the axial skeleton only, and in some cases
affects the skull alone, The deformity is not so marked as in
rickets of infancy.
Fig. 2.
A longitudinal section through the last dorsal and first lumbar vertebra of a
Lion affected with “late rickets.” It shows the proliferation of the
tissue in the neighbourhood of the epiphysial plate, and the abnormal
size of the intervertebral disk, bulging into the neural canal and com-
pressing the spinal cord.
Its chief features are as follows :—Beading at the costal junctions
is fairly constant. If the epiphysial cartilages are affected, the
spongioid tissue is wanting, and a small quantity of fibrous tissue
developes in its place ; the line of the epiphysisis irregular. On this
I place considerable importance as a sign of disease.
If the epiphysial plates of the vertebrae become affected, and this
they are very prone to do, the proliferation may give rise to pressure
on the spinal cord, and subsequent paraplegia as shown in the
drawing (fig. 2), taken from a nearly full-grown Lion affected with
this form of the disease.
Hypertrophy of the skull-vault is very common; it may exceed
the usual thickness five or six times, the base of the cranium re-
maining unaffected. The teeth are large, defective in number, and
1884. ] DISEASES OF CARNIVOROUS MAMMALS. 181
late in appearance. Death is usually brought about after this
manner. The animal suffers from paralysis of the hind quarters,
which gradually ends in paraplegia to such an extent that it is
absolutely necessary to kill it. The paraplegia is brought about,
as I have explained above, by pressure on the cord due to pro-
liferation of the epiphysial structures, and this is the most im-
portant feature of the disease. For the vertebral plates at this age
are, of all parts of the skeleton, the seat of the most active growth,
just as in infancy the epiphyses of the long bones are undergoing
extensive and rapid metamorphosis. The cord, when examined
microscopically at the seat of compression, shows an increased
quantity of neuroglia, a diminished number of axis-cylinders, fatty
granules in abundance, and destruction of the nerve-cells in the grey
matter.
2. Mollities Ossium.—This singular affection is met with in
thoroughly adult carnivorous animals; it is a rare affection. My
best and most characteristic case was from the Racoon-like Dog (Nyc-
tereutes procynides).
The chief features of the disease are these :—Beading of the ribs
is wanting ; softness of the bones is replaced by hardness and brittle-
ness, so that they break easily; deformity of the long bones may
be present to an extreme degree; the alveolar margins of the jaws
absorb, allowing the teeth to fall out. When the bones are mace-
rated and dried, they become as light as cork.
Paraplegia is a constant feature of the disease.
Summarizing these three forms of bone-disease arising from con-
stitutional causes, however varied their manifestations, the etiology
is the same, viz. loss of exercise and active life, artificial mode of
feeding compared with their wild state of living, and the vicissitudes
of an English climate. Indeed, if referring to the human subject, it
would be expressed in oue terse sentence, ‘“‘ Bad hygienic conditions
incident to the life of a captive.”
There can be no doubt that the different effects of the disease on
the system are due simply to the fact that, at these different epochs
of life, physiological processes taking place in a growing bone differ
very materially, and as disease is to be regarded as a perversion or
exaggeration of normal physiological processes, so we have an ex-
ample of an alteration of the normal processes which should be in
operation during infancy producing ‘‘rickets,” at puberty “late
rickets,” and in adult life, when there are no epiphyses for the
disease to attack, but ‘‘ osteoporosis” is in full vigour, perversion
leads to “ mollities ossium.”’
There seem to be two rules regarding pathological manifestations.
(a) Acute diseases attack those parts where the blood supply
is greatest, and as a consequence growth is rapid.
(6) Functionless organs are prone to undergo degeneration or to
become the seat of cancer, &c. Respecting the first rule:—In
infancy the long bones are the seat of very active changes, particu-
larly at the epiphyses ; hence they become affected with rickets. At
puberty, the vertebrze are developing their secondary centres, so they
182 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE (Mar. 18,
are prone to become the seat of disease ; hence the so-called predi-
lection of disease to attack particular structures. Examples of rule
6 will be given in treating of diseases of the ovaries.
Diseases of the Organs of Respiration.
Diseases of the lungs, in some form or other, make fearful havoc
among these creatures, the three most common affections being
Bronchitis, Pneumonia, and Pleurisy.
Bronchitis.—This condition of lung is most frequent among Lions,
Tigers, and Leopards. It is very unsatisfactory to say that a beast
died of this affection unless one has seen the creature during life ; but
with the bronchi containing much frothy mucus and no other visible
lesion, it is always with much reluctance I assent to have this word
written in the death column. In rickety animals there is no need
for doubt, as with soft, yielding thoracic parietes, even a slight attack
of bronchitis in young animals is very quickly fatal.
Pneumonia (Lobar).—This is frequently met with among Car-
nivora ; it runs through the usual stages as observed in man—en-
gorgement, red and grey hepatization. From my observations it
would appear that death in the engorgement stage is of more common
occurrence than in man. Bears are particularly subject to pneu-
monia, and in them the inflammatory products, instead of resolving,
break down into pus. The posterior lobe of one lung is affected, but
the morbid material in its course along the bronchi, and into the
trachea, is drawn into the opposite lung by inspiration, so that the
portion of lung immediately in the neighbourhood of the larger
bronchi of the unaffected lung becomes affected, secondarily, by the
morbid material thus inspired.
Pleurisy.—Double pleurisy is exceedingly common among the
wild Carnivora, as it is in the domestic Cat (I exclude from this
list those cases of pleurisy arising from inflammation set up by the
presence of parasites in the lungs). The disease is usually double,
and of long standing ; the fiuid breaks down the barrier between the
two pleural cavities, so that they form by means of organized in-
flammatory material one continuous cavity. The lung-substance
becomes condensed and carnified by the pressure of fluid, which
often amounts to two gallons ; this interferes with respiration, and
the animal dies. This has caused the Society the loss of several
very fine animals. The condition of the lung in collapse is so very
interesting that it will be well to give a few details respecting it.
Condensation, Atelectasis, or Apneumatosis are terms used to
signify the condition of the lings before birth, or in other words
lung-tissue which has never contained air. After respiration has
been established, if from any cause the lung be rendered airless, as
by the pressure of a tumour or particularly of fluid in the pleura, a
return to the foetal condition is brought about. A lung which is
thus collapsed is often referred to as being in “a state of carnifi-
cation,” on account of the fleshy appearance it presents on section ;
this alone is sufficient to distinguish it from pneumonic lung, not-
withstanding that it sinks in water.
1884. ] DISEASES OF CARNIVOROUS MAMMALS. 183
If sections of a lung, which has been compressed by fluid in the
pleura for some considerable time, say six weeks, be examined by the
microscope, the following appearances will be noted :—
The pleural covering is very thick, its surface being coated over
by a thick layer of organized lymph varying in thickness according
to the length of time the disease has existed. From the deeper
layers of the pleura there is an invasion of fibrous tissue into the
lung-substance, destroying the air-cells immediately subjacent to the
original serous covering.
Beneath these disorganized air-cells, a considerable tract of airless
tissue exists in which the cell-walls are in apposition, and lie folded
together as neatly as alady’s fan. ‘These cells, if inflated during life,
would again become functional.
Approaching the main bronchus, curious changes may be seen ;
here and there whole tracts of the lung-tissue are in a state of com-
plete disorganization, others are seen with their opposite walls simply
in contact, whereas in many parts the air-cells are so dilated that
they present all the characters of emphysematous lung, so extreme
is the distension of the air-vesicles and so attenuated their walls.
Although the lung is apparently in a condition of extreme atelec-
tasis, yet in parts, paradoxical as it may seem, we have to do also
with a condition of emphysema and dilated bronchi.
The Organs of Circulation.
Few and far between are cases of diseases of the heart and blood-
vessels in carnivorous animals. Once only have [I seen pericarditis,
and that was in a Coati. The disease was caused by the extension
of inflammation from old-standing double pleurisy.
Valvular disease was seen in an Esquimaux Dog aged at least
twelve years. The endocardium was thickened and opaque, the
mitral and aortic valves presented vegetations on their free borders,
some of which had evidently been detached by the circulating current,
as three old infarctions in the liver bore indisputable testimony.
Atheroma was encountered twice, once in the aortic arch of a Dog;
the remaining instance occurred in a Coati,in which the whole of the
descending aorta was affected, some of the patches being of con-
siderable size.
The Alimentary Canal.
Affections of the digestive tract are uncommon. Typhoid ulcera-
tion of the ilium and colon has been twice noted in the course of
my dissections. 'The symptoms during life were such as to lead one
to suspect the nature of the malady, diarrhoea and hemorrhage
from the bowel with similar cases turning up among other animals.
The two cases mentioned occurred in a Tiger and a Leopard, about
the same time as the cases referred to in my paper on Diseases of
Monkeys.
Several Bears have died from enteritis, and in one a perirectal
abscess attained to a considerable size, then burst into the peritoneal
cavity, giving rise to intense and fatal inflammation. The abscess
was in all probability caused by a piece of bone passing through the
184 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE [Mar. 18,
wall of the rectum, and, getting into the cellular tissue, acting as a
foreign body. I have known a fish-bone accidentally swallowed do
the same thing in man.
Dogs are liable to intus-susception of the intestine, caused by
swallowing tendons and other similar substances.
Genito- Urinary Organs.
The following injuries and diseases have been met with :—
Fracture of the os penis in a Coati, which had united with a certain
amount of deformity.
Two cases of hemorrhagic cystitis in Ocelots, without obvious
lesions to account for the presence of blood.
Enlarged prostate was found once ina Dog. An abscess of the
right ovary in a Coati burst and gave rise to fatal peritonitis.
By far the most interesting case of all was that of a female Tiger
aged twelve years, born in confinement,
Fig. 3. Fig. 4.
Fig. 3. Ovary and Fallopian tube of an old Tiger. O. Ovary transformed into
cysts. S.G. Solid growths, which are really hypertrophied corpora
lutea. P.C. Pedunculated cysts. S.C. Serous cysts originating in the
organ of Rosenmiiller.
Fig. 4. Transverse section of the other ovary, showing the cysts in the interior
of the organ. S.G. The hypertrophied corpora lutea in transverse section.
The creature succumbed to a smart attack of pneumonia. On
examining the ovaries, both presented abnormal conditions. The
right ovary contained three solid tumours, about the size of a nut,
and of a reddish colour, one of them being pedunculated. Two cysts
of the size of a cherry occupied the substance of the organ (see fig. 3).
The left ovary presented three of these reddish solid cysts, two
being of firmer consistence than the rest and pedunculated.
A cyst of the size of a gooseberry occupied the substance of the
1884.] DISEASES OF CARNIVOROUS MAMMALS, 185
ovary. Hanging from the fold of peritoneum between the ovary and
Fallopian tube (meso-salpinx) is a cyst of the size of a cherry
attached by a narrow peduncle, whilst seattered among the fringes
of the open end of the Fallopian tube, are numerous pedunculated
cysts the size of millet-seeds. These are shown in the annexed draw-
ing (figs. 3,4, p. 184). The solid cysts, when examined microscopically,
proved to be hypertrophied corpora lutea. This case is of extreme
interest on account of the relation it bears to similar growths in
human subjects. Among the numerous growths originating in
the immediate neighbourhood of the ovary in the human female,
many of which attain gigantic proportions, two very distinct forms
may be readily separated :-—
1. Cysts peculiar to the ovary and originating in Graafian follicles.
2. Cysts of the broad ligaments, which, if they attain to any size,
may secondarily involve the ovary in the course of their growth.
Careful observation has led to the view that cysts starting in the
broad ligaments arise in connexion with the ‘organ of Rosen-
miller.” This structure and its connecting ducts, lying in the
meso-salpinx, is in itself of very great interest, inasmuch as it
represents, with the duct of Gaertner, all that remains in the adult
female of the Wolffian duct and segmental tubes so largely developed
in early embryonic life. In the adult female these must be regarded
as functionless organs.
Pathologists have long been aware that functionless structures
and remnants of organs are exceedingly liable to take on diseased
action; hence it is now the accepted view that the cysts so often
found in the broad ligament are to be regarded as abnormal dila-
tations of these pre-existing ducts, remnants of the segmental tubes
and ducts of the Wolffian body ; therefore it is extremely interesting
to find in the ovary of this Tiger the disease in its incipient con-
dition. The interest, however, does not end here, for although
I have searched far and wide, this is the first case of its kind which
has come to hand. At the outset I mentioned that this particular
animal was born in confinement, and must to a certain extent be re-
garded as a domestic animal. Dogs are occasionally the subject of
well-developed ovarian disease ; so it is very singular that a disease so
prevalent in the human female, met with in the common bitch, and
seemingly exceedingly rare in wild animals, should turn up in a Tiger
which was born in confinement and passed a long life in the captive
state.
A curious case of difficult parturition was seen in a Jackal. One
morning I found the creature on the Prosector’s table with a dis-
tended belly ; on cutting into this, two young ones were found loose
in the peritoneal cavity, whilst a third was jammed, head downwards,
into the pelvis, and there tightly fixed. Examination proved that
labour had commenced, but from some cause or other the vagina
and neck of the uterus had split on the posterior aspect, and the
young had been expelled from the uterus into the peritoneal cavity.
The cause of the difficulty may have been the smallness of the pelvic
outlet, but I think the foetuses must have been of unusual size. The
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1884, No. XIII. 13
186 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE [ Mar. 18,
rent in the parts is shown in the drawing (fig. 5). It is a well-known
fact that when a small bitch tries to accommodate a large Dog, the
female often loses her life by rupture of the vagina, and consequent
peritonitis. Escaping this, still she may pay the penalty of her lack
of prudence, for the young will be unduly large, and delivery by vie
naturales an impossibility.
The uterus of a Jackal, seen from behind. The rent at the junetion of the
vagina and cervix uteri was made during parturition, the young escaping
into the peritoneal cavity.
Tuberculosis,
To superficial observation, it would seem that half the animals
dying in the Society’s Gardens suecumb to this affection. It so
frequently happeus that if the lung presents a spotted appearance,
or on section shows caseous spots of any description, the condition is
set down as “ tuberculosis.” After very careful inquiry the conclu-
sion has been forced upon me, that “ tubercle”? is by no means so
common among animals as is generally supposed. In a previous
paper, it was shown that Monkeys are rarely attacked by tubercle,
and subsequent observations tend to confirm this statement in every
particular,
Three diseases are especially liable to be confounded with the one
now under consideration, The precision afforded by the micro-
scopical examination of diseased tissues has led to a more rigid defi-
nition, and consequent restriction, of the term tubercle from such
appearances as the lungs present in lobular pneumonia, or lung-tissue
consolidated by pneumonia which, instead of resolving, ends in sup-
puration, and lastly, encysted parasites.
If these three morbid conditions be excluded, then tuberculosis is
1884.] DISEASES OF CARNIVOROUS MAMMALS. 187
very uncommon, The larger Carnivora (Lions, Tigers, and Leopards)
are exceedingly vulnerable to attacks of pneumonia, and Bears fre-
quently die from this affection, due to the suppuration of the consoli-
dated portion of the lung. The Coati(Wasua) is very liable to suffer
from cavities in its lungs due to this breaking-down of inflammatory
products, and on three occasions pneumothorax has resulted from
the rupture of a vomica. Once I met with a Lion with such a
condition of things, and, in addition, by some means the air had
made its way into the cellular tissue at the root of the neck, so that
the creature was “ blown up” like a calf in a butcher’s shop.
With ordinary care there need be little fear that parasites may be
mistaken for tubercle, but this does happen occasionally. By far
the most important cases of tuberculosis remain to be described.
For a considerable time I have been investigating tuberculosis in
birds, in which the disease is exceedingly common. After a con-
siderable number of observations I came to the conclusion that the
disease had its origin in the food or at least in the alimentary
canal. From the splendid series of researches which enabled Koch to
announce to the world his discovery of the “ bacillus of tuberculosis,”
it would seem that the specific nature of this disease depends on the
presence of this minute rod-like organism. On submitting the
viscera of the diseaSed birds to Dr. Heneage Gibbes, who is an autho-
rity in this particular department of pathology, he found bacilli by
* thousands and tens of thousands,”
In December last we communicated these facts to the Pathological
Society, and at the same time adduced the following facts as evidence
that this disease of Fowls is in all probability infectious. I was aware
that certain of the Carnivorous animals, of which the viscera had been
examined, presented similar lesions to those observed in the diseased
Fowls. Two eases soon came to hand,one a Paradoxure, the other a
Felis eyra. These animals are fed on birds’ heads and viscera, and
as their livers contained “ bacilli” it was fair to infer that they had
accidentally contracted the disease by feeding on tuberculcus birds.
What the precise nature and origin of these organisms may even-
tually turn out to be, is of course very uncertain; the matter is still
being investigated and must for the present remain sub judice,
The facts recorded in the preceding pages are the outcome of the
post-mortem examination of a considerable number of the Carnivora.
From January 1882 to February 1884 one hundred and thirty of
these animals died, varying in size from a Lion to a Cynictis. Of
this number I have had the opportunity of examining the viscera of
nearly all, excepting now and then, when an animal of great rarity
was required for dissection, and its anatomical value far surpassed
its interest from a pathological standpoint.
It beboves me in conclusion to offer my very best thanks to the
Society for the liberal use of so much valuable pathological material.
13*
188 _ MR. J. W. CLARK ON A [ Mar. 18,
2. On a Sea-Lion from the East Coast of Australia (Otaria
cinerea, Péron). By J. W. Crark, F.Z.S.
[Received March 18, 1884. ]
In the New South Wales Court of the Fisheries Exhibition which
was held last year at South Kensington, there were four stuffed
Otarias belonging to the Australian Museum, Sydney. They were
labelled: ‘A group of Australian Eared Seals. The Grey Sea-Lion
(Arctocephalus cinereus, Gr.), from the Seal Rocks near Port Ste-
phens, New South Wales.’”
The following notes on the four specimens were partly communi-
cated to me by my friend Mr. E. P, Ramsay, Curator of the Museum,
partly written by myself.
1. A male from which the skull (figs. 1 and 2) had been extracted.
The animal was between six and seven feet long; the hair short,
stiff, and bristly, especially on the nape of the neck; the underfur
red and very sparse. Colour a uniform brown, rather lighter on
the head and on the back of the neck *.
2. An animal nearly as large as the former, and said to be a female
of the same species. Hair bristly ; the general colour brown, but
paler on the back than in the male, and on the head and neck
inclining to a dusky yellow ; on the under surface of the body and
on the upper surface of the ‘ pes’ and ‘manus’ a dark brown. The
stuffer had fortunately set the jaws open, so that the teeth could be
examined. The molars were = each having a posterior and
anterior cusp, with the exception of the first tooth in each row.
3. A small Otaria rather less than three feet long. It had no skull,
and therefore the age could not be ascertained. Hair short and fine,
with a dense underfur. Colour a yellowish grey, paler on the under ~
surface of the body, and becoming a light brown on the upper surface
of the ‘ pes’ and ‘ manus.’
4. A very young Ofaria, about two feet eight inches long, of a uni-
form dark brown on the back, lighter underneath.
It appears to me that nos. 1 and 2 are rightly referred to the same
species, but I doubt about their being male and female ; and no. 4 may
very likely be a cub of the same speciesalso. It appears to be arule
among the Otariide that the cubs are of a dark brown colour ; and Mr.
Ramsay informed me that this animal had unquesticnably been taken
from the same rocks as the former. On the other hand, I suspect
that no. 3, from the density of the underfur, is a specimen of the Fur
Seal of Australia, for which I ventured to revive the name Otaria
Sorsteri (P. Z. 8. 1875, pp. 650-677) ; and which is, I believe, the
same as Dr. Hector’s Arctocephalus cinereus (Trans. New Zealand
Inst. 1871, iv. p. 196).
Besides these specimens I purchased a few months since a com-
plete skeleton, not quite full-grown, said to have been obtained from
1 Port Stephens is an inlet about 100 miles to the north of Syduey.
? This specimen is now in the British Museum.
189
SEA-LION FROM AUSTRALIA.
1884.]
*(g8T ‘d) [ ‘ony ‘uammoeds oyemt pro oq} moay
OzI8 [BIN}LU Fyey [NYS JO Mora opis | P
‘pasaura nrL07—
190 MR. J. W. CLARK ON A [ Mar. 18,
the same locality ; and further, Mr. Ramsay was so good as to give
me askin and skull (figs. 3-5) of an animal of about the same age,
which had been taken at the same time and place as those exhibited’.
On the evidence of the skulls, I feel no hesitation in assigning these
two specimens to the same species as nos. 1 and 2 of the former group.
The skin, however, is much lighter in colour. On the head and back
the, dark-brown hairs are tipped with yellow, and a good many yellow
Otaria cinerea, 6 ; under surface of hinder half of skull to show the form of
the opening of the palate and of the auditory bulla; half natural size ;
from the same specimen as fig. ].
hairs are mixed with the others; the underside of the body is of a
light brown; and a sparse underfur of the same colour lies at the
roots of the hairs on the back. The upper side of the ‘ pes’ and
‘manus’ is covered with very short fine hair of a rich brown.
We have, then, before us four specimens of an Otaria which has
been called Aretocephalus cinereus ; and we have to investigate the
history of the species, and to determine whether they have been
rightly referred to it.
In 1859, Dr. Gray, in one of his numerous revisions of the Seals,
* These specimens are in the Museum of the University of Cambridge. The
specimen purchased appears to be a male, not full-grown; that given to me by
Mr. Ramsay is a female.
1884. ] SEA-LION FROM AUSTRALTA. 191
enumerated Arctocephalus cinereus among the species which, in his
judgment, ought to be referred to the genus Arctocephalus, proposed
by Frédéric Cuvier in 1824. The species is due to a brief deserip-
tion by Péron, who stayed from December 1802 to February 1803
at an island off the 8. coast of Australia, near Adelaide, which the
French explorers called Isle Decrés, but which is laid down on modern
maps as Kangaroo Island. After describing the numbers of Kanga-
roos, he proceeds :—“ Parmi les Phocacés nombreux qui peuploient
les rivages de Vile, on distinguoit surtout une nouvelle espéce du
genre Otarie (Otaria cinerea, N.) qui parvient a la longueur de 30 a
32 décimétres [9 4 10 pieds|. Le poil de cet animal est trés court,
Fig. 3.
Otaria cinerea, 2; side view of skull.
trés dur, et trés grossier; mais son cuir est épais et fort, et l’huile
qu’on prépare avec sa graisse est aussi bonne qu’abondante. Pour
Pun et autre rapport, la péche de cet amphibie offriroit de pré-
cieux avantages; il en est de méme de quelques autres espéces de
Phoeacés plus petites qu’on trouve également en trés-grand nombre
sur ces bords, et qui portent des fourrures de bonne qualité.” *
Péron, as is well known, did not live to write the work on the
Otartide for which he had made preparations, and he brought home
no specimens, or, if he did, they have long since disappeared. His
brief notice of the Otaria which he intended to call O. cinerea tells
us nothing except that the animal was what is called a ‘ Hair Seal,”
for he contrasts it with others which possessed abundant underfur.
Ten years afterwards an O¢aria was captured near Port Western in
Bass’s Straits, during the voyage of the ‘Astrolabe. MM. Quoy and
‘ Péron, ‘Voyage de découvertes aux Terres Australes’ (4to, Paris, 1816), ii
p. 77. ;
192 - MR. J. W. CLARK ON A [ Mar. 18,
Gaimard, the naturalists to the Expedition, determined to call it
Otaria cinerea, out of deference to Péron; and, further, by way of
compliment to him, they established the species in his name instead
Fig. 4,
Otaria cinerea, 2 ; under surface of skull.
of their own :—‘* Péron a nommé Otarie cendrée une espéce de
Phoque prise & peu prés dans les mémes parages que notre individu.
Il n’en a point donné de description qui puisse, 4 proprement parler,
la faire reconnaitre. Comme cette espéce, la méme selon nous que
1884. | SEA-LION FROM AUSTRALIA. 193
celle qui nous occupe, a été admise dans les catalogues, nous lui
laisserons le nom que lui a imposé le naturaliste que nous venons de
citer.”
They then proceed to describe their specimen :—* Tout le pelage
en dessus est uniformément grisatre. Cette couleur devient plus
claire sur le museau. Le menton, les aisselles, les cotés de la partie
postérieure et inférieure du corps sont roux. Les cédtés du cou sont
d’un cendré tirant sur le blanchatre, et les oreilles sont noiratres 4 leur
pointe. Les membres postérieurs sont presque noirs, et les antérieurs
d’un brun foncé tirant un peu sur le rougeatre. Les poils de la téte
Fig. 5.
Otaria cinerea, 2; upper surface of anterior half of skull.
et du cou sont longs, rudes, et grossiers; ceux des autres parties
sont plus courts et plus serrés. Leur couleur cendrée résulte du
mélange de ces poils dont les uns sont d’un blanc jaunatre et les
autres noiratres. En les écartant on voit un feutre roux peu épais.
Les poils qui recouvrent les membres sont trés fins et serrés. Les
barbes sont fortes et jaundtres. Les ongles des membres antérieurs
sont 4 peine indiqués. Ceux des post¢rieurs sont étroits ; les trois
intermédiaires sont plus saillans, et ’extérieur n’est point apparent.”
I am aware that Mr. Allen” has recorded Péron’s Otaria cinerea
among “‘ mythical and undeterminable species ;’” and had no further
description of it been given than the original notice cited above, I
1 *Voyage de découvertes de Astrolabe.’ Zoologie par MM. Quoy et
Gaimard, i. p. 89, plates 12, 13, 15.
2 ‘History of North-American Pinnipeds.’ By J. A. Allen. 8yo, Washington,
1880, p. 215,
194 MR. J. W. CLARK ON A [ Mar. 18,
should have considered that he was right in so doing; but as MM.
Quoy and Gaimard thought proper to sink their own individuality
in that of Péron, it seems to me that we have no choice left but to
accept the species with Péron’s name attached to it, more especiaily as
they brought home a skin and skull, both of which are figured in
their work, and are now in the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes.
These specimens ought, I submit, to be considered as the type of the
species; and it was after a careful examination of them that I
ventured on a former occasion to mention Oturia cinerea as one of
the four distinct species of Otaria inhabiting the Australian coast
(POL. S. 1875, p./676).
I have taken the skulls now before us to Paris and compared them
with the type of Otaria cinerea, and there can be no doubt that
they should all be referred to that species.
The type skull is of an animal not quite adult, stated by the authors
to be a male; it is in excellent condition; and the teeth have never
been displaced. It is 103 inches Jong by 64 inches broad across the
zygomatic processes. The form of the nasals and of the orbital
process of the frontal will be better understood from the figure of
the same bones here given (fig. 3, p. 191) than from any description.
Immediately behind these processes the skull contracts suddenly, so
that while the width across the processes is 2} inches, that across
the narrowest portion of the skull behind them, close to the braia-
case, is only 1} inch, The dental series is, as usual :—
MA Seg Theil 6-8 936
1. Die qs s=5 .
In the molar teeth the “ cingulum” is very feebly developed ; and
each tooth, both in the upper and lower jaw, has a posterior and an
anterior cusp, characters which are very useful in separating this
species from that which appears to be most nearly allied to it, Otaria
albicollis, Péron, =O. australis, Quoy and Gaimard, of which there
is a fine series in the same museum. ‘The opening of the palate is
long and V-shaped (fig. 4, p. 192), aud the auditory bulla is pro-
longed posteriorly into a peg-like process (figs. 2 & 4, pp. 190, 192).
Of the skulls before us, the largest (figs. 1,2) undoubtedly belongs
to a full-grown male. It is 1i¢ inches long by 74 broad, measured
across the zygomatic arches. The occipital and sagittal crests, and
the parietal processes, are all fully developed, and the nasals are nearly
obliterated by anchylosis with the premaxilla. It is, however, easy
to see that the form of these bones, and of the upper part of the
skull generally, isidentical with the female skull (fig. 5, p. 193), which
has been already referred to as closely resembling the type specimen.
The palate in the male skull (fig. 2}is more elongated than in either
of the others or in the type specimen ; but, useful as the form of this
part is for specific determination, it must be remembered that it is
subject to remarkable individual variations, the neglect of which
has led to a needless multiplication of species’. In order to show
- + Thope my friend Professor Turner will forgive me if I quote his Ewotaria
schisthyperdes (Journ. Anat. 1868, p. 113) as an instance of this. I feel tolerably
sure that the skull so named should be referred to O¢aria pusilla. ,
1884. ] SEA-LION FROM AUSTRALIA. 195
this more clearly, I subjoin figures (fig. 6) of the palates of two
skulls of Otaria ursina, which 1 observed in the Royal Museum at
Berlin, in August 1875. In the skull marked 4 the opening of
the palate is normal, in that marked B it is abnormally elongated ;
but in all other respects the two skulls are perfectly similar.
The skull (figs. 3-5) which I take to be that of a female has
been already sufficiently described. It is 9 inches long by 47 inches
broad. The peculiar form of the teeth, with the strongly developed
'
Palates of O¢aria cinerea; to show variation in the form of the opening.
A, normal form; B, abnormal form.
anterior and posterior cusps, is well shown in the side view (fig. 3) ;
and again in the view of the under surface of the skull (fig. 4).
The third skull is probably of a young male; it is 9 inches long
by 5 inches broad. It does not appear necessary to figure it, as it
reproduces the characters already remarked in the female on a
slightly larger scale.
I must now say a few words on the external characters. The
skin of the type specimen is preserved in the Zoological Gallery of
the Muséum at the Jardin des Plantes. It is marked “ Otarie cendrée
3. Otaria cinerea, Péron, Phoca cinerea, Fisch. Des edtes de la
196 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON TWO, [ Mar. 18,
Nouvelle Hollande par MM. Quoy et Gaymard.” It has been
much distorted in stuffing, but indicates a large brown or brownish-
grey animal, like the figure in the ‘ Voyage de I’ Astrolabe,’ plate 12.
The description quoted above, on the other hand, indicates an animal
rather grey than brown, like the skin of the female which I have
received from Mr. Ramsay. The adult male, however, at the
Fisheries Exhibition, and the second specimen there, which I take
to be a young male, agree fairly well with the type specimen at
Paris and with the figure. I would suggest that the description may
have been taken from a female skin, which MM. Quoy and Gai-
mard believed to belong to a male, while the figure (which appears
to have been drawn on the spot, for the authors say that the atti-
tude is that in which the animal lay after death) was really of a
male. We know, however, so little about the external appearance
of Otarias, and they look so different according as they are young or
old, wet or dry, that we must wait for further material before these
points can be cleared up. For the same reason I would for the
present return to the original generic name, and refer these specimens
to Otaria cinerea, Péron.
In 1874 Dr. Gray received a somewhat imperfect skull of an
Otaria from Dr. Hector, which he referred to this species by com-
paring it with Quoy and Gaimard’s figure, though, as was his wont,
he made a new genus for it, and called it Huotaria cinerea’. This
skull is now in the British Museum, along with others received subse-
quently from Dr. Hector. These skulls are undoubtedly of the same
species as that to which, as mentioned above, Dr. Hector has given the
name Arctocephalus cinereus, or ‘‘ Fur Seal of Australia.’ Whether
this Fur Seal be identical with the small Fur Seal which I have called
Otaria forsteri, as mentioned above, is a question which cannot be
settled until we obtain a larger series of specimens of different ages
and sexes; but I feel certain that it is different from the Ofaria now
before us. The skulls are all broader in proportion to their length ;
and the molars have not the three prominent cusps which appear to
be characteristic of this species.
3. On two new Genera of Spiders.
By the Rev. O. P. Campriner, M.A., C.M.Z.S., &e.
[Received March 18, 1884.]
(Plate XV.)
Mr. H. O. Forbes has lately described (Proceedings of this
Society, 1883, p. 586), under the provisional name of Thomisus
decipiens, the habits of a Spider which he met with in Sumatra and
Java. The Spider itself is remarkable from its exact resemblance to
' «Hand-List of Seals, Morses, Sea-Lions, and Sea-Bears in the British
Museum’ (8yo, London, 1874), p. 34,
34. Pl. XV.
OO
PUZ.o
Mintern Bros ump
miders.
a
ne)
a
New genera of
O P Cambridge del*
EE .Carter sc
1884. ] NEW GENERA OF SPIDERS. 197
the droppings of a bird; and is still more remarkable from the in-
creased resemblance effected by its spinning of a thin white web on the
surface of a leaf, by means of which it secures itself, on its back, to the
leaf, leaving its legs free to enclose and seize any insect unwittingly
resting upon, or crossing, the apparently innocuous bird-dropping.
Mr. Forbes kindly sent me the Spider for examination before writing
an account of its habits. I immediately recognized its near affinity
to an Easi-Indian Spider (Thomisus tuberosus, Bl.), of which I
possess the type specimen; but, unable at the moment to make a
thorough examination and search through books and _ specimens,
I conjectured that it was allied to some Spiders described by Dr.
Karsch, and to one sent to me some years ago from South Africa.
A more complete examination since made has convinced me that
these latter species (referred to by Mr. Forbes) belong to entirely
different groups. I find, however, in my collection two other Spiders,
from Ceylon and Bombay, of the same genus and very closely allied
in species, but quite distinct from that which Mr. Forbes notes.
Upon these, together with the one last mentioned and Thomisus
tuberosus, Bl., I have ventured to found a new genus; and I beg to
record my thanks to its discoverer for so kindly sending me an
example of Thomisus decipiens, and for having also made known to
us the very peculiar and interesting habits belonging, not only to
that Spider, but also, I have little doubt, to the other three closely
allied species here described’.
In his description of the habits of 7. decipiens, Mr. Forbes ex-
presses the difficulty he has in understanding the formation by the
Spider of a web which, while serving to attach itself to the leaf, at
the same time so exactly represents the fluid portion of a bird’s-
dropping spread out on the leaf around the more solid parts ; and
his concluding sentences appear to imply the inference that the
Spider consciously supplements the effects of Natural Selection on
its form and resemblance to the solid excreta, by spinning a web to
resemble the fluid portion. It seems to me, on the contrary, that
the whole is easily explained by the operation of Natural Selection,
without supposing consciousness in the Spider in any part of the
process. The web on the surface of the leaf is evidently, so far
as the Spider has any design or consciousness in the matter, spun
simply to secure itself in the proper position to await and seize its
prey. The silk, which by its fineness, whiteness, and close adhesion
to the leaf causes it to resemble the more fluid parts of the excreta,
would gradually attain those qualities by Natural Selection, just as
the Spider itself would gradually, and probably pari passu, become,
under the influence of the same law, more and more like the solid
portion.
' Doleschall (‘Tweede Bijdrage tot de Kennis der Arachniden van den
Indischen Archipel,’ p. 58, pl. xi. figs. 9 and 9 @) describes and figures, also from
Java, a Spider (Zhomisus dissimilis, Dol.) possibly of this genus, and perhaps
nearly allied to 7. decipiens; but the description is too meagre and general to
enable any certain conclusion to be drawn from it, and the figure given of the
eyes is totally unlike.
198 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON TWO [Mar. 18,
The other new genus described in the present paper is founded on
a very remarkable Spider from Ceylon, belonging to the family Cryp-
tothelide, of which the typical genus is Cryptothele, L. Koch (Die
Arachn. Austral. p. 239, pl. 20. fig. 2). The new genus Legillus
may be readily distinguished from Cryptothele by several structural
differences.
Fam. THOMISID.
ORNITHOSCATOIDES, gen. nov,
Cephalothorax short, broad, as broad or as broader than long,
moderately convex above and slightly tuberculose; caput short,
truncate in front, and strongly compressed on its lateral margins.
Eyes in two curved rows, the anterior shortest (the convexity of
the curves directed forwards, and forming a crescent); small, not
greatly differing in size, but the fore laterals are largest, and the four
centrals smallest ; those of the lateral pairs are seated on or at the
base of tuberculose eminences.
Falces strong, not very long, conical, and nearly vertical.
Mavxille moderately long and strong, a little wider at the top
than in the middle; rounded at the top on the outer side, and
slightly leaning over the dabium, which is about half the length
of the maxillee, and of a somewhat oblong form rounded at the
apex.
Sternum oblong-oval.
Legs strong, moderately long, 1, 2,4, 3; those of the first and
second pairs much the strongest and longest but nearly equal in
length ; those also of the third and fourth pairs are nearly of equal
length and strength. The tibize are rather strongly bent, and give
the legs a peculiar character. All are somewhat roughened or
tuberculose, especially those of the first two pairs, and furnished with
spines of varied length and strength ; those on the tibia and metatarsi
of the two anterior pairs are strongest, the longest forming two
parallel longitudinal rows beneath the joints. The legs terminate with
two strong, curved, pectinated claws, beneath which is a small claw-
tuft. Among the spines are one or two not very long, rather strong,
of a pale colour or semidiaphanous appearance, on the upper sides of
the femora; these spines have a peculiar function as observed in
one of the species, and may very possibly be of generic value, though
spines of various sizes are found similarly situated in many other
Thomisid genera, while their special function (if any) has not been
yet observed, so far as [am aware, in other instances.
The palpi terminate with a single pectinated claw.
Abdomen broader behind than in front and truncated at both
extremities ; the upper surface and hinder part more or less thickly
covered with round or subconical, shining, or other tubercular
elevations. The spinners are short, stout, and closely grouped
within a somewhat circular sheath-like cincture much resembling the
disposition of those of many Epeirids.
1884. ] NEW GENERA OF SPIDERS. 199
ORNITHOSCATOIDES DECIPIENS. (Plate XV. fig. 1.)
Thomisus decipiens, Forbes, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 586.
Adult female, length rather above 64 lines.
The general colour of this Spider is a hoary or yellowish ashy
grey marked with black. The abdomen has a large, somewhat
quadrate black patch at the middle of its hinder extremity ; on this
patch are placed eight shining roundish dark-brown tubercles ; the
four largest form a transverse, unequally sided parallelogram at the
fore part of the black patch; the other four, which are much the
smallest, form a longer transverse parallelogram immediately behind
the other. At the hinder part also, on either side of the shining
tubercles, are several strong tuberculiform eminences or promi-
nences, of a similar kind to which are also four small ones in a
transverse line at the extreme fore margin; some other depressed
spots or pits are also disposed on the upper surface, with a dark
blackish suffused patch at the middle of the anterior extremity, and
another on each side just in front of the foremost lateral eminence.
The cephalothorax has a black irregular patch on each side of the
hinder part of the thoracic region, ‘The ocular region is somewhat
suffused with blackish, and an irregular black, somewhat Y-shaped
marking indicates the junction of the caput and thorax. The two
anterior pairs of legs have some black suffused markings on the
upper side of the femora, the fore half (or rather more) of the tibize,
metatarsi, and tarsi of those two pairs being almost wholly black ;
while the two hinder pairs have only an irregular black marking
here and there. The spines on the tibiae and metatarsi of the first
and second pairs of legs are numerous, long, strong, and con-
spicuous.
The pale spines (mentioned above) on the upper sides of the
femora are used, according to Mr. Forbes’s observations, to secure the
Spider on its back to a patch of whitish silk spun upon the surface
of a leaf. When go secured the Spider has the exact appearance of
the droppings of some bird, and the white silk patch emerging
irregularly outside the Spider has the appearance of the more
liquid portion of the droppings flowing out and drying on the leaf*.
The eyes of each row respectively are equidistant from each
other, but those of the fore-central pair form a shorter line than
those of the hind-central pair. The four central eyes form a square
whose anterior side is the shortest ; and the height of the clypeus,
which projects forwards, is nearly about equal to half that of the
facial space.
1 Mr. Forbes has, since the above was printed, remarked to me that in the
two instances which came under his notice, the resemblance extended even to
the running down of the fluid excreta towards the lower side of the sloping leaf,
ending in a kind of knob. Mr. Forbes also expressly disclaims the idea of
crediting the Spider with any conscious design, but he says “that the similitude
is so exact that the Spider might have had consciousness—i. ¢. it could not have
been more exact if the Spider did haye it.” Is not its exactness probably the
result of the waconsciousness of the Spider? Conscious design would possibly
have resulted in failure and abandoning the plan, or at best in a more clumsy
imitation,
200 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON TWO [ Mar. 18,
The Jegs are, as described in the generic diagnosis, strong and
minutely tuberculose, the tibiz being of a peculiar bent form.
Two examples were found by Mr. Forbes, one in Java, the other in
Sumatra.
OrNITHOSCATOIDES TUBEROSA. (Plate XY. fig. 2.)
Thomisus tuberosus, Bl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xiv.
p. 38.
Adult female, length 5 lines.
This Spider, although very similar in general form and appear-
ance to O. decipiens, is smaller, and differs in colours and also in the
number and disposition of the abdominal tubercles.
The abdomen is of a pale olive-brown colour on the upper side ;
six elongated black markings, three on each side, of different sizes,
are continued laterally to the underpart of the abdomen; the
hinder pair of these markings meet at the middle of the upper side,
where are two shining dark-brown conical tubercles. The rest of
the tubercles, which are much more numerous than in O. decipiens
and vary a little in size, are very similar to the surrounding surface
in colour, perhaps a little more of a yellow-brown hue, and all of
a conical form; they are somewhat symmetrically disposed towards
the sides and at the hinder part of the abdomen. The underside is
black, largely patched with cream-colour.
The cephalothoraz is yellow-brown and slightly tuberculose, and
the height of the clypeus rather exceeds haif that of the facial space.
The legs are cream-colour, marked with yellow-brown, excepting
the anterior half of the tibiee, the metatarsi, and anterior portion of
the tarsi, which are black-brown. Besides other spines, there are
numerous long strong ones on the tibiz and metatarsi of the first
and second pairs. There are also the same spines on the upper side
of the femora as those whose peculiar function Mr. Forbes has noted
in the Sumatran and Javan species. The first two pairs of legs are
much longer and stronger than the rest, but they appear to be
proportionately shorter than those of O. decipiens, as in that species
the tibize are bent, but not to so great an extent.
The eyes do not appear to differ much in relative size and
position from those of O. decipiens.
The palpi are yellow-brown, all except the digital joints more
or less suffused with cream-colour ; they terminate with a single
curved pectinated claw.
The fulces are short, strong, subconical, vertical, yellow-brown,
with a whitish spot in front towards their base.
The mazille and labium are yellow-brown, and though shorter
are of the same form as those of O. decipiens.
Mr. Blackwall in his description (evidently by some inadver-
tence) describes the labium as triangular.
The sternum is dark brown, and can scarcely be described as,
according to Mr. Blackwall, heart-shaped, but of a rather elongate-
oval form slightly pointed behind and hollow-truncate before.
1884.] NEW GENERA OF SPIDERS. 201
The above description (as well as that of Mr. Blackwall) has
been made from the type, still in my possession, received many years
ago from the East Indies, though from what locality there I do not
know.
ORNITHOSCATOIDES CEYLONICA, sp.n. (Plate XV. fig. 3.)
Adult female, length 5 lines; in some examples the length is no
more than 4 lines.
In general form and appearance this Spider nearly resembles the
two preceding species, but it differs not only in colours and
markings but also in several other important specific characters.
The ‘cephalothoraw is slightly tuberculose, of a dull yellowish-
brown hue, distinctly and completely margined with cream-yellow,
from which some converging lines of the same colour run towards
the thoracic junction.
The two central eyes of the posterior row are further apart than
each is from the lateral row on its side, and a similar observation
applies to the two central eyes of the anterior row. The four
central eyes form rather more nearly a square than the corre-
sponding eyes in O. decipiens, the anterior side being proportionately
rather longer. The height of the clypeus is less than half that of
the facial space, and the laterals are not only seated on slight
tubercles, but between each of those pairs is a distinet spinous
tubercular prominence or short horn, terminating with a short
bristle.
The falces are short, subconical, vertical, finely tuberculose in
front, and of a whitish cream-colour.
The palpi are similar in colour to the falces, excepting the digital
joint, which is black-brown, blackest at the base.
The legs are moderately long, ionger but less strong than in the
two foregoing species, though possessing the same essential cha-
racters and relative proportions. They are of a dull cream-colour,
the two fore pairs suffused or mottled above on the femora with pale
yellow-brown ; the anterior portion of the tibiee (which are strongly
bent), the metatarsi, and anterior part of the tarsi black ; at the base,
however, of the upper side of the metatarsi is an irregular whitish
cream-coloured marking, and the underside of that joint and of the
metatarsi also is more or less marked irregularly with a similar
colour. The spines on the tibie and metatarsi of the first two
pairs are very long and strong; the peculiar ones noted as on
the upper side of the femora of the two foregoing species are
noticeable in the present one also. ‘The two posterior pairs of legs
are more of a yellow-brownish hue marked with a paler colour, and
also with whitish cream-colour, giving them a somewhat annulose
appearance ; and there are some strongish spines on the tibize and
metatarsi. The exinguinal (or basal) joints of the two hinder pairs,
and a portion of those of the second pair, have their undersides of a
deep rich brown colour.
The sternum is of a deep rich black-brown hue, with a large patch
of cream-yellow at its fore extremity.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XIV. 14
202 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON TWO [Mar. 18,
The Jabiwm is similar in colour to the sternum, with a pale apex,
but the maxille are pale brownish cream-colour, with a brown
marking towards their base on the inner side.
The abdomen is of a dull yellowish brown (deepening to sooty
black in some examples) on the upper side, softening off into
cream-yellow on the sides and underneath. Along the middle of
the upper side, but not extending to either extremity, is a fine cream-
yellow line, and the middle of the hinder part is of a blacker hue
than the rest. The tubercles are numerous, symmetrically disposed
towards the sides and hinder part, shining, subconical, of various
sizes, with a short bristle at the apex of each. The spinners, and
the surrounding area to a small and irregular extent, are of a whitish
cream-yellow hue. The underside of the abdomen is marked with
some considerable patches of black.
Examples of this Spider were received some years ago from
Ceylon, from the late Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites.
ORNITHOSCATOIDES NIGRA, Sp. n. (Plate XV. fig. 4 )
Adult male, length 13 line.
The cephalothoraa is of a deep rich black-brown hue, tuberculose,
and between the eyes of each lateral pair there is (as in O. ceylonica)
a short horn-like prominence ; the tubercular prominences on which
those eyes are placed are stronger than in that species; giving a
much nearer appearance to the form of the ocular area in Zhomisus.
The eyes are larger than in either of the foregoing species, but
preserve the same proportion and relative position as in O. ceylonica,
and have narrow yellowish rims. The height of the clypeus is less
than half that of the facial space.
The legs are moderately long and strong, black, tuberculose, armed
with long and strong, but not numerous spines on the tibie and
metatarsi of the first and second pairs. Some of the tubercles in a
longitudinal row on the underside of the femora of those pairs are
white ; a white annulus encircles the extremity of the metatarsus in
all the legs; and near the middle of the femora of the third and
fourth pairs is a broad annulus of a clear yellow-brown hue, and the
tips of the tarsi in these legs are also white. The tibize are bent, as
in O. ceylonica.
The palpi are short; humeral joints black-brown, with a white
spot or two near their fore extremity; the cubital joint is somewhat
nodiform, brown, with a white spot or two on the inner side ; the
radial is similar in colour and length to the cubital; its fore
extremity is enlarged and has on the outer side an apophysis of a
somewhat spine-like character, as long as the joint, tapering to
an exceedingly fine, slightly curved, sharp point directed forwards
and outwards ; the digital joint is of moderate size, ordinary form,
and of a deep brown colour. The palpal organs are of a simple
form, encircled with a blackish spine. The falces are moderate in
length and strength, of a deep black-brownish hue.
The sternum, labium, and mazille are black, the last slightly
tipped with a pale colour.
1884. ] NEW GENERA OF SPIDERS. 203
In this Spider also are the peculiar pale spines above noted on
the upper side of the femora.
The abdomenis of a uniform black colour; the upper surface and
sides towards the hinder part covered with conical tubercles, most
of them terminating with a short strong bristle or spine, but some on
the sides near the hinder part terminate with a longer, distinct pale
spine directed downwards; this deflection, however, may perhaps
be only due to accident or some other cause, though I think it is
normal.
It is possible that this Spider may only be the male of O. ceylonica,
though, from the difference in the size of the eyes, as well as froin
the remarkable differences in colour and markings, I am inclined
to think it a distinct species.
A single example was received from Ceylon from Mr. Thwaites,
and another from Major (now General) Hobson from Bombay some
years ago,
Fam. CrYPTOTHELID2.
REGILLUS, gen. nov.
Cephalothorax large, a little longer than broad, somewhat flattened,
deeply indented ; thorax round; caput short, and constricted on
the margins before.
Eyes 8, small, and not differing greatly in size ; disposed in two
very slightly curved transverse concentric rows, the convexity of the
curve directed forwards ; the anterior row is shortest; the figure
therefore described by the two rows is the frustum of a cone.
Legs strong, moderate in length, 1, 2, 4, 3, those of the first pair
considerably longest and much the strongest ; they are tuberculose
and furnished with strong spines, springing from the tubercular
prominences ; two parallel rows of strong ordinary spines are disposed
longitudinally beneath the tibiee and metatarsi of the first and second
pairs ; others (some semidiaphanous) more prominent, long, obtuse
and occasionally clavate at their extremities, are irregularly disposed.
The tarsi end with three claws—the two upper claws (each appa-
rently furnished with a single tooth only), and beneath them is a
very small one, difficult to be seen.
Falces straight, a little retreating, not very long nor strong.
Mazille short, straight, slightly leaning over the labium, pointed
on the inner and rounded on the outer extremity.
Labium short, broad, rounded at the apex. These parts were
difficult to observe.
Sternum short-oval.
Abdomen truncate before, broadest and obtuse behind. The whole
of the upper surface and sides covered with strong prominent spines
of various lengths, some pale and semidiaphanous, others brown and
black, some obtuse at the end, others clavate. The whole Spider is
thus of a very hirsute and bristling appearance. The spinners are
short, closely grouped together, and almost entirely concealed by a
marginal series of long coarse hairs which converge over them ; I
14*
204 ON TWO NEW GENERA OF SPIDERS. [ Mar. 18,
could, however, discern four, and [I feel little doubt but that within
these are the normal third minute pair.
This genus is allied to Cryptothele, L. Koch, but differs essentially
in the position of the eyes and form of the maxille. It resembles
Cryptothele in the concealment of the spinners. Dr. L. Koch says
these are two in number. In the only example I have of Cryptothele
I cannot discern any at all; while, as above noted, I perceive at least
four in the present genus. It seems therefore possible that Crypto-
thele may have the normal number of six, or at any rate more than the
two noted by Dr. L. Koch.
REGILLUS ASPER, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 5.)
Female (not quite adult), length 1+ line.
The whole Spider is of a yellow-brown hue, the legs palest. The
cephalothoraz, looked at in profile, has a strong dip or hollow curve
between the ocular area and the thorax, and the normal indentations
are strong ; about the middle of the thorax, which is rather raised, are
two strongish tubercular prominences ina longitudinal line; these
probably were once surmounted by spines, though now broken off.
A strong, curved, obtuse double spine issues forward, from near the
middle of the ocular area, and there are two others below it, ina
transverse line, longer but less strong. There are other spines on the
clypeus (the height of which is less than half that of the facial
space), and on other parts of the cephalothorax, but those specially
noted are the most conspicuous. The surface of the cephalotborax
is covered with short coarsish pubescence, and is marked by some
darker brown markings roughly arranged in longitudinal rows.
The eyes are seated on separate tubercles ; those of the anterior
row are divided by as nearly as possible equal intervals of rather
more than an eye’s diameter, while the hind centrals are nearer
together than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side.
The legs are pale yellow-brown, somewhat pubescent like the
cephalothorax, armed as above noted in the generic diagnosis, and
the femora are marked (chiefly on their undersides) with some
distinct but broken dark-brown annuli. .
The palpiare pale yellow-brown, short ; the digital joint somewhat
tumid and ending with a simple (unpectinated), curved, spine-like
claw.
The abdomen projects a little over the base of the cephalothorax ;
it is yellow-brown, marked along the middle of the upper side with
some slightly darker roundish impressed normal spots in transverse
pairs, and with an apical one at the middle of the fore extremity,
thus forming two lines diverging from the middle of the fore margin
backwards. Its spinous armature has been noted above in the
generic description.
A single example was received many years ago, from Ceylon, from
Mr. G. H, K. Thwaites.
f884.] THE PRESIDENT ON THE POSITION OF THE society. 205
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XY.
1. Ornithoscatoides decipiens, sp.u., 2, p. 199.
a, Full figure of Spider, magnified; 4, caput and eyes, from in
front; ¢, underside of cephalothorax, showing maxillx, labium, and
sternum ; d, spinners; é, natural length of Spider.
2. Ornithoscatoides tuberosa, Bl., 9, p. 200.
a, Spider, slightly magnified ; 4, natural length.
3. Ornithoscatoides ceylonica, sp. n., 2, p. 201.
a, Spider, magnified; 6, caput and eyes, from in front; ¢, natural
length of Spider.
4. Ornithoscatoides nigra, sp.n., ¢, p. 202.
a, Spider, magnified; 6, caput and eyes, from in front; ¢, left
palpus, from above; d, natural length of Spider.
5. Regillus asper, sp.n, Q, p. 204.
a, Spider, magnified ; 4, eyes, from above and behind; e, Spider in
profile, without legs or palpi; d@, natural length of Spider; e, under-
side, showing maxillze, labium, and sternum.
April Ist, 1884,
Prof. Flower, LL.D.,, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
This being the first occasion of a meeting of the Society in the
house No. 3 Hanover Square, to which it had lately removed, the
President took the opportunity of congratulating the Fellows present
on the very great improvement in the meeting-room, the library, and
the offices effected by the change. The Society had occupied the
old house No. 11 Hanover Square for forty-one years, and had long
since quite outgrown the accommodation afforded by it in all the
three departments just mentioned,
The income of the Society had increased from £9137 in 1843 to
£28,966 in 1883, with a corresponding increase of clerical work. ‘The
Library had been almost entirely formed since the former date, and
was rapidly increasing, and the attendance of Fellows at the evening
meetings had been such that the old rooms were quite inadequate
for the purpose. The President trusted that the increased facilities
now afforded would be taken advantage of by the Fellows in
promoting, with even greater zeal than hitherto, the work for which
the Society was founded, and in maintaining and extending the high
reputation it had acquired in the scientific world.
The President also referred to the ceremony in which many of
the Fellows had taken part that day, of the re-interment at West
Wickham of the remains of the late Prosector, Mr. W. A. Forbes,
whose life had been so prematurely cut off while engaged in a
zoological exploration of the River Niger ; and spoke of him as one
deserving of all the honour the Society could show, not only on
account of his official connexion with it, but also for the personal
regard in which he was held by all who knew him, and for the
distinguished position he had already acquired as an original
investigator in Zoological Science.
206 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ANTHUS CERVINUS. [Apr. 1,
Professor Flower exhibited four skulls of the Common Bottle-nose
Whale (Hyperoodon rostratus) of the Northern Seas, exhibiting the
progressive development with age of the maxillary crests in the
male sex, as described in the Proceedings of the Society for 1883,
p- 722. They were all from animals caught by Captain David Gray,
and presented by him to the Museum of the Royal College of Sur-
eons.
No. 1. Skull of a male foetus (No. 2897, Cat. Osteology, Mus.
Roy. Coll. Surg. pt. ii. 1884), taken from the uterus of its mother,
caught in May 1883 in 68° 43’ N. lat., 11° W. long. The animal
measured 10 feet 1.1 inches in length. The cranium was 67 em. long
from the occipital condyles to the apex of the rostrum, and the
maxillary crests were so little developed as to rise only 6 cm. above
the level of the contiguous premaxillary bones.
No. 2. Skull cf a young male (No. 2896). From an animal 16
feet in length, taken by the side of its mother, and which had only
milk initsstomach. The cranium was 71 cm. in length, with maxil-
lary crests 16°5 cm. high.
No. 3. Skull of an older male (No. 2895), supposed by Captain
Gray to be about one vear old. It was 19 feet 6 inches in length,
and had been caught July 9, 1883, in 71° 19’ N. lat., 6° 5' W. long.
The cranium was 134 em. in length, and the crests 24 em. high.
No. 4. Skull of an adult male (No. 2894). From an animal
taken in the North Atlantic, between Iceland and Jan Mayen Island,
in the summer of 1881. The cranium was 180 em. in length, and the
maxillary crests 46 cm. high, rising considerably above the occipital
crest, and so thick as to approach very closely to each other in the
middle line. This was the form described by Gray under the name
of Hyperoodon latifrons, and afterwards Layenocetus fatifrons ; but
the type specimen, now in the British Museum, was from a still older
animal, the crests being both higher and more massive.
Professor Flower also exhibited a mass of pure spermaceti
obtained by Messrs. Langton and Bicknell from the “ head-matter”’
of Hyperoodons killed by Captain Gray, thus corroborating the
observation of Chemnitz quoted in the paper referred to above.
Mr. Sclater exhibited specimens of the eggs of two species of
Testudinata recently laid by animals living in the Society’s Gardens,
viz. Testudo elephantopus and Chelys matamata. Both were pure
white and nearly circular in form, the former measuring 1-8 inch and
the latter 1°5 inch in diameter.
Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe exhibited and made remarks on a Red-
throated Pipit (Anthus cervinus), caught near Brighton in March
last and now in the collection of Mr. T. J. Monk, at Lewes. Mr.
Sharpe exhibited at the same time an example of the true Water-
Pipit (Anthus spinoletta), captured at Lancing, in Sussex, in March
1877, from the collection of Mr. F. Nicholson.
1884.] ON ACCLIMATIZATION OF DEER AT POWERSCOURT. 207
Prof. E. Ray Lankester, F.R.S., exhibited and made remarks on
a living example of a Scorpion from Ceylon (Buthus ceruleus).
A communication was read from Prof. T. Jeffrey Parker, being
the first of a series of studies in New-Zealand Ichthyology. The
present paper gave a description of the skeleton of Regalecus
argenteus. The species was founded on a specimen cast ashore at
Moeraki, Otago, in June 1883.
This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Acclimatization of the Japanese Deer at Powers-
court. By Viscount Powerscourt, F.Z.S.!
[Received February 28, 1884. ]
In the years 1858 and 1859 I took up the idea of experimenting
upon the acclimatization of various animals which I thought might be
ornamental as well as useful in Deer-parks in the United Kingdom,
as suggested by the collection formed at Knowsley by Lord Derby.
I purchased, mostly from Jamrach, the well-known animal-dealer,
various kinds of Deer and Antelopes.
I had at one time alive together in a park formed for the purpose
at Powerscourt, in a part of the place called the Racecourse, con-
taining about 100 acres, of which about two thirds was open pasture
and one third wood, Red Deer, white as well as common, Sambur
Deer, Nylghaies, Axis Deer, Llamas, Elands, Wapiti Deer, and
Moufflons or Wild Sheep.
The Red Deer of course increased, and the Wapiti Deer also bred ;
but the Nylghaies, which were running about quite healthy one
evening, were both found dead the next day.
The Sambur Deer lived for two or three years, but never throve
well, neither did the Axis Deer. The Elands were also too delicate
for the climate of Ireland, and I very soon found it necessary to
dispose of them, as they would not have lived. I had only a pair
of them, and they were sold to the Antwerp Zoological Gardens.
There were originally three Wapiti Deer, unfortunately only one
of them a female, and they were of the same breed which Lord
Derby had had at Knowsley. I tried to get another female, but at
that time it seemed to be almost impossible; the female which I
had, met with an accident and broke her leg, but nevertheless she
produced a stag calf a few months afterwards. She had had a
female calf the year before, so that my herd was increased to five
animals. But the only males were the sire of the female calf and
another young male, which died. I then, finding the small park
where they were too confined in space, had all the Deer caught and
removed to the large Deer-park, containing about 1000 acres.
1 See, for previous notes on this subject, P. Z,8. 1879, p. 294.
208 VISCOUNT POWERSCOURT ON THE [Apr. 1,
After all the Deer had been there for a year there was a
remarkable improvement in their health, from the extent and variety
of pasture which they had there, and the Wapiti as well as the
Sambur and Red Deer improved very much. But unfortunately one
of the Red Stags had a fight one day with the Wapiti, and, being
more active, gave him a thrust and broke his hind leg, just below
the hock. We managed to secure the wounded Wapiti and to set
the leg; but although the bone knit, and he could put his foot to the
ground, he never recovered, but dwindled away and died. I then
sold the remainder of the Wapiti to an agent of King Victor
Emmanuel of Italy.
The Sambur Deer lived for three or four years, and as there was
no male (one which I had got from the Royal Collection at Windsor
having died), there were several hybrids born, no doubt between a
Red Stag and the Sambur hinds, but one by one, both the pure
Sambur and the hybrids died off, until there were none left. The
climate was evidently too damp for them.
It was a curious thing with the Sambur Deer, and it was no
doubt the cause of their death, that they never would come out of
the thickets in the daytime. They unfortunately could not be taught
that Ireland has not a tropical climate, and they used to skulk in
the thickest cover they could find, owt of the sun, all day, and only
came out to feed at night, as they would in the jungles of Mysore,
where I have seen them pursuing the same tactics. Of course by
this unnecessary precaution on their part against the meridian rays,
of which we should like to see a little more in this country than
we do, they got chilled through, and eventually died.
In the meantime, on a visit to Jamrach I had seen some Japanese
Deer (Cervus sika); and I thought that as the climate of Japan is a
pretty severe one in winter, I would try if they would succeed any
better than the other species. I bought therefore one male and three
females ; and these have been the only Deer of any newly intro-
duced kind which have been a real success.
The Llamas and other animals all died off; and these pretty little
Deer are the only ones which have multiplied, and have also never
required any shelter of any kind nor any winter-feeding except what
the ordinary Red Deer and Fallow Deer get, such as hay &e. I
find that Indian corn is the best food for all Deer after hay. It is
easily given, and there is no waste, as they pick up every grain as
- soon as thrown out to them. I tried locust beans, which are good
but expensive, and also oil-cake, but they do not eat that up so clean
as the Indian corn, and if the weather is wet it melts away,
There should be rock-salt always given to Deer, in places where
it can be put, in a shed of some kind, so as not to be exposed to
wet.
These Japanese Deer were put into the park at Powerscourt about
the year 1860, and at present (1884) I have upwards of 100 of them,
besides having shot two or three yearly, and also having given away
a great many and sold others.
1884.] ACCLIMATIZATION OF DEER AT POWERSCOURT. 209
The Jz apanese Deer (Cervus sika).
I have distributed Japanese Deer from my herd to the following
places up to this time, and I believe they are thriving in every
locality where they have been introduced; so that they may be
looked upon quite as a British Park-Deer:—at Killarney, in the
woods of Muckross; at Glenstal (Sir Croker Barrington’s), near
Limerick ; at Castlewellan (Lord Annesley’s) in county Down; at
Colebrooke (Sir Victor Brooke’s), county Fermanagh; at Lord
Ilchester’s, Melbury, Dorsetshire ; and at Baron Ferdinand de Roths-
child’s, Waddesdon Manor, Aylesbury.
The Japanese Deer here have undoubtedly interbred with the
Red Deer; there are three or four Deer in the Park here which are
certainly hybrids, the Red hind in each case being the dam.
The Japanese are a most satisfactory little Deer ; the venison when
dressed is about the size of Welsh mution and very well flavoured.
The little Stags, with their black coats and thick necks like mini-
ature Sambur, are very picturesque and ornamental, and I think
they are a decided addition to our varieties of hardy Park Deer.
Some of them are always to be seen in the Society’s Gardens; but
these give no idea of the beauty of the animals when in a wild state
in a park.
They’ also have a most peculiar cry in the rutting-season, a sort
of whisile, varying sometimes into a scream.
Any body wishing for venison of a small size and good quality
will, I think, find these Deer very desirable for that purpose.
210 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON NEW REPTILES AND [Apr. 1,
2. Diagnoses of new Reptiles and Batrachians from the
Solomon Islands, collected and presented to the British
Museum by H. B. Guppy, Esq., M.B., H.M.S. ‘ Lark.’
By G. A. Bournerr, F.Z.8.
[Received March 25, 1884. ]
LEPIDODACTYLUS GUPPYI, Sp. Ne
Head small, oviform; body elongate; limbs moderate. Digits
moderate, inner well developed, webbed at the base; eleven lamelle
under the median digits, the two or three proximal divided. Scales
uniformly granular, the granules larger on the snout, largest and
flat on the belly. Rostral quadrangular, more than twice as
broad as high ; nostril pierced between the rostral, the first upper
labial, and three nasals; eleven or twelve upper and as many lower
labials; mental small, smaller than the adjacent labials; three or
four rows of very small chin-shields. Tail cylindrical, tapering,
covered with small equal flat scales. Pinkish brown above, sides
with darker spots; a dark streak on the side of the head, passing
through the eye; tail with dark annuli; lower surfaces whitish,
throat speckled with reddish brown.
From snout to vent 48 millim.; head 12 millim.; tail 45 millim.
Faro Island.
HorLocePHALwvs PAR, sp. 0.
Scales in 16 rows (14 posteriorly). Head moderately large, de-
pressed; superciliaries not projecting ; vertical shield a little longer
than broad ; two postoculars; seven upper labials, third and fourth
entering the eye; temporals 1+2-+3,; the chin-shields of the pos-
terior pair separated from each other by a scale. Ventrals 166;
anal divided ; subcaudals 43. Upper surface of body with broad
reddish-brown cross bands separated by narrow interspaces ; upper
surface of head, and edges of the scales blackish brown; lower sur-
faces and interspaces between the red bars white.
Total length 75 centim.; tail 11 centim.
Faro Island.
RANA BUFONIFORMIS, Sp. Nl.
Near Rana kuhlii.
Vomerine teeth in two oblique series behind the choane. Habit
stout,-toad-like. Head very large, with short broad snout; canthus
rostralis distinct ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid;
tympanum distinct, one third the diameter of the eye. Fingers
short, with slightly swollen tips, first extending beyond second ; toes
two thirds webbed, the tips dilated into regular disks ; subarticular
tubercles large; two metatarsal! tubercles, inner oval, blunt, outer
rather indistinct. The hind limb being carried forwards along the
1884.] BATRACHIANS FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 211
body, the tibio-targal articulation reaches the hinder border of the
eye. Upper surfaces entirely covered with porous warts, forming a
small paratoid-like ridge above the temple; belly and lower surface
of thighs feebly granulate. Uniform purplish brown above, yellowish
inferiorly.
From snout to vent 145 millim.
Treasury Island.
RANA GUPPYI, sp. n.
Near Rana grunniens.
Vomerine teeth in two short straight transverse series behind the
choane. Head large, subtriangnlar; canthus rostralis distinct ;
interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct,
two fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, with slightly
dijated tips, first extending beyond second; toes nearly entirely
webbed, the tips dilated into small disks; subarticular tubercles
large; two metatarsal tubercles, inner elliptic, blunt, outer rather
indistinct. The hind limb being carried forwards along the body,
the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout. Upper
surfaces minutely warty ; a strong fold above the tympanum. Dark
olive above, dirty white inferiorly.
From snout to vent 165 millim.
Shortland Islands.
RANA OPISTHODON, Sp. n.
Near Rana grunniens.
Vomerine teeth in two transverse oblique series between and
behind the choane. Head large; snout rounded, with distinct
canthus rostralis ; interorbital space as broad as or a little narrower
than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, two fifths to half the
diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, with slightly dilated tips,
first extending beyond second ; toes three fourths webbed, the tips
dilated into small disks; subarticular tubercles large; inner meta-
tarsal tubercle elliptic, blunt; no outer tubercle. The hind limb
being carried forwards along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation
reaches the eye. Upper surfaces nearly smooth or with rather large
warts, which are rounded on the upper eyelids, pelvic region, and
limbs, elongate on the back; a strong fold above the tympanum.
Dark brown above, with more or less indistinct darker markings ;
hinder side of thighs light-dotted ; lower surfaces whitish.
From snout to vent 125 millim.
Faro Island and Treasury Island.
CoRNUFER GUPPYI, Sp. nl.
Vomerine teeth in two short transverse series behind the level of
the choane. Habit of Rhacophorus maculatus. Head large, much
depressed, with well-marked canthus rostralis ; interorbital space as
broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum three fifths the diameter of
the eye. First finger shorter than second; disks of fingers very
212 ON BATRACHIANS FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. [Apr. l,
large, as large as the tympanum; toes one third webbed, the tips
dilated into large disks, which are, however, not quite so large as
those of the fingers; two rather indistinct metatarsal tubercles.
The hind limb being carried forwards along the body, the tibio-
tarsal articulation reaches the anterior corner of the eye. Skin
smooth, granular on the belly and under the thighs; a fold from
the eye to the shoulder. Light brown or pinkish above, spotted or
dotted with brown; legs cross-barred ; lower surfaces whitish.
From snout to vent 68 millim.
Treasury Island.
CoRNUFER SOLOMONIS, Sp. 0.
Vomerine teeth in two transverse or slightly oblique, slightly
arched series behind the choanee. Head very large ; snout rounded,
as long as, or slightly longer than, the orbital diameter; eyes ex-
tremely large; interorbital space narrower than the upper eyelid;
tympanum round, nearly half the diameter of the orbit. Fingers
moderate, first extending beyond second; toes moderate, with a
slight rudiment of web; tips of fingers and toes swollen rather than
dilated; subarticular tubercles very strong ; two metatarsal tubercles.
The hind limb being carried forwards along the body, the tibio-
tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Upper surfaces slightly granu-
lated, with short longitudinal folds; a strong fold from the eye to
the shoulder. Grey-brown above, with more or less distinct darker
markings; loreal and temporal regions dark brown; lips with more
or less marked dark vertical bars; tympanum chestnut-brown.
From snout to vent 75 millim,
Shortland, Treasury, and Faro Islands,
CERATOBATRACHUS, g. nl.
The type of a new family, Ceratobatrachidw, occupying in the
series Firmisternia the place which the Hemiphractide occupy in
the Arcifera, and characterized by the presence of teeth in both
upper and lower jaw, and by the diapophyses of the sacral vertebra
not being dilated.
Pupil horizontal. Tongue deeply notched and cordiform, exten-
sively free behind. Vomerine teeth. Head large, strongly ossified.
Tympanum distinct. Fingers and toes free, with non-dilated tips.
Outer metatarsals united. Precoracoids present; omosternum and
sternum with a bony style. Terminal phalanges simple.
CERATOBATRACHUS GUENTHER], Sp. nh.
Vomerine teeth in two small groups behind the level of the
choane ; latter large, eustachian tubes larger still. Head triangular,
not much smaller than the body; mouth enormous; interorbital
space broad, concave; tympanum large, vertically elliptic; skull
with prominent ridges and a small curved spine at the angle of the
jaws. Hind limb rather short. Digits swollen at the tips, with
strong subarticular tubercles. Upper surfaces with linear ridges
P. 2.9. 166 avr
M. Horman-Kisher del et hth Mintern Bros imp
COLEOPTERA FROM TIMOR-LAUT.
1884.] ON COLEOPTERA FROM THE TIMOR-LAUT ISLANDS. 213
variously arranged ; belly granulate; a triangular, papillose, dermal
flap on the tip of the snout, on the edge of the upper eyelid, above
the vent, and on the heel. Colour and markings very variable.
Male with two internal vocal sacs.
From snout to vent 85 millim.
Treasury, Shortland, and Faro Islands.
3. On the Coleopterous Insects collected by Mr. H. O.
Forbes in the Timor-Laut Islands. By Cuas. O.
WATERHOUSE.
[Received March 27, 1884.]
(Plate XVI.)
The number of species of Coleoptera collected by Mr. Forbes in
the Timor-Laut Islands is twenty-nine. Of these the following
deserve special notice on account of their geographical distribution :—
Ist. Diapheetes rugesus, a new genus and species of Staphylinidze,
which Mr. David Sharp informs me he possesses from Java.
2nd. Cyphogastra angulicollis (from Larat), a species of Bu-
prestidz, only previously known from Banda.
3rd. Cyphogastra splendens (from Maroe), a new species closely
allied to the preceding.
4th. Archetypus rugosus, n. sp. This genus of Longicorns, of
which there was only one species previously known, occurs in
Waigiou, Dorey, and Aru.
5th. Pelargoderus rugosus. Another new Longicorn closely allied
to P. arouensis.
6th. Nemophas forbesii. A third new Longicorn nearly allied to
NV. grayi from Amboyna.
CARABID&.
CaTascopus AMa@NusS, Chaud.
Two specimens which may perhaps be merely varieties of this
species. They are, however, darker in colour than any in the
British-Museum collection, being of an obscure olive-zneous, sha-
ding into dark purple at the sides of the elytra.
Hab. Maroe.
STAPHYLINIDE.
DIAPHETES, n. gen.
General characters of Staphylinus, but with the head smaller than
is usual in that genus. Labial palpi robust, with three visible joints ;
the first and second short, the apical one very large and cup-
shaped. The maxillz are very broad, the inner lobe a little longer
214 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON COLEOPTERA [Apr. 1,
than broad and densely covered with hair; the outer lobe produced
a little beyond the inner one, the apex with dense matted hair, with
four or five stiff bristles on the outer side. Basal joint of the
maxillary palpi short; the second and third stout, about twice as
long as broad, narrowed at the base; the apical jot narrower than
the preceding, acuminate at the apex. The labrum about twice as
long as broad, membranous, the middle of the front margin very
deeply incised, fringed with stiff hair, and with some long stiff
bristles arising from behind the margin. The anterior angles of the
thorax are very much directed downwards and are rather obtuse,
and are not visible when viewing the insect from above, in which
position the thorax has a nearly circular outline. The under
reflexed shining margins parallel as far as the front angles. Inter-
mediate coxze slightly separated. Tarsi rather slender.
DIAPHETES RUGOSUS, n. sp. (Plate XVI. fig. 1.)
Nearly black ; sparingly clothed with pubescence, which is chiefly
brown, but on the shoulders of the elytra, the basal segment of the
abdomen, and the margin of the penultimate segment, and on the
tibie is golden. Head, thorax, and elytra densely and very
strongly punctured, the punctures on the disk of the thorax having
a tendency to run together longitudinally. The punctuation of the
abdomen is much less strong and less close. Head a little broader
than long, about two thirds the width of the thorax; the cheek
behind each eye is much less than the length of the eye, the posterior
angle rounded. Thorax rounded at the sides and behind; in the
middle of the base there is a short smooth spot. Elytra as long as
the thorax, but distinctiy broader, with an indication of a sutural
stria. Legs pubescent, the middle tibize beset with small blackish
spines on the outer side.
Length 6 lines.
Hab. Larat.
PASSALID&.
LEPTAULAX TIMORIENSIS, Perch.
The specimens in the British-Museum collection are from India,
Philippine Is., Java, Amboyna, Celebes, &c.
Hab. Larat.
DyNASTiID.
ORYCTES RHINOCEROS, Linn.
Found in all the neighbouring islands.
Hab. Maroe.
HoRONOTUS DEILOPHUS, Sharp.
This species was described from the Philippine Islands. The
specimens found by Mr. Forbes are small males, but do not differ
materially from the Philippine examples.
fab. Maroe and Larat.
1884. ] FROM THE TIMOR-LAUT ISLANDS. 215
BurrestTip&.
CyYPHOGASTRA ANGULICOLLIS, Deyr.
This species was described from Banda. The specimen before
me from Larat agrees well with examples from Banda, but the
copper colour on the suture of the elytra does not extend quite to
the scutellum.
CYPHOGASTRA SPLENDENS, n. sp. (Plate XVI. fig. 2.)
Very close to C. angulicollis, and of the same form, but with a
different distribution of colour. The thorax is bright coppery, with
more or less golden green on the disk. The elytra have the dorsal
region very dark steel-blue (appearing almost black), this blue
colour, making an elongate triangular patch (common to both elytra),
broadest at the base and narrowing posteriorly, terminates at about
one third from the apex; next there is on each elytron a broad
oblique coppery-red stripe (margined on its inner side by golden
green), commencing on the shoulder, extending to near the apex
(where it touches the suture), but then turned suddenly to the
lateral margin of the elytron; the side of the elytron (from below
the shoulder to where it meets the turn of the coppery stripe) is
dark blue ; the extreme apex is blue-black.
Length 173 lines.
Jab. Maroe.
ELATERIDE.
ApELOcERA crncTA, Candéze.
The specimen before me agrees well with the description given
(C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1878, p. lii) of this species from Sumatra.
The allied species has a wide range.
Hab. Maroe.
BostrRicH1D&.
BosTRICHUS HQUALIs, 1. sp. (Plate XVI. fig. 3.)
Elongate, parallel, convex, shining ; black, with the elytra and
legs obscure pitchy, antenne paler. Head densely and finely
granular ; the epistoma less opaque, closely and finely punctured.
Thorax with the basal half parallel, very convex; the front half
obliquely narrowed: anteriorly, sloping down, with six teeth on each
margin, the anterior pair slightly porrect, the space between them
emarginate. The surface posteriorly is marked with moderately
large, deep punctures, which are irregularly placed, the intervals
irregularly and extremely finely and rather sparingly punctured ;
all the front part is asperate. The posterior angles very slightly
conically produced and diverging. Elytra of the same width
as the thorax, scarcely broader posteriorly, very abruptly deflexed
at the apex ; deeply and strongly punctured, the punctures rather
close together, placed irregularly near the suture, but having
towards the sides a tendency to form lines; the interspaces smooth
and shining, less than the diameter of the punctures (except here
216 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON COLEOPTERA LApr. 1,
and there in the longitudinal direction, when the intervals are
equal to the diameter of the punctures); at rather remote in-
tervals very minute punctures may be seen. At the upper part
of the posterior declivity, on each elytron, are two short, scarcely
noticeable coste; the extreme apex is slightly reflexed, dull.
The first joint of the club of the antenne is a little longer than
broad, the second as long as broad, the third elongate-ovate.
The anterior angles of the metasternum, and the metasternal epi-
pleura are densely and very finely granular. The abdomen is
closely and finely punctured, and very delicately pubescent. The
tarsi are not very long as compared with some of the species of this
genus.
Length 5 lines.
Hab. Maroe.
TENEBRIONIDA.
OPATRUM, Sp.
A species closely resembling the African O. micans, Germ., and
perhaps identical and introduced.
Hab. Maroe.
BRADYMERUS, sp.
A species of this difficult genus which I am unable to determine.
Hab. Maroe.
ToxICUM GAZELLA, Fabr.
The examples agree well with specimens of this species in the
British Museum from Malacca.
Hab. Maroe.
ToxICUM QUADRICORNE, Fabr.
The specimens in the British Museum are from Penang, Java,
Philippine Is., and Borneo.
Hab. Maroe.
AMARYGMUS, sp.
A single species of this very difficult genus, which I cannot
determine.
Hab. Maroe.
PEDIRIS SUBOPACUS, 0. sp.
Closely allied to P. (Nyctobates) sulciger, Boisd., but less shining.
Entirely black; the head much more closely and rather more
strongly punctured than in P. sulciger, especially on the vertex.
Thorax slightly shining only in the middle ; the impression on each
side of the middle much less marked than in P. sulciger, the punc-
tuation more distinct. Elytra somewhat dull; the striz nearest to
the suture very lightly impressed (except at the extreme apex); the
1884. | FROM THE TIMOR=LAUT ISLANDS. 217
lateral ones deeper, but much less so than in P. sulcizer ; the first
three interstices flat, the lateral ones very slightly arched, much less
than in P. sulciger.
Length 16 lines.
Hab. Maroe.
CURCULIONID.
ORTHORRHINUS L&Tus, Saund. & Jekel.
The type of this species is from the New Hebrides.
Hab. Maroe.
SPHENOPHORUS OBSCURUS, Boisd.
A widely distributed species.
Hab, Larat.
PRIONIDZ.
ARCHETYPUS CASTANEUS, n. sp. (Plate XVI. fig. 4.)
Dark chestnut-brown, the head and mandibles inclined to black ;
the legs and abdomen pitchy yellow. Mandibles nearly as long as
the head, very robust, convex, strongly punctured; on the inner
side and the epistoma clothed with fulvous hair. ead shining
above, dull at the sides, with a longitudinal impressed line in the
middle ; with some strong punctures above, rugose at the sides.
Thorax wider than the head; at its broadest part (just before the
anterior angles) a little more than twice as broad as long, narrowed
posteriorly, shining; the disk flat, moderately strongly but not
closely punctured, with a smooth spot in the middle; the sides
sloping down; the shining surface of the disk continued down the
side in a triangular shape to near the margin; the rest of the side
impressed, dull and densely punctured. Scutellumsmooth. Elytva
at the base a little broader than the base of the thorax, gradually
widened posteriorly for two thirds their length, and then again
narrowed, the apex broad and obtusely rounded ; shining, strongly
and moderately closely punctured, except near the scutellum, where
the punctuation is very delicate. Each elytron has a fine, slightly
oblique, raised line about the middle, commencing within the
shoulder and not extending to the apex. Submentum very closely
and very coarsely rugose.
Length 163 lines.
Hab. Maroe.
CrRAMBYCID.
PACHYDISSUS HOLOSERICEUS, Fabr.
Occurs in many of the neighbouring islands.
Hab. Maroe.
DIATOMOCEPHALA PACHYMERA, Pascoe.
The specimens of this species in the British Museum are from
Celebes and Waigiou.
Hab. Larat.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XV. 13
218 ON COLEOPTERA FROM THE TIMOR-LAUT ISLANDS. [Apr. I,
LAMIID&.
TMESISTERNUS GLAUCUS, Pascoe ?
I am not sure of the identity of Mr. Forbes’s specimen with the
species described by Mr. Pascoe. It has more yellow colour on the
abdomen.
Hab. Maroe.
PELARGODERUS RUGOSUS, 0. Sp.
Nearly black; head coarsely rugose, with sandy yellow pubescence
round and beneath the eyes. Basal joint of the antennz very
rugose, not much narrowed at its base. Thorax rugose, rather dull,
with scarcely any trace of lateral spine, sparingly pubescent; the
pubescence forming a narrow sandy line on each side of the middle.
Elytra with the basal half rather strongly punctured, those at the
base generally marked by a shining granule ; the posterior half is
more closely and more rugosely punctured. he basal half and the
sides are rather closely marked with irregular small spots of sandy
pubescence, but at about one quarter from the base there is near
the suture an oblique bare patch. A little behind the middle there
is a rather large oblique bare patch, which extends from the side to
the suture; and behind this there is a patch of pale sandy pu-
bescence, not quite touching the side, but reaching the suture and
the apex. The apex of each elytron is obliquely truncate, the outer
angle obtuse.
Length 18 lines.
Hab. Larat.
This species is very close to P. arouensis, Th., but is more
robust, much more rugosely sculptured on the head and thorax ;
and the basal joint of the antennz is less narrowed at the base and
more rugose.
NEMOPHAS FORBESI, uu. sp. (Plate XVI. fig. 5.)
Black, with the elytra bright steel-blue; the thorax entirely
clothed with sandy yellow pile; the elytra with numerous more or
less interrupted bands of reddish ochreous pubescence.
Length 17-20 lines.
This species is close to N. grayii, Pascoe, but has no trace of
blue. colour in the head and antennee. The thorax is entirely
covered with the yellow pile, with no black at the base. ‘The bands
of the elytra are more numerous, generally about seven, and these
are more irregular. And lastly, the sterna, epimera, and the basal
segments of the abdomen are more or less clothed with reddish
pubescence.
Hab. Maroe and Larat.
BaToceRA RuBUS, Fabr., var. ?
_ The specimen from Larat is a little larger than B. rubus usually
is, and has the scutellum clothed with fulvous instead of white
pubescence.
P40 1O6ar iawee
W.Purkiss hth. Hanhart imp.
WEST AFRICAN LEPIDOPTERA.
1884.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE LOWER NIGER, 219
Corroprs rusca, Oliv. ?
A single specimen from Maroe which [ cannot separate from the
African C. fusca, and which is therefore doubtlessly introduced.
SYMPHYLETES PEDICORNIS, Fabr.
An Australian species introduced.
Hab. Maroe.
PRAONETHA PLEURICAUSTA, Pascoe.
I can see no difference between the specimen brought by Mr.
Forbes and that described by Mr. Pascoe from Port Albany, N
Australia.
Hab. Maroe.
CHRYSOMELID&.
PHYLLOCHARIS CYANIPES, Fabr.
This species occurs in Australia, New Guinea, Bouru, &c.
Hab. Maroe.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.
Fig. 1. Diaphetes rugosus, p. 214. a, labrum; 6, labium ; ec, maxilla,
2. Cyphogastra splendens, p. 215.
3. Bostrichus equalis, p. 215.
4. Archetypus castaneus, p. 217.
5. Nemophas forbesi, p. 218.
4. On the Lepidoptera collected by the late W. A. Forbes
on the Banks of the Lower Niger.—Ruovatocera by
F. D. Gopman and O. Satvin. Hererocera by H.
Drvce.
[Received March 28, 1884. |
(Plate XVIL.)
RHOPALOCERA.
The collection of Butterflies made by the late W. A. Forbes
during his expedition to the Niger, contains fifty species, and com-
prises representatives of all the Families of Rhopalocera hitherto
known from Tropical Africa except the Erycinide, a group but
feebly developed in this region.
The specimens of this collection are generally in poor condition
and have the appearance of having been captured at a season when
fresh examples were not to be obtained. From this cause, and pro-
bably also from the low-lying nature of the country, many of the
more conspicuous species known from the adjoining districts of Old
Calabar and the Camaroon Mountains, are absent from the present
collection.
On comparison with the Lepidopterous Faunas of the places just
mentioned, and we may also say of the West coast of Africa generally,
15*
220 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Apr. l,
we detect no signs of any notable peculiarities; indeed the majority
of the species are also found over a wide extent of the African con-
tinent, some spreading to the Cape Colony, others to East Africa,
and even to the valley of the Nile and Abyssinia.
We have ventured to describe as new two species of Acrea, both
rather obscure forms, of one of which we have long possessed
several examples.
NYMPHALIDZ.
DANAIN&.
1. DANAIS ALCIPPUS.
Papilio alcippus, Cram. Pap. Ex. t. 127. f. E, F.
Danais alcippus, Butl. P. Z.8. 1866, p. 46.
Several specimens of this form of D. chrysippus, agreeing with
others from Abyssinia and elsewhere.
SATYRINE.
2. MYCALESIS VULGARIS.
Mycalesis vulgaris, Butl. Cat. Sat. B. M. p. 130, t. 3. f. 2.
A single specimen, agreeing with the type in the British Museum.
3. MYCALESIS DOLETA.
Mycalesis doleta, Kirby, Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc. (2) ii. p. 336
(1880).
Agrees with specimens thus named in the British Museum.
4. MYCALESIS DESOLATA.
Mycalesis desolata, Butl. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xviii.
p. 480.
Compared with Mr. Butler’s types from Abyssinia.
5. MycaLEsis RESACES.
Mycalesis resaces, Hew. Ex. Butt. (Mycalesis), t. 8. f. 51, 52.
Agrees with Old-Calabar specimens whence Hewitson’s types
were derived.
6. YPHTHIMA ITONIA.
Yphthima itonia, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soe. (3) ii. p. 287, t. 18. f. 13.
Hewitson’s types came from the White Nile. They differ from
Forbes’s specimens in having the submarginal ocelli of the secon-
daries decidedly larger, a character of small importance in species of
this and the allied genera.
ACRAINA.
7. ACRAA LYCIA.
Papilio lycia, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 464.
There are a number of examples in the collection of both sexes
this very common African insect.
1884.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE LOWER NIGER. 221
8. AcR&A pDatRA, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 3.)
Alis rosaceis extus fusco indistincte limbatis ; anticis fascia trans-
versa subapicali pallide rosacea et maculis novem nigris notatis,
una cellulari, altera ad finem ejus, quatuor in linea arcuata ultra
eam, duabus inter ramos medianos ad angulum analem et una
inter venas medianam et submedianam ; posticis ad basin nigro
maculatis et fascia macularum octo nigrarum margini externo
subparallela notatis ; subtus ut supra, alis inter venas ad mar-
ginem externum rubro notatis. Antennis nigris, palpis rosaceis
apice nigro ; thorace et prothorace fuscis rosaceo notatis, abdo-
mine supra medialiter fusco.
Exp. 2°2 inches.
Hab. ad ripas fl. Niger (W. A. Forbes).
Mus. nostr.
Of this species Forbes’s collection contains only a single specimen,
but we have others, which are hardly distinguishable from it, from
Zanzibar. Its nearest ally seems to be A. lycia, from which it
differs at first sight by its more rufous tint, which colour also per-
vades the transverse subapical light spot of the primaries, so that it
is hardly to be distinguished from the other markings of the wing.
9. ACREZA CECILIA.
Papilio cecilia, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 34.
This is also a species of wide range in West Africa, whence it
passes eastward to the White Nile.
10. AcR#A CALYCE, sp.n. (Plate XVII. figs. 1, 2.)
3. Alis rosaceis, anticis interdum fuscis sed area apicali interna
semper semihyalina; macula cellulari, aliis tribus (una ad
cellule finem duabus infra eam in linea transversa positis) et qua-
tuor ultra cellulam nigris ; posticis dense (precipue ad basin)
nigro maculatis, margine externo nigro maculas rosaceas inclu-
dente ; subtus ut supra, sed anticis vitreo micantibus, posticis ad
medium glaucescentibus. Antennis nigris, palpis omnino albido
rosaceis ; abdominis dimidio postico rubido.
Exp. 2°3 inches.
Hab. ad ripas fl. Niger (W. A. Forbes) ; Cape Coast Castle,
Dahomey.
Mus. nostr.
Several specimens of a species allied to A, adnatha, Hew., for
which we have not been able to find a name. We have other
examples from Cape Coast Castle and from Dahomey, showing that
the species is probably far from uncommon in this region. The
specimens vary a good deal inter se, the basal half of the primaries
being more rufous in some specimens than in others. The rufous
submarginal spots of the primaries also vary in distinctness.
11. ACRHA PSEUDEGINA.
Acrea pseudegina, Westw. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 531.
Papilio egina, Stoll (nec Cram.), Suppl. Cram. t. 25. f. 3,3 ¢.
A common species at Sierra Leone.
222 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 1,
12, AcrR#a Lycoa.
Acrea lycoa, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 239.
A single broken specimen belonging to this species.
13. ACR&A VINIDIA.
Acrea vinidia, Hew. Ent. Monthl. Mag. 1874, p. 130; Ex. Butt.
Acrea, t. 7. f. 45, 46.
Four specimens in the collection, from Lukoja, seem to agree best
with this species, as they have an isolated subapical fulvous spot on
the primaries. But there are several closely allied forms, the cha-
racters of which are not very definite.
14, ACREA SERENA.
Papilio serena, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 461.
A common African species, having a very wide range.
NYMPHALINZ.
15. ATELLA EURYTIS.
Atella eurytis, Doubl. Gen. Diurn. Lep. t. 22. f. 3.
Two examples of this very common insect.
16. JUNONIA CLELIA.
Papilio clelia, Cram. Pap. Exot. t. 21. f. E, F.
Junonia clelia, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 128.
Three specimens of this common African Butterfly.
17. PRECIS TEREA.
Papilio terea, Drury, Il. Exot. Ent. t. 18. f. 3, 4.
A specimen in poor condition.
18. Precis sopHIA.
Papilio sophia, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 248; Donov. Ins. Ind.
teid0 tac.
Two specimens.
19. HypANts ILITHYIA.
Papilio ilithyia, Drury, Ill. Nat. Hist. ii. t. 17. f. 1, 2.
Hypanis ilithyia, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 214.
Two specimens of this very variable species.
20. DIADEMA MISIPPUS.
Papilio misippus, Linn. Mus. Ulv. p. 264.
Hypolimnas misippus, Aurivill. Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. xix,
No. 5, p. 71.
Two males of the ordinary form of this very widely distributed
species
1884,] LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE LOWER NIGER, 223
21. D1iADEMA ANTHEDON.
Diadema anthedon, Doub]. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 181.
A male and female of the typical West-African form. The
female differs from the male in having a large discal white patch
divided by the nervures on the primaries, beyond which is a transverse
row of white spots, and towards the apex two small white spots;
the inner margin is black, and the distal half of the secondaries
fuscous. The sexes, though obviously distinct in their markings, are
not strongly contrasted as in D. bolina.
22. NEPTIS AGATHA.
Papilio agatha, Cram. Pap. Exot. t. 327. f. A, B.
Neptis melicerta (Fabr., nec Drury), Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr,
p- 146.
Several specimens of this common species of Nepéis are included
in the collection.
23. RoMALEOSOMA AGNES?
Romaleosoma agnes, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 672.
A male specimen, probably of this species, which is very closely
allied to R. medon (Linn.).
The males of these two Butterflies are undistinguishable so far as
we can see ; but the female of &. agnes, upon which sex Mr. Butler
founded his name, bas a darker and more restricted purple patch
to the secondaries than the female of R. medon. The former seems
to be the prevalent form at Old Calabar and its vicinity, whilst the
latter seems to be more common in Angola. On this account we
have named Forbes’s specimen 2, agnes.
24, HAMANUMIDA DEDALUS.
Papilio dedalus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 482.
Papilio meleagris, Cram. Pap. Exot. t. 66. f. A, B.
Aterica meleagris, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 157.
A widely ranging species, of which two specimens are in the
collection.
25. CHARAXES EPIJASIUS.
Charazes epijasius, Reiche, Ferr. Gal. Voy. Abyss., Ent. p. 469,
t. 327 7.71," 2%
This species was described from Abyssinian specimens, but has
been since traced to Senegal.
LYCZNIDA.
26, Lyc@NA HIPPOCRATES.
Hesperia hippocrates, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 288.
Papilio hippocrates, Donov. Ins. Ind. t. 45. f. 3.
Two male specimens.
224 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 1,
27. LyCHNA LINGEUS.
Papilio lingeus, Cr. Pap. Ex. t. 379. f. F, G.
Lycena lingeus, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 239.
Two specimens of this widely spread species.
28. Lyc@NA KNYSNA.
Lycena knysna, Trim, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, i. p. 282; Rhop.
Afr. Austr. p. 255.
Several specimens.
29. LivcaNA PRINCEPS.
Lycenesthes princeps, Butl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) xviii.
p. 484.
Several specimens agreeing with others thus named in Capt.
Shelley’s collection. Mr. Butler’s types came from Abyssinia.
30. LycZNA PULCHRA.
Lycena pulchra, Murr. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 524, t. 10.
Bateed
Several specimens of both sexes, agreeing well with Mr. Murray’s
figures.
31. Lucta (?) DELEGORGUEI.
Lycena delegorguei, Boisd. in Delegorgue’s Voy. dans I Afr.
austr. ii. p. 588.
Lucia (?) delagorguei, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 280.
One damaged specimen apparently of this species.
Mr. Kirby, probably following a suggestion of Mr. Butler’s, refers
this name to Hesperia bibulus, Fabr., but Donovan’s representation
of this insect is hardly intelligible.
32. Prruecops (?) ELOREA.
Papilio elorea, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 194 ; Donov. Nat. Rep. ii.
t. 53.
Pithecops elorea, Butl. Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. p. 161.
Mr. Butler has placed this species in Pithecops, and we follow him
in. so doing. A close examination of its structure, however, is
required to determine its true position. There is considerable
individual variation in the width of the dark margin of the secondaries.
Forbes’s specimens all have this margin comparatively broad.
33. CIGARITIS AMINE.
Cigaritis amine, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 533, t. 11. f. 1, 2.
A single specimen of this pretty species, which Mr. Butler
described from examples taken at Whydah on the Gold Coast.
34. MyrINA NOMENIA.
Myrina nomenia, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 353; Ill. Diurn,
Lep., Suppl. p. 25, t. iii. 6. f. 105, 106.
One damaged specimen of this species,
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE LOWER NIGER. 225
35. Devportx, sp.
A single specimen of a species apparently of thisgenus. We have
not been able to find a name for it; but do not describe it from such
scanty materials.
PAPILIONIDA.
PIERINZE.
36. PoNTIA ALCESTA,
Papilio alcesta, Cr. Pap. Ex. t. 379. f. A.
Pontia alcesta, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 26.
Several specimens, agreeing with others from West and South
Africa.
37. TERIAS, sp.
Terias rahel, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 76 (nec Fabricius).
Several specimens of this species, to which we have not been able
to attachaname. It is evidently the 7. rahel of Mr. Trimen’s work,
but not the species so named by Fabricius, as Mr. Butler has pointed
out (Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. p. 227). It has close allies in 7.
pulchella of Madagascar, and 7’. floricola of Eastern Africa.
38. TRIAS BRIGITTA.
Papilio brigitta, Cr. Pap. Ex. t. 331. f. B, C.
Terias brigitta, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 80.
Forbes’s three specimens agree well with Cramer’s figure of this
species.
39. TERIAS, sp.
Several specimens, which resemble 7’. senegalensis, Hiibn. ; but we
hesitate to pronounce them identical, the colour of the upperside
being paler and the markings of the underside very much less
distinct. 7. desjardinsii is another allied South-African species.
40. Preris CALYPSO.
Papilio calypso, Drury, Ill. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 29, t. 17. f. 3, 4.
Pieris calypso, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 38.
A well-known West-African species, of which Forbes’s collection
contains several examples.
41. Pieris CREONA.
Papilio creona, Cr. Pap. Exot. t. 95. f. C-F.
Pieris creona, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 31.
This is another common African Pieris, of which Forbes’s
collection contains a pair.
42, TacHYRIS CHLORIS.
Papilio chloris, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 473.
Pieris chloris, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 28.
A pair.
226 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Apr. I,
43. TACHYRIS SABA.
Papilio saba, Fabr. Sp. Ins. ii. p. 46.
A pair of this species, agreeing with our series of West-African
examples.
44, CaALLIDRYAS PYRENE.
Colias pyrene, Sw. Zool. Ill. ser. 1, t. 51.
Callidryas pyrene, Butl. Lep. Ex. t. 16. f. 8, 9, 10.
Callidryas florella, Boisd. Sp. Gén. i. p. 608 (nee Fabr. apud
Butler).
A single male specimen, which, according to Mr. Butler, should
bear this name.
45, TERACOLUS EVIPPE.
Papilio evippe, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 239.
Callosune evippe, Auriv. Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. xix. No. 5,
p- 92.
A male example.
PAPILIONINZE.
46. PAPILIO DEMOLEUS.
Papilio demoleus, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 214 ; Auriv. Kongl. Sv. Vet.-
Ak. Handl. xix. No. 5, p. 33.
Several specimens of this common African species.
47. PAPILIO PYLADES.
Papilio pylades, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iti. p. 34; Donov. Nat. Rep. i.
t. 13; Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 22.
Forbes’s single specimen resembles Donovan’s figure except that
the dark costal border of the primaries near the base is broader and
there is no red spot at the anal angle of the secondaries. The
species is a variable one, and we agree with Mr. Trimen that it
cannot be satisfactorily divided.
48. PAPILIO MEROPE.
Papilio merope, Cr. Pap. Ex. t. 378. f. D, E; Trim. Trans. Linn.
Soc. xxvi. p. 506 et seq.
Papilio hippocoon, Fabr. Syst. Ent. iti. p. 38; Hew. Ex. Butt.
Pap. t. 12. f. 38.
Forbes’s collection contains three specimens of this species, two
males and one female. The former agree with Sierra-Leone examples,
which should be considered the typical P. merope, Cr. The female
is like typical P. hippocoon, Fabr., from the same country. This
form of female has a wide range in Africa, extending to the Cape
Colony (‘Trimen) and in East Africa to Zanzibar.
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE LOWER NIGER. 227
HESPERIDS.
49. PyrGus VINDEX.
Papilio vindex, Cr. Pap. Ex. t. 353. f. G, FH.
Pyrgus vindex, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep. t. 79. f. 6;
Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 287.
A single specimen.
50. PAMPHILA BORBONICA.
Hesperia borbonica, Boisd. Faun, Mad. p. 65, t. 9. Pee halie
Pamphila borbonica, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 303.
Two specimens.
HETEROCERA. By H. Drvce.
AGARISTIDZ.
1. ARcocera LATREWLI, Herrich-Schaffer, Aussl. Schmett.
t. 5. tee. 19;
Aigocera magna, Walk. Cat. i. p. 56.
2. AScocrRA RECTILINEA, Boisd. Spec. gén. Lép. i. t. 14.
fig. 5.
ARCTIIDE.
3. Atoa punetivitra, Walk. Cat. iti. p. 673.
The specimens agree well with the type in the British Museum
from South Africa.
NyYCTEMERID&.
4. ALETIS FORBESI, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 4.)
Pale chrome yellow; primaries with the apical third black, including
a transverse white patch and two posterior white spots. Secondaries
with a narrow marginal black band, which includes seven elongated
white spots. Antennz of male black, deeply pectinated. The thorax I
believe to be black, but it isso much rubbed that I cannot be certain
upon this point. Abdomen yellow, with the segments banded with
black. Legs yellow. The undersides the same as above. The female
agrees in all respects with the male, except that the antenne are not
pectinated. Expanse 1? inch.
A small species, very distinct from any described. I have had two
specimens in my collection for some time, one from Old Calabar and
the other from the Cameroons: they agree in all respects with those
from the Niger. The Cameroons example is a female ; it is rather
larger, measuring nearly two inches across the wings.
Lirgosiip&.
5, DEIOPEIA PULCBELLA, Linn, Syst. Nat. i. 2. 884, 349.
228 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 1,
LIPARIDz.
6. Dasycuira CRAUSIS, sp. n. (Plate XVII. fig 5.)
Q@. Primaries—the ground-colour chrome-yellow, very thickly
powdered with minute black spots excepting at the apex, and the
outer margin crossed by four irregular bands of orange-red—the first
close to the base and nearly straight, the second curved, the third
broad and almost broken into three spots, the fourth very much
curved near the apex ; between the third and fourth bands, at the end
of the cell, is a large red spot. Secondaries uniform chrome-yellow,
the fringe yellow. Headand palpi yellow, tipped with black ; antennze
somewhat deeply pectinated, brownish black. Thorax and abdomen
I believe to be yellow banded with black, but the specimen being
much rubbed in these parts I cannot be certain about the black
bands. Legs yellow ; the tarsi black. The underside uniform chrome-
yellow, with an indistinct black mark at the end of the cell of both
the primaries and secondaries. Expanse 14 inch.
This species is allied to D. gentilis, Butler, from Madagascar ; but
it is a much smaller insect and very distinct. A specimen, in very
bad condition, of what I believe to be the male of this species is in
the British-Museum collection from Old Calabar.
NoroponTIDz.
7. Oramsta, sp. ?
A specimen of a species very closely allied to O. alliciens, Walk.,
from which it differs in having the primaries much paler and
without the transverse lines. As only a single example was obtained,
and the species of this genus are subject to slight variation, I think
it better not to name this insect without seeing more specimens.
LIMACODID#.
8. Parasa, sp.?
A specimen in very poor condition belonging to this genus.
BomMByYciID&.
9. PACHYGASTRIA NIRIs, sp.n. (Plate XVIII. fig. 6.)
Uniform reddish brown; primaries with a minute white spot,
edged with black, at the end of the cell, two transverse narrow black
bands crossing the wing beyond the middle ; secondaries rather paler
at the base, crossed at the middle by a very faint black line. Under-
side paler and with the black lines more defined. Expanse 13 inch,
This species is allied to P. reducta, Walk., from the Zulu Country,
South Africa.
XYLOPHASIDE,
10. Spoporrera capicoua, Herr.-Schaf, Exot. Schmett. t. 27.
fig. 131.
APAMEINE.
11. ApAMEA NATALENSIS, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. iv.
vol. xvi. p. 403.
A very broken example of this species.
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE LOWER NIGER. 229
XYLINID,
12. Epimecia #NIGMA, Feld. Lep. Nov. t. 108. f. 47.
A single example of this species in very poor condition was sent.
ToxoOCAMPID.
13. ToxocampPa, sp. ?
A specimen of a species very close to 7’. salax, Guén., from which
it chiefly differs by wanting the black collar of that species. It is
not in good condition ; I therefore think it better not to describe it.
OPpHIDERIDA.
14. OpHIDERES MATERNA, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 840. 117.
Evcuipip&.
15. CHALCIOPE DELTIFERA, Feld. Lep. Nov. t. 117. fig. 24.
Two specimens in bad condition, agreeing well with Dr. Felder’s
figure.
ReEeMIGIDz&.
16. Remiera pevuita, Guén. Noet. iii. p. 318.
THERMESID#.
17. THERMESIA, sp.?
A single example of a species belonging to this genus.
Hypenip&.
18. Hypena consciracis, Walk. Cat. xxxiv. p. 1509.
A poor example, agreeing well with Walker’s type in the British
Museum.
19. Hypena ECHEONALIS, Walk. Cat. xvi. p. 230.
ASOPIDE.
20. Dxrsmtia ?
A single example in very bad condition belonging to this genus.
21. HymMenta FASCIALIS, Stoll, Cram. Pap. Exot. v. t. 36. fig. 13.
The collection contains examples of three or four other species ;
but the specimens are in such bad condition, it is quite impossible to
identify them.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
Fig. 1. Acrea calyce, $ , p. 221.
2. ——, 9, p. 221.
. —— daira, p. 221.
. Aletis forbesi, p. 227.
. Dasychira crausis, p. 228.
. Pachygastria niris, p. 228.
> Ore Co
230 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON RARE (Apr. 1,
5. Descriptions of three rare Species of Flycatchers. By R.
Bownuer Suarre, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Department of
Zoology, British Museum.
[Received March 29, 1884.]
Count Salvadori has recently forwarded for my inspection some
very interesting birds collected by the late Marquis Antinori during
the Italian Expedition to Shoa.
One of the Flycatchers in the collection is an Alseonaz, which
Count Salvadori considers to be A. minima of Heuglin. It is,
however, brown instead of grey on the upper surface, and in several
points does not agree with Heuglin’s description, nor yet with his
plate, which, again, differs from his description. The fulvous
eyebrow, thighs, and under tail-coverts are all depicted in the plate,
although the description does not tally with the figure in this
respect ; but as these points are strongly marked in the specimen lent
me by Count Salvadori, I suppose it must be referred to A. minima.
I consider the latter to have been so badly described as quite to
justify the opinion of Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub that it was probably
referable to Alseonaz adusta. 1 therefore append an amended
description.
1. ALSEONAX MINIMA.
Muscicapa minuta, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 31 (1856).
Muscicapa minima, Heug). J. f. O. 1862, p. 301; Finsch & Harti.
Vog. Ostafr. p. 303, note (1870) ; Heugl. Orn, N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 435,
Taf. xviii. fig. 1 (1871).
Muscicapa fuscula, Finsch, Trans. Z. 8. vil. p. 245 (1870).
Alseonax minima, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 129, note
(1879).
Adult male (Sciolalit, Shoa, March 19, 1878; Antinori). General
colour above dark brown, slightly washed with ashy on the mantle
and back, the rump and upper tail-coverts more rufescent in tinge ;
lesser wing-coverts like the back; median and greater series dark
brown, with rufescent brown margins; bastard-wing and primary-
coverts nearly uniform blackish, the paler margins obsolete; quills
blackish brown, with scarcely perceptible paler edges, much more
distinct on the secondaries ; tail-feathers ashy brown, narrowly edged
with a fringe of lighter ashy, the outer tail-feathers with a fringe of
whitish at the tips; crown of head darker ashy than the back and
indistinctly mottled with dusky brown centres to the feathers; base
of forehead washed with tawny rufous; ear-coverts brown witha
slight rufescent tinge, the shaft-lines paler; evelid, feathers below
the eye, lores, anda distinct superciliary line pale tawny rufous, as
also the anterior portion of the cheeks; chin and upper throat dull
whitish, slightly washed with rufous ; lower throat brown, with a
faint rufescent tinge, followed by a patch of dull white on the fore
1884. | SPECIES OF FLYCATCHERS. 231
neck ; breast pale rufescent brown, washed with ashy, the centre of
the breast rather paler and resembling the abdomen, which is clear
creamy buff, deeper and slightly inclining to tawny on the under
tail-coverts ; sides of body, flanks, and thighs decidedly more tawny
rufous; axillaries and under wing-coverts clear tawny rufous; quills
dusky below, ashy rufous along the inner web ; “ bill horn-colour ;
feet ashy; iris dusky”? (Anéinori). ‘Total length 4°55 inches,
culmen 0°4, wing 2°4, tail 1°9, tarsus 0°55.
The second species of which a specimen has been lent to me by
Count Salvadori has been, as pointed out to me by him, unaccountably
left out of the ‘Catalogue of Birds’ both by myself and by Mr. See-
bohm. Itis the Drymophila abyssinica of Riippell, a species placed by
Von Heuglin in the genus Sylvia, but I consider it, after exatmination,
to be a true Lioptilus. I also take the present opportunity to correct
another omission in the ‘ Catalogue,’ viz. that of Parisoma or digitha-
lopsis galinieri, a large species which I also refer to Lioptilus. The
latter genus has therefore at present four species, and the ‘ Key to
the species’ will require amendment as follows :—
a. Under tail-coverts not chestnut; white or ashy or
olive.
a’. Head differing in colour from the back, which is
warm brown; sides of face, throat, and breast
slaty grey.
a". Crown of head black, contrasting with the
back ; upper and under mandible yellowish
NICO SE SKATI, ane dtgdetawencctacekeeves cdescecussteress nigricapillus, p. 231.
bd". Crown of head dark slaty grey ; under surface
of body entirely grey with olive-brown flanks ;
back warm brown; bill horn-brown in skin,
aler on lower mandible ............++.s0++.6. dbyssinicus, p, 251.
b'. Head like the back, ashy olive; throat whitish ;
breast and flanks ashy brown, the abdomen and
under tail-coverts White .............csseceeeeeseonees olivascens, p. 232.
b. Under tail-coverts chestnut; head ashy brown like
the back; forehead hoary whitish ...........++...... galinieré, p. 232.
1. Liopritus NiGRICAPILLUS (V.); Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 262,
2. LiopriLus ABYSSINICUS.
Drymophila abyssinica, Riipp. Neue Wirb. Taf. 40. tig. 2 (1835).
Curruca abyssinica, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 57 (1849). —
Aedon abyssinicus (Riipp.); Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 25 (1856).
Sylvia habessinica, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. i. p. 313 (1869).
Adult female (Sciolalit, Shoa, April 1, 1878; Antinori). General
colour above warm brown, rather more ruddy on the lower back and
rump ; lesser wing-coverts rather more tawny rufous than the back ;
median and greater series dusky brown edged with tawny rufous ;
bastard-wing lighter and more ashy brown, washed externally with
faint rufous; primary-coverts and quills dusky brown, edged with
tawny rufous, inclining to ashy grey towards the end of the
primaries ; the inner secondaries more ashy, edged with the same
colour as the back; tail-feathers ashy brown, edged with olive;
232 MR. SHARPE ON RARE SPECIES OF FLYCATCHERS. [Apr. l,
entire crown, nape, and hind neck all round dark slaty grey ; lores,
sides of face, ear-coverts, cheeks, and under surface of body paler
slaty grey, much lighter on the centre of the abdomen; sides of
body and flanks reddish brown ; under tail-coverts light ashy grey,
with hoary whitish edgings; axillaries and under wing-coverts ashy
white, slightly washed with reddish or tawny buff; quills dusky
brown below, ashy fulvous along the inner web ; bill bluish, with the
culmen and tip blackish horn-colour; feet and claws leaden grey ;
iris dusky crimson. Total length 5:8 inches, culmen 0°55, wing
2°85, tail 2°6, tarsus 0°9.
3. Liopritus oLivascens (Cass.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 263.
The original specimen of Cassin’s Parisoma olivascens came from
Gaboon, and I refer with some hesitation an example collected by
the late Governor Ussher, in Fantee, to this species. There are
various small discrepancies between the specimen in question and
Cassin’s description, which, however, it is scarcely worth while to
go into, as the identity of the Gaboon and Gold-Coast Lioptili can
only be settled by an actual comparison of specimens from the two
localities,
4, LIOPTILUS GALINIERI.
Parisoma galinieri, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 162; id. in
Ferret et Galin. Voy. Abyss. Ois. vol. ili. p. 223, pl. 13 (1847); Gray,
Gen. B. i. p. 194 (1847); Bp. Consp. i. p. 256 (1850).
Parisoma frontale (nec Heugl.), Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 43,
pl. 22 (1845).
Crateropus melodus, Heug). J. f. O. 1862, p. 29.
Aigithalopsis galiniert, Heine, J. f. O. 1859, p. 431 ; Heugl. Orn.
N.O.-Afr. i. p. 395 (1869).
Adult. General colour above dark ashy olive-brown ; wing-coverts
like the back, the outer median ones rather clearer ashy ; bastard-
wing and primary-coverts uniform blackish brown ; quills blackish
brown, externally edged with ashy brown, paler towards the ends of
the primaries; inner secondaries much browner ; tail dark brown ;
head like the back, except on the forehead, which is hoary grey ;
lores dusky blackish, extending in a line just above the eye ; feathers
below the latter dusky ; eyelid dull whitish ; sides of face, ear-
coverts, and cheeks dull ashy brown, rather clearer ashy on the
breast and abdomen ; lower flanks washed with orange-chestnut,
like the vent and under tail-coverts ; thighs dull ashy, washed with
orange-chestnut ; under wing-coverts and axillaries dull ashy ; quills
dusky below, ashy whitish along the edge of the inner web; ‘bill
black, the cutting-edges of the mandibles whitish; orbits bare and
of a lilac colour; feet rufescent dusky ; iris crimson” (Heuglin).
Total length 6-7 inches, culmen 0°6, wing 3°45, tail 3°2, tarsus 1°05.
Spec. in Mus. Brit.
a. Ad. sk. Shoa. Dr. Riippell [C.].
b. Ad. sk. Shoa (Harris). India Museum.
ee
P. Z.5.1884.PL XVII.
Smit lth Henhart imp
AYS MELANURUS
JSmit hth
ANATOMY
fig. 7.
OF
CAPR(
C)
ko
SS
V.
wa
aes
Hanhart imp
J.Smit hth Hanhert imp
ANATOMY OF CAPROMYS
P Z.5. 1884. Pl. XXI.
Fig. 1.
J.Smuit hth si Hanhart imp.
ANATOMY OF CAPROMYS.
1884.] MR.G. E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUS. 235
6. On an apparently new Species of Kuropean Nuthatch.
By R. Bowpter Suaren, F.L.S., F.Z.8S., &c., Department
of Zoology, British Museum.
[Received March 29, 1884. ]
Mr. John Whitehead, who has been resident in Corsica for the
gveater part of the last two years, has very kindly presented to the
British Museum a skin of a Nuthatch, shot by himself on the
mountains of Corsica at a considerable elevation during an expedition
in search of an Eagle’s nest.
The Corsican Nuthatch, which I propose to call Sitta whiteheadi
after its discoverer, is of about the same size as Kriiper’s Nuthatch
(Sitta krueperi), and resembles it in the colour of the upper
surface ; but it is easily distinguished by the absence of the chestnut
patch on the fore neck and vent and by the ashy isabelline colour of
the underparts.
The head is rather damaged, and it is difficult to say how far the
black of the forehead reaches, but it apparently extends to about
the same distance as in S. krueperi, and not over the entire crown
and nape as in S. canadensis and its allies. The diagnosis of the
new species may, therefore, be given as follows :-—
SITTA WHITEHEAD, sp. 0.
S. similis S. krueperi, capite eodem modo picturato sed gutture et
pectore pallide cinerascentibus, subcaudalibus haud castaneo
lavatis et precipue plaga pectorali castanea nulla distinguenda.
Long. tot. 4:9, culm. 0°7, ale 2°75, caude 1°5, tarsi 0°7.
Hab. Mountains of Corsica.
7. On the Myology and Visceral Anatomy of Capromys
melanurus, with a Description of the Species. By G. E.
Dosson, M.A, F.R.S.
[Received April 1, 1884.]
(Plates X VIII.-X XI.)
The well-preserved specimens forming the material on which the
following observations are based I owe to the kindness of Messrs. H.
and F. W. Ramsden. They were obtained by the latter gentleman,
H.M.’s Consul at St. Jago de Cuba, in the mountains in the
southern extremity of that island, eight miles N.N.E. of Portillo.
So far as I can ascertain these appear to be the first specimens of
this rare species of which the complete bodies preserved in alcohol
have reached Europe; and I have therefore seized the opportunity
thus afforded me of investigating the anatomy of an animal belonging
to a genus so interesting as Capromys, which includes among its
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1884, No. XVI. 16
234 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUS. [Apr. 1,
species C. pilorides, remarkable for the extraordinarily subdivided
condition of its hepatic lobes, first described by Say in 1822?.
The genus, which includes four species—C. pilorides, C. brachyurus,
C. prehensilis, and C. melanurus—is also remarkable for its very
limited geographical distribution, being confined, so far as we know,
to the islands of Cuba and Jamaica, where its species appear to be
the only indigenous representatives of the Order in these islands, as
it is more than probable that the smaller Rodents” which now infest
them were introduced. C. brachyurus appears to be limited to
Jamaica, the other three species to Cuba.
As the original description of C. melanurus consists of a few lines
only (see Monatsb. Akad. Berl. 1864, p. 384), 1 add the following
notes on its specific characters, taken from the two well-preserved
temale specimens referred to above.
CAPROMYS MELANURUS (Poey), Peters. (Plate XVIII.)
Smaller than the common Rabbit, with a long, thick, cylindrical
scaly tail clothed with long, rather coarse hairs, and with short,
nearly naked ears, shorter than the muzzle and rounded off at the
tips. The eyes are comparatively small; the muzzle rather narrow,
terminated by the obliquely placed nostrils, which open sublaterally,
while between them and running down to the upper lip is a shallow
narrow groove becoming wider lower down. The hinder extremities
are longer than the fore, but do not much exceed them in length,
although the pes is very much larger than the manus ; the latter is,
nevertheless, large for the size of the aaimal ; the palm is deeply
concave, margined by five low rounded prominences covered by
tuberculated skin ; the pollex is quite rudimentary, protected by a
small blunt claw ; the other digits have prominent, convex, acutely
pointed claws ; the middle digit is longest, the fourth nearly equal to
it, the second comes next in length, and the fifth is still shorter. The
pes is more than double the size of the manus and nearly double its
length ; the hallux, though short, is not rudimentary and is provided
with a claw like that of the other digits, which have the same relative
lengths as the corresponding digits of the manus; all are provided
with long, very strong, acutely pointed claws, much longer than
those of the manus. The animal is plantigrade, applying the whole
surface of both manus and pes to the ground. The plantar surface
is concave behind the toes as in the manus, but there is no promi-
nent posterior plantar callosity.
There are two mammary teats on each side, placed high up on
the sides of the body, on a level with a line drawn from the lower
margin of the scapula to the anterior crest of the ilium, as in Myopo-
tamus. In the male animal (which the writer has not seen) the
external generative organs probably resemble those of C. pilorides
(described by Prof. Owen in P.Z.S. 1832, p. 76); in the female
the orifices of the vagina and anus are placed on a conical prominence
* Journ, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. ii. p. 333 (1822).
* Hesperomys palustris, common in the Southern States of America, and the
ordinary European Rats and Mice introduced by ships into the islands.
1884.] MR. G. E. DORSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUS. 235
looking backwards and downwards, and open close together, that of
the vagina by a transverse crescentic slit, in front of which the long
prepuce of the clitoris projects.
The fur of the body is rather long and woolly, made up of two
kinds of hairs—a basal close moderately fine fur, light brown, with the
terminal thirds of the hairs pale yellowish, and longer black hairs,
which, at intervals, project; on the tail the fur is made up altogether
of these long black hairs (blackish-brown in alcohol), which arise
thickly from between the regular whorls of scales which cover the
integument and project from the caudal extremity, forming a pencil
nearly an inch in length. The head is covered with fur similar to
that of the body but shorter, and the sides of the muzzle support
long black vibrissee, some of which project backwards behind the
head. The under surface of the head, neck, and body is slightly
paler than the back.
The following measurements, in inches and millimetres, have been
taken from an apparently adult female preserved in aleohol :—Length,
head and body, measured along the back, 13” (329 mm.), ear 1”
(25 mm.), eye from end of muzzle 1'°5 (34 mm.), tail 10'°5 (266
mm.), olecranon to end of middle digit (without claw) 35 (88 mm.),
manus to end of middle claw 1'"6 (41 mm.), pollex 0'"1 (4 mm.),
middle toe (with claw) 0”°9 (23 mm.), tibia 2'°55 (65 mm.), pes to
end of middle claw 2'"7 (68 mm.), middle toe (with claw) 1!"15
(30 mm.), hallux (with claw) 0'°6 (15 mm.).
The measurements of the skull, as compared with those of the
other three species of the genus, is shown below, in millimetres.
Measurements of Skulls.
C. mela- | C. pre- | © bra- | ©. pilo-
nurus. | hensilis. | chyurus. | rides,
From the occipital crest to the end of |
hema Onesiestarac-wccsecsnase-ce> | 75 82 101
From the margin of the foramen
magnum to the edge of the alveoli)
of the upper incisors ............... o7 oe 634 | 81
Length of the nasal bones ............ 24 ae 29 36
Length of the frontal bones............ 25 a 27 35
Length of the parietal bones ......... 26 27 28 :
Length of the upper tooth - row
POTIONS) ee araei ct ccnec evens. oconaa nai 154 18 19 21
Length of the lower tooth - row
(SOT L372) Goaghe Geee code pe BOO EREEee BEE 16 ad 20 21
Width between inner edges of upper’ :
ECMOUATA eae cvaurin=scaaieni antes: 4 4 + 5
Width between inner edges of upper
posterior molars...... ...sssceeeseees 6 9 83 10
The measurements of the skulls of C. pilorides and C. brachyurus,
as given above, were taken from those of evidently old animals,
probably males, as shown by the development of the sagittal and
occipital crests, the anchylosed condition of the sino igi the
6
236 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUs. [Apr. 1,
basioccipital and basisphenoid bones, and between the parietals.
Those of C. prehensilis and C. melanurus, though apparently adult,
do not show the sagittal crest, as above noted, and their surfaces are
altogether smoother; this may be due to sex, for the skull of C.
melanurus is that of a female, and that of the other species may
also belong to the same sex. The skulls of C. prehensilis and C.
brachyurus are in the British-Museum collection, that of C. pilorides
in the Hunterian Museum, while that of C. melanurus belongs to the
specimen of which the measurements of the body are given above.
I. Myoxoey.
Muscles of the Head and Neck.
Sterno-faciales (fig. 1, st.f).—On reflecting the integument
Fig. 1.
Dissection (half natural size) of the pectoral and cervical muscles described
in the text.
a. Acromion; ¢. Clavicle; c.p. Coronoid process; e.a.m. External auditory
meatus; €).0. External jugular vein; m-m'. Masseter ; s.g. Submaxillary
gland.
covering the under surface of the neck and thorax these large
muscles come into view. They arise together from the centre line
1884.] MR.G. E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUS. 237
of the sternum almost as far back as its middle third, and, united by
their contiguous internal margins, pass forwards, overlying part of
the origins of the great pectoral muscles, and, concealing the sterno-
mastoid and other “muscles arising from the extremity of ‘the sternum,
are inserted into the rami and angles of the mandible.
These muscles are much more developed than usual in Rodents,
resembling rather the corresponding structures in certain species of
Insectivores, as in the Hedgehogs, in Gymnura rafflesii, &e.; in
Cercolabes prehensilis, Hystriv cristata, Hrethizon dorsatus, Octodon
cumingii, and other species of hystricine Rodents examined by the
writer they were found slender, scarcely exceeding the sterno-mastoid
in lateral width.
Sterno-mazillaris is not represented. Sterno-hyoid (fig. 1, st.)
and sterno-thyroid muscles present no peculiarities.
Sterno-mastoid (fig. 1, st.m).—Arises from the extremity of the
sternum and from the sterno-clavicular articulation, under cover
of the preceding muscle, and is inserted with the cleido-mastoid into
the mastoid process.
Cleido-mastoid (fig. 1, cl.m)—Arises from the commencement
‘of the middle third of the clavicle, and is inserted into the mastoid
process with and behind the preceding muscle.
Cleido-occipitalis is united with the trapezius (see further on).
Digastric.—These muscles are quite separate; each arises from
the large styloid process of the temporal bone, and is inserted into
the commencement of the short horizontal ramus of the mandible in
front of the union of the coronoid process. There is no trace of
tendinous intersection, but the surface of the muscle towards its
anterior half is tendinous.
Omo-hyoid (fig. 1, 0.h) is thin, without tendinous intersection ; it
has the usual origin and insertion.
Levator clavicule and levator scapule (fig 1., /.c, & /.s.).—Arise
together from the basis cranii but soon separate, the former becoming
attached to the outer third of the clavicle, the latter to the acromion,
both overlying the attachments of the united ¢rapezius and cleido-
occipital muscles.
Subclavius (fig. 1, s.c) is well developed, arising from the cartilage
of the first rib and costo-sternal articulation, and is inserted into the
outer third of the clavicle.
Scapulo-clavicularis—This muscle, first described by Cuvier and
Laurillard in Bathyergus maritimus, and subsequently by Wood in
Cavia aperea and in Mus decumanus, is well developed. It consists
of a broad flat muscular aponeurosis, which extends from the outer
two thirds of the upper margin of the clavicle (where it appears to
be continuous internally with the origin of the cleido-mastoid), to
the anterior margin of the spine of the scapula and vertebral margin
of the pre-scapula, lying on the supra-spinatus and omo-hyoid
muscles, and covered superficially by the united ¢rapezius and cleido-
occipital.
Rectus abdominis et sternalis (fig. 2, r-r').—Each muscle arises
from the transverse process of the manubrium sterni, and, passing
238 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUS. [Apr. 1,
backwards, divides near its insertion into three slips, of which the
two superficial (7, 7,-7’, r',) interdigitate with those of the muscles
of the opposite side, and are inserted into the symphysis pubis on
the side opposite to those from which the muscle is derived; the
third slip (7,-7",) passes directly to its insertion into the correspond-
ing side of the symphysis pubis, close to its fellow of the opposite
side. The arrangement of the interlacing slips is as follows :—The
most superficial slip (7) is derived from the left rectus ; this crosses
aslip (7) from the superficial surface of the right rectus and is
inserted into the right side of the symphysis pubis, while the latter
(7') passes to the left side; the next slip is the second (7,) from the
Semi-diagrammatic, showing the relative portions of the intersecting slips of
the right and left recti abdominis and of the obliqui ex terni muscles near
their attachments to the pubic bones.
left rectus, proceeditig to its insertion into the right side of the
symphysis under cover of the first slip (7), while the deepest of the
interdigitating slips is the second (7’,) from the right rectus, which
passes to its insertion into the left side of the symphysis under cover
of the first from the same muscle.
Obliquus externus, obliquus internus, transversalis.—These muscles
present no peculiarities. No blending together of the obliqui externi
with the reeti, as described by Prof. Owen in C. pilorides (P.Z.S.
1832, p. 74) was found in this species ; the internal fibres (0) of the
first-named muscles are inserted into the symphysis pubis, under
cover of and slightly external to those of the deep interdigitating
slips of the recti, as shown in figure 2.
Muscles of the Back, Thorax, and Abdomen.
Trapezius anticus (fig. 1, ¢.@) arises from the inner third of
the occipital crest, from the centre line of the neck, and from three
or four dorsal spines, and is inserted along the spine of the scapula
to the end of the acromion, and into the outer third or more of the
1884.] MR. G, E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUS. 239
clavicle as far as the origin of the cleido-mastoid, under cover of the
levator clavicule.
The clavicular part of this muscle evidently corresponds to the
eleido-occipital which is united with it.
Trapezius posticus has a very extensive origin, arising as far
forwards as the posterior origin of the ¢r. anticus (with which it
may almost be said to be continuous), and extending to the com-
mencement of the lumbar aponeurosis, quite covering the anterior
half of the latissimus dorsi.
Rhomboideus anticus and rh. posticus are represented by a single
muscle arising from the inner third of the occipital crest and from
the centre line of the neck, to the first and second dorsal spines.
The anterior half of the muscle is very thin, the posterior much
thicker ; all the fibres are inserted into the internal and postero-
internal border of the scapula.
Serratus magnus is overlapped by the posterior margin of the
levator angule scapule. It arises from the cartilages of the first to
the sixth ribs and is inserted as usual.
Levator angule scapule arises from the transverse processes of
the third to the seventh cervical vertebr, and is closely connected
throughout its origin with the scalenus medius.
Scalenus anticus absent, as shown by the position of the brachial
plexus. Sc. medius (fig. 1, se.m) and sc. posticus appear to be united ;
they are inserted into the cartilages of the fourth to the sixth ribs.
Muscles of the Fore Limb.
Pectoralis major (fig. 1, p—p'’) arises in four parts—three
sternal from the whole length of the sternum and aponeurosis of the
external oblique, and one clavicular. Of the sternal the anterior
(p’) arises from the anterior extremity of the manubrium sterni and
as far back as the middle of the sternum under cover of the origin
of the sterno-facialis, and, uniting with the clavicular part, is
inserted with it into the middle of the shaft of the humerus along
with the deltoid; the middle part arises behind the preceding
as a strap-shaped muscle (p”), which is inserted under cover
of it into the shaft of the humerus and into the internal tube-
rosity ; and the posterior (p'"), broader, from the last bone of
the sternum and from the aponeurosis of the external oblique
muscle, is inserted under cover of the middle part into the internal
tuberosity higher up. The clavicular part arises from the outer
third of the clavicle, becomes connected with the anterior division of
the s¢ernal part below, and, above, with the lower margin of the
deltoid, and is inserted as above described.
Pectoralis minor (fig. 1, p*).—This is represented by a com-
pletely separate strap-shaped muscle arising from the cartilages of
the third to the sixth ribs, and inserted into the outer third of the
clavicle and acromion under cover of the origin of the clavicular
part of the pectoralis major. This is precisely as we find it in Dasy-
procta cristata.
Deltoid arises from the acromion process (being connected by its
240 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUS. [Apr. l,
inner border with the clavicular part of the pectoralis major), and
from nearly the whole outer border of the spine of the scapula; the
fibres converging are inserted into the deltoid ridge of the humerus
along with those of the clavicular part of the pectoralis major.
Latissimus dorsi (fig. 1, Ud), arising from several dorsal and
lumbar vertebra, divides behind the brachial vessels and nerves into
two parts : one unites with the teres major muscle and, passing above
the brachial nerves, is inserted with it into the humerus; the other, a
much smaller slip (/.d'), passes below the brachial nerves and is
inserted by a broad fascial aponeurosis into the humerus under cover
of the middle sternal part of the pectoralis major.
The vessels and nerves of the arm, therefore, pass out between
the insertions of this muscle, as Meckel' noticed in Hyraw.
Dorso-epitrochlearis is well developed, arising from the external
surface of the datissimus dorsi, immediately before the tendon of the
latter is formed.
Biceps has two heads—a long one from the upper margin of the
glenoid cavity, from which the main body of the muscle is derived,
and a much smaller which arises by a tendon (common to it and
the coraco-brachialis) from the coracoid process of the scapula.
These two heads, uniting about the middle of the humerus, form a
large muscular mass which is inserted by a strong tendon into the
ulna, and by a narrow tendinous slip (which passes across the
tendon of the brachialis anticus) into the adjacent margin of the
radius.
Coraco-brachialis arises, as above described, with the short head
of the biceps from the coracoid process, and by a tendon common to
both, from which it separates at the lower margin of the tendon of
the subscapularis muscle, and, forming a small muscular mass, is
inserted into the lower third of the shaft of the humerus.
_ Brachialis anticus arises, as usual, below the external tuberosity,
and, winding round the humerus, forms a broad tendon which,
passing between the two divisions of the tendon of the Jiceps, is
inserted into the ulna.
Palmaris longus and flewor carpi ulnaris arise together from the
internal condyle and are inserted as usual.
Flexor digitorum sublimis, which arises as usual, forms the three
perforated tendons for the three middle toes; that for the outer toe
is formed by the palmaris brevis. These tendons in passing into
the manus are covered by fascial arches, from which some of the
fibres of the large lumbricales arising from the tendons of the flevor
profundus aiso have their origin.
Hexor digitorum profundus exhibits no peculiarity in its origin ;
it is formed by a superficial, an internal, and two deep heads, which
unite before crossing the carpus to form a very thick tendon, which
gives off in the palm a slender filiform tendon to the rudimentary
pollex, and four strong tendons to the four outer toes.
Pronator radii teres, flexor carpi ulnaris, and flexor carpi
radials present no peculiarities.
1 «Traité Général d’Anatomie Comparée,’ vi. p. 263.
1884.] MR. G.E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUS. 241
Supinator longus is absent, but s. brevis is moderately well
developed.
Palmaris brevis is well developed, arising from the ulnar side of
the sesamoid ossicle covering the carpo-metacarpal articulation of
the pollex; the fibres cross the palm obliquely, superficial to the
tendons of the flewor sublimis, and end by forming the perforated
tendon for the fifth digit.
Lumbricales are remarkably large ; they are four in number, and
arise close together (separated only by the tendons of the flewor
digitorum sublimis) from the palmar surface of the tendon of the
flexor profundus, immediately before it divides into slips for the five
digits, and from the fascial arches under which that tendon passes
into the hand. The first /uméricalis goes to the radial side of the
palmar surface of the second digit, and the other three are similarly
distributed to the third, fourth, and fifth digits respectively.
Abductor minimi digiti arises from the pisiform bone, and forms
a slender tendon which is inserted into the ulnar side of the meta-
carpo-phalangeal sesamoid bone of the fifth digit.
Flexor brevis minimi digiti arises, under cover of the preceding,
from the pisiform bone, and forms a tendon which unites with that
of the outermost of the pair of fevores breves for the fifth digit, and
is, with it, inserted into the sesamoid bone.
Although the pollex is very small, it is well supplied with
muscles ; there is a fewor brevis, an adductor, and a pair of flevores
breves. The flewor brevis arises from the sesamoid bone, covering
the polliceal carpo-metacarpal articulation, and forms a slender tendon
which is inserted into the radial side of the inferior surface of the
base of the terminal phalanx. The adductor pollicis arises from the
ligamentous structures at the base of the second metacarpal bone, and
is inserted into the first phalanx of the pollex; and the pair of
jflexores breves arise partly from the base of the first metacarpal and
partly from the sesamoid bone above-named.
Adductor indicis and adductor minimi digiti are well developed ;
they arise together from the ligamentous structures at the bases of
the third and fourth digits, and, continuing united for some distance,
diverge to their insertions into the bases of the first phalanges of
the second and fifth digits, respectively.
Flewores breves.—There are a pair of these muscles for each digit,
arising as usual. (For insertions see interossei dorsales, below.)
Extensor communis digitorum and extensor minimi digiti arise
together, as usual, from the external condyle; and the extensor
secundi internodii pollicis et extensor indicis from the ulna and
interosseous membrane. The first-named divides into four tendons
for the four outer digits; the second forms one for the fifth digit
and another for the fourth, which unites with the dorsal interosseous
for that digit, and is, with it, inserted into the base of the dorsal
surface of the second phalanx of that digit ; the last-named, the
extensor secundi internodii pollicis et extensor indicis, divides into
two slips—one, very slender, goes to the terminal phalanx of the
pollex, the other to the corresponding phalanx of the second digit.
242 MR. G.’E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUS. [Apr. ],
Interossei dorsales.—These muscles are fused with the palmar
interossei (flewores breves) throughout their muscular extent. Of
the pair of flewores breves for each of the three middle digits, each
muscle sends a long tendon forwards and dorsalwards alongside
each digit to unite with the tendon of its fellow passing along the
other side of that digit over the base of the second phalanx of the
same digit into which it is inserted, crossed by the tendon of the
Jong extensor going to the terminal phalanx. Thus each of the
three middle digits of the manus has a pair of dorsal as well as of
palmar interossei tendons. The fifth digit, however, has but a
single interosseous tendon, and the small pollex appears to have none.
Muscles of the Hind Limbs.
Gluteus maximus is wide but thin, arising from the anterior
extremity of the ilium and from the spinous processes of the
sacral and coccygeal vertebree, and is inserted into the fascia lata
of the thigh and into the lower external third of the shaft of the
femur.
Gluteus medius is of great size. It arises from the spines of the
sacral and coccygeal vertebree under cover of the gluteus maximus
and from the greater part of the upper surface of the ilium, including
within the fold thus formed the small gluteus minimus; the fibres
are inserted by two short and thick tendons into the upper and
lower sides of the greater trochanter.
Gluieus minimus (included as above described) is a narrow long
muscle arising from the upper and inner part of the anterior half of
the ilium, and from the sacrum, along with the gl. medius, forms a
flat tendon inserted into the greater trochanter between the two
tendons of the gl. medius.
Pyriformis and obturator internus are both absent.
Quadratus femoris arises under cover of the adductor magnus
from the tuber ischii, and is inserted into the outer side of the lesser
trochanter.
Gemelli appear to be united, forming a broad flat muscle arising
from the whole length of the ischium from the acetabulum to the
tuber ischii and inserted into the greater trochanter under cover of
and below the gl. medius.
Biceps flexor cruris arises by two heads, a superficial and a deep:
the former from the transverse processes of the last two coccygeal
vertebree ; its fibres pass outwards under cover of the ilio-caudal
muscles, overlying the great sciatic nerve, and are inserted into the
head of the fibula and into the fascia covering the knee-joint; the
deep head arises from the tuber ischii in connexion with the adductor
magnus by a narrow tendon, and, spreading out into a fan-shaped
muscle, is inserted above in connexion with the tendinous aponeurosis
of the superficial part into the head of the fibula, and, lower down,
into the fascia covering the peroneal muscles and into the ¢endo-
achillis.
The sartorius is not represented.
1884.] MR. G. E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUS. 243
Gracilis (fig. 3, g) closely resembles the corresponding muscle
in Erethizon dorsatus', As in that species it arises in two distinct
parts :—the upper, from the ilio-pectineal ridge and symphysis pubis,
divides at a short distance from its origin into two parts ; these unite
near their insertion by their flat tendon and are inserted into the
tendon of the quadriceps extensor eruris, into the internal edge of the
patella, and into the head and tuberosity of the tibia; the dower part (g’)
is narrower, but thicker, arising from the symphysis pubis and from
the ramus of the pubis and ischium as far as the edge of the semi-
membranosus muscle, and is inserted into the shaft of the tibia above
and slightly overlapping the insertion of the semitendinosus, being
Dissection, half natural size, of the muscles on the anterior aspect of the thigh
and leg described in the text.
a.c. Anterior crural nerve; f. Internal condyle of femur: fa. Femoral artery ;
a.l.l. Internal lateral ligament: is. Ramus of pubis and isehium .
po. Symphysis pubis.
connected by a tendinous aponeurosis with the lower edge of the
upper part.
Adductor longus (fig. 3, a. 1) is small, arising from the bony
margin of the pelvis under cover of the middle third of the upper
part of the gracilis at its origin, and, passing forwards parallel to
and partially covered by the pectineus, is inserted into the shaft of
the femur directly under the insertion of that muscle.
‘ See Mivart, “Anatomy of Hrethizon dorsatus,” P. Z. 8, 1882, p. 284.
244 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUs. [Apr. I,
Adductor brevis (fig. 3, a. 6) is very large, arising from the
symphysis pubis and ramus of the pubis and ischium as far as the
tuber ischii; it forms a thick and broad muscular mass inserted along
nearly the whole length of the shaft of the femur in its middle
third under cover of the insertion of the adductor longus, and in its
lower third extending to the insertion of the adductor magnus.
Adductor magnus (fig. 3, a. m), long and narrow, arises from the
tuber ischii under cover of and in connexion with the deep head of the
biceps flexor cruris, and passes forwards, separated from this muscle
by the great sciatic nerve, to its insertion inte the femur immediately
above the point of origin of the internal head of the gastrocnemius,
with which it is slightly connected.
Adductor quartus is large, covering the obturator externus ; it
arises from the lower and part of the posterior and anterior margins
of the obturator foramen under cover of the adductor brevis and
adductor longus, and is inserted into the shaft of the femur imme-
diately below the lesser trochanter and between it and the insertion
of the adductor brevis.
Pectineus (fig. 3, p) arises above the adductor longus from the
margin of the pelvis below and behind the acetabulum, and is inserted
into the middle third of the shaft of the femur, in front of the
adductor longus.
Semi-membranosus (fig. 3, s.m) arises from the ramus of the
pubis and the ischium, behind the adductor brevis, and is inserted
behind the internal lateral ligament.
Semi-tendinosus (fig. 3, s.¢) arises by two heads—one small,
from the tuber ischii immediately above the semimembranosus, and in
connexion with the biceps flexor cruris ; the other from the last coecy-
geal vertebree and the side of the base of the tail; the anterior part
of the latter unites with the posterior margin of the deep head of
the biceps flexor cruris, the posterior part with the deep head
described above arising from the tuber ischii, and is inserted below
the gracilis into the shaft of the tibia.
Psoas parvus is small, arising from the first to the fourth lumbar
vertebree, and inserted tendinously into the margin of the pelvis.
Psoas magnus, much larger, arises further backwards from the
bodies of the third to the last lumbar vertebra, close to its fellow of
the opposite side ; unites with the iliacus, and is, with it, inserted
into the lesser trochanter.
Obturator externus arises under cover of the adductor quartus trom
the margin of the obturator foramen and from the obturator ligament,
and, forming a thick muscular tendon, is inserted into the neck of
the femur.
Lixtensor digitorum longus arises bya tendon from the external
condyle of the femur, and, passing down under cover of the ¢idzalis
anticus, enters the foot, and is distributed to the four outer toes.
Tibialis anticus is very large, arising from the head of the tibia,
from the upper half of that bone, and from the interosseous ligament ;
it forms a thiek tendon which curves round the side of the foot, and,
passing under cover of the abductor ossis metatarsi hallucis, is inserted
1884.] MR. G. E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUS. 245
obliquely into the distal third of the plantar surface of the first
metatarsal bone on its inner side.
Extensor hallucis longus is well developed, avising from the middle
third of the shaft of the fibula and from part of the interosseous
membrane, and is inserted into the terminal phalanx of the hallux.
Peroneus longus, brevis, quartus, quinti digiti.—All these muscles
are well developed, the p. /ongus arising as usual most superficially
from the head of the fibula, the p. drevis under it by an extensive
origin external to the lower third of the fibula, while, under cover
of it and external to it, the p. guartus and p. quinti digiti ; all the
tendons pass behind the malleolus and are inserted as usual.
Extensor digitorum brevis is small, arising from the os caleis on
the fibular side of the astragalus ; divides into two tendons, of which
the inner unites with the long extensor tendon of the second toe; the
outer is inserted into the base of the second phalanx of the third toe.
This muscle should, evidently, be considered a pedal part of the
same mass from which the peroneus quartus and peroneus quinti
digiti tendons are derived.
Gastrocnemius is very large, having the usual origin and insertion.
Plantaris arises from the external condyle in close union for some
distance with the gastrocnemius : its tendon passes over the os calcis
and enters the foot, where it becomes continuous with the plantar
fascia and gives part origin to the flewor digitorum brevis.
Soleus has a fibular head only, arising from the head of the fibula.
Flexor digitorum tibialis arises from the head of the fibula under
cover of the popliteus, and between the internal margin of that muscle
and the origin of the ¢ébialis posticus, and from the shaft of the tibia,
under cover of the popliteus, as far down as the commencement of
its lower third; forms a strong tendon which passes through a groove
on the internal malleolus, on the fibular side of the dibialis posticus
tendon, and, entering the foot, unites with the tibial side and
superficial surface of the flewor fibularis, forming the teadon for the
hallux and contributing to that for the fifth toe.
Tibialis posticus—Smaller than the preceding, between which and
the flewor fibularis it arises from the head of the fibula and along the
upper half of the shaft of the tibia ; forms a moderately large tendon,
which, passing across the internal malleolus on the tibial side of the
tendon of the flewor tibialis, is inserted into the scaphoid bone.
Flexor digitorum fibularis is of great size, arising from nearly the
whole fibula, from the interosseous membrane, and from the middle
third of the shaft of the tibia; forms a strong tendon which unites
with that of the flewor tibialis, as described above ', and is distributed
mainly to the three middle toes.
Flexor digitorum brevis is very large, arising in two masses, a
superficial and a deep: the former arises from the plantaris and
1 The relations and connexions of the above-described three muscles conform
in all respects to the Hystricine type, as explained in the writer's paper, ‘‘On
the Homologies of the Long Flexor Muscles of the Feet of Mammalia, with
Remarks on the Value of their leading Modifications in Classification,” Journ.
Anat. & Phys. xvii. p. 142.
246 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUs. | Apr. 1,
plantar fascia, from the os calcis, and from a flat sesamoid bone con-
nected by ligament with the scaphoid and lying on the scapho-cunei-
form articulation, and forms three muscular masses ending in three
tendons, which, joined by muscular fibres from the deep part (which
arises from the superficial surface of the united tendons of the flexor
digitorum fibularis and flexor digitorum tibialis), form the perforated
tendons for the three middle toes, the perforated tendon for the fifth
toe being derived altogether from the muscular fibres arising from
the long flexor tendons.
Flexor accessorius pedis is well developed, arising from the os calcis ;
forms a broad flat muscle, which is inserted into the tibial margin of
the tendon of the flewor tibialis from a point above its union with the
tendon of the flewor digitorum fibularis to where the tendon for the
hallux is given off.
Lumbricales.—There are four well-developed dumbricales : the first
arises from the fibular side of the haliuceal tendon and is inserted
into the tibial side of the first phalanx of the second toe near its
base; the second arises from the tibial side of the tendon for the
third digit, and is inserted similarly into the same digit ; the third,
from both the third and fourth tendons, is inserted similarly into the
fourth toe; and the fourth, from the fibular side of the fourth tendon,
is inserted into the fifth toe.
Abductor ossis metatarsi hallucis.—This is a short muscle extend-
ing from the scaphoid bone and the flat sesamoid bone covering the
scapho-cuneiform articulation to the tibial side of the base of the
tirst metatarsal. ;
Adductor hallucis, indicts, minimi digiti—Of these muscles the
first-named arises from the deep plantar fascia and ligamentous
structures at the base of the second metatarsal, and, passing forwards
and inwards, is inserted into the fibular side of the sesamoid bone
covering the metatarso-phalangeal joint of the hallux. The adductor
indicts and add. minimi digiti arise together from the ligamentous
structures at the bases of the third and fourth metatarsal bones,
and, continuing united as far as the middle of the third metatarsal,
diverge to their insertions into the fibular side of the sesamoid bone
at the base of the second toe, and into the tibial side of that at
the base of the fifth toe respectively.
Flexores digitorum breves vel interossei—There are, as usual, a
pair of very distinct flewores breves for each toe, arising from the
sides and bases of the metatarsal bones ; of those for the hallux that
on the tibial side is much larger and longer, arising as far back as
the sesamoid bone and ligamentous structures covering the scapho-
cuneiform articulation.
Interossei dorsales.-—There are two representatives of these muscles,
namely for the third and fourth toes; each is fused throughout its
* muscular part with the plantar interosseous muscle on the tibial side
of its metatarsal bone, but forms a distinct tendon which passes
forwards between the toes, and, turning upwards, unites over the
second phalanx with the conjoined tendon of the extensor communis
and extensor brevis digitorum muscles.
1884.] MR. G. E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUS 247
II. VisceraL ANATOMY.
The éongue is moderately long, laterally compressed, and obtusely
pointed ; its surface is covered with conical papillee, among which no
fungiform papillee appear, nor are there any cireumvallate papillee at
the base.
The wsophagus is narrow, with very muscular walls, and extends
about ene inch beyond the diaphragm.
The stomach (Plate XXI. fig. 1) is more complicated than in
C. pilorides. Between the cardia and the pylorus there are two
distinct constrictions which partially divide the cavity into three
compartments: in the first of these, or cardiac cul-de-sac, the mucous
lining on the ventral side is thrown into prominent long parallel
ridges ; in the second and third compartments the mucous membrane
is smooth and thick. In C. pilorides the stomach is divided by a
single constriction only, cutting off a pyloric part from the general
cavity ; in that species also the duodenum is much dilated near the
pylorus, much more so than in C, melanurus.
The intestinal canal of C. melanurus so closely resembles that of
C. pilorides, that Prof. Owen’s description (/. c.) of that of the latter
species will equally apply to it, the measurements only, as might be
expected from the smaller size of this species, being slightly less :
thus the ilium measures 74 feet, the colon 43 feet, and the caecum
1 foot. The ileo-czecal valve (Plate XXI. fig. 3, c) is, as described
by Prof. Owen, formed by the expanded orifice of the ileum being
applied, as it were, to the side of the caecum over a much smaller
orifice in that gut, the parietes of the ceecum so included forming a
semilunar valve. On the side of the inner surface of the caecum
opposite the valve is placed a small patch of agminated glands
(Plate XXI. fig. 3, a), and, above the entrance to the colon, a smaller
patch (a’). In C. pilorides these patches are similarly placed, and
are about the same size.
The duodenum is clothed with very fine long thread-like villi; at
about two feet from the pylorus these are partially replaced by thick,
conical, densely-set villi, which continue for about 8 inches, and, for
41 feet, the intestine is again clothed with thread-like villi, which,
in the lower half, become very short and thinly set; then, for 2}
inches only, thick, conical, densely-set villi reappear and entirely
replace them, and finally, for the last 16 inches, the former again
appear and extend to the ileo-czcal valve.
The first Peyerian patch occurs in the duodenum about 4 inches
from the pylorus, and from this to within 18 inches of the cecum
thirty-three patches are found at varying intervals; in the last 18
inches there is but one. Near the distal extremity of the large
czecum there is a large Peyerian patch, including about 30 follicles,
situated partly on the longitudinal band which traverses the gut, and
opposite it a smaller one; from this to the colon there are ten others,
similarly placed, most of them small, the largest being those referred
.to above. In the colon are five patches, one in the first sacculus,
and four between this and the middle of the gut, consisting each of
four to five follicles.
248 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUS. [Apr. I,
The liver (Plates XIX. and XX. figs. 1, 1 a) differs from that of
C. pilorides (Plates XIX. and XX. figs. 2, 2 a) chiefly in the absence
of that subdivision of the lobes into lobelets, as originally described
by Say and subsequently by Owen in that species, and as shown in
the figures above referred to. The primary division of the liver of
re pilor ides into lobes is, however, on precisely the same plan as in
C. melanurus, as may be seen by comparing the figures, the principal
difference in the general outline being noticeable in the right and left
central lobes, which in C. melanurus scarcely exceed the right and
left lateral lobes in length, but in C. pilorides are greatly produced
backward. In both species the Spigelian lobe (s) is small and
similarly shaped, and in both there is a similar separated portion (/.1')
of the left lateral lobe (/./). The gall-bladder is well-developed ',
The other abdominal viscera are as in C. pilorides.
The epiglottis is short, and rounded at the tip. The vocal cords
are shallow, but very dense in structure, with sharply defined mar-
gins, as in C. pilorides, but there are no distinct sacculi laryngis.
With this exception Prof. Owen’s description of the larynx of C.
pilorides also applies to this species. The trachea is formed of twenty-
eight cartilaginous rings, dorsally imperfect ; the bronchi diverge
gradually, and the right bronchus much exceeds the left in calibre.
The dungs are divided into lobes precisely as in C. pilorides.
The heart is rounded at the apex, without trace of a notch between
the ventricles. As in C. pilorides and Erethizon dorsatus *, there is
a large innominate artery which gives off the right subclavian and
the two common carotid ar teries, the left subclavian arising sepa-
rately from the arch of the aorta. The arrangement of the pre-
caval veins differs, however, remarkably from that of C. ptlorides
as described by Prof. Owen, for instead of the blood returned from
the head and anterior extremities being emptied into the right
auricle by a single vein, there are, as in most species of Rodentia
and Insectivora, two precaval veins ; the left precaval vein receives
the left vena azygos and winds round the heart to open into the
right auricle, while between the orifices of the right and left precavals
the postcaval vein enters.
The male generative organs cannot be described for want of
material, but they probably resemble those of C. pilorides described
by Prof. Owen (J. c.).
The clitoris is provided with a long prepuce, and is perforated by
the urethra; the vagina is remarkably long and spacious, and its walls
are marked by numerous rugosities. The wterus (Plate XXI. fig. 4)
is bicornuate ; the long cornua unite by their internal margins in their
posterior thirds, but their cavities continue separate almost to the
vagina, into which, however, they open by a singleos. The ovaries,
as mm the Hare, are not enclosed in peritoneal capsules, each capsule
is quite open, and the Fallopian tube, after pursuing a tortuous
So differing from Hrethizon and Cercolabes, where there is no trace of one.
It must, however, be remembered that there is a gall-bladder in the closely .
allied Hystria.
2 Mivart, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 279.
1884.] MR. G. E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUS. 24)
course, opens on its external free margin at the furthest distance from
the ovary ; each ovary lies close behind and external to the kidney,
external to which the ovarian ligament passes outwards, downwards,
and forwards upon the ribs and intercostal spaces, becoming lost in
the peritoneal lining.
The brachial plexus is formed from the fifth, sixth, seventh, and
eighth cervical, and from the first dorsal nerve, as shown in the
diagram (fig. 4). Superficial branches from the seventh and eighth
‘ a de
Fie. 4. Figt'5.
Fig. 4. Origins and connexions of the nerves of the brachial plexus.
Fig. 5. Origins and connexions of the nerves of the lumbar plexus,
ac, Anterior crural; a.th, Anterior thoracic ; c.f, Circumflex ; e.c, External cuta-
neous ; 1.¢, Internal cutaneous; m, Median; m.sp, Musculo-spiral; ob,
Obturator; rh, Rhomboid; s, Great sciatic; sb.s, Subscapular; sp se,
Suprascapular.
nerves unite to form the internal cutaneous nerve (i.c), which is
distributed as usual ; and superficial branches derived from the sixth
and seventh nerves unite to form the muscu/o-cutaneous (m.c). The
ulnar nerve (u/) is formed by the junction of a large branch from the
united branches of the first dorsal and eighth cervical nerves, and
sends off a branch, which, with one derived from the seventh cervical,
‘forms the median nerve (m). The musculo-spiral (m.sp), a large
nerve, is formed under cover of the origin of the preceding nerves
from branches from the seventh and eighth cervical nerves, and a
small twig from the first dorsal. The circumflex (c.f) is formed
altogether from the sixth cervical, with which a communicating
filament is derived from the fifth nerve.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1884, No. XVII. I7
250 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON CAPROMYS MELANURUs. [Apr. 1,
The lumbar plexus (fig. 5) is remarkably simple, even more so
than in Frethizon dorsatus'; it is formed from the last three lum-
bar (the fifth, sixth, and seventh lumbar nerves) and the first sacral ;
as in E. dorsatus there is no connexion between the nerve from
which the crural and obturator nerves are derived and the anterior
root of the great sciatic; the anterior crural nerve (a.c) is formed
by the junction of the fifth and sixth lumbar nerves, from which also
the obturator nerve (0b) is given off ; the great sciatic (s) is formed
by the last (the seventh) lumbar nerve and the first sacral only. In
the distribution of the nerves of this plexus no peculiarities are
noticeable.
To sum up, ©. melanurus, while differing so remarkably from
C. pilorides in the absence of that subdivision of the hepatic lobes
which has been described in the latter species *, and in the presence
of two pre-caval veins, resembles it closely in other respects in its
visceral anatomy, and probably also in its myology, as the few
notes available on the myology of C. pilorides agree with the writer’s
observations on that of C. melanurus. In their general anatomy
both species show the close relationship which exists between this
genus of Octodontide and the genera of IHystricide, indicating the
near affinities of these two families of Hystricine Rodents.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Puate XVIII.
Capromys melanurus, half natural size.
Pouarrs XIX, & XX.
Fig. 1, la. Liver of C. melanurus, showing convex and concave surfaces.
2, 2a. Liver of C. pilorides, showing corresponding surfaces. c, Caudate
lobe; g, gall-bladder ; 7, suspensory ligament ; /.c, left central
lobe; ¢./-U./', left lateral lobe; 7.¢, right central lobe; 7./, right
lateral lobe ; s, spigelian lobe.
Prare XXT,
Fig. 1. Stomach of C. melanurus (natural size), dorsal surface. ¢.c, Cardiac
cul-de-sac ; d, duodenum; @&, esophagus; py, pylorus.
2. Ceecum, half natural size. co, colon; ¢, ilium.
3. Proximal part of cxcum (three fourths natural size) laid open,
showing the ileo-cecal valve (c), and the position of the two
patches (a, a’) of agminated glands ; 2, ileum; co, colon.
4. Uterus and upper half of vagina, the latter (v), the os uteri (o0. «)
and part of the right and left cornua (¢, c') are laid open; on either
side the mesometrium (7) with vessels, the ovaries (0v.), the open
peritoneal capsules (cp) each traversed by the Fallopian tube (fp),
and the ostium (indicated by a bristle, 4) of the latter opening on
the outer border of the peritoneal capsule, are shown.
1 Mivart, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 281, fig. 9.
? It is therefore evident that the subdivided condition of the hepatic lobes
into lobelets can no longer be considered characteristic of the genus Capromys,
1884.] ON REPTILES ETC. FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 251
May 6, 1884.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1884 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of April was 220. Of these 43 were ac-
quired by presentation, 61 by purchase, 7 were born in the Gardens,
and 30 were received on deposit. The total number of departures
during the same period, by death and removals, was 128.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. Two Nepalese Hornbills ( Aceros nepalensis), purchased April
4th, being the first examples of this fine species of Hornbill that
have been acquired by the Society.
2. A fine Gigantic Salamander of Japan (Megalobatrachus maxi-
mus), purchased April 23rd. No specimen of this Batrachian has
been in the Society’s collection for some time. The present example
is about 2 feet 8 inches in length.
3. A series of animals collected by Charles T. Kettlewell, Esq.,
F.Z.S., during the voyage of the yacht ‘Marchesa’ in the Eastern
Archipelago, amongst which were three examples of the Lesser Bird
of Paradise (Paradisea minor) from Jobie Island, and one of the
White Cockatoo of the Philippines (Cacatua philippinarum), ob-
tained at the Sooloo Islands—a new locality for this species.
4. A fine example of the Mediterranean Seal (Monachus albi-
venter), an animal now growing scarce and difficult to procure,
purchased April 26th.
5. A Banded Gymnogene (Polyboroides typicus), purchased April
30th. This is the first example of this very curious bird of prey
that has been acquired for the collection.
Professor Bell exhibited some specimens of Estheria melitensis
sent from Malta by Captain Becher, R.A., and stated that, in answer
to his inquiries, that gentleman had confirmed the fact of the males
appearing to equal in number the females, as had been stated by
previous observers of the members of the genus.
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen exhibited and made remarks
on an old Indian drawing representing a Tiger-hunt, and called
attention to the colour of one of the Elephants represented in it,
which was of a creamy-white.
A communication was read from Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.Z.S.,
containing an account of the Reptiles and Batrachians of the Solomon
Islands. This memoir was based principally on two important
collections made in the Solomon Islands and transmitted to the
British Museum by Mr. H. B. Guppy of H.M.S. ‘Lark’ in 1883
and 1884, in which were found several new and interesting forms,
252 PROF. FLOWER ON HYDROCH@RUS CAPYBARA. [May 6,
The species of Reptiles recognized as hitherto known to occur in
the Solomon Islands were stated to be 19, and those of Batrachians
9 in number.
This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’
The following papers were read :—
o
1. Note on the Dentition of a young Capybara (Hydrochwrus
capybara). By Professor W. H. Frower, LL.D., F.R.S.,
P.Z.8.,,&c.
[Received April 7, 1884.]
As is well known, the incisors of the simplicident Rodents lave
no milk predecessors. With regard to the molars, the rule seems to
be the following. When there are only three (as in the Common
Rat), or fewer than three (as in Hydromys), these are all true
molars, and have no predecessors. These animals then are truly
monophyodont. When the number exceeds three, it is by the
addition of teeth to the front of the series, which are premolars and
are preceded by milk-teeth. In the large majority there is only
one such tooth on each side.
When milk-teeth are present, a remarkable variation is observed in
their characters and the period at which they are matured and shed.
Thus in the Guinea-pig and its allies the one milk-molar (a small,
though tolerably well-formed tooth) is absorbed or shed a short
time before birth ; while in the Porcupines and Beavers the cor-
responding tooth is retained until the animal has nearly reached the
adult condition *.
On Nov. 30, 1875, two Capybaras were born in the Society’s
Gardens: one died on the same day, the other lived until the 8th of
December. The skull of this one was preserved, and is now in the
Museurn of the Royal College of Surgeons. It shows the state of
dentition at this early age particularly well.
In the adult Capybara the dental formula is 7. a c a p- a m. 2=20;
the distinction between premolars and molars being inferred from
the analogy of other Rodents, in fact of other placental Mammals.
In the little animal eight days old, the cranium of which measures
102 millim. in length, the number of the teeth is just the same as
in the adult; the incisors and four molarifurm teeth being all
present and in an equal state of development. A small portion of
the surface of each, including the posterior molar, has been already
abraded by wear. The molar teeth show the same form and pattern
as in the adult, being each divided by deep lateral grooves into
distinct lobes corresponding to those of the full-grown tooth. They
are, however, all very much smaller, the length of the whole series
1 See “ Notes on the First or Milk Dentition of the Mammalia,” by W. H.
Flower, Transactions of the Odontological Society of Great Britain, iii. 1871
pp. 211-232.
41:
1884.] PROF. F.J. BELL ON THE GENUS AMPHICYCLUS, 253
in the upper jaw being 30 millim. instead of 72 as in the adul
They evidently rep resent the narrow apical portion of the permanent
teeth, which as growth proceeds wears off, and they are not in any
case milk-teeth. As the first of the series, or premolar, is as fully
developed as the one which follows it (or first true molar) it must
either have no predecessor, or one which has disappeared at an early
stage of intra-uterine life.
2. Studies in the Holothuroidea.—III. On Amphicyclus, a
new Genus of Dendrochirotous Holothurians, and its
bearing on the Classification of the Family. By Pro-
fessor F. Jerrrey Bruty, M.A., Sec.R.M.S.
[Received March 28, 1884.]
Among the valuable collections made during 1876 by Captain
H. C. St. John, H.M.S. ‘Sylvia,’ in the Japanese seas were a few
Holothurians ; these were not reported on along with the rest of
the Echinodermata, which some years ago formed the subject of
interesting communications from Prof. Martin Duncan, F.R.S., and
Mr. Sladen’.
Now that I am engaged in working through the collections of
Echinoderms in the British Museum, the Trustees of which owe the
specimens now under consideration to the generosity of Dr. Gwyn
Jeffreys, F.R.S., I think it proper to direct the attention of the
Society to two very remarkable specimens among these Holothurians
which cannot be placed in any genus at present instituted. The
lessons to be learned from these specimens, and the knowledge that
has been acquired of forms unknown to Professor Semper, thanks
chiefly to the labours of Ludwig and v. Marenzeller, lead, I think,
to a reconsideration of the classificatory system and phylogenetic
table which in 1868 was put out by Semper, to whom the student of
Holothurians will always be under the deepest obligations. Itis with
diffidence that I propose to rearrange a family that has been studied
by this distinguished naturalist.
Description of the Specimens.—Body elongated, tapering at its
hinder end. Oral tentacles in two cycles ; in the outer fourteen, of
fair size, and more or less subequal ; in the inner ten, very small,
arranged regularly by pairs, radial in position. Suckers confined to
the ambulacra, arranged in quite regular rows; in the bivial ambu-
lacra they are set in pairs, but are a little more irregular and more
crowded in the trivial ambulacra. Owing to the attenuation of the
body in the hinder region, the rows of suckers approach one another.
The interradii are altogether free of suckers. There are no signs of
any calcareous pharyngeal plates.
1 Journ. Linn. Soe. (Zool.), vol. xiv. pp. 424, 445.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XVIII. 18
204 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS AMPHICYCLUs. [May 6,
There are no calcareous plates or spicules developed in the walls
of the body or of the tube-feet, the only calcareous deposits being
the terminal plates of the tube-feet, and the delicate and elegant
bars which are found in the tentacles’.
The integument is very thin anteriorly, but increases considerably
in thickness in the hinder part of the body, where it is quite stout.
When its walls were cut through, the anterior portion of the body-
cavity was found to be filled with a large number of stout, rather
short genital tubes, which branched only once or twice, but were so
numerous as to obscure considerably the underlying parts. The
retractors of the pharynx are inserted behind the middle point of
the body; two of them are remarkable for approaching and uniting
with one another; under the band thus formed, on one side the
intestine passes twice. The intestine is very delicate. No Polian
vesicle was detected, and it is probably of comparatively small size ;
the so-called water-lungs extend forwards to the anterior end of the
body.
The characters presented by this form are sufficiently remarkable
to justify the establishment of a new genus for its reception. It
stands nearest to the two genera instituted by Ludwig—Achino-
cucumis and Actinocucumis; but it differs from them both in the
important character of the regularly paired disposition of the radially
placed smaller tentacles. With them, it differs from all other
polychirote (or Dendrochirote with more than ten tentacles), and
agrees with the more simple of the decachirote Dendrochirote in
having the sucker-feet confined to the ambulacra.
In consequence of the definite disposition of the tentacles in two
cycles, 1 propose to speak of it as Amphicyclus, this form of the
name being sufficiently different from Amphicyclia*.
The Generic Characters appear to be :—Stichopod arrangement
of the suckers associated with the possession of more than ten oral
tentacles ; the tentacles,in two circles : those of the inner are arranged
in pairs, are ten in number, radial in position, smaller than those of
the outer circle, in which there are fourteen subequal tentacles.
There are no calcareous pharyngeal plates, and two of the retractors
of the pharynx are united with one another.
As there is only one species known, the discrimination of the
specific characters is, of course, unsafe ; but these appear to be :—
(1) Complete absence of rods or spicules from the walls of the body
or tube-feet ; (2) attenuation of the hinder end; (3) thinness of
integument of anterior end; (4) large number of genital tubes.
As the locality is known (lat. 41° 12’ N., long. 140° 45’ E.;
43 fms., sand and mud), I propose the specific name of japonicus.
The useful classification proposed by Professor Semper in his
magnificent work has been universally adopted by systematists since
the year 1868; in it the Dendrochirotous Pneumonophora were
1 In Cucumaria frondosa, where calcareous deposits are reduced to a mini-
mum, there are well-developed plates in the tentacles; and Thyone okeni (see
Brit. Mus. Cat. ‘ Alert’ coll.) has rods in the tentacles only.
? Haeckel, Jenaische Zeitschr, vol. xy.
1884.] PROF, F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS AMPHICYCLUS. 255
grouped under the three subfamilies of Stichopoda, Gastropoda, and
Sporadipoda, according as the ambulacral suckers were set in definite
rows, and the interradii were altogether or almost completely devoid
of suckers (e. g. Cucumaria), were confined to the trivium (“ ventral
surface’) (e. g. Psolus), or were scattered more or less regularly
over the whole body, as in Thyone.
Among the Sporadipoda, Thyone and Stereoderma alone had ten
tentacles only ; and, till the time of Ludwig’s institution of Pseudo-
cucumis and Actinocucumis, all Stichopods were thought to have ten
tentacles or to be “ decachirote.”
The recent researches of Von Marenzeller have resulted in an
emendation of the generic characters of Colochirus*, and have in
principle removed it from the Stichopoda to the Sporadipoda, so
that in place of saying with Semper ‘‘ Die Fiisschen der Bauchseite
stehen in 3 deutlich von einander getreunten Reihen,’’ we now say,
with Marenzeller, ‘‘ Die Ambulacralfiisschen der Bauchseite stehen
entweder in drei deutlichen Reihen oder nahezu regellos.”” While
Von Marenzeller has demonstrated the inconstancy of the Stichopod
arrangement in one of the Stichopoda, it has been my fertune to
show * that the Sporadipod disposition of the ambulacral feet in
Stereoderma is, in S. murrayi, carried further than it is in S. uni-
semita, the only species of the genus that was known in 1868.
We are then led to the conclusion that the disposition of the
ambulacral suckers offers a less certain basis for arrangement than
was supposed some years since. It might, indeed, well have been
thought that as the Holothurian got further and further away from
the parent stock which remained under the domination of the
pentamerous disposition of parts, it would, as it began to develop
more than five pairs of tentacles, have its sucker-feet developed in
the interradial as well as the radial parts of the body. Such a
theoretical consideration would find support in the fact that some
forms as they grow older lose a stichopodous and acquire a sporadi-
podous arrangement of the sucker-feet ; while a not unimportant
consideration for the systematist is the variability of this character.
With regard to the former, however, opposing evidence is offered
by the case of Amphicyclus, where, with in all 24 tentacles, we have
the stichopod arrangement completely retained; and by the genus
Actinocucumis, made known to us by H. Ludwig, where there is a
stichopod arrangement, and from 18 to 20 tentacles.
As to the latter consideration, I should like to speak with diffi-
dence till I have a better acquaintance than I have now with the
species of the genus Cucumaria. As a matter of fact, however,
systematists do, at this moment, unite under that head (a) stichopods
with ten equal tentacles, (/3) stichopods with ten tentacles of which
two are smaller than the rest, and (y) forms with eight iarge and two
smaller tentacles, and some sucker-feet scattered in the interambu-
lacra. Semper has hinted at the advantage of separating the last
from the rest and forming for them a new generic group; but he
1 Verh. zool.-bot, Ges. Wien, 1881, p. 129,
2 PZ. 8. 1883, p. G1.
13*
256 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS AMPHICYCLUS. [May 6,
has not done more than give a hint, which has not till yet been
acted upon.
Any statement as to the phylogeny of the Holothurians must be
made with the greatest caution, for this reason, if for no other, that
our knowledge of the paleontological history of the class is almost
nil’. If, therefore, in what follows there appears to be anything
like dogmatic statements, the student will remember that such a
mode of presentation is often convenient on the score of brevity.
In distinguishing the two families of pedate Pneumonophorous
Holothurians, the form of the tentacle is an important factor; in
distinguishing the genera of one of these suborders is it not probable
that the number and mode of disposition of the tentacles may be
well taken into consideration ?
Among the Dendrochirote, some species of Cucumaria and
Psolus alone retain the primitive arrangement of five pairs of equal
tentacles: Psolus early left the common stock and is, really, a form
which is only essentially modified in the gastropod or trivial dis-
position of its tube-feet. Some of the Cucumariz acquired the
differentiation of a pair of tentacles smaller than the rest; thence
branched off Ocnus and Colochirus, in which the suckers tended to
be confined to the trivium, and in which a large deposit of calcareous
bodies was still retained in the integument; of Colochirus, Stereo-
derma is a more specialized form.
Thyone, with four pairs of longer and one of smaller tentacles, has
a sporadipod arrangement of the ambulacral feet ; in Uhyonidium five
pairs of smaller tentacles are developed in addition; in Oreula and
Phyllophorus a sporadipod arrangement of suckers is associated
with an irregular disposition of the feet; while in Pseudocucumis
ten pairs of tentacles, in Amphicyclus twelve pairs regularly arranged,
lead to Actinocucumis with its irregularly disposed tentacles but its
stichopod feet.
If, therefore, we retain the Semperian method of classification, we
widely separate Psolus, with its primitively arranged tentacles, from
Cucumaria ; widely separate Orcula and Phyllophorus, with irregular
and variable tentacles, from Actinocucumis; and place with the
Stichopoda Colochirus, in which a sporadipod arrangement is per-
haps not less rare than is a stichopod disposition in Thyonidium,
which belongs to the Sporadipoda.
By writing T for the large primary tentacles, T’ for the secondary
(more than 10) large tentacles, and ¢ for the small tentacles, we
can at a glance see the relations of the genera in this particular.
Cucumaria .. 10 Tor 8T+2z¢.
Psolus ...... 10 T.
Colochirus ........ 8T + 2¢.
Stereoderma........ 8T-+ 2¢.
Oonishi Soe 8T+ 2¢.
1 Consult the single page (pp. 559-60) devoted to Holothurians in Zittel’s
valuable ‘ Handbuch.’
257
PROF, F. J. BELL ON THE GENUS AMPHICYCLUS,
1884.]
"podrpesodg *podoyong “pouty
"D DDUUNIND
"SNIOST ‘LOT
‘snua
“| Ditmlunong 4 0
\snaayooy op)
“A muanus)nang NS 76+18
‘auohy 7, oes “puLsapoalagy
“seumnonoopnasg:
“wunrpuohy 7,
“DININO
+
‘smpohohydup 701+ LOT
‘snuoydonhy
‘srunanooUnoy
‘HLOUIHOOUGNGG 4O VYANAY) AHL AO AIAVT,
*(suoryertea 8yt pur)
258 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [May 6,
DORE. oy. in = 6x ah . 8T+2é.
Pseudocucumis...... 10T+ 108.
Thyonidium .......- 10T+ 1024.
Amphicyclus ...... 14(T+T’) 4+ 104.
Actinocucumis...... 16 to 18(T+T’)+4 24.
Opeule ores et ee 10 to 15(T+T')+5¢.
Phyllophorus ...... 12 to 16(T+T')+5 to 6¢’.
I have tried, in the phylogenetic table which I append, to combine
with the approved mode of presenting hypotheses the objective
method used so successfully by Prof. Huxley in some of his later
communications to this Society.
At the side I mark the stages of 10T, 8[+2¢, and 10T+10¢;
along the middle rise the stichopod forms, to the left those that are
more or less heavily armed, and to the right the strictly sporadiform
forms.
An inspection of this table shows that the forms are now seen to
be too closely and intimately allied to allow of the sharp differentia-
tion into three groups which was suggested by Prof. Semper.
If, however, we have lost an artificial scheme, we have perhaps
got one step nearer to a clear perception of the genetic relationship
of the genera of the Dendrochirotz ; and, after all, it is better for us
to recognize the tangled web and woof of the animal kingdom than,
in these days, to be content with definitions overloaded with excep-
tions, or distinguishing marks that tell us nothing of the past, and
give us but uncertain aid in the present. The day of linear classi-
fications is gone.
3. An Account of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca col-
lected during the Voyage of the ‘Challenger’ from
December 1872 to May 1876. By Enear A. Sirs.
[Received April 4, 1884.]
(Plates XXII. & XXIII.)
The object of the voyage of the ‘Challenger’ havimg been “ to in-
vestigate scientifically the physical conditions and natural history of
the deep sea all over the world,”’ it is not surprising that the number
of terrestrial and fluviatile Mollusca brought home by the Expedition
is comparatively small. Evidently no real attempt was made at col-
lecting, but only such species appear to have been picked up as pre-
sented themselves to members of the scientific staff when on shore at
the various localities. The whole collection comprises only 152
species, some of which, however, possess considerable interest, and
several are new to science.
The following Report has been drawn up in as brief a manner as
1 Echinocucumis would apparently have the formula of 8¢+-2T, and is possibly
a slightly degraded form ; I have omitted it from the phylum.
P.Z.S .1884 . Pl. XXII.
R.Mintern, del. et lth Na.
NEW TERRESTRIAL AND FLUVIATILE MOLLUSCA
FROM THE “CHALLENGER” EXPEDITION.
Mintern Bros imp
P. Z.S .1884 Pl. XXII
R.Mintern, del,et lith. .Mintern Bros. imp.
NEW TERRESTRIAL AND FLUVIATILE MOLLUSCA
FROM THE “CHALLENGER EXPEDITION. —
1884.] OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 259
possible, and very few references have been made to books, and
little or no synonymy given, as in most instances the species are
well known, and there is no likelihood of such as are mentioned
being misunderstood without reference to descriptions and figures.
JAPAN.
Only a single pulmonate mollusk was brought from this country,
namely Philomycus bilineatus of Benson, found at Yokohama.
This species was originally described from specimens collected by
Dr. Cantor at Chusan, and has also been recorded from Amur, and
in the British Museum there are two specimens from the island of
Formosa. The striping of the mantle appears to vary. Benson’s
example had a median stripe along the back and one on each side,
just as in one of the two specimens from Chusan in the British
Museum, the other having only the two laterals, the central part of
the back being spotted and dotted with black, but not distinctly
lined. The Formosan Slugs previously referred to have five stripes,
two on each side and a central one. The ‘Challenger’ specimen
has only a single lateral broad band on each side, the middle of the
dorsal surface being black-dotted but not definitely striped.
Matay or Eastern ARCHIPELAGO.
Twenty-two species of land and freshwater shells (none of them
new forms) were collected at the Philippines, Moluccas, Ké, and
Aru Islands. They are as follows :—
1. NANINA cITRINA, Linn.
Hab. Amboyna, and Ké Dulan, Ké Islands.
Six specimens of immature growth were collected at the former
locality, representing three varieties of this polymorphous species.
All are thin and have a silky upper surface, with the exception of
the apex, which is glossy, as is the case with the lower surface.
One example is uniformly pale greenish yellow, with an opaque yel-
low peripheral zone and a narrow infrasutural band of the same tint.
Two others are similarly ornamented, but in addition have a rich
brown zone above the opaque yellow one at the periphery. The re-
maining three examples are pinkish brown above, and pale, semi-
transparent, and faintly yellow below, encircled at the middle by the
usual whitish band, which is margined above with a zone of some-
what darker hue than the general tint of the upper surface, into
which it insensibly blends. There is also a white narrow line
beneath, but at the suture.
The five shells from Ké Dulan, a locality hitherto I believe un-
assigned to this species, are remarkable for their solidity, one of
them also being unusually conical in the spire. They are glossy,
lacking the silky appearance obtaining in the Amboyna examples,
which may be present perhaps only in younger specimens. ‘hey
are lemon-yellow and differently banded. ‘I'wo have a broad opaque
260 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [May 6,
whitish zone at the periphery and a very narrow one a little above ;
also a broad band beneath the suture, and the linear one, above
referred to, immediately above. The remaining specimens differ in
having, above the peripheral white band, a rich brown one, which is
continuous up the spire just above the sutural line.
2. Hexrx (Puiiina) sreonta, Férussac.
Hab. Melanipa, Basilan Straits, Philippines.
The single dead shell at hand is of a rather depressed form, the
body-whorl in consequence being more acute or subcariuate around
the middle. The species has been recorded from Samar, another
island of the Philippine group.
3. Heirx (PLANISPIRA) ZONARIA, Linn.
Hab. Amboyna.
4. Hexrx (PLANISPIRA) TORTILABIA, Lesson.
Hab. Amboyna, Moluccas, and Aru Islands.
The specimens from both these localities belong to the variety D
in Martens’s account of the land-shells of the ‘ Preussische Expedi-
tion nach Ost-Asien,’ being wax-yellow, unbanded, and having a
white peristome. On p. 392 of this work he questions the correct-
ness of Amboyna as the home of this species; but in this instance
the Cumingian collection is not at fault, as so frequently is the case.
5. Hevix (ALBERSIA) ZONULATA, Férussac.
Hab. Aru Islands, and Amboyna, Moluccas.
6. Hevrx (CAm#nA) sanziana, Hombron and Jacquinot.
Hab. Melanipa Island, Philippines.
This species was collected by Mr. Cuming at Samboanga, south of
the island of Mindanao. This place is not far from Malanipa, a
very small island in the strait between the former, Mindanao, and
Basilan to the south.
7. Hexrx (Grorrocuvs) piLtevs, Miiller.
Hab, Aru Islands.
8. Hexiix (GEOTROCHUS) GERTNERIANA, Pfeiffer.
Hab. Aru Islands.
9. Hexix (Hexticopuuimus) sarcinosa, Feérussac.
Hab. Hoilo, Philippines.
10. Buxtimus (OrtTHostyLus) rAuNus, Broderip.
Hab. Cebu, Philippines.
11. Butimus (Canistrum) FuLGETRUM, Broderip.
Hab. Hoilo, Philippines.
1884.] OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 261
12. LrpropoMaA MELANOSTOMA, Petit.
Hab. Amboyna, Moluccas.
Both the white- and black-lipped varieties were met with at the
above locality. This species is usually regarded as an Aruan shell,
so it is interesting to find it ranging further northward. Of the
eleven Amboynan specimens at hand, only two have a black peri-
stome, which may not, however, at all closely indicate the pro-
portional number existing in nature—indeed, may be altogether
misleading, for this variety may in truth predominate.
13. LerpropoMa viTREUM, Lesson.
Hab. Melanipa Island, Basilan Strait, Philippines.
Of five specimens from this locality two are totally white, one
livid lilac, one faintly stained with brown, getting darker towards
the apex, and the remaining one coloured like the last but marked
in addition with several obliquely wavy pale brown lines.
14. Heicrna 1p, Pfeiffer.
Hab. Amboyna, Moluccas.
15. Pyrura scaraBzus, Linn.
Hab. Amboyna, Moluccas; Ké Dulan, Ké Islands ; Dobbo, Wo-
kan, and Wanumbai, Aru Islands.
A series of about thirty specimens from Ké Dulan shows that
P. castanea, Reeve (non Lesson), is merely a variety of this species,
which is subject to variation in size and markings. They average
about 24 millim. in length and 14 millim. in width.
P. pantherina, A. Adams, also appears to be a mere variety, pos-
sessing no distinctive features. In some stages of growth in certain
specimens the umbilicus is altogether closed, in others partly so,
whilst in large shells it is fairly wide and deep.
16. Pyru1a wALLAcet, Pfeiffer (var.).
Hab. Amboyna, Moluccas.
The typical form of this species was described from specimens
collected by Mr. Wallace at Batchian, another of the Molucca
Islands. The Amboyna specimen obtained by the ‘ Challenger’
differs in having the whorls of the spire rather more convex, and the
upper parietal denticle is not prolonged upwards quite so distinctly,
which, however, may be due to age, for it is not apparently full-
grown. In the British Museum there are four specimens from the
Aru Islands which are similarly abnormal with regard to this tooth,
in other respects corresponding very closely with the Batchian
shells.
17. Mevanta soprtiA, Lea.
Hab. Pasananca, near Zamboanga, island of Mindanao.
The two specimens from the above locality belong to the same
type as those collected by Mr. Cuming on the island of Siquijor
(vide Reeve, Conch. Icon. f. 32). They are yellowish olive, with a
262 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [May 6,
yellowish band beneath the suture, the uppermost whorls of the
spire (some of which are obliquely costate) being ornamented with
squarish spots both above and at the lower part.
This species is quoted by Dr. Brot from Halmaheira, Solomon
Islands, and Wokan, Aru Islands.
18. Mevania REA, Reeve.
Hab. Camiguin Island, Philippines.
It is not mentioned either by Reeve or Brot from which of this
group of islands their specimens were obtained. The two ‘Chal-
lenger’ shells are smaller than the type figured by Reeve, being
only 1} inch long. One of them has rather more convex whorls
than the other, with their upper part comparatively unsculptured ;
the latter, on the contrary, being spirally suleate throughout. Both
are more or less coated with a dark reddish earthy deposit.
19. Meant, sp.
Hab. Aru Islands.
Four specimens of a small Melania were collected, which approach
very closely to several species, judging from the published figures.
They are very like M. christobalensis of Brot (Conch.-Cab. pl. 21.
figs. 16, 16 a), except that the whorls are shorter. Beneath a black
earthy coating they are olivaceous, merely sculptured by lines of
growth, and all eroded at the upper part of the spire, leaving only
four volutions remaining. As many as thirteen species have already
been recorded from the Aru Islands.
20. NEeRITINA VARIEGATA, Lesson.
Hab. Aru Islands.
The colours of the eleven specimens from these islands are, with
the exception of a small part of the body-whorl above the columella,
entirely concealed by a black earthy deposit. The red patch on
the columella is very vivid in some of them and paler in others.
The aperture is bluish white outside and greenish within the oper-
culum, which corresponds exactly with the description given by Dr.
von Martens (Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 99). All the specimens have
the apex more or less eroded, but not to the extent of MV. wallisianum,
Récluz, which is but a large variety of this species, of which there
are specimens in the British Museum from the Fiji and Navigator
Islands.
21. Neririna cornea, Linn.
Hab. Amboyna.
For the distribution of this species see Martens’s monograph in
the ‘ Conchylien-Cabinet.’
22. NERITINA BREVISPINA, Lamarck.
Hab. Camiguin, Philippine Islands.
Of the three specimens collected all agree in having the suture
bordered below with an interrupted black band, but otherwise are
1884. ] OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 263
differently coloured. Two are olivaceous, and dotted over with
small triangular yellowish black-bordered spots, the third being more
yellow and minutely speckled all over with black. Although the
shells differ so much in painting, their opercula are precisely similar,
agreeing perfectly with the description given by Martens in the work
referred to previously.
ADMIRALTY IsLANDs.
Of the twelve species of land and freshwater Mollusca obtained at
these islands nine appear to be undescribed. This is not altogether
surprising, as they were chiefly collected in a small island (Wild
Island) off the north-west of the main island, which in all probability
had not, previously to the visit of the ‘Challenger,’ been visited by
any naturalist or collector.
1. ATHORACOPHORUS viIRGATUS. (Plate XXII. figs. 1,1 a.)
Animal (in spirit) nearly three times as long as broad, widest across
the middle, much flattened and somewhat tapered posteriorly, convex
above, not carinated, of a buff colour, with five irregular stripes down
the back of a blackish tint, smooth, with only faint indications of a
central and lateral groove, as in the type of the genus. Foot very
broad, uniformly buff, thin-margined at the sides. Respiratory
orifice small, situated about midway between the centre of the dor-
sal surface and the margin of the foot ; from the opening a narrow
groove runs obliquely forward to the middle of the back, and, then
bifurcating, passes outside the ocular tentacle on each side. Oral
opening (in contraction) surrounded by a thickened rim, tripartite
above. Horny jaw with a concave cutting-edge and a small trian-
gular projection at the middle, laterally produced beyond the side
margins. The shell is represented (one specimen only has been
examined) by eight minute calcareous particles of different shapes
and sizes (the largest being about 13 millim. long) situated on the
central line of the back a little in front of the respiratory orifice.
Length 27 millim., diam. 10, height 8.
Hab. Wild Island.
This species differs from A. bitentaculatus of New Zealand in the
more lateral position of the respiratory opening.
2. Hexvrx(Grorrocuvs) MOsELEYI. (Plate XXII. figs. 2, 2 a.)
Shell imperforate, obtusely and depressedly conoid, moderately
solid, seldom totally whitish, generally encircled with one or more
narrow brown lines. Whorls 4, convex, sculptured with fine lines
of growth and minute indented wrinkly strize, except upon the two
nuclear whorls, which are smooth, pellucid, destitute of the spiral
brown lines, and form a very obtuse apex ; the last whorl is obtusely
angled at the periphery, convex beneath, and descends obliquely in
front rather suddenly. The aperture is a little oblique, and exhibits
the external banding. Peristome white, much expanded and re-
flexed on the outer and basal margin. Columellar margin oblique,
264 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [May 6,
reflexed and appressed over the umbilical region, and joined to the
extremity of the outer lip by a thin callosity.
Greatest diameter 23 millim., smallest 19, height 15.
Hab. Wild Island.
The bands on this interesting species are usually three in number,
one just below the periphery and two above it. In some specimens
there is an additional one above, in others there are but two alto-
gether, sometimes both above the middle, or again one of them being
beneath ; in other examples there may be only a single line either
above or below the centre; and, finally,others are altogether unbanded.
It recalls to mind H. eddystonensts, Reeve, which differs in being
umbilicated, more acute at the periphery, more conical in the spire,
with a sharper apex.
3. Hexix (GeorrocHus) LABILLARDIEREI. (Plate XXII.
figs. 3, 3 a.)
Shell small, imperforate, somewhat trochoid, totally white, or with
a broad suffused brownish band below the middle of the body-whorl,
or entirely light pinkish brown, always tipped with dark brown at
the apex. Whorls 5, rather rapidly enlarging, moderately convex,
sculptured with fine lines of growth and microscopical spiral striee ;
last rather sharply keeled at the middle, scarcely descending in
front, and a little convex beneath. Aperture small, oblique, coloured
like the exterior. Peristome white, broadly expanded, very slightly
reflexed, thickened within the basal edge by a pale pinkish ridge.
Greatest diameter 15 millim., smallest 124, height 103.
Hab. Wild Island.
Two characters are quite constant in this species—the dark
coloured apex, and the peculiar thickening within the basal margin
of the aperture. HH. helicinoides, Hombron and Jacquinot, is related
to this species, but differs in wanting the above peculiarities.
4. Hexrx (HemMiIPvecta) INFRASTRIATA. (Plate XXII. figs. 4,
4a.)
Shell thin, semitransparent, corneous, narrowly perforate, de-
pressedly concavely conical. Whorls 6, slightly convex, slowly
enlarging, margined above the suture with a thread-like keel, very
slightly glossy, sculptured with fine lines of growth, and more or
less with microscopic spiral striz ; spire somewhat elevated, with
concave outlines; last whorl acutely carinate at the middle, not
descending in front, a little convex beneath, glossy, marked with
lines of increment and fine concentric wavy striz. Aperture oblique,
angularly lunate. Peristome thin, not expanded or reflexed.
Columellar margin almost perpendicular, expanded and reflexed over
the narrow perforation.
Greatest diameter 15 millim., smallest 13, height 104.
Hab. Dentrecasteaux Island, Admiralty Group.
This species bears some resemblance to H. eucharis, Deshayes
(non Reeve), but has a more concave spire, is more sharply keeled,
and somewhat differently sculptured. The single shell described
1884. ] OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 265
does not probably indicate the full dimensions attained by the
species, for it has the appearance of being rather young.
5. Hexix (Hemiptecta?) carrereti. (Plate XXII. figs. 5,
54a.)
Shell narrowly perforate, rather solid, depressedly conical, fulvous
brown above, rather paler beneath. Whorls 7, moderately convex,
slowly enlarging, divided by a deepish suture, sculptured with
oblique lines of growth and very minute microscopic spiral striz ;
last whorl with an obtuse keel at the periphery, somewhat wrinkled
beneath, peculiarly contracted a little behind the aperture; the
latter narrowly lunate, flesh-tinted within, subhorizontal. Peristome
strong, not reflexed or expanded, slightly dilated over the perfora-
tion. Spire shortly conical, with faintly convex outlines.
Greatest diameter 22 millim., smallest 183, height 15.
Hab. Wild Island.
This is a very distinct form, remarkable for the peculiar pinched
character of the last whorl a little behind the aperture. H. nove-
hibernie has a faint resemblance to it, but is more regular in
growth, brown-banded above the periphery, with a different form of
aperture. I have named the species after Capt. Carteret, who dis-
covered this group of islands in 1767.
6. Hexrx (Cuuoriris) DENTRECASTEAUXI, (Plate XXII. figs.
6, 66
Shell depressed, narrowly umbilicated, light brown, marked with
fine lines of growth, and everywhere finely punctate, and probably
pilose in a fresh condition. Spire slightly sunken below the body-
whorl. Volutions 5, convex above, separated by a deepish suture,
slowly enlarging; the last somewhat inflated, a little descending
anteriorly, having two indentations—one, elongate, about the middle
of the whorl, at a short distance from the lip, the other nearer the
labrum, just under the base, both forming denticular prominences
within. Aperture oblique, narrowly lunate. Peristome whitish,
thickened, reflexed everywhere, the extremities being united by a
thin eallosity spreading over the whorl.
Greatest diameter 17 millim., smallest 14, height 10.
Hab. Wild Island.
This remarkable species is readily distinguished from its allies by
the peculiar indentations on the body-whorl forming within the
aperture pseudo-denticles. As compared with Pfeiffer’s figure of
H. eustoma (Novitat. Conch, ii. pl. 38. f. 3-5), also from the Admi-
ralty Islands, it will be seen that this species has a more depressed
spire, a narrower umbilicus, and a narrower aperture.
7. PARTULA HARTMANNI. (Plate XXII. fig. 7.)
Shell elongate, conical, thin, semipellucid, white, narrowly um-
bilicated. Whorls 53, slightly convex, sculptured with minute
microscopic spiral striz and fine oblique lines of growth, which give
the upper edge of the whorls a slightly puckered appearance ; last
266 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [May 6,
whorl long, a little contracted behind the aperture, and marginate
beneath the suture near the lip. Aperture almost perpendicular,
somewhat ear-shaped, dirty whitish within, together with the peri-
stome equalling rather less than half the total length of the shell.
Lip somewhat flattened and expanded. Columellar margin re-
flexed, not twisted or tubercular ; outer margin above well bent over
towards the columella, with which it is united by a thin callus.
Length 164 millim., diam. 7; aperture 8 long, 53 broad.
Hab. Wild Island and Pigeon Island.
P. elongata, Pease, and P. gracilis of the same author, from the
Tahiti group, closely resemble this species. The former is rather
larger and broader, not so strongly spirally striated, and more or
less striped with pale brown. ‘lhe latter has a longer aperture,
rather more convex apical whorls, and a peculiar bulging at the
lower part of the body-whorl. P. minuta, Prtr., also from the
Admiralty Islands, is similarly sculptured, but of a totally distinct
form.
8. CycLosTtomMA INFANS. (Plate XXII. fig. 8.)
Shell small, moderately umbilicated, thinnish, light brownish red,
more or less variegated and streaked with white above, turbinate-
conoid, obtusely angled at the periphery. Whorls 5, considerably
convex, divided by a deep suture; upper ones rather more lightly
coloured than the last, faintly spirally striated; last whorl crossed
by oblique lines of growth, encircled above the middle by about ten
thread-like lire, with the lower part rather more finely lirate,
scarcely at all descending in front. Aperture subcircular, brown
within, with a pale narrow band at the periphery. Peristome thin
and scarcely expanded on the outer margin, a little thickened at.
the base of the columella, which has the free edge somewhat sinu-
ated. Columella and upper extremity of the outer lip united by a
thin glossy callus.
Greatest diameter 5% millim., smallest 44, height 6.
Operculum shelly, white, slightly concave, consisting of four
whorls, exhibiting a few spiral strize and a central nucleus.
Hab. Wild Island.
This species appears to be closely related to Cyclotus poirierii,
of Tapparone-Canefri, from the southern part of New Guinea. It
is a little smaller, has a whorl less, and the peristome is not double
as in that species. Cyclostoma pygmeum, from New Ireland, is of
a different form, has stronger sculpture on the base of the body-
whorl, and a different columeliar margin.
9. Heicina eonsonBy!. (Plate XXII. figs. 9, 9 a.)
Shell small, globose-conical, uniformly yellow, or sometimes with
a reddish band around the lower part of the upper whorls, which
becomes paler upon the last, and is situated just above the peri-
phery. Volutions 44, a little convex; the last rather globose,
rounded at the periphery, not descending in front, expanded some-
what at the aperture, sculptured with fine lines of growth and indi-
1884. ] OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 267
cations of spiral strize on the under surface. Spire shortly conical,
obtuse at the apex, with almost straight lateral outlines. Aperture
moderately large, yellow within, subsemicircular. Peristome semi-
pellucid, slightly expanded and thickened, generally margined exter-
nally with a whitish stripe. Columellar side of the aperture oblique,
coated over the umbilical region with a glossy yellow callosity,
slightly channelled at the base.
Greatest diameter 6 millim., smallest 5, height 5.
Operculum thin, slightly concave externally, minutely rugose,
yellowish on the straight or columellar side, brownish or reddisb
brown towards the outer edge, which is very finely carinate.
Hab. Wild Island and Pigeon Island.
This species is very like H. modesta, Pfr., from the island of
Tanra, but has a slightly larger mouth, a yellow basal callus instead
of a whitish one, and a different operculum, that of H. modesta
being thicker, more shelly, concave in the centre, with a broad
flattened raised rim all round the convex side and a raised but not
flattened margin on the straight side.
10. Pyruia scarAszus, Linn.
Hab. Wild Island.
A large number of specimens were brought home from this loca-
lity. They are, as a rule, rather larger than those obtained by the
Expedition at the Ké Islands, having an average length of about
29 millim. and a width of 17. They vary in colour, some being
painted like typical variegated forms, and others more uniformly
tinted like P. pollex, Hinds, and P. albivaricosa, Pfeiffer, which
might be regarded as local varieties apparently offering no struc-
tural differences.
11. MeLaniA ARTHURITI, var. ?
Hab. Wild Island, Admiralty Islands.
As far as I can ascertain, no species of Melania has been recorded
from these islands. The single shell at hand, which had been
seized upon by a Pagurus, approaches so closely to M. arthurii
(Brot) that I think it will probably prove only a variety of that
species. It is decollated above, four and a half whorls only re-
maining, of which the two uppermost, however, show the longitu-
dinal costz occurring in that species. The rest of the surface is
spirally densely striated and sculptured with rather elevated lines of
growth. It is of a dark brown tint, slightly paler at the margina-
tion below the suture, beneath which there is a series of oblique
dark oblong spots. The whorls are slightly convex, and somewhat
contracted just below the upper marginate edge.
12. NERITINA CORNEA.
Hab. Wild Island.
The two specimens correspond to the form figured by Martens in
his Monograph (Conchyl.-Cab. pl. 12. f. 15).
268 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [May 6,
New Hesripes.
The seven species of shells from these islands were all collected at
the small island of Api, which “lies south of Amboyna and Mati-
colo and between these islands and Efate or Sandwich Island,’ and
which, according to Moseley, “had certainly never been landed
upon before by any scientific man or naval officer” until the visit of
the ‘Challenger.’ It is not surprising, therefore, that of the few
species brought home four are apparently new, although it is with
some reluctance that I name forms so variable and puzzling as the
Melanize of the South-Sea Islands.
1. Hexicina suBLavicatTa, Pfeiffer.
Helicina sublevigata, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 87;
Monog. Pneumon. p. 384; Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. iii. p. 290,
pl. 275. figs, 339 & 340 ; Conch. Icon. vol. xix. pl. 29. figs. 265 a, 6.
The seven specimens from Api are all much smaller than the types
described by Pfeiffer, and belong to the unbanded variety, one of
them being of a pinkish-red tinge and the rest yellower. A feature
worth noticing, and which has hitherto been overlooked, is the
peculiarity of the apex of the spire. The first whorl is convex and
smooth, and abruptly defined trom the next, which is sculptured at
its commencement with three or four strong spiral ridges, which,
however, soon disappear.
The figures in the ‘Thesaurus’ are somewhat enlarged, but give a
very fair notion of the form, those in the ‘ Conchologica Iconica,’ on
the contrary, being too depressed and too acute at the periphery.
Sowerby, in his description in the latter work, characterizes the lip
as red, which is very unusual ; for out of a dozen shells with perfect
lips all have them white at the margin with one exception, in which
it is orange like the rest of the aperture.
2. Pyruia scaraBzus, Linn.
Hab. Api, New Hebrides.
The largest of the specimens from this locality are about 25 millim.
in length. They might with equal propriety be named P. ovatus,
Pteiffer, P. savaiensis, Mousson, or P. regularis, Gassies, which I
regard in the light of mere varieties. As in the case with the
examples from the Ké Islands previously referred to, so also among
those from Api, many are found with the umbilicus quite closed and
others with it partially open, the former probably being identical
with P. tortuosa, Mousson. Dr. Cox (Proc. Linn. Soc. New S.
Wales, vol. vi. p. 621) has also recorded that some specimens of
P. verreauci “are absolutely imperforate, whilst others are openly
umbilicated.””
3. Pyruta aprensis. (Plate XXII. figs. 10, 10 a.)
Shell small, ovate, pyramidal, either narrowly perforate or im-
perforate, livid brownish, with the back of the body-whorl dirty
yellowish, irregularly spotted with brownish black, or uniformly
1884. ] OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 269
dirty yellowish variegated with brown spots. Whorls 10, nearly
flat, faintly marginate beneath the suture, finely striated lengthways.
Outer lip considerably expanded towards the lower part, dirty whitish,
marked with a few pale brownish spots near the margin and armed
within with six denticles, of which the first, second, fourth, and
sixth, counting from the upper end, are minute, the third and fifth
being a trifle larger and generally of a light-brown or yellowish
tint. There are two parietal teeth and a minute tubercle just under
the lower one, which is lamelliform, the upper one being very like
that of P. scarabeus. Columellar tooth transverse, produced a
little way across the reflexed margin, which is yellowish at this
part, as also are the denticles on this side of the aperture. The
labrum is pale externally, and exhibits the usual dark oblique stripe
at a short distance from the margin.
Length 19 millim., diam. 12; labrum 11 long, 73 broad.
This species has the general appearance of a dwarfed form of
P. scarabeus ; but may be distinguished by the different armature
of the aperture, which is perfectly constant in all the seventeen
specimens examined. It possesses an additional basal denticle on
the outer lip, and a minute tubercle on the body-whorl between the
columella and the lower of the parietal teeth. The position of the
aperture is also more lateral, but rather less so than in P. ceylonica,
4. MevaniA Apiensis. (Plate XXIL, figs. 11, 11 a.)
Shell elongate, subulate, covered with an olive-brown or yellowish-
olive epidermis, variegated with oblique red lines beneath the sutures,
which, in some specimens, are produced in a wavy manner across the
whorls and in others are interrupted at the middle, or, again, some
of the stripes may be continuous and others interrupted on the same
whorl. Volutions probably about 15 in number, but invariably
more or less broken off above, with almost flat sides or but the
slightest convex, exhibiting only the very faintest constriction below
the suture, which is considerably oblique and deep. The sculpture
consists of fine lines of growth and a variable number of spiral strize,
those around the base of the body-whorl and a few at the lower
part of the upper whorls being deep and pretty constant, and in
some specimens one or two revolving below the suture produce a
marginate appearance to the whorls. The aperture is pyriform, of a
lead-colour, and the columella white.
Length of six remaining whorls of the largest specimen 70 millim.,
diam. of last whorl 17.
This form may be only a variety of VW. scipio, Gould, from the
Samoa and Fiji Islands, but coming from another locality offers
certain differences in coloration and sculpture which appear to dis-
tinguish it. In painting, some specimens agree with M. figurata,
Hinds; but none of them have the whorls plicate beneath the suture
as described by that author.
5. Mevanra TurBans. (Plate XXII. figs. 12, 12a.)
Shell elongate, subulate, covered with an olivaceous epidermis,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XIX. 19
270 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [May 6,
generally with a few inconspicuous red lines beneath the suture and
at the middle of the body-whorl. Whorls 9?, long, very slightly
convex, divided by a moderately oblique suture, more or less longi-
tudinally plicate and spirally striate. Aperture about the same as
in M. apiensis.
Supposed length 63 millim., diam. of last whorl 14 ; aperture 15
long, 10 broad.
The plications in this species are more strongly developed in some
specimens than in others, and become somewhat obsolete towards
the lower part of the whorls, and being cut across by the spiral
strie, which are not very close together (perhaps a dozen on the
pevultimate volution), are somewhat subgranose. The striz also at
times are more or less wanting. The apex of this species, as in
some others, becomes peculiarly eroded, leaving only the central
black column like a piece of thin wire remaining.
6. Mevantra orpinartA. (Plate XXIII. figs. 13, 13 a.)
Shell like M. turbans, but with rather shorter whorls, smaller,
smooth, without longitudinal plicee, and with only a few indications
of spiral striations, except at the lower part of the body-whorl, where
it is finely striated. Body-whorl broader and shell generally more
slender ; without red markings as a rule, judging from nine specimens
at hand, of which only two exhibit a few short narrow lines below
the sutures. It is a less slender species than M. apiensis, with less
and finer spiral sculpture, and without the conspicuous red markings
of that shell.
Probable length 50 millim., diam. 13.
7, NERITINA SIDEREA, Gould.
bout thirty small specimens of this species were collected at
Api. The majority of them are almost entirely black, with the
exception of the eroded apex, which is white. Two specimens, how-
ever, are white, with numerous wavy black lines leaving a number of
small, white, triangular spots. The species has previously been
recorded from the Fiji Islands, Roratonga, and Samoa Islands ; and
a large variety, collected at the Solomon Islands by Mr. J. Brazier,
is mentioned in the Proc. Linn. Soe. vol. xii. Zoology, p. 556.
Fist IsLanps.
Only a single novelty appears among the sixteen species collected
at these islands, which are as follows:—1. Placostylus morosus,
Gould; 2. P.seemanni, Dohrn; 3. P. rambiensis, Garrett ; 4. Helix
(Xesta) pfeifferi, Philippi; 5. H. (Lrochomorpha) latimarginata,
sp. n.; 6. Helicina tectiformis, Mousson ; 7. H. beryllina, Gould ;
8. Neritina prichardi, Dohrn ; 9. N. variegata, Lesson ; 10. N. san-
dalina, Récluz; 11. N. porcata, Gould; 12. N. rubida, Pease ;
13. Navicella freycineti, Récluz ; 14. Nav. macrocephala, Le Guillou ;
15. Nav. bougainvillei, Récluz; 16. Batissa tenebrosa, Hinds.
These were not all obtained at one particular island—Nos. 1, 3, 4, 6,
1884. ] OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 271
7, 8, 13, and 14 being from Ovalau; 2, 4, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 15 from
Kandavu, and No. 16 from the Wai Levu, Viti Levu.
Heuix (TROCHOMORPHA) LATIMARGINATA. (Plate XXIII.
figs. 14-14 6.)
Shell depressed, acutely keeled, arched above, very slightly con-
vex beneath, deeply and rather narrowly umbilicated, uniformly dull
pale brownish. Whorls 5, slowly increasing ; the last convex above,
compressedly broadly marginate above the suture, sculptured with
oblique lines of growth, last near the aperture but very slightly broader
than the preceding, compressed both above and below the sharp
carina. Aperture small, with the basal margin receding and
thickened.
Greatest diam. 15 millim., smallest 14; height 7. Umbilicus
about 23 wide.
This species belongs to the same group as H. eurydice, Gould,
H. cressida, Gould, H. swainsoni, Pfr., H. apia, Hom. & Jacq., and
some others, but does not seem to fall among the varieties of any.
The narrowness of the last whorl, the broad margination above the
suture (the margination being a little darker than the rest of the
surface), the dull uniformly pale brownish colour, the thickened
lower margin of the aperture, and the flattish lower surface are the
principal distinguishing features of this species.
FRIENDLY ISLANDS.
Eight species collected at Tongatabu have all been previously
recorded from these islands, and, with the exception of Nanina
tongana, are not restricted in their distribution to this group, the
majority having been met with at the Samoa Islands somewhat
further north. The species are—l. Nanina perpolita, Mousson ;
2. N. tongana, Quoy & Gaimard; 3. Helix (Patula) gradata,
Gould; 4. Helicina fulgora, Gould; 5. H. musiva, Gould; 6. Om-
phalotropis variabilis, Pease ; 7. Physa sinuata, Gould; 8, Melania
inhonesta, V. d. Busch. j
Society IsLanps.
The following eight species were collected at Lake Waihiria on
the island of ‘Tahiti.
1, NANINA TONGANA, Quoy & Gaimard.
A single specimen only was obtained, agreeing in every respect
with others collected at Tongatabu. This appears to be the same
species as Helix conula of Pease, also founded on Tahitian shells.
2 & 3. Parru.a, sp.
Seven specimens of this genus in worn condition apparently belong
to two distinct species which I have been unable to identify, and
which it would be unwise to describe as new without paying special
attention to the whole of the genus.
19*
272 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [May 6,
4. Succtnrea HuMERosA, Gould.
5. SuccrnekA PAPILLATA, Gould.
6. SuccinEA (TRUELLA) INFUNDIBULIFORMISs, Gould.
7. MELANIA LANCEA, Lea.
The specimens from Lake Waihiria which I regard as belonging
to this species have only four or five whorls remaining, which are
regularly spirally striate throughout, whilst in the type figured by
Reeve (Conch. Icon. fig. 39) eight volutions remain, and the striz
upon the last four are wanting at the upper part.
8. Puysa, sp.
A small ordinary form.
AUSTRALIA.
Examples of nine Jand and freshwater Mollusks were brought home
from Continental Australia, namely :—Helix bipartita (Férussac),
from Somerset, Cape York, Parmacochlea fischeri, also from Cape
York, Neritina souverbiana from Flinder’s Passage, and the rest from
Sydney. These are Helicarion robustus, Triboniophorus graeffei,
Limax flavus, Ophiocardelus australis (Q. & G.), Melania balon-
nensis (Conrad), and Corbicula minor (Prime). Among these it is
worthy of remark that one, imag flavus, is a European species, and
another, Parmacochlea fischeri, forms a very remarkable new genus.
I herewith append a few notes upon the new and most interesting
forms.
Limax FiAvus, Linn.
Hab. Sydney.
A single specimen, only three quarters of an inch in length, was
presented to the officers of the ‘ Challenger’ by Dr. Cox of Sydney.
In the British Museum there are two others, an inch and three
quarters long, which also came from the same locality. After a very
careful comparison with British examples, I am unable to detect any
differences, and therefore conclude that this species has been intro-
duced into Australia probably along with European plants.
HELICARION ROBUSTUM, Gould.
‘Hab. Near Sydney, New South Wales.
There are two specimens which agree perfectly with Gould’s de-
scription and figure of this species, but I may add that the correct
identification of certain closely allied forms is almost impossible
without the comparison of actual types. Such forms are H. frey-
cineti, Férussac, H. cuviertt, Férussac, Vitrina verreauxi, V. virens,
V. strangei, V. lewcospira, all of Pfeiffer, V. mastersi, Cox, and V.
inflata, Reeve.
The animals of the two shells under examination correspond very
closely with Férussac’s figures (Hist. Nat. Moll., Atlas, vol. i. pl. 9 a.
f. 1-4). The sole and side-margins of the foot are buff-colour, the
1884. ] OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 273
upper part blackish. The expanded mantle-lappets are also spotted
with black. The foot is carinate above for a short distance from
the extremity, which is abruptly truncate, having the usual terminal
mucous pore.
PARMACOCHLEA, gen. nov.
Animal very like that of Parmarion, but differing in the con-
struction of the shell. Shell almost concealed beneath the mantle,
flattened, oblong, having the nuclear portion in the form of a minute
Sigaretus-like shell projecting from beneath.
This genus appears to offer no distinction from Parmarion of
Fischer, excepting with regard to the shell. This takes the form of
a slightly convex thinnish disk, which, viewed externally, appears
to consist of two whorls, the nuclear one being very smali, trans-
parent white, and shelly. The second is large, glossy, thin, covered
with a thin horny epidermis, marked with fine lines of growth, and
attached only to the left or curved side of the first whorl, the right
side of which is nearly straight. Beneath, the first whorl is white
and forms as it were a minute Sigaretus-like shell standing out free
from the slightly concave last volution, which is more or less tinted
like the exterior.
PaRMACOCHLEA FISCHERI. (Plate XXIII. figs. 15-15 c.)
In spirit this species has the general lateral aspect of Parmarion
extraneus as figured by Férussac (Hist. Moll. pl. 8 F. fig. 4). The
mantle, however, is carried further forward over the head, the shield is
higher in front, the opening in the mantle through which the shell
is seen more central, and the truncation at the posterior extremity is
inclined in the opposite direction. The foot is uarrow, equally tri-
partite beneath, and marked along the side near the basal edge with
three parallel impressed lines, of which the central one is the least
conspicuous ; it is keeled above for a short distance from the ter-
minal mucous pore, is marked along the sides with divergent back-
ward inclined impressed lines, and is reticulately wrinkled throughout.
The mantle is minutely granular, with the respiratory slit a little in
advance of the middle.
Length 19 millim., height 8 (in contraction); mantle 12 long.
Shell 7 in length, 4 wide.
Hab. Cape York, North Australia. ‘
Only a single specimen of this very interesting form was obtained.
I have associated this species with the name of Dr. Paul Fischer,
the eminent malacologist of the Jardin des Plantes.
TRIBONIOPHORUS GRAEFFEI, Humbert.
Hab. Sydney.
The species of this genus—T\. graeffei, Humbert, T. schiitleci and
T. krefftii_ of Keferstein—together with <Aneitia macdonaldii, Gray,
appear to bear externally a great resemblance one to another. If
Macdonald’s account of his Aneiteum slug be correct, then the
274 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [May 6,
specimens from New Caledonia identified with it by Gray were
wrongly determined, for on examining the horny jaw of some of
these, they prove to be quite different from that represented by Mac-
donald (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xviii. (1856) p. 38), but
exactly like the figure given by Keferstein of T'’riboniophorus krefftit.
The length and distinctness, or even the total absence of the central
longitudinal groove, and those diverging obliquely from it, appear in
a great measure due to the manner in which the animal contracts or
distends its skin at the time of death. Among the eleven specimens
from New Caledonia in the British Museum, this variation is clearly
evident, some showing the furrows very strongly, others in a less
degree, and in two instances they are totally wanting. 1’. krefftiv,
with its rugose skin and peculiar lingual dentition, appears clearly
distinct from the other species, although all the described forms, in-
cluding the Anettia, have been considered (perhaps correctly) by
Heynemann one and the same species.
NERITINA SOUVERBIANA, Montrouzier.
Hab. Flinders Passage, North Australia, in 7 fathoms.
This species, as far as at present known, does not inhabit fresh
water. It has been previously recorded from Port Jackson and New
Caledonia, and being marine may even have a wider range.
New ZEALAnpD.
Examples of five species of land and freshwater shells from Waira-
rapa, Wellington, were presented to the Expedition by Mr. W. T.
Locke Travers. They are :—JLatia neritoides, Gray ; Helix coma,
Gray ; H. glabriuscula, Pfeiffer ; and two species of Heliz which are
apparently undescribed.
Hevix (TaauassiA) TRAvers!. (Plate XXIII. figs. 16-16 0.)
Shell depressed, subconoid, keeled, narrowly perforate, thin,
corneous, somewhat glossy, ornamented with fine light red wavy and
very oblique lines, which are invisible in certain positions and best
seen when the specimen is held up to the light. In addition to
these lines there are pale reddish spots beneath the suture. Whorls
53, rather slowly enlarging, a little convex, sculptured with fine
arcuate oblique lines of growth, which are cut across by close-set
minute spiral striae, both on the upper and under surfaces; last
whorl moderately sharply keeled, convex beneath, and painted with
fine wavy more or less zigzag light red lines radiating from the per-
foration to the periphery. Aperture oblique, sublunate. Peristome
thin, a little thickened, expanded and reflexed in the columellar
region.
Greatest diameter 113 millim., smallest 10, height 73.
This species must not be confused with H. zelandie, to which it
is closely related. It is a larger shell, more narrowly perforate, and
at once known by its minute spiral stris.
1884. ] OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 275
Heurx (Patuta) sroxest. (Plate XXIII. figs. 17-17 4.)
Shell very depressed, moderately umbilicated, obtusely angled at
the periphery, pale yellow, irregularly spotted and variegated with
reddish subradiating markings above, and dotted and streaked beneath
with a lighter tint. Whorls 6, the two apical smooth, glossy, the
rest convex, separated by a deep suture, slowly increasing, sculptured
with numerous arcuate radiating thread-like liree; last whorl ob-
tusely angled or shouldered above the middle, and much more
finely lirate beneath than above. Aperture obliquely lunate. Peri-
stome thin, very slightly reflexed near the umbilicus.
Greatest diameter 73 millim., smallest 63, height 4.
This species very closely resembles H. coma of Gray, but is more
narrowly umbilicated, just a trifle more finely lirate, and has the
body-whorl roundly angulated adove the middle.
Sanpwicu IsLanps.
Only the three following species, two Melanias from Honolulu and
a Neritina from Hilo on the east coast of Hawaii, were brought
home by the expedition.
1. Nertrina cartosa, Gray.
The shell figured in Wood’s Index Test. Suppl. pl. 8. f. 9, as
Nerita cariosa is undoubtedly the species from the Sandwich Islands,
and not the Mauritian NV. mauritii as supposed by Von Martens
(Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, Monogr. Neritina, p. 276). The type is still
preserved in the British Museum, having formed part of the late Dr.
Gray’s private collection, which he a short time before his death
presented to the Museum. It has the apex remarkably eroded, and
but very little white speckling on the outer surface. Very little
importance need be attached to the fact of its locality being given as
Africa, for the next species but one, NV. smithii, a well-known Indian
form, is also stated to inhabit that locality.
2. MELANIA MAUIENSISs, Lea.
This species has now been recorded from three of these islands
(Mani, Molakai, and Oahu), and in all probability it occurs on Hawaii,
the largest of the group.
3. MEeLANIA NEwcomBiI, Lea?
I am rather uncertain whether the series of little shells from this
locality really belong to this species. They are very slender, consist
of about five moderately convex whorls (the apex being invariably
broken away), which are coated with an earthy deposit, beneath
which is a light olive-greenish epidermis. They are sculptured with
a few spiral strize, which become more or less obsolete upon the two
last whorls except around the base of the last, where they are usually
maintained. The length is 16 millim., width 5, and the aperture is 5
long and 3 wide.
276 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [May 6,
Canary IsLANDs.
Examples of the following species of Helicidze were collected at
Teneriffe :—1. Vitrina lamarchkii, Férussac ; 2. Zonites cellaria, Miil-
ler ; 3. Helix malleata, Férussac ; 4. H. adansoni, Webb & Berthelot ;
5. H. lactea, Miller; 6. H. apicina, Lamarck; 7. H. circumsessa,
Shuttleworth; 8. H. lenticula, Férussac ; 9. H. fortunata, Shuttle-
worth; 10. H. pavida, Mousson; 11. H. phalerata, Webb &
Berthelot; 12. H. lancerottensis, Webb & Berthelot; 13. H.
lineata, Olivi; 14. Bulimus tarnerianus ( junior’), Grasset.
Of the above species Nos. 2, 5, 6, 8, 12, 13 are not restricted to
the Canaries, but range further north, either to North Africa or
Europe. For a full account of these species and their distribution,
reference should be made to the ‘ Testacea Atlantica’ of Wollaston.
Besides the species already enumerated, two small examples of
Limazx canariensisof d’Orbigny were collected at this locality, agreeing
in every particular with d’Orbigny’s description excepting size, from
which it is concluded that they are but half-grown, being about an
inch in length in contraction.
Carr pr VerD ISLANDS.
Only two species of Helicide were collected at St. Vincent, namely
Helix advena, Webb and Berthelot, and H. dollei of Albers.
AscENSION ISLAND.
The only land-shell met with, Helix (Fruticicola) similaris of
Férussac, is almost cosmopolitan, and has previously been recorded
from this locality. The unbanded variety appears to be more common
than that with a peripherial brown zone, judging from the series of
240 specimens at hand.
Soutn AFRICA.
The following species were obtained in this district: Limax gagates,
Draparnaud (?=Z. capensis, Krauss), and Helix aspersa, Miller,
from the Cape of Good Hope; also a young specimen of the latter
from Sea Point near Cape Town, and Helix afra, Pfeiffer, from Simons
Bay.
it will thus be seen that the first two of these species are well-
known British and European forms, and doubtlessly have been intro-
duced. The single specimen of H. afra differs from that described
by Pfeiffer in having the perforation entirely closed by the expanded
columellar callus. The lip also is quite thin, without any internal
thickening, and even in the type itself this is very slight and some
distance from the extreme margin, which, being the last-formed part
of the shell, has not received so much internal callus.
BERMUDA.
All the terrestrial mollusks obtained at this locality are well-known
forms, but one, the common European Limax gagates, has not, I
1884. ] OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 277
believe, been previously recorded from this island. The other specics
are :—Helix bermudensis, Pfeiffer ; H. circumfirmata, Redfield ; 1.
microdonta, Deshayes; H. vortex, Pfeiffer; Bulimus ventrosus,
Férussac ; Suecinea bermudensis, Pfeiffer ; Helicina convexa, Pfeiffer ;
Melampus gundlachi, Pteiffer.
Sr. Tuomas, West Inp1ixs.
The forms obtained at this island are unimportant and none are
restricted to it in their distribution, being met with in other islands
of the West-Indian group.
1. Buxtimuuus exis, Gmelin.
This species is not restricted to this island, but has also been
reported from Guadeloupe, Dominica, Barbuda, and Cayenne.
2. Srenoecyra (SuButrina) ocrona, Chemnitz.
3. Hexicina susrusca, Menke.
The two specimens under examination approach, although they
are not quite so dark in colour, the variety 2 of Pfeiffer (Monogr.
Pneumon. p. 35). It appears to have been found on other islands
besides St. Thomas.
4. MEGALOMASTOMA ANTILLARUM, Sowerby.
Other localities whence this species it said to have been obtained
are the islands of St. Vincent and Tortola.
5. Puysa rivais, Maton & Rackett.
A few small specimens from this locality apparently belong to
this species. The shell figured by Sowerby (Conch. Icon. vol. xix.
fig. 31) is very unlike the drawing, and probably is specifically
distinct from P. rivalis. The authorship of this species is erro-
neously attributed by Sowerby (J. ¢.) to his father, whose figure does
not at all coincide with that in the ‘ Conchologia Iconica,’ and who
moreover rightly gives a West-Indian locality.
6. Hyprosia AUBERIANA, d’Orbigny.
This species, described in Sagra’s ‘ Histoire &c. de I’Isle de Cuba’
(vol. ii. p. 8, pl. 7. f. 6-7) as a Paludestrina, has a very thin semi-
transparent operculum of a roundly ovate form but rather pointed
above. It is also found on the island of St. Croix.
KERGUELEN AND Prince Epwarp’s ISLAND.
Helix (Patula) hookert of Reeve, the only land-shell at present
known from Kerguelen, has not hitherto been recorded from the
latter of the above localities. The specimens from Marion Islands
are remarkable in being radiately striped with red, but, with the
exception of this slight difference, correspond precisely with normal
examples of the species.
278 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [May 6,
TrIsTAN D’ ACUNHA.
Until now the known land-mollusks from these islands consisted
of the two species of Balea mentioned below. The discovery there-
fore of three additional terrestrial forms is particularly interesting,
two of them, however, being also found elsewhere. The species
are :—
1. Limax CANARIENSIS, d’Orbigny.
Several specimens from the above locality agree in all external
characters with those from Teneriffe which I have identified with
this species. As a rule they are reticulated and mottled on the back
with black, but in one or two instances this colouring is almost entirely
absent.
2. Limax GaGates, Draparnaud.
A single specimen, in contraction three quarters of an inch in
length, appears to agree externally in every respect with this well-
known European form. It has also been recorded from the Azores,
Madeira, St. Helena.
3. Heurx (Hyauinia) exunata. (Plate XXIII. figs. 18, 18 5.)
Shell depressed, orbicular, thin, moderately widely and deeply
umbilicated, semitransparent, pale yellowish horn-colour, glossy,
sculptured with oblique curved lines of growth. Whorls 5, convex
above, distinctly margined below the suture, rather rapidly enlarging,
the last not descending in front. Spire very depressed, only a little
raised above the body-whorl, terminating at the apex in a large
nuclear volution which is scarcely at all elevated above the succeeding
one. Aperture broadly lunate, slightly oblique ; peristome thin, a
very little thickened and expanded on the columellar side.
Greatest diameter 74 millim., smallest 63, height 4.
Hab. Tristan d’Acunha,
Although several species from various parts of the world bear
considerable resemblance to this little unpretending form, still none
are apparently identical.
4. BaueA (TRISTANIA) VENTRICOSA, Gray.
Balea ventricosa (Leach MSS.), Gray, Zool. Journ. vol. i. p. 62,
pl. vi. fig. B.
Hab. Ynaccessible Island, Tristan d’Acunha, October 16, 1873.
This species has not, as far as I can ascertain, ever been fully
characterized, the diagnosis of Gray, consisting of five words only,
being totally inadequate.
It may be described as pupiform, pale olive-brown, narrowly rimate,
sculptured with rather strong oblique lines of growth. The whorls
are six and a half to seven in number, rather rapidly enlarging, convex,
divided by a deep oblique suture. The spire has curved outlines,
and terminates above in an obtuse rounded smooth apex. The
aperture is rather large, and occupies somewhat less than a third of
1884.] OF THE ‘CHALLENGER ° EXPEDITION. 279
the total length. The peristome is thin, narrowly reflexed on the
left of the aperture, and rather broadly expanded in the umbilical
region, and has the extremities, which converge but very slightly,
connected by a thin callus spread over the whorl.
Length 8 millimetres; diameter 33; length of- aperture 21,
widih 2.
5. Bauxa (TRISTANIA) TRISTENSIS, Gray.
Balea tristensis (Leach, MSS.), Gray, Zool. Journ. vol. i. p. 61,
pl. vi. fig. A.
Hab. Tristan d’Acunha, October 15, 1873.
This species is more slender and longer than B. ventricosa, and
has one and at times two additional whorls, which are more convex
and more slowly enlarging. The characters of the sculpture, of the
umbilicus, and aperture are very alike in both forms, the latter of
course being shorter in proportion to the total length of the shell.
Soutrn AMERICA.
The few species collected on the mainland and adjacent islands
are for the most part well known. It is curious to note that Limaz
gagates, which I have already recorded among the ‘Challenger’
collections from Bermuda, Tristan d’Acunha, and South Africa,
is again found at the island of Juan Fernandez. On placing side
by side the specimens from these four localities, I am unable to
trace any external difference.
The species are the following :—
1. H. (Stepsanopa) quaprata, Férussac.
Hab. Juan Fernandez island.
All the specimens brought home by the ‘Challenger’ differ
slightly from those in Cuming’s collection identified by Dr. Pfeiffer
as belonging to this species. They are a little more depressed, just
a trifle more widely umbilicated, and have a somewhat smaller
aperture.
2. Hexrx (SrepsanopA) SELKIRKI. (Plate XXIII. figs. 19-193.)
Shell small, discoidal, deeply umbilicated, thin, pale, spotted above
with red, irregularly streaked beneath with a lighter tint. Whorls
6-7, very narrow, tightly coiled, slowly increasing, convex, narrowly
channelled at the suture, sculptured with close-set, hair-like lines of
growth ; last whorl a little spreading towards the aperture, where it
exhibits a very faint depression or constriction near but a little above
the middle ; spire flattened, only the least raised above the body-
whorl. Aperture oblique, irregularly lunate; peristome simple,
thin. Diam. 4 millim.; height 2.
Hab. Island of Jaan Fernandez.
This species is of the same size and general appearance as H.
essellata, Muhlfeldt, from the same locality, and probably exists in
ollections intermingled with that form. It is, however, distin-
280 MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. [May 6,
guishable in a few points. In the first place the whorls are not
quite so closely coiled, the last is spirally constricted and broader
near the aperture, the mouth, in consequence, being larger than in
H. tessellata, and the umbilicus is more open, exhibiting more of the
penultimate volution.
The species is named after Alexander Selkirk, immortalized by
Defoe in his story of Robinson Crusoe.
3. H. (AmMpHIpoxA) MARMORELLA, Pfeiffer.
Had. Island of Juan Fernandez.
4. Butimus (Borvs) rosacevus, King.
Hab. Valparaiso.
The single specimen appears to have been taken whilst in a state
of torpidity, as the aperture is closed with a tough horny epiphragm
which is as thick as the operculum of Paludina.
5. Butimus (CoRONA) MELANOSTOMA, Swainson.
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
6. Butimus (LerroMERvs) TENUIssIMus, Férnssac.
Hab. Bahia, Brazil.
7. Srenocyra (NoTHUS) BULIMOIDES, Pfeiffer.
Hab. Island of Juan Fernandez.
8. Srenocyra (Noruus) SPLENDIDULA, Anton.
Hab. Island of Juan Fernandez.
9. ToRNATELLINA TROCHIFORMIS, Beck.
Hab. Juan Fernandez.
10. ToRNATELLINA BILAMELLATA, Anton.
Hab. Juan Fernandez.
11. SuccineA FALKLANDICA. (Plate XXIII. figs. 20-208.)
Shell elongate, somewhat solid, arcuately striated ; whorls 44,
very convex, regularly increasing ; aperture ovate, occupying rather
more than half the length of the shell. Columella only slightly
arcuate, reflexed, forming a minute umbilical rimation, united above
to the extremity of the outer lip by a thin callosity.
Length 154 millim., width 82; aperture 8} long, 5 broad.
Hab. From a hill near the lighthouse, Pembroke Point, Falkland
Islands.
This species might almost be considered a large form of S. oblonga,
Draparnaud, which it much resembles in the convexity of the whorls,
depth of the suture, and the proportional length of spire and aperture.
12. SuccineA FRAGILIS, King.
Hab. Island of Juan Fernandez.
P.Z.S 1884P1 XXIV,
Hanhart imp
J.Smib lth
1.CHLOROSPINGUS OCHRACE Us.
2 SPERMOPHILA PAUPER.
a
1884.] ON BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR.
13. Succtnea (OmALoNyxX) GAYANA, d’Orbigny.
Hab. Juan Fernandez.
14, Limax Gacares, Draparnaud.
Hab, Juan Fernandez.
15. Cutiina pataconica, Sowerby.
Hab. Gray Harbour, west coast of Patagonia.
281
This species in many instances appears to be destitute of the five
transverse spotted bands (vide Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 845).
The types described by Sowerby were also from Gray Harbour.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XXII.
Fig. 1, la. Athoracophorus virgatus, p. 263.
2, 2a. Helix (Geotrochus) moseleyi, p. 263.
3, 3a. labillardierei, p. 264.
4, 4a. —— (Hemiplecta) infrastriata, p. 264.
5, 5a. —— (——?) ecartereti, p. 265.
6, 6a, 64. (Chloritis) dentrecasteauwxi, p. 265.
ih Partula hartmanni, p. 265.
8. Cyclostoma infans, p. 266.
9, 9a. Helicina ponsondyi, p. 266.
10, 10 a. Pythia apiensis, p. 268.
11, ll a. Melania apiensis, p. 269.
12, 124. turbans, p. 269.
Puare XXIII.
Fig. 13, 13a. Melania ordinaria, p. 270.
14, 14a, 140. Helix (Trochomorpha) latimarginata, p. 271.
15, 15a, 156, 15¢. Parmacochlea fischeri, p. 273.
16, 16 a, 165. Helix (Thalassia) traversi, p. 274.
17, 174, 176. (Patula) stokesi, p. 275.
18, 18a, 186. —— (Hyalinia) exulata, p. 278.
19, 19a, 198. (Stepsanoda) selkirki, p. 279.
20, 20a, 206. Succinea falklandica, p. 280.
4, Deuxiéme liste des Oiseaux recueillis dans l’Ecuadeur
occidental par MM. Stolzmann et Siemiradski.
Par le
Comte Hans pr Berurrscu, C.M.Z.S8., et L. Tacza-
-nowsk1, C.M.Z.S.
[Received May 5, 1884.]
(Plate XXIV.)
Les oiseaux de cette collection ont été recueillis dans les localités
suivantes.
Guayaquil.—Climat chaud et sec; la contrée parsemée en partie
de mimoses et de cactus, couverte en partie de foréts et de broussailles,
qui perdent en entier leur verdure en été. Ausnd de la ville s’éten-
dent les manglars, couvrant les ilots de la riviére Guayas et Vile de
282 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [May 6,
Puna. Les oiseaux caractéristiques pour cette localité sont :—Myrmia
micrura, Thamnophilus albinuchalis, Chrysomitris siemiradzkit,
Picumnus sclateri, et Crypturus transfasciatus.
Yaguachi, Chimbo (ou Puente de Chimbo, pour le distinguer du
San Jose de Chimbo, dans la sierra, sur la route entre Guaranda et
Podegas), Copatillo, Pedregal, Surupata, Cayandeled, Chaguarpata,
Tribulpata, Cerro de Margarita, Alpachaca, Cechce sont situés sur
la route entre Guayaquil et Aiausi, depuis 0 jusqu’a 10,000 pieds
d’altitude. Bugnac, Yoyaxi, La Union (Llagos) et Sical se trouvent
sur la route d’Alausi a Cuenca.
Yaguachi.—Au bord de la riviére du méme nom, tributaire du
cété gauche de la riviére Guayas. Climat un peu plus humide que
celui de Guayaquil; végétation semblable, mais la faune un peu
différente, on n’y voit plus d’espéces d’oiseaux cités plus haut, mais
en revanche on y trouve le Campylorhynchus balteatus, Picumnus
olivaceus, et Themnophilus transandeanus.
Puente de Chimbo, d’ou venait la plus grande partie des oiseaux
de la liste précédente, est la dernicre station du chemin de fer allant
de Yaguachi (800 pieds) le long de riviére Chimbo. Forét vierge,
humide ; la température s’y baisse la nuit jusqu’au 17° Centigrade.
Oiseaux caractéristiques sont :—Cephalopterus penduliger, Heliothrix
barroti, Thalurania hypochlora, Picumnus olivaceus, Odontophorus
erythrops, et Penelope ortoni. Grande diversité de la faune dans les
différentes saisons 4 cause des migrations des espéces de la céte
pendant le desséchement des foréts, p. e. Heliomaster albicrissa.
Copatillo (1000 pieds), Pedregal (2600 pieds).—Foréts chaudes,
faunes mélangées comme a Chimbo et 4 Cayandeled.
Cayandeled (4500 pieds).—Forét humide, température modérée,
sabaissant la nuit jusqu’au 12° C. Veégétation différente de celle
de Chimbo, les lianes y manquent presque complétement; en revanche
commencent les fourrés de buissons dans la forét ; les arbres moins
élevés, les fougéres arborescentes remplacent les palmiers; les
nectandres et les ficus prédominent. Oiseaux caractéristiques :—
Cynanthus cyanurus, Chamepetes goudoti, nombreaux Callistes, la
limite supérieure du domaine du Myobius stellatus, Cephalopterus
penduliger, et Ramphocelus icieronotus, Yinférieure du Scytalopus
magellanicus, Chloronerpes fumigatus et des Buarremons vrais. Les
excursions y ont été entreprises sur une grande surface verticale,
en bas jusqu’a Surupata (3700 pieds), El Placer (2600 pieds) et
Pedregal (2600 pieds) toutes les trois fermes ; plus haut jusqu’A Cha-
guarpata (5800 pieds), Tribulpata (7000 pieds), localités inhabitées,
foréts serranes, ou on trouve les premicres Lafresnayes, les Metallures
et la Pstttospiza riefferi.
Alpachaca (10,000 pieds), derniéres parties forestiéres et com-
mencement de la puna; la température s’y baisse la nuit jusqu’au
6° C., souvent il y neige. Profusion des oiseaux mouches (Diph-
logena, Lesbia, Petasophora et autres), voitigeant dans les brous-
sailles a fleurs continuelles.
Alausi (7500 pieds).—Chef-lieu du canton de ce nom, situé au
bord d'une vallée non boisée au pied d’Azuagu, au bord de la riviére
1884.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 283
de ce nom, tributaire de la riviére Chancan, du systéme du Rio de
Chimbo.
Laguna de Ticksan (9000 pieds), petit Jac & 14 lieue d’ Alausi.
Cechce (9600 pieds), ferme (hacienda).—Sierra avec des parties
forestiéres, des bouquets d’arbres et de broussailles. Les excursions
s’étendaient jusqu’d 10,700 pieds dans les paturages alpestres cou-
verts de la Stipa ichu.
Bugnac (6000 pieds), dans la vallée chaude de Ja rivicre Chanchan,
sur la route entre Alausi et Chunche. Contrée du type Quechua,’
semblable 4 celle de Callacate au Pérou. La Tanagra darwini y
abonde.
Yoyaxi (9000 pieds), marais assez vaste au milieu de la forét ;
climat froid comme a Alpachaca et Cechce, mais les foréts élevées y
vont plus haut que dans les localités citées, ot 4 8000 pieds com-
mencent les broussailles naines (des myrtes et des lauriers) au milieu
desquels il y a des groupes d’arbres plus ¢levés.
La Union ou Llagos (9000 pieds).—Ferme située au voisinage de
Ja ville Chunche (Province Asnay-Cuenca). Foréts vierges, élevées,
froides, domaine du Tapir et de |’Ours. Oiseaux, absents a Cechce,
Cyanocorax turcosa et Penelope montagnit.
Toutes ces localités sont situées sur le versant occidental des
Cordilléres.
TURDID.
*|, CATHARUS FUSCATER (Lafr.).
Quatre males et une femelle recueillis 4 Cayandeled en janvier et
février. Iris biane.
2. CarHarus pryas (Gould).
Cing males recueillis 4 Pedregal (2600 pieds), & Placer (2800
pieds) et 4 Cayandeled en janvier et février. Iris brun foneé.
Tous ces oiseaux ainsi que ceux de Chimbo ont le jaune du
dessous beaucoup plus vif que les oiseaux de Huambo (Pérou septen-
trional) recueillis en mars et en avril, et n’ont pas la gorge maculée
de noir comme ces derniers; la couleur du dos est distinctement
olivatre, ce qui ne se voit pas dans les oiseaux péruviens. Tous ces
exemplaires sont d’une taille un peu moins forte (I’aile pliée est de
86-90 mill., tandis que dans les oiseaux péruviens elle est de 97).
3. TuRDUS IGNOBILIS MACULIROSTRIS, Berl. et Tacz.
Deux miles adultes d’El Placer (2800 pieds), recueillis le 27 et
le 29 février.
Ces oiseaux présentent tous les caractéres de la coloration sem-
blables 4 ceux de Chimbo.
*4, TuRDUS SERRANUS, Tsch.
Un male et trois femelles de Cayandeled et de Chaguarpata,
recueillis entre le 20 janvier et le 18 février. Iris brun fonce.
L’unique male de cette collection est d’une taille moins forte que
Voiseau du Pérou central, et s’en distingue pat le noir moins intense
284 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [May 6,
et moins lustré en dessus, parfaitement mat en dessous. II a
la premicre remige distinctement plus longue, dépassant plus l’ex-
trémité des grandes tectrices; la queue moins étagée ; le bec plus
long et plus élargi 4 la base, d’un rouge orangé. Longueur de I’aile
121, queue 111, bec 30, tarse 35, différence entre les rectrices
externes et les médianes 11 mill., tandis que chez l’oiseau péruvien
la longueur de Vaile est de 132, queue 117, bec 29, tarse 37, différence
entre les rectrices externes et les médianes 17 mm.
TROGLODYTIDZ.
5. HeniIcoRHINA HILARIS, Stolz. MS.
H. prostheleuce similis, sed differt pectore griseo lavato (nec
niveo), abdominis lateribus totis latissime brunneo-rufis, abdo-
mine medio albido rufescente perfuso; plumis alule spurie
rufescente viz marginatis ; alis obsolete transfasciatis.
det 2 ad. Sommet de la téte brun, bordé des deux céotés d’une
bande noire ; dos roux brunatre foneé, passant sur le croupion en
roux plus vif et plus clair que celui dela H. prostheleuca ; cotés de la
téte noirs, bordes en dessus d’une longue bande sourciliére blanche
commengant aux narines et descendant jusqu’au bas des cotés du cou,
la partie renfermée entre l’ceil et les narines colorée légérement
d’ocreux: les joues et la région auriculaire maculés également
comme dans les espéces voisines de taches longitudinales blanches
en laissant une large bande d’un noir pur derriére l’ceil, séparant
le sourcil de cette maculature; gorge blanche lavée légérement
d’ocreux ; toute la poitrine blanchatre enduite de cendré grisatre plus
fortement sur les cotés qu’au milieu ; les cotés de tout abdomen
largement roux-brunatre foncé; milieu gris blanchatre lavé de
Toussatre, passant plus ou moins au roux sur la région anale; sous-
caudales d’un roux clair. Ailes d’un brun roussatre extérieurement,
a barbes externes des remiges transversées de bandes noiratres beau-
coup moins nettes, moins prononcées et moins larges que chez la
H. prostheleuca, sans rien de blanchatre sur les primaries; les
plumes de l’aile batarde bordées finement de roussdtre au lieu de
blanc; barbe interne des remiges schistacée; sousalaires grises
tachetées de blanchatre. Queue brune rayée en travers de noir
moins réguli¢rement que dans lespéce citée. Bee aussi long mais
moins fort que celui de la H. prostheleuca, noiratre ; pattes brunes.
Tris brun fonceé.
3. Longueur de laile 55, queue 29, bec 20, tarse 25 mm.
2. ” DD sagt eeO gs td oes ae
Cette forme differe de Poiseau de Chimbo, que nous avons nommé
dans la liste précédente H. leucophrys, par la couleur de la poitrine
non cendrée, le roux beaucoup plus repandu sur le dessous du corps
et surtout beaucoup plus prolongé sur les cétés du haut de l’abdomen ;
il a le bec également long. Les oiseaux du Pérou septentrional
(Huambo) sont identiques 4 ceux de Chimbo, mais l’oiseau du Pérou
central différe de tous les autres par le bec beaucoup plus court et
9
1884. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 285
beaucoup moins ¢largi 4 la base, ainsi que par le manque complet de
raies noires sur les remiges.
Huit miles et une femelle de Cayandeled, deux paires de Chaguar-
pata (5700 pieds) et un male de Pedregal (2800 pieds), recueillis
,
en janvier, février et mars.
*6. TuryorHorus EvorHRYs, Scl.
Male adulte et une jeune femelle en mue de Cechce recueillis en
mai, un jeune male de Cayandeled tué le 16 janvier. Iris brun.
Ce jeune male différe des adultes par le sommet de la téte d’un
gris de souris; par le manque complet de taches noires sur la
poitrine et le milieu de abdomen; par le fond de l’abdomen plus
roussatre, la tache postoculaire brune au lieu de noir; le bec moins
long, pale, 4 mandibule inférieure blanchatre; une taille moins
forte.
7. THRYOTHORUS MYSTACALIS, Scl.
Un male pris par Stolzmann a Cayandeled, le 27 février.
8. TroGLopYTEs FURVUS (Gm.).
Deux miles recueillis par Stolzmann 4 Surupata en février et mars.
Identiques aux oiseaux péruviens (7'. audax, Tsch.), et également
distincts de ceux de Cayenne par le manque complet de raies foncées
au dos, et par une taille mois forte. Ils nous paraissent étre
différents de l’oiseau de Guayaquil.
9. TROGLODYTES SOLSTITIALIS, Scl.
Une paire recueillie par Stolazmann 4 Cayandeled le 16 janvier.
Tris brun.
*10. CisrorHoRUS BRUNNEICEPS, Saly. Ibis, 1881, p. 129,
lth! oie gel
Une paire d’adultes et trois jeunes recueillis par Stolzmann A
Cechce (10,000 pieds) en mai. Iris brun grisatre foncé.
Distinets des oiseaux péruviens par le sommet de la téte d’un brun
unicolore sans stries fauves, les plumes du croupion traversées de
quelques raies noiratres bien distinctes, la gorge lavée de fauve et
non blane pur comme chez les oiseaux cités, le blanc du milieu du
ventre également coloré légérement de fauve, tandis que chez l’oiseau
cité il est pur et bien distinct du roux des flancs. La dimension est
un peu moins forte dans loiseau de |’ Ecuadeur occidental, l’aile est
longue de 45 mm., tandis que les péruviens ont de 47. Le jeune
en premier plumage ressemble en tout au jeune du Cistothorus
péruvien, et présente la méme longueur de l’aile. En général toutes
ces formes des Cistothorus sont aussi alliées entre elles qu’elles ne
doivent étre distinguées que comme des races locales.
MoraciILuip&.
*11, ANTHUS BOGOTENSIS, Scl.
Deux males et une femelle de Cechce, pris par Stolzmann en
avril et mai,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XX. 20
286 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON __ [May 6,
MNIOTILTIDZ.
12, PARULA PITIAYUMI PACIFICA, Berl.
Un mile de Surupata (3700 pieds) et une femelle de Cayandeled,
recueillis en mars et en janvier. Iris brun foncé.
Ces oiseaux de l’envoi récent, ainsi que ceux de Chimbo, ont beau-
coup moins de blanc sur les tectrices supérieures des ailes et les
rectrices externes (le male de Suruputa n’a presque point de cette
couleur sur les ailes) que tous les exemplaires de Vorient que nous
avons examiné. Les oiseaux de |’Ecuadeur occidental présentent
done sous ce rapport une transition entre la vraie P. pitiayumi et la
P. inornata, Baird, de ? Amérique centrale, ou plutot la race de cette
derniére de Veragua qui n’a qu’une seule bande blanche sur Vaile,
tandis que la P. inornata de Guatemala nen a point. L’oiseau de
Tumbez (Pérou nord-occidental) a les deux raies transalaires bien
marquées.
*13, DENDR@CA BLACKBURNIZ (Gm.).
Deux oiseaux adultes de Cayandeled, pris le 16 février et le 17
mars. Iris brun foncé.
Les premiers exemplaires furent observés dans cette localité le 15
février (Siemiradzki). ,
*14, BasiLeuTerus coronatus (Tsch.).
Cing oiseaux des deux sexes de Cayandeled recueillis en janvier et
mars, un male de Tribulpata (6500 pieds) pris en mars, et une
femelle de Cechce d’avril.
Ces oiseaux sont d’une taille un peu moins forte que ceux du
Pérou septentrional (aile plus courte de 4—5 mm.), les oiseaux du
Pérou central sont encore un peu plus forts. Dans la coloration ils
se distinguent des péruviens par la nuance du dos tirant au roussatre,
plus encore sur les ailes et la queue, en dessous la nuance rousse se
manifeste aussi plus ou moins sur les souscaudales et les cotés du
bas ventre ; le jaune de l’abdomen est aussi un peu plus fort.
15. BAastLEUTERUS FRASERI, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 653, pl. Ixi.
Un mile recueilli par Stolzmann a Pedregal le 27 février.
+16. BAsILEUTERUS TRISTRIATUS, 1'sch.
Trois males et denx femelles recueillis par Stolzmann en février 4
Cayandeled, Pedregal (3000 pieds) et & Placer (2800 pieds).
Ces oiseaux différent des péruviens par le jaune du dessous moins
beau, la bande sourcili¢re d’une couleur plus sale, la gorge enduite
d’ocreux pale, une taille moins forte.
*17, BASILEUTERUS NIGRICRISTATUS (Lafr.).
Deux miles recueillis par Stolamann 4 Cayandeled et 4 Cechce en
janvier et avril.
*18, SETOPHAGA BAIRDI, Salv.
Une paire de Cechce recueillie par Stolamann le 6 mai.
1884.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR, 287
19. SeropHaGa verTicaLis (d’Orb, et Lafr.).
Deux males et une femelle recueillis par Stolzmann & Cayandeled
en jauvier et février.
*20. GroTHLYPIS SEMIFLAVA, Scl.
Une femelle prise par Stolazmann 4 Placer (2800 pieds) le 30
janvier.
VIREONID.
*21. VireosyLviA JosEPHa, Scl. P. Z. 8.1859 p. 173 (décrite
de Pallatanga).
Quatre miles recueillis 4 Pedregal et 4 Cayandeled en janvier,
février et mars, et un jeune sans étiquette. Iris brun trés fone,
HirvunDINIDA,
*22, ATTICORA MURINA, Cass.
Un oiseau adulte sans indication de sexe et un jeune en mue, de
Ticsan (7000-9000 pieds), recueillis en mai et en juin.
La description de Hirundo cinerea, Gm., west pas assez com-
pléte pour qu’elle puisse étre appliquée a cette espéce. Elle se
distingue de la péruvienne par la couleur du dessous distinctement
plus foncée et le manque presque complet-d’éclat vert sur les petites
tectrices alaires.
Ca@REBID&.
*23. DIGLOSSA ALBILATERALIS, Laftr.
Dix males et quatre femelles de Cayandeled, de Cechce et de
Chaguarpata (5200 pieds), recueillis entre le 10 janvier et le
10 mai.
Ces oiseaux sont un peu plus petits (surtout 4 queue plus courte)
que les oiseaux de Bogota dans la collection Berlepsch, mais sans
aucune différence dans la coloration. La méme remarque peut étre
appliquée aux oiseaux du Pérou, qui sont aussi d’une taille plus forte ;
la coloration du male est la méme; mais les femelles de l’ Ecuadeur
présentent une petite différence dans la couleur du dessous du corps,
ou le milieu du ventre est coloré distinctement de jaunatre, le dessus
du corps est plus olivatre. Ces oiseaux sont cependant en plumage
tout frais, tandis que les péruviens sont en plumage usé.
*24, DIGLOSSA ATERRIMA, Lafr.
Trois males de Cechce, recueillis en avril et en mai.
*25. D1IGLOSSA PERSONATA, Fras.
Deux males de Chaguarpata pris en février et mars; deux miles,
une femelle et un mile trés jeune de Cayandeled pris en janvier et
février, un male de Tribulpata (8000 pieds) du 8 mars, et une
femelle de Cechce prise en avril. Iris rouge, rouge cerise et carminé,
gris chez le jeune.
20*
288 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [May 6,
Identiques aux oiseaux de Bogota dans la collection Berlepsch.
*26. CoNIROSTRUM FRASERI, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 752 (décrit
de Cuenca).
Trois males et deux femelles de Cechce recueillis en avril et en
mai.
#27, CONIROSTRUM ATROCYANEUM, Lafr.
Un male de Cayandeled et cing femelles de Chaguarpata et de
Pedregal, recueillis depuis janvier jusqu ’en avril.
Ces oiseaux sont identiques 4 ceux de Pérou. Le type de Lafres-
naye venait de Rio Napo. L’oiseau de Pallatanga de la collection
Fraser, nommé dans la liste (P.Z.S. 1859, p. 138) C. albifrons,
serait probablement le C. atrocyaneum.
TANAGRIDE.
*28, EUPHONIA NIGRICOLLIS (Vieill.)
Deux jeunes males recueillis par Stolzmann 4 Cayandeled dans la
moitié de mars.
29. EUPHONIA XANTHOGASTRA, Sundev.
Trois males adultes, deux femelles et deux jeunes males recueillis
4 Cayandeled et 4 Pedregal en janvier et février.
*30. EupHontia saTurata, Cab.
Un mile adulte et un jeune prenant sa livrée d’adulte recueillis par
Stolzmann 4 Surupata (3600-3700 pieds) en janvier et février.
Ces oiseaux ont le jaune du sommet de la téte un peu moins in-
tense et le jaune roussdtre du ventre moins pur que dans l’oiseau de
Tumbez; la couleur du dos et des ailes plus violette et moins bleue.
31. CaLLISTE AURULENTA, Lafr.
Quatre miles, trois jeunes et un oiseau sans indication de sexe
recueillis 4 Cayandeled en janvier, février et mars.
Ces oiseaux de l’Ecuadeur occidental ont les bordures des plumes
dorsales, des tectrices alaires et des remiges secondaires d’un jaune
d’or plus intense et plus rougeatre que les oiseaux de Bogota, qui ont
ces bordures plus jaunes ou méme verdatres ; en revanche ils ont la
couleur de la téte et du dessous moins intense et moins rougeatre.
Les dimensions sont les mémes.
*32,. CALLISTE RUFICERVIX, Prev.
Trois paires d’ oiseaux adultes de Cayandeled (4000 pieds) recueillis
en janvier, février et mars. Iris brun fonceé.
Ces oiseaux s’accordent en général avec un exemplaire de Bogota
de la collection Berlepsch ; ils ont seulement les couleurs un peu plus
vives, le bleu de ciel du corps plus pur et moins verdatre ; le bord
supérieur des tectrices auriculaires d’un or roussatre comme celui de
Yocciput et non blanchatre comme dans l’oiseau cité; la bande
bleudtre frontale moins large. Les ailes et la queue sont plus
courtes, mais le bee parait étre plus long.
1884. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 289
*33. CALLISTE NIGROVIRIDIS (Lafr.).
Trois miles, deux femelles et un jeune recueillis 4 Cayandeled
depuis le 31 janvier jusqu’an 28 février, et une femelle de Chaguar-
pata (5700 pieds) du 23 février. Iris brun foncé.
Semblables aux oiseaux de Bogota, mais moins bleudtres sur la
téte, le croupion et la poitrine ; un peu plus petits. La race péru-
vienne est considérablement plus forte.
*34, CALLISTE LUNIGERA, Scl.
Trois males, trois femelles et deux oiseaux sans indication de sexe
de Cayandeled, recueillis depuis le 16 janvier jusqu’au 6 mars. Iris
brun foncé ou de terre de Sienne.
*35. CALLISTE VENUSTA, Scl.
Une femelle prise par Stolazmann a Cayandeled le 10 fevrier.
*36. PaciLoTHRAUPIS LUNULATA (DuBus.).
Trois males et deux femelles de Cechce recueillis entre le 28 avril
et le 6 mai. Iris brun foncé.
Intermédiaires entre la P. lunulata de Bogota et la P. atricrissa
de Quito. Un male du 2 mai a les souscaudales terminées distincte-
ment de bordures rouges, tandis que les autres individus n’en ont
rien de rouge ou des légéres indications de cette couleur. Les oiseaux
de Quito ont toujours les sous-caudales noires en entier. Ceux de
Bogota ont les plumes bordées plus largement de rouge que les
oiseaux de Cechce. En outre il n’y a pas d’autre différence entre les
oiseaux de ces trois localités.
*37. CoMpsOCOMA SUMPTUOSA CYANOPTERA (Cab.).
Un mile et trois femelles de Cayandeled et de Chaguarpata,
recueillis en janvier, février et mars. Iris brun foncé ou brun rou-
geatre.
L’intensité du bleu aux bords des remiges varie un peu. Une
femelle du 16 février l’a plus clair que les autres, d’un bleu de ciel.
Il parait que les oiseaux de Quito ont ce bleu un peu plus intense que
la majorité des oiseaux de Cayandeled.
*38, PirpRIDEA MELANONOTA VENEZUELENSIS (Scl.).
Un mile pris par Stolzmann 4 Cayandeled le 16 mars. Iris rouge
brunatre.
Identique aux oiseaux péruviens.
*39. Dususta TENIATA (Boiss.).
Une paire de Cechce, recueiilis par Stolzmann en avril et mai. Iris
rouge cerise. Nos oiseaux sont d’une taille moins forte que l’exem-
plaire de la Colombie (Musée de Varsovie), ils ont l’aile longue de 89
mill., tandis que ce dernier l’a de 98, et se distinguent par le bleu
du dos non violatre ; les taches bleues du sourcil et du front n’ont
rien de violet et ne le prennent que trés légérement et dans une seule
direction de la lumiére. Tous les oiseaux du Musée Berlepsch pro-
290 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [May 6,
venant de |’Ecuadeur et de la Nouvelle Grenade ont la taille rap-
prochée a nos oiseaux de Cechce, et aucun ne présente pas de bleu
aussi foncé que celui du Musée de Varsovie.
*40. TANAGRA CYANOCEPHALA, Lafr. et d’Orb.
Cing males et trois femelles de Cayandeled et Surupata depuis le
14 janvier jusqu’au 28 février. Iris brun foncé.
Ces oiseaux ont les tectrices souscaudales d’un vert olive, dans
quelques-uns 4 bordures jaune verdatres, plus ou moins prononcés.
Chez la T. auricrissa de Bogota les souscaudales sont d’un jaune
presque pur, le jaune des sousalaires est aussi plus intense, et le vert
olive du dos plus brunatre et plus jaunatre que dans nos oiseaux.
Ils sont parfaitement identiques aux oiseaux du Pérou central et
septentrional, et présentent les mémes variétés sous le rapport de la
présence et du développement des bordures jaunes sur les sous-
caudales. L’oiseau de Medellin se distingue le plus, et surtout par
la nuance des parties inférieures du corps beaucoup plus foncée que
chez tous les autres.
41. TANAGRA CANA, Sws.
Un male et deux femelles de Cayandeled, recueillis par Siemiradzki
le 13 et 17 mars.
*42. 'TANAGRA DARWINI, Bp.
Un male adulte et une femelle trés jeune recueillis 4 Bugnac par
Siemiradzki en juin.
43. RaMPHOC@LUS ICTERONOTUS, Bp.
Deux miles et une femelle recueillis par Siemiradzki 4 Cayandeled
et 4 Pinampunga en janvier et mars.
*44, NEMOSIA ORNATA, Scl.
Trois paires de Cayandeled, de Pedregal (2830 pieds) et de Bugnac
(6400 pieds) recueillis en janvier, février, mars et mai. Iris brun
foncé.
*45, CHLOROSPINGUS NIGRIFRONS (Lawr.), Ibis, 1875, p. 384.
Un male de Cechce (10,000 pieds) pris par Stolzmann en avril.
Cet oiseau présente une trés petite différence des oiseaux péru-
viens dans la coloration de la téte, dont le front est d’une couleur
plus foncée, les c6tés de la téte d’une coleur beaucoup plus foncée et
presque uniforme, et la bande sourcili¢re plus blanche. Outre cela
on ne voit aucune différence.
*46. CHLOROSPINGUS PHHOCEPHALUS, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8.
1877, p. 521 (décrit de Jina et de Chillanes).
Treize males adultes et une femelle de Surupata et de Cayandeled
recueillis en janvier, février et mars, et un jeune de Chimbo pris en
septembre. Iris rouge de sang, palissant aussit6t aprés la mort de
Voiseau en couleur carnée ou rouge ocreux chez les autres; le jeune
l’a brun grisatre.
1884. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 291
Le jeune ne se distingue des adultes que par le sommet de la téte,
et ses cotés lavés distinctement d’olive, qui dans certaines directions
de la lumiére prend un ton presque semblable 4 celui du dos; le
gris sale de la gorge sans aucune trace d’ocreux ; et la bande pec-
torale d’un olive sale, semblable 4 celui des flancs.
*47, CHLOROSPINGUS OCHRACEUS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1.)
Ch. capite supra cum nucha fusco-cinereo, vitta superciliari viv
pallidiore, lateribus capitis brunneis ; dorso ex olivaceo pallide
brunneo, uropygio rufescentiore ; corpore subtus ochraceo badio,
hypochondriis brunnescentibus, subcaudalibus intense rufis ; tec-
tricibus alerum minoribus cinereis; majoribus et mediis dorso
concoloribus ; remigibus extus et cauda rufescentibus ; suba-
laribus ochraceis. Rostrum nigricanti-corneum ; pedes brunnei ;
iris brunnea.
@ ad. Sommet de la téte d’un cendré foncé tirant trés peu sur
Volivatre, bordé des deux cédtés d’une raie sourciliére d’une nuance
un peu moins foncée A peine distincte, dont la partie antéoculaire est
légérement colorée d’ocreux ; le des est d’un brun peu foncé tirant
un peu sur l’olive, et passant au roussitre sur la partie postérieure
du croupion ; cétés de la téte bruns; tout le dessous du corps d’un
ocreux rougeatre, plus pur et plus clair au bas de la gorge et sur le
milieu de abdomen, enduit largement de brunatre sur les flanes
et la poitrine; souscaudales d’un roux plus intense que le ventre.
Petites tectrices alaires d’un cendré un peu bleuatre, les autres de la
couleur du dos; remiges brunes, les primaries et les secondaires bordées
largement & l’extérieur de brun olivatre clair, tirant sur le roussatre
sur la moitié basale des pennes ; les tertiaires et la barbe externe des
secondaires voisines d’une couleur semblable 4 celle du dos; sousa-
laires ocreuses; bord interne des remiges fauve. Queue brun rous-
sitre tirant un peu sur olive. Bec corné noiratre; pattes brunes ;
iris brun. Longueur de l’aile 77, queue 70, bec 19, tarse 20 mm.
Une autre femelle, probablement moins adulte, avec le sommet
de la téte et les petites tectrices alaires non cendrés mais d’un olive
un peu plus verdatre que le dos, a la strie sourciliére plus distincte
et tirant au jaune blanchatre.
Forme voisine du Ch. melanotis, Scl., de Bogota, mais avec la
région auriculaire brune au lieu de noire, dos brun olivatre au lieu
d’ardoisé ; queue et ailes brun roussatres 4 l’extérieur au lieu d’olives ;
milieu du ventre sans blanc et les souscaudales plus rousses.
Deux femelles tuées par Siemiradzki 4 Cayandeled et & Chaguar-
pata, le 16 janvier et le 5 mars.
*48, BUARREMON ASSIMILIS, Boiss.
Deux miles de Cechce, du 5 et 12 mai, identiques aux oiseaux de
Bogota et du Pérou septentrional.
*49, BUARREMON INORNATUS, Scl. et Salv. Ibis 1879, p. 426.
Un mile adulte recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 Cayandeled, le 17
janvier. Iris terre de sienne brulée.
292 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [May 6,
Le Musée de Varsovie posséde un oiseau acquis du feu Verreaux,
nommé par Jules Verreaux B. brunneinuchus, et étiquetté comme
provenant du Mexique, semblable en tout 4 notre oiseau de |’Ecuadeur,
sans aucune trace de collier noir, mais qui s’en distingue par le brun
du sommet de la téte plus sombre et sans bordure latérale, plus claire
et plus vive, semblables 4 celle du B. Grunneinuchus ; Yolive du dos
plus sombre sans aucune trace de vert jaunatre sur la nuque. Les
dimensions sont les mémes.
*50. CARENOCHROUS sPODIONOTUS (Scl. et Salv.), Ibis 1879,
p- 425 (décrit de Guapulo, Calacali et Sical).
Deux miiles et une femelle de Cechce tués le 4 mai. Iris brun
rougeitre foncé.
Un de ces oiseaux, du Musée Berlepsch, a une petite tache jaune
au commencement et au dessus des freins, qui sont noirs. Cette par-
ticularité se trouve quelquefois dans cette espéce, tandis que le C.
comptus (Scl. et Salv.) a une tache frontale plus grosse et plus dis-
tincte. Le dernier a aussi la calotte rousse plus pale et plus atténuée
en arricre. (Voyez I’ Ibis, /. c.)
51. CARENOCHROUS LEUCOPTERUS (Jard.).
Cing miles et six femelles de Cayandeled, de Cechce (10,000 pieds),
de Surupata (3800 pieds) et un jeune en premier plumage de Bug-
nac (6400 pieds) recueillis en février, mars et mai. Iris brun rou-
geatre.
Presque tous ont une tache noiritre au front entre le blanc des
freins, qui manque complétement chez un male de Cechce.
Le jeune en premier plumage se distingue des adultes par la
couleur du dos tirant au brunitre, le roux du sommet de la téte sale,
le noir des cétés de la téte beaucoup moins foncé, la tache post-
nasale moins nette, des grosses stries noiritres sur la poitrine, les
flancs d’un gris roussdtre au lieu de cendré, sous-caudales moins
rousses, mandibule inférieure d’un jaune orangé.
*52,. PsiTTOSPIZA RIEFFERI (Boiss.).
Une paire de Chaguarpata et de La Union (8700 pieds) de février
et de juin. Iris roux (couleur des parties environnantes).
Identiques aux oiseaux de Bogota.
FRINGILLIDAE.
53. PHEUCTICUS CHRYSOGASTER (Less.).
Deux miles de Cechce (10,000 pieds) et de Bugnac (6000 pieds),
et une femelle de Cayandeled (7500 pieds), pris en février, avril et juin.
Iris brun foneé. Ces oiseaux s’accordent en général avec les oiseaux
de Quito (Musée Berlepsch) ; ils sont seulement un peu plus petits,
surtout le bec est moins gros. Nous avons déjai indiqué la difference
de la coloration entre les oiseaux de Quito et de Chimbo dans notre
article précédent. Le male de Bugnac est coloré comme ceux de
Quito; il parait que la femelle de Cayandeled différe de celle de
Chimbo en ce quelle a les taches noires du dos et des cotés de la
1884. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 293
téte beaucoup plus larges et plus prononcées; le dos supérieur est
presque tout 4 fait noir. Si ces différences seraient constantes on
pourrait séparer la forme des localités plus élevées comme une race
locale.
54. SpeRMOPHILA GUTTURALIS OLIVACEA, Stolzm.
Sept males et une femelle de Cayandeled, recueillis depuis janvier
jusqu’en février.
*55. SPERMOPHILA LuCcTUOSA, Lafr. et d’Orb.
Deux femelles recueillis par Stolzmann 4 Bugnac (6000 pieds) en
mai.
56. SPERMOPHILA PAUPER, Stolzm. MS. (Plate XXIV. fig. 2.)
S. obscura, Tacz. P.Z.S. 1880, p. 199. Berl. et Tacz. P.Z.S.,
1883, p. 550.
Trois males adultes de Cayandeled recueillis par Stolzmann,
identiques aux oiseaux de Chimbo et du Pérou septentrional (Callacate)
et non a la Sp. obscura du Pérou central. Cette forme se distingue
de cette derni¢re par une taille moins forte, le bee plus robuste et
plus large, les couleurs moins foncées et particulicrement en
dessous, le blanc beaucoup plus repandu au milieu du ventre, la
nuance roussiitre plus ou moins distincte sur les ailes. Les dimen-
sions sont les suivantes :—
&- Long. totale 121-125, vol 182, aile 51-53, queue 35-43,
bec 9, tarse 15 mm.
2. Long. totale 118, vol 171, aile 50-53, queue 37-38, bec 9,
tarse 14 mm.
*57, CATAMENIA ANALOIDES, Lafr.
Un male et deux femelles recueillis par Stolzmann 4 Cechce,
Buguac et sur la route d’Alausi 4 Bugnac (6500 pieds), en mai.
*58. CATAMENIA HOMOCHROA, Scl. P. Z.S. 1858, p. 552 (décrit
de Matos).
Sept males et trois femelles de Cechce recueillis en avril et mai.
Les oiseaux du Pérou septentrional nommés par Taczanowski C. inor-
nata sont identiques 4 ceux de Cechce ; ils ont les mémes dimensions
et les mémes couleurs. La vraie C. inornata (Lafr.), dont un
exemplaire Bolivien se trouve au Musée Berlepsch, est une forme trés
voisine, mais beaucoup plus grande. On ne voit aucune différence
de coloration entre ces deux formes.
Les miles de Cechce, aile 663, queue 58-60, bec 9-10, tarse 203 mm.
” de Cutervo, ” 663, a Os ” 93, ” 21 ”
» de Maraynioc, ” 72, ee 63, he Soa » 21 oF)
C. inornata dela Bolivie,,, 774 ,, 68, ae 5 are eon
*59. CATAMBLYRHYNCHUS DIADEMA (Lafr.).
Trois males et deux femelles de Cayandeled et de Chaguarpata,
recueillis en janvier, février et mars.
294 H. VY. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [May 6,
Identiques aux oiseaux péruviens ; la seule différence que présente
Punique male péruvien du Musée de Varsovie consiste dans la pré-
sence d’une bande rousse compléte en travers du croupion, ce qui ne se
voit sur les oiseaux de la Nouvelle Grénade et chez nos oiseaux de
VEcuadeur occidental ; dans tous ces oiseaux la couleur rousse n’est
visible que sur les cétés du croupion.
60. VoLATINIA JACARINA SPLENDENS (Vieill.).
Un mile recueilli par Stolzmann 4 Placer (2800 pieds) le 30 janvier.
*61, PuryGiLus ALAUDINUs (Kittl.).
Un mile pris par Stolzmann A Cechce le 4 mai. Iris brun foncé.
*62. PHRYGILUS PLEBEIUS, T'ssch.
Une femelle prise par Stolzmann a Alausi le 25 avril. Iris brun
foncé.
63. ZONOTRICHIA PILEATA (Bodd.).
Un mile pris par Stolzmann 4 Cechce le 1 mai.
*64. CHRYSOMITRIS CAPITALIS, Cab.
Deux males de Cayandeled et de Cechce pris par Stolzmann en
mars et mal.
L’oiseau de Cechce a les mémes dimensions que les péruviens, mais
Pautre exemplaire est plus petit, l’aile n’a que 61 mill. de Jongueur.
L’viseau de Cechce a une particularité curieuse en ce qu’il a le milieu
de la gorge jaune.
*65. SYCALIS LUTEOLA (Sparrm.).
Deux miles recueillis par Stolzmann 4 Cechce dans les premiers
jours de mai. Iris brun foncé.
IcTERID&.
*66. OsTINOPS ATROCASTANEUS, Cab. J. f. O. 1873, p. 309
(décrit de l’ Ecuadeur).
Trois males recueillis 4 Pedregal en février. Iris brun foncé.
Corvip&.
*67. Cyanocitra TuRCosA, Bp.
Deux oiseaux recueillis par Stolzmann 4 La Union (8700 pieds)
en juin. Iris brun tres foncé.
TYRANNIDE.
*68. OcHTHODIZTA FUMIGATUS (Boiss.).
Un mile recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 La Union, en juin.
Identique aux oiseaux de Bogota (Musée Berlepsch), ila seulement
le bee un peu moins fort.
1884. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR, 295
*69. OcuTH@CA FUMICOLOR, Scl.
Deux males de Cechce recueillis par Siemiradzki en avril et mai.
Iris brun.
*70. OcuTHa@ca LeEssoni, Scl.
Quatre males et trois femelles recueillis 4 Cechce, &4 La Union
(8700 pieds), Tribulpata (7000 pieds) et & Chaguarpata, depuis le
mois de mars jusqu’enjuin. Un oiseau de Bogota (Musée Berlepsch)
n’en différe que par le brun du dos plus roussatre, et le roux de la
poitrine et de la bande transalaire pius pile. Un oiseau de Quito
parait tre intermédiaire. Il parait done que ce ne sont que des
différences individuelles.
*71. OcutHaca eratiosa, Scl., P.Z.S8. 1862, p. 113 (décrite
de ! Ecuadeur).
Deux males et une femelle de Chaguarpata, recueillis en janvier,
feévrier et mars.
Identiques 4 Poiseau du Pérou septentrional et n’en sont distincts
que par le brun du dos plus foncé, le jaune du front et du sourcil un
peu plus vif; la bande rousse transalaire également distincte.
*72, MEcocERCULUS STICTOPTERUS (Scl.).
Une paire recueillie par Stolzmann a Cechce en avril.
Distincts des oiseaux péruviens par la couleur du dos d’un olive
brunatre obscur au lieu d’olive verdatre.
73. MEecoceRCULUS CALOPTERUS (Scl.).
Formicivora caloptera, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 142 (décrite de
Pailatanga).
Serpophaga leucura, Lawr. Ibis, 1875, p. 384, pl. ix. f. 2 (décrite
de Il’ Ecuadeur).
Deux femelles de Cayandeled recueillies le 18 et le 20 janvier.
Tris brun fonceé.
*74, MECOCERCULUS Pa@cILOCERCUs (Scl. et Salv.).
Une femelle recueillie par Stolzmann 4 Chaguarpata le 24 février.
Tris brun foncé.
Exceptée une taille beaucoup moins forte, Poiseau ressemble en
tout aux péruviens.
*75. MuscIsAXICOLA MACULIROSTRIS (d’Orb. et Lafr.).
Deux femelles recueillies par Stolzmann 4 Yocon (8600 pieds)
le 17 mai. Iris brun foneé.
*76. PaciLorriccus’ RUFIGENIS (Scl. et Salv.).
Todirostrum rufigene, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 522 (décrit de
Mongi).
Deux males de Cayandeled recueillis en janvier, février et mars.
Iris rouge cerise trés foncé.
1 PacriLorriccus, g. noy., Berlepsch.
Tlorxitos=multicolor, ¢riccus=nom. propr.
P
Species:—1] P, ruficeps (Kaup); 2 P. rufigenis (Scl. et Salv.).
296 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [May 6,
77. LopHOTRICCUS SQUAMICRISTATUS (Berl.).
Deux males et une femelle de Pedregal et de Surupata, pris en
janvier, février et mars.
*78, ANSE RETES PARULUS ZQUATORIALIS (Lafr.).
Deux miles recueillis par Siemiradzki & Cechce le 29 avril et le 4
mai. Iris blanchatre.
Il parait que les oiseaux de 1|’Ecuadeur, identiques & ceux du
Pérou septentrional, se distinguent des oiseaux du Chili par les
plumes noires allongées de la huppe moins longues, le front et la
nuque moins variés de blanchitre, gorge et la poitrine marquées de
taches noiratres beaucoup plus larges, le dos d’un brun moins rous-
sitre (plus olivatre), bec plus court et un peu plus élargi 4 la base.
*79, MIONECTES STRIATICOLLIS (d’Orb. et Lafr.).
Deux femelles de Surupata et de Chaguarpata recueillis en février.
80. TyRANNISCUS CHRYsOPS (Scl.).
Une paire et un jeune de Cayandeled recueillis en janvier et février.
*81, TyRANNISCUS UROPYGIALIs (Lawr.), Ann. Lyc. N. H. New
York, 1869, p. 266.
Deux males et une femelle de Cechce et de Cerro Margarita,
recueillis par Stolzmann en avril. Iris brun foncé, Selon toutes les
données il nous parait que c’est un Tyranniscus et non Mecocerculus.
$2. ORNITHION SCLATERI, Berl. et Tacz.
Une femelle de Cayandeled prise par Stolzmann le 15 janvier.
#83, ELAINEA GRISEIGULARIS, Scl., P. Z.S8. 1858, p. 554, pl-
exlvi. f. 1.
Deux miles et deux femelles pris par Stolazmann a Cechce et
Bugnac (5400 pieds) en mai.
Ces. oiseaux se distinguent de la EF. modesta, Tsch. (L. albiceps
d’Orb.), du Pérou, par le blanc beaucoup moins développé sur la huppe
interne, sans y former les cornes latérales foncces lorsque loiseau
hérisse les plumes ; les deux bandes transalaires beaucoup plus régu-
liéres et mieux prononcées; pli de laile plus jaune; les flancs de
Yabdomen lavés plus fortement de jaune; la couleur du dos plus
foncée et tirant sur l’olivatre. La taille est la méme. Les oiseaux
péruviens avec lesquels nos oiseaux ont été comparés ont été
recueillis depuis novembre jusqu’en mars.
#84, My1opDYNASTES CHRYSOCEPHALUS, Tsch,
Un mile pris par Stolzmann 4 Surupata le 19 janvier. Iris brun
foneé. Cet oiseau est d’une taille beaucoup moins forte que le male
adulte du Pérou central, et s’en distingue par beaucoup de détails de
la coloration, et principalement il a le devant du front fortement
strié de blanc, tandis qu’il n’y a presque point de trace de cette
couleur au front de l’oiseau péruvien ; la huppe interne est orangée
1884. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 297
au milieu, tandis qu’elle est toute limonacde dans l’oiseau péruvien ;
le cendré de la nuque et du cou postérieur moins pur et lavé en
grande partie d’olive ; l’olive du dos plus foncé et tirant au brunatre;
les suscaudales entourées d’une bordure rousse; en dessous le bas de
la gorge plus fortement coloré d’ocreux ; les flamméches foncées pec-
torales beaucoup plus prononcées ; le jaune du reste beaucoup plus
intense ; dans les ailes les tectrices et les remiges bordées plus forte-
ment de roux 4 l’extérieur ; la bordure interne des remiges est d’un
ocreux roussitre, tandis qu’elle est jaune a peine lavée de fauve chez
Voiseau péruvien ; toutes les rectrices bordées finement 4 lextérieur
de roux, et plus largement au bord interne. Le bec est un peu plus
élargi et moins atténué a l’extrémité.
La femelle du Pérou septentrional (Huambo) s’accorde en général
avec l’oiseau du Pérou central, mais sous certains rapports elle est
comme intermédiaire entre loiseau du Pérou central et celui de
YEcuadeur, elle a beaucoup plus d’ocreux sur la gorge et le devant
du cou, toutes les tectrices bordées des deux cétés de roux, mais
beaucoup moins que chez l’oiseau de |’ Kcuadeur.
3 du Pérou central. Long. de laile 114, queue 97, bec 29, tarse
18 millim.
@ du Pérou septentrional. Long. de l’aile 110, queue 92, bee 29,
tarse 18 millim.
3 de lEcuadeur occid. Long. de Vaile 97, queue 83, bec 29,
tarse 17 millim.
*85. Myioptus FLAVICANS, Scl., P. Z. 8S. 1860, p. 464.
Six males et sept femelles de Cayandeled, Surupata (3800 pieds),
Pedregal (2800 pieds), pris en janvier, février et mars.
86. Myronrus CRYPTERYTHRUS, Scl.
Un mile et deux femelles de Cayandeled du 12 mars et du 27
février.
&7. Myiosius sTELLATUS, Cab.
Une paire de Cayandeled et de Pedregal pris par Stolzmann en
janvier et en février.
88. Conropus arpvesracus (Lafr.).
Quatre males adultes, un jeune mile et deux femelles de Cayan-
deled et de Bugnac, recueillis en janvier et février.
Identiques aux oiseaux du Pérou central et septentrional et de
Venezuela (Musée Berlepsch) ; ce dernier a cependant les ailes un peu
plus longues. Les oiseaux de l’Ecuadeur ont le milieu du bas ventre
en général plus pile et lavé de fauve.
89. ConTOPUS RICHARDSONI (Sw.).
Un mile de Pedregal (2800 pieds) et un jeune en mue de Placer
(2800 pieds) pris en janvier et en mars. Iris brun foncé.
90. Myrarcuus NIGRICEPS, Scl.
Un male de Bugnac (6000 pieds) pris par Siemiradzki en juin.
298 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [May 6,
91. TyRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, Vieill.
Un mile adulte de Cayandeled pris par Siemiradzki le 22 janvier.
CoriNnGIDz.
*92, PacHYRHAMPHUS VERSICOLOR (Hartl.).
Un mile et deux femelles de Cayandeled recueillis en février et mars.
Ce mile a la gorge et les cétés de la téte lavés plus fortement de
jaune que les exemplaires de Bogota et d’ Antioquia (Musée Berlepsch),
il a aussi le dessous du corps plus lavé de jaunatre et les raies noires
trés peu apparentes. Les femelles ont le jaune plus intense que les
femelles péruviennes, 4 raies foncées beaucoup plus marquées, le roux
beaucoup plus repandu sur les ailes. En outre les dimensions sont
plus petites que dans les oiseaux de la Nouvelle Grénade et du Pérou.
Il parait done qu’il faudra les distinguer comme une race locale.
*93. PipREOLA JucuNDA, Scl., P. Z.S. 1860, p. 89, pl. clix.
(décrit de Cachi-Llacta prés de Nanegal).
Six miles et une femelle de Cayandeled (4500 pieds) recueillis en
janvier et février. Iris jaune d’orange.
*94, HeLIocHERA RUBROCRISTATA (d’Orb. et Lafr.).
Deux femelles de Cechce, prises en avril et mai. Iris rouge de
cerise.
95. CEPHALOPTERUS PENDULIGER, Scl.
Une femelle d’El-Placer (2600 pieds) prise par Siemiradzki le 24
février.
Dépourvue en entier de l’appendice jugulaire si remarquable chez
autre sexe.
DENDROCOLAPTID®.
*96. SYNALLAXIS FRONTALIs, Pelz.
Cing miles, trois femelles et un jeune de Cayandeled, de Chaguar-
pata et de Cechce, recueillis en février, mars et avril.
Ces oiseaux sont intermédiaires entre le S. frontalis du Pérou
central et le S. fruticicola du Pérou septentrional. Ils sont tous
aussi largement blancs au milieu des parties inférieures du corps
comme cette derniére espéce; la bande sourciliére est d’un gris
cendré plus clair que la région auriculaire ; deux femelles ont méme
la partie postoculaire de cette bande colorée de roussatre, mais moins
fortement que chez les S. fruticicola.
97. SYNALLAXIS PuDICa, Scl.
Un mile recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 Cayandeled (4000 pieds) le
19 février. Iris brun rougeatre.
98. SYNALLAXIS ERYTHROPS, Scl.
Trois males et quatre femelles de Cayandeled et de Pedregal,
recueillis en janvier, février et mars. Iris brun rongeatre.
1884.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 299
*99, SyNALLAXIS WYATTI, Scl. et Salv., P. Z.S. 1870, p. 841.
Trois males et deux femelles de Cechce (10,400-11,000 pieds)
recueillis en mai et en juin.
Ces oiseaux ne difftrent d’un exemplaire de la Nouvelle Grénade
(Santa Martha) du Musée de Berlepsch que par le bee moins long
et plus foncé, Vaile plus courte, les taches noires des parties
supérieures du corps en général plus grosses et moins largement
bordées d’une nuance grise et un peu différente ; le dessous du corps
plus ocreux A stries ocreuses sur le devant du cou et la poitrine plus
nettement prononcées sur un fond tirant au grisatre; dans la queue
nos oiseaux ont sur la quatriéme rectrice une grosse ligne rousse
beaucoup plus marquée sur la barbe interne prés de la baguette.
Quant 4 la tache gulaire la couleur n’est pas constante; un male l’a
d’un roux ferrugineux assez intense parsemé finement de noir par les
extrémités de ces plumes, en général beaucoup plus petite que dans
les autres individus; le deuxicme male l’a d’un ocreux roussatre
beaucoup plus grande que le précédent, également parsemée de noir ;
le troisicme mile et la femelle ont d’un jaunatre soyeux aussi pale
que celui de l’oiseau de la Nouvelle Grénade sans rien de noir au
bout des plumes et sans bordure ocreuse en bas de cette tache, bien
prononcée chez l’oiseau cité plus haut.
Un autre exemplaire provenant également de Santa Martha, de la
collection de M. Sclater, présente les mémes caractcres différentiels
dans la coloration, étant également en plumage frais, d’ot vient que
toutes les taches noires sont plus fines, et les bordures plus larges,
mais ilale bec aussi court que tous nos oiseaux, l’aile au contraire un
peu moins longue; le roussatre de la tache gulaire intermédiaire
entre celui des individus les plus pales et celui qui l’a d’un ocreux
roussitre. Dimensions des oiseaux de |’ Ecuadeur :—
3 Longr. de laile 66, queue 68-70, bec 23, tarse 25 mm.
2 >”? 39 65, 3 68, 29 21, 39 25 3
*100. PsEUDOCOLAPTES BOISSONNEAUTI (Lafr.).
Une femelle de La Union (8700 pieds) pris par Stolzmann en juin.
*101. AUTOMOLUS HOLOSTICTUS STRIATIDORSUS, Stolzm. MS.
A. holosticto valde affinis, sed corpore subtus rufescentiore, minus
olivaceo ; alis eatus rufescentioribus ; rectricibus angustioribus ;
tectricibus superioribus et inferioribus caude saturatius brunneo-
castaneis ; marginibus plumarum dorsi minus nigrescentibus et
striis pallidis minus clare definitis ; rostro, ut videtur, basi altiore
vix distinguendus.
d+ Long. de l’aile 86, queue 92, bec (culmen) 24, tarse 26 mm.
a . » ” 853 ” 84, ” 24, ” 26 »”
Trés voisin de l’A. holostictus, Scl. et Salv., d’ Antioquia (Musée
Berlepsch), mais différent dans les détails indiqués dans notre dia-
gnose. M. Sclater, quia examiné les oiseaux de Siemiradzki, les
croit identiques 4 son A. holostictus.
300 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [May 6,
Deux miles et une femelle de Cayandeled et de Chaguarpata
recueillis en février et janvier. Iris brun foncé.
*102. AUTOMOLUS IGNOBILIS, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 522
(décrit d’Antioquia).
Un mile et trois femelles de Cayandeled (4100 pieds) recueillis
en février et mars. Iris brun foncé.
M. Selater, qui a comparé un exemplaire de l’Ecuadeur du Musée
Berlepsch, identique aux oiseaux de Cayendeled, avec son type, n’a
trouvé aucune différence.
103. ANABAZENOPS TEMPORALIS (Scl.).
Une jeune femelle de Pedregal recueillie par Siemiradzki le 29
janvier. Iris brun.
*104. ANABAZENOPS SUBALARIS (Scl.), P. Z. S. 1859, p. 141
(décrit de Pallatanga).
Huit miles et deux femelles de Cayandeled, de Pedregal (2800
pieds), de Surupata et de Chaguarpata (5700 pieds), recueillis en
janvier, février et mars. Iris brun foncé.
*105. MARGARORNIS PERLATA (Less.).
M. squamigera, auctt., nec d’Orb. et Lafr. (voyez ‘Ibis,’ 1874,
p- 323).
Un mile adulte de Chaguarpata recueilli par Siemiradzki le 24
janvier. Iris brun.
Le cannelle ou chatain du dessus du corps est plus intense, la
gorge et les taches du dessous plus lavés de jaune que chez les
oiseaux de Bogota. II serait peut-étre utile de s¢parer les oiseaux
de |’Ecuadeur occid. comme une race locale.
106. MARGARORNIS BRUNNESCENS, Scl.
Une paire et un oiseau sans indication de sexe de Cayandeled re-
cueillis en janvier.
Identiques aux oiseaux de Chimbo, et présentent les mémes diffé-
rences des oiseaux de la Nouvelle Grénade. Les oiseaux péruviens
(Huambo) ont la queue plus longue que ceux de |’Ecuadeur, et les
taches du dessous en général plus grosses.
107. GLYPHORHYNCHUS CUNEATUS CASTELNAUDI (DesMurs).
Trois males et deux femelles de Cayandeled et de Pedregal (2600
pieds) recueillis en janvier et février. Iris brun foncé.
Identiques aux oiseaux de Chimbo. IIs different des oiseaux de
Yurimaguas, recueillis également en janvier et février, par le bec
plus court et plus large au bout, la nuance du dessous plus foncée,
le roux de la gorge plus pale et le cou antécrieur et la poitrine plus
fortement tachetés. Ces oiseaux de |’Ecuadeur ont en général la
queue plus ou moins fortement usée 4 l’extrémité, tandis qu’elle est
intacte dans les péruviens. Les oiseaux de Cayenne ont le bec aussi
long et presque de la méme forme que ceux de Yurimaguas, mais
1884.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 301
s’en distinguent par le fond du dessous presque de la méme nuance
que celui des oiseaux de |’Ecuadeur et non olivatre comme dans les
oiseaux de Yurimaguas avec des stries claires prolongées le long du
milieu du ventre jusqu’aux sous-caudales.
*108. Denprocoxaptes vALipvus, Tsch.
Un mile recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 Cayandeled le 19 janvier.
Iris brun foncé.
Cet individu est jeune, et difftre beaucoup de l’oiseau de Bogota
par la coloration en général plus obscure ; le roux de la queue et
des ailes plus foncé, les stries de la téte différentes; le bec plus
large 4 la base et d’une couleur plus pile.
Cet oiseau est d’une taille moins forte que ceux du Pérou central,
a bec de la méme forme et également élargi 4 la base; la couleur
générale est plus foncée, surtout la queue présente une grande diffé-
rence sous ce rapport; les stries fauves du dos sont distinctement
plus larges, les raies brunes sur cette partie beaucoup moins déve-
loppées et reduites 4 des taches courtes disposées sur les deux cétés
de la strie médiane; les stries du sommet de la téte sont d’une autre
forme, c’est-a-dire qu’elles sont presque également larges dans toute
leur longueur, tandis qu’elles sont trés fines chez l’oiseau péruvien
et fort élargies 4 l’extrémité.
Long. de Vaile 130, queue 115, bec 45, tarse 29 mm. (ois. de
Cayandeled).
Long. de l’aile 140, queue 140, bee 45, tarse 28 mm. (ois. de
Monterico),
Les oiseaux du Pérou et de |’Ecuadeur ont été tués presque a la
méme époque de l’année, les premiers le 19 décembre, le dernier 19
janvier. Celui de ’Ecuadeur a l’extrémité des rectrices médianes
fort usée.
L’oiseau d’ Antioquia recueilli par Salmon présente une différence
beaucoup plusimportante. I] a le bec beaucoup plus court et moins
élargi; les raies du dos presque effacées, les raies du dessous plus
fines.
Long. de l’aile 134, queue 122, bec 40 mm.
*109. PrcoLaPTES LACRYMIGER WARSZEWI&ZI (Cab. et Hein.).
Quatre males de Cayandeled recueillis en janvier. Iris brun
foncé.
Ces oiseaux de |’Ecuadeur ressemblent & ceux du Pérou et ne s’en
distinguent que par la couleur des parties supérieures du corps plus
rousse, sans rien d’olive qui se manifeste plus ou moins chez les
oiseaux péruviens.
ForMICARIID.
*110. THAMNOPHILUS UNICOLOR (Scl.).
Dysithamnus unicolor, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 141 (décrit de Pal-
latanga).
Quatre males adultes et deux femelles de Cayandeled et de Suru-
pata recueillis en janvier, février et mars. Iris brun foneé,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XXI. 21
302 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [May 6,
L’oiseau typique de la collection de M. Sclater, exaininé par
Berlepsch, est identique en tout & nos oiseaux. M. Sclater est aussi
actuellement d’avis que c’est un Thamnophilus et non Dysithamnus.
111. DysrrHaAMNUS SEMICINEREUS, Scl.
Un mile moins adulte que celui de Chimbo recueilli par Stolamann
le 23 janvier. Iris brun foncé.
112. MyrmoruEeRvuLA MENETRInSI (d’Orb.).
Un mile adulte pris par Stolzmann 4 Surupata le 27 janvier.
*113. FoRMICIVORA CAUDATA, Scl.
Cing males, cing femelles et deux jeunes de Cayandeled, Chaguar-
pata, et Surupata, recueillis en février et mars. Iris brun fonce.
114. PyriGLENna PICEA, Cab.
Male adulte recueilli par Stolamann 4 Cayandeled le 24 janvier.
Iris rouge cramoisi.
Identique aux oiseaux péruviens.
#115. GRALLARIA RUFICAPILLA, Lafr.
Deux miles de Cayandeled et de Cechce, recueillis en janvier et
mai. Iris brun fonceé.
L’oiseau de Stolzmann a le roux de la téte moins foncé que les
oiseaux d’Antioquia et de Medellin du Musée de Varsovie, et passant
graduellement en olive du dos; le roux des cétés de la téte plus
pale; le blanc du dessous lavé de jaunatre et non pur comme dans
les oiseaux cités; les taches foncées des cdtés de abdomen ont
moins de noir et manquent en eutier sur le milieu de la poitrine et
de abdomen. Loiseau est un peu moins fort, 4 bec distinctement
plus long.
L’exemplaire de Siemiradzki et deux autres oiseaux du Musée de
Berlepsch, recueillis dans ! Ecuadeur par Buckley, ont les couleurs
du dessus (le roux de la téte et le brun olive du dos) plus obscurs
qu'un oiseau de Bogota. Les premiers ont aussi les plumes du
milieu de la poitrine moins bordées de brun et de roux, le fond du
dessous d’un blanc plus pur. Le dernier a aussi l’ongle du doigt
postérieur plus court.
*116. GRALLARIA REGULUS, Scl. et Salv.
Un mile de Pedregal (2600 pieds) recueilli par Stolazmann le 27
février, Iris brun foncé.
La femelle du Pérou septentrional (Tambillo) se distingue de
notre oiseau par la présence du blanc sur le collier, de grosses taches
noires sur le milieu de la poitrine et des petites sur le milieu de l’ab-
domen, le milieu de l’abdomen d’un roux beaucoup plus pale, le fond
du dos plus brunatre, une taille moins forte.
#117. GRALLARIA MONTICOLA, Lair.
Huit males, deux femelles, et un jeune en premier plumage de
1884.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 303
Cechce jusqu’s 10,000 pieds, recueillis en avril et mai. Iris brun
trés foncé.
Identiques 4 l’oiseau de Quito au Musée Berlepsch.
*118. GRALLARIA RUFULA, Lafrt.
Une paire de Cechce (10,000 pieds), recueillie par Stolamann le
10 mai. Iris brun trés foneé.
PreROPTOCHIDS.
*119. ScyTaLopus MAGELLANICUs (Lath.).
Trois males adultes et une femelle de Chaguarpata (5700 pieds )
et de Cechce. Iris brun foncé.
Identiques aux oiseaux de Cutervo.
TROCHILID&.
*120. PHAETHORNIS SYRMATOPHORUS, Gould.
Un male de Cayandeled, recueilli par Stolzmann le 20 janvier.
*121. Larresnaya GAyI (Boure. et Muls.).
Deux miles et deux femelles de Cayandeled et de Chaguarpata,
recueillis en janvier, avril et mai.
*122, PerasopHora ANAIs (Less.).
Trois males adultes de Cechce et d’Alausi (7650 pieds), recueillis
en avril et mai.
*123, PerasopHoRA CYANOTIs (Bourc.).
Un male et deux femelles de Cayandeled et de Cechee, receuillis
par Stolzmann en mars et avril.
*124. PHZOLZMA ZQUATORIALIs, Gould.
Huit males et trois femelles recueillis 4 Cayandeled en janvier,
février, avril et mai.
Les femelles manquent de prase jugulaire, elles ont la gorge
blanchatre maculée de vert doré ; la queue plus courte que celle du
male.
*125. ERIOCNEMIS LUCIANI (Bourc.).
Un mile et quatre femelles de Cechce, recueillis en avril et en mai.
*126, HeLiorrypeua vioia (Gould).
Male et femelle de Cechce et de La Union (5700 pieds), recueillis
en mai et juin.
*127. DipHLOGHZNA HESPERUS, Gould.
Treize males adultes, une femelle et trois jeunes males de Cechce
et de Alpachaca (10,500 pieds), recueillis en avril et en mai.
2. La femelle se distingue du male d’une maniére analogue a
celle des deux autres espéces ; les plumes du sommet de la téte sont
ai
304 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [May 6,
courtes, moins polies et forment une surface comme squamuleuse
d’une couleur semblable 4 celle du male, mais distinctement moins
brillante, et presque uniforme depuis le front jusqu’a la nuque,
e’est-A-dire qu’elle est plus rouge sur cette dernicre que chez le
male ; la raie médiane bleue est plus claire et non saphirée, presque
aussi large que celle du male et ne dépassant pas langle postérieur
de l’ceil, il lui manque donc la partie élargie sur le cervix propre 4
Pautre sexe ; dans les autres directions de la lumiére ce bleu passe en
violet. Le vert des parties inférieures du corps est distinctement
plus clair que chez le male, mais également étincellant, méme plus
fortement sur |’abdomen; la base de toutes ces plumes est plus
claire que chez le male, et en conséquence tout le dessous parait étre
plus distinctement squamuleux ; elle n’a aucune trace de la gemme
jugulaire; le bronzé du dos moins uniforme, passant au vert sur les
cotés. Le reste est comme chez le male. Les males non adultes se
distinguent par le sommet de la téte couvert en entier de plumes
aussi courtes que celles de la femelle d’un bronzé cuivreux obscur, &
éclat métallique faible non étincellant, ou faiblement devant les
yeux dans des rares directions de la lumiére ; le reste est comme chez
les adultes ; les uns ont la gemme jugulaire violette aussi bien déve-
loppée que chez les adultes ; les autres n’en ont point.
Il y a aussi un male 4 sommet de la téte paré d’une manicre la
plus brillante et la plus compléte et sans gemme jugulaire, qui n’est
répresentée que par une plume unique verte en partie et violette sur
le reste.
*128. PANOPLITES MATHEWws!I (Bourc.).
Un mile et deux femelles de Cayandeled, recueillis en février et
mars.
*129. DocIMASTES ENSIFERUS SCHLIEPHACKEI (Heine).
Deux males adultes et une femelle de Cechce, recueillis par
Stolzmann en avril et mai.
*130. BouRCIERIA FULGIDIGULA, Gould.
Six males et six femelles de Cayandeled et de Tribulpata (7000
pieds), recueillis en janvier, février et mars.
131. Hetiopoxa sAMESONI (Bourc.).
Un mile de Placer (2800 pieds), recueillis par Stolzmann le 23
janvier.
132. Lampropyeta witsont (Del. et Bourc.).
Deux paires de Cayaudeled et de Pedregal, recueillis en janvier et
février.
*133, AGLHACTIS CUPREIPENNIS (Bourc. et Muls.).
Male et deux femelles, recueillis 4 Cerro Margarita et 4 Cechce
en avril.
1884. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR, 305
*134, METALLURA TYRIANTHINA (Bourc.).
Quatre males et deux femelles de Chaguarpata (7000 pieds) et de
Cechce, recueillis en janvier, février et avril.
Ces oiseaux s’accordent en tout & ceux de Bogota, ils ont seule-
ment le dessous du corps un peu plus lavé de roussitre. Les oiseaux
de Quito sont plus grands, surtout le bee, et ont la queue plus dorée ;
e’est le U. tyrianthina quitensis (Gould).
*135. RAMPHOMICRON MICRORHYNCHUM (Boiss.).
Un jeune mile commencant & prendre l’habit d’adulte, recueilli
par Stolzmann 4 Cechce le 6 mai.
*136. ADELOMYIA MELANOGENYS MACULATA (Gould).
Un mile et trois femelles de Cayandeled et un jeune male de
Chaguarpata (5800 pieds), recueiliis en janvier, février ct. mars.
En général ils ressemblent aux oiseaux de Bogota, mais ils ont la
moitié basale de la barbe interne des rectrices latérales plus longue-
ment blanc roussdtre clair et cette couleur mieux tranchée de la
partie foncée. II parait aussi que dans cette race les taches gulaires
sont plus grandes et plus prononcées, les flancs moins roussatres, et
le bec un peu plus long. Ils s’accordent aussi dans les mémes dé-
tails avec les oiseaux péruviens.
*137. ScHISTES PERSONATUS, Gould.
Quatre males de Pedregal et de Cayandeled, recueillis par Stolz-
mann en janvier et février.
138. CYNANTHUS CYANURUS Ca@LEsTIs (Gould).
Sept males adultes, deux jeunes miles et cing femelles de Cayan-
deled, recueillis en janvier et février.
*139. LesBriA AMARYLLIS (Bourc.).
Cing miles et deux femelles de Cechce et d’Alausi, recueillis en
avril et mai.
Identiques aux oiseaux de Quito (Musée Berlepsch), si ce n’est
quils ont les tectrices superieures de la queue lavées de cuivreux
doré au liea d’améthyste violet, le vert du dos plus pur, moins doré
et le bec un peu plus long.
Un mile de Bogota (Musée Berlepsch) a la queue beaucoup moins
longue que tous les oiseaux de lEcuadeur, mais en outre il ressemble
en tout aux oiseaux de Quito. Si cette différence dans la queue
serait constante on pourrait séparer la L. amaryllis de Y Ecuadeur
comme une race locale.
*140. Lesp1a GOULDI GRACTILIs (Gould).
Un wile et trois femelles de Cechce, recueillis en mai.
*141, STEGANURA MELANANTHERA (Jardine).
Sept males et six femelles recueillis 4 Cayandeled et 4 Pinyam-
punga et Surupata, en janvier, février et mars.
306 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKION [May 6,
Identiques aux oiseaux de Quito excepté qu’ils ont l’aile un peu
plus longue et le vert de la gorge du male plus bleuatre et plus
terne, le front moins cuivreux. La forme et la couleur des palettes
caudales varie beaucoup, dans les uns elles sont d’un beau bleu vio-
latre, dans les autres d’un bleu verdatre.
*142, ACESTRURA MULSANTI (Boure.).
Jeune mile commengant a prendre sa livrée d’adulte, pris par
Stolzmann & Alausi le 24 avril.
143. CuaTocercus BomBus, Gould.
Deux paires d’oiseaux adultes de Cayandeled, prises en février et
mars.
*144, Myrris raANNy (Less.).
Deux males et une femelle pris par Stolzmann en mai & Bugnac
(6400 pieds).
Cette femelle, incontestable selon Stolzmann, a sur un des cétés de
la région jugulaire une plume squamiforme d’un bleu aussi brillant
que celles du male,
145. JULIAMYIA FELICIANA (Less.).
Male adulte pris par Stolzmann 4 Bugnac le 28 mai.
146. AMAZILIA RIEFFERI JUCUNDA, Heine.
Six males et deux femelles de Cayandeled et de Pinampungu, re-
cueillis en janvier, février et mars.
147. CHLOROSTILBON MELANORHYNCHUM, Gould.
Un jeune mile pris par Stolzmann 4 Cayandeled le 15 janvier.
CAPRIMULGID&.
*148. LurocaLis RuUFIVENTRIS, Tacz. Ornith. du Pérou, i.
p. 209.
Une paire recueillie par Siemiradzski 4 Cayandeled le 25 janvier.
Oiseaux identiques aux péruviens. Le male adulte se distingue
de la femelle typiqne par les taches des parties supérieures du corps
d’un roux moins foncé, la présence de quelques grosses taches
blanches sur la nuque et Je haut du cou postérieur couvertes pour la
plupart par le brun noir de l’extrémité des plumes; les taches
rousses du bas de la poitrine plus larges, transformées en raies trans-
versales irrégulicres ; le roux du ventre un peu plus clair; les raies
noires aux sous-caudales postérieures un peu plus larges; les extré-
mités des rectrices submédianes d’un roux ocreux au lieu de blanc ;
la remige externe sans aucunes taches sur les deux barbes ; la seconde
tres faiblement tachetée. Longueur de l’aile 220 mm.
149. NycTipromvs ALBIcouuis (Gm.).
Un male de Cayandeled, pris par Stolzmann le 12 janvier. Iris
presque noir.
1884.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 307
Picip2.
150. CAmMprpuiLus scLATERI (Malh.).
Un mile de Cayandeled recueilli par Stolzmann en février.
*151. CamMpePHILUS POLLENS (Bp.).
Deux paires de Cayandeled et de Chaguarpata, recueillies en jan-
vier et février. Iris jaune.
Ils different des oiseaux de Bogota (Musée Berlepsch) par les
ailes et la quene plus courtes, le bec plus long. En coloration il
n’y a rien de particulier.
*152, CHLORONERPES FUMIGATUS (d’Orb. et Lafr.).
Un mile et deux femelles de Cayandeled et de El Placer (2800
pieds) pris en janvier et mars. Iris terre de Sienne brulée ou brun
foncé.
*153. CHLORONERPES MALHERBII, cl.
Trois males et une femelle de Cechce (10,000 pieds) pris en avril,
mai et juin. Iris brun foncé.
*154. HypoxANTHUS RIVOLI BREVIROSTRIS (Tacz.).
Une femelle de Cayandeled, recueillie par Siemiradzki en janvier.
Tris brun rougeatre.
Les oiseaux de l Ecuadeur paraissent étre intermédiaires entre le
vrai H. rivolii de Bogota et le vrai H. brevirostris péruvien. Ils
ont le bee plus long que ceux du Pérou, mais ils s’en accordent par
la dimension des ailes et de la queue et par la coloration. M. Du-
bois a derni¢rement nommé J’oiseau de |’ Ecuadeur H. equatorialis,
ce qui doit étre rangé comme synonyme du H. brevirostris.
TROGONID.
*155, TROGON PERSONATUS PROPINQUUS (Cab. et Hein.), Mus.
Hein. iv. p. 175.
Deux males de Cayandeled et de Chaguarpata (5700 pieds) et
une femelle de Cayandeled, pris en janvier et février. Iris brun
foncé chez le mile, rouge cerise chex la femelle.
Cette forme du 7’. personatus ne différe de la forme typique de
Bogota que par les dimensions un peu moins fortes, et plus sensible-
ment par le bec plus large et plus long. Le 7. heliothrix du Pérou
central a les mémes proportions que le 7’. propinquus, et n’en différe
que par une nuance plus ou moins bleuatre des parties supérieures
du corps, de la poitrine et des rectrices médianes, le bec un peu plus
comprimé et moins gros. ‘Toutes ces races sont trés proches entre
elles.
156. TrRoGon virRGINALIS, Cab. et Hein.
Deux males et une femelle de Pedregal (2800 pieds), recueillis en
janvier et février.
308 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON’ [May 6,
*157. PHAROMACRUS AURICEPS HELIACTIN (Cab. et Hein.),
Mus. Hein. iv. p. 207.
Un mile et une jeune femelle de Cayandeled (5000 pieds), pris en
février. Iris du male brun foneé, gris de la femelle.
Comme ce mile n’est pas complétement adulte et n’a qu’une
partie de plumes fraiches sur la téte, on ne peut pas estimer la dif-
férence complete qu’il peut présenter des oiseaux péruviens ; il parait
cependant de ce qu'il y a que Jes plumes de la téte sont dorées, et
non d’un doré cnivreux fort intense propre aux oiseaux du Pérou ;
le doré des plumes du dos et des tectrices alaires est aussi plus faible.
Les ailes dans cet oiseau de |’Ecuadeur sont moins longues de 8 mil-
limétres ; en revanche le bec est beaucoup plus fort.
*158. PHAROMACRUS ANTISIENSIS (d’Orb.).
Deux males et une femelle de Cayandeled recueillis en février.
Tris rouge cerise.
Le male s’accorde en tout avec l’oiseau de Bogota du Musée Ber-
lepsch, sice n’est qu’il est un peu plus petit, et a le vert moins pur.
Un oiseau de Sarayacu (Ecuador) recueilli par Buckley, et se trou-
vant au Musée Berlepsch, est encore plus petit et différe essentielle-
ment par un beau éclat cuivreux sur tout le vert du plumage, sur-
tout sur la téte. I] poss¢de aussi une bande sourcili¢re d’un
cuivreux améthyste, manquant chez les autres oiseaux. Le dernier
s’accorde le mieux avec la description de d’Orbigny, mais il faudra
peut-étre séparer l’oiseau de I’Ecuadeur occidental et de Bogota
comme une race locale.
CucuLip.
159. Praya CAYANA MEsuRA (Cab. et Hein.) ?
Un male de Surupata recueilli par Siemiradzki en janvier. Iris
rouge cerise.
Parait étre identique 4 l’oiseau de Bogota; l’oiseau de Sta Lucia
(Pérou septentrional) s’en accorde en tout.
RAMPHASTID.
*160. ANDIGENA LAMINIROsTRIS, Gould.
Deux miles et deux femelles de Chaguarpata (5800 pieds) et de
Cayandeled, pris en janvier et février. Iris brun rougeatre et brun
autour de la pupille; pattes d’un vert olive. Les femelles ont le
bec d’un tiers plus court que les males.
*161. AULACORHAMPHUS HZMATOPYGIUS, Gould.
Trois males et une femelle de Pedregal et de Cayandeled, pris en
janvier et février. Iris terre de Sienne brulée.
Ces oiseaux different des deux exemplaires de Bogota (Musée
Berlepsch) par le bee moins long et la mandibule supérieure enduite
seulement de brun rougeatre dans sa moitié latérale, tandis que dans
les oiseaux de Bogota les cétés sont rouges jusqu’au bout. Ilya
une strie bleuatre au dessus de l’ceil chez les individus de Bogota
1884. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 309
qui manque chez les oiseaux de l’Ecuadeur. Les derniers ont la
poitrine plus fortement lavée de bleuatre, sont généralement plus
obscurs et moins forts dans toutes les dimensions.
PsiTTacipz.
*162. Pronus coraLuinvus, Bp.
Deux males et une femelle recueillis par Stolazmann 4 Pedregal en
février. Iris brun foncé.
*163. Pronus seniLorpes (Mass. et Souancé).
Une femelle tuée par Stolzmann 4 Cayendeled en février. Iris
brun foncé.
STRIGIDA,
*164. Buso nicrescens, Berl.
B. virginiano ex America sept. et centr. proximus, sed differt co-
lore supra subtusque nigrescentiore, minus rufescente, plumarum
basibus ardesiacis (nec fulvis), tarsis fere unicoloribus sordide
albis (nec fulvis fusco fasciatis), maculis albis apicalibus tec-
tricum alurum superiorum fasciisque externis scapularium fere
pure albis.
Tout le dessus du corps d’un brun noiratre, varié de petites
macules irrégulicres d’un fauve pale ou blanchatre, disposées en
bandes séparées (deux ou trois de chaque cdté de la plume); la base
des plumes en dessus et en dessous du corps est d’un ardoisé noi-
ratre (largement d’un fauve roussitre chez le virginianus). Sommet
de la téte presque uniforme sans maculature; les huppes également
noiratres avec une faible maculature ou une bordure blanchatre au
bord interne des plumes; les plumes basales du bee, la partie anté-
rieure des tectrices auriculaires, le menton et une grande région
jugulaire d’un blanc pur; les plumes des freins ont les baguettes
noires, et quelques-unes au voisinage de l’ceil sont noires en entier ;
la région oculaire et sourciliére mélangée de noiratre et d’un blane
roussatre; tectrices auriculaires antérieures terminées largement
dune bordure noire formant un croissant noir trés distinct sur
chacun des cétés de la téte; les tectrices postérieures mélangées
de blane et de noiratre. Gorge bordée en dessous d’une bande
étroite de plumes obscures avec une maculature fauve; les cétés du
cou, le bord supérieur et les cdtés de la poitrine ont la méme colo-
ration que Je dos; sur la poitrine inférieure les raies blanches sont
plus grosses et plus distinctes, formant des bandes réguliéres sur les
plumes ; ces bandes blanches deviennent sur l’abdomen encore plus
larges, de sorte qu’on pourrait nommer les plumes blanches rayées
régulicrement de bandes noiratres (5-7 sur chaque plume, plus
étroites que les intervalles blanchatres, séparées du noiratre par une
ligne fauve) ; la région anale, les flanes internes et les sous-caudales
variés d’une maniére semblable au ventre, mais d’une teinte générale
plus roussatre. Les plumes des tibias d’un fauve blanchatre avec
une petite maculature obscure peu visible ; les plumes du tarse d’un
310 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON’ [May 6,
blane sale uniforme, sans taches. Remiges et rectrices d’un brun
noiratre comme le dos, traversées de bandes d’un brun grisatre
mélangé de roussiitre et de blanchatre, ondulé et moucheté de noi-
ratre. Sur la barbe interne des remiges et des rectrices, excepté les
deux médianes, ces bandes sont plus larges, et d’une couleur fauve
presque en entier mélangée de noiratre. Les rectrices terminées
largement 4 peu prés sur 18-20 millimétres, d’un blane roussatre
presque uniforme, excepté les deux médianes, qui ont l’extrémité
mélangée de blanc et de noiratre; il y a 6 bandes claires sur les
rectrices qui paraissent ¢tre d’un blanc roussatre uniforme sur la
page inférieure et y présentent la méme largeur que les bandes
noiratres. Tectrices supérieures de la queue noiratres barrées et
ondulées irrégulicérement de blanc roussatre. Les petites tectrices
supérieures de lavant bras sont d’un noiratre peu varié de rovs-
sitre ; celles des remiges primaires et de Vaile batarde noirgéres avec
une ou deux larges bandes d’un fauve clair sur la barbe interne;
les moyennes et les grandes noiratres mélangés de blanc roussiatre,
les antérieures présentant une grosse tache d’un blane presque pur
sur l’extrémité de la barbe externe, mouchetée un peu de noiratre
enarricre ; les scapulaires externes ont aussi quelques taches blancha-
tres, mais variés plus de rouss4tre en dehors; les sous-alaires anté-
rieures barrées de noiratre et de fauve, les postérieures blanches
mélangées de noiritre. Trois bandes claires sur la page inférieure
de la premiére remige. Bec noiratre, 4 extrémité pale ; iris jaune.
Long. totale 460, aile 350, queue 185, bec (culmen) 304, tarse
80 mm.
Une femelle de Cechce (10,000 pieds) prise par Siemiradzki en
juillet.
Au premier coup d’ceil on est tenté de prendre cet oiseau pour
une variété négre, comme on a souvent des exemples dans la
classe des rapaces ; mais comme M. Sharpe, dans le Catalogue des
Striges (p. 23), parle d'un oiseau pareil, provenant aussi de l’Ecua-
deur, du Musée Salvin et Godman, nous nous croyons étre justifiés
de l’opinion que cette curieuse coloration peut étre constante et
propre 4 une forme de Budo habitant les montagnes de I’ Kcuadeur
occidental, et non encore reconnue.
*165. MIcRASTUR GUERILLA, Cass.
Une femelle de Surupata prise par Siemiradzki le 24 janvier.
Iris brun grisitre ; parties nues de la téte et pattes jaunes.
Long. de Vaile 172, queue 165, bec (culmen) 173, tarse 58 mm.
Le doigt externe sensiblement plus long que l’interne.
Cet oiseau différe de deux oiseaux adultes du M. guerilla, prove-
nants de Guatemala (Musée Berlepsch), par le plumage généralement
plus obscur. Téte, dos et les ailes a ]’extérieur sont d’un ardoisé
brunatre uniforme, tandis que chez les oiseaux de Guatemala le dos
et la téte sont d’un ardoisé un peu plus clair, les ailes d'un brun
chocolat un peu roussitre. En dessous la différence est encore plus
frappante, car les raies noiratres sont plus larges et plus rapprochées
entre elles, les blanchatres plus étroites et fines sur la poitrine, ce
1884. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR, 31]
qui fait que tout le dessous du corps a une apparence beaucoup plus
foncée. La gorge est d’un brun assez sombre (plombé clair chez le MM.
guerilla). 1 n’y a que des traces faibles de deux bandes blanchatres
sur les rectrices médianes au lieu de trois bien prononcées de M.
guerilla. On ne voit pas de différence dans les dimensions, mais
le bee de l’oiseau de Surupata est un peu plus long.
Cet oiseau de Surupata pourrait aussi appartenir au M. pelzelni,
Ridgw. (‘ Ibis,’ 1876), décrit du Pérou oriental, car il a la queue
plus, courte que Vaile et n’a que deux bandes peu distinctes sur les
rectrices, ce qui constitue les caractéres distinctifs indiqués par M.
Ridgway entre le M7. pelzelniet le guerilla. Quant 4 la longueur de la
queue, il fant remarquer que les deux oiseaux adultes de Guatemala
(Musée Berlepsch) ont aussi la queue plus courte que Vaile, et qu’un
troisicme jeune de la méme localité l’a de la méme longueur que
Vaile.
MM. guerilla de Guatemala.
Aile. | Queue. Bec(culmen). ‘Tarse.
mm, mm. mm. mm.
Oiseau adulte ...... 177 160 164 59
5 33 Spumctt <0 148 152 58
so uelCUNbs «nants ee} G0 160 143 60
CoLuMBIDz.
*166. CoLUMBA ALBILINEA, Gr.
Une femelle recueillie par Siemiradzki 4 Bugnac.
167. Zenaipa MaAcuLaATa (Vieill.).
Deux males de Cechce recueillis en mai.
*168. METRIOPELIA MELANOPTERA (Molina).
Un male recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 Cechce le 1 mai.
Coloration plus obscure et plus brunatre que chez les oiseaux du
Pérou méridional et de Chili au Musée Berlepsch.
*169. LepropriLa VERREAUXI, Bp.
Mile adulte de Pedregal et un jeune male de Cayandeled, recueillis
en février. Iris jaune orangé.
Différent un peu des oiseaux de Amérique centrale par les cou-
leurs généralement plus obscures, et les sous-caudales bordées. d’une
nuance brunatre, la couleur du dessous des ailes d’un roux plus
foncé.
Des oiseaux du Pérou septentrional il différe aussi par la coulem
des parties supérieures du corps et des ailes tirant un peu au brvna-
tre; tout le dessous du corps lavé plus fortement de rose; I’ éclat
rosé beaucoup plus fort sur la nuque et le cou postérieur, "Te rose
commencant sur le vertex vis-a-vis de l’angle antérieur des yeux;
couleur rosée et non roussatre sur les cétés du cervix et de la nuque ;
312 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON = [May 6,
le roux du dessous des ailes plus intense et tirant au rougeatre;
les sous-caudales bordées de brunatre.
*170. GEOoTRYGON BOURCIERI, Bp.
Un mile recueilli par Stolzmann 4 La Union en janvier.
CRACIDA.
*171, PENELOPE MONTAGNII, Bp.
Une paire d’adultes recueillie par Siemiradzki 4 La Union (8700-
9000 pieds) en juin et juillet.
*172. CHAMZPETES GOUDOTI (Less.).
Quatre miles et deux femelles de Cayandeled recueillis en janvier
et février. Iris rouge de cerise dans le male, brun rougeatre dans
la femelle; parties nues de la téte d’un bleu outremer vif dans le
mile, d’un noir ferrugineux dans la femelle ; paupiéres inférieures
carnées ; pattes rouges.
Nos oiseaux en plumage tout frais dont la mue n’est pas encore
achevée, ne se distinguent de lindividu de Bogota (Musée de Varso-
vie) que par la nuance roussatre réduite 4 la gorge seule, sans étre
prolongée sur les cétés de la téte et du cou postérieur comme cela a
lieu chez l’oiseau cité ; le roux du dessous parait étre un peu plus
rougedtre, ne commencant pas aussi haut sur le bas de la région
jugulaire. La troisicme remige primaire est beaucoup moins attenuée
dans ces oiseaux de ]’Ecuadeur, ce qui ne se voit qu’au bout méme.
Aile. Queue. Bee. Tarse.
mm. mm. mm. mm.
Cree 240 240 38 62
ie 2 250 220 35 65 > de Cayandeled.
O ase 230 230 35 65
| eee 240 237 38 60 de Bogota.
de Govinda, Ecua-
Gine 263 280 _— 62 dor (coll. Buck-
ley).
Ce dernier sera probablement identique au Ch. tschudii, Tacz.,
du Pérou septentrional.
*173, CRYPTURUS TRANSFASCIATUS, Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1878,
p- 141, pl. xiii. (décrit de Sta Rosa, Ecuador).
Une paire de Guayaquil recueillie en aout. Iris rougeatre.
*174, NoTHoprocra CurRvirostRis, Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av.
Neotr. p. 163 (décrit de Calacali et Puellaro).
Une paire de Cechce (10,400 pieds) recueillie en avril et mai.
Iris brun foncé,
1884.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 313
Rauuiw#.
*175. RALLUS VIRGINIANUS, L.
Male adulte de Yoyacsi tué par Stolzmann en juin 4 9000 pieds
d’altitude. Iris brun rougeatre.
*176. Porzana caRo.ina (L.).
Une paire recueillie par Stolazmann 4 Cayandeled en février.
ScOLOPACID.
*177. GALLINAGO NOBILIS, Scl.
Deux males et une femelle adultes et un jeune male recueillis 4
Yoyacsi (9000-9100 pieds) en juin. Iris presque noir.
Comparés avec deux oiseaux de Bogota (Musée de Varsovie) et on
ne voit pas aucune difference.
Toutes les espéces non fournies dans l’envoi précédent sont
marquées par un astérique, | comme il y en a 127 de pareilles dans
cette liste, le nombre d’espéces recueillis par nos voyageurs est de
341.
Notes SupPLEMENTAIRES A NOTRE PREMIERE LISTE DES
OISEAUX DE L ECUADEUR OCCIDENTAL.
1. HyLopHitus MINOR, Stolzm. P. Z.S. 1885, p. 542.
L’oiseau de la collection de M. Sclater, recueilli par Fraser 4
Bubahayo et nommé par M. Sclater Hylophilus sp.?, et H. aurantii-
JSrons?, a été examiné par Berlepsch. C’est un jeune de notre
HI, minor.
2. PH@NICOTHRAUPIS STOLZMANNI, nobis, P. Z.S. 1883, p. 546.
M. Salvin en examinant la femelle recueillie par Siemiradzki était
de lopinion qu’elle appartenait au Ch. olivacea (Cass.) d’ Antioquia
et du Rio Truando (voyez Biolog. Centr.-Am., Aves, p. 298).
Nous avons deja expliqué qu'il n’y a pas de différence entre les
deux sexes de Poiseau recueilli par Stolamann et Siemiradzki, tandis
que tous les individus du Ch. olivacea connus, et que M. Salvin
croit étre males, ont la gorge, les freins, tour de l’ceil et une partie
des sousalaires jaunes. On ne voit rien de pareil chez nos oiseaux
des deux sexes, qui paraissent constituer une bonne espéce.
3. CHRYSOMITRIS SIEMIRADZKII, nob. P. Z.8. 1883, p. 551,
pel.
M. Sclater reconnait nos oiseaux pour une excellente espéce, et
dit qu’il ne possede dans sa collection qu’une femelle de Cuenca
(Fraser). Les oiseaux de Pallatanga nommés dans la liste de M.
Sclater Ch. icterica appartiendront probablement au CA. capitalis,
Cab.
314 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [May 6,
5. A List of the Rhopalocera collected by Mr. G. French
Angas in the Island of Dominica. By F. D. Gopman
and O. SaLvin.
[Received April 4, 1884.]
(Plate XXV.)
Our knowledge of the Lepidoptera of the West-Indian Islands is
very imperfect, and, if we except the island of Cuba, nothing like
a systematic attempt has ever been made to get together the frag-
mentary records on this subject which are scattered throughout
zoological literature. It is true that lists like the present have been
published of collections made in San Domingo and Puerto Rico, but
these, for want of more ample materials, fail to give anything like a
complete account of the Butterflies and Moths found in either of
these islands.
Enough, however, has been done to show in some measure the
character of the Lepideptera of the Antilles, the chief peculiarities
of which lie in the total absence of some of the most. characteristic
groups of the Neotropical fauna. Of the Nymphalide, the Danainz
are fairly represented so far as the genus Danais is concerned, but
the [thomie are restricted to three or four species in the larger
islands. Of Satyrinze there are hardly any (in the present collection
none at all!). The Brassoline are wholly absent, so also are the
Morphine. The Heliconine are represented by H. charithonia and
one or two species of Hueides. The Nymphaline proper alone in
this family maintain the peculiarity of the fauna, and in this sub-
family there are a few peculiar genera and several very fine species.
Of the Erycinidee, of which there are perhapsa thousand species on the
mainland of South America, not a single one has yet been discovered
on any of the Antilles. The Lycenidz are represented by some
common species of Lycena and a very few species of Thecla. The
Pierinz in so poor a fauna are fairly numerous, and amongst them
are some peculiar species. The Papilionine, for the small number
of species, are remarkable for their peculiarity and beauty—indeed
Papilio homerus of Jamaica is a most marked species even in this
wonderful genus. Finally, the Hesperides, besides including several
species of very wide range, also embrace a good many peculiar
species, but all of more or less extensive genera.
The number of species in Mr. Angas’s collection is 27, which are
distributed amongst the families of Rhopalocera as follows :—
Nymphalide.
Dein hie ag ce aie d ointats ta: Sani yon 1
Ney mi plialigiee jas. ergs alaiigiels or 7
Riviere bites SRE Ak ee ater es ae 3
Papilionide.
MPLETID Casco {aie sre ats ether ait 5
Papilionine ...... cicero yc scion gill
Besperidie: ss, .upens eeeeie eal ne
y | ales tenes
W.Purlaiss lib Hanhart imp
LEPIDOPTERA FROM DOMINICA
18384. ] RHOPALOCERA FROM DOMINICA. 315
One species of Nymphaline is apparently new, and belongs to the
Antillean section of the genus daca, of which there is a species in
Cuba and another in San Domingo.
Pieris virginia alone of the Pierinze has any claims to peculiarity :
it has been several times noticed in the Antilles, but the islands not
specified, with the exception of Cuba, where we rather doubt its
existence.
Rapilio neodamas is in the same category as Pieris virginia, and is
probably only found in the Windward Islands.
Of the Hesperidee it is difficult to speak with certainty. Two
species, both described in this paper, have probably the same range
as the Papilio and Pieris.
In conclusion, we may say that we still look for considerable
additions to the present list; and these may fairly be expected to
include peculiar species of Nymphalidz and Hesperidz, and perhaps
of Papilionide. The widely ranging forms, such as frequent the
more open country, are probably most of them included in the fol-
lowing list. It isin the forests and in the older vegetation that
novelties must be sought.
1. DANAIS PLEXIPPUS.
Papilio plexippus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 767
Danais plexippus, Godm. & Salv. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop.
Lp. 1.
This Danais appears to be common in Dominica, as there are
many specimens in Mr. Angas’s collection. These all belong to the
form prevalent in the northern parts of South America, in which the
spots in the apical portion of the primaries are purer white than in
North-American examples.
2. CoLa&niIs CILLENE.
Pa vilio cillene, Cram. Pap. Ex. t. 215 f. D, E:
We have already stated (Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 168) that
the Cuban species of this Colenis conforms best to Cramer’s figure,
though his specimen is stated to come from Surinam! The examples
in the present collection differ from the typical form of C. cillene in
that the transverse band of the primaries beyond the cell is rather
more strongly developed.
This is apparently a common species in the island:
3. AGRAULIS VANILLZE.
Papilio vanilie, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 787.
Agraulis vanille, Godm. & Saly. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i.
p. 171.
A very widely ranging species, found throughout the whole of
tropical America, as well as in the West-Indian Islands.
316 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [May 6,
4. JUNONIA CAENIA.
Junonia cenia, Hibn. Samml. ex. Schmett. ii. t. 32; Godm. &
Salv. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 220.
Agrees with specimens from the Greater Antilles and from Central
America.
5. ANARTIA IATROPHE.
Papilio iatrophe, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 779.
Anartia iatrophe, Godm. & Salv. Biol. Centr-Am., Rhop.i. p.221,
This species has already been noticed in the Greater Antilles.
6. DiponiIs BIBLIs.
Papilio biblis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 505.
Didonis biblis, Godm. & Salv. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 277.
Agrees with South-American specimens. The same species has
also been found in Haiti.
7. DIADEMA BOLINA.
Papilio bolina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 781.
Mr. Angas’s first collection contained a single female of this
eastern species which has long been known to have become natu-
ralized in Guiana. Since his return to England Mr. Angas has
received several male specimens of this conspicuous insect from his
friend Mr. Nicholls, who says it appeared suddenly in the island
in comparative abundance after a violent hurricane, and that during
a ten years’ residence in Dominica he had not previously observed it.
8. ANHZA DOMINICANA, sp.nov. (Plate XXV. fig. 1.)
Alis supra fuscis, apicibus marginibusque obscuris ; anticis maculis
ultra cellulam duabus, aliisque infra, lituram fere obsoletam
Sormantibus, flavescentibus ; posticis caudatis punctis, inmarginem
angulum analem versus, nigris: subtus griseo irroratis, triente
posticarum distali fusca, punctis viridibus notatis linea ferru-
ginea ab angulo apicali ad angulum analem transeunte.
Very similar to A. verticordia, Hiibn., from Haiti, from which,
however, it differs in its smaller size, and in having the three yel-
lowish spots towards the posterior angle of the primaries alone indi-
cated by an indistinct confluent mark. Another allied species is
the Cuban A. echemus, which is said to be also found on the main-
land.
This latter species is the type of Westwood’s genus Cymatogramma,
one which has of late years been merged in Anea (=Paphia). Like
Anea the subcostal branches join the costal, but there are, strictly
speaking, only two of them, the second being itself branched.
9. Lyca%NA HANNO.
Papilio hanno, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. t. 39. f. 2 B.
Rusticus adolescens hanno, Hiibn. Samml. ex. Schmett. i. t. 98.
There are many specimens of this widely ranging species in the
collection.
1884. ] RHOPALOCERA FROM DOMINICA. 317
10. Lycana cassrus.
Papilio cassius, Cram. Pap. Exot. t. 23. f. C, D.
Of this widely dispersed species Mr. Angas brought home only a
pair.
11. THECLA SALONA,
Thecla salona, Hew. Descr. of Lyc. p. 31; Tl. Diurn. Lep.
p. 159, t. 63. f. 429, 430.
There are three specimens in poor condition in the collection.
They agree fairly with others thus named by Mr. Bates, who took
them in the Amazons valley.
12. TrerAs pDEva.
Papilio agave, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ili. p. 193 (nee Cram.).
Terias deva, Doubl. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 78; Bates, Journ. Ent.
i, p. 240.
Many specimens, agreeing with others thus named by Mr. Bates
from the Amazons. This species also occurs in Central America,
but we have no examples of it from any of the other West-Indian
islands.
13. PIERIS VIRGINIA.
Pieris virginia, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 141 ; Luc. Lép. Ex. t. 33.
f. 1, p. 64.
Mylothris hemithea, Geyer in Hiibn. Zutr. viertes Hund. p. 24,
f. 693, 694.
A little known species, of which there are several specimens in the
collection. These agree with Godart’s description and Lucas’s
figure. We much doubt if P. vallei of Boisduval, attributed to
Cuba, is really distinct. It is not included in Herrich-Schiiffer’s
list of the butterflies of that island, and the figure in La Sagra’s
work is not very trustworthy.
14. CALLIDRYAS ARGANTE.
Papilio argante, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 470.
Callidryas argante, Bates, Journ. Ent. i. p. 238.
Many specimens, all rather smaller than the average of continental
examples.
15. CALLIDRYAS EUBULE.
Papilio eubule, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 764.
Callidryas eubule, Bates, Journ. Ent. i. p. 239.
Also a common species, and the specimens, like those of C. argante,
of small size.
16. CALLIDRYAS TRITE.
Papilio trite, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 763.
Callidryas trite, Bates, Journ. Ent. i. p. 239.
This too is a common species, but the individuals are about of the
normal size.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1884, No. XXII, 22
318 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [May 6,
17. PAPILIO NEODAMAS.
Papilio neodamas, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1852, p. 193, t. 10. f. 5.
Of this species little is known. Lucas, when describing it, gave its
locality as ‘‘ Les Antilles ;”’ and this is the first time its residence
has been traced to any particular island.
Its nearest ally is P. polydomas, from which it differs in having the
greenish-yellow transverse band straighter and running further from
the outer margin; beneath, the wings are blacker, the submarginal
band of red spots more conspicuous, and the yellow cilia restricted
to the indentations of the outer margin.
18. THYMELE PROTEUS.
Papilio proteus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 794.
Many specimens of this very widely distributed species.
19. THYMELE SANTIAGO ?
Eudamus santiago, Lefebvre, in La Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, vii.
p. 267.
Mr. Angas’s collection contains several specimens which resemble
Cuban examples which we attribute to this species. There are,
however, several points of difference which will perhaps be found to
be specific when the group is systematically investigated. The
secondaries have a more rounded outer margin and a shorter tail ;
beneath, these wings are much darker, and there is no paler patch on
the outer margin near the apical angle. The vitreous spots of the
primaries are very small, and in some specimens entirely wanting.
20. PrornrpEs ANGASI, sp.u. (Plate XXV. fig. 2.)
Alis fuscis, ad basin fulvis, anticis valde productis, maculis quatuor
hyalinis in linea transversa a costa angulum analem versus
transeuntibus, aliis duobus minutis apict propioribus ; subtus
anticis fere ut supra sed fulvo ad basin absente, posticis obscure
fuscis, litura irregulari medium alarum occupante rubro-fusca,
marginem eaternum versus punctis nigrescentibus notatis.
Mr. Angas brought home several specimens of this Skipper, which
appears in Dominica to represent P. idas of Cramer. This latter
insect has a wide range upon the American continent, and extends
to the island of Haiti. P. angasi differs, however, from it in having
the fulvous colour at the base of the wings more restricted, in want-
ing the white cilia of the outer margin of the secondaries, and the
grey mottling of the undersurface is entirely absent, though a faint
indication of the pattern on the secondaries exists. The white bands,
so conspicuous on the body of P. idas, are obsolete.
Lefebvre, in La Sagra’s ‘ Historia de Cuba’ (vii. p. 271), under the
name of Goniloba mercurius, alludes to certain specimens, which he
briefly describes, These would appear to be very like the species we
now characterize, ‘
1884.] RHOPALOCERA FROM DOMINICA. 319
21. TELEGONUS ANAPHUS.
Papilio anaphus, Cram. Pap. Ex. t. 178. f. F.
A single example, which we refer to this species, is included in
Mr. Angas’s collection. It is, however, rather different from
our continental specimens of this insect. The pale fulvous band of
the secondaries beneath is restricted to a narrow and ill-defined sub-
marginal band, beyond which again the wing assumes a darker
colour. We have in our collection a single specimen from the island
of Haiti which agrees with this Dominican insect ; but as we find the
fulvous band in our series from the mainland differing considerably
in certain individuals, we await further material before we are in-
clined to consider the Dominican insect worthy of specific distinction.
22. Hesperia? AMyYNTAS.
Hesperia amyntas, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 533.
Polygonus lividus, Hiibn. Samml. ex. Schm. ii. t. 144,
This is a very common insect in tropical America.
23. PyRGUS SYRICHTUS.
Hesperia syrichtus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 534.
Pyrgus syrichtus, Strecker, Cat. Am. Macrol. p. 176.
A common species in Dominica, as elsewhere.
24, PAMPHILA ETHLIUS.
Papilio ethlius, Cram. Pap. Ex. t.392. f. A, B.
A single specimen of this common South-American species.
25. PAMPHILA OCOLA.
Hesperia ocola, Edw. Proc. Ent. Soe. Phil. ii. p. 20, t. 11. f. 4.
Agrees with North-American examples of this species sent us by
Mr. Strecker. The figure given of it in the ‘ Proceedings of the
Entomological Society of Philadelphia’ is scarcely recognizable.
According to our views, the species ranges from North America
through Mexico, Central and South America, to South Brazil; and
though we have not as yet found an older name for it, so common a
species can hardly fail to have one.
Mr. Angas’s specimens are perhaps a little darker beneath than
usual, but the difference is not material.
26. PAMPHILA PHYLZUS.
Papilio phyleus, Drury, Ill. Nat. Hist. i. t. 13. f. 4, 5.
Pamphila phyleus, Strecker, Cat. Am. Macrol. p. 164; Lefebvre, in
La Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, vii. p. 277.
Phemidias augias, Hibn. Zutr. zweit. Hund. p. 10, f. 227, 228.
Pamphila bucephalus, Steph. Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 102, t. 10.
Ble.
Pamphila hala, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1870, p. 504.
This species was originally described by Drury from specimens
22*
320 ON RHOPALOCERA FROM DOMINICA. [May 6,
obtained in the islands of “Antigua, St. Christopher, and Nevis,
&c.’ ‘It has since been traced from Maryland southwards to the
Gulf of Mexico and to the Pacific Ocean, throughout the West-
Indian islands and Central America, and in South America to the
Argentine Republic.
Stephens’s P. bucephalus was based upon specimens said to have
been captured near Barnstaple, in Devonshire, but which were sus-
pected to have come from North America. The figure represents a
male, and not a female as stated by Mr. Strecker.
P. hala was based by Mr. Butler upon a single female specimen,
now in our possession, from Venezuela. This differs in no way from
the ordinary type of the female of this exceedingly common species.
Mr. Butler is silent as to the sex of his type, nor does he say a word
as to the alliances of the insect he describes !
27. PAMPHILA RAVOLA, sp.n. (Plate XXV. figs. 3, 4.)
Alis lete saturate ochraceis, anticis margine externo, plaga magna
ad angulum apicalem venam medianam attingente et stria super
ramos radiales nigris ; plaga tumida cellulari ad ramum medianum
primum et extra eam penicillo nigro notatis : posticis margine
costali et ad angulum analem nigris, margine externo angustissime
nigro, ciliis disco concoloribus: subtus fere omnino saturate
ochraceis fere unicoloribus, anticis ad marginem externum fusce-
scentibus et maculis duabus, una ad cellule basin, altera ad angu-
lum analem fusco-nigris.
Q. Anticis, absque plaga tumida et penicillo nigro, omnino fusce-
scentioribus ; coste dimidio basali, macula subapicali et fascia
mediana margini externo subparallela ochraceis ; posticis fusco
latiore marginatis ; subtus sicut in mare sed alis paulo obscuri-
oribus : corpore fusco, ochraceo tincto ; palpis sordide albidis,
antennis ochraceo terminatis.
Hab. Dominica (Angas).
Obs. P. vitellio (Hiibn.) (Samml. ex. Schm. ii. t. 153) quoad
colores affinis sed plaga magna ad angulum anticarum analem
diversus.
We have been unable to find any species at all resembling this
either in our own collection or in that of the British Museum.
Mr. Angas’s collection contains a good series of specimens of both
sexes.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXV.
Fig. 1. Anea dominicana, p. 316.
2. Proteides angasi, p. 318.
3. Pamphila ravola, 8, p. 820.
4, —— —., 9, p. 320.
5. Syntomedia angasi, p. 321.
(, Lucereon imrie, p. 322.
1884.] MR. H. DRUCE ON HETEROCERA FROM DOMINICA. 321
6. On a Collection of Heterocera from Dominica.
By Hersert Drvcez, F.L.S., F.Z.S8.
[Received May 6, 1884.]
(Plate XXV.)
The Heterocera enumerated in the present list were collected in
Dominica by Mr. George French Angas, who has kindly allowed me
to select any specimens that I require for my collection. I find that
the Moths from Dominica are mostly the same as those from Jamaica
and Saint Domingo ; some I am unable to determine with certainty,
and I therefore think it better not to describe them as new species
without seeing more specimens. I hope that Mr. Angas will
endeavour to obtain further collections from this island, as I feel
sure that many more species still remain to be discovered. The
collection contained examples of about one hundred and four species,
two of which I have described as new.
HETEROCERA.
1, AELLoPus TANTALUS, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 361.
2. Enyo tucusris, Linneus, Mantissa, p. 537 (1771).
3. CH&ROcAMPA TERSA, Linneus, Mantissa, p. 538 (1771).
4, PHILAMPELUS LINNEI, Grote and Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc,
Phil. v. pp. 157, 179, 182, t. 3. f. 3.
5, PHILAMPELUS LABRUSCA, Linneeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr, p. 352.
6. Pacuy ia Ficus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 353.
7. AMBULYX STRIGILIS, Linneus, Mant. p. 538.
8. ANCERYx ALOPE, Drury, i. p. 58, t. 27. fig. 1.
9. DiLopHoNnoTaA ELLO, Linnzus, Mus, Lud. Ulr. p. 351.
10. DiLopHoNOTA MERIANZ, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. v.
pp. 75 & 168, t. 2. fig. 2.
11. Proroparce rustica, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 540.
12. Protorarce cinGuLata, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 545.
13. SyNTOMEDIA ANGASI, sp. n. (Plate XXV. fig. 5.)
Primaries black, glossed with dark blue, crossed by three irregular
whitish hyaline bands broken into spots by the nerves—the first
nearest the base, a central spot, the second about the middle, two
spots, and the third near the apex, four spots. Secondaries bluish-
black, with the base and a wide central band whitish hyaline. Head,
thorax, and abdomen black, shot with blue in some lights ; a wide
white band at the base of the thorax. Antenne and legs black. The
322 MR. H. DRUCE ON HETEROCERA FROM DOMINICA. [May 6,
underside the same as above. The female does not differ from the
male except being slightly larger in size.
Expanse, ¢ 13 inch.
This species is allied to S. sauleyi. Three specimens of this
insect were obtained by Mr. Angas, two males and one female.
14, Cosmosoma avuGE, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 807.
15. EvCEREON IMRIEI, sp. n. (Plate XXV. fig. 6.)
Primaries dark brownish black, with a wide broken white spot near
the apex extending from the costal margin to near the ana! angle.
Secondaries semitransparent, white, with the margins broadly bordered
with brown. Head, thorax, and base of abdomen brown, the thorax
slightly speckled with reddish scales. Abdomen bright red, the anus
and a row of spots on each side black. Antenne, palpi, and legs
black, the tarsus banded with white.
Expanse 13 inch.
By the desire of Mr. Angas I have named this species after the
late Dr. Imrie.
16. PH@Gorrera corneA?, Her.-Schaff. Exot. Schmett. t. 14.
f. 62.
A single example in bad condition of what I believe to be this
species.
17. PuHa@GoprTera, sp.?
The specimen is in such poor condition that I am unable to make
it out.
18. EcPANTHERIA ERIDANE, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett.
te VOT.
19. Composia suBcyANEA, Walk. Cat. i. p. 230.
20. DE1operIA oRNATRIX, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 839.
This species is very common.
21. MELANCHROIA CEPHISE, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. t. 381. f. EB.
22. Leucania antica, Walker, Cat. ix. p. 100.
23. Eurnisanotia trmars, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. t. 275. fig. B.
24. Bacuna cupentina, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. t. 252. fig. E.
A single example of this species agreeing well with Cramer’s figure,
also with specimens before me from Guatemala and Panama.
25. XYLOPHASIA DENTERNA, Guén. Noct. i. p. 140.
26. PRopENIA ComMELIN#, Abbot & Smith, Lep. Ins. Georgia,
ii, t. 95.
1884.] MR. H. DRUCE ON HETEROCERA FROM DOMINICA, 323
27. AGROSTIS, sp.
The condition of this specimen is so bad that it is quite impossible
to identify it.
28. HELioTHis AaRMIGERA, Hiibner, Noct. t. 79. fig. 370.
29. CHLORIDEA RHEXI&, Abbot & Smith, Lep. Ins. Georgia, ii.
t. 100.
30. CeLa@wa incLrnaTA, Walk. Cat. xi. p. 732.
31. CeLa@na semiFurca, Walk. Cat. xi. p. 732.
32. CELG@NA, sp.
This insect is very close to C. tepens.
33. Micra, sp.
Two specimens in very bad condition.
34, PaLinp1a suNcIDA, Guén. Noct. ii. p. 277.
35. PLusiopontTa, sp.
36. GonoponTa NuTRIX, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. t. 312. fig. B.
37. GONODONTA TERETIMACULA, Guén. Noct. ii. p. 367.
38. Homoptera tunata, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. i. t. 20. fig. 3.
39. Homoprera exuausta, Guén. Noct. iii, p. 14.
40. Homoptera TERROSA, Guén. Noct. iii. p. 11.
41. Homoprera ruticinosa, Walker, Cat. xiii, p. 1059.
42. HomoprTera, sp.
A small species not in good condition.
43. Bouina FAscIoLaRis, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. f. 443,
444,
44, Bouina BistRiGA, Walker, Cat. xii. p. 1155,
45, Opuiperes apta, Walker, Cat. xiii. p. 1221.
46. Eresus opora, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat, i, p. 811.
47. BENDIS POAPHILOIDES, Guéi', Noct, iii. p. 215.
Zethes umbrata, Walk. Cat. xxxili, p. 1024. :
Ephyrodes postica, Walk. Cat. xxxiu. p. 1071.
Walker has described this species twice. I have examined the types
in the British Museum, and find that they all belong to the same
insect.
48. Opurusa NARRANS, Walk, Cat. xv. p. 1828,
324 MR. H. DRUCE ON HETEROCERA FROM DOMINICA. [May 6,
49. Puurys GARNOTI, Guénée, Noct. ili. p. 306.
50. PHurys HELVINA, Guénée, Noct. iii. p. 307.
51. Paurys 1mmunis, Guénée, Noct. iii. p. 305.
52. Puurys opTaBitis, Walk. Cat. xiv. p. 1485.
53. ReMIGIA DISSEVERANS, Walk. Cat. xiv. p. 1495.
Remigia persubtilis, Walk. Cat. xiv. p. 1497.
Remigia remanens, Walk. Cat. xiv. p. 1498.
Walker has described this variable species three times.
54, THERMESIA GEMMATALIS, Guén. Noct. iii. p. 355.
55. AZETA MIRZAH, Guén. Noct. iii. p. 360.
Thermesia fusilinea, Walk. Cat. xv. p. 1564.
Thyridospila suffusa, |. c. xxxv. p. 1971.
Chabora undulifera, |. c. xxxiii. p. 1114.
A common and very variable species. Walker has described it
under three different names and placed it in three different genera.
I have a larger series of specimens before me, and I do not see any
characters whereby to separate them.
56. TeTraTocera ERICATA, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. t. 370.f.E, 3,
im. t287-4. 0, 9.
57. UrarTeryx pouitia, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. t. 139. f. E.
58. Epione, sp.
59. Iopis iInpecLaRArtiA, Walk. Cat. xxii, p. 541.
60. Iopis, sp.
A single specimen in very poor condition.
61. ByssopEes arcentata, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. ii. t. 14. f. 2.
62. Acipavia pEeFrxariA, Walker, Cat. xxii. p. 731.
63. ACIDALIA PERDILARIA, Walker, Cat. xxxv. p- 1626.
64. Erosta, sp.
A small white species ; the specimens are much worn.
65. Macarra ENoTATA, Guén. Phal. ii. p. 69.
66. Macarta aquirerart, Walker, Cat. xxiii. p. 886.
A single specimen of this insect was taken by Mr. Angas.
67. Macarra acipauiata, Walker, Cat. xxiii. p. 893.
68. CiparIA, sp,
69. Crparta, sp.
A very worn example.
1884.] MR. H. DRUCE ON HETEROCERA FROM DOMINICA. 325
70. RaopartA PH@NICEALIs, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. i.
f. 115, 116.
71. Raoparta, sp.
Two or three specimens in poor condition.
72. SYNGAMIA FLORELLALIS, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. t.348. f. L.
73. SAMEA ECCLESIALIS, Guén. J. c. p. 194.
74, SaMEA, sp.
75. HyMeEnia FasciALis, Stoll, Cram. Pap. Exot. v. t. 36. f. 13.
76. Erera TIpuLAtis, Walker, Cat. xvii. p. 426.
77. CATACLYSTA PRINCIPALIS, Walker, Cat. xxxiv. p. 1333.
A single example of this very pretty little species.
78. ZEBRONIA SEMIZEBRALIS, Walker, Cat. xxxiv. p. 1345.
79. GLuYPHODEs sIBILLALIs, Walker, Cat. xvii. p. 506.
80. PHAKELLURA IMMACULALIS, Guén. Delt. et Pyral. p. 297.
A single example was obtained.
81. PHAKELLURA MARGINALIS, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. t. 371. f. D.
82. MARGARONIA JAIRUSALIS, Walker, Cat. xvili. p. 524.
83. AsTURA ELEVALIS, Guén. Delt. et Pyral. p. 319.
84. Borys @preopatis, Guén. l. ¢. p. 336.
85. Borys Toeatis, Ledr.
86. Borys campais, Guén. Delt. et Pyral. p. 344.
87. Borys, sp.
88. Borys 1ncauis, Snellen, Tijdschrift v. Ent. 1874, p. 202,
tts tf:
89. Borys ruryTALIs, Walker, Cat. xviii. p. 574.
90. Borys, sp.
A common dark-coloured species.
91. Borys aGAVEALIS, Walker, Cat. xvii. p. 576.
92. Borys, sp.
The collection only contained one specimen of this species.
326 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON HEADS OF Ovis POLI. [May 20,
93. Borys GRAPHITALIS, Snellen, Tijdschrift v. Ent. 1874, p. 199,
tlie 9: ;
94. CRAMBUS, sp.
95. CypostaA NOBILILELLA, Walker.
The collection contains about eight other species; but the
specimens are in such poor condition that I cannot with any certainty
make them out.
May 20, 1884.
Sir Joseph Fayrer, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.
Mr. W. T. Blanford exhibited a series of heads of Ovis pol, and
made the following remarks :—
I am indebted to the Hon. Charles Ellis, who has recently
returned from Yarkand, for the opportunity of exhibiting by far
the finest collection of Ovis-poli heads that has, I believe, ever been
brought to Europe. The whole of the specimens were obtained near
Sarikol, in the south-eastern part of the Pamir tableland. The
original locality whence Ovis poli was obtained is a few marches
further west.
The details given by Sir V. Brooke and Mr. B. Brooke in their
paper, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 509, ‘* On the large Sheep of the Thian
Shan, and the other Asiatic Argali,”’ appear to show that the only
known essential distinctions between Ovis poli, Blyth, and Ovis
karelini, Severtzoff, are in the form of the horns. A translation of
the principal characters given by Severtzoff in his work on the fauna
of Turkestan! is furnished ; and the other distinctive characters are
the larger size of O. poli, and some slight differences in external
coloration, which are shown by the specimens examined by Messrs.
Brooke not to be constant. According to Severtzoff the lachrymal
bone in the skull of O. poli is more developed than in O. karelini,
and there is said to be a difference in the proportional growth of
different parts of the skull ; but it may fairly be questioned whether
these distinctions are of specific value. The difference in size is
more important : Ovis karelini is said to be 5’ 10" to 6’ long and 3'6”
high at the shoulders ; O. poli 6' 7’ long and 3' 10” high; but a similar
difference is found in races of other wild Ungulates, e. g. Capra
egagrus. The most important distinction is, however, in the horns.
Those of O. poli are longer, and diverge much more on each side of
the head, so that the extreme distance between the tips, measured ina
straight line, is much greater compared to the actual length of the
horns round the curve, and to the other dimensions of the animal. In
four adult specimens of O. karelini of which the measurements are
1 For a complete translation see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, ser. 4, vol. xviii.
pp. 171, 210, 212, 217, and 220.
1884.] MR. W.T. BLANFORD ON HEADS OF OVIS POLI. 327
given in the paper I have quoted, the length of a horn round the
curve varies from 423 inches to 484, the mean being 45, and the
distance from tip to tip of horns in a straight line 31 to 36, mean
33 ; whilst in six adult specimens of O. poli the length of horn is from
49 to 63, mean 55:25, and the distance between the Bog 43% to 55,
mean 48°25 ; or the mean ratio in O. karelint is 100: 73, and in O. poli
100 : 87%.
The following are the measurements of the eleven specimens now
exhibited. Where there is any difference in the length of the two
horns, that of the longer horn is given, it being assumed that the
deficiency in the other is due to wear. The horns are measured
from the base in front over the outside curve of the frontal surface
to the tip; the distance from tip to tip is of course measured in a
straight line.
From tip to
Length of horns _ tip of horns in
round curve. a straight line. Ratio.
Nos Higoa> a 58 51 100 : 88
2 (fig. 1) 58 504 100 : 87
SON arene 574 47 100 : 82
Ae secs 62 473 100 : 76
5. wears 48 100 : 75
6. see 61t 462 100 : 75
Tbe 594 432 100 : 73
Seaae «=O 43 100 : 70
9 (fig. 2) 55 37 100 : 67
lies. 7 60F 394 100 : 65
11 (fig. 3) 634 39 100 : 61
In the last specimen one horn is slightly imperfect at the end,
and an allowance is made for the deficiency in estimating the length
from tip to tip.
Figs. 1 and 3 (p. 328) represent the extreme types. Fig. 2 is taken
from an intermediate head with singularly stout horns, each of
them measuring 17 inches in circumference at the base, whilst the
much longer horns of figs. 1 and 3 have the circumference respectively
of only 153 and 16 inches.
It is unnecessary to point out that these heads completely bridge
the interval between the two forms O. poli and O. karelini so far as
the curve of the horns is concerned.
The other distinctive characters to which importance was attached
by Severtzoff are the following, so far as I can make out the
distinctions from the translation of his work.
1. In O. poli the horns are pressed in from the sides, especially the
orbital surface*. In O. harelini the orbital surface is flat, the frontal
' The extremes are, in O. karelint 100: 67 and 100: 79, in O. poli 100: 79 and
100 : 101 ; but none of the specimens of O. karelint had horns exceeding 483
inches in length, and it appears to be evident that, as a rule, the greatest pro-
portional divergence is shown by younger animals.
° For meaning of these terms, see P, Z. 8, 1875, p. 511.
328 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON HEADS OF OVIS POLI. [May 20,
Heads of varieties of Ovis Poli.
1884.] MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON HEADS OF OVIS POLI. 329
surface very convex. In the first named all the edges are rounded ;
in the latter all with the exception of the fronto-nuchal. The details
given by Messrs. Brooke show that these distinctions are not constant;
in both forms surfaces and edges grow more rounded in older
individuals. Precisely the same conclusions may be drawn from the
series now exhibited.
2. In O. karelini the axis of the terminal portion of the horn is
parallel with the axis of the basal portion. In O. poli the axis of
the terminal portion diverges more from the skull than that of the
basal portion. This difference depends entirely on the degree of
divergence, which is shown to vary and to pass by insensible
gradations from one form to the other.
3. In O. karelini the horns are said to form a spiral that would
fit on a cone with the base towards the skull ; in O. poli the base of
a cone on which the horns would fit is away from the skull. I
doubt if this character is of any importance; it is not noticed by Sir
V. Brooke. If there be any distinction, it, like the last, probably
depends on the degree of divergence of the horns.
4. In O. poli the horn is more than four times the length of the
skull, in O. karelini only three times as long. But in some of the
specimens of the latter, measured by Messrs. Brooke, each horn was
more than 33 times the length of the skull; and in the heads now
exhibited, horns (e.g. no. 11) having the curve of O. karelini are 63
inches in length, or more than four times as long as any skull
measured.
The only conclusion to which I can come is, that there is no
constant difference of specific value between Ovis karelini and
O. poli.
Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe exhibited and made remarks on a second
specimen of the new European Nuthatch (Sttta whiteheadi) from
Corsica, described at the Meeting on April Ist. (v. s. p. 233.) This
specimen (a male) had been likewise obtained by Mr. Whitehead.
Dr. J. G. Garson exhibited and remarked upon a specimen of
Lithodes maia, the northern Stone-Crab.
The following papers were read :—
330 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ISOPODA COLLECTED [May 20,
1. Preliminary Notice of the Isopoda collected during the
Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger ’.—Part I. Serolis. By
Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S., Prosector
to the Society’.
[Received May 20, 1884.]
The specimens of Serolis dredged during the voyage of the
‘Challenger’ are referable to sixteen species, of which seven have
been more or less fully described by previous writers. Six of these
species are as follows:—Serolis cornuta, Studer; Serolis latifrons,
White; Serolis septemcarinata, Miers (=Serolis ovalis, Studer) ;
Serolis paradoxa, Fabr. sp. (= Serolis Orbigniana, M.-E.); Serolis
schythei, Ltk.; Serolis tuberculata, Grube. There is besides a single
specimen which is closely similar to the type specimens of Serolis
convera, Cunningham, preserved in the British Museum, but shows
certain slight differences in which it more closely resembles Serolis
plana, Dana; I am inclined to think that these two species are
identical. The chief character which Grube uses to differentiate
Serolis convexa from Serolis plana, and also Serolis gaudichaudit,
is the presence in the former of a tuft of hairs upon the fourth joint
of the second thoracic appendages. Having examined both Serolis
convexa aud Serolis gaudichaudii, | am able to state that it is the
males only and of both these species which are thus characterized’.
Serolis gaudichaudit is, however, quite a distinct species, and cannot
be confounded with Serolis convexa. Besides these seven species six
other species of the genus Serolis are known, viz. :—W. serrei, Lucas ;
S. gaudichaudii, M.-E.; S. carinata, Lockington; S. plana, Dana;
S. trilobitoides, Eights; and S. aeutangula, Grube. Of these Serolis
acutangula is probably identical with some other form, since Grube,
who originally described it, omits all mention of it in his subsequently
published monograph of the genus; Serolis plana appears to me to
present no clearly defined differences by which it can be with certainty
separated from Serolis convexa; the figure given by Eights of Serolis
trilobitoides is so poor, and his description, which does not in all
respects tally with the figure, so incomplete that it is not easy to
distinguish this species from Serolis cornuta, St. Further details
are required concerning Serolis serret and Serolis carinata.
The total number of species of Serolis at present known with
certainty is therefore eight.
The nine new species in the ‘Challenger’ collection I propose to
name as follows :—
Serolis bromleyana (Suhm). Serolis elongata.
Serolis neera. Serolis pallida.
Serolis gracilis. Serolis longicaudata.
Serolis antarctica. Serolis minuta.
Serolis australiensis.
1 Published by permission of the Lords Commissioners of the Treasury.
2 Since the above was written I find that Studer (Abhandl. d. Kon. Preuss.
Akad, Wiss. Berlin, 1883) has come to a similar conclusion.
1884,] DURING THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. ‘CHALLENGER.’ 331
The first five are all inhabitants of deep water; the remaining
species were dredged in shallow water off the coasts of Southern
and Eastern Australia.
1. SEROLIS BROMLEYANA (Suhm).
This species has already been briefly characterized by the late Dr.
vy. Willemoes Suhm from two specimens obtained near the Antarctic
ice-barrier. These two specimens are the largest contained in the
‘Challenger’ collection; the male measures 54 millim. in length and
56 millim. in greatest breadth; the length from the anterior end of
the rostrum to the termination of the 6th epimeron is 78 millim.
The female is somewhat smaller than the male, and measures 45
millim. in length, 39 millim. in breadth, and 62 millim. from the
rostrum to the end of the 6th epimeron. This species is one of the
largest of the Isopoda. Like many of the other deep-sea species it
has extremely long spine-like epimera, which are longer and project
further outwards from the body in the males than in the females.
The cephalic shield stands out in relief from the surface of the
first thoracic segment, from which it is separated by a suture lying
in a deep depression ; its anterior margin is prolonged into a short
rostrum ; the lateral portions of the cephalic shield extend for some
way anterior to the rostrum, and are cut off from the rest by a ridge
which passes almost in a straight line from the rostrum to the sides
of the cephalic shield; the surface is raised into three rounded
prominences, two on the inner side of the eyes and a median T-
shaped prominence between them. The eyes are inconspicuous,
owing to their pale greyish colour and absence of corneal facets,
The epimera of the first thoracie segment are divided into three
portions by a Y-shaped ridge; the other epimera gradually increase
in length up to the sixth, which is the longest ; both the epimera of
the abdominal segments are extremely long and reach beyond the
limit of the caudal shield in the male; in the female the last epimera
barely reach the end of the caudal shield.
The caudal shield is oval in form and longitudinally carinate, the
posterior end is slightly excavated ; at about the middle of the caudal
shield near the lateral margin is a notch on either side; the terminal
appendages of the body are attached about halfway down the
caudal shield. The colour (in spirit) is a dark slate-blue.
Station 156, 1975 fathoms; Station 1644, 410 fathoms; Station
168, 1100 fathoms; Station 169, 700 fathoms.
2. SEROLIS NEZRA, 0. sp.
This species almost rivals Serolis bromleyana in size ; the largest
male specimen measures 43 millim. in length and 47 millim. in
greatest breadth, the length of the sixth (longest) epimeron being
38 millim.; the female is smaller than the male, the largest specimen
measuring 40 millim. in length, 40 millim. in greatest breadth, the
sixth epimeron measures 31 millim.
The males of Serolis neera differ from the females therefore by
their greater size, and also by the greater length of the epimera,
332 MR. F, EBEDDARD ON THE ISOPODA COLLECTED [May 20,
which project from the body almost at right angles with its long axis,
while in the females their direction approximates more nearly to
that of the sixth pair of epimera, which pass backwards almost
parallel to the long axis of the body. In this respect Serolis neera
resembles Serolis bromleyana.
The cephalic shield has its anterior margin produced into a short
rostrum, and at some little distance from the anterior edge there is a
ridge passing across from side to side exactly as in Serolis bromleyana ;
the lateral parts of the cephalic shield are not, however, so markedly
prolonged as in the latter species; in other respects the cephalic
shield differs greatly from Serolis bromleyana. The eyes are large
and uniform, and distinctly faceted ; between their anterior extremi-
ties are two pairs of flattened spine-like projections directed backwards,
the outer one on each side being broader and slightly bifid at the
tip. The hinder margin of the cephalic shield is indented, and forms
three projections, the two outer ones being somewhat triangular in
shape and tuberculated on the free margin, and the inner median one
transversely elongate and much like the labium in shape, witha slightly
convex outer margin. The epimera are long and spine-like, as in
Serolis bromleyana. The epimera of the first thoracic segment are
divided into two by a ridge which passes outwards and slightly
upwards; the other epimera gradually increase in length up to the
sixth, which is by far the longest; the epimera of the second
abdominal segment extend considerably beyond the termination of
the caudal shield ; while those of the third segment only reach as far
as the commencement of the lateral margin of the caudal shield ;
the outer margin of the former is slightly denticulate.
The thoracic segments are furnished with a baekwardly directed
median spine, which is largest upon the first three segments and
almost disappears on the first two abdominal segments.
The caudal shield is very closely similar to that of Serolis schythei;
at the upper end is a flat triangular spine, and between this
and the posterior margin of the shield another smaller spine; on
either side of the latter, and connected with it by a ridge, are two
small spines, above which and rather to the outside is another short
spine on each side continuous with a long ridge passing upwards and
inwards, until it nearly reaches the lateral termination of the large
anterior spine.
The second pair of antenne are a trifle longer than the first pair.
Station 320, 600 fathoms; Station 318, 2040 fathoms.
3. SEROLIS GRACILIS, N. sp.
Three examples of this species were dredged off Pernambuco,
from a depth of 675 fathoms ; they are all males,
The largest specimen measures 11 millim. in length by 12 millim.
in breadth.
The cephalic shield is almost exactly like that of Serolis brom-
leyana, but the antero-lateral portions do not project so far forward ;
the eyes are small and inconspicuous, whitish in colour.
The epimera are well developed, but are more sickle-shaped and
1884.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. ‘CHALLENGER.’ 333
flattened and not so spine-like as in the last two species; the sixth
pair, as usual, are the longest, and project backwards beyond the
caudal shield for a space of about its own length; the other epimera
increase in size from before backwards ; the anterior and posterior
processes by which each epimeron “articulates” with the neighbouring
ones are further away from the proximal end of the epimeron, which
gives the epimera the appearance of being shorter than they really
are; the fifth and sixth epimera (as well as the three in front) are
separated from the tergal portion of the segments by a distinct suture.
The epimeron of the first segment shows traces of its original com-
position out of two epimera by the presence of a transverse ridge,
and another ridge, continuous with that upon the cephalic shield,
crosses its anterior half, bending backwards at the margin to join the
distal extremity of the first transverse ridge; the epimeron of the
second free abdominal segment projects for a short distance beyond
the caudal shield; the epimeron of the third abdominal segment
extends about halfway down the caudal shield.
The caudal shield is divided into two portions by a sinuate trans-
verse ridge ; it is slightly keeled, and near the anterior margin is a
short flat spine in the middle line, on either side of which is an
obliquely placed ridge running towards the lateral margin of the
caudal shield.
The two pairs of antenne are about equal in length.
Station 120, 675 fathoms; off Pernambuco.
4. SEROLIS ANTARCTICA, 0. Sp.
The three species just described agree with each other, and differ
markedly from all the shallow-water species of Serolis by the
enormous development of the epimera; the present species, although
an inhabitant of the deep sea, has the general appearance of one of
the shallow-water forms. The general form of the body is a broad
oval ; the epimera are comparatively short, and do not project back-
wards as long spiniform processes. This species is at once recognizable
by the strongly marked sculpturing on the upper surface of the
carapace, which is different from that of any other Serolis, and by
the entire absence of eyes. In the place of the latter are two minute
tubercles about 1 millim. in extent, which show no traces whatever
of a faceted cornea, and no nervous structures could be detected
beneath the tubercle, the cavity of which is occupied simply by a
plug of connective tissue. The sculpturing on the dorsal surface,
which is more marked upon the epimera, consists of a number of
ridges arranged in a reticulate fashion. The form of the body
differs in the two sexes: in the male the outline of the body is more
circular than in the female; the breadth of the body in the former
is proportionately greater than the length, owing chiefly to the
greater length of the epimera. As in all other species of Serolis the
sixth epimera are the longest, and extend just beyond the end of the
caudal shield in the male; in the female the terminations of the sixth
pair of epimera are just on a level with the end of the caudal shield.
The ventral portion of the three free abdominal segments, which
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XXIII. 23
334 MR. ¥. £. BEDDARD ON THE ISOPODA COLLECTED [May 20,
usually differ in the two sexes, are the same in this species. The males
also are larger than the females, the largest male specimen in the
‘ Challenger’ collection measuring 34 millim. in length and 31 millim.
in breadth, while the length of the largest female specimen is only
32 millim. in length by 26 millim. in breadth.
In both sexes the body is roof-shaped, sloping gradually downwards
on either side from the median line, which is distinctly keeled; the
posterior margin of each segment has a short tubercle in the median
line. The cephalic shield has the same texture as the rest of the
body, and hardly projects above the level of the first thoracic
segment. The latter is not divided into two portions by a transverse
suture ; it is prolonged anteriorly into a short rostrum, and a ridge,
which extends on either side from the rostrum to the lateral margins
of the shield, divides off the antero-lateral portions as in Serolis
bromleyana. The second, third and fourth epimera are separated by
a distinct suture from the rest of the segment.
The caudal shield is irregularly pentagonal in outline; the pos-
terior extremity is slightly turued up; there is a distinct median
carina, which divides into two at the upper end; on either side of
this is another Y-shaped ridge, inclined at a slight angle to the
longitudinal axis.
The second pair of antenne are distinctly longer than the anterior
air.
This species was dredged at the following stations :—Station 122,
400 fathoms; Station 146, 1375 fathoms; and Station 147, 1600
fathoms.
The remaining five species form a well-marked group, confined to
the shores of Southern and Western Australia. They are to be dis-
tinguished by the characters of the fifth and sixth thoracic segments
from all the other species of Serolis; the dorsal portion of the fifth
segment is extremely narrow, while the dorsal portion of the sixth
segment is either altogether absent or fused with the succeeding
first abdominal segment ; with one exception—Serolis minuta, which
is a transitional form—the epimera of the abdominal segments are
undeveloped aud the caudal shield terminates in a slightly bifid tip ;
the first thoracic segment is not divided by a suture; the females
also appear to be larger than the males; the last-mentioned characters
however, although common to all the members of this particular
group, are also to be found in other species. All these Australian
species are small, the largest not measuring more than 20 millim. in
length. One species belonging to this group is already known, viz.,
Serolis tuberculata, Grube.
5. SEROLIS AUSTRALIENSIS, 0. sp.
Of this species the ‘Challenger’ obtained three examples, two males
and one female; both the males are the same size, measuring 11
millim, in length by 8 millim. in breadth; the female is rather larger,
measuring 13 millim. in length and 11 millim. in breadth. In other
1884.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. ‘CHALLENGER.’ 335
respects the two sexes do not differ, except of course in the form of
the second thoracic and second abdominal appendages.
The form of the body is regularly oval, and the epimera overlap
each other closely and do not project freely except the sixth pair,
which project some way beyond the two last pairs.
The dorsal surface of the body is entirely covered with small
rounded tubercles, and the posterior margin of each segment is
occupied by a series of rather larger tubercles; in the middle of the
posterior margin of each segment, including the cephalic shield, is a
short backwardly directed spine. As in S. longicaudata, the sutures
separating the fifth thoracic from the sixth and the sixth from the
first abdominal are incomplete in the middle line.
The caudal shield is irregularly triangular in outline, it has a slight
carina. About the middle a row of rather larger tubercles crosses
the carina at right angles ; one of these tubercles on each side, close to
the lateral margin of the caudal shield, is conspicuously large.
The middle portion of the scuta of the three free abdominal
segments is prolonged into a spine, that of the first abdominal
segment being by far the larger.
Both pairs of antennz are of about the same length.
Station 162, 38 fathoms.
6. SEROLIS ELONGATA, 0. sp.
This species in its general configuration is not unlike Serolis
australiensis, and it is very possible that the examination of a large
series of specimens would prove that the two are identical. In the
meantime, however, the single specimen contained in the ‘Challenger’
collection is sufficiently different to warrant its separation as a
distinct species.
The specimen, which has the characters of a female, measures 10
millim. in length by 6 millim. in breadth. The surface of the body
is not so much covered with tubercles as in Serolis australiensis ; the
posterior margin of the cephalic shield and the free segments of the
body, except the first, is prolonged into a stout hook-like spine, and
the thoracic segments have a line of short tubercles on either side of
the central spine.
The caudal shield is keeled; a row of tubercles runs across it at
right angles, the outermost one on each side being the largest ;
another row of tubercles traverses the lateral margin of the caudal
shield.
Station 1634, 30 fathoms.
7. SEROLIS PALLIDA, 0. sp.
The ‘Challenger’ obtained two specimens of this species, one a
male and the other a female.
The female is the larger, measuring 16 millim. in length and 13
millim. in breadth, while the male is only 9 millim. long and 7
millim. broad. The body is oval, somewhat pear-shaped from the
form of the caudal shield, which narrows rapidly towards the end.
All the segments of the body, except the first, fifth, aad sixth, are
23
336 MR. F.E. BEDDARD ON THE ISOPODA COLLECTED [May 20,
furnished with a median, backwardly projecting spine; these spines
are considerably larger in the female than they are in the male; the
rest of the body is perfectly smooth and free from tubercles. The
epimera are short and closely approximated, the points only of the
fourth, fifth, and sixth projecting freely ; the suture separating the
fifth thoracic segment from the first abdominal is continuous from
one side of the body to the other; the dorsal portion of the sixth
segment is not represented as in the other Australian forms. The
cephalic shield is almost triangular in outline from the great develop-
ment of the ocular prominences and the posterior spine.
The caudal shield is hexagonal in outline, the posterior end
markedly bifid; it has a longitudinal keel, and on either side, just
below and to the inside of the notch which covers the articulation
of the last pair of appendages, is a minute flattened tubercle. The
abdominal segments have a median ventral spine, larger in the female.
The second pair of antenne are slightly longer than the first
pair; the fifth joint is remarkably large and swollen, and this feature
serves to identify the species.
The lower surface of the labium and basal portion of the mandibles
and maxillipedes is much sculptured.
Station 1634, 35 fathoms; and Station 162, 38-40 fathoms.
8. SEROLIS LONGICAUDATA, 0. sp.
The aspect of this species is peculiar and very unlike the typical
form of the genus. The anterior portion of the body is almost com-
pletely circular, and the caudal shield is extraordinarily long, about
half as long as the rest of the body ; the epimera are short and trun-
cate at their outerends. The segments gradually increase in breadth
up to the fourth ; the fifth and sixth are considerably shorter. The
suture between the epimera and the tergal portion of segments two
and three is situated about halfway between the articulation of the
limb and the outer margin of the segment, and in the succeeding
segments comes to approximate more closely to the point at which
the limbs arise ; hence the epimera themselves gradually increase in
length from the first to the sixth as in all other species, though the
circular form of the body makes it appear at first sight as if the third
pair were the longest.
The single specimen contained in the ‘Challenger’ collection is a
female ; it measures 7 millim. in length and 5 millim. in greatest
breadth. The surface of the body is quite smooth and free from
tubercles ; the sides of the thorax slope gradually downwards from
the central portion, which is roof-shaped; the cephalic shield is not
completely separated from the thoracic segment, the suture being
incomplete posteriorly for a short space on either side of the median
line; the fifth and sixth thoracic and the first abdominal segments
are fused in the middle line.
The caudal shield is pentagonal in shape and longitudinally carinate ;
the last pair of appendages are attached about halfway down the
side of the shield, and from this point a faint transverse ridge passes
across at right angles to the longitudinal keel ; a curved ridge follows
1884.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S, ‘CHALLENGER. 337
the lateral margin of the caudal shield on either side; the median
portion of the three free abdominal segments projects freely as a
long spine.
Station 161, 38 fathoms.
9. SEROLIS MINUTA, N. Sp.
The ‘Challenger’ collection contains only a single example of this
species ; it is a male, and measures 4 millim. in length by about 4
millim. in breadth, and is therefore the smallest known species.
The dorsal portion of the fifth and sixth thoracic segments is
proportionately wider than in the other Australian species, the
diameter of the fifth segment being in fact hardly less than that of
the fourth. The suture which separates the sixth from the succeeding
segment is continued very nearly across the body; only a very small
portion remains fused with and inseparable from the succeeding first
abdominal segment.
The epimera of the second and third abdominal segments are well
developed, and pass downwards along the caudal shield for about
one third of its length; the first three epimera are closely approxi-
mated to each other, but the distal portions of the others project
freely ; the epimera of the two abdominal segments project further
downwards than the last pair of thoracic epimera; the latter reach
about as far as the lateral notch on the caudal shield, where the
uropoda are attached. The first epimera show indications of division
into two parts. The posterior margin of the cephalic shield is
furnished with three blunt tubercles, of which the middle one is the
largest ; each of the succeeding segments is similarly produced into
a short tubercle at the median point of the posterior margin.
The dorsal surface of all the thoracic segments except the first
is prolonged on either side into a flat triangular process, which
slightly overlaps the succeeding segment ; these processes, which are
hollow and serve for the attachment of the muscles moving the limbs,
are situated on the tergal portion of the segment close to its junction
with the epimeral portion.
The caudal shield is almost triangular in shape and ends in a long
blunt spine; the upper surface slopes gently down on either side
from the central keel. The terminal pair of appendages are attached
close to the upper end of the caudal shield.
Station 161, 38 fathoms.
Geographical Distribution.—The genus Serolis has a limited and
peculiar distribution ; it is almost entirely confined to the Antarctic
hemisphere. With twoexceptions—Serolis carinata, recently described
by Lockington as occurring on the shores of California, and Serolis
paradoxa, whichis said to have been obtained on the coast of Senegal—
the shallow-water representatives of this genus are not found to range
further north than lat. 30° 8. ; they inhabit the shores of all the con-
tinents and the principal groups of islands in this portion of the globe,
with the exception of the Cape of Good Hope, viz. Patagonia and the
Falkland Islands, the three Antarctic archipelagos (Marion Isles, the
338 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ISOPODA COLLECTED [May 20,
Crozets, and Kerguelen), the shores of New Zealand (2) and some or
the adjacent islands, and the southern and eastern coasts of Australia.
The different species have a more or less restricted area of distribu-
tion. Seven species (Serolis paradoxa, Serolis schythei, Serolis
goudichaudii, Serolis plana, Serolis convexa, Serolis serrei, Serolis
trilobitoides) are found in Patagonia and the Falkland Islands. Of
two of these Patagonian species, Serolis schythei and Serolis para-
dowxa, there are specimens in the British Museum labelled “ New
Zealand,” but I believe that this locality is not authenticated beyond
a doubt. Three species, Serolis cornuta, Serolis septemcarinata, and
Serolis latifrons, are found at Kerguelen. Of these Serolis latifrons
has also been obtained at Possession Island, and at the Auckland
Islands south of New Zealand ; Serolis cornuta is a very close ally of
Serolis trilobitoides, if not identical with it; S. septemcarinata is
common to all three groups—Kerguelen, the Crozets, and Marion and
Prince Edward’s Islands. The six species that occur on the shores
of Australia are, as has already been pointed out, distinguished by
certain characters which unite them together and differentiate them
from the other species of the genus.
These facts agree with what is known about the distribution of
many other shallow-water animals. As a rule, there appears to be a
close resemblance between the faunas of New Zealand, Kerguelen,
and §. America, while the Australian species do not present such
resemblances to the New-Zealand species as might perhaps be
expected from the close proximity of the two regions.
The deep-sea species of Serolis have a wider range than the
shallow-water species, although none have as yet been obtained north
of the equator. Serolis antarctica ranges from off Pernambuco to
the neighbourhood of the Crozets. Two other species, Serolis gracilis
and Serolis negra, were obtained in deep water off the coast of S.
America, the former at Station 120 just below the equator, and the
latter at Stations 318 and 320 further south, off Buenos Ayres. Serolis
bromleyana was dredged at Station 156, close to the Antaretic ice-
barrier, and again considerably to the north off the coast of New
Zealand and between New Zealand and Australia. The compara-
tively wide distribution of Serolis bromleyana and S. antarctica is
interesting, and agrees with what is known respecting the geogra-
phical distribution of other deep-sea animals.
The greatest depth which this genus is known to inhabit is 2040
fathoms ; a single specimen of Serolis neera was dredged from this
depth at Station 318. Serolis bromleyanawas dredged in 1975 fathoms
at Station 186, and in 1100, 700, and 410 fathoms in the neighbour-
hood of New Zealand; Serolis antarctica ranges from 400 to 1600
fathoms. Serolis gracilis was only dredged at one locality, and from
675 fathoms. Gerstaecker, in his account of the Isopoda in Bronn’s
‘Thierreich,’ points out that many species which have a wide distri-
bution are found in deeper water as they pass southwards from the
equator to the pole, and instances (from v. Willemoes Suhm’s
Preliminary Report on the Crustacea, etc., Proc. Roy. Soc., 1874)
Serolis bromleyana and another species which I have named Serolis
1884.) DURING THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. ‘CHALLENGER.’ 339
antaretica. Of both these species the specimens from the more
southern latitudes and deeper water are larger than those found to
the north and in comparatively shallow water; especially is this so
with Serofis bromleyana. Comparing the deep-sea species with those
from shallow water, it must be noticed that in two species from the
deep sea, Serolis bromleyana and Serolis neera, the genus attains
to its largest size ; these two species are indeed among the largest of
the whole group Isopoda. Another deep-sea Isopod described by
Milne-Edwards, viz. Bathynomus giganteus, a genus allied to the
Cymathoads,, is also of colossal size; and the ‘ Challenger’ collection
contains a new deep-sea species which evidently belongs to the same
family, and is also extremely large. All the deep-sea species of
Serolis, with the exception of Serolis antarctica, have the epimera,
especially those of the sixth pair, greatly elongated to an extent not
found in any of the species inhabiting shallow water.
The chief differences, however, which are noticeable between the
shallow-water and deep-sea representatives of the genus are to be
found in the eyes.
It is well known that many deep-sea animals are entirely deprived
of eyes, while in others (notably many fishes) the eyes are consider-
ably enlarged though often pale in colour, owing to the partial absence
of pigment. The presence of eyes in deep-sea animals, which would
almost seem to be useless to their possessor, has been accounted for
by the theory of “abyssal light,” by which it is supposed that the
light emanating from phosphorescent Alcyonarians is sufficient to
enable these animals to see. Exact researches into the structure of
eyes in the majority of deep-sea animals are wanting, and it is not
certain how far optical structures are present. Up to the present
the only comparison of the minute structure of the eyes in shallow-
water and deep-sea representatives of the same group is, so far as I
am aware, to be found in Dr. Hoek’s Report on the ‘Challenger’ °
Pycnogonida. It appears from his results that the eyes in the deep-
sea species are sometimes altogether absent, sometimes furnished
with well-developed retinal structures ; in some forms the eyes “ have
a distinct lens—a rounded spot marked by its brightness” ; but they
are quite destitute of pigment, and instead of a retina the cavity of
the eyes is filled with a mass of connective tissue.
In Serolis the conditions are rather different; in none of the
species from the deep sea is there a retinula developed, at least
nothing at all similar to the retinula of the species from shallow
water, but the vitreous body is represented. In Serolis neera the
cornea is distinctly faceted, and corresponding to each facet is an
oval body which appears to represent a vitreous body; instead of
being clear and transparent like the highly refractive vitreous bodies
of the shallow-water Serolis and other Isopoda, this structure in
Serolis neera is granular and rather opaque in appearance, the
upper half is encircled by a ring of pigment. The lower end of the
“vitreous body ” is imbedded ina mass of cells, which are small and
closely pressed together, assuming in consequence a hexagonal con-
tour; from the lower end of this mass of cells a stout nervous
340 ON ISOPODA COLLECTED BY H.M.S. ‘CHALLENGER. [May 20,
bundle clothed with pigment-cells passes backwards. Two large
nuclei of Semper are present, lying between the anterior end of the
vitreous body and the cornea.
In Serolis bromleyana the eye has much the same structure as in
Serolis neera, but the cornea is not faceted and there is no pigment
whatever surrounding the vitreous bodies; the eyes in this species
are therefore more rudimentary.
In Serolis gracilis one of the specimens has eyes exactly re-
sembling those of Serolis bromleyana; in another the whitish tissue
of the eye only occupies a comparatively small portion of the whole
ocular protuberance; the third specimen is quite blind—the ocular
protuberance is present but it is quite opaque and bluish-coloured,
like the surrounding integument. In this species therefore the eye
appears to be just on the verge of disappearance.
The only remaining deep-sea form, Serolis antarctica, is entirely
deprived of eyes ; two minute yellowish tubercles occupy the position
that the eyes ought to occupy, but there is no trace of any cornea,
the integument being precisely similar to that on the rest of the
body though perhaps a little thinner, and the interior of the tubercle
was filled simply with a plug of connective tissue.
In the species from shallow water the eyes are invariably well
developed, and show a general resemblance in structure to the eyes
of other Isopoda, but at the same time present certain peculiarities :
the retinula is made up of only four cells, which is an unusually small
number, five or seven being most commonly met with; each of these
cells is somewhat hatchet-shaped, and the anterior ends are closely
applied together beneath the vitreous body; the lower portion of
the retinal cell is elongated, and at about the middle is an oval
thickening where the nucleus is situated. In Serolis paradoxa at
least each retinal cell secretes a highly refractive body (phaosphere)
which may be placed in front of, behind, or to one side of the nucleus.
Each of the retinal cells secretes in addition a delicate chitinous rod,
the rhabdomere or sehstiibchen; the four rhabdomeres are closely
united to form the rhabdom, which differs in structure in different
types. In S. schythei, S. paradova, and S. latifrons the rhabdom is a
comparatively small conical body terminating below in a fine thread,
which is prolonged backwards nearly as far as the pigmented mem-
brane which bounds the posterior surface of the eye. In Serolis
cornuta the rhabdom is more complicated, and has much the appear-
ance of one of the Malpighian tufts of the kidney, from the ar-
rangement of the chitinous rods which compose it into an irregular
coil massed round a central piece ; the interstices between the rods
of which it is composed are filled with pigment, and the central piece
is prolonged into a fine thread.
So far the eye of Serolis only differs-in detail from that of other
Isopoda, but there is another structure present, which does not appear
to have been described in any other Arthropod, and certainly does not
exist in any that I have examined myself. Between the retinal cells,
and close to their upper extremity, are two large hyaline bodies
nearly as large as the vitreous body, and presenting much the same
P. Z.S.1884. Pl. XXVI.
C.Berjeau del et hth. ; Mintern Bros .imp.
MOLLUSCA OF THE“LIGHTNING AND
“PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS.
P. 2.811804 Fr vie
C. Berjeau del et lith. Mintern Bros . imp.
MOLLUSCA OF THE “LIGHTNING’
AND“PORCUPINE, EXPEDITIONS .
tw
4
in
7 —, 7
x
4
nN
~
elims
at
\.
*.
~ “a ae oo
P. Z.S .1884 . Pl. XVI.
C.Berjeau delet ith. — Mantern Bros .imp.
MOLLUSCA OF THE LIGHTNIN G”°AND
PORCUPINE EXPEDITIONS.
1884.] MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘LIGHTNING’ ETC. EXPEDITIONS. 341
appearance, only that they are nearly colourless; at the lower end
of each is an irregularly shaped nucleus. The lower end of the
rhabdom projects into their substance; the large size and _trans-
parency of these cells seems to indicate that they serve as dioptric
media.
2. On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and
‘Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. (Part VIII.") By
J. Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
[Received April 30, 1884. ]
(Plates XXVI.-XXVIII.)
GASTROPODA (continued),
Family XVI. Acuipz.
Apex having a dextrorsal and involute spire.
Croniscus’, Jeffreys.
SHELL cylindrical, striated or fluted lengthwise, and sometimes
reticulated: spire elongated; apex blunt and twisted: mouth oval,
contracted.
Differs from Aclis in the sculpture, apex, and shape of the mouth.
In ‘ British Conchology ’ (vol. iv. p. 102) I proposed the generic
name Graphis for the only species which was then known, viz. Turbo
unicus of Montagu, which may be considered the type of the present
genus; but I afterwards (vol. v. p. 210) substituted Cioniseus for
Graphis, finding that the latter name had been long previously used
by botanists for a genus of Lichens. Out of the four species now
known, one of them (C. unicus) inhabits the littoral and laminarian
zones, all the other species being deep-water or abyssal.
“1. Croniscus Graciuis*, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVI. fig. 1.)
SHE xu of nearly equal breadth throughout, thick, semitransparent,
and glossy: sculpture, numerous sharp and flexuous longitudinal
ribs, which extend to the base ; there are about 25 on the last whorl ;
each whorl is angulated or shouldered at the top; the first whorl
and a half, which form the apex, are marked by two slight spiral strize,
but are otherwise smooth and polished: colour whitish, with a faint
tinge of yellowish-brown : spire very gradually tapering to a blunt
and apparently truncated point; apex somewhat inflected: whorls
53, convex, but rather compressed: suture deep: mouth somewhat
1 For Part I. see P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 393; for Part IT. see P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 553;
for Part IIT. see P. Z.8. 1881, p. 693; for Part IV. see P. Z.8. 1881, p. 922:
for Part V. see P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 656; for Part VI. see P.Z.S. 1883, p. 87; and
for Part VII. see P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 111.
2 Resembling a little pillar; from «iw», columna, and iccw, assimulo,
8 Slender.
342 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [May 20,
more round than oval; peristome continuous or complete: outer lip
flexuous, usually strengthened by a rib, contracted above: inner lip
attached to the pillar, which is oblique; there is no umbilicus.
L. 0-1. B. 0-025.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17a, 26-30, 33; Med. 55.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), Tunisian coast
(Nares and Dautzenberg), S. Vito (Monterosato), off the west coast
of Africa and the Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 108-1622 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Messina (Seguenza).
2. Croniscus striatus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVI. fig. 2.)
SueEwu forming an elongated column, thin, semitransparent, and
glossy : sculpture, close-set, thread-like, and flexuous longitudinal
ribs, about twice as many asin the last species ; they do not extend to
the base of the shell ; one at least of these ribs is varicose or larger
and thicker than the rest; there are slight indications of spiral striz
under the microscope ; the two apical whorls are quite smooth or
polished : colour whitish: spire elegantly and gradually tapering to
a blunt and bulbous point: whorls 8, convex and rounded: suture
deep and well defined: mouth roundish-oval ; lips disunited: outer
lip contracted at the upper corner: inner lip adhering to the pillar
and resembling a thin glaze: umbilicus none, but the base is some-
what depressed. L. 0°15. B. 0°05.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. Four more or less perfect
specimens.
Distribution. Tunisian coast (Wares), off the Sahara and west
coast of Africa (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 300-1261 fms.
In the last ‘Talisman’ Expedition occurred another species of
Cioniscus, which will be named and described by Dr. Fischer or the
Marquis de Folin. It is larger than either of the species now de-
scribed ; the ribs are straight, and do not extend below the periphery ;
and the mouth is longer.
~ 1. Actis Ascaris, Turton.
Turbo ascaris, Turt. Conch, Dict. p. 217.
A, ascaris, B. C. iv. p. 102; v. p. 210, pl. Ixxii. fig. 2.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2,18. 1870: Med. Adventure Bank.
Distribution. W. & 8. Norway to Crete; 15-120 fms. Occurs
with A. supranitida, but both species have been apparently con-
founded in local catalogues. The present species is much smaller
and narrower; and it has no umbilicus. A. supranitida is larger,
and more conical or wider at the base; and the umbilicus is very
conspicuous in every state of growth. A specimen of A. ascaris,
which was found by the late Mr. Robert Dawson in shell-sand from
St. Magnus Bay, Shetland, has a variciform rib.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Pisa (Manzoni), Tuscany (De
Stefani).
There are some doubtful and obsolete synonyms of y. Muhlfeld
and others.
1 Fluted.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 343
_ 2. Actis supranttipa, 8. Wood.
Alvania supranitida, 8. Wood, Cat. Crag. Moll. 1842.
Aclis supranitida, B. C. iv. p. 103, pl. ii. fig. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 18, Donegal Bay (fine and living
specimens), N. Channel. 1870: Atl. Vigo Bay; Med. 30, 55,
Adventure Bank.
Distribution. W. Norway to the Mediterranean and Adriatic,
Madeira and Canaries (McAndrew) ; 8-108 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag and Italy. Post-tertiary : Nor-
way (Crosskey and Robertson), Belfast (Stewart).
The synonyms are referable not only to Aclis, but also to Tur-
ritella, Alvania, and Pyramis, with various specific names ; for these
see ‘ British Conchology.’
The following is an extract from my note-book as to the Donegal
Bay specimens :—‘ Bopy clear white, with a pink streak down the
middle: manéle rather thin: snowt or mentum bilobed in front:
tentacles triangular (being a modification of those in Odostomia),
with blunt tips: eyes 2, black, small, sessile on the head at the inner
base of the tentacles: foot elongated, squarish in front and pointed
behind: operculum thin, striated in the line of growth ; spire small,
placed close to the inner or pillar lip.”
Sculpture of the shell very variable, sometimes altogether wanting.
3. ACLIS WALLERI, Jeffreys.
A. walleri, B. C. iv. p. 105 ; v. p. 210, pl. Ixxii. fig. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 15, 19, 36,47. 1870: Atl. 3, 6,
9, 16, 17, 17a; Med. Adventure Bank.
Distribution. ‘ Voringen’ Arctic Expedition and Loffoden Isles to
the Gulf of Egina, New England (Verril/), off C. Verd I. (¢ Talis-
man’ Exp.); 10-1192 fms.
Fossil, Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Calabria, and Sicily.
Synonyms. A. terebralis, M. Sars, MS., var. minor as A. ewxigua,
G. O. Sars, and Odostomia nisoides, Brugnone. Monterosato prefers
to spell the specific name “valleri”’ ; but it is evident that, although
there is no letter W in the Latin language, it would not be right to
alter the name in order to put it into a classical dress, and the
identification of valleri with the name of the discoverer of the
present species would be lost.
This pretty shell is very variable in size as well as in sculpture.
Some specimens from the ‘Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870 show in-
distinct traces of spiral ridges on the last whorl and of longitudinal
ribs on the upper whorls, while others have a slight keel on the
periphery. But not one of these characters is constant. M. Bour-
guignat, indeed, says, in his second letter to Professor Brusina
(‘Lettres malacologiques,’ Paris, 1882, pp. 36-38), ‘‘ La nouvelle
école distingue donc, sur un nom spécial, toute forme ayant des
caractéres constants, pourvu que ses caractéres soient au nombre de
trois. Au-dessous de ce nombre elle rejette les formes au rang de
variété.”” The words italicized are similarly emphasized in the
344 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [May 20,
original. Upwards of forty years ago the late Edward Forbes pro-
posed to distinguish species inthe same way. But it is notorious that
the relative value and constancy of these characters have yet to be
determined, and that there is no standard of reference by which natu-
ralists can be guided in adjudging some forms to be species and others
to be varieties in different genera. Every naturalist, whether of the
old or the “‘new”’ school, must form his own opinion. I have already,
in the first chapter of the introduction to my work on ‘British Con-
chology’ (pp. 18-19, 23), fully stated my views on this difficult
and hitherto unsettled question.
In the present species the apical whorls are pinched up and nar-
rower than the rest of the spire; the mouth in perfect specimens
resembles that of Pherusa gulsone.
4, AcLis venTrRosA, Jeffreys.
A. ventrosa (Jeffr.), Friele, Bidrag til Vestlandets Molluskfauna
(Vid. Forh. 1875, separate copy), p. 5, t. i. f. 7, 7a, 7b.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23a. 1870: Atl. 16.
Distribution. Lofoten I. (G. O. Sars), Bergen (Friele) ; 200-
300 fms.
More conical and broader at the base, and with the whorls more
rapidly increasing, than A. walleri. It belongs to the genus Hemi-
aclis of G. O. Sars.
vy PHERUSA GULSON#, Clark.
Chemnitzia gulsone, Clark in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vi.
- 459.
. Aclis gulsone, B. C. iv. p. 106; v. p. 210, pl. Ixxii. f. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 27, 28. Fragments only.
Distribution. British and Irish coasts from Shetland to Guernsey,
Vigo Bay (McAndrew), Palermo (Monterosato), Madeira (Watson) ;
20-103 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene ; Coralline Crag, Sutton (S. Wood).
See ‘ British Conchology ’ for the description of the animal and
shell, which shows the peculiar characters of this mollusk. I had
there suggested the generic name Menippe; but as that name had
been previously employed in the Crustacea, I venture to substitute
Pherusa, which was at one time given to it by Mr. Clark, the
discoverer of the shell. I cannot explain the meaning of this name.
Family XVII. PyramMIpELuip2.
Apex having a sinistrorsal and exposed spire.
It is unnecessary, if not a waste of time, to recapitulate the facts
and arguments which I used in ‘ British Conchology’ (vol. iv. pp.
108-111) for the purpose of proving that the subdivision of Odo-
stomia into several genera is really unscientific, and is not based ona
single valid character. The presence of a “ tooth” or columellar
fold, the length of the spire, and the kind of sculpture (if any) are so
variable, that it is quite impossible to distinguish or separate certain
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 345
species which might else be treated as mere varieties of other species.
I shall be pleased if my brother conchologists will take the trouble
to read the observations which I have to make in the course of the
following pages, and will consider the question impartially and with-
out regard to preconceived notions. In corroboration of my opinion
that the presence or absence of a “tooth” or columellar fold does
not of itself constitute a generic character, I would refer to some
judicious remarks by Dr. Fischer in the ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie’
for 1865.
I may take this opportunity of “noticing, par parenthése, that
Philippi, in his generally useful ‘Handbuch’ (1853), gave Odo-
stomia of Fleming as a synonym of Rissoa !
A. Typical. Smooth or variously sculptured, and always dentated.
- 1. Oposromia ELECTA, Jeffreys.
O. electa, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 394, pl. xliv. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 4. A single but perfect specimen.
Distribution. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise) ;
516 fms.
Allied to Liostomia eburnea of G. O. Sars; but, besides being
very much smaller, the apex of the spire in the present species is
abruptly and obliquely truncated, and the suture is not excavated
as in the other species.
, 2. Oposromi1A CLAVULA, Lovén.
Turbonilla clavula, Lov. Ind. Moll. Scand. p. 18.
O. clavula. B. C. iv. p. 118; v. p. 211, pl. Ixxiii. f. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2,18. 1870: Atl. Vigo B, 13.
Distribution. Lofoten I. to Smyrna; 6-163 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily.
A variety appears to be O. pistillus, afterwards pistilliformis ot
Brugnone.
This species is always distinguishable by having the shape of a
short cylinder with a truncated apex.
vy 8. Opostom1A suBoBLONGA', Jeffreys. (Plate XXVI. fig. 3.)
SHELL conic-oblong, of moderate thickness, semitransparent, and
glossy: sculpture none except a slight keel which encircles the
periphery in young and half-grown specimens, and gives them a
somewhat angular appearance: colour ivory-white: spire shortish ;
nucleus not prominent, and twisted inwards: whorls 4-5, slightly
compressed but not flattened, gradually enlarging; the last equals
two thirds of the spire when the shell is placed with the mouth
upwards: suture shallow: mouth pear-shaped, somewhat coutracted
above and expanded below; its length is between one half and two
fifths of the spire ; inside smooth: ouéer lip rather thick-edged: inner
" Somewhat oblong.
346 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [May 20,
lip spread on the pillar and continuous with the outer lip; there is no
umbilicus or chink: tooth sunken, mostly observable in half-grown
specimens. L. 0°1. B. 0°05.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St.4. 1870: Atl. 9,13, 26-34; Med.
40, 55, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1880 & 1881),
off the Tunisian coast (Nares), Messina ( Granata), off C. Verd. I.
(‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 30-1192 fms.
By comparing the above description of this species with those of
other species belonging to the present section which are given in the
fourth volume of ‘ British Conchology,’ the difference will be easily
seen. Some conchologists, for whose opinion I have a great esteem,
believe that I have too much restricted the number of species; but
I have conscientiously endeavoured to preserve the “juste milieu”
in that respect.
v 4, OpostomIA UNIDENTATA, Montagu.
Turbo unidentatus, Mont. Test. Brit. (ii.) p. 324.
O. unidentata, B. C. iv. p. 134; v. p. 21], pl. lxxiv. f. 1.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 4, 5 (var. elata).
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2. 1870: Atl. 3a, 9, off C. Sagres,
Tangier B.; Med. Benzert Road.
Distribution. Iceland, Hammerfest and Vadso to the eastern coasts
of the Mediterranean, western coasts of Africa (‘ Talisman’ Exp.),
Canaries and Madeira, Pernambuco (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ; 10-777
fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Red Crag, Calabria ; Post-tertiary : Norway,
Scotland, and Ireland; 8—460 ft. Not O. unidentata of Philippi
from the Tertiaries of N.W. Germany.
Besides the synonyms given in ‘ British Conchology,’ I would
observe that O. monterosatoi of the learned authors of the marine
mollusca of Roussillon appears to be the young of the present species,
judging from typical specimens kindly submitted by M. Dautzen-
berg to my examination.
y 5. Oposromis TuRRITA, Hanley.
O. turrita, Hanl. in Proc. Z. 8. pt. xii. p. 18: B.C. iv. p. 135,
v. p. 211, pl. lxxiv. f. 2.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 4, 5.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. 55, Adventure Bank (var. nana).
Distribution. Vads6 and Lofoten I. to Hydra Channel in the Gulf
of Egina and the Adriatic, Madeira and Teneriffe (var. nana), Per-
nambuco (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ; 0-350 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary: Norway and Lochgilp (Crosskey and Robert-
son); 3-240 ft.
O. turriculata of Monterosato seems to be another variety of this
species.
Mr. Pidgeon observed this species at Torquay feeding on the
polyparies of a Lepralia.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 347
6. Oposromia acuta, Jeffreys.
O. acuta, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. 2nd ser. ii. p. 338: B. C.
iv. p. 130; v. p. 211, pl. lxxiii. f.'8.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50, Benzert Road, Adventure
Bank (dwarf variety).
Distribution. Lofoten I. to E. Mediterranean and the Adriatic,
Canaries and Teneriffe ; 0-120 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline and Red Crag, and Sicily. Post-
tertiary : Belfast and Selsea.
Clark was right in saying that the throat was grooved in some
specimens. I have one of this kind which was dredged by Mr.
Verkriizen at Falmouth. Mr. Pidgeon remarks in his letter to me of
the 9th November, 1874, that this species is ‘ most abundant at
Torquay, under stones at low water, spring-tides, but never unless
associated with tubes of Serpula. To-day I found one stone which
was crowded with them, nestling among the tubes; neighbouring
stones could not show a specimen, if they were free from Serpule.”
7. Opostomi1A conoipgA, Brocchi.
Turbo conoideus, Bre. Conch. Foss. Subap. ii. p. 659, t. xvi. f. 2.
O. conoidea, B. C. iv. p. 127; v. p. 211, pl. lxxiii. f. 6.
* Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 18, 18. 1870: Atl. 6, 10, Vigo
B., Setubal B., C. Sagres, 30; Med. off Jijeli, Benzert Road, Rasel
Amoush, G. Tunis, Adventure Bank. Nearly all the specimens
belong to the variety australis, a few to an intermediate form.
Distribution. Hammerfest to the Archipelago and Adriatic ;? Red
Sea (Philippi); 0-130 fms.
Fossil. Miocene, Pliocene, and Post-tertiary : throughout Europe
and Rhodes.
The synonyms are numerous. I have noted eleven, including
Rissoa polita of Scacchi, Odontostoma sicula of Philippi, Eulima
monodon of Requien, Odostomia nagli and O. sismonde of
Seguenza.
My friend the Marquis de Folin found a monstrous specimen on
the northern coast of Spain which has a complete peristome.
v 8. Oposromia TENUIS’, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVI. fig. 4.)
SELL oblong, slender, rather thin, nearly transparent, and
glossy: sculpture none except exceedingly fine and close-set lines of
growth, which are observable only under a microscope: colour
whitish : spire elongated ; apex or nucleus rather prominent : whorls
6, somewhat compressed, gradually enlarging ; the last equals three
fifths of the spire with the mouth placed upwards; suture rather
shallow: mouth oval, slightly contracted above, curved below; its
length does not much exceed one third of the shell; the inside is
marked with half a dozen short grooves or strize in the direction of
the spire, which are distinctly seen through the shell: owéer lip
sharp : inner lip folded back on the pillar and continuous with the
l Slender or slim.
348 DR.GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [May 20,
outer lip; there is no umbilicus or chink: footh small but con-
spicuous. L.0'1. B. 00°5.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 55, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Brittany (Cailliaud), G. Tunis (Nares); 50-
100 fms.
Differs from O. conotdea in being very much smaller, as well as
slender and narrow, instead of conical and angulated. The labial
grooves are fewer in number and confined to the front ; in O. conoidea
these are more numerous and prolonged. And the present species
has no umbilicus or chink.
9. ODOSTOMIA ALBELLA, Lovén.
Turbonilla albella, Lov. Ind. Moll. Scand. p. 19.
O. albella, B. C. iv. 121; v. p. 211, pl. Ixxiii. f. 1.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Tangier B., Gibraltar.
Distribution. Hammerfest to Algiers, Sicily, and the Adriatic,
Madeira (Watson) ; 0-40 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary: Norway, Sweden, and Caithness; 40-
100 ft.
Vv
vy 10. Oposrom1a rissoipEs, Hanley.
O. rissoides, Hanley, in P. Z. S. pt. xii. p. 18: B.C. iv. p. 122;
v. p. 214, pl. Ixxiii. f. 4.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 5.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. 13, 30 (var. ewilis).
Distribution. Christiania, Bohuslin, Baltic, Danish coasts, North
Sea, Great Britain and Ireland, N. and W. France and Spain,
Mediterranean and Adriatic, off the West of Africa (‘ Talisman’ Exp.
1883), Madeira (Watson); 0-777 fms. The variety dubia was
dredged in the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition off Prince Edward Island
in 50-150 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily.
This common and variable species is apparently Rissoa glabra of
Brown, O. scalaris of Macgillivray (a name, however, preoccupied
by Philippi), Turbonella transparens of Leach; and I consider the
variety dubia to be O. edwardi of Watson. Helix resupinata of
Montagu from Walker’s figure 24 was probably the fry of the
present species.
“11. Oposrom1a PALLIDA, Montagu.
Turbo pallidus, Mont. Test. Br. (ii.) p. 325, t. 21. f. 4.
O. pallida, B. C. iv. p. 124; v. p. 211, pl. lxxiii. f. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., Tangier B.
Distribution. Bodé in arctic Norway to the Gulf of Egina and
the Adriatic ; 2-250 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Pisa, Calabria, and Sicily. Post-tertiary :
Belfast, Clyde Beds, and Sicily.
For the rather numerous synonyms see ‘ British Conchology,’ and
add O. novegradensis of Brusina.
1834.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS, 349
The peculiar habitat of this species is the ‘‘ ears”’ of Pecten oper-
cularis and P. maximus. There are several varieties.
y 12. Opvosromra NITENS, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVI. fig. 5.)
O. nitens, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag N. H. July 1870, p. 79.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 15. 1870: Atl. 3, 8, 9, 27, 28;
Med. Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Palermo (Monterosato), Aigean (Spratt), Adriatic
(Brusina), Fayal (‘ Challenger’ Exp.); 130-450 fms.
Differs from O. (Syrnola) minuta of A. Adams, which is cylin-
drical, and has more whorls as well as a golden band encircling the
periphery, and a strong tooth. In the present species the tooth is
represented by a broad but not conspicuous fold on the pillar. The
peristome is entire or continuous ; operculum of a pale yellow colour.
It varies greatly in size, from 0°15 to 0-075 in length, and pro-
portionably in breadth.
O. erjaveciana of Professor Brusina.
13. OposTtomtA DIAPHANA, Jeffreys.
O. diaphana, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. 2nd ser. ii. p. 341:
BY Carp: fl vagps are: pl. lexiv. £5:
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Adventure Bank. A small
and slender variety.
Distribution. Bergen to the eastern coasts of the Mediterranean
and the Adriatic ; 12-80 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily.
v 14. Oposromia rnscuLpra, Montagu.
Turbo insculptus, Mont. Test, Br. Supp]. p. 129.
O. insculpta, B. C. iv. p. 139; v. p. 211, pl. Ixxiv. f. 4.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 4, 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. Vigo B., 26.
Distribution. Iceland and Lofoten I. to the Bay of Biscay ; 10-
586 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Ficarazzi (Brugnone). Post-
tertiary : Norway (Croskey and Rodertson) ; 0-100 ft.
Turbonilla obliqua, Lovén (ex spec. Orsted).
y 15. Oposromia piicaTa, Montagu.
Turbo plicatus, Mont. Test. Brit. (ii.) p. 325, t. 21, f. 2.
O. plicata, B. C. iv. p. 187; v. p. 211, pl. Ixxiv. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Adventure Bank (semi-
fossilized).
Distribution. Bergen (Friele) to Sicily aud the Adriatic, Madeira
(McAndrew) : 0-120 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline and Red Crag, Biot, and Italy. Post-
tertiary: Selsea. Not Odontostoma plicatum of Hoérnes, a Miocene
fossil.
Eulima bulimus of Scacchi, Rissoa elongata of Philippi, O. fusucus
of Monterosato, and other synonyms. Not O. vitrea of Brusina, as
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XXIV. 24
350 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [May 20,
stated in ‘ British Conchology ;’ that is O. neglecta of Tiberi, and I
was misled by observing in the collection of the late M. Petit, at
Paris, specimens of the present species under the name of O. vilrea.
16. Oposrom1A praionea’, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVI. fig. 6.)
Suext obelisk-shaped, thin, semitransparent, and very glossy :
sculpture none : colour clear white: spire long and elegantly tapering ;
apex or nucleus rather blunt: whorls 10, more or less compressed :
suture slight, usually rather oblique: mouth squarish-oval, some-
what inflected above and curved below: outer dip thin and flexuous,
smooth within: inzer lip so filmy as to be scarcely perceptible :
umbilicus none: tooth small but distinct. L.0:275. B. 0°075.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 13, 17a, 24, 27-30, 32-34,
36; Med. 50, 55, Adventure Bank. Many specimens of various
sizes; those from the Mediterranean are much smaller and more
slender.
From the Adventure Bank Station I have an imperfect specimen
and some fragments of apparently another species allied to the
present. It has a thick shell with an angular periphery and a |
straight pillar, a slighter and straighter suture, and a smaller tooth.
If more specimens should be found this may be named coneinna.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1880 and
1881), Coralline zone, Sciaccha (Monterosato), Algiers (Joly), E.
Mediterranean (Wares), off West coast of Africa (‘ Talisman’ Exp.
1883) ; 20-733 fms.
I noticed this species in the Reports of the British Association for
1873, p. 112. If it were not for the conspicuous tooth, it would
certainly be placed in the so-called genus Eulimella.
17. Oposromsa crassa”, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVI. fig. 7.)
SHELL cylindrical, remarkably thick and strong, opaque, and
glossy : sculpture none, except microscopic lines of growth and the
grooves with the outer lip hereafter mentioned, as well as the
periphery being slightly angulated : colour ivory-white: spire long
and finely tapering: whorls 5 only in the fragments now described,
although there would be from 8 to 10 in perfect specimens; they
gradually increase in size and are flattened: suture slight, rounded
below: outer lip incrassated, furnished inside with 8 to 10 spiral
strize or flutings, like these in O. conotdea,O. tenuis, and O. conspicua,
as also in O. costaria and other Crag species: inner lip forming an
unusually thick and broad glaze on the pillar: umbilicus none:
tooth large, solid, prominent, and winding round the pillar. Largest
fragment L. 0°25, B. 0-085.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 3, 6, 9,26; Med. Adventure
Bank. Many characteristic fragments of as many specimens of
this curious species. Its general aspect reminds one of O. scille ;
bui the strong tooth and the inside fluting of the outer lip at once
serve to distinguish the two species.
* Very long. * Thick.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 351
v 18. Oposrom1a unreascrATA, Forbes. (Plate XXVI. fig. 8.)
Eulima unifasciata, Forb. Rep. Ag. Inv. (Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1843),
p. 188.
‘Porcupine’ 1870: Med. St. Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), throughout the
Mediterranean, off the Sahara and Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.), New
England (Verril/) ; 30-1622 fms.
Forbes’s description is as follows :—“ Eulima unifasciata, sp. nov.
E. testa turrita, leevigata, polita, alba, fascid fulva cincté: an-
fractibus 11 planiusculis; apertura ovata. Long 0%; une. Lycia.
Reg. vill.” This description was evidently intended for the shell
which is now figured, although the tooth must have escaped his
notice ; this was also the case with several species of Odostomia,
described by Philippi as Rissoa.
The mouth is angular or sharply pointed above and below. A
specimen from the Gulf of Naples, which has a conspicuous band
and tooth, shows also a grooved or crenated mouth.
It is the Lulimella smithii of Verrill.
19. Oposrom1A minuTA, H. Adams.
Syrnola minuta, H. Ad. in P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 274, pl. xix. f. 10.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 14, 30; Med. Adventure
Bank.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1882), Medi-
terranean (Susini, Monterosato, Spratt, ‘Shearwater’ Exp. and
‘Washington’ Exp.), Orotava (McAndrew); 54-249 fms.
Fossil, Pliocene: Altavilla (Brugnone).
O. macella, Brugnone.
The operculum is of a pale yellowish colour. The coloured band
is not always present. I do not know what character justified the
separation of this species as a distinct genus, nor what is meant by
the name Syrnola.
B. Striated lengthwise or reticulated, and dentated.
Y 20. Opostomia TricincTa, Jeffreys.
O. tricincta, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Febr. 1856, p. 185,
pl. ii. f. 12, 13.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. off Rinaldo’s Chair.
Distribution. N.W. France (Cailliaud), Mediterranean and
‘Adriatic, Canaries (McAndrew), and Madeira (Watson) ; 25-120
fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Monte Pellegrino, Sicily (Monterosato).
Variable in size. It may possibly have been the Rissoa doliolum
- of Philippi; but his description and figure show no coloured band
nor the tooth-like fold on the pillar, and the ribs are fewer in that
species. Some specimens of the present species have only two bands.
O. tricincta was apparently figured in Savigny’s unfinished work,
‘ Histoire Naturelle de Egypte,’ 1805-12, but it was never de-
scribed or even named.
24*
352 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [May 20,
_/ 21. Oposromt1a excavata, Philippi.
Rissoa excavata, Phil. Moll. Sic. i. p. 154, t. x. f. 6.
O. excavata, B. C. iv. p. 158; v. p. 213, pl. Ixxv. f. 6.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 26; Med. 55.
Distribution. Great Britain and Ireland, N. and W. France and
Spain, Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 5-600 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Italy, and Rhodes. Post-
tertiary: Largs, Ayrshire (Landsborough) ; 5-10 ft.
Rissoa trinodosa of Rayneval, besides the synonyms given in
‘ British Conchology.’
22. OpoSTOMIA HUMBOLDTI, Risso.
Turbonilla humboldti, Risso, Hist. Nat. de l’Eur. mér. 1826, t. iv.
(Suppl.) p. 394, f. 63.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Tangier B. ; Med. 50, 50a, off
Jijeli, G. Tunis.
Distribution. Mediterranean and Adriatic (Risso, Stossich, aud
others), Madeira (Watson) ; 15-120 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna and Bordeaux Basins. Pliocene: Nice
and Italy. Post-tertiary : Leghorn and Pozzuoli.
There are several obsolete and useless synonyms.
O. humboldti has a tooth-like fold on the pillar, placed differently
from that in Menestho and Actzon or Tornatella, to which genera
this species has been assigned by some conchologists.
, 23. OpostomiA DEcussaTa, Montagu.
Turbo decussatus, Mont. Test. Br. (ii.) p. 322, t. 12, f. 4.
O. decussata, B. C. iv. p. 145; v. p. 212, pl. Ixxiv. f. 8.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., 36. ae
Distribution. Shetland to Guernsey, N. and W. France, Algiers,
and Sicily ; 12-70 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Monte Mario, and Sicily.
Helix arenaria of Maton and Rackett, ? Pyramis spirolinus of
Brown.
24. Opostomia ExIMIA, Jeffreys.
Rissoa eximia, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. new ser. iv. p. 299.
O. eximia, B. C. iv. p. 155; v. p. 213, pl. Ixxv. f. 4.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 5.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 23a.
Distribution. Vadso and Hammerfest to Shetland and the Minch
in Ross-shire ; 10—100 fms.
Fossil. Post-tertiary : Christiania (Sars) ; 100 ft.
Not Turbonilla eximia of A. Adams from Japan.
v 25. OposToMIA sPIRALIs, Montagu.
Turbo spiralis, Mont. Test. Br. (ii.) p. 323, t. 12, f. 9.
O. spiralis, B. C. iv. p. 154, pl. ii. f. 5; v. p. 213, pl. Ixxy. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 3, Vigo B.; Med. 50.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE EXPEDITIONS. 353
Distribution. Oxfjord and Finmark to the Mediterranean and
Adriatic ; 8—40 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Leghorn and Monte Mario. Post-tertiary :
Norway, W. Scotland, and Portrush ; 3-460 ft.
A few obsolete synonyms.
As to the specific name spiralis, Monterosato says “ poco coretta-
mente da alcuni spiralis.’ Neither word is Latin, much less
classical ; spirula would be better.
y 26. Oposromia 1InTERSTINCTA, Montagu.
Turbo interstinctus, Mont. Test. Br. (ii.) p. 324, t. 12. f. 10.
O. interstincta, B. C. iv. p. 151; v. p. 213, pl. Ixxv. f. 2.
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 4.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. C. Sagres (var. multicostata), 26
(var. suturalis), Tangier B. (typical); Med. 50, Benzert Road,
Rasel Amoush (typ. and var. su¢uralis, from the last three stations).
Distribution. Lofoten Isles and the western and southern coasts
of Norway to the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Canaries and Madeira ;
3-310 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin (érnes), and Adour (Grate-
loup). Pliocene: Coralline and Red Crag, Pisa (Manzoni), Siena
(de Stefani and Pantanelli), Monte Mario (Rigacci), Sicily (Philippi
and others). Post-tertiary: Norway, West Cheshire, and Selsea ;
8-240 ft.
The principal synonyms for varieties are Chemnitzia terebellum,
Rissoa gracilis and R. suturalis of Philippi, and O. moulinsiana of
Fischer.
This abundant and widely diffused species is of course extremely
wWariable, and especially with respect to dimensions and the number
of ribs. Other naturalists must exercise their own judgment as to
considering O, terebellum or moulinsiana and O. suturalis alias
emaciata or sylvestri or penchinati, as well as other forms described
as species, distinct and not mere varieties. I would not have united
them with the typical form, if it had not been for the examination
and comparison of an immense number of intermediate specimens
from different localities.
The variety multicostata may be distinguished from the typical
form and any of the recorded varieties and so-called species by
having the shape of a short cone and much more numerous and
straight ribs.
27. OpostomiA JEFFREYs!I, Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus.
O. jeffreysi, Bucq., Dautz., and Dollf. Moll. mar. Roussillon,
Fasc. 4, 1883, p. 170, pl. 20. f. 10; var. fleaicosta.
Ms ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 26-34; Med. 50, Adventure
ank.
Distribution. Gulf of Lyons to the Archipelago ; 60-600 fms.
This seems to differ from any of the numerous varieties of O. inter-
stincta in its comparatively minute size, oval shape, and having
354 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [ May 20,
fewer, stronger, and curved ribs. But the specific name must be
changed, because it was preengaged by Koch and Weichmaun for a
Miocene shell.
C. Turbonilla or Chemnitzia. Striated lengthwise or reticulated,
and usually toothless.
D’Orbigny, in his work on the Mollusca of the Canary Isles,
proposed Chemnitzia as a subgenus of Melania, and said nothing
about the heterostrophe apex or any other character which could
distinguish it from Zulima, except that it was “ fortement costulée.”’
_/ 28. Oposromia rnpistincTa, Montagu.
Turbo indistinctus, Mont. Test. Br. Suppl. p. 129.
O. indistincta, B. C. iv. p. 149; v. p. 213, pl. Ixxv. f. 1.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 18. 1870: Atl. Vigo B. (var.
brevior), Tangier B.
Distribution. Bergen southwards to the Mediterranean and
Adriatic, Madeira, and Canaries ; 4—60 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin (Hérnes). Pliocene: Coralline
Crag and Italy. Post-tertiary : Norway, West of Scotland, Belfast,
and Selsea ; 0—50 ft.
In addition to the synonyms given in ‘ British Conchology’ are
Chemnitzia areolata of Rayneval, Truncatella julie of de Folin, and
O. (Pyrgulina) nanodea of Monterosato.
The late General Stefanis obligingly gave me a specimen from the
Gulf of Naples, which has the peculiar shape and the delicate
flexuous sculpture of the species, as well as a conspicuous tooth in
the middle of the pillar. Professor Stossich showed me a similar
specimen from the Adriatic. It is quite impossible, even with the
aid of a lively imagination, to distinguish Turbonilla or Chemnitzia
from Odostomia by any fixed character.
“ 29. Oposromi1A siGmMoIDEA!, Monterosato MS. (Plate XXVI.
fig. 9.)
SHetu cylindrical, rather thin, semitransparent, and glossy:
sculpture, numerous but not close-set longitudinal ribs, of which
there are about 25 on the last whorl and twenty on the next; these
are oblique at first and afterwards become flexuous ; their interstices
are nearly equal in breadth to the ribs, and are throughout finely
and closely striated across or spirally ; the base is marked by spiral
striz only, as the ribs do not extend below the periphery ; apex
quite smooth and polished: colour white: spire gradually tapering
to a blunt point: whorls 8, somewhat compressed ; the last occupies
nearly two fifths of the shell: swéwre slight and shallow, rather ob-
lique: mouth oval, acute-angled above and rounded below ; length
equal to one fifth of that of the spire: outer lip flexuous: inner lip
narrow, reflected on the pillar, behind which is a small and narrow
chink: footh or columellar feld none observable. L. 0°15. B. 0°05.
1 From the ribs resembling the Greek letter sigma.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS, 355
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Tangier B. Two specimens.
Distribution. Algiers, a fragment (Joly, f. Monterosato), Palermo,
a fragment (Monterosato) ; 1633 fms.
This species differs from O. indistineta in having fewer and larger
ribs with more numerous and much finer spiral striz; the whorls
are not so convex, and the suture is consequently slighter or shallower.
But I must admit that it is not a satisfactory and well-established
species.
VY 30. Oposrom1A FLExvOSA’, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVI. fig. 10.)
SHELL oblong, rather thin, semitransparent, and glossy : sculpture:
sharp and flexuous longitudinal ribs, of which there are about 20 on
the last whorl and 15 on the next or penultimate whorl ; these
commence in a nodose and abrupt manner from just below the suture,
and almost disappear at the periphery, where they are crossed by a
few spiral strize: colour white: spire turreted; apex truncated :
whorls 5, compressed ; the last occupies more than half the shell
with the mouth placed upwards: suture narrow but distinct, nearly
straight : mouth oval, inflected above and rounded below: outer lip
angular above and gently curved in the middle: canner lip filmy on
the upper part and reflected on the lower part of the pillar, behind
which is a small and narrow chink. L.0°1l. B. 0°05.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 55. Two specimens.
v 31. Oposromta CLATHRATA, Jeffreys.
O. clathrata, Jeffry. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. 2nd ser. ii. p. 345:
B. C. iv. p. 148; v. p. 212, pl. Ixxiv. f. 9.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Adventure Bank (fragment).
Distribution. Birterbuy B., Connemara (Barlee and J. G. J.),
throughout the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Madeira ( Watson),
Canaries (McAndrew) ; 20-25 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin (Coll. Hornes in mus. Vind.)!
Pliocene: Monte Mario and Sicily.
32. Oposromia scaLaris, Philippi.
Melania (afterwards Chemnitzia) scalaris, Phil. Moll. Sie. i. p. 157,
trix. fo.
O. scalaris, B. C. iv. p. 160; v. p. 213, pl. Ixxv. f. 7, and var. 8.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B.; Med. 45, Rasel
Amoush. All typical specimens.
Distribution. Typical form: Norway (McAndrew), Unst, in
Shetland (J. G. J.), western and southern coasts of England and
Ireland, northern and western coasts of France, Spain and Portugal,
Mediterranean and Adriatic, Madeira; 8-108 fms. Var. rufescens.
Finmark southwards to the Hebrides and county Antrim ; 10-90
fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Coraliine Crag and Italy. Post-tertiary :
Norway (var. rufescens) ; 70-100 feet. Not Odontostoma scalaris of
Sandberger from the Mayence Busin.
1 Having flexuous ribs.
356 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCS OF THE [May 20,
Neither is the present species the Turritella interrupta of Totten
(as stated in ‘ British Conchology ’), which I am now disposed, from
specimens and further information, to refer to the following species.
33. Opostom1A RuFA, Philippi.
Melania (afterwards Chemnitzia) rufa, Phil. Moll. Sic. 1. p. 156,
ey a ae
O. rufa, B. C. iv. p. 162; v. p. 213, pl. Ixxvi. f. 1, and var. 2.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1569: St. 13, 14, 18, North Channel. 1870:
Atl. 3a, 9, 13, 24, 27, 28,(and var. fulvocineta). Var. densicostata
(Chemnitzia densicostata, Ph. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 137, t. xxiv. f. 9),
1870: Atl. 3, Setubal B., 24, 29, 30; Med. Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Typ. Anglesea to Cornwall, Atlantic coasts of France
and Portugal, Mediterranean and Adriatic, Madeira and Canaries,
New Brunswick, Massachusetts, New England, and North Carolina ;
0-365 fms.
Var. fulvocineta, Lofoten I, to the Dogger Bank and Ireland,
Brittany (Cailliaud), Tuscany (Appelius)!; 18-60 fms. Var.
densicostata. Gulf of Gascony, Mediterranean and Adriatic, off
Culebra, St. Thomas (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ; 30-390 fms.
- Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Biot, and Italy; var. fulvo-
cincta, Lombardy (coll. Brocchi)! Post-tertiary : var. fulvo-cincta.
Norway, Selsea; 0-80 ft. Var. densicostata, Sicily (Brugnone).
Further examination and comparison of the typical form and its
varieties with Turritella interrupta of Totten, which is common on
the eastern coasts of North America, as well as my own dredging off
Massachusetts, since the publication of ‘ British Conchology ’ (when
I referred that species to O. scalaris), have satisfied me that it is
the same species as O. rufa and not O. scalaris. The figure in
Gould’s work is incorrect and misleading. Totten’s specific name is
prior to that of Philippi, and therefore ought to be adopted. I
believe that Turbonilla rathbuni of Verrill and Smith is a pretty and
deep-water form of the present variable species.
The variety densicostata is much smaller, narrower, and more
slender than the typical form, and is sometimes banded like the
variety fulvocincta. The ribs appear to be more crowded, because
the shell is narrower, and they differ in the degree of obliquity.
Specimens from Station 3 of the ‘Porcupine’ Expedition of
1870 and from Corsica are intermediate in every respect between the
typical form and the variety densicostata.
34. OposToMiA STRIATULA, Linné.
Turbo striatulus, L. S. N. p. 1238.
Turritella potamoides, Cantraine, Mal. Med. pl. vi. p. 25.
‘Porcupine’: Exp. 1870: Med. St. 55, Benzert Road, G. Tunis,
Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Throughout the Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 0-120
fms.
Fossil, Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Biot, Italy, Rhodes.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 357
Turritella potamoides, Cantraine, Melania (afterwards Chemnitzia)
pallida, Philippi, Parthenia varicosa, Forbes, and Chemnitzia
costaria, 8. Wood.
In a specimen from the Gulf of Tunis the throat or inside of
the upper lip is crenated, like Ohemnitzia costaria of the Crag.
35. OposTOMIA MAGNIFICA, Seguenza.
Turbonilla magnifica, Seg., Le formazione terziarie nella Provincia
di Reggio (Calabria), 1879, p. 264, t. xvi. f. 25.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 6, 16, 25, 27-28.
Distribution. Vigo (McAndrew), Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’
Exp. 1880-1881), off C, Verd I., Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.), New
England (Verrill) ; 217-1062 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Reggio, Calabria (Seguenza)!
This fine species varies considerably in shape, as well as in the
number and direction of the ribs, which are sometimes straight and
sharp, and in other specimens oblique and flattened; but there is a
character common and peculiar to all the specimens (European,
American, and fossil) which I have examined, viz. the close striation
length-wise by delicate and microscopical lines which cover the
whole of the shell. These strize are not mere marks of growth, but
a distinct kind of sculpture.
Turbonilla bushiana of Verrill. Not Turbonilla meneghini of
Libassi, according to the figure and a typical specimen received from
Professor Seguenza; uor is it Zurbonilla speciosa of H. Adams.
But the last two species are allied to the present, as well as Turbo
plicatulus of Brocchi.
Fragments of recent specimens from the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition
show that this species attains much larger dimensions than those
given in the descriptions of Seguenza and Verrill.
_/ 36. Oposromia tacTea, Linné.
Turbo lacteus, L. 8S. N. p. 1238; Cantr. Mal. Med. pl. vi. f. 21.
O. lactea, B. C. iv. p. 164; v. p. 213, pl. Ixxvi. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9. 1870: Atl. Vigo B.; Med.
Algeciras B., G. Tunis, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Troms6 to the Archipelago, Adriatic, Marocco,
Canary I., Madeira, and Azores ; 0-50 fms. Perhaps this may be
Chemnitzia nivea of Stimpson from 40 fms. off Grand Maran, which
he described as “ T. aciculata, subcylindrica, alba, nitida ; anfractibus
planatis, longitudinaliter plicatis, plicis rectis, interstitiis lzvissimis.
Long. 0°28; lat. 0:04 poll.” Not Red Sea, as given by Philippi
on the authority of Hemprich and Ehrenberg.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna and Bordeaux Basins. Pliocene : Coral-
line aud Red Crag, Belgian Crag, Biot (Battersby), Nice (Allan),
Italy. Post-tertiary: Belfast, Selsea, Leghorn, Taranto, Morea,
and Rhodes.
Turbo albus, Pennant, 7. acutus, Donovan, 7’. elegantissimus,
Montagu, 7'urbonilla plicatula, Risso, Melania campanille, Philippi,
and several later synonyms which it is unnecessary to notice. Risso’s
358 DR.GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [May 20,
Eulima elegantissima, for which he misquoted Montagu, appears to
be E. polita. Not O. lactea of d’Orbigny, nor of Dunker, nor of
Angas.
This common species is consequently variable as regards the
straight or oblique direction of the ribs, as well as the comparative
breadth of the shell. The pillar has occasionally a tooth-like fold.
37. Oposrom1a stnvosa’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX VII. fig. 1.)
SHELL resembling a short pyramid, rather thin, semitransparent
and glossy: scu/pture, numerous, fine, flexuous and close-set longi-
tudinal ribs, arranged obliquely, and commencing abruptly at the
top of each whorl, and not continued below the periphery; there
are about 25 on the last whorl; the first or nuclear whorl is, as
usual, quite smooth: colour white: spire rather short, and ending
in a sharp point: whorls 8 (exclusive of the nucleus), convex and
rapidly enlarging; the last occupies more than two fifths of the
shell: suture narrow and oblique: mouth irregularly rhomboidal,
equal in length to between one third and one fourth of the spire:
outer lip inflected at the top, gently curved in the middle, and semi-
circular at the bottom: inner lip expanded and thickened: éooth or
columellar fold slight but distinct. L. 0°175. B. 0°05.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Adventure Bank. A single
specimen.
Distribution. Mediterranean (Italian Exp.), off west coast of Africa
(‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 681 fms.
Allied to O. lactea, but differs in its more conical and less cylin-
drical shape, being proportionally broader at the base, and the ribs
are more decidedly flexuous and oblique. In Chemnitzia obliquata,
of Philippi, the whorls are fewer and more tumid.
l/
v
38. Oposromia pusILLA, Philippi.
Chemnitzia pusilla, Phil. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 224. t. xxviii. f. 21.
O. pusilla, B. C. iv. p. 167, v. p. 215, pl. Ixxvi. f. 4.
: ee ae Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B.; Med. 50, Adventure
Bank.
Distribution. Birterbuy Bay, W. Galway (Walpole), British
Channel and South of England, Atlantic coasts of France, throughout
the Mediterranean and Adriatic, and Madeira ( Watson); 10-100 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Biot, Italy. Post-tertiary : Morea and Rhodes.
On further consideration I must hesitate in considering this species,
which I described and figured under the above name, as that of
Philippi. The size given by him is much smaller, the ribs are said
to be set obliquely, and he noticed transverse or spiral striz, which
my species does not possess, Judging from the excellent figure
(plate 21, fig. 12) of “* Turbonilla gradata, Monterosato,” in the
‘ Mollusques du Roussillon’ of Messrs. Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and
Dollfus, which represents a variety of the present species, | am
inclined to adopt the latter name. It is certainly distinct from OQ.
lactea and its varieties,
* Full of curves.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 359
L 89. Oposromi1A pELIcATA, Monterosato.
Chemnitzia gracilis, Phil. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 137, t. xxiv. f. 11.
O. delicata, Monter. J. de Conch. 1874, p. 267.
‘ Porenpine’ Exp. 1869: St. 18, Donegal B. 1870: Atl. 17.
Distribution. Bundoran, Co. Donegal, with Circulus striatus
(J. G. J.), Loire-Inférieure (Catlliaud), Gulf of Gascony (de Folin),
Mediterranean from Spezia to Alexandria, and Adriatic; 18-120 fms.
Not Turbo gracilis of Brocchi, nor Chemnitzia gracilis of de
Koninck, fossil species of Odostomia.
The columellar fold or tooth is sometimes observable in this
species. The following is my note as to the animal.—‘‘ Body clear
white, with a narrow dark streak down each side: mantle thick:
head or snout (mentum) narrower than the foot and extending
beyond it; extremity notched in the middle: tenéacles leaf-like and
folded, proportionally large: eyes small and black, sessile on the
inner side of the tentacles at their base: foot long, squarish or
truncated in front, with angular corners, pointed behind. Active
and not very shy or timid.”
4 40. OnosromiaA AcuTicosTATA', Jeffreys. (Plate XXVII. fig. 2.)
SHELL Obeliscal or spit-shaped, rather thick, opaque, and glossy :
sculpture, several equal-sized, narrow, linear, and oblique longitudinal
ribs, about 20 on the last whorl; they are considerably narrower
than their interstices, and do not extend beyond the periphery,
where they are intercepted by a thread-like spiral stria; the base
and apex are quite smooth: colour white: spire long, turreted, and
gradually tapering: whorls 9 (including the nucleus), rather convex,
the last occupying about a third of the shell; nucleus regularly
spiral and intorted : suture shallow but well defined, nearly straight :
mouth small, squarish: outer lip contracted above and curved below :
inner lip and pillow thickened : wmézlicus and tooth none. L. 0-125.
B. 0:05.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 45, Rasel Amoush. Two
specimens.
Distribution. Cape Breton (de Folin), Palermo (Monterosato),
Gulf of Gabes on the Tunisian coast (Dautzenburg); 20-103 fms.
The ribs are not so close-set or contiguous as in O. lactea and
other species of the same section, and they are much narrower than
the interspaces.
Not Turbonilla acuticostata of Speyer, a Miocene species, which
is a synonym of Auricula costellata ot Grateloup.
V 41. Oposrom1a ruerura?, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVII. fig. 3.)
SHELL shaped like a short cylinder, strong for its minute size,
nearly transparent, and of a prismatic lustre: sculpture, several
straight or linear, and sharp longitudinal ribs, which are narrower than
their interstices, and are apparently but not really continuous; there
are 15 or 16 on the last whorl, and they do not extend below the
1 Sharply ribbed. ? Somewhat bright.
360 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [May 20,
periphery ; base and nucleus ribless ; the whole surface of the shell
(except the nucleus) is covered with extremely numerous and close-
set spiral striee, which are discernible only with the aid of a micro-
scope: colour glassy : spire rather long, and gradually tapering to a
blunt point: suture slight: whorls 6, besides the nucleus, which is
spirally twisted and intorted ; the last or body-whorl occupies two
fifths of the spire: mouth oval, acutangular above and curved below:
outer lip thin: inner lip inconspicuous: wmbilicus none, but the
base is shallowly excavated. L. 0°075. B. 0.035.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St, 13. Half a dozen living speci-
mens.
This beautiful little shell may be distinguished by the numerous
microscopic spiral striee, as well as by its shape and prismatic lustre.
Y 42. Opostomia AaTrenvata ’, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVII. fig. 4.)
SHexxt club-shaped, thin, semitransparent, and very glossy:
sculpture, long, sharp, and curved longitudinal ribs, from 18 to 20
on the last whorl, and with equally broad interstices ; these ribs are
not coutinued beyond the periphery, and in one specimen they nearly
disappear on the last whorl; apex quite smooth: colowr whitish,
with a faint tinge of yellowish-brown: spire elongated, and gradually
tapering to a blunt and apparently truncated point: suture well
defined ; whorls 6, exclusive of the nucleus, which is globular, spiral,
and intorted ; the last whorl occupies two fifths of the spire: mouth
and lips as in the last species: base sloping. L.0°125. B. 0-035.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17; Med. 55.
Distribution. Gulf of Marseilles (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), off western
coast of Africa (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 363-1259 fms.
py 43. Oposromia compressa’, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVII. fig. 5.)
SHELL cylindrical, compressed in the middle of each whorl, rather
thick, semitransparent and glossy: sculpture, sharp and straight
longitudinal ribs, which commence at the top of each whorl and
more or less disappear at the periphery ; their number is about 25
on the last whorl; they are usually of the same breadth as the
interstices, but occasionally narrower ; base and apex quite smooth :
colour whitish, with a broad but obscure spiral band of reddish-
brown in a young specimen: spire turreted, elongated and gradually
tapering: suture narrow but distinct: whorls 10, flattened, con-
tracted in the middle of each; the last occupies about two fifths of
the spire; nucleus twisted: mouth oval, acutangular above, rounded
below : outer lip incurved, and flexuous in the middle: inner lip
thickened and somewhat expanded: base sloping. L.0°25. B.0:075.
Soper: Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17, 36; Med. 40, Benzert
Road.
Distribution. Gulf of Marseilles (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), off the west
coast of Africa, C. Verd I., and Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.), off the
Azores (‘ Challenger’ and ‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 363-1622 fms.
* Attenuated or narrowed. > Pressed or squeezed together.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 361
, 44. Ovosromi paucistrRiaTa’, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVII. fig. 6.)
SuHewx forming an elongated cone, rather thick, semitransparent,
and of a prismatic lustre: sculpture, straight, slight, and irregular
longitudinal ribs, about 20 on the last whorl, but varying in number,
extension, and size: colour white: spive produced, and somewhat
abruptly tapering : suture rather deep, nearly straight: whorls 8 be-
sides the nucleus, moderately convex but not tumid ; the last occu-
pies two fifths of the spire; nucleus twisted outwards: mouth pear-
shaped, pointed above and rounded below: outer lip thin: inner
lip thickened : base angulated in the young. L. 0:275. B. 0-085.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Benzert Road. Four speci-
mens of different sizes.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1880 and 1881),
Palermo and S. Vito (Monterosato), off west coast of Africa (‘ Talis-
man’ Exp.), off Culebra, Danish W. Indies (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ;
108-681 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Messina (Seguenza), Altavilla (Monterosato) !
Although this appears to differ from O. compressa in being conical
instead of cylindrical, as well as in the less compression of the
whorls and the irregularity of the sculpture, I am not satisfied that
they are distinct species. I therefore give both provisionally. Two
specimens of the present species have a rather strong tooth-like fold
on the inside of the pillar.
vy 45. Oposromra semicostata’, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVII. fig. 7.)
Suewx cylindrical, rather thick, semitransparent and glossy :
sculpture, a few slight longitudinal ribs, sometimes covering the top
whorls only, but in most specimens disposed irregularly over the
shell; in one specimen the whole of the surface is seen under the
microscope to be finely striated in a spiral or transverse direction:
colour white: spire elongated and ending somewhat abruptly in the
nuclear point: whorls 8 besides the nucleus ; they are rounded but
not convex, and are compressed in the middle; the last occupies
about one third of the spire; nucleus bulbous and regularly spiral,
like all other species of this genus: suture narrow : mouth trapezoid :
outer lip inflected and pointed above, contracted in the middle, and
curved below: inner lip thickened: base somewhat angulated,
particularly in the young: pillar nearly straight : tooth or columellar
fold sunken but conspicuous in a broken specimen. L. 0°15.
B, 0°035.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 26-30.
Distribution. C. Breton, Gulf of Gascony (de Folin) !
D. Lulimella. Cylindrical, smooth, and toothless.
\- 46. OposTOMIA SCILL&, Scacchi,
Melania scille, Sc. Notizie int. alle Conch. p. 5], t. ii. f. 2.
O. scille, B. C. iv. p. 169; v. p. 213, pl. Ixxvi. f. 5.
‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 2.
1 Having few ribs. ? Half-ribbed.
362 DR.GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [May 20,
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 3,6. 1870: Atl. 6,9, 26-29 ; Med. 50,
Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Finmark to the Mediterranean, Canaries, Madeira,
off C. Verd I. and west coast of Africa (‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 12-1192
fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin (Hérnes)!, N. W. Germany
(Philippi). Pliocene: Biot and throughout Italy. Post-tertiary :
Christiania, Rhodes ; 0-100 fz.
Varies in the length of the spire and in the comparative breadth
of the shell.
~47. Opostomi1a coMPACTILIs, Jeffreys.
O. scille, var. compactilis, B. C. iv. p. 169.
ELulimella compactilis, G. O. Sars, Moll. arct. Norv. p. 208, t. 22.
f. 15.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 4,18, 23. 1870: Atl.3. A single
specimen from each station.
Distribution. Lofoten I. and W. Norway, Shetland and Hebrides ;
50-300 fins.
Possibly O. (Zulimella) superflua of Monterosato, from Palermo.
48. Oposromia acicuta, Philippi.
Melania (afterwards Eulima) acicula, Phil. Moll. Sie. i. p. 158,
t:lix. f 6.
O. acicula, B. C. iv. p. 170; v. p. 213, pl. Ixxvi. f. 6.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St.18, 19,25, the Minch. 1870: Atl.
3, 9, Vigo B., Setubal B., 26-28, 31-34 ; Med. 55, Benzert Road,
Rasel Amoush, G. Tunis, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Everywhere in the eastern portion of the North
Atlantic from Bergen to the Bay of Biscay, as well as in the Medi-
terranean and Adriatic, Corea (St. John) ; 8-645 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Red Crag, Biot, and Italy. Post-tertiary :
Christiania and Caithness.
Some specimens from different localities exhibit a more or less
conspicuous tocth.
As to the specific name, Monterosato observed that long before
Philippi’s work, Lamarck had used it for another species (a Grignon
fossil) of the present genus; but the figure (pl. 60, f. 9) in the 8th
volume of the ‘ Annales du Muséum,’ which Deshayes in his second
edition of the ‘ Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertébres,’ refers
to the duricula (acicula) of the 6th volume of the ‘ Annales,’ can
hardly be correct, because none of the other figures in the same
plate correspond with either the numbers or the brief descriptions
given by Lamarck in his list of species. Indeed, Deshayes says, as
to Auricula acicula, “Il est trés-probable que cette espéce n'est
point une Auricule, mais une Tornatelle allongée.”’ The genus
Auricula of Lamarck was a heterogeneous assemblage of species,
and included Melampus, Acte@on or Tornatella, Odostomia, Pyrami-
della, and Ringicula. The peculiar character of the Pyramidellide,
viz. the sinistral nucleus, was not noticed by Lamarck or Deshayes.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 363
49. OposromIA VENTRICOSA, Forbes.
Parthenia ventricosa, Forb. Rep. Aig. Inv. (1843), p. 188.
O. acicula, var. ventricosa, B. C. iv. p. 171; v. p. 213, pl. Ixxvi.
Eas
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 25. 1870: Atl. 9,174, 26-28"; Med.
Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Lofoten I. to the Hydra Channel and Crete,
Adriatic, off C. Verd I. (‘ Talisman’ Exp.), Madeira (Watson) !;
10-1192 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Italy. Post-tertiary: Biot and Leghorn.
Although it is difficult, if not impossible, to distinguish this from
O. acicula, except as a variety, I will defer to the opinion of my
friend Professor G. O. Sars, and consider them separate species.
This kind of distinction is not very material in a scientific point of
view, where there is any valid or peculiar character. The present
species has a more delicate texture, the whorls are more swollen,
the suture is consequently deeper, and the shell becomes more
attenuated towards the apex. Nevertheless, there are intermediate
gradations, as is the case with other allied forms. Both species
have several synonyms. In the Annals and Magazine of Natural
History for 1848 I described the present species under the name of
Eulimella gracilis ; but Forbes did not recognize it as his Parthenia
ventricosa. He described his shell as ‘‘ subumbilicate,”’ a character
which does not belong to mine. The animal is described in the
Supplement to ‘ British Conchology.’
PyRAMIDELLA NiTipuLA, A. Adams. (Plate XXVII. fig. 8.)
Surnola (afterwards changed to Oleliscus) nitidula, A. Adams in
Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1860, p. 335.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 3° (var. ewilis), 9, 16, 17, 28-
30; Med. 45, 55 (var. ewilis), Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1881] and 1882),
European and African coasts of the Mediterranean, off the Cape de
Verd I. (‘Talisman’ Exp.), St. Thomas, D. W. I. and Fayal
(‘Challenger’ Exp.), Japan and Corea (A. Adams and St. John) ;
40-4873 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Reggio (Seguenza).
Synonyms. Pyramidella minuscula and P. mediterranea of Mon-
terosato, Obeliscus sufarcinatus and O. tinctus of Watson. Perhaps
the variety, which I have named ewilis, may be a distinct species.
It is much smaller, narrower, and spindle-shaped ; but the speci-
mens are too. young or immature and imperfect for complete de-
scription.
The shell being deeply umbilicated may constitute the type of a
section which I would name TViberia, in honour of that excellent
naturalist Dr. Nicola Tiberi of Portici near Naples.
I have carefully compared my ‘Porcupine’ and Mediterranean
specimens with those from Japan and Corea, which I received from
364 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [May 20,
the late Mr. Arthur Adams and my friend Captain St. John, and
I cannot detect the slightest difference between any of them in shape,
coloured band, umbilicus, or dentition of the pillar. P. leviuscula
of the Crag has no umbilical perforation ; otherwise the recent and
fossil species are exactly similar. Some of the recent as well as
Crag specimens, and those of P. plicosa (if this be not the same as
the Crag species) have the throat or inside of the outer lip thickened
and crenated, as in Odostomia conoidea and other species of that
genus. It must be borne in mind that species of different genera
are common to the North Atlantic and North Pacific Oceans, as well
as to the Crag, e.g. Pecchiolia acuticostata.
_/ MATHILDA QUADRICARINATA, Brocchi.
Turbo quadricarinatus, Bre. Conch. Foss. Subap. il. p. 375, t. vil.
f. 6.
M. quadricarinata, Kobelt in Jahrb. d. d. Mal. Ges. 1874, p. 226,
tonllite seo
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St.’off C. Sagres, 26-30, 36; Med.
50, 504, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1881), Mediter-
ranean and Adriatic, Madeira (Watson)! ; 8-227 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Maine et Loire (Baudin), Malaga (Duncan).
Pliocene : Antwerp Crag (Omalius), Biot, and Italy.
A Sicilian specimen, kindly sent me by the late Professor Aradus,
measures nearly an inch and a quarter in length and ;4, of an inch
in breadth. The sculpture of this species varies considerably, and
this has, of course, given rise to several synonyms, including Lglisia
macandree of ~kz Adams, and two or three so-called species of
Brugnone.
The correct position of the genus Mathilda, O. Semper, 1865, is
rather questionable. It certainly approaches Turritella in some
respects ; and my only reason for placing it provisionally in the
Pyramidellide is the heterostrophe or sinistrorsally spiral apex. I
have thought it desirable to give (Plate XXVII. fig. 9) a magnified
figure of this character.
I subjoin a description of the animal taken from a living specimen
during the ‘ Poreupine’ Expedition of 1870 :—Body cream-colour :
tentacles thread-shaped, smooth, very long and slender, bluntly
pointed, and diverging: eyes proportionally large, seated on small
tubercles or bulbs on the outer side of the tentacles about one fourth
from their base : foot large, in front deeply bilobed with remarkably
long auricles, behind angulated on the upper part and rounded at
the tail or extremity ; the foot-lobes are jagged inside, and double-
edged in that part with a row of close-set short and exquisitely fine
cilia which are in continual motion: operculum chitinous, rather solid,
multispiral with umbilicated whorls, like that of Zurritella terebra.
Animal active and bold.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 365
Family XVIII. EULIMID.
» Genus Greeanta ', Jeffreys.
SHELL conical, reticulated, not umbilicated ; nucleus globular and
intorted, not spiral, nor sinistral. Differs from Mathilda in having
a short spire and an intorted but not a heterostrophe nucleus.
Perhaps this genus, which in a great measure is founded on
negative characters, may be the type of a separate family. The
shell certainly is not smooth and polished like Hulima.
GrGanta pincuis®, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVII. fig. 10.)
Suewx forming a short cone, rather thin, opaque and of a dull
hue: sculpture, several spiral ridges, which are crossed by much
more numerous and flexuous longitudinal strize, so as to cause a
partial decussation; the spiral ridges vary considerably in number
and strength, and sometimes they are alternately large and small,
but they become at the base crowded and fine revolving strie; apex
smooth and glossy: colour whitish: spire short, bluntly pointed:
whorls 5, swollen; the last occupies more than two thirds of the
shell ; nucleus bulbous, introverted: suéure deep: mouth squarish,
acutangular above and nearly rectangular below: outer lip semi-
circular except for the upper corner of the mouth: inner lip reflected,
broader on the lower part of the pillar, which is very gently curved :
base expanded, slightly concave or depressed but not umbilicated
nor angulated. L.0°3. B. 0°16.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a.
y 1. Euurma susunata, Donovan.
Turbo subulatus, Don. Br. Sh. pl. clxxii.
E. subulata, B. C. iv. p. 208; v. p. 215, pl. Ixxvii. f. 7.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 9, 18 (and var. nana). 1870:
Atl. Vigo B., 29, 30 (var. pallidula) ; Med. 50, 55, Benzert Road,
G. Tunis, Adventure Bank. Variety padlidula; bands of a paler
colour, and more or less interrupted.
Distribution. Dublin Bay and other parts of Ireland, Anglesea,
and southern coasts of England, Atlantic coasts of France aud Lusi-
tania, throughout the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Canaries, Madeira,
and Azores ; 2-2274 fms. I suspect that the following localities
may have been misapplied to this species instead of to Z. biline-
ata:—Scarborough (Bean) ; Orkneys, 12 fms. (Forbes) ; Shetland,
5—90 fms. (Forbes).
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna and Bordeaux Basins, N.W. Germany,
Transylvania, Podolia, and Volhynia. Pliocene: Coralline and
Antwerp Crags, France and Italy.
Of the numerous synonyms, which it is unnecessary to recapitu-
late, glaber of Da Costa is prior to subulata and every other ; but the
present name has been sanctioned by use. The dwarf variety
(nana) shows that size is not the only character which distinguishes
1 The name of one of the Vestal Virgins. 2 Plump,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XXV. 25
366 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [May 20,
this species from Z. bilineata; this variety bas the usual slender
shape and coloured markings of Z. subulata, and is Mediterranean
as well as Atlantic.
2. Euuima sitinesTA, Alder.
E, lineata (as probably of Sowerby, but proposed to be changed
to bilineata), Ald. Cat. Moll. North. & Durh. in Trans. Tyn. Nat.
Field Club, p. 47.
E. bilineata, B. C. iy. p. 210; v. p. 215, pl. Ixxvii. f. 8.
‘ Lightning’ Exp.: St. 2, 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 15, 18, 23a, N. Channel. 1870: Atl.
3a, 26; Med. Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Hammerfest, Lofoten I., and Bodo to the Adriatic
and Alexandria, off west coast of Africa (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 0-681
fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily. Post-tertiary: Norway and Belfast ;
100 ft.
This pretty little shell is closely allied to #. swbulata, and may be
regarded as a ‘‘critical”’ species. Specimens from Skye and Bel-
fast are much larger than the dwarf variety of E. subulata. The
characteristic differences are pointed out in ‘ British Conchology.’
Some specimens of the present species are slightly curved.
~ 3. EuLima JerrreysiAna, Brusina. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 1.)
Leiostraca jefreysiana, Brus. in J. de Conch. xvii. (1869),
p- 245.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50, Benzert Road, Adventure
Bank. ‘The specimen from Benzert Road is larger than others, and
measures nearly a line and a half in length; the usual length is a
line, or one tenth of an inch.
Distribution. Mediterranean and Adriatic, Canaries (McAndrew)!,
Madeira (Watson)!; 30-120 fms.
4. Evia po.ira, Linné.
Turbo politus, L. 8. N. p. 1241.
E. polita, B, C. iv. p. 201; v. p. 214, pl. Ixxvii. f. 3.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50, G. Tunis.
Distribution. Finmark to the Aigean ; 2-145 fms.
Fossil. Miocene, Pliocene, and Post-tertiary : Norway southwards
through Europe to Rhodes ; 0-80 ft.
5. EvLIMA INTERMEDIA, Cantraine.
E. intermedia, Cantr. Diagn. Moll. Bull. Ac. Brux. 1835, p. 14;
B. C. iv. p. 203; v. p. 214, pl. Ixxvii. f. 4.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 27, 28, 28a; Med. 50.
Distribution. Hammerfest to the Adriatic and eastern part of
the Mediterranean, Madeira and the Canaries (McAndrew)!, C. de
Verd I. (Hochebrune), and New England (Verrill) ; 11-645 fms.
Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin!, N.W. Germany. Pliocene:
Coralline and Red Crag, Biot, and Italy. Post-tertiary ; Norway.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 367
#. nitida of Philippi, but apparently not Melania nitida of La-
marck, from the Paris Basin.
Extremely variable in size, length of the spire, comparative slen-
derness, and breadth of the last whorl, as well as in a slight degree of
curvature. Many species could easily be made out of it. In ZH.
polita (especially the young) the periphery is angulated, but never
in the present species.
Cantraine’s description is too short to be satisfactory, viz. :—
“Testa parva, subulata, recta, vitrea, levi. Alt. 5 lin. diam, 13.”
v 6. Eutima pisrorta, Defrance.
Melania distorta (Defrance), Deshayes, Descr. d. Coq. foss. des
environs de Paris (1824), t. ii. p. 111, pl. xii. f. 24, 25.
E. distorta, B. C. iv. p. 205; v. p. 214, pl. Ixxvii. f. 5.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9, 18 (and var. gracilis), 25 (and
var. gracilis), N. Channel. 1870: Atl. 13, Vigo B., 29-34; Med.
G. Tunis, Adventure Bank.
Distribution. Lofoten I. to the Adriatic and Archipelago,
Madeira (Watson), Canaries (d@’ Orbigny and McAndrew). Off Sa-
hara and west coast of Africa (‘ Talisman’ Exp.), Azores (Drouet),
New England (Verrill), St. Vincent’s, West Indies (G'utlding), Ma-
zatlan (P. Carpenter), N. Japan (Sé. John)! ; 0-1261 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Red Crag (A. Bell)!, Italy. Post-tertiary :
Norway, Ayrshire, and Rhodes.
I regard as synonyms of this abundant and widely spread species,
Rissoa sinuosa, Scacchi; Turbo curvatus, Chiereghini (MS. only) ;
Baleis arcuata, Leach (1852) ; and L. philippii, Weinkauff (1867).
Judging from the description and figure of the Eocene species in
the above-cited work of Deshayes, I should have been inclined to
consider it distinct from the recent species ; but having lately re-
ceived, through the kindness of Dr. Fischer, typical specimens of
the former, I have carefully compared them with many hundred
specimens of the latter, and I feel myself conscientiously bound to
unite them. Some specimens of both forms have the last whorl
larger in proportion to the next, or else have the outer lip more or
less flexuous; the degree of curvature (which is occasionally double
or flexuous) differs considerably, and the periphery is now and then
somewhat angulated or keeled.
The variety gracilis is usually straight instead of being distorted
or curved; but after a long and close examination, I have failed in
discovering a single character which would justify its separation from
the typical form as a distinct species. Both are equally common
and generally distributed with intermediate forms.
Professor G. O. Sars found this species living in a quasi-parasitic
or “commensal” state inside Holothuria intestinalis.
V7. Euxima Gvasra’, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 2.)
Smet awl-shaped, rather strong, semitransparent, and of a
polished lustre : scu/pture none: colour whitish, with a faint tinge
1 Smooth.
25*
368 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [May 29,
of brownish-yellow: spire shortish, ending in a blunt and bulbous
point: whorls 8, somewhat convex ; the first is inflected, and the
last occupies about half the shell: suture nearly straight, well de-
fined: mouth oval, proportionally large, acutangular above and
rounded below; its length equals one third of the spire: outer lip
flexuous: inner lip reflected on the pillar at its base, but not obser-
vable on its upper part. L. 0°15. B. 0°06. :
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St.9,17. A single specimen from
each station.
This is less slender than H. distorta or any of its varieties; the
spire is shorter and quite straight, the apex is blunt and bulbous
instead of finely pointed, and the mouth is proportionately larger.
Distribution. Off the coast of West Africa (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ;
1192 fms.
8. Euxima staxior, Brusina. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 3.)
E. stalioi, Brus., J. de Conch. xvii. (1869), p. 242.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 29, 30.
Distribution. Dalmatia (Stalio and Brusina), Algiers (coll. Wein-
kauff), off Marocco (‘'Talisman’ Exp.)!, Madeira (Watson)! ;
20-1192 fms.
Intermediate between EF. glabella of Searles Wood from the
Coralline Crag, and #. brevis of Requien from Corsica and the Adri-
atic. The present species may ultimately prove to be a variety of
E. brevis. Professor Brusina having obligingly favoured me with a
specimen of his EZ. petitiana, I believe it is a variety of E. stalioi;
but I offer this opinion with great respect for his intimate know-
ledge of the Adriatic Mollusca.
y 9. Euirma soxipa’, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 4.)
SHELL nearly cylindrical, slender, thick, transparent, and very
glossy: sculpture none perceptible with a hand-lens or ordinary
magnifying power; but under a compound microscope the whole
surface of the shell appears to be covered with extremely fine and
close-set longitudinal strize or lines; the periphery is more or less
distinctly keeled: colour glassy white: spire elongated, sometimes
curved or distorted, and ending in a bulbous nucleus: whorls 8,
compact and flattened ; the first is inflected, and the last occupies
rather more than two fifths of the shell: suture nearly straight,
well defined, but narrow; it occasionally shows a rather broad line
on the lower side by reason of the overlapping of each whorl: mouth
oval, proportionally small, acutangular above and somewhat ex-
panded below ; its length is not a third of that of the spire: outer
lip flexuous, in some specimens thickened: inner lip glazed and
reflected on the pillar. L. 0-2. B. 0°05.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23a. 1870: Atl. 9,17, 19, 27, 28.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1880 and 1881),
off Marocco, west coast of Africa, and the Azores (‘ Talisman’
Exp.) ; 645-1622 fms.
1 Compact.
1884.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS, 369
Fossil. Pliocene: Messina (Sequenza).
Although this shell is thick and strong for its size, it is so trans-
parent that the eyes of the animal are clearly seen through a living
specimen. In this specimen the two uppermost whorls are quite
empty, and the end of the liver appears in the succeeding whorl ; it
probably arose from shrinking of the animal before death.
v 10. Eutrma rusco-aricatal, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 5.)
Suexu spike-shaped, slender, thin, transparent, and very glossy :
sculpture, indistinct but exceedingly fine longitudinal lines, which are
detected only by the microscope ; the periphery is slightly keeled in
some specimens: colour that of clear glass, except the 3 or 4 top-
most whorls, which are chestnut-brown: spire long and finely
tapering to a point: whorls 9-11, rather convex ; the last occupies
about half the shell: suwéwre shallow, and somewhat oblique: mouth
longish-oval, considerably expanding, acutangular above and obtus-
angular below; its length is nearly one third of that of the spire :
outer lip remarkably flexuous and thin: inner lip adhering to the
upper part of the pillar, and reflected a little on its lower part. L.
0-2. B.0:075.
‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. A fragment of
this species indicates a larger size than that which is given in the
description. The dark colour of the apical whorls is very peculiar
and characteristic.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.). Off the west
coast of Africa and Cape de Verd Isles ; 681-1192 fms.
~ 1]. Evia prrirormis, Brugnone. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 6.)
E. piriformis, Brugn. Misc. Mal. 1873, p. 7. f. 5.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 3a, 6 (var. dizonata), 16, 17,
17a. Med. Adventure Bank. Some of the specimens are more or
less curved or twisted, like ZF. distorta. The variety bizonata, of
which a single specimen occurred, has two narrow bands of reddish-
brown (one below the suture, and the other encircling the periphery)
on the last whorl, and two in corresponding positions on each of the
other whorls. In some of the other specimens the apical whorls are
coloured as in EF. fusco-apicata; but the shape of the shel! and the
proportionate size of the last whorl are different. Possibly, however,
both of these species may be one and the same.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1880 and 1881),
Sicily (Brugnone and Monterosato), off west coast of Africa (‘ Talis-
man’ Exp.), Culebra I. (‘Challenger ’ Exp.) ; 11-1512 fms.
Fossil. Pliocene: Ficarazzi (Brugnone).
The figure given by the lamented author represented a fossil and
not a good or characteristic specimen. I have therefore considered
it advisable to figure a recent specimen.
The Rev. R. Boog Watson has described this species from the
‘Challenger’ Expedition as 2, chaunaz, and perhaps also as E. hians.
It may be distinguished from any of its congeners by the swollen
1 Tipped with chestnut-brown.
370 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [May 20,
shape of the last whorl, the remarkably flexuous character of the
outer lip, and the pinched apex, which resembles that of Stilifer.
The apex is more blunt than in E. fusco-apicata.
/ 12. Evima apsreviata’, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 7.)
Swe conical, thin, semitransparent, and glossy: sculpture,
microscopic, close-set, regular and very fine longitudinal strie;
periphery rounded and not keeled or angulated: colour ivory-white,
except the three apical whorls, which are light brown: spire short,
abruptly graduating to a rather blunt point: whorls 7, convex ; the
last occupies three fifths of the shell: suture distinct, nearly straight :
mouth oval, curved below: outer lip flexuous, as in other species
of this genus: inner lip thick, and spread over the lower part of the
pillar, L.0-15. B. 0-075.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17a. Two specimens.
13. Evtima susuMBrLicata’, Jeffreys, (Plate XXVIII. fig. 8.)
Suet forming a short cone, rather solid for its minute size,
nearly opaque, and glossy: sculpture none; periphery obtusely
angular: colour creamy white: spire extremely short and termi-
nating in a blunt and bulbous point: whorls 5, compressed and
rounded ; the last occupies nearly two thirds of the shell: suture
slight, straight: mouth roundish-oval, projecting beyond the line of
the spire, contracted at the upper corner and rounded below: outer
lip semicircular: inner lip filmy at the top and narrowly reflected
on the bottom of the pillar: wméilicus shallow and exhibiting a
small perforation behind the pillar. L. 0°05. B. 0:025.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 27. A single specimen, but
characteristic from not merely its minute size, but from its exces-
sively short and compact spire, the shape of its mouth, and espe-
cially the umbilical perforation.
14. Evtima minut’, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 9.)
Suet club-shaped, thin, semitransparent, and glossy : sculpture
none except microscopic and close-set longitudinal striz or scratches ;
periphery rounded: colour whitish, with a slight tint of yellow:
spire rather long ; apex blunt: whorls 5-6, compressed ; the last
takes up about half the shell: suture slight and oblique: mouth oval,
contracted and pointed above, curved below: outer lip somewhat
thickened : inner lip also thickened, and somewhat expanding at the
base, which slopes gradually. L. 0°075. B. 0°025.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 26-29. Six specimens.
Distribution. Strait of Messina (Granata-Grillo), off Marocco
(‘ Talisman’ Exp.), 18-1192 fms.
15, Eurtra optus‘, Jeffreys. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 10.)
SHELL somewhat cylindrical, slender, rather thick, semitransparent,
1 Shortened. 2 Somewhat umbilicated. 3 Minute. * Blunted.
1884,] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS, 371
and lustrous : sewlpture none: colour whitish: spire long aud grad-
ually tapering to a blunt point; whorls 7, rounded; the last is
equal in length and bulk to half the shell: suture very slight and
scarcely separating or defining the whorls, nearly straight: mouth
oblong-oval, rather narrow, sharply pointed above and curved below :
outer lip thin and flexuous, not projecting or prominent: inner lip
filmy on the upper part and adding to the pillar, thickened and
reflected on the lower part of the pillar, which is gently sloping.
LO0:15.. B. 0:05:
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17a; Med. 55.
Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1881), off Malta
(Spratt), off Sahara, C. de Verd Is., and Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.);
310-2199 fms.
Has somewhat the size and appearance of EZ. glabra, but is more
cylindrical, and differs particularly in the apex, which is blunt in the
present species, thus connecting it with . stenostoma. Itis not the
E. obtusa of De Folin (‘ Les Fonds de la Mer,’ p. 211, pl. xxxviii.
f. 11), which is apparently 2. stalioz.
y 16. Eu.ima stenostoma, Jeffreys.
E. stenostoma, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. 3rd ser. ii. p. 128,
pl. v. f. 7: B.C. iv. p. 207 ; v. p. 215, pl. Ixxvil. f. 6.
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 3, 6, 61, 68, 69.
Distribution. Finmark and Lofoten Is., W. & S. Norway, Shetland,
N. W. of Peterhead (Metzger), Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.,
1880 and 1881), between Iceland and Greenland (‘ Valorous’ Exp.),
G. St. Lawrence (Whiteaves); 40-1062 fms. Palermo (Monte-
rosato) ?
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag (S. Wood)?
Several names of other species both of the present genus and of
Odostomia have been proposed by the Marquis de Monterosato in
his catalogues; but as they were not sufficiently, if at all, described, nor
any of them figured, I cannot identify them, and I fear the names
must be treated as manuscript.
SUMMARY OF THE FOREGOING LisT.
Families. Genera. Number of
Species.
MVE ACT TDA eres awlee cece, CIONISCUS® Sicus. + 2
INOLUSS Cite ttiets ots 4
PHERUSE tsc2c5 08 Ll
XVII. PYRAMIDELLIDZ .... Onosromia ...... 49
PYRAMIDELLA .... 1
MATHILDA........ 1
XVIII. EULIMIDZ............ GEGANIA i
HOMIMAN ct cee oct LO
Total 75
372 ‘ PROF. F. J. BELL ON HOLOTHURIA NiGRA. [May 20,
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puare XXVI.
Fig. 1. Cioniscus gracilis, p. 341. Fig. 6. Odostomia prelonga, p. 350.
2. striatus, p. 342, i erassa, p. 350.
8. Odostomia suboblonga, p. 345. 8. unifasciata, p. 351.
4, —— tenuis, p. 347. 9. —— sigmoidea, p. 354,
5. —— nitens, p. 349. 10. Slexuosa. p. 355.
Prats XXVII.
Fig. 1. Odostomia sinuosa, p. 358. Fig. 7. Odostomia semicostata, p. 361.
2. acuticostata, p. 359. 8. Pyramidella nitidula, p. 363.
8. —— fulgidula, p. 359. 9. Mathilda quadricarinata (apex),
4, attenuata, p. 360. p. 364.
5. compressa, p. 360. 10. Gegania pinguis, p. 365.
6. paucistriata, p. 361.
Prats XXVIII.
Fig. 1. Eulima jeffreysiana, p. 366. Fig. 6. Eulima piriformis, p. 369.
2. glabra, p. 367. ie abbreviata, p. 370.
8; staliot, p. 368. 8. subumbilicata, p. 370.
4. —— solida, p. 368. 9. minuta, p. 310.
5. —— fusco-apicata, p. 369. 10. obtusa, p. 370.
3. Studies in the Holothuroideax—IV. On the Structural
Characters of the Cotton-Spmner (LHolothuria nigra),
and especially of its Cuvierian Organs. By F. Jerrrey
Bett, M.A., F.Z.8., Professor of Comparative Anatomy
in King’s College. ;
[Received May 15, 1884.]
Scattered through zoological literature there are here and there
references to a Holothurian, of which Selenka appears to have had
no knowledge, and which Semper places among the “ ganzlich
zweifelhaften Arten,” but which, unless patriotism is a fault in a
man of science, ought to be of interest to British naturalists in so
far and inasmuch as it is not only the only known British repre-
sentative of the restricted genus Holothuria, but it is, so far as we
know at present, the only member of the family of Aspidochirote,
or Holothurians with shield-shaped tentacles and no retractors for
the pharynx, that is found in our seas. Discovered shortly after the
publication of Forbes’s ‘ British Starfishes ’"—-which, like every other
work from that accomplished pen, had a remarkable influence on
his contemporaries—it was first mentioned and described to a scien-
tific audience by Mr. C. W. Peach in 1844, who appears (see
Report, 1844, p. 65) to have satisfied the members of the British
Association that, in introducing to them the “nigger or cotton-
spinner,” he was speaking of a Holothurian new to the British
fauna. A communication on this animal was read by Mr. Peach to
the Royal Polytechnic Institution of Cornwall, and is to be found,
with an illustrative plate, on pp. 171-174 of the ‘Annals and Magazine
1884. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON HOLOTHURIA NIGRA. 373
of Natural History,’ vol. xv. (1845). In a note on Irish Echino-
dermata, read to the Dublin Natural-History Society, Prof. Kinahan
mentions by name ‘‘ Cucwmaria niger, Couch,’* as having been
taken on the west coast of Ireland’ (Natural History Rev. vol. vi.
p- 369); in the succeeding year (ef. op. cit. vol. vil. p. 394) Mr.
Foot has a brief note on the habits of what he calls “ H. niger.”
Finally, Prof. Moseley has under his care a specimen in the Uni-
versity Museum at Oxford, which bears the name of MHolothuria
nigra, and is said to have come from the Scilly Islands.
The collection of the British Museum contains five specimens
which appear to me to be referable to the species figured by Peach
but never yet so described as to be, with certainty, recognized by
the systematic zoologist.
The specific characters by which it may be distinguished appear to
be :—Suckers almost entirely ‘confined to the trivial surface ; tentacles
twenty; body elongated ; integument very soft. Colour (in spirit) more
or less completely “black ; in life the lower surface and “ the thorn-
like appendage on the back”’ are stated to be of a light green colour.
Body-wall rather thick. Caleareous spicules rare; the only forms
observed were perforated with four large holes, somewhat as in
Thyone fusus (ef. Diben and Koren, Vetensk. Akad. Handlingar,
1844, pl. v. fig. 42). The cesophageal annularia of moderate size ;
radials and interradials subequal, longest along their middle line,
which forms a well-marked, rather brond keel. ‘Polian vesicle large.
The Cuvierian organs packed into a Jarge compact mass.
Measurements :—
Renin seta, as oes 120 110 105
Greatest breadth .. 37 4 40
The following observations may be made on the just enunciated
specific characters. Though the creature has been called “Nigger ”’
by the fisherman, and nigra, by the naturalist, it does, as Peach tells
us, vary in colour, being “all shades, from sienna to rose-colour
and delicate pink.’’ The suckers do not, in spirit-specimens, appear
to be arranged in definite rows. They are rather thickly scattered
over the whole of the trivial surface; at any rate, Peach is in error
in considering that this creature is remarkable for the possession of
four rows of suckers. From Peach’s illustration it would appear
that the dorsal papilla, and especially those at the sides of the body,
are much more prominent in living than in preserved specimens.
In the description of the pharyngeal ossicles I have adopted the
nomenclature proposed by Prof. Moseley, in his description of a
remarkable Holothurian pharynx’; here annularia only, and no
pharyngealia, are developed. The scarcity of calcareous spicules was
to be expected as soon as one knew that ‘on exposure to air they
lose their tenacity and crumble to pieces ; ” but, on the other hand,
1 The addition of the name of Couch must ke an error; I find no reference
to the species in the ‘Cornish Fauna,’
2Q. J. M.S. xxiv. (1884) p. 255.
374 PROF. F. J. BELL ON HOLOTHURIA NIGRA. [May 20,
I must again draw attention to the danger to spicules of maceration
in weak spirit’, and express a hope that this communication will
lead to the acquisition of some fresh specimens.
If, however, the “Nigger” has but little protection from calca-
reous plates, he has, asa ‘‘ Cotton-spinner,” a means of offence which
causes him (to again quote Peach) to be “held in great detestation,
from its throwing out what they (the fishermen) call cotton... . It is
extremely irritable, and on being touched or disturbed throws out a
bunch of white tapered threads about an inch in length and one
eighth in thickness ; these soon become attenuated, and are drawn
into very long threads of great tenacity... . I have seen a crab so
completely entangled in it as not to be able to move, and a fish only
able to get away after a long struggle.” This “cotton” is secreted
by the Cuvierian organs, which are arranged in a mode as yet
undescribed in any Holothurian.
Figure of lower portion of the body of Holothuria nigra, opened along the
dorsal middle line; the Cuvierian organs (c) are seen im situ, as is the
coil of tubes in the cloaca (cl). A bristle has been passed into the
cr opening of the intestine, which has been pushed a little to one
side.
When the body is laid open by an incision through the dorsal
middle line, the whole centre of the lower part of the ccelom is seen
to be occupied by a compact mass, more or less pyriform in shape,
quite solid and almost hard to the touch ; underlying this is the
rectal portion of the intestine, while anteriorly it is hollowed out into
a shallow cup, which supports a coil of the intestine (fig. 1). In
a specimen 110 mm. long, the mass in question has its greatest
length 39 mm.; 9 mm. forming the wall of the cup on the upper
surface, where it was a little longer than elsewhere ; at its thickest
1 Journal Roy. Mier. Soc. 1882, p. 481.
1884. | PROF. f. J. BELL ON HOLOTHURIA NIGRA. 375
the mass measured 15 mm., while the body itself was only 40 mm.
at its widest. ‘Traced backwards this mass is found to arise from the
cloaca ; separated from the investment of connective tissue (which
may be i in parts pigmented), its free or proximal end is seen to be
easily separable into long coiled blind tubes, of which indeed the
whole mass is made up. ihe relation, Pierefone: and in general struc-
ture the tubes are what Johannes Miiller called Cuvierian organs '.
They will be found to offer us some interesting characters, both from
the morphological and physiological point of view.
In the monograph just cited, the founder of the morphology of
the Echinodermata described three types of Cuvierian organs—the
czecal, the racemose, and one to which he gives no distinguishing
name, and which may perhaps be distinguished as verticillate. It is
to the first group that the organs of H. nigra belong ; but they differ,
so far as I can learn, from any yet described, by the fact that they
are closely united together into a firm bundle.
This firm union of the tubes into a single mass makes it difficult
for us to imagine how single tubes can be emitted. In the woodcut,
however, now given, which has been taken from a specimen in which
the organ and its parts occupy their original or natural position, it
will be seen that a few coiled tubes are lying in the cloaca (fig. 1, cl).
Is it not then probable that, on excitement, a suitable contraction
separates off this portion of the organ from the rest, and that another
expels it to the exterior ?
It is not to be thought that so small a portion of the tubes would
not be of some size in the water, for 2°5 mm. of one of these tubes
may, even after nearly twenty years’ preservation in spirit, be
stretched out to a length of more than 30 mm.; and this attenuated
thread swells up so much in water that, while measuring one
division of the micrometer when dry, it occupies seven divisions
after treatment with distilled water for ten minutes. We can thus
understand that an animal at whom these threads are thrown should,
as it attempts to escape, lengthen the threads which, at the same
time, coming into contact with the water, would be swollen out
transversely as they were extended longitudinally.
The observations made during recent years on these Cuvierian
organs seem to justify a more definite statement as to their function
than the supposition of Jaeger that they are renal organs, and to
lead to an acceptance of the well-grounded statement of Semper
that they are not glandular tubes at all, but protective or offen-
sive organs”. In this connexion Semper cites Peach’s note on the
‘*Cotton-spinner ;”” and the observations just recorded on the power of
increase of length and the influence of water show that he has cited
it with justice. The view of Semper, which is shared by Greef, has
been recently accepted by M. Jourdan, who, like bim, has had the
good fortune of being able to work on living and fresh specimens *
1 “Ueber den Bau der Echinodermen,” Abh. Ak. Berl. 1853.
2 «Holothurien,’ p. 140.
3 Annales du Musée Whist. nat. de Marseille, i. Part 2, no. 6, See also
O. Hamann, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xxxix,
376 MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND HYBRIDS [May 20,
I, I fear, can speak most authoritatively of the accuracy of Semper’s
statement: “ An Spirituspraparaten ist so gut wie Nichts von ihrem
feineren Bau zu erkennen” ’.
Finally, as to the systematic value of the Cuvierian organs we must,
I think, agree with Semper that they are ‘ viel weniger characteris-
ticsh in ihren Formen fiir die einzelnen Gattungen, als es nach Miller’s
Arbeiten scheinen kénnte.” At any rate, in no other organ does
H. nigra display any character or combination of characters which
would lead us to separate it off from the rest of the true Holo-
thurize.
The five specimens in the British Museum were obtained off the
coast of Cornwall; two are said to have been “taken about some
crab-pots, at a depth of 20 fms. Polperro.”
4. On Races and Hybrids among the Salmonidee.—Part II.
By Francis Day, F.Z.S.
[Received May 19, 1884.]
On January 15th of this year (see P. Z. 8S. 1884, p. 17) I gave
an account of the continuation of some experiments made by Sir J.
Gibson-Maitland, F.Z.S., on the breeding and hybridization of Sal-
monidee at Howietoun, and the inception of a few new ones. I
propose in this paper to briefly remark upon their continuation, and
how matters stood on March 13th, 1884.
First, as to the hybrids between Salmon and Lochleven Trout.
The oldest batch of these hybrids are the descendants from 20,000
eges of the Trout milted from Salmo salar December 24, 1881,
and which up to March 13, 1884, had been kept in a planked pond,
20 feet long by 5 feet wide. On this date those which remained
(numbering 212), all of which appeared to be in perfect health, were
removed to the octagon pond at Craigend. Among them, six were
over 10 inches in length, but the majority were smaller, and some
not above 23 inches, showing the great range of variation in size of
young Salmonidee raised from eggs and milt obtained at one time from
the same parents although the resulting offspring are kept under
exactly similar conditions of existence.
I remarked in the paper referred to, that on Nov. 29, 1583, 4500
eges of the Lochleven Trout (of the season of 1875) were milted
from the parr of a Salmon raised at Howietoun”, and the eggs
were placed in hatching-box No, 88. The number of eggs removed
as dead during the following months were as follows :—in December
1 T have carefully compared M. Jourdan’s account of the Cuvierian organs
with the interesting account given by my friend Mr. J. KE. Blomfield (Q. J. M. S.
xxii. p. 855) of the thread-cells of Myine, but I cannot detect any points of
similarity. Perhaps M. Jourdan will, in the further investigations which he
has promised to make, direct especial attention to Mr. Blomfield’s account of
Myxine.
? An error appears in my former paper, at page 19, these fish having been
hatched in March 1881, not 1882.
1884. ] AMONG THE SALMONID&. 377
65, in January 18, and in February 4, or a total of 87 deaths, while
an additional 199 eggs were found not to have been originally im-
pregnated. From the foregoing experiment we can draw the con-
clusion that the mortality was only 1 in 46 eggs, when those of
mature Lochleven Trout were milted from immature Salmon-parr.
But although this mortality was only slightly in excess of 2 per
cent. of the eggs, such by no means gives a true index to the result
of the experiment, for it was soon perceived that the milt of the
parr (at least in this instance) was insufficient to satisfactorily im-
pregnate the eggs of the Trout, in order to raise a strong and vigorous
brood of alevins, while weak ones are useless for stocking pur-
poses, even should they overcome the diseases and dangers of their
youth.
~ On February 15, 1884, some thousands were hatched from these
egas, but nearly all were seen to be suffering from what has been
termed dropsy, or blue swelling of the yelk-sac. This non-contagious
disease, as observed by Livingston Stone, is one for which no remedy
is known, and concerning which he remarks no cause for its origin
had been ascertained. Appearances led me to the belief that in this
instance such must have been due to insufficient vitality in the
young, a consequence of the imperfect fecundating power of the
milt. In that such cannot be due to simply crossing these two
forms, is evident from the 212 examples of hybrids between the male
Salmon and female Lochleven Trout, and which are now in the octagon
pond at Craigend, as I have observed upon.
Fig. 1. Salmo levenensis, 29 days old.
Fig. 2. , 43 days old.
Fig. 3. fontinalis $, Salmo levenensis 2 , 27 days old.
Fig. 4. salar 3, Salmo levenensis 9 , 27 days old.
Fig. 5. —— ; , 41 days old.
Fig. 6. ——- ——, —— ——,, 9] days old.
March 12, 1884, I first saw these young fish, then almost one
month old, and their average length being 0°8 of aninch ; but what at
once struck an observer was the large and pyriform umbilical sac,
which seemed to anchor them to the bottom of the tank ; some were
thus seen singly, others in groups, while every now and then one
would start up and swim a short distance in an irregular or spas-
modic manner, and then subside to the bottom. This dropsical
enlargement in a considerable proportion of the fish was 0°35 of an
inch in length, and 0:2 of an inch in diameter where it was widest,
while it stood out in tolerable relief from the enclosed yellow yelk-
378 MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND HYBRIDS [May 20,
sac, showing the existence of two coats, separated one from another
by an accumulation of clear fluid. Under a strong glass there
appeared to be a want of vitality in the fish, the pulsations being
feeble, the activity of the heart being less than in more healthy forms,
and a deficiency of red corpuscles in the blood. Due to this
dropsical distension, the pectoral fins were much impeded in their
movements, which is very material, because in the young fish these
fins are in constant motion, in order by keeping up a continuous
current to help the gill-covers in aerating the blood at the gills, for
the gills at this early period of life are partially uncovered, although
not free as seen in feetal plagiostomes.
Another experiment made at the same time leads to a corrobora-
tion of my belief that the milt of these young Salmon-parr is defi-
cient in marital powers, for, as I previously remarked, 1000 eggs of
the common Brook-trout were milted from one of these Salmon-parr
which had been dead a few hours. The result in this instance has
been that not one smgle egg was fructified. Only 3 eggs turned
white in December, 3 in January, and 15 in February, or a total of
21; and on March 12 the remainder were still quite clear, but with-
out a sign of an embryo within.
It has been remarked at Howietoun, that eggs from young
mothers are subject to a greater percentage of deaths than those
taken from older fish, and this raises the conjecture that, similarly,
the marital power of milt from young males may possess less ferti-
lizing properties than that obtained from older parents.
On March 26, Sir J. Gibson-Maitland sent me specimens of these
hybrids, the largest of which was 0°7 inch in length, and the com-
parative size of the dropsical swelling, as may be seen from the dia-
grams on the wall, or the examples on the table, had considerably
augmented in size. From this period these fish commenced dying
off, and by May 15 none of those which suffered severely with
dropsy were left, but about 400 that from the first had not been so
weakly as the others. One of these I received alive from Howietoun,
sent in a small glass bottle of water (containing rather less than
half an ounce) through the post; after arrival it lived 43 hours in
a tumbler. Its length was 0°8 of an inch, or the same as was the
average of those I measured on March 12, when nearly one month
old: the specimen is on the table.
The other experiments I will now briefly chronicle. .On Novem-
ber 29, 1883, 3695 (formerly printed 2695) eggs of Salmo fontinalis
were milted from a parr of Salmo salar. “In December, 144 dead
eggs were removed, during January 1527, and in February 401, or
a total loss of 3372 ova. On March 12, 1884, 7 were alive, but not
in a satisfactory condition.
On November 15, 1882, 2000 ova from a Lochleven Trout were
milted from a Salmo fontinalis ; on November 29, 1883, 150 were
estimated to be alive, but this must have been too low a number—
250 seems to be more probably nearer the mark. ‘These have been
kept in a large wooden box, rather exposed to the east, but still had
done comparatively well up to this time. On this day, March 12,
1884. ] AMONG THE SALMONID&. 379
1882, upwards of 20 were found to be dead, so the next day they
were removed to the upper pond at Howietoun, into which 211 were
placed ; some, however, seemed to be very weakly. In three of these
fish a remarkable change had occurred as to the colour of their fins,
the ventral, anal, and caudal having become of a carmine-red. | One,
which was 23 inches long, happening to die, I found that its left
eye had never been developed, while there were adhesions between
the iris and subjacent structures in the left eye. The longest fish
was a little over 57 inches in length.
On November 29, 1883, 3000 ova were taken from a Lochleven
Trout of the season of 1875, and milted from a Salmo fontinalis.
The number of dead eggs removed were as follows:—80 in Decem-
ber, 56 in January, 25 in February, or a total loss of 161 ; while 296
were found not to have been impregnated, or a proportion of | death
in 17 ova. These young fishes were far more advanced than the
dropsical forms previously alluded to.
On November 15, 1882, 8000 ova of S. fontinalis were fecundated
with milt from a Lochleven Trout, and on November 29, 1883, only
16 were alive. They were kept under the same conditions as the
last, and on March 13, 1884, only 8 were remaining, and these in an
unsatisfactory condition. They were removed to Howietoun planked
pond on that day.
On November 12, 1883, some eggs from S. fontinalis were milted
from a Scotch trout ; and in November 28, in December 193, and
in January 1028, or a total of 1449 dead ova were removed. On
March 13, 1884, there appeared to be about 500 young fish doing
well.
On November 15, 1882, 9000 ova of S. fontinalis were milted
from a Scotch Charr, S. alpinus var. struanensis, and no mon-
strosities as observed among the other crosses resulted. On March
13, 1884, 91 lively young fish were transferred to No. 1 upper
planked pond at Howietoun.
On December 1, 1883, some American Charr-eggs were milted
from a Scotch Charr, and the following is the monthly record of the
mortality :—January 138, February 787, March 194, or a total of
1119. On March 13, 1884, upwards of 100 young were present.
I shall defer making any remarks on the foregoing simple state-
ment of results until the experiments have been further developed
by time; but I cannot resist calling attention to the following point,
as it seems desirable that information on such should be obtained
from the widest sources.
If hybrid Salmonide are to be worth rearing, of course the fish-
culturist would desire to obtain the finest breed ; and the first subject
that deserves inquiry is whether the species among vertebrate
animals which forms the male or the female parent exercises any
peculiar modifying influence on the size of the offspring. Dr. Gray
remarked that among hybrids the offspring attained to the size of
the largest parent ; but he does not appear to have considered that
it was of any consequence whether this larger parent should have
been the male or the female, and if it is, such a point is most desirable
380 ON RACES AND HYBRIDS AMONG SALMONID&. [May 20,
to ascertain as bearing on the crossing of Salmon and Trout. When
we examine the lower animals we are told that should we cross the
female Ass with the Horse stallion we obtain a Ainny, in which the
head is like that of the father, the ears those of the Horse, as is also
the neigh, the size following the female. If, on the other hand,
we take a Mare, and cross it with an Ass, we obtain a mule, wherein
the head is asinine, with long ears, &c., while it brays, and here
likewise size may be said to follow the mother. I have been ex-
amining some interesting crosses among Pheasants at Col. Smyth’s;
he has crossed the male Amherst with the female Golden Pheasant,
and the head of the young’is unmistakably that of the Amherst. He
reversed the experiment, the Golden Pheasant being the father, and
the head and the generality of the plumage certainly takes after
the father. I have seen some other instances which would seem to
follow the same course, wherein the male appears to have had the
largest share in the production of the appearance of the offspring ;
but I have likewise been shown an instance in which the species of
the mother appears to have had the greatest proportion in the
plumage of the young.
I simply draw attention to this question as one which may or may
not have any modifying influence on the offspring, and to ask those
who may be in positions to observe any results which ensue, to kindly
note them down for future information.
The experiment with the young Trout reared from the parents
of 1875 or 1876 continues to afford the same results as formerly
noticed, young reared from the larger eggs giving the finest offspring.
The fish in both ponds have grown considerably during the winter
months.
Respecting the young Canadian Salmonide hatched at the
Fisheries Exhibition by Mr. Wilmot on and after May 1, 1883,
a considerable number are still alive. I went carefully through them
April 24, 1884, when they were nota year old. Many were in their
parr livery, and merely 2 to 23 inches long, and from this all inter-
mediate lengths were present up to a batch of 10 fry which were kept +
in a tank by themselves, and had attained from 53 to 6 inches in
length. Two of these last were perfectly silvery smolts, destitute
of any finger-marks, while in the other eight faint vertical bands were
visible, while none had any red spots. The fins were very dark, and
there were numerous black spots over the upper half of the body.
On May 5 1 found these smolts were becoming very restless, and
although in some the lateral bands were visible, they were very
faint. The colour of the body from the adipose dorsal (or in some
from just posterior to the rayed dorsal) to the caudal fin had become
very black, while if anything all the fins appeared to be darker.
IX.
Hanhart imp
Smit jth
re)
J
Pana
TA ARGS
(S
WD
PHALANGI
J.Samit lith flanhart mu
PHALANGISTA LEMUROIDES
JoSemnit lth . Hannart mp.
DENDROLAGUS LUMHOLTZI.
1884. ] ON NEW MARSUPIALS FROM QUEENSLAND. 331
5. On some apparently new Marsupials from Queensland.
By Roser Cotterr, C.M.Z.S.
[Received May 13, 1884.]
(Plates XXIX.-X XXII.)
A Norwegian traveller, Dr. Lumholtz, of Christiania, who has
now spent four years in Northern Queensland, collecting specimens
of natural history for the University of Christiania, has just sent to
our Zoological Museum a fine collection of mammals, birds, reptiles,
and fishes, besides invertebrates. In giving these short descriptions
of a few of the mammals, which I think may be undescribed, I take
the opportunity to offer my best thanks to my friend Mr. Oldfield
Thomas, for the kind assistance he has given me when examining
the skins of the Marsupials in the British Museum, and comparing
them with Dr. Lumholtz’s specimens.
1. PHALANGISTA (PSEUDOCHIRUS) ARCHERI, Sp. nov. (Plate
XXIX.)
General characters.—Male. Mottled yellowish green above, with
whitish lines on the back ; lower side white. ‘Tail with short hairs
on its apical third. Ears short, rounded, with short hairs.
Description.—Upper parts a peculiar mixture of yellowish green,
white, and grey, the root of the fur bluish grey; two indistinct
stripes of silky white are visible on the back, the tips of their hairs
being yellowish ; a short and narrow black line from occiput along
the middle of the nape. Lower parts white; the chin greyish
white. Head: snout ashy grey; a white semilunar spot under the
ear, and a small pale yellowish one above and under the eye; the
eyelids are dark brown. Ears short, almost hidden in the fur,
greyish externally, bordered with white; hairs short; inner surface
almost naked. Nose fleshy brown; the naked area narrow below
(3 millim.), the upper lip being haired almost to the central groove.
Limbs yellowish grey, the base of the hairs grey like the back; the
fore limbs whitish on inner side. Claws pale yellow. Tail on its
first third very thickly clad with woolly hairs, yellowish grey above
and underneath, everywhere with interspersed long whitish hairs ;
the apical third (short-haired part) whitish; the naked line on
lower surface of moderate length, not reaching half the length of
the tail.
Skull.—Much like the skull of Phalangista albertisiz, described
by Peters and Doria in Ann. Mus. Genova, vol. xvi. tab. viii. and
ix. fig. 2. PA. archeri differs, however, in having the parietal crests
diverging and finally converging, instead of regularly converging, as
in Ph. albertisii (if the figures on the plates quoted are correct).
In Ph. archeri the profile of the skull seems more oblique in the
post-parietal region and the nasal bones to be shorter behind, as in
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XX VI. 26
382 MR. R. COLLETT ON NEW [May 20,
Ph. albertisii. Length of the skull 65 millim., the greatest breadth
39 millim.
Fig. 1.
Phalangista archeri 9.
Skull, view as seen from above.
Teeth much like those of Ph. albertisii. In the upper jaw the
incisors are 3 in number ; the first long, canine-like, its length from
the maxillary 5 millim.; the second short, compressed, with flat-
tened crown, more like a small premolar ; the third very small, shorter
than the canine (in Ph. aldertisii the canine is the longer of the
two). The canine is small, pointed. The first premolar small (very
much like the third incisor); the second somewhat larger, with two
cusps ; the third still larger, and with two large and two small cusps.
The four molars large.
In the lower jaw the incisor is very large, directed almost hori-
zontally, its length from the mandible 8 millim. The next tooth is
very small, close to the root of the incisors, and may be regarded as
the second incisor. The single premolar large, but not broad, with
three cusps. Then follow the four molars, much like those in the
upper jaw.
In the upper jaw the canines and the first premolar are separated
from the other teeth by a short distance; in the lower jaw all the
teeth are closely set.
‘ wie USES eel 138 Sees 3 4
Dental formula :—m. Bisa G> gids p m. 7=36.
2—y © > P- CA
1834. ] MARSUPIALS FROM QUEENSLAND. 383
Length of the body about 300 millim., of the tail about 290
millim.
Hub. Northern Queensland, legit Dr. Lumholtz, 1883. (One
specimen, preserved in the University Museum, Christiania. )
Phalangrsta archeri, 3.
Side view of skull. Side view of lower jaw.
2. PHALANGISTA HERBERTENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXX.)
General characters.—Brownish black above; lower surface white
or whitish. Tail with short hairs in its apical third. Ears small,
black.
Description.—Male. Upper parts: head with chin and back
blackish brown, with numerous interspersed reddish-brown hairs ;
the root of the fur blackish. Lower parts white, this colour
covering the throat, belly, and inner side of the limbs. Ears short,
rounded, black; with short hairs; length from their anterior base
13 millim. ' Nose broad, blackish, the shortest breadth of the naked
area being 8 millim. Limbs black, with a broad white ring round
the elbows; the hind feet black above, white on inner side. Claws
pale yellow. Tail deep black, the apical third white; the naked
line on lower surface very long, about two thirds of the length of
the tail.
Length of the body about 310 millim., of the tail 280-300
millim.
Female. Another specimen from the same locality, a female,
comes very near the male described above; but the lower surface is
not snowy white, but greyish white, and no trace is visible of the
white ring round the elbows. The back is of a more reddish brown.
Skull,—A deep groove between the frontal crests; the parietal
26*
384 MR. R. COLLETT ON NEW [May 20,
crests are flattened behind’, and converge towards the occipital
bone. The nasal bones converge to a common truncated point in
the frontals.
Fig. 3.
Phalangista herbertensis, 2.
Skull, viewed from the top.
Teeth..—Upper jaw. The incisors are three, closely set ; the first
is large (length from the maxilla 5 millim.), but is only half the
length of the first lower incisor; the second and third are small.
The canine is separated by a considerable space from the incisors
and the first premolar: it is small (of the same size as the second
and third incisors). The first premolar small, not larger than the
canine; second premolar larger, with 1-2 cusps; third still larger,
but not reaching the size of the molars, dilated behind, and with
2-3 cusps. The four molars are large.
Lower jaw. The first incisor is very large, its length from the
mandible 10 millim., directed horizontally ; the second incisor is
rudimentary, hardly projecting above the gum, and only visible in
the skull. The canine is as rudimentary as the second incisor, and
in both skulls only visible on one side. The single premolar situated
close to the molars, and of nearly the same size, but wanting the
central groove. The molars four ; their series perfectly straight.
Dental formula :—m. - p- _. c. A i. as i 7 p: = m. 7= 38.
1 In the female; the skull of the male is immature.
1884. ] MARSUPIALS FROM QUEENSLAND. 385
Hab.—Herbert Vale, Northern Queensland ; legit Dr. Lumholtz,
1883. (Male and female, preserved in the University Museum,
Christiania.)
Note—Ph. herbertensis differs from Ph. viverrina, Ogilby
(hitherto not very fully described), by its small ears and its
brownish back.
Phalangista herbertensis, Q.
Side view of skull, Side view of lower jaw.
3. PuHatancisra (HEMIBELIDEUS) LEMUROIDES, sp. et subg.
nov. (Plate XXXI.)
General characters.—Female. Dark brownish grey, lower surface
dirty yellow. Tail equally bushy to the tip, cylindrical. Ears
small, rounded. Snout short. Eyes small.—This subgenus (Hemz-
belideus) forms evidently a transition stage between the true Phalan-
gers and the genus Petaurista, having the skull, but not the pata-
gium, of the latter, and the bushy cylindrical tail, but not the skull,
of the Phalanger subgenus Trichosurus.
Description.—Upper parts dark brownish grey with silky gloss,
grizzled with reddish brown on shoulders and ashy grey on lower back.
An ill-defined black line from the nape down the back. The root
of fur blackish-grey. Lower parts dirty yellowish grey, a clearer
grey on the throat and inner side of the feet. Head coloured like
the back, the face more interspersed with greyish hairs. Ears
short, naked on inner surface ; length from their anterior base 13
millim. Snout remarkably short and slender, the eyes small ;
distance from the eye to the tip of the nose 20 millim. The naked
part of the nose small, blackish. Claws light grey. Tail bushy to
the tip, the hairs of moderate length, black, lower side more greyish
386 MR. R, COLLETT ON NEW [May 20,
onjits first third. The naked line on lower surface of the tip very
short. ‘
Length of the body about 320 millim., of the tail about 290 millim.
Skull and dentition more like those of the Flying Phalangers
(genus Petaurista) than of the true Phalangers of the subgenus
Trichosurus, with which it has in common the bushy tail, but from
which it is widely different in its skull and dentition. Frontal crests
sharply defined from the beginning of the nasals ; the parietal crests
Fig. 5.
Phalangista lemuroides, 9.
Skull, seen from above.
widely diverging backwards. Frontals forming a common angle
anteriorly, dividing the hind margin of the nasals.
Teeth.—Upper jaw. The three incisors closely set ; first incisor
long, separated by a short space from the other first incisor ; its
length from the maxillary is 4 millim. Second and third both
small, the third being the smallest. The canine small, separated by
a space from the incisors and the first premolar. First premolar
very small, separated by a short space from the second ; in size it is
the smallest tooth in the jaw. Second premolar only half the size
of the third, with two cusps; the third has three cusps. The four
molars form a rather curved series, considerably converging behind.
Lower jaw. Incisor long, its length from the mandible 8 millim.,
horizontal ; second incisor absent; canine none. The single pre-
molar rather large, but inferior in size to the true molars, and lack-
ing the central groove. The molars forming a slightly curved series.
3-3
: Bee). gles A ES ya
Dental formula :—m. 5, p. [, ¢. 9) ie [oy C-g Pe qs Me G= 34.
1884. | MARSUPIALS FROM QUEENSLAND. 387
Hab. Northern Queensland ; legit Dr. Lumholtz 1883. (Female
and young, preserved in the University Museum, Christiania.)
Note.—-The young specimen, only half grown, is in every respect
similar to the full-grown female except in size.
Fig. 6.
Phalangista lemurordes, ° .
Side view of skull. Side view of lower jaw.
4. DeENDROLAGUS LUMHOLTZI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXII.)
General characters.—Yellowish grey, the back grizzled with
blackish ; snout, ears, fingers, toes, and occiput black ; the tail black
on lower surface.
Description.—Upper parts grey; on the back the hairs are
blackish with pale bases and points, giving these parts a grizzly hue.
On the vertex of the back the hairs are almost uniformly black,
extending as a broad stripe upwards, and covering the occiput and
the ears on their outer surface. The lower back is clearer yellowish
grey, the blackish hairs being somewhat scarcer, but forming an
indistinct dark patch on the root of the tail. Lower parts pale
yellowish, deeper on the flanks ; the throat whitish. Limbs coloured
on upper surface like the back; on the metacarpus and metatarsus
rusty red, with numerous interspersed black hairs. Fingers and
toes deep black. Claws black. Head: the snout, chin, and lower
jaw black ; the forehead grey, in some’ specimens more blackish or
almost black. Tail pale yellowish grey above, with numerous black
hairs ; lower surface black or blackish; the tip in some specimens
whitish. Ears short, covered with moderately long hairs ; external
surface black, inner pale yellow.
Skull.—The skull and dentition seem not to differ in any essential
way from that of the Papuan Dendrolagi.
Length of the body about 700 millim., of the tail about 680
millim. ; but the species is said to obtain a much greater size.
Hab. Herbert Vale, Northern Queensland ; legit Dr. Lumholtz,
388 ON NEW MARSUPIALS FROM QUEENSLAND. [May 20,
Fig. 7.
Dendrolagus luwinholtzi.
Skull seen from above.
Fig. 8.
Dendrolagus lumholtzi.
Side view of skull. Side view of lower jaw.
P.Z.S.18384. PL XX
\
-
A 4
{
?
ig
Het 4
Bi oy
Hanharl imp .
SPHINGURUS SPINOSUS.
1884.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 389
1883. (5 specimens and one incomplete, preserved in the University
Museum, Christiania, one in the British Museum.)
Note.—Two of the specimens are young, scarcely half grown, but
they show no essential difference in colour from the other specimens.
—
June 3, 18384.
Prof. A. Newton, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1884 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of May was 213, of which 77 were by
presentation, 88 by purchase, 19 by birth, 22 by exchange, and 7
were received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 213.
The most noticeable additions during the month of May were as
follows :—
1. A Tree-Porcupine, purchased May Ist, but which unfortunately
died in a few days.
The specimen belongs to a species remarkable for its brightly
coloured spines and short hair, as shown in Mr. Smit’s drawing
(Plate XXXIII.), and is probably referable to Sphingurus spinosus
of F. Cuvier, which is new to the Society’s Collection *.
2. Four Soft-billed Ducks (Hymenolemus malacorhynchus),
received May 17th from the Acclimatization Society of Canterbury,
New Zealand. Of this fine species we have previously received
but one living specimen (see P. Z.S. 1876, p. 463). The present
birds are in excellent condition, and will, it is hoped, serve to
establish this species in Europe. ;
3. Two pairs of Francolins, obtained by Mr. E. Lort Phillips,
F.Z.S., near Berberah, on the Somali Coast, and presented by him
May 23rd. The larger pair of these birds are referable to the Red-
throated Francolin (rancolinus rubricollis, Riippell), of which a
single specimen has been previously in the Society’s collection. The
smaller pair seem to belong to the rare Kirk’s Francolin (/ancolinus
kirki), described by Hartlaub and Finsch in their ‘ Ornithology of
East Africa’ (Vogel Ostafrikas, p. 588) from a specimen trans-
mitted by Dr. Kirk.
1 The species was founded by F. Cuvier in 1822 (Mém. Mus. WH. N.
ix. p. 483) upon a specimen in the Paris Museum, which he refers to the
“ Quiy” of Azara (Apunt. ii. p. 55), Mr. Waterhouse, with whose description
(N. H. Mamm. ii. p. 421) the present specimen accords very fairly, well points
out that M. I. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire’s suggestion (Dict. Class. d’H. N. xiv. p. 216)
that S. spinosus is merely a seasonal variety of S. villosus, is hardly tenable.
With this view I quite agree. S. spinosus seems to me to be a distinct
species recognizable by bright tricolour spines of the upper surface, and the
entire absence of hairs amongst them. The total length of the body of the pre-
sent specimen (which has been acquired by the British Museum) is 15 in. and of
the tail 11 in.—P. L. 8.
390 ON THE BREEDING OF THE BLACK-NECKED SWAN. [June 3,
The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the
Secretary by Mr. Albert A. C. le Souéf, C.M.Z.S., dated Melbourne,
April 8th, 1884 :—
«A strange thing occurred in my garden a few months ago which
may interest you. A Black-necked Swan (C. nigricollis) commenced
sitting on three eggs last August. The keeper tells me that a few
days ear her time of batching he found one of the eggs had
rolled out of the nest and had been broken, the egg containing a
dead cygnet, leaving two eggs under the parent bird. These were
hatched on the 13th of September ; but, to my astonishment and the
Cygnets of Cygnus nigricollis.
keeper’s, produced three cygnets. At first the cygnets were nearly of
a size; but in a very short time one commenced to grow much
faster than the other two. The birds are now nearly seven months
old; and I send youa sketch of them asthey noware. The bird out
of one of the eggs is as large as the parents ;. but the two out of the
other egg are much smaller. The lar gest of the two has a little
colour on the neck; but the second js a queer little fellow, and, although
apparently quite healthy, i is still covered with down, and looks as if
it were only two months old. I was not aware that double-yolked
eggs produced in this manner, and I shali be glad to know if a similar
occurrence has ever come under your notice.”
The following papers were read :—
1884.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. 39]
1. On some Points in the Structure of Hapalemur griseus.
By F. E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector to the
Society.
[Received June 3, 1884. ]
A male Hapalemur griseus was purchased by the Society in March
1883, and its arrival at the Gardens was recorded by Mr. Sclater in
the ‘ Proceedings’ for that year (P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 178). On March
17th of the present year it died and came into my hands for
dissection.
So far as I am aware, there is no published description of the
anatomy of the soft parts of this Lemur; and our knowledge is at
present limited to its external characters, and to the dentition and
osteology, which have been described by Prof. Mivart*, who places the
genus /Tapalemur, together with Lepilemur and Lemur, in his sub-
family Lemurine.
I may commence by a few words about the species of Hapalemur.
The genus Hapalemur was originally founded by Isidore Geoffroy
St. Hilaire*, who distinguished two species, H. yriseus and H. oliva-
ceus. These were regarded by him as distinct not merely by reason
of the different colour of the fur implied by the specific name of each,
but also on account of certain differences in the form of the lower
jaw, the exact nature of which is, however, not stated.
In their ‘ Faune de Madagascar’ * Schlegel and Pollen united these
two species under the name of H. griseus; the differences between
the two not being regarded by these authors as of specific value.
In 1870* Dr. J. E. Gray briefly described a third species of
Hapalemur, to which he gave the name of H. simus, distinguishing
it from H. griseus by a number of osteological characters as well as
by the cclour of the fur. The differences indeed between the two
species appeared to Dr. Gray to be of sufficient importance to
warrant the separation of Hapalemur simus as a distinct subgenus, to
which the name Prolemur is applied.
In a postscript added to this paper Dr. Gray writes that his
Hapalemur simus appeared to be in reality the same species as that
described by Pollen and Schlegel as Hapalemur griseus, inasmuch
as their figure’ of the skull of this species shows the “ truncated form
of the nose and the wide palate ’’ which is characteristic of Hapalemur
simus, and is not to be found in the species known in England as
Hapalemur griseus.
Quite recently Dr. Schlegel has written a short paper in the
‘ Notes from the Leyden Museum ’® criticizing Dr. Gray’s definition
of Hapalemur simus, and stating that the alleged differences in the
form of the skull between this species and H. griseus have no exis-
tence, and that a careful comparison between the two species only
! P.Z. 8, 1864, p. 611, and 1873, p. 484.
? Catalogue des Primates,’ p. 75.
® *Faune de Madagascar,’ 1868, t. i. p. 6. * P.Z.8. 1870, p. 828.
5 Loe. eit. pl. 7. fig. 4. § Vol. ii. p. 45.
392 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEvS. [June 3,
shows certain differences in size and in the colour of the fur,
Hapalemur simus being recognizable by the presence of a spot of
a uniform pale yellowish rusty colour occupying the end of the
rump and the upper part of the base of the tail, &c.*
I have myself had the opportunity of comparing the skins as well
as the skulls of Hapalemur griseus and H. simus; and the most obvious
difference between the two species, which does not seem to have
been noticed either by Gray or Schlegel, is a patch of spines upon
the arm of the former. This is figured in the drawing (fig. 1, p. 393),
and described more fully below.
With regard to the differences in the skulls of the two species, I
have been able to verify Dr. Gray’s statements with the exception of
what he says about the lower jaw, and the description here appears
to me to have been accidentally reversed. ‘ Lower jaw weak, and
narrow in front, with a short symphysis,” was, I think, meant rather
for H. griseus ; while the description of the lower jaw of Hapalemur
griseus, “* Lower jaw broad and strong in front, with a long sym-
physis ” should be applied to Hapalemur simus. It seems to me also
that Gray was right in believing that Schlegel and Pollen’s figure of
the skull of Hapalemur griseus was in reality that of Hapalemur
simus.
External characters——In the Lemuroidea? generally there is
some diversity in the development of the digits both of the hind and
fore limbs, though in all (as contrasted with the Apes) the pollex
and hallux are invariably present and well developed. A very usual
character—and in this respect Hapalemur agrees with other Lemurs—
is that the nail of the second digit of the foot is considerably
elongated and claw-like.
The fleshy pads on the palmar surface of the hand and foot in
Hapalemur griseus are very closely similar to those of Lemur. A
large pad (Fig. 1, a), broader in front than behind, extends from the
root of the thumb to as far back as the wrist ; a second pad (6) lies at
the base of the index; a third (c) between the roots of the two suc-
ceeding digits ; another pad (d), the same size as the last but slightly
smaller than that of the index, lies at the root of the fifth digit, and
behind is another long pad (e) as large as that on the radial side
of the hand, which extends as far back as the wrist.
In the foot there is a large pad on the inner side of the base of the
hallux ; another smaller one between this and the succeeding digit ;
at the root of the index is a larger pad ; between the roots of the
third and fourth digits is another pad about half the size of the last,
and divided by a furrow into a larger outer aud much smaller inner
portion ; at the root of the fifth digit isa small circular pad, and
behind it, reaching as far as the wrist, a long narrow pad; on the
radial side of the hand close to its posterior margin is a small
vad.
The colour of the palmar and plantar surfaces of the hand and
1 Loe, cit. p. 49.
2 Cf. Murie and Mivart’s ‘ Anatomy of Lemuroidea,’ Trans. Zool. Soc. vol.
vii. p. 9, &e., for a comparison between the hands and feet of different Lemurs.
1884.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. 393
foot are black as in Lemur ; and in both these genera the interspaces
between the pads are occupied by small isolated nodules of horny
integument. In Perodicticus and Nycticebus, on the other hand, the
palms of both the feet and the hands are flesh-coloured, and the
Interspaces between the pads are traversed by irregular creases and not
separated into distinct and isolated nodules of horny matter.
On the inner side of the arm close to the wrist is an oval patch
of spine-like processes, about one inch long and one third of an inch
broad in the middle, which is shown in the accompanying drawing
(fig. 1, A). These spines are longest in the middle portion of the
Fig...
Hand of Hapalenuw griseus.
patch, and decrease in length towards both extremities. Examined
with a hand lens they present the appearance of being composed of
a number of finer threads closely bound together; the extremity of
the spines is blunt, and the longer ones are somewhat curved and over-
lap each other. The patch of integument which bears these spines
is sharply marked off from the surrounding integument, and no
transitional forms between the hairs of the general body-surface and
these peculiar spines could be observed. The Natural-History
394 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEvs. [June 3,
Museum at South Kensington contains skins of Hapalemur griseus,
all of which with one exception (a very small, probably immature
specimen) show the character that has just been described. In
these specimens, however, there are no means of ascertaining the
sex, and accordingly it is not possible to be quite certain whether
this patch of spines is common to both sexes, or isa secondary sexual
character confined to the males, though on the whole the evidence
seems to point to the conclusion that it is not peculiar to the males.
So far as I am aware this structural character has not been
hitherto described in this or any other Lemur, and it seems to be con-
fined to this one species. I have examined the single specimen of
Hapalemur simus in the Natural-History Museum, and it shows no
traces whatever of any such structure, nor can [ find any thing like
it in other Lemurs.
When the skin covering the arm was removed, an oval gland about
the size and shape of an almond was seen to correspond to this
patch of spines; but I could not ascertain whether there was any
direct relation between them, since the duct, if any such existed, was
destroyed by removing the skin. The gland was equally well
developed upon both arms.
Although the specimen to which the present description relates
is a male, well-developed mammary glands were found to exist. The
apertures of these glands are upon the arm; and on removing the
skin the glands themselves were found to be attached by membrane
to the pectoralis major, the biceps, and part of the deltoid muscles.
The position therefore, as well as the actual occurrence of these
mammary glands, appears to be abnormal.
The palate is traversed by eight transverse ridges, of which the
five anterior and the last are complete and pass from side to side
without any break: the two middle ridges are interrupted in the
median line. The shape of these palatal ridges, which increase in
breadth progressively from before backwards, is like that of the figure
3: each half of the ridge is semicircular with the convexity directed
forwards ; in the middle of the palate the two semicircles meet at an
angle which becomes more acute in the posterior ridges; in the
anterior two ridges this angle is hardly at all marked, and the
whole ridge forms a single continuous semicircle with the convexity
directed forwards. The same may be said of the terminal ridge.
Each ridge passes from a given point on one side of the mouth to
the corresponding point on the other: the first connects the bases of
the two canines, the second passes from the interval between the two
anterior premolars to the same point on the opposite side of the mouth.
The third and fourth similarly connect the intervals between the suc-
ceeding premolars and molars with those of the opposite side; but the
fifth ridge in the specimen examined by me is irregular, arising on the
right side from the interval between the last premolar and first molar
close to the ridge in front, but terminating on the left side in the
interval between the first and the succeeding molar tcoth, close to
the ridge behind. The sixth and seventh ridges connect the intervals
between the last molars of one side with the other; and the eighth
1884.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. 395
ridge, which bounds the posterior margin of the hard palate, arises a
short way behind the last molar. The hard palate is distinguishable
from the soft palate by its greenish colour.
The tongue is covered on its posterior half with a closely-set mass
of large, conical, backwardly-directed papillee ; the anterior half is also
covered with smail papilla, but looks almost smooth by comparison ;
the free tip of the tongue is slightly frayed out in a brush-like
fashion. he sudlingua, so characteristic of the Order, is well
developed in Hapalemur, and furnished on the under surface with
three folds, of which the median one is the strongest.
Beneath the sublingua is a bifid projection of the mucous membrane
of the mouth, which is so largely developed that it has quite the
appearance of a third tongue. This structure, which is also to be seen
in Perodicticus and Arctocebus, appears to be the projecting termina-
tion of the ducts of the submaxillary glands.
The stomach is about 2 inches long, the greater portion by far
belonging to the cardiac division of the organ; the entrance of the
cesophagus is close to the exit of the duodenum. At the pylorus
there is a complete circular valve, which separates the stomach from
the duodenum, and which is considerably broader and thicker above
than below. The mucous membrane lining the cavity of the stomach
is raised into a few irregular longitudinal ridges.
The small intestine measures 2 feet 4 inches in length, while the
large intestine is only | foot in length. ‘The Peyer’s patches, which
in man are confined to the ileum, extend into the cecum of Hapa-
lemur and nearly as far as the termination of the colon. In the cecum
are two circular Peyer’s patches, situated one in front of the other
about the middle of its length, besides a number of “ solitary ” follicles.
In thecolon I counted 10 ‘‘agminated”’ follicles, the first placed at about
an inch from the ileo-czecal valve; there were also a great number
of solitary follicles. In the small intestine there is a large Peyer’s
patch, about 1 inch from the ileo-czecal aperture, and another nearly
2 inches behind this ; further back still there were two others. The
Peyer’s patches of the small intestine are covered with villi.
So far as I am aware this is the first recorded description of Peyer’s
patches in the large intestine of any Lemuroid’.
The large intestine is slightly wider than the small intestine ; its
outer surface, like that of the caecum, is perfectly smooth and devoid
of sacculations.
The ececum is very simple; it is an oval sac hardly perceptibly
narrower at its blind extremity ; the surface is quite smooth, without
any sacculations. The entrance of the ileum is guarded by a circular
valve ; about an inch from the ileo-czecal aperture the caecum passes
gradually into the colon. The total length measured from the exit of
1 Dr. G. E. Dobson, F.R.S., has discovered and recorded the presence of
Peyer's patches in the rectum of Myogale and other species of Moles (Monogr.
Insectivora, Pt. ii. p. 172, pl. xxii. fig. 5); and the same author informs me that
he is about to publish in the next number of the ‘Journal of Anatomy and
Physiology’ a description of these structures in the cecum and colon of several
Insectivora and Rodentia.
396 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. [June 3,
the colon to the blind extremity was about 3} inches, the breadth
nearly 13 inch. The small cecum of this Lemur recalls that of
Arctocebus', and differs widely from the long tapering cecum of
Lemur and the Indrisine.
Liver.—The liver of Hapalemur griseus differs somewhat in detail
from that of other Lemurs ; the left lateral lobe (fig. 2, Z.L.) in most
Lemurs appears to be the larger of the four principal lobes; in
Hapalemur griseus it is about the same size as the rest, which are
themselves subequal ; the two lateral (L.L., R.L.) lobes are separated
by a deep suleus from the two central lobes (Z.C., R.C.); the
Liver of Hapalemur griseus.
umbilical fissure (g) extends ouly about halfway from the free to the
attached border of the liver, and the right and left central lobes are
almost fused into asingle lobe. The Spigelian lobe (S.p.) is large and
almost quadrangular in shape ; the caudate lobe (ca) is well developed,
and free for three fourths of its extent from the right lateral.
Viewed from the upper (diaphragmatic) surface the umbilical
fissure appears as a notch barely half an inch in length ; the cystic
notch is conspicuous, and pattially separates off a cystic lobe which is
about one third of the size of the right central. The gall-bladder (g.4.)
is large and lies in the eystic fissure; as in Lemur the cystic duct
arises from that end of the gall-bladder which is turned towards the
free edge of the liver ; the fundus of the gall-bladder lies towards the
attached border of the liver, the normal position of the organ being
therefore reversed; the cystic duct is much contorted at its com-
mencement.
This curious position of the gall-bladder is stated by Prof. Flower?
? Huxley, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 29 (fig. 9).
2 “Lectures on Comparative Anatomy of the Organs of Digestion of the
Mammalia,” Med. Times and Gazette, 1872.
1884.] | MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. 397
to be ‘characteristic of all the species of the genus Lemur which
have been examined, as well as Microcebus.” It does not, however,
exist in all the species of the genus Lemur: I have a sketch made by
the late Mr. Forbes of the liver of Lemur mayottensis in which the
extremely elongated gall-bladder has the normal characters, the
fundus being turned away from the attached surface of the liver. I
have (for my own satisfaction) examined the liver of this animal,
and can entirely confirm the accuracy of Mr. Forbes’s observation.
The spleen is very similar in shape to that of the Aye-Aye ; it is
trihedral in form, the two portions of which it is composed being
inclined at right angles; they are subequal in size, the larger
measuring 1+ inch in length.
Respiratory System.—The thyroid cartilage of the larynx is keeled
on its anterior surface; at about the middle this keel is interrupted,
and at this spot is a circular perforation which communicates with
the interior of the larynx.
In the Potto and other Lemurs the thyroid cartilage is similarly
keeled, but there is no perforation.
The Jungs consist of three lobes on the left side and two on the
right side ; of these the lower larger lobe is partially subdivided into
two ; there is a small unpaired median lobe.
The aorta, as in many other Lemurs, gives off a right innominate
artery, from which both carotids and the right subclavian take their
origin, while the left subclavian arises separately from the aortic
trunk.
The chief arteries of the limbs form retia mirabilia.
The kidneys present no differences from those of other Lemurs ; the
right is situated rather nearer to the diaphragm than the left ; each
kidney has a single papilla.
The supra-renal bodies are long and oval, and situated in front of
and to the inside of the kidneys.
Generative Organs.—The generative organs closely resemble those
of Lemur.
There are two large vesiculz seminales, which lie close together
behind the bladder ; the upper extremity of each is bent inwards and
downwards, and its cavity is partially separated off by a strong fold;
the internal surface of the vesicule seminales has a reticulated
appearance, the lining membrane being raised into numerous folds
which anastomose with each other; below the vesicule seminales
are the prostates, which are compact glands sessile upon the wall of
the urethra, divided into three pairs of more or less separate glands
by deep furrows upon the outer surface.
There are two large oval Cowper’s glands situated further down,
and opening into the urogenital canal about # inch below the
aperture of the prostates : these glands are greenish in colour like the
rectum, to which they are closely attached by membrane; each
measures rather more than 3 an inch in length,
On slitting open the urogenital canal, an oval eminence is to be
seen on the ventral surface ; the posterior extremity of this colliculus
seminalis is continued for some way down as a delicate fold, differing
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XXVII. 27
398 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEus. [June 3,
in appearance from the surrounding mucous membrane of the uro-
genital canal. On either side of the colliculus seminalis and some-
what beneath is a comparatively large oval aperture, which appears to
be single, and communicates with the vas deferens and vesicula semi-
nalis of its own side. By passing a fine bristle down the vas deferens
from above, it was ascertained that the latter in reality is distinct from
the duct of the vesicula seminalis, and runs along its inner wall as a fine
tube, the external orifice being placed to the inside of that of the
vesicula seminalis and only separated from it by the thickness of its
own wall,
In the majority of Lemurs the vas deferens opens separately from
the vesicula seminalis and to the inside of it. In Lemur catta the
orifices of both are situated on the upper surface of the colliculus
seminalis; the vas deferens opens on to a small tongue-shaped
process, which projects into the inner side of the crescentic aperture
of the vesicula seminalis which nearly surrounds it. In Loris
gracilis, Nycticebus tardigradus, and Perodicticus the orifices of the
vasa deferentia and vesiculz seminales, although very close together,
open separately. Prof. Huxley states of Arctocebus :— The vasa
deferentia terminate in the urethra by two apertures placed close
together, upon the end, or rather the under surface, of a papilla-like
colliculus seminalis, which is slightly bifid at its extremity. At first
I took the notch which causes this appearance for the mouth of an
uterus masculinus, which I imagined might lie on the elevated ridge
which extends between the apertures of the vasa deferentia and those
of the ureters ; but careful examination did not reveal the existence
of any such structure. Two longitudinal folds of mucous membrane,
along which the apertures of the prostatic ducts are situated, extend
from the colliculus and form the lateral boundaries of a wide fossa,
which it overhangs. This fossa receives at its upper and back part
the ducts of two large oval sacs, which are perfectly distinct from
one another, though their inner walls are united for some distance.
The walls of these sacs are raised into oblique folds, and they lie at
the back of the neck of the bladder behind the vasa deferentia, and
occupy the place of the vesicule seminales. As they do not
communicate directly with the vasa deferentia, however, I am
doubtful whether they ought to be considered as representing the
vesiculze seminales, or as a large uterus masculinus.”’
In Avahis laniger, Milne-Edwards figures and describes the
vesiculee seminales as opening a long way behind the vasa deferentia ;
while in Propithecus the same author states that the vesicula
seminalis opens, together with the vas deferens of its own side, by a
common aperture.
There is therefore a considerable difference in different Lemurs
between the relative positions of the apertures of the vesicule
seminales and vasa deferentia. Avahis laniger is at one extreme of
the series and Arctocebus at the other; in this latter genus the
disappearance of the posterior portion of the colliculus seminalis has
caused the apertures of the vesicule seminales to unite below the
apertures of the vasa deferentia. In all other species that 1 have
irs
wx
HNIAOG' CIUGAH
‘dun Jaeyury Yqry yrug 'P
AXXX Id’ 78st s'Zd
1831.] MR. A. D. BARTLETT ON HYBRID BOVINE ANIMALS. 399
examined the colliculus seminalis is complete posteriorly and attached
to the wall of the urogenital canal for the whole of its length; on either
side of this is the crescentic aperture of the vesicula seminalis, which
lies to the outside of the small aperture of the vas deferens or unites
with it (Propithecus). Hapalemur griseus appears to occupy an inter-
mediate position between Zemur on the one hand and Propithecus
on the other, since the aperture of the vas deferens, though distinct
from that of the vesicula seminalis, is enclosed within the same area.
The structure of the vesicule seminales in Hapalemur is exactly
like that of Lemur catta; while in Perodicticus, Loris gracilis, and
Nyeticebus tardigradus the vesiculz seminales are stout, pyriform
sacs with thick walls raised internally into longitudinal ridges, of
which two are especially stout and thick; these are united by a
network of smaller ridges; the distal end is not bent inwards and
partially constricted off as in Hapalemur and Lemur. In all these
points Arectocebus appears to resemble Nycticebus &c.
The penis of Hapalemur griseus, as in other Lemurs, is furnished
with a bone; the glans penis is rough and tubercular, being covered
with numerous small plates, some of which bear short, recurved
spines, which are longer upon the hinder part of the glans; the
anterior end of the glans penis is smooth and grooved upon its lower
surface to correspond with the bifid extremity of the os penis; the
urethra opens at the posterior extremity of this groove.
Postscript added June 2\st.—I am now able to state that the
patch of spine-like processes upon the arm is not a sexual character,
but is found in both sexes of Hapalemur griseus, while it is unrepre-
sented in Hapalemur simus ; | applied for information on this point
to Dr. Jentink and to Prof. A. Milne-Edwards; these gentlemen
very kindly examined the large series of examples of the two species
preserved in the Museums of Leyden and Paris, and informed me
that Hapalemur griseus is distinguished from H. simus by a patch of
spines upon the arms, which, however, show certain differences in
the two sexes: in the male they are as described above (p. 393); in
the female the spines are replaced by hairs, but the patch as a whole
is quite distinct from the rest of the integument of the arm.
Dr. Jentink furthermore directed my attention to a possibly similar
structure (a climbing organ?) upon the arm of Lemur catta, which
has the form of a horny outgrowth somewhat like the spur of a cock.
2. On some Hybrid Bovine Animals bred in the Society’s
Gardens. By A. D. Barrier, Superintendent.
[Received June 3, 1884.]
(Plates XXXIV. & XXXV.)
The subject to which I have the pleasure of calling your attention
this evening is the production of some remarkable Bovine animals
in the Society’s Gardens.
27*
400 MR. A.D. BARTLETT ON HYBRID BOVINE ANIMALS. [June 3,
I will endeavour, by the aid of the pedigree before you, to explain
the order or manner in which they were produced.
PepiGree oF Hysrip Bovines.
Zebu’ oo -Gayal'2*%
A. Female Hybrid (Zebu x Gayal) Bison.
3 3
Born Oct. 29, 1868.
B. Female Hybrid...... (Zebu x Gayal x Bison) Bison.
Born May 21,1881. o ce) 3 3
C; Female Hybrid | s7ac0s secs. s (Zebu x Gayal x Bison x Bison).
Born March 12, 1884. 3 fe) 3 3
In the first place, the bull Zebu (Bos indicus) was introduced to
the cow Gayal (Bibos frontalis), and a female hybrid was born
Oct. 29, 1868 (A of pedigree). This animal (A) produced her first
calf June 16, 1872, a second one Oct. 16, 1873, a third one Jan. 5,
1875, a fourth March 11, 1876, a fifth Nov. 2, 1878; these five
calves were the produce of this female hybrid Gayal with the Zebu
bull. She was now introduced to the male American Bison (Bison
americanus), and on the 21st of May 1881 she produced a female
No. 2 (B of pedigree).
It will be seen that this animal (B)is the produce not only by the
intermixture of three well-marked species, but, according to our
present definition, of three distinct genera.
This remarkable animal, the result of the triple alliance (Plate
XXXIV.), was last year introduced to the bull Bison, and on the
12th of March, 1884, she produced a female (C of pedigree). This
last individual, now eleven weeks old (Plate XXXYV.), is undistin-
guishable from a pure-bred Bison of the same age.
Having placed before you the facts of the wonderful fertility of
this hybrid race, and the remarkable display of what I think may
be called the plastic properties that are capable of producing by
artificial selection a variety of races, I think I may venture to say
that the hybrid Gayal and Zebu would have bred with any true
bovine animal.
For many years I have carefully. considered the subject of hybrid
animals, having a strong suspicion that some of our domestic animals
(for the origin of which our most able observers fail to fully account)
1884.] MR. A. D. BARTLETT ON HYBRID BOVINE ANIMALS. 401
have been produced by a mixture of species. And in support of
this opinion I will call your attention to some of the species of the
Equine and Asinine group of animals. And I shall endeavour to
show some very remarkable points to be found in confirmation of
my ideas upon this subject.
During my visit to Norway I was much interested in noticing
the multitudes of ponies in that country. By far the greater por-
tion of them were dun-coloured, varying from dark dun to a pale
cream-colour ; but the most striking peculiarity was the striped or
zebra-marked legs, together with one or two, and sometimes three,
shoulder-stripes ; most of them had also the dark medial line
running from the mane down the back, ending in the tail.
These characters appear frequently among individuals of the
common Domestic Ass, and also among Mules, the produce of the
Horse and Ass.
The former Earl of Derby published in the ‘Knowsley Menagerie’
plates of several hybrid animals belonging to this family, the most
remarkable one being of a double Mule that was born in the Gardens
of this Society. This Mule had in its composition the Zebra, com-
mon Ass,and Horse. You will observe in the illustration now before
you—and I can say from my own knowledge it is a most accurate
representation of this animal—that the long hair commences from the
base of the tail, like that of the Horse, whereas all the Zebras and
Asses have the long hair at the extremity of their tails only.
My object in bringing forward this part of the subject is in the
hope that it may induce experiments to be made that will lead to
some important and useful discoveries. Having such positive proof
of the fertility of some hybrids, I feel anxious that the old super-
stition should be entirely removed. The belief, so general, that
all hybrids or mules are barren and useless for breeding-purposes is
simply a stupid and ignorant prejudice, and has been the means, in
my opinion, of preventing many valuable discoveries.
The late Mr. Darwin in his ‘Origin of Species’ calls particular
attention to the Zebra-like markings observable in a number of
animals of the Equine and Asinine family, and it appears to me to
be highly probable that the Horse was originally produced by the
mixture of species, seeing the unlimited variation in size, colour,
form, and marking, and bearing ia mind that no wild animal has
been discovered that fairly represents the Horse.
The zebra-markings, so common among the very ancient stock of
ponies in Norway, seem to indicate their remote origin to be connected
with a striped animal, the traces of which are still visible.
I had intended to extend these remarks, and to have added a list of
the hybrids that are known to be fertile, but finding that there are
some valuable experiments now being carried out by Mr. Day and
others, in the hope of producing’a-non-migratory Salmon, by the
mixture of other species of the Salmonidze, I have deferred doing so
in order to make the list more complete.
402 MR.G.£E. DOBSON ON THE HALLUX OF MAMMALS. [June 3,
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XXXIV.
Fig. 1. Female hybrid bovine, B. Born May 21, 1881.
2. Female hybrid bovine, C. Born March 12, 1884; one month old.
(Drawn April 14, 1884.)
Puate XXXY.
Fig. 1. Female hybrid bovine, C. Born March 12, 1884; eleven weeks old
(Drawn June 1, 1884.)
3. On the Unimportance of the Presence or Absence of the
Hallux as a Generic Character in Mammalogy, as shown
by the gradual Disappearance of this Digit within the
limits of a single Genus... By G. E. Dosson, M.A.,
F.R.S.
[Received May 29, 1884.]
The presence or absence of the hallux has been so often considered
by mammalogists as sufficient ground for the formation of a new
genus, that any instances in which it can be shown that this digit
may disappear within the limits of a single genus, the species of
which are united by indissoluble bonds of common affinity, is of
much interest and importance.
Of all the genera of Placental Mammals few exhibit such close
affinities among the species composing them as Lrinaceus, which may
be taken as an example of a thoroughly natural genus incapable of
division into subgenera or well-marked subdivisions of any kind.
Nevertheless this genus has been divided, one species, L. albiventris,
having formed the type not only of a new subgenus ( déeleriz, Pomel),
but even of a new genus (Peroéchinus, Fitzinger).
Although, as already pointed out in my ‘ Monograph of the
Insectivora’’, I have long considered the absence of the hallux in
E. albiventris of little importance, seeing that that digit presents all
degrees of development in the other species, from its comparatively
large size in £. europeus down to its rudimentary condition in Z.
diadematus, where it is only 4 mm. in length, yet, up to the time of
writing this note, I was unable to find any examples in which the
extent of development of this digit might be said to be truly inter-
mediate between its condition in 2. diadematus and E. albiventris.
Lately, however, in a collection kindly made for me at Lagos by the
Colonial Surgeon, Dr. J. W. Rowland, I found specimens of £. aldi-
ventris (well preserved in alcohol), which furnish all the material
required.
The specimens referred to consist of examples of an adult female,
in which the second upper premolars of both sides have already been
al a: Monograph of the Insectivora, Systematic and Anatomical,’ pt. i. p. 11
1884.] MR.G. E. DOBSON ON THE HALLUX OF MAMMALS. 403
shed, and a young female, a few months old, in which these teeth
are well developed, although the canines have but partially descended.
The adult female differs from other adult specimens of 12. albiventris
in possessing, in the left hind foot, a minute hallux represented
(external to the integument) by the presence of its claw only,
although in the right hind foot there is no trace of this digit ex-
ternally. On the other hand, in the young female above referred
to, both hind feet possess a minute hallux, which, on dissection, I
find consists of the usual number of phalanges, and, although there
appears to be no trace remaining of flewores breves muscles, yet
there is a distinct flexor tendon given off to the terminal phalanx by
the flexor digitorum fibularis (flexor hallucis longus), and an extensor
by the extensor hallucis longus.
On carefully re-flecting the integument from the sole of the right
foot of the adult female, I find that, while the tendons of these
muscles are still represented, the phalanges of the hallux have quite
disappeared, the metatarsal bone alone remaining, having its distal
extremity connected with the under surface of the integument by
ligamentous structures only, to which the tendon of the extensor
hallucis longus is still attached on one side, and the very rudimentary,
fascia-like slip, representing the remains of the tendon from the
flexor digitorum fibularis (flexor hallucis longus)", on the other.
Here, then, we have a digit which appears to have undergone
degeneration during the life of the animal, for it is reasonable to
suppose that this female when young was provided with a hallux in
each hind foot, like the young one in the same collection, and, as
we find complete absence of this digit in both hind feet of other
specimens of this species’, we are led to believe that either they
possessed halluces when young and subsequently lost them, or that
we have in the specimens above described examples of a local variety*
of the same species in which these digits are still persistent, though
in a very rudimentary state, and that the loss of that described was
due to some accident. In either case, however, we have here an
interesting demonstration of the progressive disappearance of the
hallux within a single genus.
1 For explanation of the use of these terms for the long flexor muscle of the
foot in Hrinaceus, see my paper ‘‘On the Homologies of the Long Flexor
Muscles of the Feet of Mammalia” in Journ. Anat. Phys. vol. xvii. pp. 146-148.
2 The hallux is altogether wanting, as determined by me by dissection; there
is not even a trace of the metacarpal bone of this digit remaining in either of
the hind feet of the specimens examined.
3 It is interesting to note that, in these two Lagos specimens of £. albiventris,
a small black streak is found on the white fur of the face between the eyes and
on each cheek, representing the large similarly placed patches of dark-ccloured
fur on the face of 2. diadematus as the rudimentary halluces represent the
much more deyeloped yet very small corresponding digits of that species, which,
probably, still closely resembles the ancestral form from which both species
were derived.
404 MR. H. W. BATES ON COLEOPTERA [June 3,
4. List of Coleoptera of the Families Carabide and Scara-
beeidze collected by the late W. A. Forbes on the Lower
Niger. By H. W. Barszs, F.R.S.
[Received May 24, 1884.]
The following is a list of the Carabidee and Scarabeeide of which
specimens were obtained by our much-lamented fellow-worker Mr.
W. A. Forbes at various stations on the Lower Niger. Three
species appear to be previously undescribed.
Family Carapip.
1, S1aGONA MANDIBULARIS, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1838, p. 76.
2. Sracona Fuscipes, Bonelli, Mém. Ac. Turin. 1838, p. 458.
3. Scarires stRraTipENs, Chaudoir, Bull. Mose. 1855, i. p. 97.
Family ScaraBpa£1D& (LAMELLICORNIA).
. TRocCHALUS PILULA, Klug, Erman’s Reise, Atlas, p. 36.
. ANOMALA FLAVEOLA, Burmeister, Handb. Ent. iv. 1. p. 237.
4
5
6. ANOMALA FORBEST, Nl. Sp.
A. mixtee affinis. Llongata, nigra; thorace et pygidio castaneo-
Suscis, elytris fulvo-testaceis, femoribus rufo-testaceis ; clypeo
late quadrato confluenter punctato, angulis rotundatis, margine
Anomala forbes.
1884. ] FROM THE LOWER NIGER. 405
sat acute reflexis, medio sinuato; thorace sparsim subtiliter
punctulato; scutello nigro punetulato; elytris haud costatis,
geminato striato-punctatis, interstitiis irregulariter punctatis,
pygidio subruguloso haud profunde punctato.
Long. 20 millim. ¢.
The exterior and longer claw of four anterior tarsi is bifid ; terminal
ventral segment strongly sinuated at the apex.
7. ADORETUS CINERARIUS, Burm. Handb. Ent. iv. 1. p. 476.
8. ApORETUS RUGULOsUS, Burm. Handb. Ent. iv. 1. p. 473.
9. TEMNORHYNCHUS CRIBRATUS, N. sp.
T. retuso afinis ; differt clypei lamina verticali multo altiori, apice
angusta vix emarginata, thorace grossius et profundius subcon-
Jluenter punctato, antice fortius excavato-retuso, elytrisque punc-
tulatis.
Temnorhynchus cribratus, Gnathocera sericinitens.
Long. 19 millim.
The middle of the upper margin of the anterior concavity of the
thorax forms a thick rim,
10. GNATHOCERA AFZELI, Swartz, Schénh. Syn. Ins. i. 3. App.
p- 90.
11. GNATHOCERA SERICINITENS, N. sp.
Nigra, subtus nitida, supra sericeo-opaca ; elytris (marginibus latis
406 MR. C. LUMHOLTZ ON MAMMALS RECENTLY [June 3,
suturaque exceptis) fulvo-ochraceis, punctato-striatis, tricostalis ;
capite fere sicut in G. afzeli ; thorace antice rectius angustato,
medio dorso late sulcato. 3 ventre medio vitta maculari ochraceo-
tomentoso.
Long. 17 millim. ¢ Q.
Pacunopa mareornata, Drury, Ill. Ins. ii. p. 59, t. 32. f. 15 var.
aurata, Voet, Col. i. t. 1. f. 6. .
5. Notes upon some Mammals recently discovered in Queens-
land. By Carz Lumuotrtz, M.A. of the University of
Christiania.
[Received June 3, 1884.]
During the three and a half years I travelled in Queensland I no
doubt spent the most interesting part of my time in the ranges near
Herbert River in North Queensland. By the kindness of Mr. W.
Scott, I had my headquarters at Herbert Vale, a now deserted
cattle-station on the Herbert River, at a very convenient distance from
the ranges, to which I made excursions from this place, camping
in the mountains in company with the blacks. Herbert Vale is,
in a straight line, only about 15 miles from the coast. The nearest
little town is Cardwell in Rockingham Bay. Herbert Vale is in
18° S. lat.; and the rainfall at Rockingham Bay is 90 inches.
The Great Dividing Range that runs along the east coast of the
Australian continent, the Cordilleras of Australia, is in the southern
part of Queensland low. In North Queensland it attains a greater
elevation, m one spot even rising to a height of 5400 feet (Bellenden
Kerr); and it is here, on account of the warm and moist climate,
covered with fine tropical vegetation.
The range nearest the lower Herbert River, to the north of this,
is between 2000 and 3000 feet high, and granitic. It is covered with
dense shrubs; and numerous streams and rivulets hasten down the
sides of the mountains to the bottom of the valley, often forming
picturesque waterfalls. Here, in these extensive mountainous scrubs
that commence near Herbert Vale, the new Marsupial mammals
described by Dr. Robert Collett in his paper which was read at
the last Meeting of this Society, are found. The scenery is very
fine; but the character of the landscape is often wild, particularly
near the crest of the mountains. It is difficult to penetrate into
these regions. At one moment we find ourselves before steep
precipices, the ground is rough and stony, but everywhere where
there is the least possibility for any thing to take root, a variety of
trees, often very large, have sprung up, while frequently creeping
1884. ] DISCOVERED IN QUEENSLAND. 407
and climbing plants spread themselves over the ground. Soon we
come to a hilly and broken country, where the ground is more
fertile; and here the vegetation is so dense that a man can only with
the greatest difficulty work himself through it, torn to pieces by the
so-called ‘lawyer palms” and stung by the nettles(Zaportea moroides).
The very troublesome “lawyer palms” are predominant in these
mountainous scrubs, sometimes by their coils absolutely stopping the
passage. But the variety of trees and plants otherwise is also very
great. Those which near the top are most conspicuous by their
beauty are the tree-ferns, that spread their magnificent fronds over
the rivulets. Further down are bananas abundant, together with
various kinds of palms. After passing across the summit of this
range, one finds oneself again in a forest country, the eastern tongues
of Leichhardt’s great basaltic tableland. At the commencement of
this tableland there are stili low hills and valleys covered with some-
what similar serubs, but they are not so dense, because the “ lawyer
palms” are rarer here.
The country I explored in the ten months I spent near Herbert
River stretches from the lower Herbert, containing the (low) ridges
on both sides of the river ; but principally that hilly land between
the Herbert River and Cardwell, from Herbert Vale northwards
about 6 miles above Herbert-River waterfall. None of the new
mammals go south of Dalrymple gap. Phalangista lemuroides and
Dendrolagus lumholtzi are not found in the range south of Herbert
River (sea-view range); and it is also very doubtful whether
Phalangista archeri and P. herbertensis are to be found there.
1. P. archeri, called by the blacks Toollah (supra, p. 381), is not
uncommon in the upper part of these mountainous scrubs. It
seems to be more commonly distributed than P. herbertensis and
P. lemuroides, though it never goes far down the mountains.
Besides being, like the Phalangers, a night animal, it is in activity a
great part of the day, as I have seen myself. The blacks kill it by
climbing up the tree and throwing sticks at it, which often is very
troublesome work. The animal is not very shy, but, when dis-
turbed, it runs away quickly from tree to tree, so that a black man
will sometimes have difficulty in killing it, if he has not got two or
three of his comrades to meet it in different trees.
Phalangista archeri is the principal prey of Dasyurus maculatus,
which js plentiful in the same country.
2. Phalangista herbertensis (supra, p. 323), called by the blacks
Mongan, is only found on the very highest tops of the ranges.
3. Phalangista lemuroides (supra, p. 385), called by the blacks
Yabby, is not found in that part of the range that lies east of Gowry
Creek. It makes its appearance first at the spur of mountains
between Gowry Creek and Herbert River, and is pretty plentiful
from there northwards. I shot the only two specimens I got in one
of the tableland scrubs. It is killed by the blacks in the same way
as P. archeri.
4. Dendrolagus lumholtzi (supra, p. 387), called by the blacks
403 ON MAMMALS DISCOVERED IN QUEENSLAND. [June 3,
Boongary. This animal lives on the highest parts of the moun-
tainous scrubs, preferring the densest parts of the scrubs and the most
inaccessible places, where even the blacks have to be careful amongst
the rocks and stones. It is fairly well distributed along the crest of the
mountains west and north-west of Cardwell. How far north it goes
I do not know; I should think it would be plentiful a long way
north of Herbert River, at least as far as Cooktown. In the above-
mentioned patches of scrubs on the nearest tableland I found that
the Boongary had once been plentiful, having left very numerous
marks of their claws on the trees, but they had apparently been
exterminated by the blacks, as the marks were old. Being of com-
paratively small extent and pretty easy to traverse, these scrubs
offered the blacks an easy opportunity of getting their prey. The
blacks told me that their old men had killed plenty of Boongary
here. Possibly also the absence of Dendrolagus up here was
partly due to migration. According to the blacks ‘‘ Boongary
plenty walks about;” and it is after my experience evident that
these animals do move much about, mostly if they get disturbed.
The blacks that followed me on my tours after Dendrolagus used
always to say that Boongary was particularly active in moonlight.
I believe that they also sometimes wander between these patches cf
scrubs on the tableland, having to pass over grass-lands. Once
when we were travelling over to one of these scrubs, my blacks
suddenly became excited and ran off after some animal that dis-
appeared down a grassy hill. ‘They soon found that they had made
a mistake, but they all at first believed that it was a Boongary. This
shows that the blacks are convinced that the animal is sometimes
wandering in the grass-lands.
According to the blacks two or three are often found sleeping in the
same tree. The Boongary is able to jump from a great height, and
moves quickly on the ground. It seems to live only in one kind of
tree. I haveinany case only seen marks of its claws on one kind of tree,
the name of which, I am sorry to say, I do not know. These trees
are found very plentifully on the crest of the range, and grew often to
a great height, always rather slender. In rainy weather the Boongary
prefers the short, younger trees. It is often found at great distance
from water, and the blacks used therefore to say that the Boongary
never comes down to drink water. In the hot weather it is very
much plagued by a large kind of horse-fly. The natives have told
me that the Boongary often betrays its presence by the smack of
its arms after the fly, which falls down dead. But it requires also
the keen senses of a black to be able to notice this. At night it can
also be heard, ascending the trees.
Although Dendrolagus lumholtzi is not uncommon in the moun-
tainous scrubs, it is very difficult to find. First, because it likes the
most inaccessible parts of these extensive scrubs, always near the
top ; secondly, because one cannot very well manage without the
blacks, who however, besides being very treacherous, are a very lazy lot
and are very difficult to induce to undertake such expeditions ; finally,
1884.] ON SKINS OF RARE EUROPEAN AND ASIATIC BIRDS. 409
because a good Dingo * is necessarily required for the sport, which is
a very difficult thing to get, as each tribe keeps only one or two tame
Dingoes and these they will not easily part with. It cost me three
months’ work before I got my first specimen. The flesh of the Boon-
gary is greatly appreciated by the natives. It is very palatable; but
this animal, like a great many other Marsupials, is infested by a worm
between the muscles and the skin, which of course makes the flesh
less inviting. The natives never think of hunting the Boongary
without the help of a Dingo trained for this kind of sport. In the
morning, while the Dogs still can smell the tracks of the animals,
they start for the Boongary chase. All the while they speak in a
peculiar characteristic manner to the Dog, thus : Cha *, Cha—Gangary
pull-pulka—cha pull —Jingery dundun—Mormango—cha pull (here,
here—smell Gangary—smell him—here smell, smell his feet-—smart
fellow—here smell), As soon as the Dog has found the tracks, it
follows them, until it stops at the tree where the Boongary has
gone up. One of the blacks climbs up the tree, and either seizes
hold of the long tail of the animal with one hand, while with the
other he smashes its head with a stick, or compels it to jump down,
when it is killed by the Dingo.
June 17, 1884.
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. Henry Seebohm exhibited some skins of rare European and
Asiatic birds, and made the following remarks :—
Tetrao griseiventris.—This is a new species of Hazel-Grouse from
the forests of Tcherdyn between the sources of the Petchora and the
Kama. It was described and figured as long ago as 1880 (Menzbier,
Bull. Soe. Imp. Nat. Mose. i. p. 105); and is an excellent species,
nearly allied to the Common Hazel-Grouse, but perfectly distinct
from it. Twenty ar thirty examples have been obtained ; but, so far
as is known, none have ever found their way to England before.
Tetrao mlokoziewiczi.—This is another example of an isolated
species, being nearly allied to, but perfectly distinct from, the
Common Black Grouse. It breeds in the pine-regions of the
Caucasus, straying up to the rhododendron-regions to feed.
Picus major pelzami.—This is the Caucasian form of the Great
Spotted Woodpecker. The West-European form of this species is
intermediate between the Caucasian form, with chocolate-coloured
underparts, and the Arctic form, with snow-white underparts.
Haliaetus pelagicus.—This magnificent Eagle from Kamschatka
is probably the largest Eagle known, and is remarkable for having
14 instead of 12 tail-feathers. Adult males with white shoulders
are very rare in collections.
1 These Dingoes are obtained by the natives when puppies, and are trained
for Kangaroo and other hunting, but they seldom breed in confinement, and
generally run away when they become old enough to breed.
2 Cha cannot be translated literally.
410 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A GREATER VASA PARROT. [June 1/7,
Eurynorhynchus pygmeus.—Two examples of this very rare Wader
obtained at Yokohama are interesting.
Mr. Sclater exhibited the deciduous knob of the culmen of the
beak of the Rough-billed Pelican (Pelecanus trachyrhynchus), pur-
chased July 3rd, 1883 (see P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 463, pl. xlvi.), which had
been shed by the bird in the autumn, and called attention to the fact
that, on coming into breeding-plumage again this summer, the bird
had grown another knob, which it still carried, although the knob
was no longer erect, but had turned over on the side.
This confirmed the observations of the American ornithologists
on the same bird’.
Mr. Sclater called attentionto a very singular habit of one of
the Greater Vasa Parrots (Coracopsis vasa), as observed in the
Society’s Gardens.
Two of these Parrots, believed to be a pair (one presented by Mrs.
Moon, May 11, 1866, and the other by Mrs. King, March 29, 1882),
had been for some time kept together in one large cage in the
Parrot-house.
One of these birds, it was not known certainly which of the two,
but believed to be the female, had the habit of producing from its
cloaca a mass of dark flesh-coloured substance about 6 inches long
and 4 inches in breadth, and of drawing it in again, after exposing it
for several minutes.
This phenonemon had been witnessed on several occasions by the
keeper of the Parrot-house, by Mr. Bartlett the Superintendent, who
had kindly prepared a rough sketch of the object, by Mr. Clarence
Bartlett, and others.
The bird appeared to be in perfect health ; and the only suggestion
Mr. Sclater could make on the subject was that part of the membranous
lining of the cloaca in this bird was capable of being blown out in
periods of sexual excitement, like the bladder in the neck of the
Adjutant (Leptoptilus), and the wattles in the neck of the Tragopans.
The Head-keeper, Benjamin Misselbrook, had stated that he
recollected the same occurrence taking place in the case of a Greater
Vasa Parrot in the Society’s collection some thirty years ago.
The following papers were read :—
1 Cf. Baird, Ibis, 1869, p. 350; Ridgw. Orn. 40th Parallel, p. 627 (1877); Goss,
‘Rod and Gun,’ June 12, 1875 (p. 167); Brewer, ‘ Rod and Gun,’ June 19, 1875
(p. 194); Bendire, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. xix. p. 146 (last three references kindly
furnished by Mr. Ridgway).—P. L. 8.
1884.] ON THE EMPLOYMENT OF THE REMORA. 411
1. On the Employment of the Remora by Native Fishermen
on the Kast Coast of Africa. By Freprric Ho_mwoop,
H.B.M. Consul Zanzibar.
[Received June 14, 1884.]
About two years since, whilst making a trip from Pemba to
Zanzibar in a steam-launch, I noticed several small fishes darting
from under the stern, when from time to time ashes, scraps of food,
and other things were thrown overboard.
Onexamination I observed that these fishes had attached themselves
to the sides of the boat quite regardless of the noise and disturbance
of the water caused by the screws On endeavouring to remove
them I found that they were most determined in retaining their hold,
but a native on board at once detached one from the planking by
drawing it off sideways. It appeared to be a small Sucking-fish of
about half a pound in weight; the native told me it was called
**Chazo’’; he evidently knew the fish perfectly well, but volunteered
no information as to its being employed by the native fishermen.
Shortly after this, while driving in the country, I passed a native
engaged in finishing off a small canoe which had been hewn from a
fallen mango-tree. As it appeared too small to be of any practical
use, I inquired for what purpose it was intended. He replied “ for
Chaza,” and on further questioning him I could obtain no other
answer.
**Chaza” being the native name for the oyster and other bivalves
found along the shore, I imagined that the canoe was intended for
skirting the coast in the shallow tideways whilst collecting shell-fish,
which are here obtained in large quantities during spring-tides; but,
never having seen a canoe of this kind in use, my curiosity was
roused, and on returning home I asked a servant, who had been
brought up in a fishing-village, in what district these small craft
were employed. He told me they were used as “ houses”? for a fish
called the “‘ Chazo,”? and that most fishermen kept them in their
huts. This brought to my recollection the small fish I had noticed
during the recent voyage from Pemba, and led to my making further
inquiries, in the course of which I learnt that the Sucker-fish was
reared and trained by the native fishermen of Zanzibar for the
purpose of catching Turtle, Tortoise, and the larger fish.
I had once before, when travelling in Madagascar, been told
incidentally a story of Sharks and even Crocodiles being captured by
the natives by means of a fish called ‘‘ Tarundu,” which was trained
for the purpose; but at that time I was new to the country and had
only an imperfect knowledge of the language, and no doubt also
showed my incredulity so plainly that my informants refrained from
again referring to the subject.
412 MR. F. HOLMWOOD ON THE EMPLOYMENT OF [June 17,
Now, however, I could see that there must be some truth in the
story, and I determined to ascertain what the facts really were.
With this object I visited the various fishing-villages along the coast,
and found that every one knew of the use of the “ Chazo,” though
they were not very communicative regarding it, nor did they invite
me to enter their huts where I should have seen it. This was no
doubt partly owing to suspicion, for these fishermen are an exclu-
sive body, living mostly apart from the rest of the population, and,
knowing that the English had just put an end to the time-honoured
custom of slave-running, in which pursuit they had borne a con-
siderable share, they possibly imagined we might have an intention
of interfering with them in other ways.
Eventually I succeeded in allaying suspicion in one village, and was
shown several of these fishes. They were in appearance something
like a Conger Eel, with a smooth and apparently scaleless skin ;_ they
were without the dorsal fin, but had on the top of the head an oval
laminated disk or sucker. They varied from 2 to 43 feet in length,
and in weight from two to seven or eight pounds.
They were mostly kept in small canoes similar to the one which
had first attracted my attention, and at once came to the surface of
the water on the approach of the fisherman, whom they allowed to
take them from the water and handle them freely without attempting
to plunge or break away. ‘The owners called them with a soft
whistling sound, but I had no means of observing whether this was
recognized by the fish.
Fig. 1. Tail-end of Remora, with wrought-iron band and ring.
Fig. 2. Ditto, with ring fixed on by wire.
Each Chazo had a strong iron ring or loop fixed just above the tail
(fig. 1) for the purpose of attaching a line to when being employed in
1884. ] THE REMORA BY NATIVE FISHERMEN. 413
hunting. In some cases these appendages had evidently remained on
for years, during which the fish had so grown that the iron had
become imbedded in a thick fleshy formation. In two instances the
ring had been inserted in the muscular substance at the root of the
tail, but generally a simple iron band was welded round the thinnest
part of the body a few inches from the tail, which kept it from
slipping off. To this was riveted a small movable ring or loop
resembling that of a watch-handle. In one case (fig. 2) this loop
was fastened on by servings of brass wire in a similar manner to
the rings of a fishing-rod.
It was some weeks before I succeeded in purchasing one of these
fish ; I proposed sending it to the International Fisheries Exhibition,
but it was killed by some Cranes; and a second one which I obtained
died, probably through want of sufficient water, it having been placed
in a small stone tank, in consequence of my being unable to procure
one of the small canoes.
I afterwards arranged to purchase another on its return from a
fishing-trip. It was brought to me a few weeks later minus its ring,
and with a large wound or rent above the tail, part of which was gone.
The owner declared that it had caught two Turtle, which he showed
me lying in his canoe, and that it had afterwards affixed itself to a large
Shark and, holding on after all the spare line had been paid out, the
tail had given way. He stated that the Chazo had then relinquished
its hold and returned in its mutilated state to the buat. He assured
me this was not an unusual occurrence, and that after a time a fresh
ring would be attached and the fish become as useful as before. I
endeavoured to preserve one of these Chazos in spirits of wine,
but failed owing to the inferior quality of the spirit. This specimen
measured 2 feet 8 inches in length and weighed 33 lbs. The sucker
contained twenty-three pairs of lamelle.
I was anxious to visit the fishing-grounds in order personally to
verify the information collected regarding the employment of this
fish ; but as the trips made by the fishermen never occupy less than
fifteen days, my accompanying them was out of the question, and I
had no boat sufficiently large to make the voyage safely.
On my return to Zanzibar, however, I hope to arrange such a
visit, and may then be able to supplement this paper, which does
not pretend to any scientific value, with a full and accurate report
on the whole subject.
In the meantime this short account of what was recently heard
and seen as to the use of the Remora on the east coast of Africa
may perhaps prove useful by directing attention to an interesting
zoological question.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XXVIII. 28
414 MR.R. B. SHARPE ON WHITEHEAD’S NUTHATCH. [June 17,
2. Further Notes on Whitehead’s Nuthatch. By R.
Bowpter Saarpe, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Department of
Zoology, British Museum.
[Received June 4, 1884.]
(Plate XXXVI.)
Mr. John Whitehead, to whom we are indebted for the discovery
of this Corsican Nuthatch, which I have named after him, has
sent me a specimen of the adult female, and I am thus enabled to
give an exact description of the species, the adult male having been
exhibited by me at a previous meeting of the Society (May 20).
SITTA WHITEHEADI. (Plate XXXVI.)
Sitta whiteheadi, Sharpe, antea, pp. 233, 329.
Adult male. General colour above slaty blue, the lesser and
median coverts like the back ; the greater coverts blackish with light
edgings of slaty blue; bastard-wing feathers blackish; primary-
coverts and quills blackish brown, externally slaty blue, paler on the
latter ; the inner secondaries externally slaty blue; two centre tail-
feathers slaty blue, the remainder black, the three outer feathers
slaty blue at the tips, these terminal spots decreasing in extent
across the inner web, where they terminate in a white edging, the
outer web also narrowly fringed with white near the end; crown of
head and occiput black, disappearing on the nape ; a line of greyish
white across the base of the forehead extending backwards ina broad
eyebrow as far as the nape; feathers round the eye whitish ; lores
black, as well as a broad line along the upper edge of the ear-coverts,
the latter slightly spotted with white where they adjoin the eye;
remainder of ear-coverts, cheeks and throat dull white, the latter
slightly washed with isabelline ; under surface of body ashy isa-
belline ; the under tail-coverts edged with white; sides of body and
thighs somewhat washed with ashy; axillaries and under wing-
coverts like the breast, the edge of the wing whiter. Total length
4°6 inches, culmen 0°65, wing 2°75, tail 1°4, tarsus 0°65.
Adult female. Differs from the male in having the head slaty
blue like the back, the feathers of the crown slightly mottled with
blackish bases; the dark streak through the eye not quite so pro-
nounced as in the male, and more blackish brown. Total length 4°6
inches, culmen 0°65, wing 2°75, tail 1°43, tarsus 0°7.
The nearest allies of Sttta whiteheadi are undoubtedly S. krueperi
and S. villosa. It resembles the first of these in its small size, but
differs in having the entire crown and nape black in the male, instead
of only the fore part of the crown, while both sexes are at once dis-
tinguished by the want of the chestnut band on the fore neck,
which is the leading characteristic of S. krueperi.
To S, villosa and S. canadensis, the Corsican Nuthatch bears a
1.@ Kant : > th
JG Keulemans ith Hanhart imp
SITTA WHITEHEAD! 6 ET o.
Ry Sereps 4
LStae
ent e%
Tanhark inp
1884.] DR. G. HARTLAUB ON A NEW SALPORNIS. 415
still greater resemblance in the black head and black streak through
the eye, which are found in all three species ; but Sitta whiteheadi
is recognized at once by the ashy isabelline colour of the underparts,
instead of the cinnamon-buff or fulvous colour of the lower surface
in the Chinese and North-American birds.
3. On anew Species of Salpornis from Eastern Equatorial
Africa. By Dr. G. Harrravus, F.M.Z.S.
[Received June 4, 1884.]
(Plate XXXVII.)
I have the pleasure of sending for the examination cf the Zoolo-
gical Society of London a specimen of a new Creeper of the genus
Salpornis, which I propose to call
SALPORNIS EMINI, sp.n. (Plate XXXVII.)
Supra in fundo fusco-nigricante, maculis apicalibus rotundatis albis
velalbidis, antice nigro-marginatis pulchre et confertim guttulata ;
pileo fulvescente striolato ; capitis lateribus fulvo-pallidis ;
regione parotica obscure fusca; striola superciliart pallida
parum conspicua ; supracaudalibus maculis rotundatis majoribus
albis ; teclricibus alarum minoribus dorso concoloribus, majoribus
ante apicem albidum late nigris ; remigibus primariis in tertia
parte apicali immaculatis, fuscis, ceterum maculis pogonii interni
minoribus, marginalibus, albis, minus circumscriptis; primo
eodem loco non maculato sed serratim albido marginato ; tertiariis
Juscis, in pogonio externo albido limbatis, latius nigro-fuscialis,
interno notis marginalibus minus distinctis ; subalaribus fasciatim
maculatis ; gula ochroleuca immaculata ; pectore, abdomine et
subcaudalibus fulvescenti-pallidis, maculis minutis rotundatis al-
bidis, supra nigro-circumdatis conspicue guttulatis ; rectricibus
irregulariter albido et fusco-nigricante fasciatis, fasciis latioribus
Suscis, angustioribus albidis ; rostro fusco, mandibula parte apicali
excepta pallidivre ; pedibus obscure fuscis. (Mas. ad.)
Long. tot. circa 150 millim., culm. 21, ale 995, caud. 58, tars. 14,
ollic. c. ung. 19.
The Certhine genus Salpornis, established in 1847 by the late
G. R. Gray, is a very rare and very restricted one. Up to the year
1878, the only species constituting it was an interesting Indian
type—-Certhia spilonota of Franklin, P. Z. 8. 1831, p. 121. A
second and quite typical species was discovered by the indefati-
gable Portuguese collector, M. T. d’Anchieta, near Caconda in the
interior of the province of Benguela, 8.W. Africa. Prof. Barboza du
Bocage has described and figured this bird as a new gneg type and
2
416 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON A NEW SALPORNIS. [June 17,
species under the name of Hy/ypsornis salvadori. Salpornis spilo-
nota, being extremely scarce in continental collections, and, for instance,
not existing in the splendid Museums of Paris, Leyden, Brussels,
Vienna, Berlin, Dresden, and Stuttgart, had very probably remained
entirely unknown to him, and for this reason the error into which
he fell is to be excused. I have now the pleasure of introducing a
third typical species, which was discovered near Langomeri, in
Eastern Equatorial Africa, by the eminent explorer, Dr. Ean Bey,
and of which the unique specimen, a fine adult male, enriches, at
present, my private collection. As the life of my poor friend, who
may still linger in his remote quarters on the Upper White Nile, is at
this moment surrounded by the greatest possible dangers, and as no
news whatever of him have of late reached us, I think it my duty to
name this fine new bird after its discoverer.
Regarding this unique specimen, Dr. Emin Bey writes :—‘‘ During
a walk through the ripe Eleusine-fields, a small bird met my attention
climbing up and down the haulms, and flyi ing in short whips from one
haulm to another. What could it be? Nota Nectarinia to be sure.
The little unknown was very silent. But how great was my pleasure
and surprise as my shot brought down a ‘ Certhia,’ certainly the
first bird of this group met with in Central Africa. All my efforts
to procure more specimens were fruitless.”
Salpornis emini and Salpornis salvadorii are nearly allied species.
The system or the pattern of coloration is quite the same in both
birds. ‘The differences are these: the drop-like spots of the upper
parts are much larger in S. salvadorti (of which a fine adult pair
was presented to the Bremen Museum by Prof. Barboza du Bocage);
the irregular bands of the rectrices are very broad and nearly black
in S. salvadorii, narrower and browner in S. emini; the irregular
white spot-like bands are also decidedly broader in S. salvadorit ; in
S. emini the first primary has the basal half of the inner web with a
whitish serrated marginal lining, whereas in S. salvadorii there are
regular circumscribed marginal spots; in the other primaries the
whitish marginal spots on the basal half of the inner web are very
conspicuous and sharply circumscribed in S. sa/vadorti—they are
much smaller and more confluent in S. emini; the ground-colour
of the remiges and rectrices is nearly black in S. salvadorii, paler
and browner in S. emini ; the drop-like spots of the underparts are
much smaller and less distinct in S. emini. In both species the
rounded terminal whitish spots of the single feathers are anteriorly
margined by a broad black band or border. The ground-colour of
the underparts is in both species a pale greyish drab.
The difference between S. emini and the Indian 8S. spilonota is
much greater, and strikes one at first sight. The whitish spots of
the upper parts are smaller, less drop-like, and of a more irregular
shape. There is a short, broad, white superciliary stripe, bordered
below by a blackish postocular band; and the underparts are con-
spicuously more banded than spotted. ‘The internal marginal spots
of the primaries are as sharply defined as in S. salvadorii.
1 add the comparative measurements of the three species ;—
1884.] PROF, FLOWER ON THE GENERA OF DELPHINIDE. 417
S. spilonota, S. emini, S. salvadorii,
millim. millim. millim,
Calmen) Pts, «.4-..30 21 18
\ eae 88 95 95
ANAT eee 58 58 58
Le eee 143 14 163
Pols C2 O0G. * as nA 19 22
The iris is brown in all three species.
I am much obliged to Capt. G. A. Shelley for the loan of a good
specimen of S. spilonota, which it would have been impossible for
me to procure from any continental collection known to me.
The synonymy of the three species of Salpornis is as follows :—
1. S. sp1LoNoTA.
Salpornis spilonota, Frankl. P. Z. 8. 1831, p. 121; G. R. Gray,
P. Z. S. 1847, p. 73 id. Gen. of B. i.-p. 144; Reichb. N. S. pl.
xxxvili.; id. Handb. d. Sp. Orn. Scans. pl. 564; Jerdon, B. of Ind.
i. p. 382; id. Supplem. Notes &c., Ibis, 1872, p. 20; Gould, Birds
of Asia, pt. xx., fig. bon.; Ball, Stray Feath. 1874, p. 397, 1876,
p- 232, 1878, p. 209; Butler, Str. Feath. 1875, p. 462, 1576, p. 37,
1877, p. 228; Blyth, Cat. B. Mus. As. Soe. p. 338 ; id. Ibis, 1865,
p- 48 (first good descript.), 1866, pp. 228, 365; Blanf. Ibis, 1867,
p- 461; Adam, Stray Feath. pt. 5; Allan and Hume, Journ. As. Soc.
of Beng. 1869, pt. ii.; id. ibid. 1870, pt. il. p. 113; id. Ibis, 1871,
p- 446, 1872, p. 20; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vol. viii. p. 330.
Hab. Widely distributed through the jungles of Central India :
Chanda, Behar, Oude, Sironcha, Sambhur Lake, &c.
2. S. saLvADORI.
Hylypsornis salvadori, Barb. du Boe. Jorn. Acad. Lisb. 1878,
pp- 198, 211; id. Ornith. d’ Ang. p. 289, t. x. f. 2 (fig. bon.) ; Shelley,
Ibis, 1882, p. 255 ; Salpornis salvadorii, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.
vol. viii. p. 330.
Hab. Benguela in S.W. Africa, “extending across through the
Mashoona country into S.E. Africa.”
3, 8. EMINI.
Hab. Langomeri, Eastern Equatorial Africa (Dr. Emin Bey).
4, Note on the Names of two Genera of Delphinide. By
Wititam Henry Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., P.Z.S.
[Received June 10, 1884.]
In the Revision of the family Delphinida, published in the ‘ Pro-
ceedings’ of the Society for 1883, pp. 466-513, I have adopted
two generic terms, which, as has since been pointed out to me,
are not tenable, being already in use for other forms. I hope, there-
418 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NEW VARIETY [June 17,
fore, that this notice may be in time to prevent their more general
adoption.
These are :—1. Clymenia, Gray, Synopsis of Whales and Dolphins
p- 6 (1868), substituted for the earlier Clymene of the same author,
P. Z.S8. 1864, p. 237. There is, however, a well-known genus of
extinct Cephalopods so named by Minster (‘ Beitrige zur Petre-
factenkunde,’ i. 1839). C/ymene also was appropriated long before
by Savi (Syst. Annel. 1817), for a genus of Vermes.
Prodelphinus of Gervais (‘Ostéographie des Cétacés,’ p. 604, 1880)
must therefore be substituted for C/ymenia as the generic appellation
af the smaller, narrow-beaked Dolphins without lateral grooves on
the bony palate.
2. Globiceps, proposed as a modification of Lesson’s hybrid
Globicephala, or Globicephalus as it is now commonly written, is
already preoccupied, as a genus of Hemipterous insects, by Le
Pelletier and Serville (‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique,’ x. 1825). It will
be necessary therefore to return to Lesson’s name.
5. Description of a new Variety of Lacerta viridis, from
South Portugal. By G. A. Boureneer, F.Z.S.
[Received June 12, 1884.]
(Plate XXXVIII.)
During a recent journey in Portugal, Dr. H. Gadow collected several
specimens of a highly interesting variety of Lacerta viridis, which he
has kindly handed over to me for description. 1 have great pleasure
in naming it
LACERTA VIRIDIS, var. GADOVII.
A few years ago a wide gap seemed to exist between the two well-
known species L. viridis and L. ocellata: the former with a very
small cccipital, large rhomboidal, strongly keeled dorsal scales, six or
eight ’ longitudinal rows of ventral plates, the young longitudinally
lined, &e.; the latter with enormous occipital, small granular smooth
dorsal scales, eight or ten rows of ventral plates, the young ocellated
&c. In 1878, however, Bedriaga? brought to light a new species
nearly intermediate between the two long-known types, L. schreiberi,
from the Province Asturias in N. Spain; this Lizard has a very
large occipital, as in Z. ocellata, and distinctly keeled dorsal scales,
as in L. viridis. In 1880, Lataste*, turning his attention to the
herpetological fauna of Algeria, showed that the L. ocellata of N.W.
Africa was not identical with the European L. ocellata, as hitherto
1 According to whether or not the outer, smaller, and more or less irregular,
series is reckoned.
2 Arch, f, Naturg. 1878, p. 299. 3 «Le Naturaliste,’ 1880, p. 306.
P, Z.S. 1884. Pl. XXXVI.
R Mintern del et lith. Mintern Bros. Chromo.
LACERTA VIRIDIS, VAR,GADOVII
imp.
1884.] OF LACERTA VIRIDIS FROM SOUTH PORTUGAL. 419
believed, but constituted a distinct form, intermediate between the
latter and Z. viridis, which he named L. ocellata pater. He showed
that the occipital is smaller than in L. ocellata, the dorsal scales
more oval, and sometimes slightly keeled, and the ocelli, which are
constantly present in the young, frequently disappear in the adult,
The discovery of these two forms had already considerably dimi-
nished the gap separating Z. ocellata from L. viridis; but forms
which would fill the interval remaining between the latter and L.
schreiberi and pater were still missing. As one of these I regard
the Lizard discovered by Dr. Gadow.
The general proportions and lepidosis being the same as in the
typical ZL. viridis (from France and Italy), I will only mention
the distinctive peculiarities, at the same time drawing attention to
the points in which the new variety approaches the other allied
forms.
The occipital is considerably larger, nearly as long as, and broader
than, the interparietal; its shape is trapezoid, its smaller border
forming a suture with the latter; in two specimens this suture has
entirely disappeared and the two plates are united. Another
anomaly, occurring in three out of the four specimens, is the presence
of an azygos shield between the prefrontals. In the young, as in
other Lizards, the interparietal is relatively much enlarged, especially
transversely, so that it considerably excéeds in size, ‘and equals in
width, the occipital. We know that in the very young ZL. ocellata
the interparietal exceeds in size the occipital, and nearly equals it in
width, whereas in the adult the occipital is many times larger than
the interparietal and at least three times as broad. In L. pater,
when young, the interparietal also exceeds the occipital in size and
is as broad or a little narrower ; when adult, the occipital is much
larger than the interparietal and twice as broad. In L. schretberi,
which, if adult, must be regarded as a form with arrested de-
velopment, descended from L. ocellata or some close ally, the
interparietal is very large, and the occipital short and only a little
broader.
When a large series of L. viridis is examined, we find great varia-
tion in the size and shape of the occipital, so that the character just
insisted upon cannot be regarded as constantly distinguishing the
new form ; however, it may be sufficient to distinguish it from the
typical Z. viridis as occurring in Spain.
The dorsal scales are a little different from those of L. viridis,
being smaller, less distinctly rhomboidal, more oval, and not so
strongly keeled, all points in which they approach those of L. schrei-
beri. I count 111 to 116 scales along the middle of the back, from
the occipital to the base of the tail, and 50 to 53 across the middle of
the body; in L. viridis typus I obtain the numbers 100 to 103 and
41 to 45. However, some Oriental specimens of Z. viridis have also
smaller scales, viz. 125 longitudinally and 50 transversely, but then
they are of a different shape, being but a little longer than broad ;
and it is probable that the Oriental small-scaled ZL. viridis, when
properly worked out, will prove to constitute a distinct race.
420 - ON A NEW VARIETY OF LACERTA VIRIDIS. [June 17,
The coloration is quite peculiar, and suffices to distinguish this
Lizard from any of its allies.
The young is above brownish-olive, the sides ornate with ocelli
with large bluish-white centre and narrow black margin ; there is an
upper series of eleven ocelli, from the outer posterior corner of the
parietal to above the hind limb ; between this and the light under
surfaces there is another series of ocelli, which, less regular and
formed of the fusion of two ocelli, form short vertical bars. The
upper lip is alternately barred black and white. The lower surfaces
are of a pale greenish-white, without any of the spots which are so
characteristic of the adult; but it must be borne in mind that in
the young of L. agilis the spots are likewise absent or only very
slightly indicated.
Now, if we compare this coloration with that of the young of the
other species, we see at once that it differs most from L. viridis, the
young of which has constantly light longitudinal lines on the body,
which frequently persist in the adult female; the difference from the
young of L. pater and L. ocellata is less, but still great, for in
those forms the ocelli are much larger and scattered over the whole
of the body ; nearest we find L. schreiberi, which has a very similar
arrangement of yellow spots along the sides of the body.
In the adult, the upper surface of the body and limbs is bright
grass-green, sometimes fading to brown on the hind part of the body,
with deep black spots, which may be larger and roundish, or smaller,
closer, or with lighter centre resembling the markings of a Leopard ;
sometimes an uuspotted zone along each side of the back; in the
smaller male specimen, there is besides a series of small ocelli with
pure white centres along each side of the back, the remains of the
upper series of ocelli of the young. The upper surface of the head
is olive, black-spotted, passing to blue on the sides, which latter
colour covers the throat in the female as well as in the male. The
belly is yellow, more or less greenish, with roundish black spots,
more profusely scattered in the male than in the female. The tail
is olive, darker above, with a median series of black spots, which are
more or less confluent into a longitudinal band.
Four specimens were submitted to me by Dr. Gadow, who
obtained them in the Serra de Mounchique, Algarve, about 2000 feet
above the sea, in sunny dense shrubs, amongst brambles near a little
stream. The largest, a female, measures 278 millim., in which the
tail enters for 192.
The only certain reference to this form I can find in the works of
‘previous writers, is in O. Boettger’s list of Reptiles collected by
v. Maltzan in South Portugal’, where a short description is given
from specimens likewise obtained in Monchique. Boettger gives it
simply as L. viridis, remarking that it approaches nearest var. punc-
tata of Dugés (this is evidently meant for var. 5. of that author),
which is, however, a totally different thing. But I should not be
astonished that this new form remains concealed under the references
of several authors to Z. viridis and L. agilis in the south of the Pyre-
' Zeitschr. f. Ges. Naturw. lii. 1879, p. 505.
1884. ] ON THE BATRACHIANS OF ITALY. 421
nean peninsula. And I am particularly inclined to believe that
Schreiber’s remarks on L. agilis from Granada‘ are based on speci-
mens of ZL. viridis, var. gadovii. It is doubtful whether in the
Peninsula the true ZL. viridis reaches south of 40°, and still more
whether Z. agilis occurs at all?.
6. Amphibiorum Italiz enumeratio systematica.
Auctore doct. Laurentio CaMERANO’,
[Received June 11, 1884.]
Quze amphibivrum species hic nonnisi suum queeque numerum
ordine nanciscuntur, eas ipse iam singulas copiose descripseram in
“Monografia degli Anfibi anuri Italiani” (Mem. R. Accad. d. Scienz.
di Torino, ser. 2, vol. xxxv. 1883), ‘‘ Monografia degli Anfibi
urodeli Italiani” (ibidem 1884), quas vide, benigne lector, si tibi rem
ipsam penitiore persequi cognitione in animo sit.
In scriptis meis, quorum superius mentio est facta, fusius iamdudum
disputabam quatenus Italie, quod attinet ad faunam, fines pertineant ;
et quas ipsa in provincias, habita ratione animalium, iure dividi
possit.
Censeo equidem eam Alpibus a boreali parte, ab occidente vero
iugis illis, que ab Alpibus maritimis decurrunt, et, postquam ab
occasu vallem, quam vernaculo sermone Roia vocitant, circuerunt,
ad mare usque perveniunt, non secus ac regni Italici fines: sursus
ab oriente Sontio Valle terminatur, vel etiam, ne id ad vivum resecem,
Carro monte, usque ad urbem quam Fiume vocant, ut vernaculis
utar nominibus. Reliqua denique Italie pars ipso mari undique
finitur.
At, quamquam natura disiectze, huc pertinent pleraeque et potissime
queeque insule videlicet Corsica, Sardinia, Ilva, Sicilia, Melita,
exceptis tamen Pelagosa, Pantellaria, et Lampethusa.
Totam igitur Italiam, habita animalinm ratione, in quatuor regiones
dispertiri possumus, nempe ¢erram continentem, regionem intra
peninsule fines, regionem Corse-Sardam, regionem Siculo-Meli-
tensem.
Sua cuinsque provinciz Amphibia, quo magis perspicue et planius
sese res habeat, in hoc rapade¢ypare describam.
Omitto in hisce amphibiis recensendis eas locorum demonstra-
tiones, quae adhuc dubize sunt.
Cum post editas ‘“ Monografia degli Anfibi anuri Italiani,” e loc.
citat., et “ Monografia degli Anfibi urodeli Italiani,” op. citat., nova
ad me allata sint amphibiorum exemplaria e diversis Italize regionibus,
1 «Herpetologia Europea,’ p. 440.
2 Cf. Bosca, ‘* Catalogue des Reptiles et Amphibiens de la Péninsule Ibérique
et des Iles Baléares,” Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1880, p, 240.
3 Communicated by G. A. Boulenger, F.Z.8.
422 DR. L. CAMERANO ON THE [June 17,
sua cuiusque loca demonstrandi cognitione certiore nune mihi
facultas est facta.
2
i a
os 5 og aps
ee | ea | ee | 8
5 g E 2
SS) 2 o n
Ord. CAUDATA.
Spelerpes fuscus (Bonap.) ..........2.| see * =
Salamandrina perspicillata (Savz)...| ...... *
Euproctus rusconit Gene 2.02 -.eee. || eect) fl flened *
morntanus) (Sand) is. aedsacagsnel|| Meebo 202i] cease *
Triton yulgaris, subsp. meridionalis
(CBOULER TA ee Dis enon tansaehe guns = 99> 2 *
alpestris, Laur. ..........00.-:40+ * Es
cristatus, subsp. karelinu,
ISEGUCHS esos scecsanas dt caae eee toot * Es
, subsp. longipes, Strauch.| ,..... *
Salamandra maculosa, Lawr.......... * * * *
Bra, WUT acces a cemeaener esate ae: *
Ord. ANURA.
Discoglossus pictus, f. typ. Ozh. ...|/ cover | oosees | « cncace 2
, SUPSp ANUS, Gee | ease le eases *
Bombinator igneus (Lawr.). ......... * *
Pelobates fuscus (Laur.) ............ *
Hyla arborea, f. typ. (Linm.)......... * LO SBS *
, Subsp. savignyl, Awd. ..,| sas |) sanoee *
Buta syaniCis, G227- «scenes vencteas ss * * * *
WidU] ras PAU ais etcce ees des oeee * * * (1) *
Rana esculenta, f. typ., Linn, ...... * aates * (2)
, subsp. lesson, Camer. . * pelle Plt seyasas Es
‘Rania Mitek, PiGtl7". ace 0c «wea eee cee oee *
latastii, Bowleng.......20.0.....00- * *
agilis, Thomas. ........-se0se000e * 2 ee | Se *
(1) Ins. Elba. (2) Corsica,
Ord. CAUDATA,
Fam. SALAMANDRID&.
Subfam. Plethodontine.
Gen. SpeLerPEs, Rafin.,
S. ruscus (Bonap.), Fauna Ital. (1837).
Hab. Liguria, Spezia, Apennini—Abetone, Garfagnana, Monte-
catini, Pratolino, Fiesole, Seravezza, Massa Carrara, Poretta, Monti
Ascolani. Sardegna.
1884.] BATRACHIANS OF ITALY. 423
Subfam. Salamandrine.
Gen. SALAMANDRINA, Fitz.,
S. PERSPICILLATA, Savi, Mem. Bibl. Ital. vol. xxii. p. 228 (1821).
Hab. Apennini de Genonesato ad Aspromonte—Genova, Nervi,
Lucca, Firenze, Caramanico, Pistoia, Garfagnana, Monte Laziale,
Vesuvio, ‘Tiriolo (Calabria), Aspromonte.
Gen. Euproctus, Gené,
E. montanus (Savi), Nuov. giorn. dei letterati, n. 102, Pisa
(1839).
fab. Corsica.
E. rusconu, Gené, Synops. Rept. Sard. indig., Mem. Ac. Se.
Torino, ser. ii. vol. i. p. 282 (1838).
Hab. Sardegna.
Gen. Triton, Laurenti,
T. vuiearis (Linn.), Fauna Suec. pp. 281 ; S. N.i. p. 370 (1766).
T. vulgaris (Linn.), subsp. MERIDIONALIS, Boulenger, Cat. Batr.
Grad. Brit. Mus. p. 14 (1882).
Hab. Italia continentali et peninsulari,
T. atpestris, Laur. Syn. Rept. pp. 38, 142, tav. ii. fig. 4 (1768).
Spec. dimorpha.
1. Forma branchiata.
2. Forma abranchiata.
Hab. Regione Alpina et Apenninica.
T. crisratus, Laur. Syn. Rept. pp. 36, 146 (1768).
T. cristatus, Laur., subsp. KARELINII, Strauch, Revis. d. Sala-
mandr. gatt., Mém. Acad. S. Petersb. vii. ser. vol. xvi. no. 4, p. 42,
tav. 1. fig. 1 (1870).
Hab. Italia continentali et peninsulari.
T. cristatus, Laur., subsp. LoneiPEs, Strauch, loc. citat. p. 44,
tav. 1. fig. 2 (1870).
Hab. Gran Sasso d'Italia.
Gen. SALAMANDRA, Laur.,
S. macutosa, Laur. loc. cit. pp. 42 & 151 (1768).
Hab. Italia continentali et peninsulari. Sicilia ; Sardegna (7?) ;
Corsica.
S. arra, Laur. loc. cit. pp. 42 & 149. fig. 2 (1768).
Hab. Regione Alpina—Tirolo, Stiria, Friuli, Veneto, Bresciano,
Valdieri, Monviso.
424 ON THE BATRACHIANS OF ITALY. [June 17,
Ord. ANURA.
Subord. PHANEROGLOSSA.
Ser. Arcifera.
Fam. DiscoGLossip&.
Gen. DiscoGuossus, Otth.,
D. pictus, Otth. Neue Denkschr. allgem. Schweiz. Gesellsch. i.
figs. 1-8 (1837).
a. Forma typica. Sicilia; Malta, Gozzo.
a. Var. vittata. Sicilia.
B. Var. ocellata. Sicilia.
b. Subsp. sardus (Gené, Rept. Sard., Mem. Ac. Sc. Tor. ser.
ii. vol. i. p. 237, tav. v. 1638).
Hab. Sardegna; Corsica; Giglio ; Montecristo.
Gen. Bomsrnator, Merr.,
B. 1¢NEvus (Laur.), Syn. Rept. pp. 29 & 129 (1768).
Hab. Canton Ticino, Veneto, Trentino, Emilia, Marche, ‘Toscana,
Napoletano, Calabria, Spezia.
Fam. PELOBATID2.
Gen. PrLozates, Wagl.,
P. ruscus (Laur.), Syn. Rept. pp. 28 & 122 (1768).
Hab. Rivoli, Torino, Testona, Settimo Torinese, Acqui, Vercelli,
Quinto Vercellese, Nibbia (Novarese), Vigevano, Mirasole (Milano).
Fam. Hyuip.
Gen. Hywa, Laur.,
H. arsorea (Linn.), S. N. i. p. 357 (1766).
a. Forma typica. Piemonte, Toscana.
Var. intermedia. Piemonte, Bologna, Palermo.
b. Subsp. savignyi, Aud. Corsica, Elba, Sardegna.
Var. fuscomaculata. Sardegna.
Fam. Buronip2&.
Gen. Buro, Laur.,
B. viripis, Laur. Syn. Rept. pp. 27 & 111, tav. 1 (1768).
Hab. tota Italia.
a, Var. maculata. Tota Italia.
B. Var. erucigera (Bufo cruciyera, EKichw. Zool. sp. Ross. et
Polon. p. 167, 3 y.). Piemonte.
y. Var. lineata. Piemonte, Veneto, Lombardia, Catania.
6. Var. concolor. Piemonte.
B. vutearis, Laur. Syn. Rept. pp. 28 & 125 (1768).
Hab. Tota Italia peninsularis. Sicilia ; Corsica (2); Elba.
1884.] ON BIRDS FROM THE EAST-INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO. 425
Ser. FIR MISTERNIA.
Fam. RANIDz.
Gen. Rana, Linn.,
I. Sectio Rane aquatice.
Rana EscuLENTA, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 357.
a. Forma typica. Torino, Domodossola, Bologna, Roma,
Foligno.
b. Subsp. lessone, Camer. Valle padana; Toscana ; Sicilia.
a. Var. immaculata. Piemonte, Novarese, Veneto.
f. Var. maculata. Novarese, Veneto.
y. Var. punctata. Novarese, Veneto.
0. Var. niyrovittata. Barbarighe (Veneto).
II. Sectio Rane fusce.
Rana muta, Laur. Synops. Rept. p. 30 (1768).
Var. acutirostris.
Var. obtusirostris.
Hab. Roceaforte, Casteldelfino, Moncenisio, Col. d. S. Giovanni
(Viu), Ceres, Pra Sec du Ferret, Col. d’Ollen, Occhieppo inferiore, Alpi
di Devero, Alpi di Veglia, Cascata della Frua, Passo della Colma
(Ossola), Domodossola, Valle di Non (Trentino), Bardonecchia.
Rana vatastit, Boulenger, Bull. Soc. Zool. Frang. (1880).
Hab. Milano, Varese, Veneto, Toscana.
Rana Agiis, Thomas, Ann. Sc. Nat. 4 ser. vol. iv. p. 365, tab. 7
(1855).
Hab. Torino, Rivoli, Rosta, Testona, Rivarossa, Gattinara,
Occhieppo inferiore, Milano, Varese, Canton Ticino, Padova,
Verona, Venezia, ‘T'reviso, Belluno, Imola, Modena, Bologna, Pisa,
Castinoen, Monte Morello, Porto Maurizio, Modica.
7. Remarks on a Paper by Dr. A. B. Meyer on a Collection
of Birds from the East-Indian Archipelago, with special
reference to those described by him from the Timor-
Laut group of Islands. By H. O. Forszs, F.Z.S.,
F.R.G.S.
[Received June 12, 1884.]
Through Dr. Meyer’s kindness I have had the pleasure of
perusing his interesting paper, read at the International Ornitho-
logical Congress lately held in Vienna, entitled ‘* Neue und unge-
niigend bekannte Vogel, Nester und Kier aus dem Ostindischen
Archipel im Kénigl. Zoologischen Museum zu Dresden,” and pro-
pose to offer a few remarks on those species which he notices from
the Timor-Laut group of Islands.
426 MR. H. 0. FORBES ON BIRDS FROM [June 17,
The collection of birdson which Dr. Meyer founds his observations
was made by three Amboinese in identically the same region as
that from which the coliection described by Dr. Sclater last year
(P. Z. S. 1883, pp. 48 & 194) was sent by me. Two of these
collectors arrived and departed in company with myself, and there-
fore spent three months there; the other had arrived three months
in advance. Being there without any European superintendence,
and surrounded by difficulties and dangers, they did not extend
their excursions to any great distance from their dwelling in the
village of Ritabel. My own limits were also circumscribed ; but my
area included and considerab} iy exceeded all the region collected over
by these three hunters, and was, of course, far more thoroughly
investigated in every way. Inasmuch as I observe that Dr. Meyer
in several instances speaks of “'Timor-Laut” and ‘ Tenimber,”
and that the species under consideration in his case came from the
* siidlichen (Timor-Laut) Stammen”’ of the region, those collected
by me being inferred to come from some other part, it may be well
to state that the term ‘‘Tenimber Islands” has been applied to
the group of islands of which Yamdena (by the Malays called
Timor-Laut) is the largest—lying between 6° 35'—8° 25’ S. lat., and
130° 35'-132° 5' E. long. The distance separating the members of
the group is so small (the sea at low-tide being in many cases quite
shallow between them) that they may be considered almost one
great island broken up into fragments. Lutur, spoken of by Dr.
Meyer as an island (on the authority of the Resident of Amboina),
is part of the mainland of Yamdena.
Of the birds recorded by Dr. Meyer from Timor-Laut, eight are
not included in Dr. Sclater’s list; but of these the Accipitrine birds
Baza subcristata (Gld.), and Cuncuma (Haliaetus) leucogaster (Gm.),
were observed, though not obtained by me; Urospizias albiventris
(Salv.), Sauropatis sancta (V. & H.), and Eurystemus pacificus
(Lath.) I did not see. There may possibly be some doubt as to the
occurrence of the last-named in Timor-Laut. I saw the Amboinese
hunters shoot and prepare, on their way home to Amboina, during our
stay both in Aru and Ké, several birds and add them to their Timor-
Laut collections. What the species were 1 cannot now remember.
As the best of natives cannot be trusted to label skins correctly with-
out supervision, this fact adds a slight element of uncertainty as to
the locality of some of the specimens. I obtained spirit-specimens of
a Hirundo (young), probably H. javanica. I examined, but could
not preserve, a specimen of Porphyrio melanoptcrus. The two sea-
birds mentioned by Dr. Meyer, and the Geocichla machiki (P. Z. S.
1883, p. 588) complete the list of birds at present known from
this interesting group. With the exception of those just men-
tioned, Dr. Meyer has had before him no species of which there is
not a large series of specimens represented in my collection—those,
in fact, on which Dr. Sclater’s original descriptions were founded.
I have now again carefully gone over them with Dr. Meyer’s paper
in my hand.
The Geoffroius determined by Dr. Sclater to be G. keyensis (Salv.)
1884. ] THE EAST-INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO. 427
is elevated into a new species, G. timorlaoensis (Meyer). Dr. Meyer
admits that the separation is based on very minute differences’, which,
however, he believes will be found constant. On comparing the
Timor-Laut birds with Ké specimens in the British Museum de-
termined by Count Salvadori, the case stands as follows :—Timor-
Laut skins vary from 240-290 millim., while G. keyensis (Salv.)
ranges from 235-255 millim. Length of wing in the former 165-
170 millim., and in G. keyensis (Salv.) 175-185 millim. The tail is
shorter in G. ¢imorlaoensis than in G. keyensis ; while the tarsus agrees
in both. In Timor-Laut specimens the external web of the outer-
most primary, where in the upper portion the colour is blue, and
in the lower green, exactly agrees with a specimen from Keé, of the
‘Challenger’ collection, determined as G. keyensis by Salvadori. Both
these are males. A female from Ké has the same region of this
feather blue throughout its length ; whilea female from Timor-Laut
has a very narrow yellowish edge to the green-blue margin of the
primary. A female, of the ‘ Challenger’ naturalists, also determined
by Salvadori as G. keyensis, is identical in coloration ; while, lastly,
the colour of the under surfaces of the wings can scarcely be detected
to differ. It would appear therefore, so far as the skins from
Timor-Laut and Ké, in the British Museum and in my own collec-
tion, afford material for forming an opinion, that these differential
characters will not be found to have the constancy that Dr. Meyer
expected. The wing measurements certainly are less in Timor-Laut
specimens. It is probable that the differences in coloration are due
to age only, and are not sufficient to separate the Ké from the
‘fenimber bird.
Artamus muschenbroeki, Meyer, is the name proposed for the
Timor-Laut Wood-Swallow, which had been determined by Dr.
Sclater as A. leucogaster (Val.) (P. Z.S. 1883, pp. 51 & 200).
Of the drtamus from Dr. Meyer’s identical locality I have in
my own collection three specimens. I have examined carefully
seventeen others from different localities, in the very long series
in the British Museum derived from Celebes, the Philippines,
Sumaira, Java, Lombeck, Flores, Timor, Batjian, Buru, Halma-
heira, Goram, Aru, Batanta, and from N. Australia. The species
in the Dresden Museum from the underlined localities are ad-
milted by Dr. Meyer to belong to A. leucogaster. It is impos-
sible to separate my Timor-Laut skins from specimens collected in
Zebu by the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, and determined by Lord
Tweeddale (P. Z.S. 1877, pp. 544-545). The colour in both is
absolutely the same. Lord Tweeddale, however, remarks on the
difference of dress—‘‘one in which the upper plumage is of a light
bluish and cinereous colour, the other where it is of a more smoky
brown and bluish ash. This does not seem to depend on sex ; for
one of these examples (Zebu 369) is marked ¢, while I possess a
Luzon example exactly similar, which Dr. Meyer determined to be
a Q. The other Zebu example (No. 370) is marked 9, and is in
1 “ Geoffroius [timorlaoensis], G. keyenst, Sal., simillimus, sed minor et pri-
mari extime pogonio externo virescenti diversus.”
428 MR. H. O. FORBES ON BIRDS FROM [June 17,
the paler bluish-grey attire.’ I feel satisfied, after examining the
specimens in the British Museum and in my own collection, that
the difference in coloration is one due to age, for in young birds
the plumage is lighter than in the adult state. Dr. Meyer’s obser-
vation that the dark mantle reaches, in Timor-Laut skins only, just
to the root of the tail, while in A. lewcogaster it overlaps by about
1 centimetre, is, in as far as the series referred to enables an opinion
to be formed, one not sufficiently constant to support specific sepa-
ration. In several Timor-Laut specimens examined the dark plu-
mage overlaps the tail more than | centimetre, and even more than
in others from different parts of the Archipelago which have been
hitherto recognized as A. leucogaster. Inskins of A. leucogaster from
Mysol and Macassar, the mantle is just conterminous with the root
of the tail. Really, however, the absolute constancy of these mea-
surements can be determined only with accuracy in the flesh, for
the way in which the skin is manipulated will increase or diminish
them by several centimetres. The same holds with regard to another
character given as differential—the greater amount, in Timor-Laut
specimens, of white on the rump and upper tail-coverts. In my
Own specimens the white on the rump varies from 22-31 millim.
in length, while in eight other skins from different regions of the
Archipelago the range is from 26-32 millim., giving in the latter,
indeed, a wider zone than in those from Timor-Laut. In the long
series of British-Museum skins, the white dips of all but the two
middle tail-feathers, another of Dr. Meyer’s differential characters,
is also quite inconstant. In several 'Timor-Laut skins not only
these two tail-feathers, but several others of the remiges, are without
a white band, while in some examples it is even less than in
undisputed A. leucogaster. In young birds the white tips are very
pronounced, not on the remiges only, but on the primaries and
secondaries of the wing also. ‘The Philippine (Zebu) birds, already
referred to, have the tips of the remiges quite as broad as in those
from Timor-Laut. In a Lombock specimen (“ex Stevens”) the
tips of all the feathers are white; a Batanta and a New-Holland
specimen have no white tips at all; one from Halmaheira and one
from Buru (both from Mr. Wallace’s collection), except in one
feather, have no white on the remiges ; yet all of them have been
determined to be, and are undoubtedly A. leucogaster (Val.).
As to the species of Pachycephala (arctitorquis, Sclater) from
Timor-Laut, we have the curious fact that, notwithstanding my
more thorough examination of a wider field, the whole series ob-
tained by me contained, if Dr. Meyer is correct in his determi-
nations, no females of P. arctitorquis and no males of P. riedelii
(were Dr. Meyer’s specimens sexed?) ; while those who made the
collection examined by Dr. Meyer obtained in Babbar (an island
at no great distance to the W. of Yamdena) females of P. arcti-
torquis, and evidently no males (so recognized by Dr. Meyer),
and females of P. kibirensis (Meyer), without one of its males. [I
daily saw the collections made in Timor-Laut by the Amboinese
hunters above mentioned, and I feel confident that no species of
1884. ] THE EAST-INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO. 429
Pachycephala—one of the groups I am particularly interested in—
was obtained by them which was not also in my collection. After
comparing Dr. Meyer’s descriptions with the long series I have of
this bird, nearly all of which Dr. Sclater had before him when
writing his original description, and which contains birds in almost
every stage of plumage, from the young bird to the fully adult, I
have little hesitation in affirming that P. arctitorquis, 2 (Meyer),
from Timor-Laut and Babbar, is but the immature male, and P. kedi-
rensis (Meyer) the nearly fully adult female of P. arctitorquis, in
which the colour of the bill, when fully adult, is black; while P.
riedelit is a still younger female of the same species. From this it
would seem clear to me that P. arctitorquis, Scl., occurs in Babbar
also, fur the examples before Dr. Meyer from that island were young
males and immature females, while from Timor-Laut he had adult
males, immature males (2, Meyer), and still younger females
(riedelii, Meyer).
In describing a Myzomela, 2, from Ceram, Dr. Meyer isin doubt
as to whether it may not be the female of the species described by
me as M. wakoloensis from Buru, without knowing the dimensions.
As these are not given in the 9th vol. of the Cat. of Birds in the British
Museum, I append them here. Total length 93 millim., wings 52-3—
55, tail 35-38, tarsus 15, beak 12-13.
Philemon timorlaoensis is the name proposed by Dr. Meyer for
the species designated P. plumigenis by Sclater (P. Z. S. 1883, pp. 51
& 195). The Timor-Laut bird certainly differs from that from Ké,
but the differences are scarcely to be formulated in words. ‘The
Tenimber bird seems intermediate between the Buru and Ké birds.
Dr. Gadow, in the 9th vol. of the Cat. of Birds, has not separated
the species, nor has Mr. Sharpe in the 16th part of Gould’s ‘ Birds
of New Guinea,’ though he has expressed doubts as to their identity.
Instead, however, of the rather ineuphonious cluster of vowels in the
latter part of the new designation, may I suggest the more correct
timorlautensis, inasmuch as ¢imorlao is evidently a corruption of the
word for “ Sea-ward Timor” ?
The species of Calornis from the Tenimber Islands has been distin-
guished from C. metallica as a new species, C.circumscripta. I have
a large series of skins in my collection, and that they belong to a
species distinct from C. metallica is undoubted, and, as Dr. Meyer
observes, they can, when mixed up with any number of species of
Calornis, be unhesitatingly picked out by the coloration of the
throat. The throat-plumes in C. metallica are prominently longer
and more mucronate than those in the Timor-Laut specimens. The
violet of the mantle, however, contrary to the note of Dr. Meyer, has
the blue-green reflexions observable in C. metallica quite distinct
in most of my specimens, if the eye be “ placed between the bird and
the light’ in position A, as described by Dr. Gadow (P. Z. S. 1882,
p-409), that is with ‘the eye and the light almost in a level with the
planesto be examined.” A species of Calornis discovered by Mr. Wallace
in Mysol (of which the type is in the British Museum) was named
C. gularis by G. R. Gray ; but was considered by Couat Salvadori
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XXIX. 29
430 MR. H, O. FORBES ON BIRDS FROM [June 17,
(the label bearing the name in his handwriting) as C. metallica, while
it remained unique. After comparison of this skin with Timor-Laut
Specimens, the two are unquestionably identical. C. circumscripta
(Meyer) must, therefore, be considered henceforth a synonym of
C. gularis, G. R. Gr., which must now be removed from being a syno-
nym of C. metallica to specific rank, confirming the opinion expressed
in 1876 (‘ Ibis,’ p. 46) by Mr. Bowdler Sharpe, who says :—‘ I must
pronounce this, contrary to Lord Walden’s opinion, a very good
species, distinguished by its purple throat and small bill, the culmen
only measuring °65 inch, as against °85 in C. viridescens.” This mea-
surement is not the only one by which the species can be distin-
guished, for the plumage in every specimen is so constant that the
skins cannot easily be confounded with any other. C. gularis is
slightly less, and more brightly metallic—a more beautiful bird, in
my opinion, even than the true C. metallica ; the purple of the throat,
which is more chastely and delicately feathered than in C. metallica, is
separated from the purple of the back and upper breast by a narrow
and very bright green band. The total length of the bird in 14
specimens ranged from 210-250 millim. Count Salvadori (P.Z.S.
1878, p. 89) remarks :—“ Some specimens (of C. metallica) have the
throat more purplish than others, one from Mysol (0. gularis, Gray)
cannot be separated from others from Halmaheira and Cape York.”
I have not seen any Halmaheira specimens ; but the Cape- York bird
undoubtedly differs by the purple on the breast, which is green in
C. gularis ; the green neck-band is much broader, and the throat is
more markedly green and without purple. It has, I believe, been
separated as C. purpurascens, Salv. The Admiralty-Island Calornis
is somewhat similar to OC. gularis, but is at once distinguishable by the
absence of purple on the back; the head is purple; and it is known
as C. purpureiceps.
The designation Ptilopus flavovirescens has been proposed by
Dr. Meyer for the Timor-Laut Pigeon determined by Dr. Sclater
as P. xanthogaster (Wag].). The difference lies, he notes, in the
‘**Gelbgriinlichgraue” of the head and neck. From a careful com-
parison of my own skins with those in the British Museum, I feel
confident that the differences observed by Dr. Meyer will be found
to be those due to age only. Very young birds have a grey band
over the forehead, and the rest of the head with the neck and back
nearly of the same shade of green; with advancing age we find
every shade of green and yellowish-green to Dr. Meyer’s “ Gelbgriin-
lichgraue.” The head of the fully adult bird is purplish grey, each
feather having a pale yellow submarginal crescent across it.
Some of the skins obtained by me differ as to head and neck in
no respect from specimens brought by Mr. Wallace from Banda ;
others have the head and neck of a grey colour tinctured with every
shade through green-blue to yellow, differing according to the age
of the birds. I cannot detect in the specimens I have auy difference
in breadth of the “‘ Gelb der Kehle” as compared with Mr. Wallace’s
specimens ; nor is the breast shield constantly of one shade in all the
specimens I have examined. In the Banda example (of Wallace) it
1884. ] THE EAST-INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO. 431
is darker than any Timor-Laut specimen before me. In agreement
with all those in the British Museum, my Timor-Laut specimens
have the outer margin of the primaries aud secondaries as in
Salvadori’s description, ‘ flavo-marginatis.”
Dr. Meyer throws some doubt on a species of Rhipidura (R.
lenzi, Blas.) having its true habitat in Celebes. He suggests that
it is more likely to have been bought only in Menado. Iam happy
in being able to confirm his suspicion that its habitat is in the
Moluccas. I obtained a specimen in Amboiua, which is now depo-
sited in the British Museum.
Postscript.
It will be seen from the above remarks that no species not hitherto
described, or of which specimens were not before Dr. Sclater when
he wrote his paper on this subject in April last, bas been brought to
light by Dr. Meyer’s collectors. So far as our present knowledge
goes, the following is a complete list of the birds known to occur on
the Tenimber Islands, embracing 69 species, of which 24 (marked *)
are peculiar to the group.
I. ACCIPITRES.
1. AsTuR ALBIVENTRIS (Salvad.).
Urospizias albiventris, Salv., Meyer, op. sup. cit.
2. HaLiarTus LEUCOGASTER (Gm.).
Cuncuma leucogaster, Gm., Meyer, op. sup. cit.
. HaviasTur GIRRENERA (V.).
3
4, Baza suscristaTA, Gould.
5. PANDION LEUCOCEPHALUS, Gould.
6
. CercHNetIs MoLuccensis (H. & J.).
Tinnunculus moluccensis, Sclater, P.Z.S. loc. sup. cit.
7. *Ninox FoRBESI, Sclater.
8. *Srrix sORORCULA, Sclater.
IJ. PSITTACI,
9. *TANYGNATHUS SUBAFFINIS, Sclater.
10. GrOFFROIUS KEIENSTS, Salv.
G. timorlaoensis, Meyer, op. sup. cit.
11. *Ectectus r1epeLit, Meyer.
12. *Eos reticunaTa, S. Miill.
13. CacaTUA SANGUINEA, Gould.
29*
432
MR. H. O. FORBES ON BIRDS FROM
III. PICARLA.
. SAUROPATIS CHLORIS, Bodd.
. S. sancta, V. & H.
IV. PASSERES.
. *PIEZORHYNCHUS CastTus (Sclater).
Monarcha castus, Scl. P.Z.S. 1883, loc. sup. cit.
. *HETERANAX MUNDUS (Sclater),
Monarcha mundus, Scl. P. Z. 8, 1883, loc. sup. cit.
. MONARCHA NITIDUS.
. *RHIPIDURA HAMADRYAS, Sclater.
. *RHIPIDURA FUSCO-RUFA, Sclater.
. *RHIPIDURA OPISTHERYTHRA, Sclater.
*MYyIAGRA FULVIVENTRIS, Sclater.
. *MICR@CA HEMIXANTRA, Sclater.
. *ARTAMIDES UNIMODUS, Sclater.
Graucalus unimodus, Scl. P. Z.S. loc. sup. cit.
. GraucuLus mevAnoprs (V. & H.).
. *LALAGE ma@gsTa, Sclater.
. ARTAMUS LEUCOGASTER, Val.
A. musschenbroeki, Meyer.
. DICRUROPSIS BRACTEATUS (Gould).
. *PACHYCEPHALA ARCTITORQUIS, Sclater.
P. kebirensis, Meyer, op. sup. cit.
P. riedelii, Meyer, op. sup. cit.
. *P, rusco-FLAVA, Sclater.
*DicmuUM FULGIDUM, Sclater.
. *MyzZoMELA ANNABELLA, Sclater.
. STIGMATOPS SQUAMATA, Salvad.
. *PHILEMON TIMORLAUTENSIS, Meyer.
P. plumigenis, Scl. P. Z.S. 1883, loc. sup. cit.
. *ZOSTEROPS GRISEIVENTRIS, Sclater.
. *GERYGONE DORSALIS, Sclater.
. *ORIOLUS DECIPIENS, Sclater.
Mimeta decipiens, Scl, P. Z. S. 1883, loc. sup. cit.
[June 17,
1884. ] THE EAST-INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO. 433
38. *Grocicuia macuiky, H. O. Forbes.
Geocichla sp. inc., Sclater, P. Z, S. 1883, loc. sup. cit.
39. Munra moxucca (L.).
40. Eryrurura Tricuroa (Kittl.).
41. Catornis GuLaris, G. R. Gr.
C. metallica, Sclater, P. Z. 8. loc. sup. cit.
C. circumscripta, Meyer, op. sup. cit.
42. *CALORNIS CRASSA, Sclater.
43. Corvus VALIDISsImus, Schl.
44, (?) Eurystomus paciricus, Lath. fide Meyer, op. sup. cit.
45, Hirunpo savanica, Sparrm.
V. COLUMBA.
46. Prinopus wauaci, Gr.
47, P. xanrHoGasterR, Wagl.
P. flavovirescens, Meyer, op. sup. cit.
48. CARPOPHAGA CONCINNA, Wall.
49. C. rosacrs, Temm.
50. Myristicrvora BIcoLor, Scop,
51, MacropyGIA KEIENSIS, Saly.
Macropygia sp. inc., Sclater, P. Z. S. 1883, loc. sup. cit.
52. GEOPELIA MAUGEI, Temm.
53. CHALCOPHAPS CHRYSOCHLORA, Wagl.
VI. GALLINA.
54, *MEGAPODIUS TENIMBERENSIS, Sclater.
VII. GRALLATORES.
55. ORTHORHAMPHUS MAGNIROSTRIS, Geoff.
56. CHARADRIUS FULVUS, Gm.
57. ASGIALITIS GEOFFROYI, Wagl.
58. LOBIVANELLUS MILES, Bodd.
59. ToTANUS INCANUS, Gm.
60. NUMENIUS VARIEGATUS, Scop.
434 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON LITTLE-KNOWN [June 17,
61. ARDEA SUMATRANA, Raffles.
62. HrroptAs ausa, L.
H. torra (B. Ham.), Meyer, op. sup. cit.
63. DEMIGRETTA SACRA, Gm.
64. Nycricorax CALEDONICUS, Gm.
65. PorPHYRIO MELANOPTERUS, T'emm.
VIII. NATATORES.
66. NETTAPUS PULCHELLUS, Gould.
§7. DenNpROocYGNA GuTTATA, Mill.
68. TaporNA RADJAS, Garn.
69. ONYCHOPRION AN&ZSTHETUS, Scop.
8. On some New and Little-known Species of Butterflies of
the Genus Teracolus. By Lt.-Col. C. Swinuoz, F.L.S.,
F.Z.S.
[Received June 14, 1884.]
(Plates XXXIX. & XL.)
The Butterflies of the genus Teracolus of which this paper treats
are very rare in collections ; even the National collection contains but
a poor lot of Asiatic specimens. The insectsare of a very delicate
nature, very difficult to capture without injury, and consequently
many of the few specimens to be found in collections are represented
by mere fragments.
These beautifully coloured delicate insects are, in the few species
yet known, so much hike one another, that many lepidopterists are
inclined to club them together, and this more particularly with
reference to the different species in the groups of Teracolus faustus, -
7’. danaé, and YT. vestalis, and indeed; until the appearance of
Mr. Butler’s revision of the genus in our ‘ Proceedings’ in January
1876, the whole 7. vestalis group, a perfectly distinct group of
which there are many species, appear to have been looked upon as
the females of 7. phisadia of Godart. The only four species of
the 7. vestalis group yet described have been described by Mr.
Butler.
The real home of this genus is the sandy desert, and it is a most
extraordinary fact that, the worse the locality, where nature is a barren
wilderness of nothing but intense heat and sand, the more beautiful
are the species to be found there, many of them having patches of
most brilliant golden orange—regular sun-patches, just as if these
patches had been burnt into their wings by the sun.
I have here referred to and described 22 species in all, 16 of
P.Z.S . 1884. Pl. XXXIX.
R.Mintern del et lith.
SPECIES OF TERACOLUS.
R.Mintern del et lith.
Mintern Bros . imp.
SPECIES OF TERACOLUS
1884. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 435
which are new to science and the others very rare ; four African, and
the rest Asian. Four belong to Mr. Butler’s 5th group, all Arabian ;
the centre of the wings containing sun-patches. Of these 7’. halimede,
Klug, is the type ; the females vary much in the ground-colour of the
wings, and many are albinos. Three belong to Mr. Butler’s 6th
group, type 7’. faustus, Olivier; two Indian, one Arabian. The
females of this group also vary very much in the ground-colour of
the wings, and many are albinos. Five belong to Mr. Butler’s 7th
group, of which there are two types—Z. vestalis, Butler, and 7’.
amatus, Fabr.; three Indian and one Arabian of the first, and one
Indian of the second. Five belong to the 8th group, of which there
are also two types—Z'. interruptus, Butler, and 7. liagore, Klug;
three African and one Arabian of the first, and one Arabian of the
second. Four belong to the 9th group, type 7’. danaé, Fabr., all
Indian. One to a type between Mr. Butler’s 9th and 10th groups
—an African, having the shape and general appearance of the
former, and the orange patch of the latter.
Group 5. Type Teracolus halimede, Klug.
1. Trracoxus catestis, n.sp. (PlateXXXIX. ¢ 9, f.1&2.)
Near 7. halimede, Klug.
Aden, February and March, May to July.
3. Above white. Fore wings with basal third and basal half of
costa irrorated with bluish grey ; band from centre of costa round the
apical margin to centre of outer border greyish brown, forming a
small apical patch, and fining down gradually both ways; a small
band of same colour half across the apical space from the costa,
differing in size in different specimens, and sometimes joining the
apical band in the middle, forming a large subapical white spot; a
deep black transverse streak at end of cell; all the veins greyish
brown ; and the whole space below the median nervules from the
basal irrorations outwards brilliant orange.
Hind wing with a deep band of same colour in the costa, covering
the whole space above the subcostal nervule, sometimes extending
into the next interspace below, but not into the cell; remainder of
hind wing pure white, and unmarked.
Below milky white, with the apex of fore wings and costal portion
of hind wings suffused with pale orange.
Q. Above bright primrose colour. Fore wings with the basal third,
costal border, and a deep marginal diffused band grey, a largish grey
spot at end of cell, seven grey spots across the disk, and the lower
half of the wing more or less covered with bright orange colour.
Hind wings with the same colour on the costal portion, otherwise
quite unmarked,
Below pale primrose; fore wings brighter than the hind wings,
with the irrorations on the basal third, the spot at end of cell, and
the discal spots showing through the wing.
Hind wings with a faint indication of a discal series of spots.
The above is the normal type; some of the females have a fain
436 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON LITTLE-KNOWN [June 17,
marginal row of spots on the veins on the hind wings above; they
vary much in the ground-colour of the wings, aud many are
albinos.
This is a very distinct species, and though allied to, is quite
distinct from, 7’. halimede, Klug, more especially in the female.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 15%, inch, 2 2 inches.
In coll. C. Swinhoe.
2. Trracouus Leo, Butler (Plate XXXIX. ¢, f. 3), Ann. Nat,
Hist. ser. 3, vol. xvi. p. 397 (1865), though standing in his revision,
P. Z.S. 1876, p. 133, as asynonym to 7’. halimede, is also, I believe,
a distinct species. Mr. Butler’s type came from the White Nile,
and I have another identical with his type from Harkeko, and in
both the apex and outer border are nearly colourless and very
different from both Klug’s plate or description of 7. halimede
(which comes from Arabia) and from mine. Probably:a still greater
difference will be found in the female when it is discovered. I give
figures of all three.
In coll. B. M.
3. TERACOLUS PLEIONE, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 8, figs. 7, 8
(1829).
Aden, December to May.
Of this very rare species I have a series from Aden. The colora-
tion in Klug’s plate is very bad, and gives no idea of this very
beautiful insect.
The females vary very much in colour—some are bright orange,
some pale, and some pure albinos.
4. TreRAcoLus miriam, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ser. 2,
p- 190, n. 186, pl. 27. figs. 3, 4 (1865).
Aden, December to March.
This is put in Mr. Butler’s revision as a synonym to the preceding
species, but it is undoubtedly quite distinct. It differs in both sexes
in having no border whatever to the hind wings, and in this
important character there is no variation in the twenty examples
before me.
Tn coll. C. Swinhoe.
Group. 6. Type Teracolus faustus, Olivier.
5. TERAcouus FAustus, Olivier, Voy. dans l’emp. Ott., ’ Egypte
et la Perse, Atlas, pl. 33. figs. 4, a, 6. (1801).
T. faustina, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 190, n. 187 (1865).
7’. oriens, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 134, pl. vii. fig. 7.
I think both 7. faustina and J’. oriens must be taken out of the
list of Yeracoli and must become synonyms of J’. faustus. I have
examined the types with the assistance of Mr. Butler, and have
compared them with a long series of 7. faustus.
1884. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 437
Mr. Butler’s type of 2 7’. oriens is undoubtedly the normal type
of female 7’. faustus, of which I have several.
The male described by Mr. Butler, and the male of 7’. faustina
described by Felder, in no way differ from many specimens of 7’.
faustus.
A species ranging through Persia and Afghanistan, Sind, and the
North-west of India, shows naturally some slight differences in
appearances, although, considering its wide distribution, it is wonder-
fully constant, as is almost every species of this peculiar genus.
6. TreRAcoLus souaris, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 135. (Plate
XXXIX. Q, f. 5.)
Deesa, Rajpootana.
The female of this species has been hitherto unknown.
Q. General colour dull orange salmon-colour, base irrorated with
black-brown. Fore wings with the irrorations running along the costa
to the apical patch, large spot at the end of the cell, costa, and apical
patch black-brown, the patch continued broadly along the outer
border, gradually lessening to the hinder angle, containing seven
longitudinal small marginal spots and six larger submarginal spots
of the ground-colour, but paler on the veins, and one diffuse brown
spot standing out by itself in the interno-median interspace.
Hind wings with a deep macular black-brown border, with the
discal band below showing through.
Below pale ochreish flesh-colour. Fore wings brighter and more
orange-coloured towards the base; spot at end of cell large, brown
with white centre ; band across apex reddish brown, ending in a black-
brown square spot on the second median interspace, with another
square spot of same colour in the space below, disconnected, and
more inside the wing.
Hind wing—spot at end of cell and discal band reddish brown;
fringe of both wings of same colour.
The above is the normal type, but the ground-colour of the
females of this species, as in 7’. faustus, varies very much, some being
very pale, and some pure white.
This species is marked by Mr. Butler in his revision of the genus
as from “Scinde?,’’ but it never could have come from Sind.
J have taken many at Deesa, and the species belongs to Rajpootana ;
and I may here remark that 7. fulvia, Wallace, belongs to the
Deccan, to Madras, and the south of India, and not to the North-west
as therein stated. I have many specimens taken at Poona, and a pair
of the variety 7’. ¢ripuncta, Butler, taken at Madras, and Mr. Moore
has some from the same locality.
Expanse of wings 2 inches.
In coll. C. Swinhoe.
7. TERACOLUS VI, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. ¢ Q, figs. 6 & 7.)
Aden, July and August, 1883.
6. Wings above coloured and marked like Teracolus faustus,
Olivier ; the orange colour above is, however, brighter and different
438 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON LITTLE-kKNOWN [June 17,
from any of the species yet described, the embossed spot on the internal
area of the fore wings, peculiar to this group, is also very distinct,
and the transverse spot at the end of the cell is small and pale.
Below, the general colour of both wings is pale orange-yellow,
with the inner border of the apex of the fore wings showing through
the wing, and a faint shade of a discal band on the hind wings ;_ other-
wise both wings are immaculate.
@. Above, gronnd-colour darker and yellower than the males,
irrorations at the base, the spot at end of the cell of fore wings, and the
black-brown markings on both wings generally paler and broader.
Below, it has the general appearance of the male, but slightly
darker, with the addition of two pale-brown spots in the interno-
median interspace.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 9 2;}; to 1;%) inch.
This is a very distinct species.
In coll. C. Swinhoe.
Group 7. Type Jeracolus vestalis, Butler.
8. TERACOLUS RORUS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. Q, fig. 8.)
Sukkur (North Sind), February 1882.
3 2. Resemble on both surfaces the female of 7. puellaris,
Butler, even to the third spot near the outer margin below being
extended downwards and expanding upon the inner margin, differing
not only in this from 7. ochreipennis and T. intermissus (of which I
have many examples), but is larger, and the outer border of secon-
daries is much darker and deeper, fines down a little, and stops short
of the anal angle. I have examined a long series taken at the same
time and place.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 2 1,53; to 145 inch.
In coll. C. Swinhoe.
As this group, of which 7’. veséalis is the type, is very indifferently
understood, it might be as well to give their distinctive character-
istics, which apparently never vary, and by which each of the follow-
ing species can readily be identified :—
T. vestalis, Butler. Below, both sexes, both wings sulphur-
yellow, fore wings with three black spots near outer margin below
the median branches, the centre one the largest.
T. ochreipennis, Butler. Below, both sexes with the three spots on
the fore wings as in 7’, vestalis; hind wings in both sewes flesh-
colour, marginal border of the hind wings above unmarked and like
T. vestalis.
T. intermissus, Butler, P.Z.S. 1883, p. 152, pl. xxiv. fig. 4.
Similar to 7. ochreipennis below; above, the marginal band of
the hind wings is narrow and wavy.
T. puellaris, Butler. Below, fore wings with the lowest of the
three spots extending downwards and expanding upon the inner
margin in both sexes.
3. Both wings below sulphur-yellow.
Q. Fore wings below sulphur-yellow, hind wings flesh-colour.
1884. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 439
T. rorus, C. Swinhoe. Below, both sexes with the spots in the
fore wings as in 7. puellaris ; both sewes with the hind wings flesh-
colour.
I think 7. intermissus is a doubtful species, but the other four
are quite distinct and easy to distinguish.
9. TERACOLUS PEELUS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. 4G, fig. 9.)
Kurrachee, May and September.
3 2. Bright sulphur-yellow above. Fore wings with a broad
irregular marginal black-brown border ; three sulphur-yellow spots
placed obliquely below and lessening in size from the apex, a third
much larger spot on the second median interspace, a small dot
below this spot, and a diffuse slightly smaller spot near the hinder
angle, in some specimens running into the angle and cutting the
outer border shorter at the submedian nervule; seven pale-yellow
dots on the margin, the last two close together, near the hinder
angle; costal margin greyish yellow, in some specimens with a tinge
of flesh-colour ; a large black spot at the end of the cell; the basal
half of the subcostal area, discoidal cell (excepting its inferior angle),
and the base of the interno-median area black-brown. Hind wings
with the black border exactly like 7’. intermissus.
Under surface of wings sulphur-yellow, with the costa, apex, and
outer border flesh-colour, with the spots arranged as in 7’, vestalis.
Hind wings flesh-colour, a distinct dark spot at the end of the cell,
and a few faint discal spots limiting the outer border, which is
distinctly visible through the wing.
|| Expanse of wings, ¢ 2 1; to 2 inches.
Tn coll. C. Swinhoe.
10. TERACOLUS DUBIUS, 0. sp.
Kurrachee, July and September.
3. Like 7. vestalis, Butler, but has altogether a different appear-
ance. Above, the suffused black patch from the base runs right
into the very large spot at the end of the cell, and continues along
the costa in a uniform band until it runs into the outer marginal
band ; this band on both wings being much deeper than is usua! in
the groups.
Below, the general ground-colour is dirty primrose, the apex of
the fore wings and the whole surface of the hind wings are tinged
with flesh-colour ; spots on the fore wings arranged as in 17’, veséalis,
but much larger. Hind wings with a dot at the end of the cell, and a
discal series of seven large reddish-brown spots, the fourth being
much the largest.
Expause of wings, 14%; inch.
In coll. C. Swinhoe.
11. Teracoxus pursapra, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 132, n. 40
(1819).
Is identical with 7. arne, Klug, Symb. Phys. t. 7. f. 1-4 (1829).
Aden, January and February.
440 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON LITTLE-KNOWN [June 17,
This rare species is the common form of this group at Aden, and
I have a good many examples of both sexes: some of the females
are yellow, some white, all more or less suffused with pale pinkish
salmon-colour.
Group 7a. Type Teracolus amatus, Fabr.
12. TERACOLUS KENNEDII, 0. sp.
Ahmednuggur, November 1883.
dé. Fore wings marked like 7’. modestus, Butler. Differs in having
the black band round the wings much narrower and the spot on the
interno-median interspace disconnected from the marginal band. Hind
wings, above, a deep black band on the costa for two thirds of its
length from the base, a black marginal border, and three submarginal
black spots connected with the border by black irrorations, which
also continue broadly up the inner margin, and four marginal
salmon-coloured dots in the band. Below, it is identical with 7’.
modestus.
Q. Marked above somewhat like the male, but the submarginal
black spots on the hind wings are joined together, doubling the depth
of the border, which has four marginal salmon-coloured dots and five
large submarginal spots of the same colour; and the costal black
band of the male is altogether absent.
Below, it is primrose-colour, with the apex of the fore wings and
the whole surface of the hind wings suffused with salmon-colour ; a
large white-ceutred black spot at the end of the cell of each wing,
larger in the fore wings ; a whorl of seven black spots in the disk of
the fore wings, the first five pale; and a whorl of seven spots in the
disk of the hind wings, all pale.
Expanse of wings, ¢ Q 13 inch.
In coll. C. Swinhoe.
Group 8. Type Z'eracolus interruptus, Butler.
13. TeERACOLUS XANTHUS, n.sp. (Plate XXXIX. ¢ Q, figs. 10
& 11.)
Between Berber and Khartoum (Petherick).
3. Marked like T. galanthus, Butler, the outer macular band on
the hind wings above being single, instead of double as in that
species.
Below pale primrose, the basal half of fore wings and apex
yellow, with a faint orange band crossing the latter; a black-brown
spot on the interno-median interspace, corresponding to the end of
the band on the inner margin above, a faint spot at the end of the
cell. Hind wings with a spot at the end of the cell, on a saffron-
yellow ground ; basal third of costa same colour.
@. Antenne black; body, head, and general colour of wings
above primrose ; apical patch reddish brown, inner border irregular
and toothed on the veins, and diffused with pale brownish orange.
Hind wings with a reddish brown macular border. Below marked as
1884. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 441
in the male, the yellow on the fore wings suffusing the wing through-
out, and the entire surface of the hind wings deepened to saffron-
colour.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 144, 2 12 inch,
In coll. B. M.
14. TERACOLUS YERBURII, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. dg, fig. 12.)
Haithalkim near Aden, March 1883.
3. Near 7’. daira, Klug. Is, however, quite distinct, differing
from both the plates and the description in having the base of all
the wings deeply irrorated with black-brown, which extends in the
form of a deep band along the inner margin of the fore wings to the
black spot on the interno-median interspace. In the hind wings by
having a large black-brown spot on the costa corresponding to the
spot on the fore wings, which also forms a limit to the basal irrora-
tions, the irrorations on this wing covering the entire basal third.
Expanse of wings, 158; to 1;4, inch.
In coll. C. Swinhoe.
Group 8a. Type Teracolus liagore, Klug.
15. TeERACOLUS SAXEUS, n. sp. (Plate XL. ¢ Q, figs. 1 & 2.)
Haithalkim, near Aden, March 1883.
Near T. liagore, Klug.
¢. Differs above in having the base powdered with black-brown,
in having a smaller apical patch, and in having the outer black-brown
border thicker and dentated, and with the lines running halfway
through the patch on the veins.
Below it differs in having a black spot on an orange ground at
the end of the discoidal cell in the hind wings, and the inner half
of the costa of the same colour; whereas in 7’. liagore, both in Klug’s
plate and in the only specimen in the British Museum, the hind
wing below is immaculate.
Q . Has the apex of the fore wings more rounded ; otherwise above
and below it is similar to the male, but with all the colours paler.
Expause of wings, ¢ 2 154 to 1,%5 inch.
In coll. C. Swinhoe.
Klug’s plate of the female of 7. liagore is undoubtedly a mistake :
the insect therein represented does not belong] to this group at all,
but is a male of the 7. daira group.
16. TeRACOLUs ODyssEUS, n. sp. (Plate XL. ¢, f. 3.)
White Nile (Petherick).
Allied to 7. glycera, Butler.
3. Without the deep band on the inner margin of fore wings,
with the black outer border of the apical patch deeper, and with an
inner band interrupted above the middle; and in the hind wing in
having the black macular border less pronounced.
@. Much resembles a faded female of 7’. glycera; the apical
442 LIEUT.-COL. C, SWINHOE ON LITTLE-KNOWN [June 17,
border is immaculate, and the band joining the band on the inner
margin to the apical patch is absent.
Expanse of wings, ¢1;4, Q 14 inch.
In coll. B. M.
17. TreRACOLUS FUMIDUS, n. sp. (Plate XL. 5 2, f. 4 & 5.)
Transvaal (Druce).
Apex of wings of both sexes more acute than is usual in the
group ; body, head, and antennee black.
3. Upper surface of both wings white ; costa deep black, a distinct
black spot at the end of the cell; a large carmine apical patch,
divided by the veins into five parts, each vein ending in a triangular
spot on the outer border; the patch surrounded by a diffuse black-
brown border, which fines down to the first median nervule, and
continues in a fine line down the outer border to the hinder angle,
ending in a spot; the base finely irrorated with black-brown ; and a
very deep black-brown band extending along the interior border
from the base for two thirds of its length.
Hind wings with a faint spot at the end of the cell; the veins
finely black-brown, thickening outwards; base dark black-brown,
forming a deep band on the costa, corresponding to the band on the
fore wings.
Below faint pinkish white. Fore-wings lighter than hind wings, a
minute spot at the end of the cell ; apex. yellowish, crossed with a
faint orange band, with four darker-coloured faint spots, running
through it, one in each interspace, the black band showivg through
the wing darkly at its extremities.
Hind wing with a black spot at the end of the cell, on a saffron-
yellow ground, basal half of costa same colour, and with all the
veins powdered with brown.
¢. Ground-colour of both wings white above. Fore wings with a
large spot at the end of the cell; costa black; apical patch black-
brown, with five orange-carmine longitudinal spots, the third largest
and with this colour showing through the entire patch; fringe
alternately brown and pale orange-carmine ; the base and band much
deeper and darker-coloured than in the male, filling two thirds of
the discoidal cell and all the space beneath, terminating with an
elbow at the end pointing towards the apex.
Hind wing with the basal third black-brown, the same colour
running in a deep band along the costa and the outer border,
leaving two large white spots near the apex, and a large white patch
near the anal angle, and running up in as diffused band near the
inner margin, leaving only the margin and a large central patch
white: below it is marked as in the male, but the markings are all
more pronounced, and the ground-colour of the hind wings a deeper
pinkish-white tinged with yellow.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 2 13 inch.
In coil. B. M.
1884.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. 443
Group 9. Type Teracolus danaé, Fabr.
18. TrRAcoLus pHa@ntivs, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol.
xvili. p. 488 (1876).
The type is said to be from Abyssinia. It is very rare in collec-
tions and is a beautiful species.
I have a long series of both sexes taken at Kurrachee, June, July,
and August, 1879. The discal series of double spots on the hind
wings below is distinctly marked, and very regular in all the
specimens I have examined, making it an easily distinguishable
species.
19. TeERACOLUS IMMACULATUS, 0. sp.
Kurrachee, August 1879.
3. Upper surface and primaries below similar to males of T.
phenius, Butler ; secondaries below pure white, with two black spots
close together at the end of the cell, with a carmine spot between
them, a dark-brown spot on the centre of the costa, and a dot below,
the discal series of spots entirely wanting, the macular border
visible through the wing.
This may be only a variety of the preceding species; but the
appearance of the under surface is very distinct and unlike any
other species in the group.
Expaunse of wings, 23%) inches.
20. TERACOLUS SUBROSEUS, n. sp. (Plate XL. 5 Q, f. 6 & 7.)
Kurrachee, April to July.
6. Upper surface pure white ; costa finely grey, a little grey
powder at the base above the cell, a faint minute spot at the end of
the cell; a large carmine apical patch with narrow clear-cut black-
brown costal border, with black-brown angular spots on the outer
border on each vein, the last spot extending below the patch on to
the second median nervule; a slight diffuse inner black-brown
border.
Hind wing pure white, with a minute black-brown spot on each
vein along the outer border.
Below—fore wing white, a minute faint transverse spot at the end
of the ceJl ; apical area dark rosy flesh-colonr, partially bordered on
the inner side with four red-brown square double spots commencing
from the costa, one between each pair of nervules.
Hind wing rosy flesh-colour, with a double red-brown dot at end
of the cell, a discal series of four double faint red-brown spots between
the nervules, from the costa downwards, and in some examples a faint
trace of another double spot near the interior border.
. Upperside white, costa and basal area powdered with rosy
grey ; apical patch with six large carmine-orange spots divided by
the veins, which thicken outwardly, forming a diffuse apical and
outer border, descending to the last submedian nervule ; four double
black-brown spots on the inner side, from the costa downwards, one
on each interspace, running just within the patch, one similar black-
444 ON BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS TERACOLUS. [June 17,
brown spot outside on the next interspace below, a spot at the end
of the cell, and a double spot in the centre of the interno-median
interspace.
Hind wing white, slightly powdered with rosy grey near the base ;
a discal series of five black-brown spots, from the costa downwards
within the veins, a marginal series of five similar spots on the veins ;
fringe sulphur-yellow.
Underside marked and coloured exactly as in the males with the
addition in the fore wings of the fifth discal spot, and the interno-
median spot; basal third suffused with sulphur-yellow ; secondaries
with a clear-cut ringlet of red-brown, at the end of the cell.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,4 to 14%, 9 2 to 1} inch.
Most of the females are very diminutive.
I have a pair of this species from Sukkur taken in January 1882,
and two females in my collection marked W. and J. Canal.
In coll. C. Swinhoe.
21. TERACOLUS TAPLINI, n. sp. (Plate XL. ¢ 9, f.8 & 9.)
d Bombay, 9 Poona, May 1883.
Near to 7’. sanguinalis, Butler, the primaries shorter, with less
oblique outer margin, the apical patch of carmine of a brighter
clearer colour, with its inner border in-arched towards the costa in
the male; the costal border and basal area less strongly dusted with
grey scales ; secondaries in both sexes with the blackish marginal
spots well separated. The ground-colour of the female decidedly
whiter than in 7’. sanguinalis, which is suffused with sulphur-yellow ;
under surface of the secondaries in the male flesh-coloured instead of
white, of the female creamy white instead of yellowish.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 2 1;4, inch.
6 incoll. B. M. 2 in coll. C. Swinhoe.
22. TERACOLUS sIPYLUS, n. sp. (Plate XL. ¢ 9, f. 10 & 11.)
Zanzibar (Moir).
Comes between the 7. danaé and T. etrida groups : is shaped like
the former, but has the apical patch of the orange-colour of the
latter.
3. Above white. Fore wings—costa black, base deeply irrorated
with black, with long pale bluish-grey hairs, the irrorations running
along the inner margin in a broad diffused band for two thirds of its
length ; apical patch large, with a deep all-round black border, the
outer one running into the veins, forming long teeth, the inner one
thickening downwards to the first submedian nervule, and from
thence in an even line to the hinder angle. Hind wing with the
base irrorated as above, with a band on the costa corresponding to
the band on the fore wings; outer border deep and continuous.
Below white. Fore wings—costa pale black, outer border of same
colour marking the veins; apex with a broad orange-red band run-
ing across, with a brown band through it, the black band on the inner
margin showing through the wing. Hind wing with the basal half
of the costa orange-red, outer border with the band showing through
' SINHOKIYLAYMNVT SANFTdNNAT
‘dont qaeqmepy “A wars’ p grep Keg 7
TIX 1d $88L'S-Z dd
1884. ] MR. F. DAY ON LUMPENUS LAMPETRIFORMIS. 445
on the veins; a pale brown diffuse spot in the apical third of the
costa.
Q. Above and below almost exactly similar to the female of
Teracolus subvenosus, Butler, the only difference being in the
coloration below, having the ground-colour darker, so that the
markings are not so pronounced.
Expanse of wings, g 2, 2 15%, inch.
In coll. B. M.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XXXIX.
Fig. 1. Teracolus celestis 3, p. 435.
2. ©, p. 435,
3. leo 3, p. 436.
4. —— halimede Q, p. 436.
5. solaris 9, p. 437.
6. —— vi d, p. 487.
7. —— Q, p. 437.
8. rorus 3d, p. 438.
9. peelus, 3, p. 439.
10, axanthus 3, p. 440.
11. —— ©, p. 440.
12. —— yerburti 3, p. 441.
Prats XL.
Fig. 1. Zeracolus saxeus g, p. 441.
2. ,p. 441.
3. odysseus $, p. 441.
4. —— fumidus 3, p. 442.
5. —— ©, p- 442.
6. subroseus ¢, p. 443.
7. — , p- 443.
8. —— taplini 3, p. 444.
9. —— ©, p44:
10. sipylus 3, p. 444.
11. —— ©, p. 444.
9. On the Occurrence of Lumpenus lampetriformis off the
East Coast of Scotland. By Francis Day.
[Received June 16, 1884.]
(Plate XLI.)
On May 3lst this year I received information from Professor
McIntosh, of St. Andrews, that a fish new to the British fish-fauna
had been captured 15 miles off St. Abbs Head in 40 fathoms water by
means of a trawl; and a few days subsequently he was good enough
to send me the specimen, with permission to figure and describe it.
The fish is in excellent condition, 10°7 inches in length, and
belongs to the Blenniidz. Different generic names have been given
to the genus to which it pertains, as Sticheus and Ctenodon; but
Gill (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864) showed that Lumpenus
has the priority ; and Collett (Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XXX. 30
446 MR. F. DAY ON LUMPENUS LAMPETRIFORMIS. | June 17,
1876-78) has so fully worked out the various forms that further
remarks are unnecessary.
Gill divided the genus Zumpenus into three subgeneric groups :—
(1) Leptoclinus, with teeth in the jaws, palatine bones, and vomer.
(2) Lumpenus, with teeth in the jaws and palatine bones.
(3) Leptoblennius, with teeth in the jaws only.
To this last subdivision belongs the fish obtained off St. Abbs
Head.
LUMPENUS LAMPETRIFORMIS. (Plate XLI.)
Blennius, &c., Mohr, Forsog Isl. Nat. p. 85, t. iv (1786).
Blennius lamprete-formis, Walb., Artedi, p. 184, pl. iii. fig. 6
(1792).
Lumpenus lampetreformis, Collett, Norw. North-Atl. Exp. 1876-
78, p. 71 (see synonymy).
Bovi. VD.720' PS 14. 0N. a A 51 “ss. ~Cece! pyle
inch
Length of specimen ...... 10°7
5 Pea ee ce Sa i 1:2
6 caudal fin ...... 1°2
ae pectoral fin...... 0:8
Height of body. eae... 232 0°6
9 dorsal fin.. ...... 0-4
$F ANAT, owe es 0°4
Eyes one diameter from the end of the snout and one third of a
diameter apart.
Body strongly compressed. Upper jaw slightly the longer.
Nostril with a short tube, one large pore anterior, and another
posterior to it. Teeth in several rows in the upper jaw, a double
row in the front portion of the lower jaw, decreasing laterally to one.
Branchial opening wide, extending forwards to beneath the hind edge
of the eye. Vent situated at 3°7 inches from the end of the snout,
or at about the commencement of the second third of the total
length. Fins. All the dorsal rays spinate, the first three short and
commencing above the hind edge of the opercle, then gradually
increasing in length to above the vent, ashort distance subsequent to
which they gradually decrease ; the last dorsal spine laid flat does
not extend to above the base of the caudal fin. Pectoral with its
four lower rays thickened. Ventrals with one spinate ray and four
branched ones ; it is inserted slightly before the base of the pectoral.
Anal with one spine and 51 rays which are very indistinctly branched,
the inter-radial membrane deeply cleft, the last ray reaching to the
base of the caudal fin. Caudal with one elongated ray above and
another below, the five intermediate ones being somewhat concave,
the remainder being shorter. Most probably this elongation is a
sexual indication, this fish being a male. Czecal appendages two
rather large ones. Sca/es. A few non-imbricate ones on the cheeks ;
those on the body increasing in size posteriorly. Colours. Pinkish-
lanhart ump
(YS LATICEPS Var NITIDUS
ULE Steen fe Pani eel cll DW Se
HESPEROMYS SCALOPS.
RAC RO DON Pie rus:
Hanhart imp.
:
P.J. Smit lith. Hanhart mop. a
115,16 HESPEROMYS SCALOPS. 1013 HESPEROMYS BIMACULATUS Var LEPIDU
Ate, ” CINEREUS. 14 y y Typ. Var.
6 D LATIMANUS 17,18 ” SPINOSUS.
7-9 u LEUCODACTYLUS.19-21 RHEITHRODON PICTUS.
P. Z.S. 1884. Pl. XLIV.
1884.] MR. O. THOMAS ON MURID& FROM CENTRAL PERU. 447
yellow, covered with small spots and a few blotches along the lateral
line. Dorsal fin with oblique transverse bars. Candal colourless,
with the ends of the rays yellow, and a few indistinct transverse
bands.
Geographical Distribution. Up to the present time this species has
been recorded from the coasts of Greenland and Iceland. It is
common off Spitzbergen and on the shores of North-western Europe
as far south as the Cattegat. In the North its range extends cer-
tainly as high as 80°. Collett observes that along the coast of
Norway it appears to be rather a common fish in most localities.
Irrespective of the interesting fact of this fish being new to the
British fish-fauna, it is likewise remarkable for the two elongated
caudal rays, which give to this male specimen a different appearance
from that of previous figures and descriptions. ‘This fish will form an
addition to the Zoological Museum of the University of St. Andrews,
which Professor McIntosh is taking so much pains to enlarge and
improve.
10. On a Collection of Muride from Central Peru.
By Otprietp Tuomas, F.Z.S., Natural History Museum.
[Received June 17, 1884.]
(Plates XLII.—XLIV.)
During the years from 1870 to 1873 the well-known Polish traveller
M. Constantin Jelski obtained the present fine collection of Muride
for the Warsaw Museum, and it is to the Director of that Museum,
Prof. L. Taczanowski, that I owe the opportunity of working out
this most interesting series of Sigmodont Rats and Mice.
The specimens were all collected in that part of Central Peru
which is contained in a triangle of which Lima, Junin, and Huanta
form the three apices, the greater part of them coming from Junin
itself.
Prof. Taczanowski has furnished me with the following notes on
the stations at which the Muride were collected :—
“* Junin.—Region of the ‘ puna,’ or mountain grass-land, close to
the lake of the same name, called also Lake Chinchacocha, one day
distant from Tarma, the capital of the Department Junin. The lake
is situated in the centre of a marshy prairie abounding in small
lakes and streams, and covered in many places with thick patches of
rushes.
“Amable Maria,—Farm situated between the streams of Chancha-
mayo and Anamayo, at a little distance from the river Tutumayo, at
an altitude of about 2000 feet above the sea.
‘ Maraynioc.—A farm close to the source of the Aynamayo, near
the valley of Chanchamayo.”
The present paper is practically a continuation of that read before
this Society in 1882, when the collection obtained by M. Stolzmann
in the extreme north of Peru was described, this still larger series
30*
448 MR. O. THOMAS ON A COLLECTION OF [June 17,
from a different locality enabling us to increase somewhat our scanty
knowledge of the Peruvian Muridee.
The collection consists of no less than 92 specimens, belonging to
12 species, of which one belongs to Holochilus, one to Rheithrodon,
and the remainder to Hesperomys, representing the subgenera
Rhipidomys (1), Oryzomys (3), Calomys (1), Vesperimus (1), and
Habrothrix (4). Of these, one species, Rheithrodon pictus, is new; and
two, Hesperomys laticeps, var. nitidus, and H. bimaculatus, var. lepidus,
represent new varieties of species already described. Good series of
specimens of each of the new forms are in the collection, so that
their characters and variability, so far as occurs at a single locality,
can be fairly made out.
In the subgeneric names used in 1882 I simply accepted the
groups as defined by Baird’, and used by other authors up to the
present time; but on a closer investigation I find that the subgenera
proposed by Waterhouse? in 1837 should stand to a much greater
extent than was allowed by Baird, who merely went upon Water-
house’s descriptions, without seeing any specimens of such subgenera
as Phyllotis, Calomys, or Scapteromys, each cf which is fully entitled
to the same rank as the other groups.
The following are the subgenera into which the unwieldy genus
Hesperomys may be most satisfactorily divided :—
Rurpipomys, Tschudi.—Form myoxine; tail long, hairy, pen-
cilled at the tip; feet very short, broad, with large sole-
pads; mammee | or 0-2=6 or 4; interdental palate-ridges
5 or 6.
Skull with the cranial portion very large as compared to
the facial ; interparietal large ; supraorbital margins ridged ;
palatal foramen of medium length.
Teeth large, their pattern as in the larger Oryzomys.
Species :—H. leucodactylus, Tsch. (ty pe), H. latimanus, Tomes,
Al. pyrrhorhinus, Wied., H. sumichrasti, De Sauss., and
(?) H. bicolor, Tomes.
Range. Amazonian Subregion, Ecuador, and Peru.
Oryzomys, Baird.—Form murine; tail long, scaly; feet long;
soles quite naked; mammee 2-2=8; interdental palate-
ridges 5.
Skull generally strongly made; supraorbital edges and
palatine foramina various.
Teeth with broad, low, complex crowns, the folds in which
remain until old age.
Species :—H. palustris, Harl. (type), H. angouya, Desm., H,
albigularis, Tomes, H. galapagoensis, Waterh., H. longi-
caudatus, Benn., H. spinosus, Thos., &c., &c., nearly 30 in
all.
Range. Southern United States to Cape Horn, most numerous
in the more tropical districts.
1 Mamm, N, Am. p. 454 (1859). 2 P.Z.S. 1837, p. 20.
1834. ] MURID& FROM CENTRAL PERU. 449
Catomys, Waterhouse.—Form ecricetine ; tail short, hairy ; fur
very long and soft; feet small and slender, soles thickly
hairy ; mamme 2-2=8.
Skull slightly made; interparietal very narrow from before
backwards ;_ interorbital edges square; palatine foramina
long.
Teeth as in the smaller Oryzomys.
Species :—H. bimaculatus, Waterh. (type), H. elegans, Waterh.,
and H, gracilipes, Waterh.
Range. From Peru across the continent southwards to Buenos
Ayres and Bahia Blanca.
Vespertmus, Coues.—Form murine; tail medium or long, thinly
hairy ; ears and feet large ; mamme 1—-2=6.
Skull generally lightly made, with large interparietal,
rounded or square supraorbital margins, little developed
anterior plate of zygoma root, and long palatine foramina.
Teeth with low complicated crowns, the folds generally
alternating on the two sides of each tooth.
Species :—H. leucopus, Raf. (type), H. californicus, Gamb.,
HT. aztecus, De Sauss., H. cinereus, Thos., H. taczunowshii,
Thos., &c., &c., about 10 in all.
Range. North America, southwards to Peru.
Onycuomys, Baird.—Form arvicoline ; tail and ears very short;
fore feet very large, with elongated claws ; hind feet short,
with hairy soles and only four sole-pads ; mammz 0-2=4.
Skull and teeth much as in Vesperimus.
Species :—H. leucogaster, Wied. (type), and H. torridus, Coues.
Range. Southern United States.
Scapreromys, Waterhouse.—Form murine ; tail long and hairy ;
feet unusually long ; thumb with a claw instead of a nail.
Skull and teeth much as in Habrothrix, but upper part of
infraorbital foramen larger, anterior plate more prominent,
and teeth broader and heavier.
Species :—H. tumidus, Waterh. (type), H. tomentosus, Licht.
Range. La Plata.
Puyxuoris, Waterhouse.—Form murine; tail of medium length,
hairy ; ears very large; feet short, soles naked; mammee
2-2=8 ; interdental palate-ridges 5.
Skull with large interparietal, square or slightly beaded
supraorbital margins, long palatine foramina, and very pro-
minent zygomata.
Teeth as in Habrothriz.
Species: —H. darwini, Waterh. (type), H. Loliviensis, Waterh.,
H. griseoflavus, Waterh., and H. wanthopygus, Waterh.
Range. Patagonian Subregion.
' Apud Peters, Abh. Ak, Berl. 1860, p. 147.
450 MR. O. THOMAS ON A COLLECTION OF [June 17,
Hasrotuerix, Waterhouse.—Form arvicoline; tail short, thinly
hairy ; fur generally long and soft; ears and feet short ;
soles naked; thumb with a nail; mamme 2-2=8; inter-
dental palate-ridges 4.
Skull with long facial portion, very small interparietal,
rounded supraorbital margins, and long palatine foramina.
Teeth with high conical crowns, the folds in which soon
wear out, leaving a simple indented outline.
Species :—H. longipilis, Waterh., H. olivaceus, Waterh., H. ran-
thorhinus, Waterh., &c., &e., about 20 in number.
Range. Patagonian Subregion; northwards on the west to
Ecnador, and on the east to South Brazil.
Oxymyctrrus, Waterhouse.—Like Habrothriz, but with a nail
instead of a claw on the thumb, and with an elongated muzzle.
Anterior plate scarcely developed, its edge slanting.
Species :—H. nasutus, Waterh. (type), H. hispidus, Pict.,
H. rufus, Desm., &e.
Range. South-Brazilian Subregion.
Megalomys, Trouess.’, founded on H. pilorides, Pall., seems to
me to fall within the genus Holochilus, Bdt., and not to be a true
Hesperomys at all.
L'ylomys, Peters (Neomys, Gray), should, on the other hand, be
certainly allowed separate generic rank, chiefly on account of its very
peculiarly shaped infraorbital foramen, which is of the same breadth
above and below, and to which there is no projecting external
anterior plate of the zygoina-root, the outer wall of the foramen being
absolutely cut back instead of projecting forwards. The remarkable
supraorbital ledges are also quite unique. (See Peters’s figures,
MB. Ak. Berl. 1866, p. 404.)
By the above arrangement it will be seen that the name Calomys
is restricted to the small group to which it was originally applied by
Waterhouse ; that Oryzomys, which hitherto was supposed to include
only two North- and Central-American species, really contains the
great mass of the South-American muriform Vesper-mice to which
Calomys has been commonly applied; and that the range of Dr.
Coues’s subgenus Vesperimus extends down as far south as Peru,
since it contains the two species H. cinereus and H. taczanowskii, for-
merly placed by me with much doubt in RAtpidomys, but which I
now think must either be referred to Vesperimus or be made the
types of a new subgenus, a course which ‘I am unwilling to adopt
without absolute necessity.
With regard to the geographical aspect of M. Jelski’s collection
as compared with that of M. Stolzmann’s, the more southern locality
of the former results in the dropping out of the Ecuadorean and
Amazonian species, such as Hesperomys latimanus, pyrrhorhinus,
taczanowskii, and albigularis, and the appearance of such Chilian and
Patagonian forms as Rheithrodon pictus, H. scalops, H. xanthorhinus,
? «Te Naturaliste,’ 1881, p. 3857.
1884. ] MURIDH FROM CENTRAL PERU. 451
and H. bimaculatus ; the general tendency being to a disappearance of
the tropical and northern Mouse- and Dormouse-like subgenera
Rhipidomys, Vesperimus, and Oryzomys, with the appearance and
increase of the Vole- and Hamster-like Habrothrix and Calomys—a
change that is curiously paralleled in the Old World by the gradual
supersession of Mus and Myozus in favour of Arvicola and Cricetus,
as we go northwards from tropical to temperate and arctic regions.
As in the former paper, the measurements of a series of specimens
is given in most eases ; but this time in millimetres, which are used
in deference to universal custom, although, in the case of small
mammals, they are scarcely so convenient for practical working as
the inches and tenths hitherto employed.
The species not obtained by M. Stolzmann are distinguished by an
asterisk, while their number in the paper on his collection is placed
after the names of those that were contained in it.
1. Hotocuitus (Nectromys) apica.is, Peters. §. No. 3.
a to g. Seven immature specimens. Amable Maria and Maraynoie.
2. *Hesprromys (Rurprpomys) LEUCODACTYLUS, Tsch.
a, 6. Two specimens, 6 from Amable Maria, 2000 feet.
Head Hind Forearm Ear- Muzzle
and body. Tail. foot’. and hand. conch. to ear.
Ch GREE Ric phar eres Bos eee 150 198 345 42:5 165 34:0
PONE oi SEA, Glataab yes 127 ol AS. 2d0r0 .5 38:40 el)5; Sin BO
[H. latimanus, Tomes, 9.123 165 280 35°5 12:7 30:0]
Skull-dimensions.
Total Basal Zygom. Molar Back of inci-
length. length? breadth. series. sors to m'.
Dinners ft Meee ose OTS 3o2 19°5 6°9 9-2
[H. latimanus,. .. 34°5 32°0 18:4 55 89]
Palatal Palatal Interorbital Basal Lower
length®. foramen. constriction. axis‘. jaw’.
Oe Ae eee tee 18-0 7°9 6:0 ha | 20°9
(LH. latimanus.... 16°6 6:8 5°6 11:0 =19-0}
Fur rather crisp, and of medium length. General colour above
brownish grey, below white, the bases of all the hairs slate. Dark
} Without claws.
2 From the front of the pramaxille to the most posterior point of either of
the occipital condyles.
3 From the front of the preemaxillz to the end of the bony palate.
4 From the central point of the posterior edge of the basioccipital to the
anterior edge of the lower surface of the bastsphenoid (not presphenoid, as
accidentally stated P. Z.S. 1882, p. 65, footnote). This measurement gives the
cowbined lengths of the basioccipital and basisphenoid, that of the pre-
sphenoid being unattainable unless the skull is bisected.
* Bone only.
452 MR. 0. THOMAS ON A COLLECTION OF [June 17,
colour of back continued down on to the metacarpals and
metatarsals. Ears without a projection. Tail quite unicolor, dark
brown, clothed throughout with elongated hairs, forming a distinct
pencil at the tip. Feet broad, the pads very large and smooth;
the proximal two so broad as to touch each other. Fifth hind toes
reaching to the middle of the second phalanx of the fourth.
Mamme six; one pectoral and two inguinal pairs. Interdental
palate-ridges six.
Two specimens in the collection, undoubtedly referable to
Tschudi’s species, show such differences from the specimen from
Huambo, named by me in 1882 4. leucodactylus, that 1 am
inclined for the present to consider that, after all, Mr. Tomes’s
species H. latimanus, with which M. Stolzmann’s specimen agrees,
should remain as a good species, and is not synonymous with
Hi. leucodactylus, as 1 had considered it.
Judging only from the specimens I have seen, H. leucodactylus
may be distinguished from: H. daéimanus by its larger size (see
dimensions above), especially its much larger feet, its more bushy
tail, larger teeth, both absolutely and relatively (see skull-
dimensions), and by the presence of six instead of five interdental
palate-ridges (see Plate XLLV. figs. 6&7). It is of course possible
that specimens will yet be found intermediate between the two
forms, in which case they will again have to be united.
3. Hesprromys (Oryzomys) LatTicEers, Lund. S. No. 4.
a tol. Twelve specimens. Junin and Amable Maria.
Head and Forearm Har- Muzzle
body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. conch. to ear.
Aol ae 127 123 30°5 37°0 17°8 30°0
Oiusehe 127 126 30°6 370 17°5 30°0
CL ORs 126 125 29°0 34:0 16°5 29°8
ds. Sik: 118 118 29°2 33°0 17:0 28°4
*HESPEROMYS LATICEPS, var. NITIDUS, var. nov. (Plate XLII.
fig. 1.)
ator. Eighteen specimens, mostly young. Junin and Amable
Maria.
Head and Forearm Har- Muzzle
body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. conch. to ear,
Ga. OU. S28 149 30°9 34:0 17°8 28°4
bs Oo eat 135 30°6 34:0 17°0 28°4
Ch Ore ars 133 31:3 34:3 17°8 277.
ad. So Saas 148 32:0 35:0 18°8 30°4
e 6 Peal 7, 135 29:9 34:0 19-0 27°4
These specimens are readily separable at sight from the ordinary
H. laticeps, more resembling H. albigularis, Tomes, or H. vulpinoides,
Schinz, in their general appearance ; but a closer examination shows
1884. | MURIDE FROM CENTRAL PERU. 453
that the points of difference between them and H. laticeps are all
such as are explainable on ordinary climatic grounds, supposing that
their home is hotter than the places in which H. laticeps ordinarily
lives. '
They are characterized by their dark rich rufous colour, apparently
pure white bellies, though the hairs are slate-coloured at their
bases, longer tails, bicolor for their proximal inch, proportionately
longer hind feet, and larger ears. Their skulls are quite similar to
those of the true H. laticeps.
In this variety we have, so to speak, the commencement of a species,
which appears to be gradually becoming differentiated from another
common and widely-spread form, and which will possibly in the
future become more and more distinct from its parent, as the
individuals representing the intermediate stages die out, until it is
itself worthy to rank as a separate species.
[Hrsperomys (ORYzZOMyYS) GALAPAGOENSIS, Waterh.
Two skins of this species were obtained by M. Stolzmann at
Tumbez in North Peru, but were not sent to me in time to be
included in my account of his collection. As the occurrence of this
species on the mainland has not been hitherto published, I take this
opportunity of recording the fact of its presence in Peru. There are
also two specimens of it in the British Museum, collected by
Mr. Fraser in Ecuador. |
4. Hrsperomys (Oryzomys) Loneicaupatus, Benn. S.No. 6.
a toc. Two specimens (a and 0) from Amable Maria, 2000 feet,
and one (c) without special locality.
Head and Forearm Ear- Muzzle
body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. conch. to ear.
a. : 83 112 227 23°0 2°2 20°4
Mire. ¢: 84 100 23°0 23°6 1]°0 210
Specimen e¢ is of a much lighter colour than usual, and differs in
certain other unimportant respects from ordinary H. longicaudatus,
but may be considered for the present to represent only a pale
variety of that species.
5. Hesprromys (Oryzomys) spinosus, Thos. S. No. 7.
a. Amable Maria. 0. No special locality.
Head and Forearm Har- Muzzle
body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. conch. to ear.
MSF ee OU 104 22°6 ona To 21:0
Gad. ane | 84 97 22°4 24°6 11°6 19°8
These specimens. are in every respect like the types of this
interesting species, described from M. Stolzmann’s collection.
454 MR. O. THOMAS ON A COLLECTION OF [June 17,
6. Hresperomys (CaLomys) sBIimMAcuLATUS, Waterh., var.
LEPIDUS, var.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 2.)
ato f. Six specimens. Junin.
Head and Forearm Ear- Muzzle
body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. conch. to ear.
OEE Re AS 34 17°0 24°0 14°5 20°8
PSE eves hero cox: 77 se Z5 24°1 14°5 20°3
OF, CPN AE 70 38 17°5 22°3 13°7 19°0
Cs O a or pete (OS 35 16:2 sd 12°5 19°8
Cpt Dae ee ea 38 17°7 22°8 14:0 20°4
aR .. 09 33 16:2 21:0 12-2 18-0
[Co-type of }
Al. bimacula- > 58 50 16°2 20-4 12°2]
tus 2 {
Skulls.
Total Basal Zygom. Molar Inc. to Palat. Palat. Interorb, Basal Lower
length. length. breadth. series. m1. length. foram. constr. axis. jaw.
Of B. ge. 239 29 135 36 60 119 ... 40 TL 184
@. O...., 231 212 127 36 58 112 60 40 71 180
ee a ofa. OG Ba BO. 112 pb. Be MP
Fur remarkably long, soft and silky. General colour dull fawn,
somewhat darker on the centre of the back, through the inter-
mixture of numerous long black hairs. Fur all over the body slate-
coloured for three quarters of its length, the tips of the hairs yellow
on the upper surface and pure white on the belly. Feet and tail
wholly snowy white.
Ears (Plate XLIV. fig. 12) very large, oval, without projection,
covered inside and out with short, yellowish-brown hairs; laid
forward they reach considerably beyond the anterior cantlus of
the eye. Tail uniformly hairy, the scales almost entirely hidden.
Soles (Plate XLIV. fig. 13) hairy for their proximal two thirds, the
pads small and crowded towards the distal end of the sole. Fifth
hind toe (without claw) reaching to the middle of the first phalaux
of the fourth. Claws very small, both before and behind, almost
buried in the hair on the toes. Mammze 8—two pectoral and two
inguinal pairs. Interdental palate-ridges five in number.
Skull light and delicate ; frontal outline markedly convex ; supra-
orbital edges square, but not ridged. Interparietal very narrow
antero-posteriorly, but stretching right across the skulJ. Palatal
foramen longer than molar series.
This variety may be distinguished from the true H. démaculatus,
Waterh.', by its rather larger size, much longer and differently
shaped ears (see Plate XLIV. figs. 12 & 14), its shorter tail, much
longer fur, slate-mixed instead of pure-white belly, and by the entire
absence of supraorbital ridges on its skull. Comparative measure-
ments both of spirit-specimens and skulls are given above.
There are in the collection six specimens of this form, which is
interesting as belonging to the rare and little-known subgenus
1 Pp. Z. §. 1837, p. 10; Voy. ‘ Beagle, Mamm. p. 43, pl. 12 (18389).
p y g } pl. 12 (1889)
1884.] MURIDZ FROM CENTRAL PERU. 455
Calomys (s. s.), of whose subgeneric validity there can be no question,
although, judged by the skull only, it might be joined with the
great mass of JZesperomyes to which I apply the name Oryzomys.
However, its members are so different externally from any of the
other Vesper-mice (see the subgeneric diagnoses given above), that
it is certainly worthy of the rank originally given it by Waterhouse.
The only species belonging to it are H. bimaculatus, gracilipes, and
elegans, to which some authors would perhaps think H. lepidus
should be added as a distinct species; but without seeing more
specimens of the true H. bimaculatus, I do not care to describe
the present form as more than a geographical variety of that
animal.
7. Hesprromys (VESPERIMUS) CINEREUS, Thos.(?) 8S. No. 10.
a. One specimen, Maraynioc.
Head and Forearm Ear- Muzzle
body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. conch. to ear.
a. 5 Imm... 89 124 29°2 alva 16°5 26°2
A single immature male, in a bad state, is possibly referable to
this interesting species. it differs from the type, however, in
having the tips of the hairs rufous instead of grey, in its even more
hairy ears, and in its perfectly unicolor tail—characters often of
specific importance, but not sufficient to justify the description of a
new species from an immature specimen only. The skull and hind
foot of the typical specimen from North Peru are figured in Plate
XLIV. figs. 2-5. .
8. *Hesperomys (Hasroturix) scaLors, Gay, Chili, Zool. i.
p-108(1847). (Plates XLITI. fig. 1,and XLIV. figs. 1, 15, and 16.)
Nine specimens: a@ tog, Junin; h and 2, Maraynioc.
Head and Forearm Ear- Muzzle
body. Tail, Hind foot. and hand. conch. to ear.
he Orse 112 76 21°6 28°2 15:5 26°5
BOM) 104 76 WES PH fe, 13°0 25°2
oO S 100 74 21°6 27°3 13°4 24°)
We Oe. 98 61 21°3 27°9 14°5 24-0
CxsGars 93 67 21°8 27°9 14°5 23°4
1 ae eas 92 7p 21:8 27°3 14°5 24:0
Skull-dimensions.
Total Basal Agger. Molar Inc. to Palat. Palat. Interorb. Basal Lower
length. length. r. series. ml, length. foram. constr. axis. jaw.
Skulliof.e:<,.. 28:1), 28:0 14-0), 3 Bi (4 Iie OL 46 Wl ee Selo
Fur soft, of medium length. General colour dark grey, tinged
on the back with chestnut. Muzzle and face, ears, feet, and lower
side of tail rich rufous, forming a marked contrast to the general
grey colour. Ears thickly haired, rather narrow, without a projec-
tion; laid forward they just reach to the centre of the eye. ‘Tail
hairy, bicolor, dark brown with a tinge of chestnut above, pale
rufous-yellow below. Belly dull grey. Soles naked, flesh-coloured,
456 MR. O. THOMAS ON A COLLECTION OF [June 17,
the pads large and prominent. Thumb with a large and prominent
nail, but not a claw. Other fingers with very long claws, 4 to
5 millim. in length. Fifth hind toe, withcut claw, reaching to the
middle of the first phalanx of the fourth. Mammee &, two pectoral
and two inguinal pairs.
Skull rather narrow; upper margin of the orbit rounded, quite
without ridges; interparietal remarkably small, only 4 millim. in
breadth and 14 in an antero-posterior direction. Incisive foramina
reaching to the first fold of the anterior molars. Incisors pale
yellow above, nearly white below. Muzzle rather long and low,
only 4:2 millim. in height at the anterior end of the palatine
foramina. Lower jaw very thin and slender, only 7 millim. from
the top of the coronoid to the tip of the angular process. Coronoid
higher than condyles.
This species seems to be a house-haunting one, as the two
Maraynioc specimens are labelled by M. Jelski as domestic Mice.
Gay’s specimen had a tail only 50 millim. in length, but his de-
scription of the coloration is too exact to admit any doubt that the
present is really his species.
. H. scalops, owing to its elongated claws, was placed in the sub-
genus Oxymycterus by its describer, but, just as in the case of H.
megalonyx, Waterh., the skull proves it to belong to Habrothrix, of
which it is by far the most brightly marked member.
9. H. (Hasrotueix) ottvaceus, Waterh. 8. No. 12.
a, 6. Two specimens. Maraynioc.
Head ae : Forearm Ear- Muzzle
and body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. conch. to ear.
OMGt ih FOL 74 19°8 24°0 12°7 22°8
Baits Sa 86 89 20°5 25°6 15:2 22:9
These two specimens, like those, quite similar, collected by M. Stolz-
mann, I refer to H. olivaceus ; but larger series from different localities
are needed before the exact relations between H. olivaceus, arenicola,
obscurus, caliginosus, and the other Vole-like Vesper-mice of the
Patagonian subregion can be properly made out.
10. H. (HAsroturix) caLicinosus, Tomes(?). S. No. 13.
atom. Thirteen specimens. Junin and Amable-Maria.
Head ; ae Forearm Ear- uzzl
and body. Tail. Hind foot. snd hand. — conch. hs =i
@. 6 i> aetea US 82 23°1 28°1 15°5 25°9
Gon Bj. speem ee 84 22°3 27°9 15°7 25°6
Co Gy bovis nae Oe _ 22°6 27°9 14°5 26°1
to Meneny, 7S! It 82 21°6 26°9 14°5 24°1
In 1882 I placed, with considerable doubt, some specimens under
Mr. Tomes’s /. caliginosus, and in the same way I now refer these
specimens, which are quite identical with those of M. Stolzmann,
188 1.] MURID& FROM CENIRAL PERU. 457
to that species. It should, however, be noted that there is in
the Museum collection a species, represented by three specimens,
agreeing erternal/y quite as well as these with Mr. Tomes’s descrip-
tion, but whose skull is wholly different, and proves it to belong to
the subgenus Oryzomys. To which of these two species therefore
the name caliginosus is really referable is a question which can only
be settled by an examination of Mr. Tomes’s type.
ll. * Hesperomys (HaBRorsRix) XANTHORHINUS, Waterh.
a toc. Three specimens. Junin.
Head : . Forearm Far- ZL
and body. sina dan vara tep te cag hand. eee ae
TBS pO B 76 57 Wie: 22°6 L0=5 20:0
(LEME 7d 57 Wee 21°8 5 20°5
Co ie ne NO a7 IWiGr6 21°3 12:0 19-4
This is the most northern locality yet recorded for H. 2antho-
rhinus, which has been hitherto only obtained from Chili and
Southern Patagonia.
12. * RuEITHRODON PicTUS, sp.n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 2.)
ato k, Eleven specimens. All from Junin.
Head Tail Hind Forearm Ear- Muzzle
and body foot. andhand. conch. to ear.
(1 OE ca Mee 121 91 25°1 34:0 21°4 29°9
BOR See 109 89 24°] 29°7 19°5 28°5
CNG nae kis 109 88 24°3 31:0 18°3 28°0
hoe Oe ic Boece 108 91 26°6 33°0 18°3 26°6
Css Gen 108 90 24:9 31°6 18°8 27°8
Peta: 107, 90 25-4 299 20-4 6G
Cen ye nhs ee 103 91 25°4 306 19°0 27°9
| (Rr alt ame 102 82 25°3 29°4 19°3 25°4
QE Me eee (c)100? 75 24-1 29:0 18°8 -——
Skull-dimensions.
Total ‘Basal Zygomatic Molar Ine. to
length. length, breadth. series. ml,
OF est. 200 26°5 17:0 5°6 71
Palatal Palatal Interorbital Basal Lower
length. foramen. constriction. axis. jaw.
14°7 70 4°] 8°6 172
Fur long, soft and silky, with very numerous longer black or grey
hairs intermixed. Upper side of head and neck clear grey, the
hairs slate-coloured for seven eighths of their length, then whitish,
with their extreme tips black. This grey gradually becomes darker
and more grizzled on the shoulders, while on the back the white of
the hairs gradually becomes more and more rufous until the rump is
‘ Skull out.
458 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON RHYNCHOTA (June 17,
a rich bright chestnut-colour. Belly hairs slate-coloured, with pure
white tips. Feet pure white. Tail thickly haired, though not
pencilled, sharply bicolor, dark brown above, and pure white on the
sides and below. Ears thickly covered with shining yellowish grey
hairs. An inconspicuous white spot both above and below the base
of each ear.
Ears large and rounded ; laid forward they just cover the eyes;
no projection on the anterior margin. Feet slender; the fourth
toe the longest, fifth barely reaching to the end of the first phalanx
of the fourth ; soles naked; foot-pads smaller and more prominent
than in &. chinchilloides. Mammee 8—two pectoral and two inguinal
pairs. Interdental palate-ridges 5; smooth posterior palate com-
mencing between the secoud and third molars.
Skull (Plate XLIV. figs. 20 & 21) with the essential characters of
that of 2. chinchilloides, but the frontal outline less arched, the
nasals shorter and narrower, and the interparietal narrower from
before backwards. Upper edge of orbit not beaded. Anterior pala-
tine foramen reaching to opposite the second projection of m'.
The nearest ally of this species is of course R. chinchilloides,
Waterh., from which it may be distinguished by its larger ears,
slenderer feet, and wholly different coloration, while of the true
Hesperomyes, H. xanthopygus, Waterh., agrees most nearly in colour
and proportions with it, but may be readily distinguished by its
plainer colour, narrow convex teeth, and much longer tail.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XLII.
Fig. 1. Hesperomys laticeps, var. nitidus, p. 452.
2. H. bimaculatus, var. lepidus, p. 454.
Puate XLITI.
Fig. 1. H. scalops, p. 455.
2. Rheithrodon pictus, p. 457.
Piate XLIV.
Fig. 1. Palate of Hesperomys scalops.
2-5. Skull and hind-foot of H. cinereus.
6. Palate of H. latimanus, p. 452.
7-9. Palate, skull, and hind foot of H. lewcodactylus, p. 452.
10-13. Skull, hind foot, and ear of H. bimaculatus, var, lepidus, p. 454,
14. Ear of H. bimaculatus, typ. var., p. 454.
15-16, Skull of H. sealops, p. 455.
17-18. Skull of H. spinosus, p. 453.
19-21. Hind foot and skull of Rheithrodon pictus, p. 457.
11, On the Rhynchota collected by the late Mr. W. A.
Forbes on the Lower Niger. By W. L. Distanz.
[Received June 17, 1884.]
The small Rhynchotal portion of the Entomological collection
made by the late Mr. W. A .Forbes on the Lower Niger having
been placed in my hands for identification, with a request that I
1884.] COLLECTED ON THE LOWER NIGER. 459
would give the results to this Society, I now do myself the honour
to present the same.
The collection consists of examples of twelve species, eleven of
which belong to the Heteroptera and one to the Homoptera. Of the
first, two species appear to be undescribed, and for the reception of
one I have been compelled to propose a new genus. With these
two exceptions all are well-known species described by old authors,
no less than five having been described by Fabricius; whilst the
names of Linneus, Thunberg, and Klug attached to remaining
species sufficiently testify that we are dealing with insects of well-
known and abundant character.
The peculiarities of their geographical distribution I have appended
to the identifications of the species.
HETEROPTERA.
Fam. PENTATOMID4.
1. STEGANOCERUS MULTIPUNCTATUS, Thunb., var. C, Stil, Hem.
Afr. i. p. 51 (1864).
This appears to be the only variety of this protean species found
in West Africa, and is the first example I have myself seen from
that subregion, though Dr. Stal recorded it (on the authority of
specimens so labelled in Dr. Signoret’s collection) as from Calabar.
It is not, however, confined to West Africa, but, like the other
varieties of the species, is widely distributed. In my own collection
are specimens collected in various parts of Southern Africa, and
also from the Nyassa and Mombas districts in the east.
2. SpH£rocoris ocELuatus, Klug.
This, again, is the first example of the species I have received from
West Africa, though it is found in Caffraria (Stal), is not uncommon
in Eastern Africa (my own habitats being Nyassa and Mywapwa),
and is also recorded from Abyssinia.
3. Cimex (AFRivs) PuRPUREUS, Westw.
Var. marginella, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 89, n. 3 (1851).
This variety was first described by Mr. Dallas from Sierra Leone.
The specimen collected by Mr. Forbes is the only other example
I have received from West Africa, to which the species seems confined,
though it apparently does not reach the southern and eastern limit
of Calabar.
4, SepHeLa LINEARIS, A. & S.
A West-African species, described originally from Senegal, but
which I have also received from the Cameroon district.
AGABOTUS, gen. nov.
Body oval, somewhat depressed. Head with the lateral margins
ampliated, laminate and somewhat curved upwards, the lateral lobes
longer than the central lobe, meeting beyond it, their apices
rounded, but sinuately cleft; ocelli situate some distance from and
460 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON RHYNCHOTA [June 17,
behind the eyes. Rostrum reaching the intermediate cox ; basal
joint not quite so long as the head, second and third joints subequal
inlength. Antenne hirsute, with the basal joint stoutest and about
reaching the apex of head ; second jointslightly shorter than the third.
Pronotum with the lateral margins slightly ampliated, laminate and
recurved, the anterior angles obscurely spined, the posterior angles
somewhat rounded; the disk from about centre to base of head
obliquely depressed, the anterior margin concavely excavated to
receive head. Sceutellum somewhat elongate, narrowed before apex,
which is obtusely rounded and extends a little beyond inner angle
of corium. Corium not covering abdominal margin except at base.
Membrane not quite reaching abdominal apex in the female, in the
male reaching the abdominal extremity ; the veins simple and
longitudinal. Mesosternum with a slight central carination. Legs
moderately long and pilose ; femora unarmed ; tibize sulcated above.
This genus appears to find its systematic position between
Caystrus, Stil, and Anarropa, Gerst., both of which are also Tropical-
African genera.
5. AGABOTUS BRUNNESCENS, 0. Sp.
Ochraceous, thickly covered with dark-brown punctures. Eyes
black, their basal margins ochraceous; ocelli pale castaneous.
Antenne pale ochraceous, prominently hirsute ; second joint slightly
shorter than the third, fourth and fifth subequal in length, base of
the fifth sometimes much paler in hue. Corium with the veins pale
ochraceous, and the costal area much less punctate. Membrane
pale fuscous, with a pitchy spot at each side of base. Connexivum
ochraceous, thickly covered with dark and very fine punctures, the
outer margin impunctate, with a small black spot at each sutural
apex. Head beneath and sternum ochraceous, thickly covered with
dark punctures ; disks of meso- and metasternums pitchy. Abdomen
pitchy-brown or black, thickly and finely punctate, the disk some-
times paler and the lateral margins broadly ochraceous, with a small
black spot at each sutural apex. Rostrum ochraceous, with its apex
pitchy.
Long. 12 to 13 millim.
6. ETHEMENES FORBESI, 0. Sp.
Body above bright grassy-green ; eyes, apex of third and the
whole of fourth and fifth joints of antennze blackish ; central lobe
of head and base of pronotum rather darker greenish ; membrane
pale hyaline. Body beneath green ; disk of the abdomen ochraceous.
Rostrum green, with its extreme apex fuscous.
Antenne with the second joint longer than the third, fourth sub-
equal to, or very slightly longer than, the fifth ; head thickly and
finely punctate; pronotum somewhat coarsely punctate and subru-
gulose on basal half; scutellum and corium thickly and somewhat
finely punctate.
Long. 9 millim.
This species is apparently most closely allied to i. nigro-punctatus,
Sign.
1884. | COLLECTED ON THE LOWER NIGER. 461
Subfam. Din1DoRIN”.
7. ASPONGOPUS viDUATUS, Fabr.
A species found alike in West, South, and East Africa ; Stal also
records it from Nubia, and gives the further habitats of “ Syria,
ia “1 ”
Turcia.
Subfam. PHyLLOcEPHALIN-.
8. Dausrra mopesta, Fabr.
This species has hitherto been recorded from the Congo, Gaboon,
and Senegal. A closely allied and scarcely separable species ?, D.
affinis, A. & §., is found in South Africa.
Fam. CoREID &.
Subfam. CoreInz.
9. ANOFLOCNEMIS CURVIPES, Fabr.
It is probable that this common species is found throughout the
length and breadth of the Ethiopian region.
Fam. PyRRHOCORID&.
Subfam. PyrrHoconriné.
10. DyspErRcus superstTiTiosus, Fabr.
A common tropical African species, and abundant both on the East
and West coasts.
Fam. RepUVIID &.
Subfam. ACANTHASPIDIN2E.
11. PLatyMeris srGutTtTatTa, Linn.
Previously recorded from Senegal and Sierra Leone.
HOMOPTERA.
Fam. Cercopip&.
Subfam. Crrcopin2.
12. Locris rusrRaA, Fabr.
This species has hitherto being only recorded as from Senegal.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1884, No. XXXI. 31
462 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE DEVELOPMENT [June 17,
12. On the Development of the Individual and of the
Species as Forms of Instinctive Action. By Sr. Grorce
Mivart, V.P.Z.S., Ph.D., M.D., F.R.S.
[Received June 17, 1884. ]
The object of this paper is to endeavonr to show that the clearest
comprehension of Ontogeny and Phylogeny is probably to be
obtained by regarding them as special forms of Instinctive Action.
In order to make this conception intelligible, it is necessary to begin
by considering “ Instinct”? itself.
Instinet has been very generally considered to be an altogether
peculiar phenomenon, very distinct from all the other powers pos-
sessed by animals. Attempts have, however, been made to explain
it by “reflex action” on the one hand, and by “ conscious deliberate
intelligence”’ on the other. It has by some persons been regarded as
“compound reflex action” in which sensation intervenes. It has
by other persons been considered as made up of the relics and
remains of intelligent acts, which acts were once performed with deli-
berate purpose and intention, but which have become so extremely
habitual as, at length, to be performed without the intervention of
any consciously intelligent purpose on the part of the creatures
which perform them.
To appreciate fully the bearing of Instinct on Ontogeny and
Phylogeny, we should also see what are its relations to the other vital
processes—such as reflex action and the repair and reproduction
of lost parts after injury. Before entering upon this question,
however (the question of the relations existing between Instinct and
the various other vital processes), it will be well to start with a
declaration as to what is meant by the term Instinct in the present
paper.
The general notion of “Instinct” is that of a special, internal
“impulse urging animals to the performance of certain actions
which are useful to them or to their kind, but the use of which
they do not themselves perceive, and their performance of which is
a necessary consequence of their being placed in certain circum-
stances”?. Such actions can, however, only be considered as
being generally useful—useful in the great majority of instances,
as Instinct every now and then impels animals to perform an act
prejudicial to the individual performing it in some particular case.
That we may securely proceed from the more known to the less
known, it will be best to begin with a consideration of Instinct? as it
exists in Man; since we can know no creatures so well as we can,
hy the help of language and reflection, know ourselves and our own
species.
1 Todd’s Cyclopeedia, vol. iii. p. 3.
* « Tnstinet ” as such (like “life,” ‘‘mind,” &c.) is, of course, a pure abstrac-
tion, and exists thus only in our minds, though it has a real existence enough, in
certain concrete actions which animals perform.
1884. ] OF THE INDIVIDUAL AND OF THE SPECIES. 463
As every object of study is made clearer by contrasting it with
other objects distinct in kind from it, so our “ instinctive actions ”’
may be more clearly apprehended by contrasting them with such of
our actions as are said not be “instinctive.” But we habitually
contrast ‘‘ Instinct ”’ with ‘‘ Reason.’”? What, then, are the characters
which distinguish actions which are attributed to “ Reason’’? Now
“reasonable,” ‘consciously intelligent’? conduct, is understood
by all men to mean conduct in which there is a more or less
wise adaptation of means to ends—a deliberate adaptation, not one
due to accident only. No one would call an act done blindly
a reasonable intelligent action on the part of him who did it,
however fortunate might be its result. Our highest mental activity,
our type of reason, consists of conscious, deliberate, intellectual
perceptions—explicit judgments—and our reasonable actions are
actions performed in accordance therewith.
But besides these actions due to our self-conscious intellect, there
are a variety of other actions—such e. g. as our respiratory actions—
which we ordinarily perform without advertence, though we can, if
we will, perform them with self-conscious deliberation. Again, we
may, when our mind is entirely directed upon some external object,
or when we are almost in a state of somnolent unconsciousness, have
but a vague feeling of our existence—a feeling resulting from the
unobserved synthesis of our sensations of all orders and degrees.
This wnintellectual sense of self may be conveniently distinguished
froin intellectual ‘* Consciousness’’ as ‘‘ Consentience.” *
Nothing is more common with us than to experience modifications
of our organs of sense to which our intellect in no way adverts.
Such modifications constantly influence our actions (as in walking
and running) without our ever adverting to them, either at the time
of their occurrence or afterwards. We may also, as everybody
knows, suddenly recollect sights or sounds which were quite un-
noticed at the time we experienced them ; yet our very recollection
of them proves that they must, nevertheless, have affected our
sensorium. Such unnoticed modifications of our sense-organs may,
at least provisionally, be called “ unfelt sensations.”
According to our preliminary definition and according to general
usage, actions, whether adverted to or not, cannot be called ‘ instinc-
tive’ unless they are generally useful ones directed to the accom-
plishment of unforeseen ends. But it is a familiar fact that we
often perform such actions. As examples of the kind may be
enumerated :—spontaneous, instantaneous actions directed to the
warding off of a blow or to the due maintaining of the body’s
balance. Who also has not experienced how much better such
actions are performed (as e. g. the action of running up stairs) with
the mere aid of consentience, than when our intellect is brought to
bear upon our motions?
The little boy as yet unable, or hardly able to speak, has no
expectation of future encounters when he begins unconsciously to
grasp at weapons; and long before the little girl can represent to
1 A term I believe first introduced by the late Mr. G. H. Lewes.
464 DR.ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE DEVELOPMENT [June 17,
herself future tributes to her charms, she seeks to decorate her tiny
body with the arts of infant coquetry. Still less does she look
forward to the pains and pleasures of maternity, when she begins to
caress and chastise, to soothe and cherish her first doll, and fondly
presses it to that region whence her future offspring will draw its
nourishment.
Again, when—the lapse of a few years having made her a young
woman and the boy a youth—they first feel the influence of
love, however ignorant they may be of the physiology of their race,
they will none the less, circumstances permitting, be surely impelled
towards the performance of very definite actions. In the more
refined individuals of the highest races of mankind, the material
element is most certainly far from being the one great end distinctly
looked forward to by each pair of lovers, Yet every incident of
affectionate intercourse infallibly leads on towards the one end, useful
to the race, which nature has in view. Such actions fully merit to
be called “instinctive.”
That animals even of the higher classes do perform actions which
are truly instinctive is generally admitted by naturalists. Mr.
Wallace, indeed, believes that Birds learn to build their nests by.
observing the structure of those in which they themselves are
reared. I have not found this view to be shared by other naturalists
of my acquaintance; and, in spite of the deference and respect due to
so eminent an observer and so lucid a reasoner as my friend Mr.
Wallace, it seems to mea view which is untenable. Some of the
nests which require an especial skill in their construction are those
which are suspended and entirely enclosed save at one small aper-
ture. How the young within such a nest can, by observation, learn
to form it, is to me inconceivable.
It is, however, the instincts of Insects which are the most won-
derful, and these are so numerous and so notorious that only one or
two instances at most need here be referred to, such as those of the
Carpenter Bee, the Wasp Sphew, and the larval Stag-Beetle, the
male of which, it is said, digs a hole, for its transformation, twice as
big as his own body (to allow for the development of his enormous
mandibles), while the female only digs one of her own size.
Even more wonderful than the instincts of insects, are the actions
of those Rhizopods which, as Dr. Carpenter affirms’, build up tests
or casings of the most regular geometrical symmetry of form, and
of the most artificial construction. “From the very same sandy
bottom, one series picks up the coarser quartz grains, cements them
together with phosphate of iron secreted from its own substance,
and thus constructs a flask-shaped test having a short neck and a
single large orifice. Another picks up the finest grains and puts
them together with the same cement into perfectly spherical tests of
the most extraordinary finish, perforated with numerous small pores
at regular intervals. Another selects the minutest sand-grains and
the terminal portions of sponge-spicules, and works these up together
—apparently with no cement at all, by the mere laying of the
1 *Mental Physiology,’ p. 41.
1884. ] OF THE INDIVIDUAL AND OF THE SPECIES. 465
spicules—into perfect white spheres, each having a single fissured
orifice. Another (which makes a many-chambered test like the shell
of an Orthoceratite, the conical mouth of each chamber projecting
into the cavity of the next), while forming the walls of its chambers
of ordinary sand-grains rather loosely held together, shapes the conical
mouths of its successive chambers by firmly cementing together grains
of ferruginous quartz, which it must have picked out from the general
mass.” On considering such remarkable differences in action, be-
tween creatures of structures so simple and so similar, the question
naturally arises, ‘‘ May not the differences be due to diversities of
molecular structure?” That structural differences which our senses
cannot detect, exist not only between all the kinds, but also between
all the individuals, is what no one can reasonably deny; but as such
differences cannot be known by observation, whereas the differences
of habit can be so known, an attempt to explain the latter by the
power would be to explain obscurum per obscurius. Moreover, it
is very difficult to see how such molecular difference alone, can
govern the shape and ornamentation of the flask which a particle
of protoplasm constructs to shelter its own amorphous substance.
-Moreover Mr. Carter has recorded’ observations with regard to
actions of other Rhizopods which at the least have much appearance
of being instinctive. There are also actions performed by animals
not so very much higher in the scale—certain Celentera and
Echinoderma*, which must I think be allowed to be instinc-
tive by all who hold that Instinct is generally beneficial vital
action in which sensation intervenes. That sensation, in some
form, does intervene in these animals, is, in my opinion, so far shown
by the possession of a distinct nervous system, that we may assume
it in the absence of any good reason to the contrary being brought
forward.
When a nervous system, however, does not exist, we cannot
venture to assert the presence of any true sensation. ‘The, at least
seemingly, instinctive actions in the lowest animals may then serve
to introduce to our consideration certain actions in ourselves and in
other animals which are not generally reckoned as ‘ instinctive.”
Before, however, proceeding to their consideration, I would say a
few words on the subject of “lapsed intelligence.” I am strongly
persuaded that “lapsed intelligence” will not explain “ Instinct ”’
generally, but I should be the last to deny that certain instinctive
actions may be so explained, and I fully admit that intelligent action
in ourselves does tend to become instinctive. It is also fortunate
for us that it does so tend, as thereby we are saved great mental
friction, and our intelligence is, as it were, set free to appropriate and
render instinctive a continually wider and more important range of
deliberate, purposive actions.
That such “lapsed intelligence ’’ will not, however, explain all
instinctive actions, seems to me clear from a consideration both of
the lowest, or most simple, instinctive actions on the part of ourselves
1 Ann. of Nat. Hist. 8rd series, 1863.
2 See ‘ Animal Intelligence,’ by G. J. Romanes, pp. 22, 25,
466 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE DEVELOPMENT [June 17,
and other animals, and also of our own highest and most complex
instinctive actions.
I will now revert to the consideration of certain actions, in our-
selves and other animals, which actions are not generally reckoned
as ‘‘instinctive.” The characters presented by the actions of the
lowest animals may serve as an introduction to them.
In the first place let us glance at those actions which are termed
‘‘ reflex.” Herein it is commonly supposed that the living me-
chanism occasions a prompt responsive muscular action upon the
occurrence of some unfelt nerve-stimulation. ‘The . best-known
examples are the appropriate actions, in response to stimuli, per-
formed by a decapitated Frog, and those which the lower limbs of a
Man may execute when the nerves of his feet are stimulated after his
spinal cord has been so injured that he has lost all power of sensation
in his inferior extremities. It has been objected by the late Mr.
G. H. Lewes and others that we cannot be sure but that the spinal
cord itself ‘feels.’ But there is often an ambiguity in the use of
the term “to feel.’ By it we ordinarily mean a “ modification of
consciousness,”’ but experiences such as those before adverted to, and
which I have provisionally called ‘‘ unfelt sensations,’’ show clearly
that effects may be produced by surrounding agents on our sense-
organs without the intervention of consciousness, similar to those
produced on them when they do arouse consciousness. Without
then entering into any discussion as to whether “ sentiency ”’ may or
may not be attributed to the spinal cord, it seems evident that some
definite term is required to dencte those modifications of our being
which have here been provisionally termed “ unfelt sensations.”
It is obviously very difficult, probably impossible, to draw any
hard and fast line between reflex action, unfelt sentiency, and such
unconscious, instinctive impulses as have been above referred to in
speaking of Instinct in man.
There is also another class of organic vital actions which seem to
have a certain affinity both to reflex action (from their perfect
unconsciousness) and to Instinct, from their being directed towards
a useful but unforeseen end. ‘The class of actions here referred to
are those which relate to the repair of injuries and the reproduction
of lost parts.
In a process of healing after a wound, a true secretion is poured
forth of intercellular substance in which cells are abundantly formed,
and, by a process of transformation, vessels, tendons, nerves, bone,
and membrane all arise, as they originally first arose in the embryo,
from undifferentiated cellular substance.
In a case of broken bone, the two broken ends soften and a sub-
stance is secreted which becomes at first gelatinous, often afterwards
cartilaginous, and finally, osseous.
But not only distinct tissues, but very complex teleological
structures, such as admirably formed joints, may be reproduced.
‘Thus we read’ that ‘a very interesting example is recorded by Mr.
Syme, in which he had the opportunity of dissecting the new joint,
1 See Mr. Timothy Holmes’s ‘System of Surgery,’ 3rd edition, vol. iii. p. 746,
~
1884.] OF THE INDIVIDUAL AND OF THE SPECIES. 467
nine years after the operation (excision of the elbow) which had been
performed on account of injury—the man having in the interval acted
as guard on a railway, swinging himself from one carriage to another
while the train was in motion, with the injured arm, quite as easily
and securely as with the other. The ulna was found united to the
humerus by ligament; the end of the radius was polished off,
and played on the humerus and on the ulna, a material something
like cartilage being interposed. The ends of the bones of the forearm
were locked in by two processes projecting downwards from the
humerus, and strong lateral, and still stronger anterior and posterior
ligaments, also bound them to the latter bone.” It would be easy to
bring forward a great number of more or less similar cases.
The amount of reproduction of lost parts of which many of the
lower animals are capable every naturalist knows. It is also a
notorious and very noteworthy fact that in both man and the lower
animals, the processes of repair take place the more readily the younger
the age of the injured individual may be. But these unconscious but
practically teleological processes of repair are often preceded by actious
which every ove would call instinctive. The actions here referred to
are such as the throwing off (by a Lobster, Crab, or Spider) of an
injured limb in order that by its separation at a suitable spot its
reproduction may be brought about. But this spontaneous removal
of the limb is only the first act, and a necessary act, of the process
of its reproduction. Itis (as has been observed by Hartmann’)
analogous to the reproduction, by a larva, of its injured cocoon, or
by a Spider of its torn net. They are all reparative actions accom-
panied by feelings of different degrees.
A consideration of the process of remedial reproduction in the
individual, naturally leads us on to the consideration of the repro-
duction of the individual itself.
It would be a quite superfluous task here to make more than a
general reference to the wonderful series of changes which each
embryo of a Hydra tuba, an Echinus, a Sepia, a Butterfly, a Batra-
chian, and a Man goes through duiing its individual process of
development, or ontogeny.
This process, in its perfect unconsciousness, is like reflex action, but
it is far more wonderful, since in the earliest stages even nerve-tissue
is absent and has itself to be formed. In the accuracy of its direc-
tion towards a useful end, it is the very counterpart of the most
developed Instinct ; nor, if the impulses by which adult individuals
are led to seek and to perform those processes which give rise to the
embryo are to be called instinctive, is it easy to see how the term
‘instinctive’? can be refused to that impulse by which each deve-
loping embryo is led to go through those processes which give rise
to the adult.
Can these analogies be carried further still, and can we, from the
consideration of Instinct in the widest sense of that term, throw any
1 T would refer my hearers to E. von Hartmann’s work on ‘ The Unconscious,’
which they will find very suggestive, and to which I gladly acknowledge many
obligations, as regards my treatment of this subject.
468 DR.ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE DEVELOPMENT [June 17,
glimmerings of light upon that most recondite and still most mys-
terious process, the genesis of new species?
We may be encouraged to hope that such a result is possible from
the words of one of those twin Biologists who on the same night put
forth their independently arrived-at views as to what we are all agreed
to regard as at least an important factor in the Origin of Species. No
less a person than Mr. Wallace has written the following significant
words ':—
“No thoughtful person can contemplate without amazement the
phenomena presented by the development of animals. We see the
most diverse forms—a Mollusk, a Frog, anda Mammal—arising from
apparently identical primitive cells, and progressing for a time by
very similar initial changes, but thereafter each pursuing its highly
complex and often circuitous course of development, with unerring
certainty, by means of laws and forces of which we are totally
ignorant. It is surely a not improbable supposition that the
unknown power which determines and regulates this marvellous
process may also determine the initiation of these more important
changes of structure, and those developments of new parts and
organs which characterize the successive stages of the evolutions of
animal forms.”
These words advocate and confirm what I have elsewhere? ante-
cedently urged.
Many influences doubtless may come into play in the origin of
new species; but let us look a little narrowly at certain influences
which must come into play therein, and the action of which no man
can deny.
One of these influences (which no one has more richly illustrated
than has the late Mr. Darwin) is that of Heredity ; but, what is
heredity ?
In the first place it is obviously a property, not of new individuals
—not of offspring—but of parental forms. As every one knows, it is
the innate tendency which each organism possesses to reproduce its
like. If any living creature, X, was self-impregnating and the out-
come of a long line of self-impregnating predecessors, all existing in
the midst of one uniform and continuously unvarying environment,
then X would produce offspring completely like itself. This fun-
damental biological law of reproduction may be compared with the
physical first law of motion*,—according to which any body in motion
will continue to move on uniformly at the same rate and in the same
direction until some other force or motion is impressed upon tt.
The fact that new individual organisms arise from both a paternal
and a maternal influence, and from a line of ancestors every one of
which had a similar bifold origin, modifies this first law of heredity
only so far as to produce a more or less complex compound of
hereditary reproductive tendencies in every individual ; the effect of
which must be analogous to that mechanical law of the composition of
1 In the ‘ Nineteenth Century,’ Jan. 1880, p. 96.
2 «Genesis of Species.’ Macmillan, 1871.
3 My attention was called to this analogy by my friend Dr. Gasquet.
1884. ] OF THE INDIVIDUAL AND OF THE SPECIES. 469
forces resulting in the production of a new creature resembling its
immediate and more remote progenitors, in varying degrees, according
to (1) the amount of force springing from each ancestral strain, and
(2) the compatibility or incompatibility’ of the prevailing tendencies—
resulting in an intensification, perpetuation, modification, or neutra-
lization of ancestral characters, as the case may be.
All such action is but ‘‘ heredity” acting in one or other mode; but
there is another, and fundamentally different, action which has to be
considered, and that is the action of the environment upon nascent
organisms—an action exercised either directly upon them, or indirectly
upon them through its direct action upon their parents. That such
actions produce unmistakable effects is notorious. It will be, I
think, sufficient here to advert to such cases as the well-known
brood-mare covered by a quagga, and the peculiar effects of a well-
bred bitch being lined by a mongrel. These show how an action
exercised upon the female parent (but with no direct action on the
immediate offspring) may act indirectly upon her subsequent pro-
geny.
As a rule, modifications accidentally or artificially induced in
parents are not transmitted to their offspring; as is well shown by
the need of the repetition of circumcision, and of pressure of Indian
children’s heads and Chinese girls’ feet in each generation. Yet there
is good evidence that such changes are occasionally inherited. The
epileptic offspring of injured Guinea-pigs is a case often referred to.
Hackel speaks of a Bull which had lost its tail by accident and which
begot entirely tailless calves. With respect to Cats” I am indebted
to Mr. John Birkett for the knowledge of an instance in which a
female with an injured tail produced some stump-tailed kittens in
two litters.
There is evidence that certain variations are more apt to be
inherited than others. Amongst those very apt to be inherited are
skin affections, affections of the nervous system and of the generative
organs, e. g. hypospadias and absence of the uterus. The last case
is one especially interesting, because it can only be propagated
indirectly.
Changes in the environment notoriously produce changes in
certain cases even in adults. The modifications which may result
from the action of unusual agencies on the embryo have been well
shown by M. C. Dareste*. As has been already remarked, processes
of repair take place the more readily the younger the age of the
subject. Similarly it is probable that the action of the environment
generally acts more promptly and intensely on the embryo than in
the older young. ‘That the same organism will sometimes assume
1 Mr. Darwin tells us that two topknotted Canaries produce bald offspring,
due probably to some conflicting actions analogous to the interference of light.
2 See ‘ The Cat’ (John Murray, 1881), p. 7.
* See ‘Archives de Zool. expér.’ vol, ti. p. 414, vol. v. p. 174, vol. vi. p. 31.
also Ann. des Sci. Nat. 4 séries, Zoologie, vol. iii. p. 119, vol. xv. p. 1, vol. xvii.
p. 243; and his work ‘ Recherches sur la production artificielle des Monstru-
osités ou essais de Tératogénie expérimentale.’
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—-1884, No. XXXII. 32
47) DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE DEVELOPMENT [June 17,
very different forms has been shown by Professor Lankester in the
very interesting case of Bacterium rufescens'.
It is also obvious that the very same influences (e.g. amounts of
light, heat, moisture, &c.) will produce different effects in different
species, as also that the nature of some species is more stubborn
and less prone to yariation than that of others. Such for example
is the case with the Ass, the Guinea-fowl, and the Goose as compared
with the Dog, the Horse, the Domestic Fowl, and the Pigeon.
Thus both the amount and the kind of variability differ in different
races, and such constitutional capacities, or incapacities, tend to be
inherited by their derivative forms, and so every kind of animal must
have its own inherent powers of modifiability, or resistance, so that
no organism or race of organisms can vary in an absolutely indefinite
manner ; and if so, then unlimited variability must be a thing abso-
lutely impossible.
The foregoing considerations tend to show that every variation is
a function? of “heredity” and ‘external influence”—z. e. is the
result of the reaction of the special nature of each organism upon the
stimuli of its environment.
In addition to the action of heredity and the action of the environ-
ment, there is also a peculiar kind of action due to an internal force
which has brought about so many interesting cases of serial and
lateral homology which cannot be due to descent *, but which demon-
strate the existence of an intra-organic activity, the laws of which
have yet to be investigated. Comparative anatomy, pathoiogy, and
teratology combine to point out the action of this internal force.
As to its action as exemplified in the homloogies of the Crustacea
Mr. Brooks* makes the following remarks :—
“ Special homology may be defined in two ways, morphologically
and phylogenetically.
“From the morphological point of view an homology is a similarity
in essential plan of structure, which may be obscured by differences
due to diversity of function.
‘From the phylogenetic point of view it is a resemblance which is
due to community of origin or heredity from acommon ancestor. . ..
‘* Now are the phenomena of serial and lateral homology like those
of special homology in this second or phylogenetic sense, as well as
in a morphological sense ?
“On the assumption that the remote ancestor of the Crustacea was
a community of independent crganisms, all of which had inherited
their organization from the same parent, we might answer that
serial homology is like special homology when viewed from a
phylogenetic standpoint ; and if we assume that this series was at
1 See ‘ Quarterly Journal of Microse. Sci.’ new series (1878), vul. xiil. p. 408,
and vol. xvi. (1876), p. 27.
2 Tn the mathematical sense of the word.
3 Such e. g. as some of those noticed by me in a paper on the Fins of Elas-
mobranchs, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x. p. 489.
4 W. K. Brooks in Phil. Trans. 1882; ‘A Study of Morphology,’ p. 57 ; and
Serial Homology and Bilateral Symmetry in Crustacea,’ p. 120.
1884. ] OF THE INDIVIDUAL AND OF THE SPECIES. 471
first double, and that the progress of centralization suppressed one
side of each metamere as the community became gradually fused
into a bilateral organism, we may make the same statement regard-
ing symmetry.
“A process of evolution of this sort is not impossible... . The
Salpa-chain is a bilateral community, and in Doliolum we have a similar
community which exhibits considerable polymorphism. If this
process were carried a little further, we might ultimately have a
bilaterally symmetrical organism in which corresponding parts in the
serics Or on opposite sides should be strictly homologous by descent ;
but we are not therefore justified in assuming that all instances of
serial and lateral homology have originated in this way, and even if
we were, a more careful analysis will show that the assumption does
not remove all the difficulties.
If we grant, for the sake of argument, that the Crustacea are not
the descendants of Nauplius, but of a remote ancestor which con-
sisted of a community of independent metameres, we shall still bs
forced to recognize a bond of relationship between the limbs of a
Decapod, which is very much more recent than that which they owe
to common descent from the parent of the group of Zooids which
formed the ancestral community.
“The first, second, and third thoracic limbs of the adult Lucifer
agree with each other, or are homologous, in certain features which
are not present in a Schizopod. The exopodite is absent and the
endopodite is long and slender in all of them, and it carries short hairs
along its entire length, while in the Schizopod-larva the exopodite
is present and the long hairs are restricted to the tip of the stout
endopodite. We must therefore recognize a bond of union or homo-
logy between these three appendages which has determined that
they shall be like each other in the adult Lucifer ; and the assump-
tion that this similarity is due to heredity from the parent of the
imaginary metameres which joined together to form the primitive
Crustacean, is out of the question, for we know that no further back
than the Schizopods these appendages had quite a different structure.
“The study of serial or lateral homology in other groups of animals
forces us to the same conclusion, and compels us to recognize a
persistent bond of union between them which cannot be due to what
we usually understand by heredity.
“On the assumption that the Vertebrates are the descendants of a
community of metameres, the genetic relationship between a Man’s
arm anda Bird’s wing must be almost infinitely closer than that
between a Man’s arm and his leg, and this again much more recent
than that between his right and his left arm. The arm and wing
inherit their homology from the anterior limb of the common
ancestor of Man and the Birds; bat Man’s arm and leg have no
common ancestor more recent than the limb of the parent of the
imaginary metameres which gave origin, by their union, to the
ancestor of the Vertebrates, and the common ancestor of the right
and left arms must have beez: still more remote.
“When we compare Man’s arm and leg we find that they have
472 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE DEVELOPMENT [June 17,
homologous features which are not only more recent than the time
when man’s ancestors diverged from the ancestors of the birds,
but more recent than the separation of the anthropoid and simian
stems. They resemble each other in the texture of the skin and in
the shape of the nails, and these resemblances are strictly homo-
logical, that is they are not due to external conditions, but in spite
of them; and we mect with countless similar resemblances all
through the animal kingdom. They are not accounted for by the
‘metamere’ theory, even if this is fully accepted, for in many
cases they are uot old, but are of recent acquisition.
“In the case of the Crustacea the assumption that the remote
ancestor of the group hada many-jointed body does not account
for them ; and as the supposed necessity for an explanation of serial
homology is the only reason for believing that this remote ancestor
had a great number of body-segments, it is clearly illogical to reject
the embryological evidence that this ancestor was a three-jointed
Nauplius in order to hold an hypothesis which fails to account for
the facts which are supposed to render it necessary.”
It seems then to be undeniable that the characters and the
variation of species’ are due to the combined action of internal and
external agencies acting in a direct, positive, and constructive manner.
It is obvious, however, that no character very prejudicial to a
species could ever be established, owing to the perpetual action of all
the destructive forces of nature, which destructive forces, considered as
one whole, have been personified under the name “ Natural Selection.”
Its action of course is, and must be, destructive and negative.
The evolution of a new species is as necessarily a process which is
constructive and positive, and, as all must admit, is one due to those
variations upon which natural selection acts. Variation, which thus
lies at the origin of every new species, is (as we have seen) the re-
action of the nature of the varying animal upon all the multitudinous
agencies which environ it. ‘Thus ‘ the nature of the animal’ must
be taken as the cause, “ the environment”’ being the stimulus which
sets that cause in action, and “‘ Natural Selection” the agency which
restrains it within the bounds of physiological propriety.
We may compare the production of a new species to the produc-
tion of a statue. We have (1) the marble material responding to
the matter of the organism ; (2) the intelligent active force of the
sculptor, directing his arm, responding to the psychic nature of the
organism, which reacts according to law as surely as in the case of
reflex action, in healing, or in any other vital action ; (3) the
various conceptions of the artist, which stimulate him to model, re-
sponding to the environing agencies which evoke variation ; and (4)
the blows of the smiting chisel corresponding to the action of
Natural Selection. Noone would call the mere blows of the chisel—
1 The existence of internal force must be allowed. We cannot conceive of a
Universe consisting of atoms acted on indeed by external forces but having no
internal power of response to such actions. Even in such conceptions as
those of “physiological units” and ‘‘ gemmmules” we have (as the late Mr. G. H.
Lewes remarked) given as an explanation that very power the existence of
which in larger organisms had itself to be explained !
1884. ] OF THE INDIVIDUAL AND OF THE SPECIES. 473
apart from both the active force of the artist and the ideal concep-
tions which direct that foree—the cause of the production of the
statue. They are a cause, they help to produce it, and are absolutely
necessary for its production. They are a material cause, but not the
primary cause. This distinction runs through all spheres of activity.
The formal discoverer of a new fossil is the naturalist who first
sees it with an instructed eye, appreciates, and describes it ; not the
labourer who accidentally uncovers but ignores it, and who cannot
be accounted to be, any more than the spade he handles, other than
a mere material cause of its discovery. So we must regard the de-
structive agencies of Nature as a material cause of the origin of new
species; their formal cause being the reaction of the nature of
their parent organisms upon the sum of the multitudinous influences
of their environment.
This kind of action of “ the organism ’’—this formal cause—has
been compared by Mr. Alfred Wallace, and by me, with the action
of the organism in its embryonic development; and this, I have
further urged, is to be likened to the processes of repair and repro-
duction of parts of the individual after injury, and this, again, to
reflex action, and, finally, this last to Instinct as manifested in our-
selves and in other animals also.
These relations of similarity appear to me to exist between
Instinct and all the various other vital actions just enumerated.
Instead, then, of explaining Instinct by reflex action’ (as a reflex
action accompanied by sensation), I would explain reflex action, pro-
cesses of repair, and processes of individual and specific evolution, by
Instinct—the wonderful action and nature of which we knowas it exists
in our own personal activity. These seem to me to be all diverse
manifestations of one kind of activity of which Instinctive Action is
the best type, because by it we can tc a certain extent understand the
others, whereas none of the others enable us to understand it.
Instinct contains reflex action, but reflex action does not contain
Instinct*. But instinctive action has a wider range still. The
evolution of language, of literature, of art, of science, of politics, are
also embraced by it, in so far as they take place without the inter-
vention of conscious and deliberate intention ; for no one can pretend
that human progress in these various directions was at first evolved
by any such deliberate and intentional action. Let us glance at
some simple form of language to test the truth of this assertion,
supposing a case in which a man and a brute are simultaneously
stimulated to expression by the same influences, that we may more
' To attempt to explain Instinct by reflex action is an attempt to explain it
by omitting its most eminent characteristic—its practically telic nature—its
direction toa future, unforeseen, but generally useful end. It is like the attempt
to explain the building of a house by bricks, mortar, bricklayers, and hodmen,
omitting all reference to any influence governing their motions and directing
them towards a predetermined end which is not theirs.
2 Professor Carpenter informs me that in a paper of his on the Voluntary
and Instinctive Actions of Living Beings (to be found in No. 152 of the old
‘Edinburgh Medical and Surgical Journal’), read in 1837, he pointed out
the essential similarity between Instinct and Reflex Action.
474 THE DEVELOPMENT OF INDIVIDUAL AND species. [June 17,
clearly see in what distinctively human language really consists. Let
us then suppose a man and a brute to be standing under an oak-tree
which begins to fall. The falling tree will produce similar effects
upon the senses of both man and brute; both will instinctively fly
from the danger, and both may ery out from alarm, and both, by
their cries or gestures, may give rise to similar feelings of lana in
other men or brutes. Such language, whether vue or of gesture,
is emotional language only ; but the man may do what the brute
cannot do: he may emit the vocal sounds, ‘‘ That oak is falling,” and
these words are the expression and embodiment of three universal
uke ideas :—
The word ‘‘oak”’ is a conventional sign for the idea “ oak,”
mae is a universal, abstract term applicable to every actual or possible
oak. It denotes no single subsisting thing, but a whole group of
things.
2. The word “is” denotes the most important of all abstract
ideas—the idea of existence, or being. It is an idea (expressed in
every human tongue) which we must possess in order to perform
any intellectual act. It is an idea which, though not itself at first
adverted to, makes all other ideas intelligible to us, as light, though
itself unseen, renders everything else visible to us.
3. The word “ falling ” is a term denoting an abstract quality, and
is evidently of very wide application, namely, to everything which
may fall. Yet the idea itself is one single idea.
Thus all human language (apart from mere emotional manifes-
tations) necessarily implies and gives expression to a number of
abstract ideas. It is impossible for a savage to speak the simplest
sentence without having formed such ideas for himself.
Is it then for a moment possible to suppose that any man
deliberately invented language? Vocal and gesture signs are essen-
tially conventional, and require comprehension on the part of those
addressed as well as on the part of those who use them. Analogous
considerations apply to the first beginnings of literature, art, science,
and politics, which could not therefore have been consciously and
deliberately invented.
The evolutions of these lofty forms of human activity are those
cases of highest and most complex instinctive human actions before
referred to’, which can no more be due to “lapsed intelligence”
than they can be accounted for by mere compound reflex action.
To do more, however, than thus briefly to refer to these matters
would be to wander beyond the proper scope of this paper. Its
aim is but to call attention to the close correlation which exists
between the various orders of vital activity which have been now
referred to, and to throw out the suggestion that it is rather in
“Instinct” than in any other of these various forms of activity, that
the best and most apposite type of the whole group is to be found.
Such I believe to be the case, whether it may or may not be
expedient to devise some different generic term to denote the whole
group of such correlated activities.
' See ante, p. 466, the first line.
P.Z.S, iS So Pane
J.G Keulemans lith Hanhart imp.
lz COLIUS NIGRICOLLIS.
2.3. COLIUS ERYTHROMELON
1884.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 475
November 4, 1884.
¢
Prof, Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made
to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August,
and September, 1884:—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of June was 223, of which 56 were by birth,
64 by presentation, 75 by purchase, 3 by exchange, and 25 were re-
ceived on deposit. The total number of departures during the same
period by death and removals was 92.
The following are of special interest :—
1. Two Red-cheeked Colies (Oolius erythromelon), purchased June
12th. We have only once’ before received living examples of this
peculiar African type, and the present species is new to the collection.
Mr. Keulemans’s figure (Plate XLV. figs. 2, 3) will give an idea of
the form of this species and of the remarkable colour of the naked
skin round the beak.
2. Two Chaplain Crows ( Corvus capellanus) from Fao (near Busrih),
at the head of the Persian Gulf, presented June 25th by B. T. Ffinch,
Esq. Weare glad to receive fresh examples of this interesting Crow,
which was first described from living specimens in the Society’s
Gardens in 1876 (see P. Z. S. 1876, p. 693, pl. Ixvi.).
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of July were 195 in number ; of these 74 were acquired by
presentation, 50 by purchase, 2 by exchange, 35 by birth, and 34
were received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period by death and removals was 117.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. A second* specimen of the Heloderm Lizard (Heloderma
suspectum), received in exchange from the Central-Park Menagerie,
New York, U.S.A., July 3rd.
2. A Collection of Snakes from Japan and North America, brought
home and presented to the Society by Gerald Waller, Esq., F.Z.S.,
July 22nd, amongst which are representatives of five Species new to
the Collection, viz.: —The Four-banded Snake(Elaphis quadrivirgata),
and Blomhoff’s Snake (T'rigonocephalus blomhoffi), from Japan ; the
American Black Snake (Coluber constrictor), the Mexican Snake
(Pituophis mewicanus), and the Cyclopion Snake (Tropidonotus
cyclopion), from North America.
3. A young female Cape Sea-Lion (Otaria pusilla), from South
Africa, presented to the Society by Capt. John Hewat, Superintendent
of the Docks, Cape Town, July 25th. This Seal forms a particularly
’ See P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 413, pl. xxxy.
? See P.Z. 8. 1882, p. 630.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1884, No. XXXIII. 33
476 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov.4,
acceptable addition to the Collection, as we have just lost our former
specimen of the Cape Sea-Lion, which was presented to the Society
by Sir Henry Barkly, C.M.Z.S., and lived nearly thirteen years in
the Gardens.
4. An African Barbet of the genus Trachyphonus, purchased
July 29th, being the first example of this form of Barbet we have
received alive. The bird appears to belong to Trachyphonus
purpuratus of West Africa, but is not quite in adult plumage.
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of August was 143; of these 85 were
acquired by presentation, 41 by purchase, 4 by birth, 2 by exchange,
and 11 were received on deposit. The total number of departures
during the same period by death and removals was 137.
The following are of special interest :—
1. A Somali Wild Ass (Hguus asinus somalicus), from Somali
Land, received in exchange August 11th. I propose to give a descrip-
tion of this apparently new form of Wild Ass in a subsequent
communication.
2. Two Blue Snow-Geese (Chen cerulescens), from Alaska,
obtained by purchase August 11th. These are the first examples
of this fine species which have been exhibited in the Society’s
Gardens.
3. A Flying Gecko (Ptychozoon homalocephalum), from Java,
and six Black-spotted Toads (Bufo melanostictus), also from Java.
They were presented to the Society by Dr. F. H. Bauer, C.M.ZS.,
of Buitenzorg, Batavia.
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of September was 111; of these 57 were
acquired by presentation, 22 by purchase, 9 by birth, and 23 were
received on deposit. The total number of departures during the
same period by death and removals was 119.
Mr. Sclater exhibited the flat skin of a Cheetah, obtained at
Beaufort West, South Africa, and forwarded to him by the Rev. G.
H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.8. Mr. Sclater observed that this skin agreed
nearly with that of the animal formerly in the Society’s Menagerie
and described and figured by him in P. Z.S. 1877, p. 532, pl. lv.,
as the Woolly Cheetah (Felis lanea), the skin of which is now in
the British Museum. It was, however, rather smaller in size and
more distinctly spotted, and perhaps not quite so densely furred,
owing probably to the fact that the animal was, as Mr. Fisk believed,
a female.
Mr. Sclater was of opinion that this skin went to corroborate the
existence of Felis lanea as a valid species, although he was assured
by Mr. Oldfield Thomas that the skull of the specimen formerly in
i Sola Gardens did not differ from that of the ordinary
neetah,
1884.] ON SYLVIA NISORIA AND HYPOLAIS ICTERINA. 477
The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Major W. Brydon, B.S.C.,
C.M.Z.S., an egg of Blyth’s Tragopan (Ceriornis blythi)*, which had
been laid by a hen in the possession of that gentleman at Debrughar,
Assam.
The Secretary read an extract from a letter from the same
correspondent containing an account of his efforts to procure a spe-
cimen of the Takin (Budorcas taxicolor) for the Society. When
recently on an advanced frontier-station, Major Brydon had made
many endeavours to procure young specimens of this scarce animal,
but was informed by the natives that it was impossible to keep it in
captivity, as it always “jumped itself to death,” as they expressed it.
The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Mr. J. C. Parr, F.Z.S., a
specimen of the chick of the Vulturine Guinea-Fowl (Numida
vulturina), hatched in Lancashire on September 10th. The hen of
this species in Mr. Parr’s possession had laid very late in August, and
after sitting about a week died. The six eggs were then put undera
common hen, and five young chicks were the result: one, which bad
died on the 15th of October, was now exhibited.
The Secretary believed that this was the first instance of the
Vulturine Guinea-Fow] having bred in this country.
The Rev. H. H. Slater, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of the
Barred Warbler (Sylvia nisoria) obtained on the Yorkshire coast by
himself on the 28th August, 1884. The specimen was a female
bird in immature plumage. It was found in an elder-hedge by a
potato-garden on the sand-hills, and was very shy and difficult to
see. The first British-killed specimen of this species was exhibited
at a meeting of this Society on March 4th, 1879 (see P. Z.8. 1879,
p. 219).
Mr. H. E. Dresser exhibited specimens of Sylvia nisoria and
Hypolais icterina killed in Norfolk, and made the following
remarks :—
The Rev. H. H. Slater has just exhibited an immature specimen
(the second on record as having been killed in England) of Sylvia
nisoria, and I am glad to be able to place before you a third example
of this Warbler, shot by Mr. F. D. Power, of Cold-Harbour Lane,
Brixton, on the 4th of September last, in some scrub at the base of
Blakeney sandhills, Norfolk. This gentleman informs me that he
saw no other bird at all resembling it on that day, though Garden
Warblers were very numerous. This specimen is a female in
immature plumage, and closely resembles the bird exhibited by
Mr. Slater. The first recorded occurrence was of a fully adult bird,
which was also exhibited at a meeting of this Society by Professor
Newton’. Another rare bird which I now have the pleasure to
exhibit is an immature example of Hypolais icterina, also shot by
1 See P. Z.8. 1872, p. 496; 1879, p. 457. 2 See P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 219.
33*
478 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 4.
Mr. Power near Blakeney, on the 11th of September last. He
informs me that he shot it from a thick clump of thistles along the
Cley sea-wall. No other bird was near it, although he had observed
a great arrival of Wheatears, Redstarts, and one Bluethreat that
afternoon, all coming direct from the north, the wind being east-
north-east. As will be seen, this bird was much damaged by the
shot, indeed so much so that the sex was indistinguishable. This
is the third occurrence of this species in Great Britain on record.
Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of the File-
fish (Balistes capriscus) recently caught off Folkestone.
A paper was read by Mr. F. E. Beddard on the anatomy and
systematic position of a gigantic Earthworm from the Cape Colony,
proposed to be called Microcheta rappi.
This paper will be published entire in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’
The following papers were read :—
1. On a Collection of Lepidoptera made by Major J. W.
Yerbury at or near Aden. By Arruur G. Butter,
F.LS., F.Z.8., &c.
[Received September 30, 1884.]
(Plate XLVI.)
The collection of which this is an account is one of the greatest
interest, since it not only contains fine series of the beautiful species
of Teracolus recently described by Col. Swinhoe, but also many
remarkable intergrades between certain long-established species,
tending to prove either that hybrids between allied species are fertile
(which I believe is rarely the case), or that in Aden a condition of
things still exists which in Asia proper and in Africa has long passed
away. Thus in the Eupleine we find Limnas chrysippus gradually
passing into L. alcippus and freely intermarrying with the Indo-
African and Lower-Nubian types of L. dorippus; yet, as the range
of these forms does not by any means correspond, they are practically
distinct (see chart, Pl. XLVI.). Evenin Africa, where LZ. chrysippus
has a wide range, it does not appear to coexist with L. alcippus: it is
true that the range of the latter species can be but imperfectly traced ;
thus, in the Museum series we only have it from Sierra Leone to
Ashanti, and in Mr. Godman’s collection’ it occurs here and there
at wide intervals over great part of Africa, but does not extend
further south than the Orange River (Mr. Godman’s localities are
Sierra Leone, Cape Coast Castle, Winnebah, Senegal, Lower Niger,
Sennaar, Abyssinia, and Kimberley). The existence of a Hypolimnas,
'T here desire to express my thanks to Mr. Godman for examining the whole
of his specimens and forwarding to me a list of their localities.
P.Z.6 .1884.P1. XLVI.
cms (Red) L. chrysippus.
5 (Green) L. alcipp us.
Ss (Yellow) L. dorippus. (Indo. African aa
Saas (Blue) Ee dommes (Nubian type)
1884.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM ADEN. 479
modified in imitation of Z. aleippus, and occurring at the Victoria
Nyanza, further indicates that the species exists or formerly did
exist there. On the other hand, we have received L. chrysippus
from South, South-west, and Eastern Africa, the Mascarene and
Comoro islands, and the island of Socotra; but nowhere have we
known it to occur together with Z. alcippus; the latter species is
indeed omitted from Mr. Trimen’s ‘ Rhopalocera Africze Australis’
and from other works on the Butterflies of South Africa.
Judging from its present distribution, it would seem likely that
L. alcippus had formerly extended from the Somali Coast through
Abyssinia almost in a straight line to the Gold Coast, and that
southwards its range had passed from Cape Gardafui through the
interior to the Nyanza, and thence, still avoiding the coast, had
continued downwards to the Orange River ; whether this represents
its present distribution cannot at present be decided owing to our
meagre knowledge of the Lepidopterous fauna of Africa.
In Asia L. chrysippus occurs commonly from Turkey, through
Persia, Affghanistan: and India, to the Philippines, but is not
accompanied by LZ. a/eippus. On the other hand, a very similar form,
L. alcippoides, has been described by Mr. Moore as occurring in
India, and is the Z. alcippus of Marshall and De Nicéville’s
‘ Butterflies of India,’ of which these authors say :—“‘ Its appearance
is so erratic over a large extent of country that in distribution as
well as in inconstancy of the extent of white, the idea of its being
only a casual variety of L. chrysippus is suggested.” The type,
from Nepal, in Mr. Moore’s collection, is paler than Z. aleippus, and
the secondaries, instead of being pure white, are tinted with fulvous ;
and looking to this fact, together with the paucity of specimens taken
(probably eight or ten in all, so far as I can gather from the ‘ Butterflies
of India ’), their coexistence with abundance of L. chrysippus', and
the probability that an ancestral form would sometimes occur where
the entire difference was one of colour, I should have no hesitation in
regarding L. alcippoides as a case of reversion. In Col. Swinhoe’s
collection there are four of these modified forms of L. chrysippus,
one with white veins from Bombay, one from Mhow, one from
Kurrachee, and one from Deesa, the last three of the L. alcippoides
type; he may have other examples unset. On the other hand,
I believe that the tetramorphic type found at Aden represents
L. chrysippus in its ancestral character, probably preserved through
the immigration from time to time of the African forms which occur
on the Somali Coast.
Two of the four forms of Zimnas have been received from the
Somali Coast, a third is in Mr. Godman’s collection from Cape
Gardafui, and the fourth is in the Museum collection from Socotra ;
all four are therefore in the neighbourhood. Moreover many Butter-
flies have been known to fly greater distances, and only recently I
was informed incidentally by the Hon. H. 8. Thomas, of the Indian
Civil Service, that he had “ frequently seen quite small species of
1 M. de Nicéville informed me that this was the case.
480 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 4,
butterflies crossing the Red Sea in the very teeth ot a strong wind.”
There would therefore be nothing very extraordinary in the flight of
some of the larger species across the Strait of Bab-el-Mandeb,
more especially if the wind chanced to be in their favour.
Lest there should be any doubt in the minds of Lepidopterists as
to the specific identity of the four forms of Aden, I quote here
Major Yerbury’s note on the species :—‘‘ I have taken dorippus and
chrysippus ‘in coitu’ so often that I have given up catching them as
a curiosity : I have raised caterpillars feeding on plant no. 41’; there
seemed no difference between the caterpillars which turned to
chrysippus and those that turned to dorippus. The chrysalides were
of two colours—green with gold spots, and light waxy purple with
ditto.”—J. W. Y.
From notes attached to the specimens, it would appear that the
green chrysalis produced the Indo-African form of L. dorippus
and the purplish chrysalis Z. chrysippus and intergrades towards
L. alcippus. It is a singular fact if there really is not even a slight
difference between the larvee of the various forms.
The question now arises as to what the systematist is to do with
these four forms, since they are (so far as is known) good species
everywhere, excepting at Aden. If we apply to them trinomial
appellations, calling one Limnas chrysippus alcippus, another Limnas
chrysippus dorippus, and so on, we declare that they are local races
of one species ; and yet as a matter of fact they both are and are not.
Again, supposing the trinomial system to be generally adopted for
local races, though it would practically (if not always immediately)
reduce every genus of Lepidoptera to a single species, and eventually
as links continued to turn up (so as to necessitate the union of
nearly allied genera) might lead back the lepidopterist by a process
of retrogression to the first described butterfly, nevertheless, though
all these evils might spring from the adoption of this system, Limnas
chrysippus and one or two other Aden butterflies could not be
embraced by it, because at Aden their forms are not local but mere
polymorphic sports, or in a word true varieties.
In the present paper I shall keep the various named forms
separate, though under one number, the first as a matter of con-
venience, to enable me to record the exact place and date of capture,
the second to indicate that at Aden they are not distinct species.
RHOPALOCERA.
NYMPHALIDS.
KUPL@IN#.
1. LimNAS CHRYSIPPUS.
Papilio chrysippus, Linneeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764).
One typical female, Aden, 26th Febrnary, 1883.
Taken in coitu with Indo-African type of L. dorippus.
* T cannot get the name of this plant.
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM ADEN, 481
Intergrade a.—Secondaries with the median veins white-bordered,
the abdominal area partly white.
3, Aden, 11th April, 1884 ; Huswah, 18th May.
Intergrade 6.—Secondaries with the basal half of the median
interspaces and the borders of the male sexual spot white.
3, Huswah, 2nd March, 1884.
Intergrade e.—Secondaries with the basal three-fourths of the
abdominal border, the centre of the interno-median area, and the
basal half of the median interspaces white or whitish.
3, Huswah, 2nd March, 1884.
1 a. LIMNAS ALCIPPUS.
Papilio alcippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. exxvii. E, F (1779).
3, Haithalkim, 5th April, 1884.
Slightly modified by interbreeding with L. chrysippus.
1 4. LimNnas DORIPPUS.
Euplea dorippus, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 48. figs. 1-4 (1845).
3 2, Huswah, 2nd March, 1884; ¢, Aden, 28th January
and 6th March; Q in coitu with Indo-African type, 29th February.
1c. Limnas, sp. (unnamed Indo-African type) *.
Euplea dorippus, var., Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 48. fig. 5, d
(1845).
$, Aden, 12th February, 1884; 6, in coitu with typical Z.
chrysippus, 26th February; ¢, in cottu with typical L. dorippus,
29th February.
SATYRINE.
2. YpTHIMA ASTEROPE.
Hipparchia asterope, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 29. figs. 11-14
(1832).
Aden, 10th and 19th March; Lahej, 3rd, 4th, and 6th April;
Shaik Othman, 20th April, 1884.
The specimens vary considerably in size, but the ocelli upon the
wings are more uniform than is usual in this genus.
Major Yerbury notes Melanitis ismene as common at Lahej,
though he failed to catch one ; it is only occasionally seen in Aden.
NyYMPHALINZ.
3. HypoLiMNAS MISIPPUS.
Papilio misippus, Linneeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).
@, Aden, 26th February, 1884.
“The females of this butterfly mimic all the forms of Danaine ;
1 Although this form appears to be a distinct species when occurring in
Sind, Nyassa, Abyssinia, and Arabia, it is only a variety at Aden, and therefore I
do not in this place give it a distinctive name.
482 -MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 4,
the mimics of dorippus with white and aleippus are rather rarer
than the other types.” —J. W. ¥.
As might be expected, this copy of Limnas chrysippus is very
inconstant in coloration at Aden; a specimen taken on the 27th
March has lost the black apical patch, and the white subapical band
is replaced by a pale tawny band (ZL. inaria, Cramer), so that this
insect more nearly resembles the Indo-African type of LZ. dorippus ;
furthermore Col. Swinhoe confirms Major Yerbury’s note to the
effect that some females have white on the secondaries like ZL.
alcippus, and thus would agree with my H. alcippoides from the
Victoria Nyanza. An instance of this kind points without question
to some relationship between the females of H. misippus and the
Limnas which they copy, and is a sufficient answer to those who
dispute the existence of protective assimilation.
4, JUNONIA HERE.
Junonia here, Lang, Entomologist, p. 206 (Sept. 1884).
3, Haithalkim, 4th April, 1884.
This species, which we have also from Bagdad, has long been
confounded with J. orithyia of China. It, however, is constantly
smaller, with the primaries blacker ; the discoidal spots blue instead
of scarlet ; the external blue area transverse and with a sharply
defined straight inner edge; the white band of the primaries is
narrow, and the posterior ocellus little more than a black patch; the
anterior ocellus of the secondaries is also represented by a large
rounded black spot; the external border greenish-grey; on the
under surface the apical area of the primaries and the whole of the
secondaries are of a whitish stone-colour with darker and paler
markings, but the secondaries correspond with those of true J.
orithyia in the absence of distinct ocelli.
5. JUNONIA CLELIA.
Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxi. E, F (1775).
6, Huswah, 24th June, 1883.
6. JUNONIA CEBRENE.
Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 353.
3 @, Aden, 10th October, 1883.
Mr. Kirby quotes “J. crebrene,”’ Butler, as a synonym of this
species. As, however, my paper was read and ordered for publication
before my friend Trimen’s was received by the Entomological Society,
as the Secretary also altered the name which I had proposed and,
without consulting me, gave Trimen’s paper precedence in the
volume, either the species should be quoted as mine, or the synonym
J. crebrene (sic) ascribed to the person from whose pen it emanated ;
I should prefer the latter course.
The occurrence of Pyrameis cardui is noted by Major Yerbury.
1884.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM ADEN. 483
7. HyPANIs ILITHYIA.
Papilio ilithyia, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 17. figs. 1, 2
(1773).
6, Huswah, 24th June, 1883.
*<¢Common at Haithalkim in March 1883; none to be found
early in April 1884.”—J. W. Y.
Lyc#NIDz&.
8. PoLYOMMATUS BATICUS.
Papilio beticus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2. p. 789, n. 226 (1767).
2, Shaik Othman, 18th January; ¢, Aden, 8th January ;
3 2, 4th February; 9, 27th March, 1884.
“ Generally distributed.”—J. W. Y.
9. CATOCHRYSOPS ASOPUS.
Lycena asopus, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 642,
n. 22; Peters’ Reise nach Mosambique, Zool. v. p. 410, pl. 26.
figs. 13-15 (1862).
Three females, Aden (without date).
10. AZANUS AMARAH.
Polyommatus amarah, Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. vi. p. 384, pl. 11.
figs. 5, 6 (1847).
Aden, 5th January, 18th February, 15th April; Shaik Othman,
15th January, 20th April, 1884.
Occurs also at Huswah according to Major Yerbury.
11. AZANUS ZENA.
Lycena zena, Moore, P. Z.8. 1865, p. 505, pl. xxxi. fig. 9.
Huswah, 2nd March and 9th September; Aden, 7th March, 20th
June, 5th September, and 8th November, 1883.
** Generally distributed.”
We have specimens of this species received by Mr. Moore from
Kutch ; it occurs also at Kurrachee, and, on account of its affinity
to A, ubaldus, has been recorded under the latter name.
Col. Swinhoe has specimens of the allied Abyssinian species
A, sigillata collected at Aden in January and February.
12. TARUCUS PULCHER.
Lycena pulchra, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1874, p: 524, pl. 10.
figs. 7, 8.
3 2, Aden, 18th and 29th February, 4th March; Lahej, 3rd
April ; Huswah, 2nd and 14th March, 1884.
1 Tn his notes on Aden Butterflies Major Yerbury refers to two species. I
only found one specimen (from Huswah) among his Aden specimens, and the
note to this states that it is the only one ever seen; the specimens from
Haithalkim are probably the same, however.
484 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 4,
13. TARUCUS THEOPHRASTUS.
Hesperia theophrastus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 281, n. 32
(1793).
Gian theophrastus, Lucas, Expl. Alg., Zool. iii. pl. 1. fig. 6
1849).
3 2, Lahej, 3rd April, 1883.
Occurs also at Huswah according to Major Yerbury.
M. Lucas’s figure is not very characteristic. The species may
readily be distinguished from 7. nara of India by the break in the
submarginal series of spots on the under surface of the secondaries,
the spots towards the costa forming a line with those beyond the cell.
14. ZizERA TROCHILUS.
Lycena trochilus, Freyer, Neuere Beitr. v. pl. 440. fig. 1 (1844).
Lycena parva, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 526, pl. 10.
g. 1.
Aden, 14th January ; 3rd, 6th, and 18th February; 6th, 12th,
and 19th March ; Huswah, 2nd March ; Lahej, 5rd April, 1884.
The characters upon which Mr. Murray relied for the separation
of his L. parva from Zizera trochilus are not only slight but not
constant :—‘‘ Its much smaller size, and alse from its presenting in
both wings a series of white markings immediately beyond the
discal row of spots.” In the eleven Aden specimens before me the
size varies from 17 to 24 millimetres in expanse, the smallest
specimen therefore agreeing with Mr. Murray’s type, and the largest
exceeding by 4 millim. the largest of our other examples of Z.
trochilus; the white markings also (which are only expansions
of the white borders to the ordinary spots) fail, or, more strictly
speaking, correspond with those of Z trochilus, in two specimens
from the Transvaal in the Museum collection.
15. ZizERA KNYSNA.
Lycena knysna, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 282
(1862).
Shaik Othman, 18th January, 9th March; Huswah, 2nd April ;
Lahej, 3rd April, 1884.
As a rule slightly larger than specimens from South Africa, but
exactly corresponding in every other respect ; one example taken at
Shaik Othman on the 20th April is somewhat aberrant, being small
even for typical 4. knysna, and with the under surface as white in
tint as that of Z. pygmea.
16. ZIzERA GAIKA.
Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 403
(1862).
Aden, 4th February, 6th and 12th March; Haithalkim, 4th
April, 1884.
The specimens correspond in all respects with those from South
Africa.
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM ADEN. 485
17. Devporyx LIVIA.
Lycena livia, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 40. figs. 3-6 (1834).
Aden, 25th December, 1883; 5th, 6th, and 20th January, and
17th February, 1884.
The female of this species (of which Klug figures two males)
closely resembles the Dipsas antalus of Hopffer, two females of
which are evidently represented as sexes.
PAPILIONID.
18. TeRIAS CHALCOMIZTA.
Terias chalcomieta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. iii. p. 190, n. 10 (1879).
Lahej, 3rd and 6th April; Haithalkim, 4th April, 1884.
The seven examples forwarded by Major Yerbury are separated
by him under four different numbers, probably on account of their
difference of size and the more or less pronounced character of the
markings on the under surface; in some specimens these are as
sharply defined as in 7’. esiope, whilst others agree with the type
from Johanna in almost every particular.
The Catopsilie of the collection appear to repeat, to a certain
extent, the peculiarities of the forms of Limnas, since they are un-
doubtedly connected by intergrades in such a manner as to render
their separation very difficult.
When I published my Monograph of Callidryades, I recognized
two African types, Catopsilia pyrene and C. florella, which, at the
time, were believed by Mr. Trimen to be dimorphic forms of one
species; this belief was based upon the capture of a supposed
C. pyrene S in coitu with a C. florella 9: his words are as
follows:—‘“ On one occasion near Durban, Port Natal, I took a
white ¢ and yellow 2 in copuld. Females of the paler colouring
are certainly scarcer than the others; but Mr. Bowker writes that
he has noticed them in Basuto-Land, and Mr. Hewitson possesses
one from Madagascar, which resembles the yellowish-white specimen
from Bourbon, figured in M. Maillard’s ‘Notes sur l’Ile de la
Réunion (Bourbon),’ published in 1862.”
The pale female in Mr. Hewitson’s collection is my C. rufo-sparsa,
and differs from C. florella not only in its pale colouring, but in
the total absence of the angular subapical series of spots on the
primaries, the shorter secondaries, the ochreous instead of chrome-
yellow colouring of the under surface, the denser and less striate
character of the reticulate markings, and the suffused ill-defined
character of the discal series of spots.
In a collection received some years since from Abyssinia were
great numbers of a Catopsilia which I took to be C. florella, and
one of these I selected for the sake of its locality. On setting it,
however, I found it so distinet—the central area of the wings being
occupied by a broad white belt, and the under surface of the second-
aries showing only one instead of three silver spots—that I concluded
to describe it as a new species under the name of OC. aleurona.
486 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 4,
In Aden the Catopsilie appear to be very common, thirty-nine
specimens being in the present collection. The females separate
readily into four types; but as regards the males I agree with Major
Yerbury in admitting that ‘I have found it very difficult to separate
the different Catopsilie.” They have, however, enlightened me
upon one point, which is, that the males of C. pyrene and C. florella
(as in many other species of Callidryas) are extremely similar,
whilst the females are entirely different ; that, consequently, Bois-
duval was in error as to the male of the latter species, whilst my
friend Trimen was partly right and partly wrong. The male of (.
florella is indeed white and very like that sex of C. pyrene; but I
have little doubt of its distinctness from that species in Tropical
Africa, though in Aden I have every reason to believe that C. pyrene,
C. aleurona, and C. florella ave one species ; this opinion I base not
only upon the fact that all fly together (for that is not conclusive
evidence of identity), but from the existence in Aden of a fourth
form between C. pyrene and C. aleurona and perfectly intermediate
on both surfaces. This intergrade, which I believe to be M. Bois-
duval’s C. hyblea described from a Senegalese specimen, resembles
C. rufo-sparsa of Madagascar and C. gnoma of India on the upper
surface, but on the under surface is only a little yellower than C.
pyrene, with similar greyish reticulations and barely a trace of the
discal series of spots.
If in Tropical Africa C. florella were merely a dimorphic form of the
female of C. pyrene, as Mr. Trimen clearly supposed it to be, there is
no reason why intergrades between the females should not occur com-
monly with them there, as at Aden; yet thisis not the case. On the
other hand, admitting the distinctness of the two species in Southern
and Western Africa, the fact that they are one species in Aden can be
explained by the not improbable supposition that the Abyssinian
type has steadily migrated in that direction, and, being almost exactly
intermediate between the two, has rendered the preservation of a
tetramorphic species possible in this case as in that of Limnas chry-
sippus ; nor iu my opinion is such a supposition at all fanciful in the
case of genera which are notorious for the possession of a strong
migratory instinct.
In the present paper I must necessarily treat the forms of Cato-
psilia as I have done those of Limnas.
19. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA.
Q Papilio florella, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479, n. 159 (1775).
Callidryas (Catopsilia) florella, Butler, Monogr. in Lep. Exot.
p. 56, pl. xxii. figs. 1, 2, 2 a (1871).
3, Aden, 26th February, 1883; 9, 27th March, ¢, 14th April,
1884; ¢, Lahej, 3rd April, 1884.
The males are larger than those of C. pyrene, have the primaries
more produced, with incurved outer margin rather distinctly spotted
with smoky grey; on the under surface also the angular discal sub-
apical streak is tolerably distinct.
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM ADEN. 487
19 a. CATOPSILIA ALEURONA.
Q Catopsilia alewrona, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xviii. p. 489 (1876).
3, Aden, 4th and 23rd February and 10th March ; 2, 15th April ;
3, Shaik Othman, 9th March; 9, Lahej, 6th April, 1884.
The males barely show a trace of marginal spotting on the upper
surface, and are slightly paler on the under surface than in C. florella ;
at the same time there is so much similarity between them that,
unless taken in copuld in Abyssinia, it would be impossible to assert
that no taint of C. florelia had modified the normal characteristics
of the race ’.
19 6. CATOPSILIA HYBLZA.
2 Callidryas hyblea, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. p. G2 nee! 1
(1836).
3, 6th January, 23rd February, 8th March; 9, 12th March ;
3, 21st March.
Nine males and three females received; both sexes are smaller
than in C. aleurona, of a paler greenish-sulphur tint below, with
the markings, excepting the small ocellated spots, very ill-defined.
19c. CATOPSILIA PYRENE.
3 2, Colias pyrene, Swainson, Zool. Ill. 1st ser. pl. 51 (1820-1).
3, Aden, 21st and 27th March; 2, 12th March; 2, Lahej,
3rd April; ¢ 2 (i coitu), 4th and 6th April; ¢, 10th April;
Shaik Othman, 20th April.
20. TERACOLUS CALAIS.
Papilio calais, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 53. figs. C, D (1779).
Aden, 5th, 14th, 22nd, and 28th January; 10th April, 1884;
10th and 14th October, 1883.
21. TERACOLUS DYNAMENE.
Pontia dynamene, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 6. figs. 15, 16 (1829).
3 Q in coitu, Aden, 15th February, 1884; 6, 25th August,
1883.
The female taken in coitu is not distinguishable from that sex of
T. calais, to which species it is, I should say, undoubtedly to be
referred ; the two species are perfectly distinct and readily separable,
so that it is extremely unlikely that any fertile eggs would have
been produced, or, at any rate, would have yielded healthy larvee ;
if, however, hybrids were reared, they ought to resemble 7’. carnifer
more than anything else.
1 I must here remind Lepidopterists that whenever I speak of a species of
Butterfly or Moth, I mean exactly what is understood in some of the other
Orders by a local race ; all “ species” of Lepidoptera being, in my opinion, local
races.
488 ; MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 4,
21a. TERACOLUS CARNIFER.
Teracolus carnifer, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 138, n. 42, pi. vil.
figs. 8, 9.
3, Aden, 7th July, 1883.
This form was described upon specimens in Mr. Moore’s collection
from Mynpuri, N.W. Punjab; in the Museum we have a pair from
Kurrachee, presented, along with specimens of 7. dynamene, by Col.
Swinhoe ; now again a single male comes from Aden in company
with 7. dynamene. I think therefore that the distinctness of this
form from the latter must be regarded as extremely doubtful, unless
it can be shown by breeding that it is a different species. At the
same time, the two forms are sufficiently dissimilar to leave the
question of their specific identity an open one for the present.
22, TERACOLUS PHISADIA.
Pieris phisadia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix, p. 132, n. 40 (1819).
Var. Pontia arne, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs. 1-4 (1829).
g, Aden, 6th and 20th January; 92, 27th March and 10th
April, 1884; 9, 6th July, 29th August; 3, lst September, 10th
October; @, 14th October, 1883; 4, 30th December, 1882;
3 9, Lahej, 3rd April (in coitu); 9, Haithalkim, 5th April, 1884.
The males are large, and therefore belong to the variety figured by
Klug; the females show every gradation from the pure yellow form
of Klug’s figure to a form almost exactly agreeing with the male;
there is also a saffron-yellow variety, and a variety of a creamy-white
colour, slightly suffused with salmon in the centre and along the
costa of the primaries.
23. TERACOLUS VI.
Teracolus vi, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 437, pl. xxxix. figs. 6, 7.
S$, Aden, 6th January, 4th February, 11th April, 1884; 9, 18th
October and 8th November; ¢, 23rd October and 8th December,
1883.
24. TERACOLUS PLEIONE.
Pontia pleione, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 8. figs. 7, 8 (1829).
2, Aden, 26th February; 3, 9, 27th March, 10th April; 9,
15th April, 1884.
24 a. TERACOLUS MIRIAM.
Idmais miriam, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 190, n. 186,
pl. 27. figs. 3, 4.
Teracolus chrysomela, Butler, Cist. Ent. p. 244 (1874).
3, 9, Aden, 6th January (in coitu); o, 2, 27th March; ¢,
2, 10th April.
The fact that these Butterflies are all caught flying together, taken
in conjunction with the slight difference which separates the one
from the other, seems to me to indicate that 7. miriam is only an
under-coloured variety of 7’. pleione: its sole distinction is that the
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM ADEN. 489
secondaries in the male have no marginal spots, and that in the
female these spots are very small. Major Yerbury, however, sends
the following note, which argues in favour of the existence of more
than one species here ; if by breeding he can prove this to be the
ease, I shall not be at all distressed, though certainly surprised
thereby. He says :—“ I fancy there are three distinct insects under
these two numbers (attached to specimens indicated under T. plevone
and var.)—first, the ordinary common male with the white female ;
second, the yellow females (the males I have taken im coitu with
yellow females seem to have the orange coming down lower on the
hind wing) ; and ¢hird, the males of a brighter, richer colour—these
are so conspicuous that one notices them at once when on the wing.
I have raised one or two caterpillars; there certainly are at least two
different sorts of caterpillars to be found on plant no. 23 (Cleome,
n.sp.?). Only 7. pleione resulted, but, at the time when I raised
these caterpillars, 1 only had one breeding-glass, so could not tell
what turned to what.”
I may note that a small male 7. acaste “from chrysalis” was
labelled with the same number as 7’ pleione. A female 7. miriam
was also taken én coitu with 7’. pleione, 3.
25. TERACOLUS C@LESTIS.
Teracolus celestis, Swinhoe, P. Z.S.1884, p.435, pl. xxxix. figs. 1, 2.
3 @, 6th January, 9, 23rd January, 1884; ¢, 2nd March, 1883;
©, 12th, and ¢ Q, 27th March, ¢, 10th April; Lahej, 6th April,
1884.
Either this species is extremely variable or it hybridizes with 7’.
acaste of Klug, and thus produces intergrades to that species ; in
the absence of direct evidence I am inclined to think the latter to be
the case. In his recent paper on Teracolus, Col. Swinhoe regarded
the white females as albino varieties of his 7’. celestis, and could not
be persuaded to believe that they were represented by Klug’s
figures ; yet these figures, though a little too black, are really not
bad, whereas the figures of 7. pleione are not at all like anything we
have ever seen, and nevertheless Col. Swinhoe did not hesitate to
agree with me that they were intended to represent the Aden species.
Between 7. celestis, then, and 7. acaste we have two intergrades,
both of them smaller in both sexes than J. celestis. The first of
these has the outer border of the primaries in both sexes broader
than in 7’. celestis, and the upper surface, especially of the secon-
daries in the female, of a paler sulphur-yellow: this 1 shall regard
as a simple variety of 7’. celestis reduced in size and colour by
crossing with T. acaste. The second intergrade differs but little in
the male sex from that last mentioned, excepting that the blackish
border is narrower and tapers more towards the external angle’; tlre
females, however, have lost the yellow colouring (or rather, if my
view be correct, have not acquired it), only the diffused pale orange
1 J should have found it difficult to decide which were the males of this
form, had they not fortunately been taken i coé¢tw with the females,
490 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 4,
nebula being present upon the primaries: this I propose to regard
as a variety of 7. acaste, modified in colouring by crossing with 7.
celestis.
Intergrade 1= 7. celestis, var.
3, Aden, 2nd March, 1883; 2, 10th April, 1884; 92, Ist
July, 1883.
Intergrade 2= 7. acaste, var.
3 2, Aden, 26th February, 1884, in coctu (two pairs).
26. TERACOLUS ACASTE.
Pontia acaste, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs. 16, 17 (1829).
3, Aden, 27th March, 10th April (from chrysalis), 1884; 9°,
3rd June and 5th September, 1883.
In Hewitson’s collection two females of 7. acaste stand under 7.
halimede, whilst T. acaste is represented by four females of T.
pleione and one of J. acaste, T. pleione consisting of one typical
male and three males of the variety 7’. miriam; one of the females
labelled ‘* Red \Sea”’ corresponds more closely with Klug’s figures
than those in the present collection, but is evidently referable to the
same species.
As 7. acaste appears to havea wider range than 7’, celestis, it
would be at any rate premature to regard them as mere sports of one
variable species.
27. 'TERACOLUS PROTOMEDIA.
Pontia protomedia, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 8. figs. 15, 14 (1829).
3 Q, Haithalkim, 4th and Sth April; 9, Teahees 6th April ;
3 2, Shaik Othman, 20th April and Lith May, 1884.
It is a curious thing that specimens of this species almost in-
variably arrive in a more or less broken condition; of the ten
examples before me only two males came to hand in anything like a
perfect state; possibly their brilliant colouring may render them
especially attractive to birds. The species is an interesting one, since
it links the 7. hewitsoni and 7. halimede groups.
28. TERACOLUS MILES.
Teracolus miles, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.
p- 105 (1883).
6, Aden, 11th July, 1883.
The example does not perfectly agree with the type from the
Victoria Nyanza, but is too close to render it safe to separate it
upon a single specimen. Major Yerbury says that he has only seen
two examples, “one on the 7th July and the other a few days
later.”
29, TERACOLUS EPIGONE.
Anthopsyche epigone, Felder, Reise der. Nov., Lep. ii. p. 186,
n. 180.
3 2, Haithalkim, 4th and 5th April, 1884.
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM ADEN. 491
30. TERACOLUS NOUNA.
Anthocharis nouna, Lucas, Expl. Alg., Zool. iii. p. 350, n. 14
pl. 1. fig. 2 (1849).
3 9, Huswah, 30th March and 18th May; ¢, Haithalkim, 5th
and 20th April, 1884.
The specimens agree tolerably closely with the figures by M. Lucas.
31. TeERACOLUS SAXEUS.
Teracolus saxeus, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 441, pl. 40. figs. 1, 2.
3, Huswah, 14th March, 1884; 9, 9th September, 1883; 2,
Lahej, 9th September, 1883.
Differs from the preceding in the subapical oblique orange band
on the primaries below being of double the width, and in the much
more pink colour of the under surface of the secondaries ; the female
also is destitute of the oblique brown line near the inner edge of the
broader orange apical patch. It is, of course, possible that the two
may be dimorphic forms of one species, but this can only be satis-
factorily decided by breeding.
32. TrERACOLUS YERBURII.
Teracolus yerburii, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 441, pl. 39. fig. 12.
Haithalkim, 4th and 5th April; Shaik Othman, 11th May, 1884.
Occurs also at Lahej according to Major Yerbury. The species
had evidently been some time on the wing when obtained, as only
one of the six examples received was uninjured.
33. TERACOLUS SWINHOEI, Sp. 0.
3. Allied to the preceding species, from which it differs as
follows :—Wings longer, the primaries with rounded apex and ex-
ternal angle, upper surface sulphur-yellow instead of milky white ;
the black-brown apical patch of primaries more oblique, with the
band of five orange spots decidedly narrower, more oblique, less
angular, and with narrower blackish inner edge; secondaries with
the grey basi-costal scaling continuous with the outer edge of the
costal blackish spot, the apical patch unbroken ; the squamose grey
band, from the apical patch to the submedian vein, further from the
outer margin and paler than in 7. yerburii; the black marginal
spots much larger ; under surface tinted with sulphur-yellow through-
out, bright sulphur-yellow over the basal half of the primaries and
the external border, the subapical orange band much brighter and
(as on the upper surface) narrower and more oblique. Expanse of
wings 42 mm.
Haithalkim, 5th April, 1884.
«The only specimen.”"—J. W. Y.
34, BELENOIS LORDACA.
Pieris lordaca, Walker, Entom. v. p. 48.
3 2, Huswah, 14th and 30th March; 9, Haithalkim, 5th April,
1884.
The males are smaller than one in the Museum collection from
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XXXIV. 34
492 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 4,
Damascus, but that is probably an exceptionally large example ;
there is no difference between a female trom Damascus and one
from Huswab.
“T have raised caterpillars of this on Capparis galeata.”—J. W. Y.
A caterpillar taken on the 14th March emerged on the 24th.
35. BELENOIS LEUCOGYNE, Sp. 0.
Allied to B. elisa and B. johanne. Size of B. severina: the male
above milky white: primaries as in B. boguensis, with narrow
oblique black discocellular streak and tapering, internally zigzag,
external border enclosing five spots of the ground-colour, the second
largest ; secondaries with a marginal series of triangular blackish
spots indistinctly connected by a few dusky scales here and there:
under surface most like B. doguensis; primaries milky white, the
apical or external border brown, darker along its inner edge and
enclosing six primrose-yellow spots, one being placed within the
subcostal furca ; secondaries primrose-yellow, with a chain-like series
of four large spots of the ground-colour upon a brown ground, an
abbreviated brown irregular stripe from costa to second subcostal
branch. Female above sulphur-yellow ; primaries with black disco-
cellular bar and external border as in B. boguensis 2 ; secondaries
with narrow external black border and subcostal stripe; four small
submarginal spots of the ground-colour; primaries below reddish
brown towards apex; seven lemon-yellow spots upon the external
border, otherwise as above ; secondaries pearl-white, streaked and
bordered with lemon-yellow, border brown; otherwise as above.
Expanse of wings 55 mm.
3, Lahej, 3rd April; ¢ 9, Haithalkim, 4th and 5th April, 1884.
36. SYNCHLOE GLAUCONOME.
Pontia glauconome, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs. 18, 19 (1829).
Aden, 25th and 28th January, 1883; 5th and 12th February
(from chrysalis), 1584.
“The caterpillar of this butterfly feeds in Aden on plant no. 42
(Cleome paradova), but in the interior it feeds on no. 43 (Diptery-
gium glaucum); it is generally distributed.”—J. WV. Y.
S. iranica of Bienert, from Persia and Affghanistan, is closely
allied to this species ; on the upper surface it differs chiefly in the
larger white spots on the apical border of the primaries; on the
under surface, however, it is readily separable by the absence of the
green basi-abdominal patch on the secondaries, and the paler
yellower tint of the other green markings on all the wings.
A discoloured chrysalis forwarded by Major Yerbury as possibly
that of Teracolus phisadia appears to me to belong to this species ;
it is of the usual form and shows the wing-pattern distinctly. —
37. NEPHERONIA ARABICA.
Eronia buquetii, var. arabica, Hopffer in Peters’s Reise nach
Mosambique, Zool. v. p. 363, var. 3 (1862).
Lahej, 3rd and 6th April ; Haithalkim, 4th April, 1884.
1384. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM ADEN. 493
Hopffer probably only had a female before him when he wrote
his diagnosis of this form. The undersurface of the secondaries and
apex of primaries in the male is of a pearly greenish tint, the dusky
atoms being confined almost entirely to the costal border of the
secondaries ; the female even is scarcely ochraceous on the under-
surface; I should rather describe the secondaries as sericeous greenish
yellow, sparsely reticulated with greyish squamose strize ; the usual
purplish discocellular marking with white centre and creamy-white
spot attached to its outer edge.
There is no doubt that the local forms named by Hopffer £.
mosambicensis, capensis, and arabica are permanent, and should be
kept separate.
HEsPERIIDe.
38. HrsperIA ANCHISES.
Ismene anchises, Gerstaecker in Von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-
Africa, iii, p. 374, n. 29, pl. xv. figs. 6, 6a (1873).
Aden, 8th July, 1884.
Also *‘ Huswah ” according to Major Yerbury.
We have H. anchises also trom the Victoria Nyanza.
39. PaRNARA MATHIAS.
Hesperia mathias, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 433 (1798) ;
Butler, Cat. Fabr. Lep. pl. 3. fig. 6 (1870).
Aden, 3rd February, 1884, 12th June and 7th December, 1883 ;
Huswah, 2nd March; Shaik Othman, 20th April, 1884.
Also at Lahej according to Major Yerbury.
40. GEGENES KARSANA.
Hesperia karsana, Moore, P.Z.8. 1874, p. 576, pl. 67. fig. 6.
3, Aden, 3rd February, 1884; 9, Shaik Othman, Ist September,
1883.
Also oceurs at Huswah.
4]. Pyreus EVANIDUS (var. ADENENSIS).
Pyrgus evanidus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v.
p- 223.
Aden, 3rd, 23rd, and 26th February, 1884, and 2nd March, 1883.
All the specimens are much darker on the under surface than
those from Sind and Beloochistan, the apex of the primaries having
the blackish ground-colour of the remainder of the wing, and the
secondaries having the ground-colour dark greyish olivaceous instead
of pale yellowish. As the Aden form may prove to be distinct
(and is at any rate more worthy of a name than many of the forms
recognized on the Continent), I propose to call it var. adenensis.
42. 'THANAOS DJELELZE.
Pterygospidea djelele, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 54
(1857).
Aden, Ist July, 1883.
34*
494 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 4,
This species appears to be common in Angola, whence most of
Hewitson’s specimens were obtained; we have one example from
Angola and one from Abyssinia.
HETEROCERA.
In addition to the specimens received from Major Yerbury, we
possess a small series presented by Col. Swinhoe, which I propose to
include in this list, when in sufficiently good order for identification ;
as, however, this series was preserved in spirit, it is not surprising to
find that some of the specimens are unrecognizable.
SPHINGIDZ.
43. LopHURA NANA.
Lophura nana, Walker, Lep. Het. viii. p. 107, n. 4 (1856).
Aden (from chrysalis), 8th April, 1884.
The remainder of the Moths are only numbered, no notes accom-
panying them; the type was from Natal.
44. BASIOTHEA IDRICUS.
Sphina idricus, Drury, Ill. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 2, pl. 2. fig. 2
(1773).
Aden.
We have the species from Natal, Sierra Leone, and Abyssinia.
45. CH£ZROCAMPA CELERIO.
Sphinx celerio, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 800 (1766).
Two examples, Aden.
We have this widely distributed species from Abyssinia (a locality
not recorded in my Revision of the family).
46. DrILEPHILA LIVORNICA.
Sphina livornica, Esper, Ausl. Schmett. il. pp. 87, 196, pl. 8.
fig. 4 (1785).
3, Aden.
A single specimen, rather darker than Turkish examples, but
evidently to be referred to the same species.
47. DAPHNIS NERII.
Sphinx nerii, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 798, n. 5 (1766).
2, Aden.
A pale example, and therefore not of the African type.
48. PROTOPARCE ORIENTALIS,
Protoparce orientalis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. 1876, vol. ix.
p. 609, n. 21, pl. 91. figs. 16, 17.
od, Aden.
One slightly rubbed specimen of this Eastern form of P. con-
olvuli,
1884. | LEPIDOPTERA FROM ADEN. 495
Lirnosiip2&.
49. DeloPeIA PULCHELLA.
Tinea pulchella, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 884, n. 349 (1766).
Three specimens, Aden.
LEUCANIID.
50. LEUCANIA EXTRANEA.
Leucania extranea, Guénée, Noct. i. p. 77, n. 104.
One bad specimen, Aden (C. Swinhoe).
The specimen was just good enough to permit of its being recog-
nized.
XYLOPHASIIDE.
51. XYLOPHASIA OPPOSITA, var.
Mamestra opposita, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. ii. p. 667 (1865).
3, Aden.
Only differs from the type-specimens (from S. India and Ceylon) in
having an oblique diffused belt of scarcely perceptibly redder colour
from centre of inner margin to apex of primaries.
The species of Xylophasia are well known to be variable in the
ground-colour of the wings, and dimorphism is probably prevalent, as
with X. rurea and var. combusta (which resembles a Mamestra).
should not be surprised if the N.-American Mamestra dubitans
prove to be a similar dimorphic form of Xylophasia lignicolora.
52. PRODENIA CARADRINOIDES.
Q Laphygma caradrinoides, Walker, Lep. Het. ix. p. 190, n. 8
(1856).
3 Prodenia ingloria, Walker, 1. c. xv. p. 1679 (1858).
3 &, Aden.
The type of L. caradrinoides was from Natal, but that of P. in-
gloria from Moreton Bay, so that their separation as distinct species
was excusable; we have received both sexes together from the
Hawaiian {slands. The range of this species is therefore most
extensive.
APAMIIDE,
53. PERIGEA INEXACTA.
Perigea inexacta, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. ii. p. 682 (1865).
Aden (Swinhoe).
The type of the species was from the Cape of Good Hope.
54, AMYNA STIGMATULA ?
Erastria stigmatula, Suellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xv. pl. 4. fig. 15
(1872).
Aspect above of A. stellata of Japan, from which, however, it
differs in the grey-edged scales of the primaries, giving it a mottled
496 MR. A. G.. BUTLER ON [Nov. 4,
character, the scales themselves redder, the inner whitish-edged
brown line nearer the base more oblique and sinuated (not denticu-
lated); reniform spot larger, more oblique, its inferior lobe stra-
mineous instead of pure white ; outer line more parallel to the inner,
regularly dentate-sinuate, the sinuations wider than in A. sfellata ;
secondaries (like the primaries) darker and redder than in the
Japanese species; the thorax mottled like the primaries: on the
under surface all the wings are grey, slightly paler beyond the post-
median line, which is not sharply defined and very slightly undulated,
whereas in A. stellata the costal and apical borders of primaries and
the whole surface of the secondaries on the underside are whitish,
and the postmedian line on the secondaries is further from the outer
margin, sharply defined, dark brown and deeply dentate-sinuate.
Expanse of wings 26 mm.
3, Aden (Yerbury and Swinhoe).
In a paper in the Proceedings of this Society for 1881 (p. 617) I
recorded Amyna cephusalis as from Kurrachee; the specimen is a
good deal worn, but certainly belongs to the present species and
not to A. cephusalis: the latter is in fact more nearly allied to
A, stellata than the present species is; nevertheless, in the absence
of a good example of A. stigmatula for comparison with that re-
ceived from Col. Swinhoe, it was impossible to see in what respects
the latter differed from A. cephusalis, and therefore I concluded it
to be a variety of the same. Snellen’s figure is not good, but I
think represents this species. :
The specimen presented by Col. Swinhoe is much disguised in
colouring by its immersion in spirit, but is otherwise in fair condition.
HELioTHID2.
55. HELIOTHIS ARMIGERA.
Heliothis armigera, Hiibner, Noct. pl. 79. fig. 370 (1805-24).
Aden (Swinhoe).
ACONTIIDZ.
56. XANTHODES INNOCENS.
Xanthodes innocens, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1752 (1858).
Aden.
ERIoPIp&.
57. CALLOPISTRIA YERBURII, sp. n.
Nearest to C. exotica: of the same general coloration and size ;
wings a little darker; the outer or discal stripe more slender, not
lunulated, its upper portion much more strongly arched, so as to
impinge upon the submarginal triangular spots, its lower portions
strongly inangled ; under surface greyer, more uniform in colour,
without any golden reflection, the white markings obsolete. Expanse
of wings 30 millim.
Aden.
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM ADEN. 497
EurHIPIDz.
58. EvTELIA DISCISTRIGA.
Eutelia discitriga (sic), Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. iii. p. 823
(1865).
Aden (Yerbury and Swinhoe).
PLusiiDz.
59. PLUSIA LIMBIRENA.
Plusia limbirena, Guénée, Noct. ii. p, 350, n. 1179.
Aden (Swinhoe).
Occurs also in Abyssinia.
GONOPTERID.
60. CosMOPHILA XANTHINDYMA.
Cosmophila «anthindyma, Boisduval, Faune Ent. Madag. p. 94,
pl.l3.fie, 7:
Cosmophila indica, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 396, n. 1256.
Cosmophila auragoides, Guénée, 1. c. p. 397, n. 1258.
Cirredia edentata and variolosa, Walker, Lep. Het. xi. p. 750
(1857).
3 2, Aden.
We have this species from Madagascar, Natal, West Africa,
Ceylon, and various parts of India and Australia. It is probably
identical with Walket’s Cirredia edentata from Tasmania, but, in
my opinion, does not quite agree with Cosmophila erosa of the New
World, a constant character for separating which appears to obtain
in the more deeply sinuous, more angular, and more narrowly
fringed outer border of the primaries; it is also as a rule of a more
lively colour, with the external half of the primaries of the male by
no means so dark.
61. GonITIS SUBULIFERA.
Gonitis subulifera, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 404, n. 1272 (1852).
Aden (Yerbury and Swinhoe).
This species was originally described from an Abyssinian example.
62. GONITIS PROPINQUA, Sp. n.
Closely allied to G. fractifera of St. Domingo, some varieties (the
greyer ones) of which it closely resembles in size, colour, and, pattern,
with the following exceptions :—It is usually greyer and darker; the
palpi are more slender, though not quite so long; the reniform spot
on the primaries is more oblique, the blxck dots within it being
blurred ; the outer line of the central belt is much more irregular
and bends more strongly outwards towards the inner margin; the
inner margin of the primaries is shorter, thus equalizing the divisions
from the angle of the outer margin; the sinus above the angle is
also deeper. Expanse of wings 38 millim.
Aden (Yerbury and Swinhoe).
We have long had a worn example of this species from Abyssinia
498 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Nov. 4,
and three from Natal : the latter are most like the New- World species,
agreeing better in colour and in the absence of black spots on the
tips of the fringe, which also is reddish asin G. fractifera. Possibly
a long series might prove that they were distinct.
POLYDESMIDZ.
63. PANDESMA QUENAVADI.
Pandesma quenavadi, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 438, n. 1310 (1852).
Aden.
We have this species from Kurrachee and other parts of India.
OPpHIDERIDE.
64, OPHIDERES MATERNA.
Phalena-Noctua materna, Linnezeus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 840, n. 117.
Aden ( ¢ Swinhoe; 2 Yerbury).
We have received the female of this species from Abyssinia ; it is
a common Indian insect.
OMMATOPHORID&.
65. CYLIGRAMMA LATONA.
Phalena-Noctua latona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 20, pl. 13.
fig. B (1779).
Aden.
We have received this species from Nyassa.
OpHriusiIpD&.
66. SPHINGOMORPHA MONTEIRONIS.
Sphingomorpha monteironis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,
vol. xvi. p. 406, n. 81 (1875).
do, Aden.
We have also received this species from Abyssinia; the present
specimen is a little darker than any of our examples from various
parts of Africa, but corresponds with them in pattern.
67. ACH#A CATILLA.
Achea catilla, Guénée, Noct. iii. p. 247, n. 1667.
Aden.
We have this species from Abyssinia, Rodriguez, and Madagascar
68. GRAMMODES STOLIDA.
Noctua stolida, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 218, n. 54.
od, Aden.
We have received G. stolida from Abyssinia.
Eucuipip2.
69. TRIGONODES ACUTATA.
Trigonodes acutata, Guénée, Noct. iii. p. 283, n. 1728.
Aden.
This species is represented in the Museum by examples from
Mauritius, Rodriguez, &c.
1884.] LEPIBOPTERA FROM ADEN. 499
70. TRIGONODES ANFRACTUOSA.
Ophiusa anfractuosa, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 104,
n. 8, pl. 15. fig. 6.
Aden.
We have received this insect from Abyssinia.
REMIGIID&.
71. REMIGIA FRUGALIS.
Noctua frugalis, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. 2, p. 138.
3, Aden.
Common probably all over India and Africa; we have it from
Kurrachee to Ceylon and from Sierra Leone to Madagascar.
72. REMIGIA CONVENIENS.
Remigia conveniens, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1507, n. 19 (1857).
Aden (Yerbury and Swinhoe).
Probably abundant throughout Africa; we have it from Sierra
Leone to Rodriguez.
THERMESIIDE.
73. MAGULABA M@STALIS.
Q Magulaba mestalis, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. iv. p. 1126
(1865).
3, Aden.
Walker’s type was from Sierra Leone; he referred it, as a new
genus, to the Platydiide, but asa fact it is allied to Helia, Mulelocha,
Daxata, and Mareura (genera of the Thermesiide).
HyYpPENIDz.
74. HyPENA JUSSALIS.
Hypena jussalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xvi. p. 52, n. 56 (1858).
Aden.
We have this species from the Congo and Natal.
75. HypeNna ABYSSINIALIS ?
Hypena abyssinialis, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 39, n. 44.
Aden.
Excepting that I do not consider the palpi short in the species
from Aden, it corresponds with Guénée’s description of the Abyssinian
insect.
76. HypeNA OBACERRALIS.
Hypena obacerralis, Walker, Lep. Het. xvi. p. 53, n. 58 (1858).
Aanthoptera semilutea?, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. 1872, pl. 5.
fig. 11.
do, Aden.
A very widely distributed species common to Asia and Africa ; it
appears to be abundant at Natal. Snellen’s type is represented
500 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Nov. 4,
without palpi, which would readily account for its being placed in the
Anthophilide, though I fail to see any great similarity of this species
to Xanthoptera. H. obacerralis varies not a little in the ground-
colouring of its wings, the African specimens being usually (though
not always) more luteous towards the base than those from Ceylon.
HERMINIIDE.
77. HyDRILLODES INSIGNIS, sp. n.
Basal three fourths of primaries black, terminated by an elbowed
white stripe from costa to inner margin; a broad cream-coloured
belt across the basal third; external fourth sandy-brown, with two
costal apical black quadrate spots, connected with the outer one of
which is a >-shaped marking on external border, and below this
again three black marginal dots ; fringe cream-coloured ; secondaries
leaden-grey. Head and thorax black ; metathoracic tufts and base of
abdomen shining whity-brown ; second to sixth abdominal segments
leaden-grey with whitish posterior edges ; anal tuft sordid testaceous ;
under surface yellowish, the upper surface markings almost obli-—
terated. Expanse of wings 21 millim.
Aden.
Quite distinct in colouring from any species known to me; it
somewhat resembles, both in colour and the general arrangement of
its markings, [eterochroma leucographa, Snellen, from Sumatra.
ENNYCHIID.
78. ENNYCHIA ARABICA, Sp. n.
Upper surface deep purplish brown, almost black ; primaries with
a submarginal cream-coloured stripe, slightly widening and incurved
towards the costa; a dentated jet-black marginal stripe produced
by the confluence of a series of conical black spots ; fringes of all
the wings metallic leaden grey; palpi and collar below white; legs
below, excepting the tarsi, whitish ; wings nearly as above, excepting
that the black dentated marginal stripe of the primaries is replaced
by a slender black line, and consequently the submarginal stripe is
wider. Expanse of wings 15 millim.
Aden.
Not nearly allied to any known species.
ASOPIIDE.
79. DESMIA AFFLICTALIS,
Desmia affictalis, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 190, n. 125.
Aden.
Described from an Abyssinian example ; also found on the
western coast of Africa.
80. HyMENIA FASCIALIS.
Phalena-Pyralis fascialis, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 398. fig. O
(1782).
Aden.
This species seems almost cosmopolitan. JI have not seen
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM ADEN. 501
specimens from Europe, but should not be surprised if it turned up
anywhere.
MARGARODIDE.
81. SYNCLERA TRADUCALIS.
Synclera traducalis, Zeller, Lep. Caffr. in Vetensk. Akad. Hand].
p. 54 (1852).
Aden.
The African specimens are darker and the markings somewhat
more sharply defined than in the type of S. wnivocalis from Ceylon.
82. NoorDA BLITEALIs.
Noorda blitealis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xix. p. 979, n. 1 (1859).
Scopula? subjectalis, Walker, 7. c. Suppl. vol. iv. p. 1472 (1865).
Aden.
Walker’s types were from Ceylon and the Deccan. The genus
Noorda is allied to Glyphodes, but the primaries are formed more
nearly as in Maruca.
83. PHAKELLURA INDICA.
Eudioptis indica, Saunders, Zool. ix. p. 3070 (1851).
Aden (Yerbury and Swinhoe).
A common and widely distributed Indo-African species.
84. MARGARONIA TRANSVISALIS.
Margarodes transvisulis, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 304, n. 320.
Aden.
A common Indo-African species.
BoTyDID&.
85. Borys NITETISALIS.
Spilodes nitetisalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xviii. p. 773, n. 17
(1859).
Botys albidalis, Walker, 7. c. Suppl. iv. p. 1411 (1865).
Aden. |
The types, from the Congo and India, are somewhat worn but
perfectly recognizable.
86. EBULEA CATALAUNALIS.
Botys catalaunalis, Duponchel, Lép. viii. p. 330, pl. 232. fig. 8.
Botys venosalis, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. iv. p. 1401 (1865).
Aden.
We have this species from Europe, Asia, and Africa.
87. MrcyNA DEPRIVALIS.
Mecyna deprivalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xix. p. 806, n. 7
(1859).
Aden.
Described from a Ceylonese example.
502 MR. A.G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM ADEN. [Nov. 4,
SCOPARIIDZ.
88. ScoPpARIA VINCTALIS.
Scopula vinctalis, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. iv. p. 1476 (1865).
Aden.
This has hitherto been known only as an Indo-Australian species.
MacariiD&.
89. TEPHRINA SUBLIMBATA, Sp. N.
Upper surface pale sandy brownish, with the external third of
the wings greyish, bounded internally by a nearly straight indistinct
testaceous line ; fringe whitish, striped with grey ; remainder of the
wing-surface transversely speckled with fine brown linear markings ;
a subcostal brown dash before the middle on all the wings ; primaries
with a marginal series of black dots: head brownish ; collar bounded
at the back by a dark red-brown stripe; external border of wings
below dark smoky grey-brown; remainder of the wings much
clearer and whiter than above: body below slightly yellowish,
especially at the sides. Expanse of wings 29 millim.
Aden.
Though an ordinary-looking insect, there appears to be no de-
scribed species nearly allied to this Tephrina.
PHycip&.
90. MELLA YERBURII, Sp. 0.
Palpi short, compared with M. zinckenella ; size, form, and neura-
tion similar: primaries dark leaden-grey ; a narrow pure white sub-
costal stripe from base to costa near the apex; costal area also
irrorated with white; fringe whitish, traversed by two grey stripes,
the inner one broad and dark ; secondaries semitransparent pearl-
white ; the veins, a narrow diffused external border, and a stripe
near the base of the fringe brownish: head and collar brown, edged
with pure white, thorax dark leaden-grey, tegule white-edged ;
abdomen pure white, anal tuft tipped with ochreous: primaries and
costa of secondaries below silvery brownish white, remainder of
secondaries pearly; fringes silky whitish ; body below pearl white ;
anus ochreous. Expanse of wings 26 millim.
Aden,
TINEIDE.
91. TINEA SWINHOEI, sp. n.
Nearest to 7. tapetzella, but differing in the external border to
the primaries and the less acute form of these wings. Primaries with
the basal two fifths reddish ‘ wood-brown,” mottled with grey striz,
and speckled with black near the costal and dorsal margins ;
external border similarly coloured, partly bounded internally by an
interrupted blackish streak and interrupted by four white sub-
marginal spots; rermainder of wing-surface white, transversely
mottled, and beyond the cell banded with ash-grey; a black spot
P. Z.S . 1884.PL. XEVIL
F.C.Moore del et hth. Mintern Bros. imp.
NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE.
P. Z.S . 1884. Pl. XLVOI.
a
Mintern Bros . imp.
F.C. Moore del et ith
NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE.
1884.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE. 503
at the end of the cell; secondaries, thorax, and abdomen pale
shining stramineous ; head pure white ; antennze brownish ; pri-
maries below and pectus golden or bronzy-greyish without definite
markings ; venter and secondaries pale shining stramineous. Expanse
of wings 19 millim.
Aden (Yerbury and Swinhoe).
Col. Swinhoe’s specimen, though recognizable, is a good deal injured
by being in spirit.
2. On Lepidoptera collected at Kurrachee.
By Lieut.-Col. C. Swinuosz, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
[Received October 4, 1884.]
(Plates XLVII.—XLVIITI.)
Kurrachee does not afford a large field for the collection of
Lepidoptera ; its main features are sea, sand, and salt soil; the entire
sea-coast of Sind, right up to Soumiani, the ancient seaport of
Beloochistan, is a mere reclamation from the sea caused by the scour
of the great river Indus, and has, besides babul trees (Acacia
arabica), mimosa bushes, and the rank growth peculiar to sea-mud,
no vegetation whatever, and even for many miles inland there is
little but Babul and Euphorbia-bushes. In some years when rain
falls, the grass springs up in the valleys, and some attempt at
cultivation is made by the people; but during the time I remained
at Kurrachee, from December 1878 up to August 1880, no rain
whatever fell, and though I had a trained native collector with me
the whole time, who collected regularly every day, the following is
but a meagre list compared to what it would be for the same length
of time in any other part of India.
The Lepidoptera of Kurrachee are, however, very interesting, more
especially with reference to the Teracoli, many different and
distinct species from widely ranging localities appearing to meet
there.
Heavy rain fell at Kurrachee in the summer of 1882 and I
employed a native collector there for some months, through the kind
assistance of Mr. Murray, the Curator of the Municipal Museum,
who dated and sent me the collections, and these collections contained,
as will be seen, several species not observed during the years when
no rain fell.
RHOPALOCERA.
NYMPHALID&.
EvurL@inz.
1. TrRUMALA LIMNIACE.
Pap. limniace, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 59. f. D, E (1779).
At Kurrachee, in July 1882, after the unusually heavy rain of the
summer of that year ; is not usually found at Kurrachee or along the
504 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON [Nov. 4,
coast ; I did not take a single specimen during the whole of 1879 or
1880. Is common, however, in the interior of Sind.
2. SALATURA GENUTIA.
Pap. genutia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 206. f. C, D (1782).
Four sent me by Mr. Murray, the Curator of the Kurrachee
Museum, taken on the 28th of July, and two taken on the 2nd of
August ; the above note applies also to this species.
3. LIMNas CHRYSIPPUS.
Pap. chrysippus, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 263 (1764).
Common at Kurrachee all the year through, as it is all through
Sind.
4. Limnas porippvus,
Euplea dorippus, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 48. f. 1-5 (1845).
Never common at Kurrachee ; but an odd specimen was taken by
me personally in August, November, and December, 1879, and in
January, June, and September, 1880, and one example sent me by
Mr. Murray, taken in July 1882. I have no record of it from the
interior. The Kurrachee examples show no differences from the few
examples in my collection, which were taken in other parts of India
—one at Poona, December 1882; one at Kahandalla, October 1882;
and two in Bombay, August 1883; but they are not identical with
my Aden examples, nearly all of which show more or less white on
the upper surface of the hind wings, like Klug’s type figured in his
plate.
5. LimNnas ALcrppus.
Pap. alcippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 127. f. E, F (1779).
Taken at Kurrachee—one in January 1879, and eleven in
November and December, 1882. The white on the hind wings varies
much: in some it is hardly sufficient to distinguish it from
L. chrysippus.
SaTyRIN&.
6. MrLaniIrTIs LEDA.
Pap. leda, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 773, n. 151 (1767).
One taken by me at Kurrachee ; but the date was not recorded.
7. MELANITIS ISMENE.
Pap. ismene, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 26. f. A, B (1775).
One in the Kurrachee Museum, labelled Kurrachee, but without
date.
Both the above are apparently common in places in the interior
(I have specimens of both kinds from Hydrabad) ; but are apparently
very rare on the coast. I observed none at Soumiani, and Mr.
Murray failed to send me any from Kurrachee after the heavy rain
in 1882,
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE. 505
NYMPHALIN&.
8. ATELLA PHALANTA.
Pap. phalanta, Drury, Il. Exot. Ent. i. pl. 21. f. 1, 2 (1773).
Two specimens in July 1882; was not observed throughout
1879-80.
9. PyRAMEIS CARDUI.
Pap. cardui, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 276, n. 1054 (1761).
Plentiful in several months of the year. I took it in 1879 in
January, February, July, August, and December, and in 1880 in
June and July.
10. JUNONIA LEMONIAS.
Pap. lemonias, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 277 (1764).
Not observed by me either in 1879 or 1880; but the museum
has an example said to be taken at Kurrachee.
11. JUNONIA HIERTA.
Pap. hierta, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 424 (1798).
Taken by Mr. Murray in July 1882, one example sent me; not
observed by me in 1879-80.
12. JUNONIA ORITHYA.
Pap. orithya, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 278 (1764).
Appears in April and May, but is not common.
13. JUNONIA ASTERIE.
Pap. asterie, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 769, n. 133 (1767).
One taken by me in November.
14. JUNONIA ALMANA.
Pap. almana, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 272 (1764).
The commonest species of the genus at Kurrachee; appears in
January, April, and November.
15. HypoLiMNas BOLINA.
Pap. bolina, Linn. Mus, Ulr. p. 295 (1764).
July 1882, two specimens ; was not observed throughout 1879-80.
16. HypouiMNAS MISIPPUS. I
Pap. misippus, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).
Fairly common in the months of August and September. The
female mimics Limnas dorippus more commonly than L. chrysippus.
Lyca&NID&.
17. PoLYOMMATUS BZTICUS.
Pap. beticus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789, n. 226 (1767).
Large type appears plentifully in April and May, a few also taken
in July. :
506 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON [Nov. 4,
18. LAMPIDES KANDARPA.
Lycena kandarpa, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 82, n. 17
(1829).
Kurrachee, July 1882.
19. CarocHRYSOPS CNEJUS.
Hesperia cnejus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 430 (1798).
Large type, plentiful in August and September.
20. CATOCHRYSOPS CONTRACTA.
Lampides contracta, Butler, P.Z.S. 1880, p. 406, pl. xxxiv.
eras
Plentiful in August and September.
I believe this form to be only a seasonal variety of C. cnejus ;
but Mr. A. G. Butler, whose authority is much to be respected,
thinks otherwise (P. Z.S. 1880, p. 407). I tried to breed them,
but failed.
21. CaTOCHRYSOPS ELLA.
Catochrysops ella, Butler, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 606.
A few specimens taken in December and January.
22. TARUCUS NARA.
Lycena nara, Kollar, Hiig. Kaschm, iv. 2, p. 421 (1848).
Appears in great plenty at latter end of April and lasts until about
the middle of August.
This species appears to be replaced in the north of Sind by the
variety Zarucus theophrastus, Fabr., which has all the markings
below in distinct and separate spots; all the examples received by
me from Sukkur and Shikarpoor being of this type.
23. TARUCUS PLINIUS.
Hesperia plinius, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 284, n. 92 (1793).
Very plentiful in May, June, and July.
24. ZizERA KARSANDRA.
Polyommatus karsandra, Moore, P. Z.8. 1865, p. 505, pl. xxxi.
f. 7.
The commonest Lycena in Kurrachee. It occurs in great plenty
in April and May, a few in August, and then again in countless
numbers throughout November and December.
25. ZIzERA MORA, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 2.)
Similar in shape and colour above and below to Z. harsandra,
but larger; the markings below are very different and quite
distinct. Fore wings with a black spot within the cell and a black
mark at the end of the cell, and beyond this a row of six black thick
longitudinal streaks between the veins, spear-shaped with the points
outside running from near the costa to near the hinder margin, and
1884.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE. 507
a small longitudinal subcostal streak slightly above and behind this
tow: hind wings with a subcostal spot one third from the base, a
streak within the cell, another adjoining a mark at the end of the
cell, and a whorl of streaks outside corresponding to the row on the
fore wings—the first streak subcostal, very long, the second a little
shorter, the next four less than half the length, and three more mere
spots, each lessening in size ; all the streaks and spots deep black,
surrounded with white and distinctly separated from each other,
giving the outer row of streaks on both wings the appearance of
being stamped on a broad white band. Both wings with a sub-
marginal row of spots slightly darker than the ground-colour of the
wings on a greyish ground.
Kurrachee, June 1879, and again taken in June 1882. The
Calcutta Museum has also a specimen received from Kurrachee. I
thought at first it was merely an aberration of Z. karsandra; but as
I have taken examples two years running, marked exactly similarly,
and not at any other period of the year, it is clearly a distinct form.
26. ZizERA PYGMA.
Lycena pygmea, Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. xix. pl. 7. f. 3 (1876).
Appears in July, but is not common.
27. CHILADES PUTLI.
Lycena putli, Kollar, Higel’s Kaschm. p. 422 (1848).
Muggur Pir, August, common.
28. AZANUS ZENA.
Lycena zena, Moore, P. Z.8. 1865, p. 505, pl. 31. fig. 9.
July and August, fairly plentiful.
29. APHNEUS ACAMAS.
Lycena acamas, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 40. f. 7-9 (1834).
Common in January and February, 1879. Never got another
specimen until July of the following year, when it again became very
plentiful.
PAPILIONID.
PIERINZ.
30. TeRIAs L&Ta.
T. leta, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. i. p. 674, n. 36 (1836).
One example taken by me at Kurrachee in June 1879; I never
procured another anywhere in the neighbourhood. The black border
in the fore wings has a peculiar bronzy sheen ; otherwise the specimen
is identical with examples in my collection from other parts of India.
31. TERIAS HECABE.
Pap. hecabe, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 249 (1764).
Appears plentifully from April to August.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1884, No. XXXV. 35
508 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON [Nov. 4,
32. TERIAS HECABEOIDES.
Ter. hecabeoides, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr., Lep. i. p. 85, pl. 2. f. 2
(1855).
Is also fairly plentiful during the summer months. TI have speci-
mens of both sexes in my collection, taken at Kurrachee in July and
August.
33. TERIAS ZSIOPE.
Ter. esiope, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr., Lep. i. p. 85, pl. 2. f. 3
(1855).
December and January. I took but few examples, however.
34, TerRtas cuRIosA, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 3.)
Kurrachee, August 1879.
Shaped like 7. hecabe, with the peculiar yellow coloration of
T. venata, Moore. Fore wings—costa black, with a broad black
marginal band commencing just outside the middle of the costa,
sinuous internally, and filling nearly the whole of the marginal area.
Hind wing with the border as in 7. hecabeoides. Below quite im-
maculate.
Expanse of wings 155; inch.
35. TERIAS PURREEA.
Ter. purreea, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 252.
Is also scarce. I have thirteen in all, taken at Kurrachee in the
months of December, January, and February.
36. TeERIAS ASPHODELUS.
Terias asphodelus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 151, pl. xxiv. f. 13.
Three examples in my collection, taken at Kurrachee in February
1880, exactly correspond with Mr. Butler’s description and figure.
37. TERACOLUS FAUSTUS.
Pap. fausta, Olivier, Voy. 1. Emp. Oth. Atl. pl. 33. f. 4, a, 6
(1801).
The common form of this group throughout Sind, extending
also throughout Beloochistan and Southern Afghanistan. I have
many specimens from Hydrabad, Sukkur, Quetta, and Kandahar.
Appears at Kurrachee in January, August, and December.
38. TERACOLUS PROTRACTUS.
Ter. protractus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 137.
Is rare at Kurrachee. I took a few in January and March, 1879.
I saw it in great plenty on the Hubb River in August and again in
November, and it is very common on the banks of the Indus
above Hydrabad.
1884. | LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE. 509
39. TERACOLUS VESTALIS.
Ter. vestalis, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 135, pl. vii. f 10;
1881, p. 609.
Appears in great plenty from April to June.
40. TERACOLUS PUELLARIS.
Ter. puellaris, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 136, 1881, p. 609.
Is scarce on the coast, but the common form in the interior. I
have numerous specimens from Hydrabad, but at Kurrachee it is to
be seen only occasionally in April and May, and again in August
and September.
41. TERACOLUS OCHREIPENNIS.
Ter. ochreipennis, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 136, 1881, p. 609.
Plentiful in December. 7. intermissus is but a slight and not at
all constant variety of 7’. ochreipennis.
42. TERACOLUS PEELUS.
Teracolus peelus, C. Swinhoe, P.Z.8. 1884, p. 439, pl. xxxix. fig. 9.
Kurrachee, May and September.
43. TERACOLUS DUBIUS.
T. dubius, C. Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 439.
Kurrachee, July, August, and September.
44, TERACOLUS DYNAMENE.
Pontia dynamene, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 6. f. 15, 16 (1829).
From April to December, very common.
45, TeRACOLUS CARNIFER.
Ter. carnifer, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 138, pl. vii. f. 8, 9.
November and December, common.
46. TERACOLUS DULCIS.
T. dulcis, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 157, pl. vii. f. 13.
T. dirus, Butler, /. ¢. fig. 11.
T. eboreoides, Butler, 7. c. p. 158, pl. vii. f. 12.
T. phenius, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (4) xviii. p. 488 (1876).
Kurrachee, very common from April to August.
The types of 7. dulcis came from Kattywar and North India, and
Mr. Butler at the same time refers to a variety of both sexes from
Sind.
The type of 7’. dirus came from Sind, being described as a female
example. The types of both sexes of 7. eboreoides are merely
marked India (W. B. Farr). The types of 7. pheenius came from
Abyssinia.
I collected regularly every day at Kurrachee for a year and nine
months, until the middle of August 1880, when I went up to
35*
510 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON [Nov. 4,
Kandahar, carefully recording captures each day ; and in separating
species I found that, although all four of these forms seemed to be
common at Kurrachee, I had still a number of examples that seemed to
belong to none of them, and yet were closely allied to each.
On my return from field service, when passing through Kurrachee,
I engaged a man to collect for me from April to August 1883, and
Mr. Murray, the Curator of the Kurrachee Museum, very kindly
agreed to have the collections brought to him daily for labelling.
The result is that, after setting out some hundreds of examples, I
can show a perfect series from 7’. phenius (of Sind) to T. dulcis.
The normal form, I believe, must have been T. phenius. It is
beautifully and clearly marked, and is quite distinct from all the
other species of the Z. danae group. But as 7. dulcis was first
named, Z. phenius, as well as 7. dirus and T. eboreoides, must
sink into synonyms.
The types of all four forms,when taken separately, appear to be quite
distinct ; but from examination of my long series captured in the
same months of the year at the same place, I think I have satisfied
Mr. Butler that all are of the same species.
Similar variations, it will be seen, occur in the 7. etrida group,
also in the 7. eucharis group, from Bombay and Southern India
generally ; and it is worthy of remark that, although the variations
seem to occur commonly in the group Callosune, the whole
of the subgenus Jdmais appears to be remarkably constant in all
the yet known species.
47, TERACOLUS IMMACULATUS.
Teracolus immaculatus, C. Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 443.
Kurrachee, August.
This is, I am inclined to think, only a spotless variety of 7’. dulcis.
48. TERACOLUS SUBROSEUS.
Ter. subroseus, C. Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 443, pl. xl. figs.
6, 7.
Kurrachee, July and August.
A perfectly distinct and pretty species.
49, TERACOLUS ETRIDA.
Anthocaris etrida, Boisduval, Sp. Gen, Lép. i. p. 576 (1836).
Ter. purus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 160, n. 113, pl. vii. f. 14
15.
Kurrachee, April to July, very common.
Examples vary much in size and in markings and general coloration.
The hind wings of some of the males are almost immaculate, and
many of the females are without the discal markings of the type;
but, as in the 7’.-dulcis group, the number of intermediates found on
_ examination of a very large series makes it impossible to separate
them,
?
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE. 511
50. TERACOLUS LIMBATUS.
Ter. limbatus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 161.
Kurrachee, June 1880. One male example.
The deep brown, rather broad, sinuated band on the secondaries
distinguishes this species from all the others in the group of orange-
tips. But I am of opinion it is only an aberrant form of the fore-
going.
51. TeRACOLUS BIMBURA.
Ter. bimbura, Moore, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 161, pl. vii. f. 3, 4.
Kurrachee, December, January, and February.
52. TERACOLUS PERNOTATUS.
Ter. pernotatus, Butler, P. Z.S, 1876, p. 159, pl. vii. f. 1.
T. farrinus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 159, pl. vii. f. 2.
Kurrachee, July, August, and September.
These cannot be separated, although there are perfectly typical
forms of each. The intermediates found on an examination of a long
series must convince any one that they are identical.
53. Pieris MESENTINA.
Pap. mesentina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii, pl. 270. f. A, B
(1782).
The pale type appears plentiful from February to May.
54. Pieris ZEUXIPPE.
Pap. zeusxippe, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 362. f. E, F (1782).
One specimen taken by me in 1879, but the date was not
recorded.
55. CATOPSILIA PYRANTHE.
Pap. pyranthe, Linn. Mus. Ulv. p. 245 (1764).
A few specimens taken in March, May, June, and December.
56. CATOPSILIA THISORELLA.
Callidryas thisorella, Bois. Sp. Gén. i. p. 609, n. 3 (1836).
March to May, common.
57. CATOPSILIA PHILIPPINA.
Pap. philippina, Cramer, Pap. Ex. iv. pl. 361. f. C, D (1782).
September to January, common.
58. CATOPSILIA CROCALE.
Pap. crocale, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 55. f. C, D (1779).
I took one female in Kurrachee in 1579, now in my collection,
date not recorded. I have received another, also a female, from
Mr. Murray, taken by him in July 1882.
512 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON [Nov. 4,
PAPILIONINE.
59. Paprt1o (MpNELAIDES) DIPHILUS.
Pap. diphilus, Esper, Ausl. Schmett. pl. 40 B. f. 1 (1785-98).
Kurrachee, July and August, plentiful.
60. Paprt1o (LAERTIAS) PAMMON.
Pap. pammon, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 189 (1764).
One pair in the Municipal Museum, said to have been taken at
Kurrachee. The female of P. diphilus pattern not observed in Kurra-
chee by me.
61. Paprtio (OPHEIDES) ERITHONIUS.
Pap. erithonius, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 232. f. A, B (1782).
Kurrachee, common all the year through.
HESPERIDE.
62. IsMENE ALEXIS.
Pap. alexis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 533, n. 387 (1775).
Kurrachee, July 1882, one example taken ; one also received from
Hydrabad.
63. IsmENE CHROMUS.
Pap. chromus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 284. f. E (1782).
One example received from Hydrabad.
64. PAMPHILA MATHIAS.
Hesperia mathias, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 433 (1798).
Kurrachee, common at all seasons.
65. PAMPHILA BEVANI, Moore.
Hesperia bevani, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 688.
Seven examples received from Mr. Murray, taken at Kurrachee in
July 1882.
66. PAMPHILA KARSANA.
Hesperia karsana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 576, pl. 67. f. 6.
A common species at Kurrachee at all seasons of the year.
67. SARANGESA PURENDRA.
Pyrgus purendra, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. i. p. 250.
One example received from Hydrabad.
68. PyrRGuUS GALBA.
Hesperia galba, Faby. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 352, n. 337 sat
Kurrachee, June to October, common.
69. PyRGUS EVANIDUS.
Pyrgus evanidus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. March 1880,
p. 223.
Kurrachee, January, February, and March, common,
1884.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE. 513
70. GoMALIA LITORALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 4.)
Kurrachee, July 1879, in the salt-marshes on the sea-shore.
Allied to G. albofasciata, Moore. Larger, and more marked with
white above; costa arched, very nearly straight; ground-colour
similar. Fore wing with a deep short white band occupying the
space at the end of the cell, marked with black on the inner side,
the black colour continued in the form of a band to the hinder
margin, forming an elbow at the larger end of the white band; a
black band near the base, edged with whitish ; a lunular white spot
on the disk, with a small white spot near it above; a white streak
running down from the costa near the apex; costa greyish; fringe
of the wing alternate brown and grey. Hind wings with a white
spot at the base, a broad white discal band, and a deep white sinuous
fringe. Below, the indications of the white markings are similar,
but there is a white band at the base of the hind wings instead of
a spot, and the entire surface of both wings is of a suffused pale
bronzy-brown colour, with all the markings suffused and indistinct.
HETEROCERA.
SPHINGID&.
1, ACHERONTIA sTyx, Westwood, Cab. Orient. Ent. p. 88,
pl. 42. f. 3.
Kurrachee, July and August.
Larvee feed on potato, jasmine, colia, Hrythrina indica and Datura.
Colour varies in accordance with the kind of food they are found on:
those feeding on potato were of a bright canary-yellow, with seven
violet stripes, those on jasmine were of a darker colour, and those
found on #. indica and Datura were green with purple stripes. All
produced the same kind of moth, without any visible difference in
the shade of colouring or markings ; the larve and moths both make
the same peculiar clicking noise when disturbed. Length 4 to 54
inches. Larval stage 28 days ; pupal stage varies from 1 to 4 months.
2. Dapunis NERII, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 798, no. 5.
Kurrachee, March, April, and May (1879-80).
Reared by me two years in succession (1879-80) ; larvee feed on
leaves of wild oleander and on flowers of the cultivated double garden
oleander, not touching the leaves of this kind; has three broods in
succession. I have also found the larva at Poona on Vabernamon-
tana and Coronaria ; the coloration of the moths at Poona is, how-
ever, much darker.
3. DerLePHILA Livornica, Hiibner, Sphing. p. 96, no. 5,
pl. 12. f. 65, pl. 23. f. 112.
Kurrachee, March and May (1879-80).
4, CH@ROCAMPA CELERIO, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 800, no. 12.
Kurrachee, November and December.
Larvee feed on Caladium ; there are three or four broods in suc-
514 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON [Nov. 4,
cession: in Poona the first lot of larvee in June, in the height of the
monsoon rains, became pupz in 14 or 15 days, and only remained
in the larval stage 10 days ; but the last lot in September were much
more delicate and slower in growth. They fed for a month, and the
perfect insect did not emerge until the following June, with the
commencement of the monsoon rains.
5. Cuarocampa Nessus, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. ii. p. 46, pl. 27.
f. a:
One fine example taken at Kurrachee, October 1879.
6. CH@ROCAMPA ELPENOR (Linn.), Faun. Suec. p. 288, no. 1089.
One example received from the Municipal Museum, taken at
Kurrachee, date not noted; it appears to me identical with the
British type.
7. CH@ROCAMPA OLDENLANDI4, Fabr. Sp. Ins. ii. p. 148, no. 37.
Kurrachee, December (1879-80).
8. MacroGLossA STELLATARUM (Linn.).
Kurrachee, July 1879, one example only taken. It is very
plentiful in Beloochistan and Southern Afghanistan.
9. CePHANODES HYLAS, Linn. Mant. i. p. 539.
Kurrachee, common in December.
ZYGENIDE.
10. EvcHRoMIA POLYMENA, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 806, no. 40.
Several examples received by me in a collection made at Kurrachee
in 1882 by Mr. Murray, but no date was recorded.
AGARISTIDE.
11. AAGoceRA vENULIA, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 107, pl. 165.
fap:
Kurrachee, July 1882.
LitHosiD2.
12. De1oPEIA PULCHELLA, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 804, no. 349,
A variety was very plentiful at Kurrachee from January to May ;
typical D. pulchella appears in October and November (1879-80),
but is not nearly so plentiful.
Var. LOTRIX, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 20, pl. 109. f. E.
T took many examples of this form in the Hubb River, in the bor-
ders of Beloochistan, within 25 miles of Kurrachee, in November
1879, in company with typical D. pulchella, and received examples
also from Kotree, North Sind, taken in March 1880.
1884.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE. 515
Var. THYTER, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 361.
Examples of this variety were taken in the Hubb by me in
November 1879; and in the month following in company with the
above ; it is the common form in Beloochistan and Southern Afghani-
stan. I got many examples in the Bolan in June, at Quetta in May
and September, and one example at Kandahar in November 1880.
Types of all these varieties have been examined and identified by
Mr. A. G. Butler.
LIPARIDZ.
13. ArTAxa pyemA, Moore, Pub. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Atkinson
Col. p. 48; P.Z.S. 1883, p. 156.
Kurrachee, February 1880, May, July 1879. Common.
14. Gomena suBnoTata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxii.
p- 502.
Kurrachee, February 1880, August, November 1879.
LAsIOcCAMPIDE.
15. TARAGAMA GANESA, Lefebvre.
Taragama ganesa, Lefebvre, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 211 (1827);
Moore, Cat. Col. K. 1. M. ii. p. 427.
Kurrachee, May and September (1879-80).
Larva 33 inches long, hairy, with down quite close to the skin;
colour grey ; feeds on Acacia arabica. They are night-feeders, hiding
during the day in the crevices of the bark. Larval stage 50 to 56
days; pupal stage 21 to 24 days. Spins in a twig of any small
plant near foot of the food-tree, or on a neighbouring wall; I have
found many cocoons, but never one on the food-tree.
Cossip&.
16. BracHyiia ACRONYCTOIDES, Moore, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 411,
pl. 34. f. 4.
Kurrachee, May. .
NoToDONTID.
17. Turacipes postica, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 1028.
Kurrachee, May and September 1879.
18. PHRAGMATACIA FHpDA, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 1.)
Kurrachee, January and February.
Colour ashy grey; thorax and abdomen covered with long grey
hairs, the latter conical, extending far beyond the wings. Antenne
of the male moderately pectinated throughout, of the female simple.
Fore wings with a reddish testaceous band along the costa, extending
along the outer border and inner margin, making a complete circle
of the wing, and a band of the same colour from the base ex-
516 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON _ [Nov. 4,
tending under, and up tothe end of the discoidal cell, and then
continuing upwards to the costa near the apex. Hind wings imma-
. 1 4.
culate. Expanse of wings, d f Q 1; inches.
Noctus.
LEUCANIIDE.
19. Levcanra Loreyt, Duponchel, Hist. Nat. Lép. Fr. iv. p. 81,
pl. 105. f. 7.
Kurrachee, February, April, May (1879-80). Common.
APAMIIDE.
20. InaTt1A cEPHUSALIS, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xvi.
p- 209.
Kurrachee, November (1879-80).
21. LapHyGmMa Ex1Gua, Hiibner, Samml. eur. Schmett., Noct.
£1362:
Kurrachee, June.
Noctuipz.
22. AGROTIS ARISTIFERA, Guénée, Noct. i. p. 266, no. 426.
Kurrachee, February (1879-80). Common.
23. CARADRINA SABULOSA, 0. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 6.)
Kurrachee, May 1879.
Fore wings pale greyish ochreous, markings brown, with two basal
spots, one on the costa, a strigula near the base; one antemedial,
one postmedial (with a spot in the costa between them), a suffused
strigula before the apex, orbicular and reniform spots speckled and
indistinct; a distinct small ringlet below the orbicular spot, and a
much larger one in the upper part of the disk ; a brown shade in
the basal half of the hinder margin, a sinuous line on the outer
margin, with minute white spots on the veins, and the brown line
running partly inwards, on the veins ; fringe brownish. Hind wings
silvery white, with a suffused brown border; fringe silvery white.
Underside silvery white, fore wings with brownish centre and outer
border ; hind wings with brownish border. Expanse of wings 1 inch.
24, CARADRINA VENOSA, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. vol. xvii.
.7 (1880).
Kurrachee, November.
—
Se
25. CARADRINA INSIGNATA, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. x.
p. 295.
Kurrachee, June, May, July, and November.
26. Spmiotis uNDULANS, Moore, Sci. Res. Yark. Miss., Lep.
pl. 1. f. 10 (1876); P. Z.S. 1881, p. 617.
Kurrachee, November.
1884.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE. 517
OrTHOSIID.
27. ORTHOSIA INFREQUENS, un. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 11.)
Kurrachee, July.
Dull fawn-colour: fore wings with the outer border slightly
toothed ; orbicular and reniform spots distinct, with greyish rings ;
a deep outer border darker than the ground-colour, with the veins
showing lighter ; hind wings paler than the fore wings, with a gloss
on oe ; outer border as in the fore wings. Expanse of wings 1,2;
inch.
XYLINID&.
28. JARASANA LaTIviTTA, Moore, Desc. Lep. in Atkinson Col.,
vol. ii. p. 132.
Kurrachee, July 1879. One example.
ACONTIID&.
29. XANTHODES INNOCENS, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xv.
p- 1752.
Kurrachee, October and November, 1879 and 1880.
30. XANTHODES ARcUATA, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xii.
p- 779.
Kurrachee, February.
31. ACONTIA HORTENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 7.)
Kurrachee, September.
Allied to A. solaris of Europe, but considerably smaller. Fore
wings chocolate-brown, speckled with white at the base; a broad
white band before the middle; a large square white spot on the
costa before the apex; a sinuous submarginal white line, the margin
also marked with white. Hind wings pale chocolate-colour, with
the border slightly darker. Underside very pale bronzy chocolate,
with the white markings showing through. Expanse of wings ;%
inch,
32. ERAsTRIA FUTILIs, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 8.)
Kurrachee, March.
Allied to £. scitula. Silvery grey ; palpi and eyes black: fore
wings with a basal and antemedial line brown, the latter bordered
with grey outwardly, beyond this the whole of the wing is more or less
blackish brown, with the reniform stigma black, and with a post-
medial and submarginal wavy white line, both expanding towards
the costa, making the apical portion of the wing whitish ; marginal
line black. Hind wing with the lower part of the basal third
suffused with brownish, with a brownish diffused discal band, and
with some brownish in the margin; marginal line black. Expanse
of wings 58; inch.
518 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON [Nov. 4,
HELIOTHIDz.
33. Hexioruis armicErA, Hiibner, Noct. pl. 79. f. 370.
Kurrachee, in great numbers in January 1879-1830.
Var. PELTIGERA, Denis, Wien, Verz. p. 89, n. 2; Walker, xi.
p: 683.
Kurrachee, July 1882. One example.
This is the common form across the Hubb River in Beloochistan.
I also found it in great numbers at Ispingil in June, and at Quetta
in September.
34. ApisuRA LEuCANIOIDES, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1881, p. 368.
Mugeur Pir, 18 miles from Kurrachee, August 1880.
ANTHOPHILIDE.
35. ACANTHOLIPES AFFINIS, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 5, vol. v. p. 225 (1880).
Kurrachee, February, May, November, and December, 1879,
1880. Very plentiful.
36. ANTHOPHILA ZAMrA, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 12.) = (lutytovses
\ {
Kurrachee, April.
Thorax and fore wings pinkish cinereous ; body paler ; fore wings
with a central and an outer wavy white line, the latter bordered
with blackish on the inner side, and the space between that and the
central line paler than the rest of the wing; marginal line brown;
fringe interlmed—brown, white, and brown. Hind wings pinkish
white, with a discal sinuous white line, a marginal double brown
line, and cilia as in fore wings. Expanse of wings 1 inch.
37. ANTHOPHILA BULLA, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 9.)
Kurrachee, January.
Pale greenish grey ; head and sides of thorax white; a black
spot on the fore part of the thorax; costa of fore wings and the
veins dark, otherwise the wings are unmarked, Expanse of wings
zy inch.
38. Micra pEerocata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xii. p. 825.
Hubb River, August.
39. Micra CHALYBEA, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 10.)
Kurrachee, January.
Colour steel-grey ; costa greenish grey ; a medial slightly sinuous
white line on the fore wing, bounded by a greenish-grey band on
the inner side; outer third suffused with greenish grey, with some
subapical marks, and a marginal line of a deeper colour; fringe
greenish grey. Hind wing pale steel grey, slightly darker towards
the border, with a dark marginal line; fringe grey. Expanse of
wings 55, inch.
yahrahes wl
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE. 519
40. Micra Furia, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 13.)
Kurrachee, September. ;
Brownish grey ; apex of wings very acute ; outer border straight,
oblique, veins prominent, otherwise the wings are unmarked. Ex-
panse of wings 54; inch.
41. Micra BALUX, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 14.)
Kurrachee, April and August.
Bright golden brown ; head pale pinkish; wings and body quite
unmarked. Expanse of wings 55, inch.
PLUSIID.
42. PLusia VERTICILLATA, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 344, no. 1168.
Kurrachee, January, February, and November, 1879-1880.
Very plentiful.
43. PLUSIA EXTRAHENS, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xii.
p. 929.
Kurrachee, March and July, 1879-1880.
CaALPIDz.
44. ORHSIA VAGABUNDA, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 5.)
Kurrachee, May.
Reddish cinereous ; antennz of the male pectinated for two thirds
of its length, of the female simple; abdomen pale ochreous cine-
reous: fore wings with a central diffused brownish-red band, which
is retracted towards and stops short of the costa; an outer wavy
band of the same colour from two thirds of the hinder margin up
to the apex, margined with ochreous cinereous in the outer side,
the whole surface of the wing dotted with brown atoms of various
sizes. The female is paler than the male, and has all the veins
marked with brown at the outer margin; hind wings of the male
white, slightly suffused with pinkish ochreous towards the outer
margin ; in the female the hind wing is of a pale reddish-cinereous
colour, slightly darker at the outer margin. Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,
2 1,75 inch.
GoNOPTERID&.
45. Goniris rnvotuTa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii.
p. 1003.
Kurrachee, June 1879-1880. Common.
POLYDESMIDZ.
46. PanpesMA FueitivA, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xiv.
p- 1365.
Kurrachee, March to September, 1879-1880. The commonest
moth in Kurrachee.
520 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON [Nov. 4,
47. PanpresMa simiuaTA, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1883, p. 24.
Shikapore, April 1879.
Two chrysalides received by post, hatched two days after
arrival, producing one of each sex.
48. PaANDESMA DEVIA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 3.)
Kurrachee, June.
In coloration and markings it has the general appearance of a
large Heliothis armigera. Body whitish grey : fore wings ochreous
ash colour; costa with a few brown marks near the base, a small
orbicular ringlet; reniform stigma large, excavated anteriorly ; an
inner and an outer latitudinal thin slightly sinuous line, a broad
grey band right across the marginal area, suffused inwardly and
bordered with a sinuous white line outwardly, with a black spot on
this line towards the apex of the wing, with brown lines on the
veins extending from this white line to the outer border; fringe
brown. Hind wings pale ochreous grey, with a very broad, brown
discal band, and a somewhat suffused lighter brown marginal
border ; fringe white. Underside pale whitish grey, slightly brown
on the borders and costa, with a pale brown discal band through
both wings. Expanse of wings 1,8, inch.
Homoprerip&.
49. Homoptera vetusta, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiii.
p- 875.
Kurrachee, April and May, 1879-1880. Common.
HypPoGRAMMID&.
50. Sevepa vociuis, Butler, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 619.
Kurrachee, May and November, 1879-1880. Hubb River, No-
vember 1879.
51. OrHoRA ZNEA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 1.)
Kuwrrachee, July.
Eneous brown, paler beneath and more bronzy; fore wings above
with a basal wavy band which stops short of the costa, and a central
wavy band which passes across the reniform stigma, of a darker
colour ; otherwise both wings above and below are unmarked. Ex-
panse of wings | inch.
BrenpIpD&.
52. Hamopzs aurantica, Guénée, Noct. iii. p. 203, no. 1603.
Jacobabad, January 1879.
OpuHIusIDz.
53. Lacorrera maGica, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii.
»p. 32, no. 268, f. 535, 536.
Kurrachee.
Is not uncommon ; but unfortunately I have no note of dates. I
have found the larvee feeding on Quisqualis indica.
1884.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE. 521
54, OpHiopEs sEPERANS, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1357.
Kurrachee.
I took one example in my house in 1879, but the date is not
recorded ; the larva of this species was also found feeding on Quis-
qualis indica in Poona, where it is quite common.
55. OPHIODES TUMIDILINEA, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1433.
Kurrachee ; no date recorded.
56. Acu#A MELIcERTE, Drury, Ins. i. p. 46, pl. 23. f. 1.
Was very common in July 1882, after the heavy rain, and I
received a number from Mr. Murray. I did not, however, find any
in either 1879 or 1880. The larve feed on Ricinus communis. I
also brought up some in Bombay on wild cucumber. Length 27 to
23 inches; colour. varies, some are deep purplish black, some
reddish, some orange-tinted ; larval stage 21 to 24 days; pupal
stage 18 to 21 days.
57. GRaMMopES AMMoniA, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 98,
pl. 250. f. D.
Common in July.
58. GRAMMODEs sToLipA, Fabr. Sp. Ins. ii. p. 218, no. 54,
Common in June and July; in great abundance again in
November.
59. OpHiusa ALBIviTTA, Guénée, Noct. ill. p. 271, no. 1707.
Was common in Kurrachee in the summer of 1879, but I have
no record of dates.
60. TrigoNopes urppasia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 99,
250.f. EB.
Very common. I took it in June and in September and October.
REMIGIIDE.
61. Remie1a FRUGALIs, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ili. 2, p. 138.
A few taken in August; common in October and November.
62. Remieia arcuesiA, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 145, pl. 273,
f. F, G.
Was not observed during 1879-80, but appeared in great
abundance after the rain in July 1882.
63. Remicia AREFACTA, 0. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 2.)
Kurrachee, May.
Allied to R. multilinea and also to R. hansalii. Palpi pubescent,
third joint lanceolate, much longer than the second, ascending ;
antenne slender; abdomen whitish cinereous ; thorax and general
colour of both wings ochreous ashy, irrorated with ochreous brown ;
522 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON [Nov. 4,
an ochreous-brown band running through the disk of both wings,
from the costa near the apex of the fore wings to the anal angle of
the hind wings ; outer portion of wings clouded with dusky ochreous,
a marginal sinuous brown line, with brown points; fringe broad,
interlined in five parts, whitish and brown alternately. Expanse of
wings 1,1, inch.
THERMESIIDE.
64. AzazIaA RUBRICANS, Boisd. Faun. Lép. Mad. p. 106, no. 11,
pl..16. a. de
Common in November in company with a very dark, nearly
black variety.
HERMINIID&.
65. RrvuLa SERICEALIS, Denis, Wien. Verz. p. 122, n. 18.
Common throughout the year.
66. RrvuLa FLAVONIGRA, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 15.)
Kurrachee, March.
Head, antennee, fore part of the thorax, and outer three fourths
of the fore wings black ; remainder of the thorax, abdomen, and basal
portion of the fore wings (except the costa, which is also black) dull
yellow ; segments of the abdomen washed with pale brown ; anal tuft
ochreous ; all the yellow parts more or less marked with black : fore
wings with three spots on the costa near the apex, the marginal
points “reniform,” marked thus “Jj, the orbicular double dots, and
many minute atoms all over the black portion of the wing, yellow;
fringe black: hind wings white, pale brownish towards the border,
marginal line brown, fringe white. Expanse of wings = inch.
67. ByrurNa pIGRAMMA, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxxiv.
p- 1170.
Kurrachee, June.
68. MaRIMATHA LACTEA, n. sp. (Piate XLVIII. fig. 7.)
Kurrachee, May.
Glossy yellowish cream-colour, abdomen and hind wings paler,
fore wings with black points, otherwise quite unmarked.
Expanse of wings 5%; inch.
69. Myana sopora, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 4.)
Kurrachee, January and March.
Ochreous cinereous, irrorated with brown, costa with brown marks,
reniform mark brown, lunular, a pale greyish suffused central band,
a submarginal band blackish towards the apex, and a macular mar-
ginal band pale greyish, with black points on the veins between ;
fringe ochreous grey, with pale ochreous-brown border. Hind wings
with the general pattern like the fore wings, but more indistinct.
pee with a pale greyish-brown band in front. Expanse of wings
] inch.
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE. 523
70. MyANA ATROMACULA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 5.)
Kurrachee, February.
Ochreous cinereous ; thorax with a brownish band in front; fore
wings—costa brownish with black dots, outer third brownish suffused
inwardly, with black marginal points, and black on the veins ; a large
reniform black spot, and two large deep black longitudinal streaks
near the base, a wavy double ill-defined outer line. Hind wings
same general colour as the fore wings, with a discal suffused brownish
band. Expanse of wings 1 inch.
PYRALES.
PYRALID&.
71. Hyvotia vutearis, Butler, P.Z.S. 1881, p. 621.
Common from March to May and from August to November.
72. Hypotra VAFERA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 8.)
Kurrachee, April.
Allied to the preceding. General colour pale chocolate-grey ;
abdomen paler, with each segment distinctly marked with silvery
grey: fore wings with the basal third pale chocolate, bounded out-
wardly with a darker, slightly waved line, succeeded by a white band;
a dark chocolate band beyond the middle, running from the centre
of the hinder margin to the costa near the apex, the central space
between these bands much paler than the rest of the wing; outer
third of the wing same colour as the basal third, with a white deeply
waved band joining the last band at the costa; a chocolate spot at
the end of the cell: hind wings whitish, with a deep diffused, pale
greyish-chocolate border, with a wavy white band running through
it ; fringe whitish, with chocolate edges. Expanse of wings ze inch.
73. HyPoTIA RUBELLA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 9.)
Kurrachee, January and August.
Body and basal third of fore wings chocolate-grey ; rest of the
wing very much paler, nearly white ; two white lines—one bordering
the basal third, edged inwardly with brown, and nearly straight, the
other very wavy, commencing at the costa near the apex, and ter-
minating at the centre of the hinder margin, and edged with brown
outwardly ; some darker shades of colour near this line; marginal
line white with black spots; fringe white. Hind wings greyish
white, with a thin brown marginal line; fringe white. Expanse of
wings 5% inch.
74. PyRaLis GERONTESALIS, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xix.
p. 896.
Kurrachee, January.
75. PyRALIS UBERALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 10.)
Kurrachee, May.
Fore wings and thorax greyish brown striated with white; head
Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1884, No. XXXVI. 36
524 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON [Nov. 4,
white ; a white line across the thorax in front ; abdomen whitish ; legs
pure white: fore wings with two white marks at the base, a curved
white line from the costa near the base to the centre of the hinder
margin; three white lines all running inwards from the apex—one
curved, near the costa, nearly joining the last-mentioned line, one
submarginal and straight, and one slightly sinuous and close to the
submarginal line, terminating on the outer two thirds of the hinder
margin ; marginal line greyish brown, double ; fringe grey, margined
with greyish brown. Hind wings white, slightly coloured towards
the margin, with a double greyish-brown marginal line ; fringe pure
white. Expanse of wings 3%; inch.
ASOPTID&.
76. HyMeENIA FASCIALIs, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. p. 236, pl. 398.
f. O.
Common from June to August.
77. LEUCINODES ORBONALIs, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 223,
n. 187.
Larkana, July.
STENIID&.
78. DIASEMIA GEOMETRALIS, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 278
(1854).
Common in December.
HypRocaMPID&.
79. Hyprocampa TENERA, Butler, P. Z.S. 1883, p. 167.
Kurrachee, January and May.
80. OxicostiGMA IncomMopa?, Butler, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 180.
Kurrachee, November.
81. PARAPONYX AFFINIALIS, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 270, n. 279.
Kurrachee, May.
HercyNip&.
82, APORODES MELEAGRISALIS, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.
xvii. p. 324.
Common from February to April.
SPILOMELID.
83. ZEBRONIA AUROLINEALIS, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xvii.
p- 478.
July and August.
MARGARODID&.
: 84. PyGosp1La TyREs, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 124, pl. 263.
.C.
One example taken at Kurrachee in 1879, date not recorded.
1884.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE. 525
85. PHAKELLURA INDICA, Saunders, Zool. ix. p. 3070.
Very common in July and August.
86. GLYPHODES UNIVOCALIS, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xvii.
p- 499.
Common in November and December.
Boripip#.
87. GopaRA comaLis, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 369 (1854).
Common at Kurrachee in January, May, and December ; also
taken at Muggur Pir in August.
88. GopaRA INCOMALIS, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 369 (1854).
Kurrachee, May and December.
89. ScopuLA PALMALIs, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 11.)
Kurrachee, November.
Allied to S. massalis. Silver-grey ; head, palpi, antennee, and fore
part of the thorax chestnut-red: fore wings with the costa, spot at
the end of the cell, a number of marks near the base, and the outer
third of the wing chestnut-red ; a silver-grey discal line and a brown
marginal line ; fringe chestnut-red : hind wings silver-grey, suffused
with reddish, a discal chestuut band, some reddish on the outer
border, and a macular chestnut marginal line; fringe white. Ex-
panse of wings 54, inch.
90. NympHuLA INTERPUNCTALIS, Hiibner, Pyral. ii. p. 19,
fig. 128.
Kurrachee, May to July. Muggur Pir, August.
91. Epuxtea caraLauNatis, Duponchel, Lép. de France, viii.
p. 330, pl. 232. f. 8.
Kurrachee, May.
92. Borys 1spasatis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xviii.
p- 652.
Common from May to September.
93. Borys aBstrusaLis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B.M. xviii.
p- 663.
Kurrachee, April, July, and November.
94. Borys zprropatis?, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B.M. xviii.
p- 569.
Kurrachee, December.
ScopaRiID&.
95, STENOPfERYX HYBRIDALIS, Hibner, Pyral. pl. 17. f. 114.
January, February, May, and November. Very common.
36”
526 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON [Nov. 4,
96. Scoromera TrisTI1s, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 623.
Kurrachee, March. Hubb River, November.
PrEROPHORIDZ.
97. PreropHoRUS CONGRUALIS, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.
xxx. p. 943.
Kurrachee, February and May.
GEOMETRITES.
ENNOMID&.
98. HyperYTHRA SWINHOET, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 5, vol. v. p. 223 (1880).
Kurrachee, May and November.
99. HypeRyTHRA PHANTASMA, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 615.
Kurrachee, February.
BoaRMiiD2&.
100. HypocHroMA PSEUDO-TERPNARIA, Guénée, Phal. i. p. 276,
n. 436.
January and June.
101. Hypocnroma pispensata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.
xxi. p. 435.
January and June.
GEOMETRID&.
102. NemoriA prurnosa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol. v. p. 224 (1880).
January, May, September, and December. Very common.
103. NemortiA FREQUENS, Butler, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 616.
April and November.
104. THALERA pi1ATomaTa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvi.
p. 1616.
November and December.
Ipa1Dz.
105. Ip#a pisrracta, Butler, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 616.
Very common in May.
106. Ip#a Remorata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxii. p. 748.
Kurrachee, June.
107. Ipma sacTa, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 12.)
Kurrachee, May.
Pale pinkish white, irrorated with brown atoms ; fore wings with
1884. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE, 527
the costa brownish ; a basal interrupted line, not reaching the costa,
and very indistinct ; antemedial, medial, and postmedial wavy lines
brown; hind wings with only the medial and postmedial lines ;
fringe pure white. Expanse of wings 7%, inch.
108. Ip#a rnvauipa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,
vol, v. p. 439 (1879).
Kurrachee, May and December.
109. Ip#a inpucTata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxiii.
p- 792.
Kurrachee, May, November, and December.
110. Ip#a acruarra, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxiii.
p. 752.
Kurrachee, May.
FIponiicez.
111. TepHRINA PEREMPTARIA, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.
Xxili. p. 929.
Kurrachee, November and December.
112. TerpHrina Liruina, Butler, P. Z.S. 1883, p. 171.
January and March.
113. TepHRINA ARENARIA, 0. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 13.)
Kurrachee, December. Common.
Allied to 7’. arenaceara. Pale whitish bone-colour, slightly irro-
rated with brown atoms; costa thinly brown, a brown dot at the end
of the cell: both wings with four faint brown lines :—1, interior and
retracted towards the costa; 2, medial; 3, exterior and double, and
darker than the others; 4, marginal, slightly diffuse, with black
points in the veins ; there is also another shadowy line between the
double and the marginal line, and which joins the double line at the
costa; hind wing slightly angulated in the centre of the outer
border. Expanse of wings 15%) inch.
114. Tepurina strenvaTaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.
xxvi. p. 1647.
May to July, November to December. Very common.
115. FiponrA ALBOFAScIA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 14.)
Kurrachee, September.
Body pale cinereous tinged with chocolate-brown ; antennze mode-
rately pectinated, except towards the tips; ground-colour of the
wings whitish cinereous, basal third densely irrorated with chocolate-
brown ; a broad milk-white band across the centre of both wings,
bordered on the inside by a chocolate-brown band, and on the outer
side; the rest of the wing is coloured chocolate-brown, with the
whitish ground-colour of the wing showing through here and there.
Expanse of wings 3% inch.
528 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON [Noyv. 4,
_ 116. Srerra sacrarra, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. (2) p. 863 (1766).
Common in November.
ERosiIDz.
117. Erosta HYPERBOLICA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 15.)
Kurrachee, May.
General colour pale reddish cinereous ; eyes black ; body slender,
cylindrical ; fore wings with the costa straight, long, apex rounded,
hinder margin very short, notched behind the angle, outer margin
round, slightly tocthed ; hind wings small, with the outer margin
produced into two long teeth. The entire surface of both wings
deeply irrorated with reddish ochreous ; a basal, medial, and outer
band of dark reddish ochreous; a semidiaphanous white spot in the
centre of the medial band of the fore wings; an elongated semi-
diaphanous latitudinal streak in the centre of the same band in the
hind wings; fringe whitish. Expanse of wings 15% inch.
CRAMBICES.
CRAMBID&.
118. ScrrPOPHAGA DEGENERELLA, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M.
xxviii. p. 524.
Jemedar Ke Landi, March.
119. CRaAMBUS ZONELLUS, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 16.)
Kurrachee, May.
Allied to C.decolorellus. Yellowish fawu-colour ; abdomen whitish;
last joint of the labial palpi very Jong, 74; inch ; abdomen extending
somewhat beyond the wings. Fore wings acute, outer border nearly
straight, slightly oblique, marginal points black ; fore wings darker
towards the costa and outer border, a faint brown streak along the
subcostal nervure, a black dot at the end of the cell, two brown spots
below, on the submedian nervure, and a brown shadowy band run-
ning in from the apex, towards the centre of the hinder margin, but
stopping half way ; hind wings whitish. Expanse of wings 5) inch.
NycTrEoLip#.
120. Eartas TRistRIGosA, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 614.
Very common throughout the year.
121. Eartas Fronposana, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvii.
p- 204.
Kurrachee, February.
TorTRICIDA.
122. Papisca DECOLORANA, Freyer, Neuere Beitrage, 318, 5
(1831-58).
February and May.
1884.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM KURRACHEE, 529
Puycip.
123. MreLua ZINCKENELLA, Treitschke, Schmett. Eur. ix. 1. p. 20
(1832).
Very common in April and May.
124. Pempeis ILELLA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 6.)
Kurrachee, February, March, and May. Common.
Allied to P. cautella, from Ceylon. Fawn-colour; eyes black ;
thorax and fore wings clouded with brownish, fringe grey ; abdomen
paler ; hind wings pale greyish, semihyaline, with a brownish mar-
ginal line, fringe white. Expanse of wings 5°; inch.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XLVII.
. Phragmatecia feda, n. sp., p. 515.
. Zizera mora, n. sp., p. 506.
Terias curiosa, n. sp., p. 508.
Gomalia litoralis, n. sp., p. 513.
Oresia vagabunda, n. sp., p. 519.
Caradrina sabulosa, n. sp., p. 516.
. Acontia hortensis, n. sp., p. 517.
. Erastria futilis, n. sp., p. 517.
. Anthophila bulla, n. sp., p. 518.
10. Micra chalybea, n. sp., p. 518.
11. Orthosia infrequens, un. sp., p. 517.
12. Anthophila zamia, n. sp., p. 518.
13. Micra furia, n. sp., p. 519.
balux, n. sp., p. 519.
15. Rivula flavonigra, n. sp., p. 522.
Fig.
$0 90-1. Os OD BO
Puate XLVITI.
. Othora enea, n. sp., p. 520.
. Remigia arefacta, un. sp., p. 521.
. Pandesma devia, u. sp., p. 520.
Myana sopora, n. sp., p. 522.
atromacula, n. sp., p. 523.
. Pempelia ilella, n. sp., p. 529.
. Marimatha lactea, n. sp., p. 522.
. Hypotia vafera, a sp., p. 523.
rubella, n.sp., p. 523.
10. Pyralis uberalis, n. sp., p. 5238.
11. Scopula palmalis, n. sp., p. 525.
12. Idea jacta, n. sp., p. 526.
13. Tephrina arenaria, n. sp., p. 527.
14. Fidonia albofascia, n. sp., p. 527.
15, Erosia hyperbolica, n. sp., p. 528.
16. Crambus zonellus, n. sp., p. 528,
530 MR. RIEDEL ON BIRDS FROM TIMORLAO. _ [ Noyv. 18,
3. On a Case of Cross-breeding between two Species of Fly-
catchers of the genus Rhipidura. By Tuomas H. Ports,
of Ohinitaki, New Zealand. ;
[Received October 27, 1884. ]
The writer has repeatedly drawn attention to the interesting fact
of the occasional crossing between Rhipidura flabellifera and R.
fuliginosa (see Trans. N. Z. Inst. vols. ii., iii., v., & vi.; also
N. Z. Journal of Science, July 1884). It is noticeable that this fact
is not alluded to in the ‘ Manual of the Birds of New Zealand,’ pub-
lished in 1882, by authority of the Colonial Museum and Geological
Survey Department.
In order to bring this peculiar habit more prominently before
ornithologists, I forward a nest and eggs for the inspection of
members of the Zoological Society of London.
I found the nest on Sept. 10, and took it this morning ; it contained
three eggs. Before I removed it, I saw both parent birds undertake
the duties of incubation in turn, relieving each other at brief
intervals. The cock bird was R. fuliginosa, with the aural plumes
very small but quite distinct; the hen, 2. flabellifera, occupied the
nest till gently pushed off with the finger.
In Trans. N. Z. Institute, vol. iii. p. 80, will be found some
account of the nests of Rhipidura, specimens of which were taken
both on Banks’ Peninsula and in the Malvern district to the west.
Ohinitaki, September 12, 1884.
November 18, 1884.
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during October 1884 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of October was 108, of which 47 were by
presentation, 17 by purchase, 10 by birth, 7 received in exchange,
and 27 received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 132.
Amongst them special attention was called to a Black-necked Coly
(Colius nigricollis), purchased October 20th, being the first example
of this species received alive by the Society. (See Plate XLV. fig. 1.)
The following extracts were read from a letter addressed to the
Secretary by Mr. J. G. F. Riedel, C.M.Z.S. :—
“*I beg leave to say a few words on Mr. Forbes’s recent observations
(supra, p. 425) concerning the birds collected on Timorlao by my
hunters, and described by Dr. A. B. Meyer, as also concerning some
of Mr. Forbes’s remarks on the island-group itself.
‘* Before the arrival of Mr. Forbes in the Moluccas I had forwarded
1884. ] MR. RIEDEL ON BIRDS FROM TIMORLAO. 531
birds from Timorlao and Tanembar to Europe, as I also did after
his departure. I cannot understand why he should wish (p. 426)
to discredit my hunters, who can all read and write; they had
in former years accompanied many naturalists, such as Hoedt,
Beccari, and others, and are thoroughly trustworthy. My hunters
were collecting on the Tanembar and Timorlao islands for three
years following, viz. on Motu, Larat, Lutur, Leera, and on the
large island of Yamdena near Botani, Atemar, Wermatan, and on
Selaru near Adau, therefore on many more places than Mr. Forbes’s
hunters. On Larat and Lutur Mr. Forbes did not penetrate into the
country, as his hunters themselves and the Dutch official on Ritabel
(a half-caste) assured me, being afraid of the people of Keliobar and
being besides ill with fever in consequence of being insufficiently
provided with the necessary food. The European superintendence of
my hunters, which Mr. Forbes thinks necessary, is quite superfluous
with men of their experience. My hunters also collected on Keei,
Aru, and other places, and always attached labels to the birds with
the habitat and the sex. Therefore no birds from other islands
came into the collection from Timorlao and Tanembar, as Mr. Forbes
conjectures may have been the case.
“Mr. Forbes further asserts, that the group of islands under
consideration is only one, but bears two different names (p. 426),
whereas in fact the natives use these two names for different parts of
the group, and look on each part as a group for itself. To the
Tanembar group belong :—Motu, Nuskalboor, Nusnitu, Wajanga,
Maru, Kiabelenga, Nuslima, Virinun, Watborat, Nuskabawa, Nus-
karata, Barnusa, Vordata, Watsira, Nukahao, Larat, Lutur, Nusanlao,
Slewar, Mitak, Kokolat, Wawoan, Teen, Nemaan, Nustemar,
Laibobar, Taval, Wulmali or Bulumali, Tual, Unggar, Myanatraa,
Nuswotar, Nujanatrool, Wuliaru, Nustaran, Wolas, Kesiwu, Seelu-
Nusnitu, Salal, Sekeleer, Manu, Seera, Molin, Watuwawan, Nuskee,
Lokihinilavon, Kamitwaan, Watsalat, Tendula, Kotkole, and Watletan.
The islands which belong to the Timorlao group are Yamdena or
Yanatleer, Anggarmasa, Vual or Tual, Erikmiri, Watleran, Nustawon
or Nustabun, Watkusa, Najanat, Watdua, Nuskesa, Watsira, Solat,
Selaru, and Ariama.
“The name Timorlao signifies the far east, from lao=far and
timor=east, as Nusalao the far island, Seranglao the far Serang.
It is erroneous to suppose that Timorlao is a corruption of the
word for “seaward Timor” (p. 429), for lao is not =lawut (of the
Malay). Mr. Forbes therefore is quite wrong in altering Dr. A. B.
Mever’s specific name ‘‘timorlaoensis”’ into “ timorlautensis ;” and
as to the euphony of a word, it is difficult to dispute between
different tongues, especially if the Latin is pronounced after the
English fashion.”
Utrecht, Noy. 1st, 1884,
The following papers were read :—
532 MR. H. PRYER ON THE [Nov. 18,
1. An Account of a Visit to the Birds’-nest Caves of British
North Borneo. By H. Pryer, C.M.Z8., &c.?
[Received October 16, 1884.]
In March last I visited the island of Borneo, and during my stay
at Elopura determined to ascertain if possible the substance from
which the Swift makes the edible nest, so much prized by the Chinese.
1 In illustration of this paper Mr. Pryer sent specimens of the Swift
referred to, and of its nest and eggs, also of the alga on which the bird was
supposed to feed, and of the Bat which inhabits the same cave.
The Secretary stated that the Swift had been determined by Mr. Sharpe to
be Collocalia fuciphaga, and the Bat by Mr. Dobson to be Nyctinomus plicatus.
The Secretary also read the following letter and Report addressed to him
upon this subject :—
British Museum (Natural History),
Cromwell Road, South Kensington, 8.W.
29th October, 1884.
Dear Sir,
The alga contained in the bottle you left with me is a species, probably
new, of Gleocapsa. ‘The individuals are of microscopic dimensions, and may be
found in great numbers composing the dark-coloured layers on the surface ex-
posed to the air ; the lighter-coloured, somewhat gelatinous mass consists of the
dead cells of the Glwocapsa gradually accumulated beneath the upper layers,
Tt is only under the influence of reagents that the remains of structure are
displayed in this mass and its true nature discovered.
Species of this genus are common on damp rocks and walls of caves, but I
have never seen any occurring in such masses as this one. I may mention,
however, as a remarkable coincidence that I have seen an allied species of Glewo-
capsa covering with a thick coating the walls (high above high-water mark) of
a sea-cave a few miles to the north of Arbroath. This cave was inhabited by
numerous pigeons, and I was in the habit of frequently climbing into it when a
boy for the purpose of capturing the young pigeons in their nests in the roof.
The Glwocapsa (as I subsequently determined it) impeded mein this operation,
and to the best of my recollection it grew very abundantly on the old excre-
ment of the birds. Whether the excrement formed a specially suitable xidus
for the alga it would be interesting to discover in regard to the present case
—in which at all events the alga seems to assist in forming a idus for the bird !
T have examined a portion of a nest sent me by Mr. Holmes, of the Pharmaceu-
tical Society's Museum, without finding any trace of the alga in it.
I have retained a small portion of the alga for the purpose of further deter-
mination, and I hope to have the means of comparing it with the oneI refer to
above. Yours &c.,
GECRGE MURRAY.
Report on the Edible Birds'-nest. By J.R. Gruen, B.A., Assistant Demon-
strator in the Physiological Laboratory, Cambridge.
The specimen gave no evidence under the microscope of any distinct vegetable
structures, and similarly gave no chemical evidence of either cellulose or any other
distinctly vegetable product. All the reactions went to prove that the great
mass of the substance was muc77, and such microscopic features as were apparent
confirmed the view that the nest was formed of strings of mucus plastered together.
The mucus when separated out gave some reactions, different to a certain extent
1884. ] BIRDS’-NEST CAVES OF BORNEO, 533
For this purpose I spent two days in the caves of Gomanton, a
high limestone cliff, situate twelve miles inland from the head of
Sandakan Bay; and having been successful, [send herewith specimens
of the bird, its nest, and eggs, and of the fungus said to be used
in the construction of the nest.
Before starting for the caves, I inquired what.it was generally
thought the nests were made from, and was told that it was probably
a gum or resin from some of the forest-trees, and that the statement,
so often repeated in popular works on natural history, that the birds
gather a seaweed for the purpose, was extremely improbable—the
caves producing the largest quantity of nests being generally situated
a considerable distance inland: besides that round Sandakan Bay
there is a marked absence of seaweed, which does not grow in any
quantity at the various points which I touched at.
On the 19th of March, at half-past 10 o’clock a.m., together with
a gentleman in the employ of the British North-Borneo Company,
I left the flourishing little town of Elopura, at the entrance of
Sandakan Bay, for the Sapugaya River, which flows into this Bay
about 8 miles below the town. Our party was composed of two
Englishmen (W. and self), one Chinese cook, five Malays, eight Sulus,
a Buludupi, and my Japanese collector, eighteen in all, representing
six different languages, the conversation between these different
specimens of Homo sapiens being carried on in Malay. Our mode of
conveyance was a steam-launch, having in tow a jarge boat to which
we were to trausfer ourselves when the river grew tooshallow to proceed
further in the launch. We reached the mouth of the Sapuyaya at
noon. Flying about the Bay were a number of Frigate Birds and a
few birds of prey. The river presented the usual features of all
North-Bornean scenery : the land at the mouth and for several miles
each side was covered with a Mangrove swamp ; further up the Nipas
replace the Mangroves, until, where the river-banks rise above the
reach of the tide, the true forest extends down to the water’s edge.
Curlews, Kingfishers, and Sandpipers flew along ahead of us.
Making the launch fast to the landing-stage of a coffee and
sugar plantation, we took to our rowing-boat, as beyond the planta-
tion further navigation in the steam-launch is unsafe ; after rowing
for some hours our sleeping-place for the night was reached. This
was a very primitive affair, being a long narrow shed thatched with
altaps made from the Nipa leaf, and raised some six feet from the
ground on posts, the floor being composed of unbarked sticks ten
feet long; over this we spread a large iudia-rubber (without which
no one should travel), and made ourselves as comfortable as possible
under the circumstances. I had brought my mosguito-net, but did
from those which are given by ordinary mucin; but these differences were not
great enough to weaken the conclusion that the nest is really composed of mucus
secreted by the peculiar glands, superficially described by Sir Everard Home,
as present in the bird which builds the nest. It would be very interesting to
obtain these birds in living condition, so that one might study the mechanism
of the secretion of such a relatively enormous mass of material as well as examine
the constituents of the secretion taken quite fresh.
534 MR. H. PRYER ON THE [Noy. 18,
not require it, as there are, very fortunately, no mosquitoes, and I
was not annoyed with them at any time during my stay in Borneo.
Next morning at 7 o’clock a.m. I started for a five hours’ walk
through the forest : the track is a good one and fairly level : it follows
asmall stream, now dried up into a succession of small pools, swarm-
ing with small fish which are very tame, and would come up and
nibble at one’s fingers directly the hand was placed in the water.
We were now passing out of the sandstone district, which is the
formation about Elopura, rising there into high bluffs, under and
upon the side of one of which the town is built. Occasional blocks
of limestone showed themselves in the pools, and I began to find
land-shells in abundance for the first time. Tracks of Elephants
were common and very fresh, our approach having evidently just
driven them off the path; an orang-utan, deer, monkeys, fire-back
pheasants, crows, hornbills, &c., were seen, and the argus pheasants
were calling in every direction. The forest was free from under-
growth, and one could walk in any direction unimpeded. The
largest trees reach an enormous height, sending out their first
branches two hundred feet from the ground, the trunks being
supported by huge buttresses at the base of the trees.
At noon the path came abruptly to the foot of a high limestone
cliff, which had hitherto been concealed by the forest-growth. This
cliffis honeycombed with caves, most of which are connected in some
way with a large one, known to the Malays by the name of Simud
Itam, z.e. the Black Cavern. The entrance tothis is at the foot of
the cliff and is about 100 feet wide and 250 feet high ; inside the
height is greater, the roof being 360 feet from the ground ; it is well
lighted, as about 200 yards from the entrance there are two large
circular openings in the roof. Here a number of the Swifts were
flying about, and also numbers of Bats, the ground being covered
with large quantities of guano. The birds’-nests could be seen
attached to the sides and roof. From various corners and places,
apparently inaccessible, could be seen the rattan ladders and stages
used by the nest-gatherers. I have seen many caves in other parts
of the world, but nothing to compare with this one, which strongly
reminded me of a huge cathedral, but far surpasses in its grandeur
any work of human hands.
From the mouth of the cave ran asmall amount of water, strongly
impregnated with guano, and on this many butterflies of the genera
Papilio and Pieris settled; a very pretty Cyrestis was flying in
and out: I secured several specimens, but missed a most lovely
Papilio, quite new to me and which I believe to be undescribed.
Tracks of Pigs led in all directions about the floor of the cave.
After a rest I ascended the cliff about 400 feet ; the ascent is quite
perpendicular: in many places ladders are erected and in others
the water-worn surface of the limestone gives a foothold. On the
ascent I noticed many Orchids, Begonias, ferns, and mosses I had
not seen elsewhere. My collector caught a snake I believe to be an
Elaphis, certainly the most beautiful Colubrine I have seen, white
and light grey. The Malays said it was very destructive to the Swifts,
1884.] BIRDS ’-NEST CAVES OF BORNEO. 535
and also that it was poisonous; to convince them it was not, I
allowed it to bite me. At this point I found myself at the mouth
of a cave named Simud Putih, z. e. the White Cave; the entrance
is about 40 feet high by 60 feet wide, and descends very steeply,
widening out to a great size, and having a perpendicular unexplored
abyss at its furthest point. This cave is used by the nest-gatherers
as their dwelling-place, and at the entrance are their platforms of
sticks, one of which was placed at my disposal by the head man: it
is also the cave by which the great body of the Swifts enter. Imme-
diately outside it is a great circular opening leading sheer down into
Simud Itam : this is one of the two openings mentioned as giving light
to that cave, and is the entrance most in use by the Bats. As soon
as I had unpacked and settled down on my platform, I sallied out to
find the material from which the birds make their nests, as my pre-
vious experience is that birds do not as a rule travel far for the bulk of
the material they use. I was speedily successful in my search. It
is a fungoid growth which incrusts the rock in damp places, and
when fresh resembles half-melted gum tragacanth : outside it is brown
but inside white, and little if any change in its consistency is effected
by the bird ; the inside of the nest is, however, formed by threads of
the same substance, which are drawn out of the mouth in a similar
way to that of a caterpillar weaving its cocoon.
The Malays told me to be sure and return to Simud Putih at 5
o’clock, as I should then see the most wonderful sight in all Borneo—
the departure of the Bats and the return to roost of the Swifts. I
accordingly took a seat on a block of limestone at the mouth of the
cave ; the surface of the coral of which it is composed is quite fresh
looking, notwithstanding that it must have been many ages in its
present position, several hundred feet above sea-level. Soon I heard
a rushing sound, and, peering over the edge of the circular opening
leading into Simud Itam, I saw columns of Bats wheeling round the
sides in regular order. Shortly after 5 o’clock, although the sun
had not yet set, the columns began to rise above the edge, still in a
circular flight: they then rose, wheeling round a high tree growing
on the opposite side, and every few minutes a large flight would
break off and, after rising high in the air, disappear in the distance ;
each flight contained many thousands. I counted nineteen flocks
go off in this way, and they continued to go off in a continual
stream until it was too dark for me to see them any longer. Among
them were three albinos, called by the Malays the Rajah, his son, and
wife.
At a quarter to 6 the Swifts began to come in to Simud Putih:
a few had been flying in and out all day long, but now they began
to pour in, at first in tens and then in hundreds, until the sound of
their wings was like a strong gale of wind whistling through the
rigging of a ship. They continued flying in until after midnight,
as I could still see them flashing by over my head when I went to
sleep. As long as it remained light I found it impossible to catch
any with my butterfly-net ; but after dark it was only necessary to
wave the net in the air to secure as many as I wanted. Nevertheless
536 MR H. PRYER ON THE [Nov. 18,
they must undoubtedly possess wonderful powers of sight to fly about
in the dark in the deepest recesses of their caves and to return to their
nests, often built in places where no light ever penetrates.
Shortly before sundown a pair of Kites made their appearance, and,
taking their station over the Bat-chasm, would every now and then
clumsily swoop down into the thick of the Bats, generally securing a
victim every time. J] shot both these marauders, which proved to
be Haliaster indus, a very beautiful but common bird. There were
also several specimens of a Hawk working away on the Bats in a very
business-like manner, and woe betide the unfortunate bat singled out
from its flock and put inchase. The way these Hawks took the
Bats one after the other was astonishing, and strongly reminded me
ofa man eating oysters. I shot several of these Hawks, but only
secured one, the others being lost over the side of the cliff. It
proved to be the rare Machirhamphus alcinus, remarkable for the
size of its gape and its small beak, both of which very much resemble
those of the Swift. Its habits in taking its prey are also similar,
the Swift catching and swallowing its food while on the wing in the
same way this Hawk does.
Arising before daylight, I witnessed a reversal of the proceedings
of the previous night, the Swifts now going out of Simud Putih and
the Bats going into Simud Itam. The latter literally ‘‘ rained ”’ into
their chasm for two hours after daylight. On looking up, the air
seemed filled with small specks, which flashed down perpendicularly
with great rapidity and disappeared in the darkness below.
Several examples of Machirhamphus alcinus put in an appearance,
hawking after the Swifts, which they had rarely attempted to take
the night before, and generally then without success. Their plan
now was to swoop down from behind into the stream of birds issuing
from the mouth of Simud Putih, generally carrying off a bird each
three times they attempted to do so.
I secured many specimens of the Bat, and found them to be all of
one species; the caudal membrane extends only half down the tail,
which is free for half an inch, giving the animal very much the
appearance of a mouse when the wings are folded. ‘The wings are
very long and narrow, and it is a very swift flyer. I noticed a few
specimens of a Swallow resembling Hirundo rustica, and also some
very large Bats at the mouth of the cave.
After breakfast I started for the summit of the cliff; the path,
which is barely two feet wide, in many places overhangs the Bat-
chasm, the bottom of which is lost in darkness 600 feet below.
The summit at 900 feet is reached: here was a most lovely view :—to
the east is a large plain, in the early morning covered with mist
resembling a vast sheet of water ; this is no doubt the origin of the
mythical lake of Kina Balu, which only exists in the imagination of
the map-makers. In every direction except the north extended
miles upon miles of forest, broken here and there by mountain-tops.
Unfortunately Kina Balu, the highest mountain in Malayasia, was
hidden by clouds. To the north I could trace the whole of Sanda-
kan Bay and the open sea beyond. I was much surprised to find
1884.] BIRDS’-NEST CAVES UF BORNEO. 537
how short a distance in a direct line, only some 20 miles, I had
actually come from Elopura: it had taken some 134 hours’ continuous
travelling by launch, boat, and walking to reach this point. On the
highest part the Malays have built a house, into which I was invited,
and inspected a quantity of very fine white nests, gathered from a
small opening close by, which is however 116 fathoms deep, and
is connected, as I afterwards found, with Simud Putih.
I then commenced to descend by another track, and found it much
easier work than going up. About 200 feet below the summit a
large opening is reached; this looks exactly like a railway-tunnel.
Lighting candles and attaching them to the lower part of the staves
each of the party carried, the gloomy portal was entered, and daylight
was soon lost sight of, the path becoming steeper and more slippery
the further it descended. About 500 feet below the entrance it
became unpleasantly warm and the atmosphere stifling, the guano
giving out a most disagreeable smell. I was here shown a small
beam of light from the small opening at the top of the rock, 696 feet
above. ‘The footing became here very precarious, single poles being
laid on the surface of the soft guano, upon which I found considerable
difficulty in balancing myself. The guano exists in enormous
quantities in this cave; a fifteen-feet pole, thrust down into it, does
not touch the bottom. Just when matters were getting unbearable
the cave turns to the right, and the path commences to ascend, and
I was very glad to find Simud Putih had been reached : after a
slippery climb I merged into daylight, very much dazzled. All the
root of the dark parts of the cave was occupied by the nests of the
Swifts, the birds keeping up an intermittent twittering, sounding, from
the immense quantity assembled, like surf breaking on a rocky shore.
In this cave I saw the nest-gatherers at work getting in their crop.
A thin rattan ladder was fixed to the end of a long pole and wedged
against the rock; two men were on the ladder—one carried a long
four-pronged spear, a lighted candle being fixed to it a few inches
below the prongs. By the aid of this light a suitable nest is found
and transfixed with the prongs; a slight twist detaches the nest uu-
broken from the rock ; the spear is then withdrawn until the head ig
within reach of the second man, who takes the nest off the prongs
and places it in a pouch carried at the waist. The nests of best
quality are bound up into packets with strips of rattan, the inferior
being simply threaded together ; the best packets generally weigh
one catty (13 lb.), averaging forty nests, and are sold at $9 each—
the annual value of the nests gathered being about $25,000. These
caves have been worked for seven generations without any diminution
in the quantity : three crops are taken during the year, and unless a
considerable number of black nests is gathered, the supply of white
nests falls off. Accidents to the men employed very rarely occur,
notwithstanding the dangerous nature of their occupation. ‘There is
also an almost inexhaustible supply of guano in these caves; and the
number of bats and birds in them is so enormous that if proper care
is taken not to disturb them, a regular quantity may be taken out
yearly without fear of exhausting the supply. These caves are
538 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON [Nov. 18,
therefore a very valuable property to the British North-Borneo
Company.
On the 22nd March, at 7 a.m., I left Simud Putib, and after a
farewell visit to Simud Itam commenced the return journey. The
Sapugaya River was reached before noon, but I was disappointed at
finding our boat high and dry, the tide being out. As it had not
returned at half-past 4 o’clock all hands were mustered to carry
the boat down bodily to deep water ; this was soon accomplished,
although the boat was a very heavy one. Just at dusk we rowed
up to the steam-launch ; several of that very peculiar animal the
Galeopithecus were floating from tree to tree on the plantation, and I
noticed some very large Bats flying about. Getting up steam, we
then proceeded very cautiously along between the high Nipas which
lined the banks and rendered steering in the dark a difficult matter.
At half-past 10 p.m. the pier at Elopura was reached.
2. On some Mammals from Somali-land.
By P. L. Sctater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
Secretary to the Society.
[Received November 12, 1884.]
(Plates XLIX. & L.)
Mr. C. Hagenbeck of Hamburg, the well-known dealer in living
animals, has kindly sent to me some flat skins of Mammals, pre-
pared by the natives of Somali-land, which he received along with
a collection of living animals recently imported from Berberah.
As little is yet known of the Mammals of this interesting
country, I have thought it worth while to lay these skins before
the Meeting, and to offer a few remarks upon some of them which
present points worthy of notice.
Our present authorities upon the Mammals of Somali-land are
but few in number. Mr. Blyth’s report on Captain Speke’s col-
lection ', Heuglin’s essay on the Fauna of the Red Sea and Somali-
coast”, and Révoil’s ‘ Faune et Flore des Pays-Somalis,’ * are the only
ones that I can mention concerning the north of Somali-land ; but
Von der Decken’s expedition penetrated into the south of the same
country, and the reports on his collections should also be consulted.
In Captain Speke’s list but three species of Antelopes are
mentioned, one of which, called by Mr. Blyth Gazella cuviert and
subsequently Gazella spekii, may probably be the same as that of
which askin is now before you. In the zoological volume on the
1 “ Report on a Zoological Collection from the Somali Country,” by E. Blyth:
Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, vol. xxiv. p. 291 (8vo, Calcutta, 1856).
“Report on a Zoological Collection from the Somali Country,” by Edward
Blyth. Reprinted from the 24th vol. of the Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal ;
with Additions and Corrections by the Collector, John Hanning Speke (8yo,
London, 1860).
2 *Petermann’s Mittheilungen,’ 1861, p. 11.
3 Révoil, ‘ Faune et Flore des Pays-Somalis’ (8vo, Paris, 1882).
f
YR Cag
3
Hanhart imp.
J. Smitlith.
ZELLA WALLERI
GA
Ce
JUPUUELY
alt
VIGNN JO
“ONE PIvings ao
cl
o
2
=
(ai
(e)
CTE
POOTIat
UaT wus
TId 7881s
1884.] MAMMALS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 539
results of Révoil’s explorations no Antelope is mentioned among the
Mammals; but in the volume on his travels’ (p. 369) the native
and French names are given of three species of this group.
The skins which I now exhibit belong apparently to five species :—
1. SrreprsicEROs IMBERBIS, Blyth.
Of the Lesser Koodoo I have only recently given a figure and
description in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ (P. Z.S. 1884, p. 45,
pl. iv.). In the collection now before us are two skins of this
species not materially differing from one another or from the
description above referred to.
2. BosrELaruus CAAMA (Cuv.).
A single flat skin in the collection is certainly that of a species of
Boselaphus, and probably of B. caama, as Von der Decken is stated
to have found that species on Lake Jipé in Southern Somali-land *.
3. GAZELLA WALLERI. (Plate XLIX.)
Gazella walleri, Brooke, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 929, t. lvi.
The two skins which I now exhibit (see Plate XLIX. fig. 1)
probably belong to the same Antelope. They are at once recog-
nizable by the very wide and well-marked dark-brown dorsal line,
which in its widest part measures across the back from seven to eight
inches, and stands out in strong contrast to the lighter rufous of the
sides. The whole length of the skins, from the crown of the head to
the base of the tail, is about 4 ft. 6 in. ; the belly and undersides of the
limbs are white. One of the skins is probably that of an older animal
than the other, being rather larger and darker in colouring.
From such imperfect specimens, although one may say that they
are those of some unknown Antelope, it would not be possible to
determine much. But fortunately I have been favoured by Mr. F. L.
James, of 14 Great Stanhope Street, with the loan of the perfect head
of an Antelope (see Plate XLIX. fig. 2) shot near Berberah in March
last, which evidently belongs to the same species. It will be at once
seen on comparison that the texture and colour of the hair on the nape
of the neck agree perfectly with those of one of the flat skins, so
nearly, indeed, that one might have supposed that the head and flat
skin may have belonged to the same individual.
I was about to describe this Antelope as new when my attention
was called to the figure and description of the skull and horns of
an Antelope given by Sir Victor Brooke in the Society’s ‘ Pro-
ceedings’ for 1878, upon which his Gazella walleri is based, as
probably belonging to the same species. In order to endeavour to
set this question at rest I have borrowed from the Rev. H. Waller one
of the specimens upon which Gazella walleri was based. As will
be seen by comparison of the skull and horns thus kindly loaned to
me with the mounted head belonging to Mr. James, the general
1 *Ta Vallée du Darfour. Voyage aux Pays-Somalis. Par G. Révoil.
Paris, 1882.
Cf. Peters in Von der Decken’s ‘ Reisen,’ Bd. iii. Abth. 1. p. 9.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1884, No. XXXVII. 37
540 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON [Nov. 18,
form of the horns is much the same in both specimens. The chief
differences are in the slightly greater size and greater length of the
horns in Mr. James’s specimen, and especially in the more decided
twist forward at their anterior extremities. On the whole, however,
I think it better to conclude that they belong to the same species
until the contrary is shown.
The external form of Gazella walleri (assuming this view to be
correct) may be shortly described as follows :—Horns lyrate, strongly
ringed, running backward almost in a line with the face, and bent
forward at the tips. Length, following the curve along the upper
surface, 14 inches; ina straight line from base to tip, 11 inches;
distance between the point at the tips 3 inches; extreme width 7$
inches ; circumference of horn near the base 5 inches.
Colour. Nose, front of face, top of head, neck above and on
each side, and brown dorsal band (6 to 7 inches in width) extending
all down the back dark brown, almost chestnut. Flanks, separated
by a well-marked margin from the dorsal colour, pale brown ; sides
of face round the eyes, chin , and line below the throat, and body
beneath white. Length of skin, from nape to the base of the tail,
about 48 inches.
Hab. Somali-land, vicinity of Berberah.
I may remark that of two pairs of horns in the British Museum
received from Sir John Kirk and determined as Gazella walleri, one
pair nearly resemble the typical specimen and the other Mr. James’s
head.
4. GazELuA spexkii, Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. p. 172
(1863).
The skin of a small species, probably the same as that to which
Mr. Blyth gave this name from Speke’s specimens obtained at
Berberah *.
5. Equus asinus soMALicus, sp. (aut subsp.) nov. (Plate L.
fig. 1.)
Of the Wild Ass of Somali-land Mr. Hagenbeck has not only
furnished us with the flat skin which I now exhibit, but has also
sent us on deposit a fine living male specimen, which was re-
ceived on the 11th of August last, and is now in excellent con-
dition.
We have also, fortunately, living in the Gardens a specimen of
another African Wild Ass, from the Nubian Desert, purchased in
May 1881; so that it is easy to institute a comparison between the
two, and to assure ourselves that they belong apparently to distinct
species or subspecies.
As will be seen by Mr. Smit’s drawings which I now exhibit, the
Somali Ass (PI. L. fig. 1) differs from that of the Nubian Desert
(Pl. L, fig. 2) in its generally paler and more greyish colour, in the
entire absence of the cross-stripe over the shoulders, in the very
slight indication of the dorsal line, and in the numerous black mark-
Cf. Blanford, Geol. & Zool. Abyss. p. 361.
1884. ] - MAMMALS FROM SOMALI-LAND, 541
ings on both front and hind legs. It has likewise, as will be better
noticed on examining the living animals, smaller ears and a longer
and more flowing mane.
It might be supposed that these are individual variations. But, as
will be seen upon inspection of the flat skin from Somali-land which
I now exhibit, the same distinguishing features likewise present
themselves in this second specimen. Moreover, Mr. E. Lort Phillips,
F.Z.8., who visited the Berberah district in March last in company
with Mr. F. L. James and his brother, assured me that the Wild
Asses which he there met with were exactly of the same description.
Mr. Lort Phillips writes as follows :—
“*On March 22, 1884, when about 20 miles to the west of
Berberah we fell in with a small herd of Wild Asses. After a long
and tedious stalk I succeeded in bagging one ; which turned out
to be of quite a new species to me, having no mark whatever on the
body, which was of a beautiful “French grey” colour. On its
legs, however, it had black stripes running diagonally. I have
unfortunately lost the book in which I put its measurements, but it
was a superb creature and stood quite 14 hands at the shoulder;
our Berberah horses looked quite small in comparison. The previous
day Mr. F. L. James had shot a new Antelope’, and Mr. W. D.
James a Lesser Koodoo.”
It would likewise, I think, be probable on theoretical grounds
that animals occupying such different and widely separated areas of
distribution would present points of difference.
But assuming this to be the ease, a great difficulty arises as to the
proper terms to be applied to these two animals. Ihave hitherto called
the Nubian form of which we have had a specimen in the Gardens
before the one that is now living there* Hguus teniopus, Heuglin.
In so doing I acted on the supposition that only one species of
African Wild Ass was known to exist. But seeing there appear to be
two, it becomes necessary to make some further inquiries on the
subject.
Heuglin described his Equus teniopus in his article on the Fauna
of the Red Sea and Somali Coast already referred to. In his
appendix to this article (Petermann’s Mittheilungen, 1861, p. 19)
he distinguishes two species of African Wild Ass. The first of these,
from the provinces of Taka and Berber, is clearly our animal of the
Nubian Desert, which he proposes to call Eguus asinus. The
second species, which he attributes to Shoa and the Somali Coast, he
proposes to call Hguus teniopus. But when we come to read his
description of Hguus teniopus, and to examine the figure of the same
animal contained in the 28th volume of the ‘Nova Acta’ of the
Leopoldino-Carolinian Academy, we find that the animal designated
by this name is clearly not that of the Somali Coast, as it possesses
a well-marked dorsal stripe and a strongly defined cross-line over
the shoulders. Moreover, Heuglin himself tells us that the speci-
men from which the description of A. teniopus was taken was a
' Le. the specimen of Gazella wallert above referred to.
* See Catalogue of Animals, 1883, p. 130; and P.Z. 8. 1881, F 734.
37
542 MR. SCLATER ON MAMMALS FROM SOMALI-LAND. [Nov. 18,
living animal of which he did not certainly know the locality.
Under these circumstances we cannot apply the term ¢eniopus to
the Somali form of Wild Ass. Nor can we apply it te the Nubian
form, which Heuglin himself termed Equus asinus. To the latter
animal, however, Fitzinger in 1866 (Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wien, liv.
p- 588) gave the specific name africanus, which I propose to retain
for the Nubian form of Wild Ass, while the Somali form may be
called Equus asinus somalicus.
These two forms may be diagnosed as follows :—
1. Equus Asinus AFRICANUS. (Plate L. fig. 2.)
Equus asinus, Heuglin, Pet. Mitth. 1861, p. 19.
Equus africanus, Fitzinger, Sitz. Ak. Wien, liv. p. 588 (1866).
Minor: isabellino-griseus ; linea dorsali distincta et altera trans
humeros nigricante ; juba brevi erecta; pedibus plus minusve
nigro transfasciatis.
Hab, in desertis Nubize superioris.
2. Equus asinus somattcus. (Plate L. fig. 1.)
Major: griseus; linea dorsali fere obsoleta, humerorum nulla; juba
longiore, caduca ; pedibus distincte et frequenter nigro trans-
Sasciatis.
Hab. in terra Somaiica.
P.S.—Since this paper was read I have had the opportunity of
reading Herr Menges’s article on his excursion into Somali-land,
contained in Petermann’s ‘ Mittheilungen’ for the present month’,
Herr Menges, who was the traveller employed by Mr. Hagenbeck
to collect living animals, gives us a most interesting account of two
of the Antelopes above mentioned, and also alludes to the Wild Ass.
On the high plains south of Berberah he met with what was
evidently Gazella walieri, which, he says, is one of the most beau-
tiful Antelopes of Somali-land, and is called by the natives ‘‘ Gere-
nuk.’ He compares it with G. dama and G. semmerringi, but
says it is manifestly different in its colouring. While the body is of
a coffee-brown, it has a broad darker band on its back 10 to 15
centimetres in width. The neck is remarkably long. The horns
are short and rather strong, curved gracefully backwards, but pro-
jecting forwards at the tips.
In the mountains further south Herr Menges found the Dwarf
Koodoo (Strepsiceros imberbis) more abundant than the larger
species (S. kudu), and calls it the “most beautiful of all Antelopes
known to him.” It is termed “ Aderio” by the Somalis, and is
distinguishable from the larger Koodoo, as he says, not only by its
smaller size (which is about that of a Fallow Deer) but by the more
numerous cross-stripes, of which there are from twelve to fifteen
across the back, while the larger Koodoo has only four or five.
The Wild Ass Herr Menges merely mentions as being different in
colour from other species known to him.
Pepe: in das Somali-land. Von Josef Menges. Peterm. Mittheil. 1884,
p. 401.
1884.] ON THE ANATOMY OF SCOPUS UMBRETTA. 543
3. A Contribution to the Anatomy of Scopus umbretta.
By F. E. Bupparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector to the Society.
[Received November 5, 1884.]
The dissection of two specimens of Scopus umbretta has enabled
me to bring a few notes upon its anatomy before the Society. One
of these individuals lived in the Society’s Gardens from 1880 to
1884, the other was sent to the late Mr. W. A. Forbes from Africa.
Both were partially dissected by Mr. Forbes; and in preparing the
following account I have had the advantage of consulting a few MS.
notes left by him.
As but little is known about the structure of Scopus, its exact
systematic position is still a matter of doubt; the facts that are
known (and these are confined to the pterylosis and structure of the
skeleton) appear to be on the whole in favour of placing Scopus
among the Ciconiidz, as has been done by Mr. Sclater in the most
recent edition of the ‘ List of Animals.’
The arrangement of the feather-tracts in Scopus is described in
some detail by Nitzsch, who has pointed out that the powder-down
patches distinctive of the true Herons are absent from Scopus*: in
this and in other pterylographical characters Scopus comes nearer
to the Storks than to the Herons.
Our knowledge of the osteology of Scopus is at present entirely
due to Prof. Parker, who has described its shoulder-girdle in his
‘Monograph on the Shoulder-girdle and Sternum*. Some scattered
remarks on the osteology of Scopus and the affinities which they
indicate are also to be found ina memoir by the same writer on Bale-
niceps rex®. Prof. Parker is of opinion that Scopus is truly Cico-
niine, and is connected with the true Herons by way of Baleniceps
and Cancroma, the latter type being essentially Heron-like, while
Baleniceps has ‘‘ the Heron characters in preponderance.”
It view of these facts, it is rather remarkable to find that Dr.
Hartlaub, in his work on the Birds of Madagascar, definitely includes
Scopus as a genus of the family Ardeidz, separating it therefore
entirely from the Storks; nevertheless it appears to me that there
is in reality quite as much to be said in favour of the Ardeine as of
the Ciconiine affinities of the bird, from a study, that is to say, of
the muscles and viscera.
With regard to the latter, the only published notes (so far as I
am aware) are to be found in Mr, Forbes’s Report on the Tubinares
collected by H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’; in that memoir Mr. Forbes has
described the partly double condition of the pectoral muscle in
Scopus, which I have referred to below.
Two plates illustrating the osteology of Scopus are to be found
in the last published part of the magnificent ‘ Histoire Naturelle
1 Pterylography (English Edition). Ed. Sclater: London, 1867, p. 180.
2 Ray Soc. Publications (London, 1869), p. 165.
3 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. p. 347 e¢ passim, See also Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. y.
p. 234.
544 MR. Yr. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Nov. 18,
de Madagascar,’ but the letterpress has not yet appeared ; M. Milne-
Edwards no doubt intends to describe the osteology, and for that
reason I have not entered into any description of it in the present
aper.
4 derail Characters.—Nitzsch does not refer to the condition of
the oil-gland in his account of the pterylosis of Scopus, merely
remarking its presence. In the two specimens before me the oil-
gland is distinctly tufted, and has three orifices at its free end. I
may also mention that there are 12 rectrices, and that the contour-
feathers are furnished with an aftershaft.
Visceral Anatomy.—The tongue is comparatively small and trian-
gular, agreeing in this respect with Cancroma and Baleniceps alone
among the Ardeidz ; the other genera of the family possess a long
slender tongue, extending nearly as far as the mandibular symphysis ;
the tongue in the Ciconiide is much as in Scopus.
There is no crop; of the liver the right lobe is larger than the
left; there is a conspicuous gall-bladder present, its duct opening
on to the ascending loop of the duodenum.
There are two carotids with the normal course running up the
neck side by side in the hypapophysial canal.
Both jugulars are present, the right larger than the left.
The syrinz is displayed in the two accompanying drawings
Fig. 1.
Syrinx of Scopus wmbretta.
a, from before ; 4, from the side.
(figs. a, 6). There are a pair of intrinsic muscles inserted on to the
second bronchial ring (fig. 1), fanned out at their attachment; the
first bronchial rings are ossified, and closely applied to the preceding
rings of the trachea ; the rings of the bronchi are incomplete internally
and united by membrane; there isa well-developed bony pessulus, a
prolongation of the last tracheal ring. The bronchidesmus, as Prof.
Garrod has termed the fibrous membrane uniting the two bronchi, is
incomplete, not extending as far forward as the point where the two
bronchi bifureate. The syrinx of Scopus is therefore not at all Stork-
1884.] ANATOMY OF SCOPUS UMBRETTA. 545
like, and presents no important differences from that of the Herons
and Bitterns. In the Storks (ef Weldon, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 639)
there are no intrinsic muscles; the bronchial rings are generally
complete internally ; the last tracheal and first bronchial rings are
ossified and firmly united, while above them are a number of tracheal
rings which are slender and delicate and often incomplete; the
bronchidesmus (at any rate in Tantalus and Leptoptilus argala)
is continuous up to the bifurcation of the bronchi.
The peculiar structure of the air-sacs described by Weldon in the
Stork is not to be found in Scopus; the subbronchial sacs are com-
pletely fused, but the prebronchials are not divided up by septa as
they are in the Stork. In these characters also Scopus is entirely
unlike the Storks, and conforms to the Ardeine type.
Muscuzs oF THE Fore Limp.
1. The /atissimus dorsi is composed, as in the majority of birds,
of two distinct portions :—(1) the anterior arises from the spines of
the second and third dorsal vertebrae, and is attached by a broad
muscular insertion below the accessory tendon of anconeus longus ;
(2) the posterior half is the larger, but narrows rapidly towards its
tendinous insertion in front of anterior half and continuous with
accessory tendon of the anconeus.
2. The cucullaris superficialis is attached to the anterior half, or
rather more, of the vertebral border of the scapula.
3. The cueullaris profundus is attached to the whole of the ver-
tebral border of the scapula, except perhaps its extreme coracoidal
end; the fibres of this muscle pass in a backward direction from the
vertebrz to the scapula, while those of the superficialis pass in a
forward direction, the two crossing each other very nearly at right
angles.
4. The serratus arises in the ordinary fashion from ribs 2, 3,
and 4, and is inserted on to the vertebral border of the scapula
ventrad to the insertion of the eucullaris by a broad thin tendon for
nearly half its length posteriorly.
5. The deltoid arises from the distal end of the scapula close to
its articulation with the coracoid by a fleshy origin in front and by
a short tendon behind; it is inserted on to the outer side of the crest
of the humerus.
6. The internal deltoid arises from the tip of the coracoid, and is
inserted on to the opposite side of the humeral crest, anterior to and
somewhat below the insertion of the pectoral muscle.
7. The pectoralis I. arises from whole of hinder surface of sternum,
from the entire extent of the carina sterni, and from the margin of
the clavicle ; it is inserted on to the crest of the humerus, and also
to a fibrous aponeurosis which extends from the crest to the head of
the humerus, covering the tendon of the biceps. The muscle itself
is not actually double, but is partially divided by a tendinous septum,
which is very evident on making a transverse section.
8. The pectoralis II. is of considerable size ; its origin extends some
two thirds down the sternum ; it arises also from the sternal half of
546 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Nov. 18,
the coracoid and from the coracoclavicular membrane ; its insertion
is not peculiar.
9. The coracobrachialis externus arises from the sternal end of
the coracoid ; it has the usual insertion.
10. The coracobrachialis internus is rather smaller ; it appears to
have the ordinary relations.
11. The ¢eres arises from nearly the whole of the ventral margin
of the scapula; just before it narrows into the tendon of insertion,
it gives off a small tendinous slip which joins the anconeus longus
close to its origin: it is inserted into the inferior capitular fossa just
anterior to the origin of a portion of the triceps.
12. The tensor patagii muscle (fig. 2) is formed of the combined
brevis and longus, which are not to be distinguished at their origin ;
it arises from the end of the clavicle and from a small portion of the
scapula; the outer portion, which corresponds to the ¢ensor patagii
Fig. 2.
Muscies and tendon of patagium of Scopus wmbretta.
T.p.l, Tensor patagii longus; Z.p.dr, tensor patagii brevis.
longus (T.p.7.), receives a slip, chiefly tendinous, from the pector-
alis I. ; its tendon passes straight to the radial carpal bone, but about
the middle of its course gives off a branch which joins the outer of
the two tendons which form the tensor patagii brevis. The tendon of
the tensor patagii brevis (T. p. br.) is double; at the junction of the
belly of the muscle with the outer of the two tendons a small tendinous
slip is given off to the crest of the humerus; the inner tendon receives
a slip from the pectoral at a corresponding spot. The outer tendon
1884. | ANATOMY OF SCOPUS UMBRETTA. 547
is continued without any change to the radial aponeurosis ; the
inner tendon about half way down gives off in front a broad, thin,
flat tendon, which passes down parallel to the other half of the
tendon and is inserted near to it ; at this point it receives the slip from
the tendon of the tensor patagii longus already referred to. There
is no biceps slip to the patagium.
13. The diceps has the usual double origin, and is inserted on to
the radial margin of the ulna and on to the ulnar margin of the
radius.
14. The anconeus longus arises from the scapula close to the arti-
culation of the humerus by a single head, the outer half of which is
tendinous about half an inch from the origin ; it gives off a broad
flat tendon to the outer edge of the humerus; it ends below ina
long stout tendon attached to the anterior border of the olecranon
process of the ulna.
15. The ériceps arises from the head of the humerus just external
to the insertion of the ¢eres and from a considerable proportion of
the shaft ; it blends with the anconeus longus at its insertion on to
the ulna behind the latter.
The expansor secundariorum appears to be absent.
16. The pronator radii superficialis arises from the inner condyle
of the humerus; it is inserted into the upper margin of the radius.
17. The pronator radii profundus, twice as large as the last,
arises from the humerus below it ; it isinserted on to the radius below
the insertion of the last, and extends considerably beyond. Between
the two pronators is a small muscle which arises in common with
the pronator profundus ; it is attached partly to the tendinous sur-
face of the latter and partly by a slender tendon to the radius.
18. The flewor carpi ulnaris is a strong muscle arising by fleshy
origin from distal extremity of humerus; it is inserted by a long
thick tendon on to the ulnar carpal bone.
19. The external anconeus arises from the common tendon from the
external condyle of humerus; it is inserted into the proximal one
half of the upper part of the ulna (except at the extreme end).
20. The extensor carpi ulnaris arises from a long tendon from
outer condyle of humerus together with the anconeus externus, and
from the tendinous septum between it and the latter; it is inserted
by a long tendon about one third of the way down the metacarpal
of digit 1. on the outer inferior margin.
21. The extensores carpi radialis longus and brevis arise from
the outer condyle of humerus above all the other muscles of the
forearm; they are in close contact for the whole of their length,
and are inserted on to the tuberosity of the metacarpal of the first
digit.
22. The extensor communis digitorum arises from the outer con-
dyle of the humerus above and a little behind the extensor carpi
ulnaris ; it divides at the base of the thumb into two tendons, the
first of which is attached to the digital margin of the phalanx of the
pollex ; the other is similarly attached to the second phalanx of
digit 11.
548 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE "Nov. 18,
23. The supinator is a small muscle arising from outer condyle
of humerus to the inside of and above the common tendon; it is
attached to upper surface of radius. ;
24. The internal anconeus arises from internal condyle of humerus
below all the other muscles; it spreads out in a fan-like manner to
be inserted on to the ulna superficial to (below) the attachment of
the brachialis internus.
25. The brachialis internus is a broad, flat muscle arising from
the deep pit on the inside of the humerus; it is inserted on to the
ulna close to the internal anconeus.
26. The flexor digiti II. major arises by a moderately long tendon
from the inner condyle of humerus ; it is connected by flat tendinous
bands with the secondaries; about an inch before the wrist it
divides into two tendons, one of which runs forward and is attached
to the internal tendon of the wrist; the other, the main tendon of
insertion, passes round the wrist, and is inserted on to a considerable
portion of the inner anterior margin of the first phalanx of the
index ; during the latter part of its course the tendon of this muscle
is crossed by that of the
27. Flexor digiti II. minor.—This muscle arises from the middle
portion of the radial margin of the ulna, commencing just in front
of the insertion of the brachialis internus, and extending as far
forward as the origin of the extensor internus ; its tendon passes
above that of the flexor major, and is inserted on the anterior edge
of the second phalanx of the index, close to its proximal end.
28. The extensor internus manus arises from the distal half of the
ulna, commencing just after the attachment of flewor digitt IT. minor ;
it is nearly twice the size of the latter ; its tendon passes round to
the extensor side of the wing, and is there inserted on to the anterior
upper edge of the thumb metacarpal.
29. The extensor pollicis arises from distal half of ulnar margin of
radius superficial to origin of extensor indicis and from posterior half
of ulna and interosseous membrane; it is inserted on to the extensor
margin of metacarpal below the extensor metacarpi radit.
30. The extensor proprius indicis arises from the ulnar margin of
radius ; its tendon passes below that of extensor communis digi-
torum, and receives a short muscular slip from the wrist ; it is attached
to the extensor margin of the proximal end of the second phalanx
of the index.
I have not dissected out the intrinsic muscles of the hand.
Muscues or tHe Hinp Lime.
1. The sartorius arises only from the front end of the ilium ; its
insertion is on to the tibia just above the crural.
2. The crureus arises from nearly the whole of the inner side of
the femur; it is inserted by a short tendon on to the head of the
tibia, below and to the inside of the insertion of the sartorius.
3. The pectineus is a small delicate muscle arising from the lower
margin of the ilium just beneath the origin of the gluteus; it passes
1884. ] ANATOMY OF SCOPUS UMBRETTIA, 549
outwards and backwards to be inserted on to the inner side of the
femur just between the origin of the crureus and vastus internus.
4, The extensor muscle of the thigh is composed of a number of
fused muscles ; it arises from both the inner and outer side of shaft
of femur; it is inserted on to the patella and on to the fascia,
covering the knee by a broad flat tendon.
5. Of the gluteeal muscles, the outermost one (gluteus I.) is the
largest. Gluteus IT., which partly underlies gluteus I., is some-
what smaller. Gluteus III. is very small.
6. The obturator externus is large; it is covered superiorly by
an aponeurosis, which extends back about half way to the posterior
extremity.
7. The obturator internus has an oval origin; its tendon of
attachment is surrounded by a muscular mass which corresponds
to the gemelli.
8. The ¢ensor fascie extends about half way down the thigh ; it
originates from the fascia covering gluteus I.
9. The biceps arises from the whole of the postacetabular ridge
of the ilium; it is inserted, as usual, on to the fibula, after passing
through a tendinous sling.
10. The femoro-caudal is a long, slender muscle, with the usual
origin and insertion; the tendons at either end of the muscle are
extremely fine.
The accessory femoro-caudal is quite absent.
11. The semitendinosus is well developed: it arises from the
posterior end of the ilium and from the fascia in the neighbourhood ;
it is inserted on to the tendon of the gastrocnemius (see fig. 3) in
common with the accessory semitendinosus.
12. The accessory semitendinosus is moderately large ; it arises by
fleshy origin from inferior margin of femur close to its distal extre-
mity, and is inserted partly on to the oblique tendon between it and
the semitendinosus, and partly on to the tendon which connects the
latter with the gastrocnemius.
13. The semimembranosus is half as broad again as the semiten-
dinosus ; it arises from the lower margin of hinder portion of ischium
and from a small portion of the pubis posteriorly ; it is inserted by
a thin broad tendon on to the inner side of the leg.
The ambiens is absent.
14-15. There are two adductor muscles.
16, The gastrocnemius arises by four distinct heads, which unite
about half way down the leg into a broad flat tendon gradually
narrowing until its insertion:—(@) The external head arises from
the under surface of the femur; it is tendinous on the inner side,
where it fuses with the outer loop of the biceps sling. (6) The
second head arises from.the femur by a thin flat tendon below the
origin of the last. (¢) The third head arises from the inner side of
the under surface of the femur; it is fused with the inner of the
two adduetor muscles at its origin; about half way down it receives
the tendon of the conjoined semitendinosus and accessory semiten=
dinosus. (d) The inner head is the largest; it arises from the
550 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Nov. 18,
femur just ventral to the insertion of the sartorius from the fascia
covering the fore part of knee and for some distance below from the
cnemial crest of the tibia, and from the fascia between it and the
tibialis anticus near the upper end of the latter.
Fig. 3.
sm
Muscles of leg of Scopus umbretta.
a, Adductor ; s¢, semitendinosus; As?, accessory semitendinosus; sm, semi-
membranosus ; g, 9°, 9°, g*, gastrocnemius.
The arrangement of the gastrocnemius and the adjacent muscles
will be understood from the accompanying figures (fig. 3).
17. The plantaris is a small slender muscle ; it arises from the
hinder part of tibia on inside of the leg posterior to the insertion of
the semimembranosus.
18-19. The superficial flexor tendons are like those of other
birds ; the flewor perforatus et perforans supplying the 2nd and
3rd digits, while the flewor perforatus supplies the 2nd, 3rd, and
Ath.
The deep tendons (see fig. 4) have rather a peculiar arrangement.
20-21. The tendon of the flewor hallucis is connected with the
flexor profundus by a vinculum just before the latter divides into
the tendons of the several digits; it also gives off a special slip,
which joins the branch of the flexor profundus going to the 2nd
digit.
22. There is but one peroneus present ; it arises chiefly from the
fascia covering the ¢idialis anticus and from the crest of the tibia; its
1884. ] ANATOMY OF SCOPUS UMBRETTA. 551
tendon gives Gff a broad ligament to the ankle, and then becomes
fused with the tendon of the flexor perforatus et perforans of the
3rd digit.
23. The tibialis anticus is made up of two portions: the larger
arises from the cnemial crest of the tibia, the smaller from the front
part of the outer condyle of the humerus. The two unite to form a
strong tendon, which 1s inserted in the usual fashion.
Fig. 4.
Deep plantar tendons of Scopus wmbretta.
Fi.h, Fexor hallucis; Fl.p, flexor profundus digitorum
24. The extensor digitorum is a small muscle arising from the
crest of the tibia and from the front part of the bone for the space
of about an inch; its tendon supplies all the digits with the exception
of the first.
In the foregoing description of the muscles of Scopus, more atten-
tion has been paid to those which are known to vary in the different
groups of birds.
In his paper on certain Muscles in Birds*, Prof. Garrod distin-
guished the Pelargi from the Herodiones by the presence in the former
of the ambiens muscle, two intestinal czeca, and a double pectoral
muscle ; in both groups the femoro-caudal*, semitendinosus, and
accessory semitendinosus were present. In a subsequent paper *, how-
ever, Prof. Garred stated that the ambiens was not always present in
the Storks, since he failed to find it in Xenorhynchus senegalensis and
Abdimia sphenorhyncha ; it is therefore impossible to separate the two
1 Coll. Papors, p. 221.
* Absent in a few Storks, e. g. Leptoptilus argala. 3 Coll. Papers, p. 421.
552 ON THE ANATOMY OF SCOPUS UMBRETTA. ([ Nov. 18,
families by the presence or absence of the ambiens; and the fact
that Scopus umbreita has not the ambiens, but has the semitendinosus,
its accessory, and the femoro-caudal, is no clear indication of its
affinities with either. In the condition of the pectoral muscle,
however, Scopus decidedly agrees with the Ardeidee and differs from
the Ciconiide.
The disposition of the deep plantar tendons is not characteristi-
cally “ Ciconiine.” In all the Herons and Storks dissected by Prof.
Garrod the tendon of the flevor longus hallucis sends down a vin-
culum to join the tendon of the flewor perforans digitorum before
the trifurcation of the latter, the vinculum being extremely slender
in the Herons and altogether absent in Botaurus stellaris. I find,
however, that the condition of the deep plantar tendons in Scopus
is exactly repeated in Ciconia nigra. In this bird Mr. Forbes’ has
figured a precisely similar arrangement to that which I have de-
scribed in Scopus; the tendon of the flewor hallucis sends off a
special slip to digit 11. as well as a vinculum to the flexor perforans
just before its trifurcation.
In the absence of the erpansor secundariorum, Scopus agrees with
Cancroma and Egretta° and the Ciconiide ; this muscle is present in
all Herons except the two genera mentioned.
The tendons of the patagium do not differ much from what is
found in other Herodiones; the absence of a diceps slip is charac-
teristic of both Storks and Herons.
The muscular anatomy of Scopus, on the whole, appears to com-
bine the characters of both the Ciconiide and the Ardeide. On
myological grounds only it would be difficult to assign it definitely to
either group ; in fact, the only features in which this genus espe-
cially resembles the Herons and differs markedly from the Storks are
the form of the syrinx and the air-sacs, while, as already stated, the
arrangement of the feather-tracts and the structure of the skeleton
are more particularly Stork-like. It is clear, therefore, that Scopus
is in many respects an intermediate type between the Ciconiide on
the one hand and the Ardeidz on the other; and its relation to
both may be seen at a glance from the accompanying table :—
PAIN DICNS: 24. scape ek cone
Deep plantar tendons
Expansor secunda-
riorum,
Origin of obturator
internus.
Syrinx
Scopus umbretia.
Not completely double.
Absent.
jl. h. with a special slip
to dig. 11. and a vin-
culum.
Absent.
Oval.
With intrinsic muscles;
anterior rings of bron-
chi incomplete, closed
by membrane.
9
me
Herons.
Not completely double.
Absent.
culum only, some-
times absent.
Absent (except in Can-
croma and Egretta).
Triangular.
With intrinsic muscles ;
anterior rings of bron-
chi incomplete, closed
by membrane.
Te
Storks.
Completely double.
Rarely absent.
jl. k. with slender vin- | fl. h. with special slip to
dig. 11.5; a vineulum
(in Ciconia nigra).
Present.
Oval.
Without intrinsic mus-
cles ; rings of bronchi
complete.
2.
? Garrod, Coll. Papers, p. 329.
1884.] ON AN ABDOMINAL VEIN IN ECHIDNA. 553
The facts contained in this paper appear to me to be an additional
reason for uniting together the Storks and Herons more closely
than was done by Garrod; and the classification adopted by Mr.
Sclater in the most recent edition of the ‘List of Animals,’ so far
as this is concerned, expresses the facts. But it might be advisable to
separate Scopus as the type of a family Scopidze, equivalent to both
the Ardeidz and the Ciconiidee, and to place it between them as an
indication that it forms a connecting link. It is not impossible that
Baleniceps should also be included in this family.
4. Note on the Presence of an Anterior Abdominal Vein in
Echidna. By F. E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosec-
tor to the Society.
[Received November 11, 1884.]
Although several excellent memoirs upon the various systems
and organs of Echidna have from time to time appeared, there
remain a considerable number of details of the structure of this most
interesting mammal that require investigation. The death of the
female specimen lately living in the Society’s Menagerie has given
me the opportunity not only of preserving certain parts for histological
examination, but also of studying the anatomy of the animal in a
fresh condition. In this way I have been able to make out a
structural point which I believe has not been yet recorded, and which
appears to me to be of some interest—that is, the presence of an
anterior abdominal or persistent allantoic vein.
In the excellent account given by Prof. Balfour, in his ‘ Compara-
tive Embryology,’ of the development of the venous system in Verte-
brata, I find the following statement :—‘‘ The venous system!’ of
mammals differs in two important points from that of Reptilia and
Amphibia. .. . . The anterior abdominal vein is only a feetal
vessel forming during fcetal life, the allantoic vein.’ With regard
to its subsequent history in Mammalia, Prof. Balfour says * :—‘ The
allantoic (anterior abdominal) veins are originally paired. They are
developed very early, and at first course along the still widely open
somatic walls of the body, and fall into the single vitelline trunk in
front. The right allantoic vein disappears before long, and the
common trunk formed by the junction of the vitelline and allantoic
veins becomes considerably elongated. This trunk is soon enveloped
by the liver... At the close of foetal life the allantoic vein becomes
obliterated up to its place of entrance into the liver... Owing to
the allantoic (anterior abdominal) vein having merely a fcetal
existence, an anastomosis between the iliac veins and the portal
system by means of the anterior abdominal vein is not established.”
In the Reptilia and Amphibia, on the other hand, the anterior
abdominal veins are represented in the adult condition as well as
during feetal life.
In the Amphibia, as in the Mammalia, there are at first two abdo-
1 Comparative Embryology, vol. ii. p. 541. = Ibid. p. 546.
554 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [Nov. 18,
minal veins which unite behind into a single trunk after receiving
branches from the allantoic bladder, and two branches (epigastric
veins) from the iliac veins ; anteriorly the right vein atrophies, and
the left is distributed to the liver.
In the Saurians there are also primitively two allantoic veins.
«They unite with two epigastric veins (homologous with those in
Amphibia), which connect them with the system of the posterior
cardinal veins. The left of the two eventually atrophies, so that
there is formed an unpaired allantoic vein. This vein at first
receives the vena cava inferior close to the heart, but eventually the
junction of the two takes place in the region of the liver, and
finally the anterior abdominal vein (as it comes to be after the atrophy
of the allantois) forms the portal system and breaks up into capillaries
in the liver.’ In the Crocodiles and Chelonians both anterior abdo-
minal veins appear to persist. I have quoted these passages from
Balfour because they express clearly, and at the same time briefly, the
relations of the anterior abdominal vessels in the adult as well as the
foetus of the various groups of Vertebrata, and may serve for comparisoa
with the following account of what appears to me to be a similar
structure in Zehidna. On opening the body-wall of Hehidna I at
once noticed the presence of a large vein running along the ventral
wall of the body in very close connexion with it; posteriorly this
vessel (which was very conspicuous from being full of blood, and was
no mere fibrous ligament) arises from a vascular network upon the
under surface of the bladder. Anteriorly the vein passes down from
the body-wall and is distributed to the left half of the liver. I am
not able to state with certainty whether there is any connexion with
the veins of the limbs, but am inclined to believe that there is not.
There seems to me to be no doubt that this blood-vessel really cor-
responds to the anterior abdominal vein of the lower Vertebrata and
to the allantoic vein of the mammalian foetus; its occurrence in
Echidna is another fact among many which show that the Mono-
tremata have preserved more of the ancestral_characters than any
other family of the Mammalia.
5. On five new or little-known Species of Hast-African Birds,
represented in Mr. H. H. Johnston’s First Collection
from the Kilimanjaro District. By Captain G. E.
SHELLEY, F.Z.S.
[Received November 5, 1884. ]
(Plate LI.)
Mr. Johnston’s first collection of 94 skins having been placed in
my hands by the Kilimanjaro Committee of the British Associ-
ation, I have considered it advisable, not only to describe at once
three species which I consider new, but also two others which are
well represented in the present valuable collection, and have been
J.G Keulemans |ith
NECTARINIA REICHENOWI.
Hanhart imp
1884.] BIRDS FROM KILIMANJARO. 555
only recently shortly characterized in the ‘Journal fiir Ornitho-
logie.’
Of the remaining thirty-three species of which this collection
contains examples, I hope to treat at some future time, when Mr.
Johnston has returned from his exploration of this high mountain-
range, and has brought home the rest of his specimens.
1, Muscrcara JOHNSTONI, sp. n.
Kilimanjaro, 2, 6000 feet.
Entire upper parts uniform slaty blue; wings and tail slightly
browner and darker, the feathers edged with the same colour as the
back. In front of the eyes, cheeks, and lower portion of the ear-
coverts ashy white ; owing to the state of the skin I cannot confi-
dently define the exact limits of the ashy white on the sides of the
head. Chin, throat, and sides of the body ashy grey, fading into
ashy white on the remainder of the breast and abdomen, and almost
into white on the thighs and under tail-coverts; axillaries and
under wing-coverts white ; under surface of the quills slaty brown,
fading into buffish white on portion of their inner margins. Bill
apparently leaden-grey, with a buff patch extending over about two
thirds of the base of the culmen, and with the tip black. Legs
brownish black. Total length 6 inches, culmen 0°5, wing 3°35,
tail 3, tarsus 0°9.
Owing to the indifferent state of the skin, I keep this species in
the genus Muscicapa, althongh it does not agree with that nor with
any other of the genera recognized by Mr. Sharpe (Cat. B. Brit.
Mus. vol.iv.). It has long, well-developed rictal bristles, and a broad
but unusually deep bill, which is almost as deep as wide at the front
of the nostrils. In general appearance it comes nearest to M. ceru-
lescens, Hartl., and M. cinerascens, Sharpe, but differs from both in |
its larger size, very much darker colouring, and in the bill and under
wing-coverts.
I have named this fine and very distinct new Flycatcher after its
discoverer, Mr. H. H. Johnston.
2. NECTARINIA KILIMENSIS, Sp. N.
Kilimanjaro, ¢, 5000 ft.
Very similar to NV. tacazze, but differs as follows:—Head and
neck metallic green, glossed with copper, and shading into fiery
copper on the back ; scapulars and upper tail-coverts with a greenish
shade, but no lilac reflections; wings and tail brownish black with
no blue shade; metallic edges of the tail-feathers lilac bronze, not
greenish blue. Chin and throat metallic coppery green, not passing
into metallic lilac on the front of the chest, which, with the
remainder of the underparts, is dull black. Bill rather more curved,
and the tail slightly more graduated. Total length 8:7 inches,
culmen 1°15, wing 2:9, tail 5°6, tarsus 0°75.
Kilimanjaro, 2, 4000 ft.
Very similar to N. tacazze, but with the throat less olive and of a
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1884, No. XXXVIII. 38
556 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [Nov. 18,
browner buff shade, and it has apparently a less distinct eyebrow.
Total length 3°3 inches, culmen 0°95, wing 2°55, tail 1°3, tarsus
0°75.
Besides the specimens above described, the collection contains
seven adult males and one female from elevations varying from 3000
to 5000 feet. The characters of the bill (which is rather more curved
than in WN. tacazze), and of the tail (which is rather more graduated),
combined with the fiery copper colouring of the back and upper tail-
coverts, and the absence of any lilac band between the colours of the
throat and the black of the breast, indicate that its place is between
N. tacazze and N. reichenowi.
I have named this bird after its locality, as I expect it will prove
to be a very local form.
3. NECTARINIA REICHENOWI!. (Plate LI.)
Drepanorhynchus reichenowi, Fischer, J. f. O. 1884, p. 56.
A male and two females of this species, of which the male only
was described by Dr. Fischer.
Kilimanjaro, ¢, 4000 ft.
Entire head, neck, back, scapulars, least and median wing-coverts
fiery copper, with slight lilac reflections at the ends of some of the
feathers, and, when viewed in a certain light, with greenish reflections ;
remainder of the plumage brownish black; all the quills and tail-
feathers very broadly edged with chrome-yellow; the primary-
coverts and greater wing-coverts less broadly edged with chrome-
yellow, the edges of the greater coverts changing into metallic lilac
towards their ends. Bill and legs black. Total length 8-2 inches,
culmen 1:2, wing 3°1, tail 5°4, tarsus 0°75.
Kilimanjaro, 9, 5000 ft.
Very similar to the female of N. tacazze, excepting that it has
broad deep yellow edges to all the quills and tail-feathers, and the
wing-coverts edged with olive-yellow. Total length 3:1 inches,
culmen 1°1, wing 2°6, tail 2°2, tarsus 0°65.
There is also a second female in the collection.
The skins do not enable me to detect the actual junction of the
metallic throat and the black breast of the male, nor can I describe
the sides of the head in the female.
The proposal of the distinct generic name Drepanorhynchus for
this species appears to me quite superfluous. The bill is certainly
more curved than in NV. famosa, but in that respect N. hilimensis
is exactly intermediate ; in the gradation of the tail-feathers N. Aili-
mensis is similar, and NV. t¢acazze is just intermediate between it
aud NV. famosa. The centre tail-feathers are as broad in the present
species as in N. famosa.
4, PRATINCOLA AXILLARIS, Sp. n.
Kilimanjaro, ¢, 7000 ft.
Upper parts, entire head, chin and throat black, most of the
feathers of the back partially edged with brown ; sides of the neck,
1884.] BIRDS FROM KILIMANJARO. 557
inner median and inner greater coverts, basal third of the outer webs
of the inner secondaries, rump and upper tail-coverts white, afew of
the latter slightly tipped with rufous brown, a few with black elon-
gated terminal shaft-spots : some of the outer tail-feathers have very
narrow white ends; across the crop a broad chestnut collar; re-
mainder of the under parts white with the axillaries black like the
under wing-coverts, and both{very partially tipped with white ; under
surface of the quills slaty black with very narrow, almost obsolete
partial pale edges to their inner webs. Bill and legs black. Total
length 5°2 inches, culmen 0°45, wing 2°75, tail 2-4, tarsus 0°9.
Kilimanjaro, 2, 7000 ft.
Upper parts dark brown, with broad rufous-buff edges to the
feathers ; with white on the wing, rump and upper tail-coverts as
in the male but partially washed with rufous-buff ; forehead, sides
of the head, and entire under parts sandy rufous, darkening into
cinnamon on the crop. Bill and legs black. ‘Total length 4°5
inches, culmen 0:4, wing 2°6, tail 2°3, tarsus 0°9.
In the collection there are five other specimens, from 5000 to
8000 ft.
In some the white breast is slightly mottled with rufous or
buff.
I have not seen an adult of P. maura (Pall.), which is, I believe,
the only other Pratincola with black axillaries ; but judging from
Mr. Seebohm’s description of that bird (Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p.
188), the present species differs in not having any white tips to the
scapulars, inthe under surface of the quills not having any white bases,
and their inner webs having only obsolete pale partial margins. These
latter characters of the under surface of the quills, combined with
the black axillaries and comparatively narrow chestnut collar, render
it a very well-marked species.
With the wings closed P. wvillaris is strikingly similar to P. sybilla
from Madagascar, but on opening the wings it will be distinguished
at a glance.
5. SyCoBROTUS REICHENOWI, Fischer, J. f. O. 1884, p. 180.
Kilimanjaro, 3, 5000 ft.
Forehead and crown golden yellow, with a faint rufous tinge ;
back of the head, back of the neck, back and scapulars uniform
brownish black, passing into olive-yellow on the rump ; upper tail-
coverts olive, passing more or less into brownish black ; tail olive-
brown ; wings brownish black: a few of the longer lesser coverts
have narrow yellow ends, the median series all broadly tipped with
buffish yellow, with which colour the greater coverts and a few of
the inner secondaries are broadly margined ; primary-coverts and
quills edged with olive-yellow. Entire underparts, lores and sides
of the neck golden yellow, slightly darker on the lores, chin, and
throat ; in front and round the eyes and the ear-coverts black ;
under wing-coverts buffish yellow, partially mottled with brownish
black: under surface of the quills brown, broadly margined on
their inner webs with yellowish buff. Bill black; legs brownish
38*
998 MR. J. H. GURNEY ON HUHUA NIPALENSIS. [Nov. 18,
flesh-colour. Total length 6°2 inches, culmen 0°7, wing 3°3, tail 2°7,
tarsus 0°9.
Kilimanjaro, 2 ?, 5000 ft.
Similar, excepting that the entire upper half of the head is black,
and the rump and upper tail-coverts more uniform olive.
Besides those described above there are four more specimens, one
from 6000 feet. Two have yellow, and two black crowns, and one
yellow-crown specimen is labelled , all the others being marked 3.
As the sexes marked on the labels seem to be frequently incorrect,
I have disregarded them in my descriptions, and followed Dr.
Fischer, who separated these two forms as sexes, upon what I pre-
sume to be good authority.
6. On the Geographical Distribution of Huhua nipalensis,
Hodgs.; with Remarks on this and on some allied
Species. By Joun Henry Gurney.
[Received November 8, 1884. ]
(Plate LIT.)
The fine Owl, of which the accompanying sketch (Plate LII.) is a
portrait, was captured in or about the month of February 1877, when
it was a newly- fledged nestling, on a precipitous ledge of a lofty moun-
tain in the Karennee Country to the north-east of Pegu. It has lived
in the Society’s Gardens since September 1878, having been presented
at that date by Mr. Charles Fowler, from whose information I
made a note at the time of the circumstances of its capture. It
was originally recorded in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1878,
p- 790, under the appellation of Bubo (Huhua) orientalis ; but there
is no doubt that it is in reality an example (now fully adult) of
the nearly allied, but larger and more northern species, Huhua
nipalensis.
It is remarkable that no figure of this very large and handsome
Owl has hitherto existed, with the exception of that published by
the late Dr. Jerdon under the title of Huhua pectoralis, which is
probably referable to it; but as this is at present a doubtful point,
the accompanying figure, drawn from the life, will be acceptable to
ornithologists as a reliable representation of one of the finest of the
Eastern Owls.
The present is probably the most eastern example of Huhua
nipalensis of which the locality has as yet been ascertained, as
there appears to be considerable doubt whether a young Owl ob-
tained by Col. Tickell on the Mooleyit mountain in Tenasserim
belonged to this species, or to its congener Huhua orientalis. Mr.
Blyth held the former opinion in the ‘ Ibis’ for 1872, p. 89, and
Mr. Hume advocated the latter in ‘ Stray Feathers,’ vol. vi. p. 31.
Hanhart imp
J.Smnit lith -
4
1884.] MR. J. H. GURNEY ON HUHUA NIPALENSIS. 559
Captain R. G. Wardlaw Ramsay possesses a specimen of Huhua
nipalensis, in immature dress, which was shot at Tonghoo, a locality
nearly as far eastward as that from which the bird now in the Regent’s
Park was obtained. ;
Col. Godwin-Austen has recorded a much more northern speci-
men of H. nipalensis, which was obtained in the Darrang district of
Assam (vide Journal of Asiat. Soc. of Bengal, vol. xlv. pt. 2, p. 68).
As regards the occurrence of this Owl in the countries to the
west of Assam, a specimen from the Tista Valley in Sikkim has been
recorded by Mr. Blanford in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of
Bengal, vol. xli. pt. 2, p. 154 ; and its original discoverer, Mr. Hodg-
son, states in ‘ Asiatic Researches,’ vol. xix. p. 173, that it is found
‘in all parts of the kingdom” of Nepal.
Major Fitzgerald obtained a young Owl of this species ‘from
the nest in a tree in the Darjeeling District,” in recording which
he states that though “ not a common bird, it is met with in most
parts of the Himalaya in the more temperate valleys” (vide ‘ Ibis,’
1878, p. 119).
Huhua nipalensis has not, so far as I am aware, been specifically
recorded from any locality in Central or Southern India, but Dr.
Jerdon obtained an Owl which may probably have been of this
species in ‘‘ high forest in Malabar.” This specimen is unfortunately
not now forthcoming, and until another one from Malabar can be
obtained, its identity with H. nipalensis must remain an open
question. It was described and figured by Dr. Jerdon, as already
mentioned, under the name of Huhua pectoralis, in the Madras
Journal, vol. x. p. 89, pl. 1.
The presumption in favour of the Malabar bird being identical
with Huhua nipalensis is, however, strengthened by the fact of the
latter species being an inhabitant of Ceylon. The average size of
Ceylonese specimens appears to be slightly less than that of indivi-
duals from the Himalayan countries, but the difference seems not
to be sufficiently marked, or sufficiently constant, to establish a
subspecific distinction between the race inhabiting Ceylon and that
found in the Himalayas (vide Legge’s ‘ Birds of Ceylon,’ p. 132).
Mr. Hodgson, in describing HuAua nipalensis, noted the pecu-
liarities on which he proposed to found his subgenus HuAua, in
vol. xix. of ‘ Asiatic Researches,’ pp. 172, 173; and a fuller de-
scription of them, prefixed to an article on the same species, will
be found in Dr. Jerdon’s work on the ‘Birds of India,’ vol, i. p. 131.
These descriptions apply more particularly to the Asiatic species of
the section of the genus Bubo having dark irides; but in most
respects they are also applicable to some African Owls to which I
propose shortly to refer. The Asiatic species of the subgenus
Huhua are H. nipalensis, Hodgs., and H. orientalis (Horsf.). The
latter bird, which was figured by Temminck in the Pl. Col.
plates 174, 229, under the name of “ Striz strepitans,” is an in-
habitant of Southern Tenasserim, the Malay peninsula, Borneo,
Sumatra, Java, and Bangka. The late Professor Schlegel remarked
(Mus. Pays-Bas, Oli, p. 13) that specimens from the last-named
560 MR. J. H. GURNEY ON HUHUA NIPALENSIsS. | Nov. 18,
island are of smaller size than those from other localities, and pro-
posed for them the subspecific designation of ‘ orientalis minor ;”’ but
in his ‘ Review,’ subsequently published, he stated at p. 5 of the
**Aves Noctuae”’ that this small race also inhabits Borneo and the
Malay peninsula, and this is somewhat corroborated by the circum-
stance of a specimen from North-west Borneo, recorded by Mr.
Sharpe in P. Z.S. 1879, p. 245, agreeing in its wing-measurement
with the smaller rather than with the larger race. On the other
hand two individuals from the Barison Mountains in Sumatra, which
are preserved in the Norwich Museum, agree in their dimensions
with the larger form.
The African species which appear to belong, more or less closely,
to the same group as the two Asiatic Owls above referred to are the
following :—
Hunva poensis (Fraser), figured by Dr. Sclater, P. Z.S. 1863,
pl. 33, and by Mr. Sharpe, Ibis, 1869, pl. 4.—Hab. Guinea, ex-
tending southward to the R. Gaboon, and also occuring in Fernando
Po.
H. tacrea (Temm.), figured by Temminck in Pl. Col. pl. 4.—
Hab. Most of the forest-regions of Africa, south of the 20th degree
of north latitude.
Mr. Sharpe in his Catalogue of Striges, p. 35, has shown, I think,
satisfactorily that the southern specimens of this Owl, for which
the subspecific appellation of ‘‘ verreauxi’”’ was proposed by Bona-
parte, are not really separable from the typical H. lactea, which
was originally described from ar example obtained in Senegal. I
mention this, as I expressed a contrary opinion in the ‘ Ibis,’ 1868,
p. 148.
H. crnerascens (Guér.), figured by Des Murs in the Zoology
to Lefebvre’s ‘ Voyage en Abyssinie,’ pl. 4.—Hab. Between about
the 4th and 16th degrees of north latitude. I suspect, however,
that the Owl recorded by Du Bocage in the ‘Ornithologie d’An-
goa,’ p. 58, as ‘un mile adulte du B. maculosus recu du Humba,
Vindication ‘iris brun’ écrite de la main de M. d’Anchieta,’’ may
in fact have been an example of H. cinerascens, which, in that
case, ranges much further south than the limits above noted.
Huhua cinerascens agrees with H. nipalensis, H. orientalis, H.
poensis, and H. lacteus,in having a dark brown iris ; but it differs
from them in having the bill black, with the tip only of a yellowish
horn-colour, instead of the whole bill being horn-yellow. It
is also worthy of remark that the upper eyelid is more or less
pink and bare of feathers in all the above-named species except
in H. orientalis, in which the eyelid has been recorded as yellow by
Mr. Davison in ‘ Stray Feathers,’ vol. vi. p. 31.
In plumage H. cinerascens very closely resembles Bubo macu-
Josus, and though the dimensions of the specimens of H. cinerascens
which I have examined are slightly less. than those of B. maculosus,
it is not easy to distinguish the former in the skin from the smaller
1884.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 56]
males of the latter. But when alive, H. cinerascens, with its dark
brown iris and naked reddish-pink upper eyelid, may be distinguished
at a glance from B. maculosus, in which the normal colour of the
iris is yellow and the upper eyelid closely clad with short feathers
that usually entirely cover it, though occasionally the covering is
slightly imperfect towards the anterior corner of the eye, showing
the colour of the eyelid to be black.
Two other African Owls must here be mentioned. One of these is
that very fine and scarce species from the Fantee Country in
Western Africa, which was described by Messrs. Sharpe and Ussher
in the ‘Ibis,’ 1872, p. 182, under the name of “ Huhua shellyi,”
and was subsequently figured by Mr. Sharpe in his Catalogue of
Striges, pl. 2, under that of “ Bubo shellyi.” This noble Owl has
the bill yellow, which is unfortunately not shown in the figure,
but the colour of the irides has not, so far as I am aware, been yet
ascertained. The other species to which I propose to allude, “ Bubo
leucostictus” of Hartlaub, is also West-African, its range extending
from the Gold Coast to the River Gaboon. This Owl has a yellow
bill, but its irides are also yellow, as recorded by the late Professor
Schlegel in his work on the ‘Muséum des Pays-Bas,’ Oéi, p. 16.
I am indebted to Dr. F. A. Jentink, of the Leyden Museum, for
obligingly calling my attention to the circumstance of Professor
Schlegel’s accuracy in this statement having been subsequently con-
firmed by Dr. Anton Reichenow’s record of a young Owl of this
species which he obtained in the Camaroon mountains, and described
as having the iris pale yellow, and the bill, cere, and claws yellow
(vide Journ. fiir Orn. 1874, p. 387). This interesting species is,
I believe, still unfigured.
December 2, 1884.
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary made the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1884 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of November was 82. Of these 4 were
obtained by birth, 39 by presentation, 28 by purchase, 3 by exchange,
and 8 were received on deposit. The total number of departures
during the same period, by death and removals, was 105.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. A pair of Tasmanian Wolves (Thylacinus ecynocephalus),
obtained by purchase from Mr. B. Crowther of Launceston,
Tasmania, and received November 14th, being the first specimens
of this animal received since the pair presented by Mr. Ronald Gunn
in 1863.
I have already alluded (see P. Z. S. 1883, p. 252) to the exertions
562 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GREATER VASA PARROT. [Dec. 2,
we have lately been making to obtain living examples of this rare
Marsupial. Of two pairs forwarded to the Society during the present
year, one by Mr. Le Souéf of Melbourne, and the other by Mr. B.
Crowther, the latter only reached us alive. These animals are
apparently nearly adult, in good condition, and seem likely to do well.
2. An example of the Red-tailed Amazon (Chrysotis erythrura),
being the second we have received of this rare species, of which the
locality has not yet been ascertained (see P. Z.S. 1880, p. 23,
pl. ii.).
Mr. Sclater called the attention of the Meeting to the death, on
the 5th of July last, of the specimen of the Greater Vasa Parrot
(Coracopsis vasa), presented by the late C. Telfair, Esq., on July 25,
1830, and which had thus passed nearly 54 years in the Society’s
Gardens. The sex was determined by the Prosector to be female ;
the ovaries had disappeared, but the oviduct (left) was conspicuously
present ; the large size of the cloaca was remarkable, and it was
possible (that the phenomenon described in connection with another
specimen of this same Parrot (see above, p. 410) might have been
due to the protrusion of the cloaca by the female bird.
Mr. Sclater further stated that he had been informed by Mr.
Thomas Waters, who had passed mavy years collecting in Mada-
gascar ', that he had upon one occasion shot a Greater Vasa Parrot,
which had a dark fleshy mass protruding from the cloaca very much
of the same description as that referred to above.
Mr. G. E. Dobson, F.R.S., exhibited and made remarks on a
diagram designed to illustrate the evolution of the Mammalia
according to the system put forward by Prof. Huxley.
A communication was read from the Rev. A. M. Norman and the
Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, containing the first portion of a memoir
on the Crustacea Isopoda dredged during the expeditions of the
‘ Porcupine,’ ‘ Lightning,’ and ‘ Valorous.’? The memoir contained
descriptions of the representatives of the three families Tanaide,
Apseudidee, and Anthuride obtained during the several expeditions.
A great number of new forms, chiefly from deep water, including
several new genera (Sphyraphus, Alsotanais, and Tanaella among
the Tanaid, and Anthelura, Hyssura, Cyathura, and Calathura
among the Anthuridze), were described.
This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’
The following papers were read:—
* Cf. P.Z.8. 1875, p. 62, et 1879, p. 767
1884. ] PROF. ¥. J. BELL ON HOLOTHUROIDS. 563
1. Studies in the Holothuroidea.—V. Further Notes on the
Cotton-Spinner. By Prof. F. Jurrrny Bei, M.A.,
Sec. R.M.S.
[Received November 1, 1884. ]
Owing to the kindness of Mr. Snell of Truro, who has, on two
occasions, been so good as to forward me specimens of the Cotton-
Spinner, I am able to give some little further information with regard
to the characters of this imcompletely-known Holothurian. Unfor-
tunately, however, all the trouble and care that has been taken has
not been rewarded by the arrival of living specimens in London ; the
investigation into the physiology of this interesting form and the
complete knowledge of its minute structure, which is best gained from
a study of perfectly fresh specimens, will, I doubt not, be undertaken
at the Biological Laboratory soon to be erected at Plymouth.
The specimens forwarded to me came from Durgan, a fishing-
village seven miles from Falmouth, where they are reported to be
abundant at a depth of 10 to 20 fathoms ; they appear to be objects
of superstitious dread to the fishermen, who always throw overboard
the “ Sea-cows,”’ as Mr. Snell says they call them.
Wheu still comparatively fresh, Holothuria nigra is seen to be of a
bright yellow colour beneath, and has the suckers distributed with
fair regularity over that surface, though a bare patch is often
apparent anteriorly ; the dorsal surface is black, slimy, and papillose,
but without suckers; the cuticle is exceedingly thin, and often comes
off in flakes, leaving patches of a more dead hue exposed. The
lower surface is flattened, and the upper slightly convex ; or the
whole creature may be more rounded or sausage-shaped. The
cloacal orifice looks upwards. The body-wall is firm and smooth,
but varies in the extent to which it is slimy to the touch.
In a specimen which was more or less flattened the length was
observed to be 165 mm., and the breadth of the body 38; a sausage-
shaped example measured 135 mm., and had the greatest girth of
its body 120 mm., so that it was very stout.
After standing in alcohol (40 per cent. over proof) for an hour,
specimens were observed to have stained the fluid; the solution was
fluorescent, giving a greenish colour with reflected and a yellow with
transmitted light. This colour does not seem to be lost by exposing
the alcohol to sunlight ; at any rate, it has not disappeared after an
interval of more than six weeks’ exposure to daylight.
Like many other characteristic colouring-matters, that of the
Cotton-Spinner does not present us with any absorption-bands. As
will be shown, however, it has some very striking resemblances to
the colouring-matter described by Prof. Moseley as antedonin?.
* Quart. Journ. Mier, Sci. xvii. 1877, p. 8 et seg.
564 PROF. F. J. BELL ON HOLOTHUROIDS. (Dee. 2,
After treatment with strong hydrochloric acid the aleoholie solution
becomes yellowish in reflected as well as in transmitted light: it
becomes dirty yellow on the addition of ammonia, and throws down
a turbid precipitate which gradually became more and more flocculent ;
this was at first of a dirty white colour, but became yellow on
standing for a short time. Just as in the case of antedonin, the
precipitate from the ammoniacal solution was very abundant, but,
unlike it, the solution was much less strongly coloured after the
deposition of the precipitate. After filtration the precipitate was
left as a yellowish powder, which was insoluble in water or alcohol,
but dissolved pretty readily in acidified alcohol; in this point it
again resembles antedonin. After solution in acidified alcohol, the
precipitate became of a faint yellow colour, but did not give a green
reflection. Further addition of alkaline reagents to the filtered
alcohol produced a further precipitate.
On the whole, then, it is clear that there is in Holothuria nigra
a colouring-matter of the same character as antedonin: but if the
body now under consideration has distinctive absorption-bands, they
are in the Cotton-Spinner obscured by another colouring-matter,
which is especially richly deposited at the distal or attached end of
the Cuvierian tubes, and which readily, after solution in alcohol,
stains the human skin yellow. ‘The viscera are at least as much as
the integument the seat of the antedonin-like colouring-matter, for
spirit which has only come into contact with the viscera is as
distinctly yellow and green as is that in which the whole of the
body is preserved. Here again, then, we have an example of that
diffusion of colouring-matter through the tissues of an Echinoderm
to which Prof. Moseley has, in the paper cited, already directed
attention.
The fact that the threads of the Cuvierian organs swelled out in
water led me to try and see if I could detect the presence of mucin.
No response, however, in that direction was given by the ordinary
experiment of adding to the water, in which some tubes had been
standing for more than ten days, solid chloride of sodium, nor did I
get any precipitate with acetic acid. Shortly after death the threads
are hardly at all sticky, but after a few days’ treatment with strong
salt solution they become much more so; the threads are quite well
preserved from putrefaction, even in hot weather, by being placed in
strong salt solution: a solution not carefully sheltered from atmo-
spheric air harboured but few bacteria after being some ten weeks
in a not over-clean room. If, however, the threads are left in sea-
water or exposed to the air they rapidly undergo putrefaction, and
give off a more offensive odour than any other decomposing animal
substance with which I am acquainted.
In one specimen forwarded to me the tubes had evidently been
protruded in a natural manner: a compact strand of about an inch
in length and one fifth of an inch in thickness protruded from the
cloacal orifice; this at its free end was frayed out into a large number
of comparatively fine tubes which were attached to the seaweed in
the water, and extended over about two inches in breadth. As I
1884. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON HOLOTHUROIDS. 565
pointed out at the time in ‘Nature,’’ about as much had been
expelled as would occupy the greater part of the cloacal cavity. The
information forwarded to me by Mrs. Fisher, and reported in the same
journal *, is further evidence that the Holothurian is capable of
emitting threads which are disagreeable to the human skin at any
rate.
The histological character of these tubes has been so fully
worked out by M. Jourdain and Dr. Hamann in the essays to which
reference has already been made that it is unnecessary here to enter
into a detailed account. I have to say, however, that what has most
struck me in the tubes of H. nigra has been the great abundance of
the connective tissue. When a tube has been drawn out to its
utmost tenuity, so fine indeed as to be almost invisible to the naked
eye, it is seen under a magnifying-power of 500 diameters to consist of
several fine fibres ; a somewhat thicker portion differs only in having
the fine fibres more closely packed together. It seems, then, to be
pretty clear that the elongation of the threads is due to the uncoiling
of the connective-tissue fibres. When thus uncoiled they appear to
have no outer epithelial coating, and it is therefore difficult to
understand how they can be sticky if the glands figured by Hamann
have the function that he ascribes to them. This is a point,
however, that can only be worked out with living specimens, the
threads 7 situ, extended, and elongated being severally and compara-
tively examined.
In all the specimens whose intestinal tracts were examined these
organs were found to have contents formed of a slaty-grey pultaceous
mass, clearly made up of decomposing material; I got no such
evidence of the character of the food as was presented to Mr.
Peach.
With regard to the name that should be applied to the Cotton-
Spinner, the Rev. Dr. Norman informs me that he is of opinion
that H. nigra is a synonym of H. poli of Delle Chiaje, or H. tubulosa
of Sars. I cannot, however, in fresh, any more than in specimens
long since preserved in spirit, detect the large spicules in the
suckers by which the Mediterranean species is, as is well known, to
be detected.
I am greatly indebted to the reverend naturalist for reminding me
that Holothuria intestinalis was dredged in the Minch by Forbes
and Goodsir in 1850 *, and by himself in the same locality in 1866 4;
so that ‘* H. nigra’ has a fellow in the British Seas.
1 Aug. 7, 1884, p. 335.
2 June 26, p. 193.
° Traus. Roy. Soc. Edinb. xx. p. 309, pl. ix. fig. 1.
* Rep. Brit. Assoc, 1866, p. 195.
566 MR. J.B. SUTTON ON THE CRANIAL ARCADE. _ [ Dec. 2,
2. Observations on the Parasphenoid, the Vomer, and the
Palato-pterygoid Arcade. By J. Briann Svurton,
F.R.C.S., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at the
Middlesex Hospital Medical College.
[Received November 10, 1884. ]
(Plates LIII. & LIV.)
In the well-known ‘Lectures on the Elements of Comparative
Anatomy,’ 1864, Professor Huxley, in describing the structure of
the Pike’s skull, draws especial attention to a bone forming part of
that fish’s cranio-facial axis, which up to the time of the delivery of
those admirable lectures had been denominated basi-sphenoid.
Concerning this bone the Professor states:—‘It differs from any
of the ossifications of the basi-sphencidal cartilage in Man, not only
by extending backwards beneath the basi-occipital, but by stretching
forwards beneath the pre-sphenoidal and ethmoidal cartilages to
within a short distance of the anterior extremity of the cranium ;
and in the still more important circumstance that it is an ossification
within the perichondrium, which can be stripped off, in skulls which
have been macerated, or steeped for a short time in boiling water,
without injury to the cartilage upon which it is developed.
‘‘ Mr. Parker has shown, in his valuable paper on Baleniceps’, that
the so-called basi-sphenoid of birds is developed from three ossifi-
cations—a central one, the true basi-sphenoid, and two lateral and
inferior centres, the ‘ basi-temporals’ (Parker), which appear to
correspond with the lingule of Man. The thought readily arises
that the single bone a (Plate LIII. fig. 1) may correspond with
these two basi-temporal ossifications. The latter, however, appear
to be cartilage ossifications like the lingule themselves; and upon
the whole I think it will be safer, at any rate for the present, to
regard the bone a as peculiar to the branchiate Vertebrata and to
confer upon it the special name of ‘ parasphenoid’” (p. 170).
For twenty full years has the name parasphenoid found a place in
anatomical nomenclature, and as such it will probably continue to do
so, but that it is a bone peculiar to branchiate Vertebrata is an
opinion unsupported by facts and altogether untenable. It is one of
the objects of this paper to show that its representative in the skulls
of Mammalia is the bone known as the “ vomer.”
It must of course seem presumption on my part to differ from
Prof. Huxley on a subject to which he has devoted his critical mind
for so many years; nevertheless, I ask for unbiassed attention, as for
some years past the question has occupied my best thought and labour.
Stated briefly, the relations of the parasphenoid amount to these
in the Pike’s skull :—
It is a bone of membranous origin, having the shape and general
appearance shown in Plate LIII. fig. 2. By its upper surface it is
in relation with the under surface of the basi-occipital bone, the
1 Trans. Zool. Soe, vol. iv.
Pee vee 4 Pl Tis
J. Smit lith. Hanhart imp.
THE PARASPHENOID OF AFISH & THE VOMER OF MAN.
J.Smitlith.
Hanhart imp
THE HARD PALATE OF A LIZARD WOMBAT & MAN.
1884. ] MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE CRANIAL ARCADE. 567
basi-sphenoid, and ethmoidal cartilage; it extends the whole length
of the ethmo-vomerine cartilage, and at its anterior end rests upon a
median-placed bone carrying teeth, and usually marked ‘ vomer.”
The vomer of a human fcetus at the time of birth is represented
in Plate LIII. fig. 3.
It arises from a single ossific nucleus which is deposited in the
perichondrium covering the lower border of the ethmo-vomerine plate.
It underlies the basi-sphenoidal and ethmoidal regions, and lodges
the ethmo-vomerine cartilage in a shallow trough ; anteriorly it ends
by resting on two horizontal plates of bone, which in the usual
condition of the parts constitute elements of the complex superior
maxillary bone.
The vomer is represented in situ, Plate LIII. fig. 4, and the para-
sphenoid in fig. 1, where it will be observed that, so far as shape,
situation, and relations go, the two bones correspond in a remarkable
manner.
If, instead of taking a human fcetus at birth, we examine one at
an earlier stage, before the hard palate is completed, we shall find
that the mouth and nasal fossee form one common cavity, the vomer
forms a partial covering to the ethmo-vomerine plate, and rests
anteriorly on the premaxille. In this condition it still more
strikingly compares with the Pike’s parasphenoid. Indeed, its
homology is self-evident. On the other hand, to make the Pike’s
parasphenoid compare with the vomer of a mammal at birth, it is
only necessary to widen the bones forming the anterior part of the
palato-quadrate arch so as to meet the parasphenoid, or, coalescing
in the median line, shut it off from the buccal cavity.
To my mind the most important feature that surrounds the
parasphenoid (vomer) seems to be this :—
In crania possessing no bony basi-occipital or ossified sphenoidal
region in the base of the skull, this bone plays the part of a keel to
the brain-case and face (in Menobranchus it constitutes the floor of
the cranium), and forms an important element in the structure of the
skull. As ossifie nuclei begin to be deposited in the basal cartilage,
such bones as the basi-occipital and the basi- and pre-sphenoid
are support enough in themselves ; thus the function of the para-
sphenoid (vomer) becomes abrogated and commences to lose its
relatively great importance. ‘Take for examples Menobranchus,
Siredon, and Stren, all of which lack a basi-occipital bone ; in each of
these instances the parasphenoid (vomer) extends as far backwards
as the anterior boundary of the foramen magnum. In the Pike,
Cod, and such fish possessing an ossified basi-occipital, the vomer
only ventures as far backwards as the anterior end of that bone,
merely for greater support. Ascending the scale of vertebrates and
gaining mammals, we find well-ossified bones in the skull’s base, of
cartilage origin, strong and capable supports for the skull-vault ; and
the vomer is reduced to slender and delicate proportions, merely
performing the insignificant duty of forming a part of the septum
between the neighbouring nasal passages.
In the skull of the Frog, however, this median parasphenoid
568 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE CRANIAL ARCADE. __[Dec. 2,
(vomer) stops short at, and does not pass beyond, the girdle-bone.
In this case it is interesting to note that the anterior portion of the
skull is in no need of extraneous support, for the girdle-bone suffi-
ciently protects the ethmoid region, whereas the region between the
occipital and girdle-bones is still only cartilaginous at the base, and
requires support from the dagger-like parasphenoid (vomer).
The question then arises, If the parasphenoid of the Pike and the
vomer of Man are homologous, to what do the bones marked vomers
in the skull of fishes and batrachians correspond? This is a broad
question, and involves a consideration of several facial bones. It is
to me very obvious that no small amount of confusion with regard
to the morphology of the bones of the anterior region of the fish’s
skull has arisen from the fact, that most anatomists, who have
attempted to compare the skulls of the two extremes of vertebrate
organization, have not taken sufficiently into account the mode of
ossification of the superior maxilla in mammals. This is necessarily
of fundamental importance in its bearing on the question ; and after
the excellent results Professor Huxley obtained by applying this
method of research in elucidating the morphology of the various
parts of the temporal bone, I was induced to work out in the same
way the facial region.
To attempt to give even a résumé of all that has been written on
the subject of the ossification of the superior maxillary would be a
labour in itself; therefore I shall content myself by saying that from
the time of Portal onwards anatomists of eminence, who have
devoted any attention to the matter, have maintained that this bone
arises from more than one centre.
The bones are of membranous origin throughout. The various
centres are deposited so nearly at one time, and grow so rapidly, that
it is an exceedingly difficult matter to determine the order of their ap-
pearance ; but this affects the general result so little that the descrip-
tion will be commenced by a consideration of the premaxillary portion.
It is certainly very remarkable that any anatomist should be so
incredulous as to doubt the origin of this interesting element from
an independent centre; but such is the fact, simply because the
maxillo-premaxillary suture, so evident on the palatal aspect of skulls
up to end of the first dentition, is obliterated very early on the facial
surface of the bone, due to a deposition of osseous material from the
periosteum. The segment may be thus described :—
It comprises that portion of the superior maxilla which lodges
the two incisor teeth; from its mesial surface a horizontal piece
projects backwards to form the inner boundary of the anterior
palatine canal. Superiorly it has a vertical portion, which forms
the lower and outer boundary of the anterior nares, and in well-
marked cases it sends up a spiculum to articulate with the nasal bone.
Dr. Paul Albrecht recently communicated to the Société d’An-
thropologie de Bruxelles’ a paper to the effect that the premaxillary
bone is, as a matter of fact, developed from two centres, and supports
his view by reference to cases of cleft-palate and hare-lip. I have
1 October 1882.
1884.] MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE CRANIAL ARCADE, 569
examined some cases of cleft-palate and can support Albrecht’s
statements, but in the normal condition there is only one centre for
each premaxillary bone. The discrepancy may be thus explained :—
the premaxilla is originally developed in membrane, and at some
little distance from the median line, which, in the foetus, is occupied
by the thick cartilage known as the ethmo-vomerine plate. After a
time the premaxillary ossifications involve the anterior extremity of
this cartilage, so that the inner portions of these bones are really of
cartilage origin. If anything interfere to prevent the premaxillary
bone or bones meeting the ethmo-vomerine plate, the tip of this
cartilage ossifies on its own account, and gives rise to the false notion
of two independent centres occurring normally. This fact may be
verified easily in the majority of mammals. In other parts of the
Fig. 1.
Three views of the human superior maxilla, to visually express the disposition
of its four ossifie centres.
M. Malar centre, Max. Maxillary centre, Pre-M. Pre-maxillary, and
Pre.P. Pre-palatine centres.
skull instances of a bone arising in membrane and invading cartilage
might be quoted in support of my opinion.
The next centre to be considered forms the palate process of the
maxilla and a considerable portion of the inner wall. Fig. 1 represents
it as an L-shaped piece of bone, forming by means of its horizontal
plate the roof of the mouth, whilst its vertical plate extends upwards
as far as the orbital surface of the bone.
This centre will be referred to throughout this paper as the “ pre-
palatine’ centre.
570 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE CRANIAL ARCADE. ___[ Dec. 2,
If the orbital surface be next examined, the infraorbital groove will
be found unclosed even at birth on the facial surface of the maxilla,
the two sides not having united to form the canal for the transmission
of the infraorbital nerve. This groove is an excellent landmark, for all
that portion lying to its outer side arises from a distinct centre,
whereas that part which lies between the groove and the palatal
portion arises also from an independent ossific nucleus. The outer
nucleus will be referred to as the “‘ malar” portion, whereas the inner
piece, constituting as it does the main mass of the bone and being
hollowed out subsequently to form the antrum, will be termed the
maxillary centre ; at the time of birth it is a solid mass of bone with
a shallow groove on its inner aspect.
It now is evident that for morphological purposes the superior
maxilla consists of four distinct portions :—
(a) The premaxillary region in relation with the ethmo-vomerine
cartilage and the naso-palatine nerve.
(4) A pre-palatine portion forming a platform for the support of
the anterior end of the vomer.
(c) A maxillary centre situate to the inner side of the superior
maxillary division of the fifth nerve.
(d) The malar piece, lying outside this nerve and supporting the
malar bone.
The relations these various centres bear to one another are shown
in fig. 1.
Now comes the task of selecting the centre in Man’s maxillz cor-
responding to the Pike’s vomer, so called. Careful comparison of
the two skulls convinces me that the ‘“ pre-palatine” centres of the
mammalian maxille represent the piscine vomerine bones, for the
following reasons :—
(1) They are membrane-formed bones.
(2) The bone in each case underlies the anterior end of the vomer
and parasphenoid respectively.
(3) Although in the Pike the so-called vomer is median and single,
nevertheless in Lepidosteus, Rana, Menobranchus, and many
other forms the bones so named are double.
(4) In their relation to the premaxille and palate bones they fulfil
the required anatomical conditions.
In order to bring out these facts with greater clearness I have
arranged side by side in Plates LIII. & LIV. figs. 5-8 the corre-
sponding regions ina fish (Lepidosteus), in a Lizard (Lacerta agilis),
in a Wombat (Phascolomys), and in a human feetus at birth. It will
be at once evident that the bones lying behind the premaxilla are
totally different in their surroundings from the vomer of mammals,
whereas there is a very close and accurate agreement if they be
considered as the pre-palatal portion of the superior maxilla of
mammalian anatomy.
A careful survey of these facts must convince any impartial
anatomist that the bones in Fish and Amphibians usually denominated
“ vomers”’? must part with their claims to that title and yield it to
the so-called parasphenoid. It now becomes necessary to find a
1884. ] MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE CRANIAL ARCADE. 571
fitting term for these so-called vomers. I venture to term them
prepalatine, as indicating their anatomical relationship to the palatine
bone and their affinity to the palatine portion of the superior maxilla
of Mammals.
Indeed, it seems pretty clear to my mind that, without even
entering into the question of development at all, so close is the
anatomical harmony of the three pairs of segment—spremaxilla,
prepalatine, and palatine—in Fish, Batrachia, Lacertilia, and Mammals,
Fig. 2.
Diagrammatic view of the Eustachian cartilage and related nerves (modified
from Fraser).
E.C. Eustachian cartilage. M.C. Meckel’s cartilage. §.C. Styloid cartilage.
G.S.P. Great superficial petrosal nerve (vidian). O.X. Chord tympani
nerve. III., V., VIL, VIII. Cranial nerves.
that there need be little hesitation in acquiescing in the view here
set forth.
This closes the case for the parasphenoid and the vomer.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XX XIX. 39
572 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE CRANIAL ARCADE. [Dec. 2,
The Palato-pterygoid Arcade.
Whilst working over a considerable number of skulls of early
human foetuses, I was led to look into the early conditions of the
auditory ossicles and the associated branchial bars; in the course
of the investigation the following facts came to light.
Early in foetal life, at about the time the skull begins to chondrify,
there may be seen running from the malleus, and continuous with
it, a rod of cartilage which extends downwards to near the extremity
of the fronto-nasal cartilage. Its relation to the Meckelian cartilage
and the thyroid arch is shown diagrammatically in fig. 2, where a
point of considerable importance is illustrated, viz. that the nerve
known in human anatomy as the great superficial petrosal or vidian,
bears the same morphological relation to the 7th cranial nerve and
the superior maxillary branch of the 5th as does the chorda tympani
to the 7th and the inferior maxillary division of the 5th (see diagram).
To return to the bar of cartilage. Later on in development this
bar undergoes metamorphosis, as follows :—
(a) The inferior end of the cartilage is ossified and is recognized
a, Fig. 3.
@, The Chondro-cranium of a human fetus at the third month, with the asso-
ciated cartilaginous bars.
F.N.P. Fronto-nasal plate. T.T. Tegmen tympani. E.C. Eustachian
cartilage. M.C. Meckel’s cartilage. §.C. Styloid cartilage.
6, The later modification of the arches.
Ist arch.—I.P. Internal pterygoid palate. E.C. Cartilaginous portion of the
Eustachian tubes. Lig. Ant. lig. of the malleus. 2nd arch.—Inf.
maxilla, with long internal lateral licament of the lower jaw. 3rd arch.—
Hyoid bone. S8.H. Lig. Stylo-hyoid ligament. §.P. Styloid process.
T.H. Tympano-hyal and ineus. i ; y i
WOIdAL , F
‘WNOSSHT “ea‘VINATNOSA. WNVE
i)
&
* [ep wy J
1884.] ON THE EDIBLE FROG IN ENGLAND, 573
as the internal pterygoid process of the sphenoid, because later it
fuses with that bone, and in the process squeezes the vidian nerve
between it and the basi-sphenoid.
(4) The middle piece remains throughout life as the cartilaginous
portion of the Eustachian tube.
(¢) The third portion, that connected with the malleus, degenerates
into fibrous tissue, and becomes the anterior ligament of the malleus,
and may be seen in the adult passing from the Eustachian cartilage
to the head of the malleus.
The diagrams exhibited (figs. 2 and 3, pp. 571, 572) show at a
glance this transformation ; and to make the picture complete the
metamorphosis of the two associated cartilages has been added also.
With regard to the morphological value of this bar, it requires
very little perception to see at once that it isin man the representative
of the palato-quadrate of Elasmobranchs, Amphibians, &c.
In concluding let me remark that Nature fashions the most complex
skull on precisely the same ground-plan as she does the simplest, and
it must be evident to every thinking mind that the nearer we approach
truth in these matters—‘ how simple do her ways appear.”
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats LITT.
Fig. 1. A longitudinal section of a Pike's skull,to show the situation of the pre-
maxilla, pre-palatine, and vomer (after Huxley). The terminology is
altered in accordance with the views of this paper.
. The so-called parasphenoid of the Pike disarticulated.
. The yomer of a human feetus at birth.
. Longitudinal section of the skull of a human foetus at term, to show the
situation of the vomer,
. An under view of the anterior part of the skull of Lepidosteus, to show
the two so-called yvomers (pre-palatines). The pre-maxille have been
removed (modified from Parker). In the figures 5, 6, 7, 8, the lettering
is the same. Pre.m. premaxilla. Pre.p. Prepalatine. P. Palate bone.
Prater LIY.
6. The skull of Lacerta agilis, showing the relation of the pre-maxilla,
pre-palatines, palatines, and yomer.
7. Skull of Wombat, showing the relation of the bones on hard palate as in
last figure.
8. Hard palate of man (foetus at term) to show pre-maxilla, and the pre-
palatine portion of the superior maxilla, and palate bone, for com-
parison with figures 5, 6, & 7.
oO BOb
3. Notes on the Edible Frog in England.
By G. A. Boutenerr, F.Z.S.
[Received November 10, 1884.]
(Plate LV.)
In a communication in the July number of the ‘ Zoologist,’ I
reviewed the information collected up to that time respecting the
occurrence of the Edible Frog, Rana esculenta, in England, and
showed that the Frog hitherto found at various places (Foulmire fen in
39%
574 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Dec. 2,
Cambridgeshire, and Stow Bedon and between Thetford and Scoulton
in Norfolk), and generally regarded as introduced from France and
Belgium, belongs to the Italian form, R. esculenta lessone; and
concluded by expressing the hope that descendants of the typical
R. esculenta, which was introduced in great numbers into Norfolk
by Mr. G. Berney forty years ago, would be discovered. Through
the kindness of Lord Walsingham, W. Amburst Amherst, Esq., M.P.,
and Geo. KE. Mason, Esq., who took an interest in the question, I
have received much information and additional material this summer;
and, what is more important, the typical 2. esculenta has been
found in or near some of the places where specimens were turned
out by Mr. Berney, but where they remained unnoticed, or were
confounded with the form Jlessone, the introduction of which is
clearly of a much older date. The result is the addition to the
British fauna of a new form of Frog. If I say “form,” and not
‘*species,” it is because the limits of these forms are difficult to esta-
blish when the whole Palzearctic range is taken into consideration ;
but so far as England is concerned, the two forms are as distinct as
many generally accepted “species.”” I may even add that, according
to the definition of the genera Rana and Pywicephalus (Hoploba-
trachus) admitted by many authors, Rana esculenta lessone would
fall into the latter ; but I have elsewhere expressed my objections
to the validity of the genus Pywicephalus.
Soon after the publication of my note in the ‘ Zoologist,’ I re-
ceived from Lord Walsingham seven specimens from Stow Bedon ;
and on July 29 I had the pleasure of accompanying his Lordship on
an excursion to that place, on which occasion twelve more specimens
were captured. The Frogs were very abundant at Stow Bedon, in
small pools and pits, which, owing to the excessive drought, contained
but little water. They did not indulge in their sonorous croaking
on the occasion of our visit, and no tadpoles or spawn were to be
seen. However, one full-grown tadpole was dredged from the
bottom of a pit, but was so much injured that I could not preserve it.
I was rather surprised to find that none of the specimens presented
that beautiful green colour which is usual in R. esculenta ; all were
olive-brown, spotted and marbled with black, and provided with a
pale yellow or pale green vertebral line; all had the enormous meta-
tarsal tubercle. This accounts for the fact for which I always was at a
loss to find an explanation, viz. the silence of the first discoverers
of the Edible Frog in Cambridgeshire as to the green colour which,
among other characters, so well distinguishes that species from the
Common Frog. &. esculenta lessone, as occurring in England, is never
green. Lord Walsingham informed me that he was making inquiries
among the people of that neighbourhood as to how long the Frogs
had lived there, and that he had been assured that their existence
could be traced as far as sixty years back. Lord Walsingham also
inquired of Mr. G. Berney whether the Edible Frog had maintained
its existence in Hockering, and was informed that for years past not
one had been seen anywhere in that neighbourhood.
On a request made by Lord Walsingham to Mr, Amhurst Am-
herst, I received from that gentleman on August 9 two fine living
1884.] EDIBLE FROG IN ENGLAND. 575
specimens, which proved to belong to the typical Rana esculenta as
occurring in the north of France and Belgium. These came from
Foulden, Norfolk, one of the very spots where the Frogs had been
turned out by Mr. Berney, and of which they are, without the
slightest doubt, the descendants. Both specimens were grass-green
aud had the moderate-sized metatarsal tubercle of the animal so
graphically and accurately described by Rosel.
Shortly after, Mr. G. E. Mason made an excursion to Norfolk
with the special object of ascertaining the distribution of the Edible
Frog in that county. He visited Stow Bedon first, and succeeded
in finding a large number of recently transformed young and others
in the last stage of the tadpole, some of which he has kindly pre-
sented to the Natural History Museum.
Mr. Mason has furnished me with the following notes :—* On
the common (of Stow Bedon) the species is, I think, restricted to
the north-west portion; it was absent in all the ponds which are
distributed over the remaining tract. This portion is undoubtedly
seldom disturbed, and a number of Teal and other water-fowl had
made so favourable a spot their home; this is, I think, sufficient to
account for the absence of Frogs. As to the range of the species
beyond Stow Common, I have unfortunately gained but little trust-
worthy information. During my daily rides round the adjacent
districts, I availed myself of every opportunity to search for specimens
and gain information ; but owing to the excessive heat, and extreme
dryness of the land, I found the former object a most difficult
occupation. Scoulton (3? iniles from Stow Bedon station) was the
only neighbourhood near Stow where I could learn the species had
been observed, and, according to the testimony of a large land pro-
prietor, they were readily found two or three years back in nearly all
the ponds &c. on his estate, but since that time they have quite
disappeared.” Mr. Mason, having sent the gentleman just alluded
to specimens from Stow Bedon, was assured they were positively
identical with those of Scoulton.
Mr. Mason also caught a fine adult example of the true Rana
esculenta on Wereham fen, nearly six miles from Foulden, and sub-
sequently found other specimens on Foulden fen. He informs me
that that form is distributed over all the fen-land in that part of the
county, and is well known as the “ French Frog.” “I put a few
specimens of &. esculenta from Foulden in the ponds &e. at
Brandon ; the surroundings are extremely favourable, and I fully
expected I should have found one of the two forms there.”
It is clear that the Frogs of Stow Bedon and Scoulton (and Foul-
mire fen, where they have disappeared for many-years past) are
quite distinct from those of Foulden and Wereham. Those from
the latter places are certainly the descendants of Mr. Berney’s im-
portations from Paris, Brussels, and St. Omer in 1837-42. Of the
introduction of the other form we have no authentic record ; but
as they belong to a race known to occur only in Italy, we must come
to the conclusion that they were imported from that country and
the suggestion of the late John Wolley, that they were introduced
by the monks, appears the most plausible.
576 ON THE EDIBLE FROG IN ENGLAND. [Dec. 2,
Thetypical Rana esculenta is too well known to require description;
and it will suffice to refer the reader to Résel’s admirable illustrations,
and to the figure appended to this note, taken from a living specimen
from Foulden. The coloration varies immensely, and although the
green is the most frequent, I have also seen olive-brown specimens
(from Berlin) resembling very closely in colour the form Jessone as
occurring in this country. For the latter it will be useful to give a
short description, which, with the coloured figures, will enable to
compare that form with other varieties of Rana esculenta.
Snout obtuse, with very oblique loreal regions, its length slightly
exceeding the diameter of the orbit ; nostril equally distant from the
eye and the tip of the snout; interorbital space half the width of
the upper eyelid; tympanum three fourths the diameter of the eye.
Hind limb short; when the limb is stretched forwards, the tibio-
tarsal articulation reaches the tympanum or not quite so far in the
female, the tympanum or a little beyond in the male. Inner meta-
tarsal tubercle very large and prominent, strongly compressed, semi-
lunar, closely resembling the spur of Pelodates ; its length equals
nearly two thirds that of the remaining part of the inner toe. Skin
smooth or feebly warty ; glandular lateral fold moderately promi-
nent, narrower than the upper eyelid. Olive-brown or bronzy
brown above, spotted with black, strongly marbled on the flanks,
where a light longitudinal zone remains unspotted ; glandular folds
lighter ; the sides of the head and the ground colour of the flanks
sometimes green ; canthal streak well marked, black; upper lip
usually bordered with black ; tympanum chestnut-brown; a pale
yellow or pale green vertebral line, frequently edged with black.
The dark cross bands on the limbs usually very irregular; hinder
sides of thighs, axilla, and groin bright yellow or orange, marbled with
black. Lower surfaces more or less profusely spotted with blackish.
Dimensions. millim, millim.
From:.snout to veate. ces... aceon tei 64 78
Lensth-ef headed stan. Shin ees ee 22 29
Widthrof head sant ectisis sin tect seh em 22 28
Diameter of the eye ........ vale ehete Wie ene 8
Interorbital ispaee:.! itiisli Cyan BE 2°5 3
From the eye to the nostril ............ 4°5 5
From the eye to the tip of the snout ...... 10 12
Diameter of the tympanum ...... taicnitve motte 5°5
Fore diab: ited). cas oo A doe are aoe 34 42
Hindulimb ive recs ceh eave sea e ee 97 110
‘Tibia 23924 és 9nd eee 25 30
Foot (from outer metatarsal tubercle) ...... 34 39
Inner toe (from inner metatarsal tubercle)... 775 9
Inner metatarsal tubercle................ B) 6
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LY.
Fig. 1. Rana esculenta, yar. lessone, Camerano. From specimens from Stow
edon.
Fig. 2. Rana esculenta, L, From a specimen from Foulden,
=
NI
1884.] COUNT SALVADORI ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR-LAUT. 5
4. Notes on some Birds from Timor-Laut.
By R. Satvapori, C.M.Z.S.
[Received November 17, 1884.]
In the July number of the ‘Ibis,’ p. 355, I said that, “ judging
from what I know of the geographical distribution of the birds in
the Papuan subregion . . . several forms from Timor-Laut, described
as new by Dr. Meyer, and which by Mr. Sclater have been attributed
to Ké-Islands species, must be really distinct.” Then I added that
I thought that it would be found that such was the case with Geof-
Sroyus timorlaoénsis and Philemon timorlaoénsis; as to Artamus
musschenbroeki, Calornis circumscripta, and Ptilopus flavo-virescens
I was rather doubtful. Also I mentioned that the Urospizias from
Timor-Laut (doubtfully attributed by Dr. Meyer to U. albiveniris,
Salvad., from Ké Islands) I suspected to belong to a different species.
The same remarks I made as to the Crow from Timor-Laut, attributed
by Dr. Sclater to C. validissimus, and also as regards the Stigmatops
attributed to S. squamata, and the so-called Dicruropsis bracteata.
Since I wrote these remarks I have obtained from Dr. Meyer
specimens of all the species mentioned but the last two’, and also
of some others; and I wish to bring forward a few notes concerning
the specimens examined, especially as I agree more closely with
Dr. Meyer’s conclusions than with those published lately by Mr.
H. O. Forbes (P. Z. 8. 1884, pp. 425-434).
Urospizias, sp.
Urospizias albiventris, Salvad.?, Meyer, Sitz. u. Abh. Gesell. Isis,
1884 (Separat-Abdruck, p. 11); Forbes, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 426.
Astur albiventris, Forbes, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 431, n. 1.
Dr. Meyer has doubtfully attributed the specimens received from
Timor-Laut to my U. albiventris, and I have already expressed my
suspicion that they most likely belong to a different species.
Since then I have received from Dr. Meyer three specimens from
Timor-Laut, one fully adult and two young birds.
The adult bird resembles the type from Ké Islands described by
me, but it differs from it in the following points:—The grey colour
of the upper parts is a little darker ; the reddish colour of the chest
is less vivid, being tinged with greyish; the tibize and the under
wing-coverts are purer white and not tinged with reddish.
Of the two young birds, one is like the young bird from the Ké
Islands, also described by me, while the other has the fore neck
darker, from the dark spots being larger and nearly confluent.
After having made these comparisons, it seems to me not im-
probable that the Timor-Laut specimens belong to a form distinct
from that of the Ké Islands; but before deciding the point we must
have large series of specimens from both localities.
1 Quite recently Dr. Meyer has specifically separated the Stigmatops as
S. salvadorii (Zeitschr. f. d. Ges, Orn. 1884, p. 217, Separat-Abdruck, p. 28).
578 COUNT SALVADORI ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR-LAUT. [Dec. 2,
GEOFFROYUS TIMORLAOENSIS, Meyer.
Geoffroyus keiensis, Sclat. (nec Salvad.), P. Z. S. 1883, pp. 51,
200; Forbes, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 431, n. 10.
Geoffroyus timorlaoénsis, Meyer, |. c. p. 15.
I have examined four typical specimens (two adult males, a young
male, and a young female) of this species, which is really much
smaller than G. keiensis*, and has the outer web of the first primary
greenish rather than bluish ; but this difference is not very noticeable.
Respecting the dimensions, G. ¢imorlaoénsis is intermediate between
G. keiensis and G. aruensis; as to the blue under wing-coverts, it is
exactly like the first. Dr. Meyer goes on pointing out other minor
differences between G. éimorlaoénsis and G. keiensis; but it seems
probable that one more important difference, not mentioned by him,
ought to be added; as, having called Dr. Meyer’s attention to the
colour of the head of the females, he writes that it is never so dark
in G. timorlaoénsis as in G. keiensis. The female sent to me being a
young one, with the head green like the neck, I have not been able
to appreciate the value of this difference myself. ,
PacHYCEPHALA ARCTITORQUIS, Sclat.
Pachycephala arctitorquis, Sclat. P. Z. S. 1883, pp. 55, 191,
pl. xiii.; Meyer, l. c. p. 34; Forbes, l. c. p. 428.
Four specimens examined: two adult males, a male moulting, and
a female.
Besides these, Dr. Meyer has sent me five typical specimens of
his Pachycephala riedeli, of which two are marked male and female,
while the other three are unsexed. My impression is that these
five specimens are the young of P. arctitorquis; but I may be wrong.
Also, from Mr. Forbes’s experience it would appear that P. riedeli
is really the young of P. arctitorquis.
ARTAMUS MUSSCHENBROEKI, Meyer.
Artamus leucogaster, Sclat. (nec Salv.), P. Z. S. 1883, pp. 51, 195,
200; Forbes, P. Z. 8. 1884, pp. 427, 432, n. 27.
Artamus musschenbroeki, Meyer, op. cit. p. 30.
Six typical specimens, which really differ from true A. leucogaster,
as Dr. Meyer has pointed out. To the differences mentioned by
him, I would add that the bill in all the six 'Timor-Laut specimens
examined by me is constantly larger (0:020—0-021 metre) than
in A. leucogaster from Java, the Moluceas, New Guinea, Aru
Islands, and Australia (0°017—0:019 metre). I wish also to mention
that the white tips of the rectrices in the six Timor-Laut specimens
inspected by me are rather conspicuous, so much so that it certainly
would have not escaped my attention when I described A. leuco-
gaster if present in this species as it is in A. musschenbroeki.
* Mr. Forbes admits that the wing-measurements are less in Timor-Laut
specimens, but, according to him, these have the total length greater than in
G. keiensis; my experience is quite the reverse, G. keiensis being the largest
in every respect.
1884.] COUNT SALVADORI ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR-LAUT. 579
PHILEMON TIMORLAOENSIS, Meyer.
Philemon plumigenis, Sclat. (nec Gray), P. Z. S. 1883, pp. 51,
195; Sharpe, in Gould’s B. New Guinea, pt. xvi. pl. 13.
Philemon timorlaoénsis, Meyer, op. cit. p. 41.
Philemon timorlautensis, Forbes, P. Z. S. 1884, pp. 429, 432,
n. 34.
Three typical specimens. I have at hand only one specimen of
true P. plumigenis from Ké Islands to compare with them, They
differ very slightly, having the whole head a little lighter and the
sides of the head also paler, the edges of the feathers being nearly
silvery whitish; the bill in the 'Timor-Laut specimens is thinner.
Pirra vicorst, Gould.
Pitta brachyura, Meyer (nec Gm.), Sitzb. Isis, 1884, p. 43
(Dammar).
Piita vigorsii, Meyer, Zeitschr. f. d. ges. Orn. 1884, p. 210 (Timor-
Laut).
Two specimens from Dammar and Timor-Laut, which seem refer-
able to this species; but I have not been able to compare them
with specimens from Banda.
CALORNIS CIRCUMSCRIPTA, Meyer.
Calornis metallica, Sclat. (nec Temm.), P. Z. S. 1883, pp. 51,
195.
Calornis circumscripta, Meyer, op. cit. p. 49.
Calornis gularis, Forbes (nec Gray), P. Z. 8. 1884, pp. 430, 433,
n. 41.
Five typical specimens. I am inelined to recognize C. circum-
scripta as a good species, more allied to C. metallica than to my
C. inornata from Mysore. It is to be distinguished from the first,
especially on account of the two violet lines which run along the
branches of the under mandible on the sides of the throat and meet
at the chin, so that they describe a V; besides, it has the green
collar on the back of the neck narrower and the upper back is
violet, with the green triangular spot in the middle, generally so
conspicuous in C. metallica, wanting, or scarcely perceptible.
Mr. Forbes has recently stated that Calornis circumscripta is the
same as C. gularis, Gray, from Mysol, hitherto only known from one
specimen. I cannot agree to this identificatiou. The type of C. gularis,
which I have carefully examined, is only an individual variation of C.
metallica with more purple on the throat, like other specimens from
Halmahera and Cape York, examined by me. C. circumscripta
is evidently an insular form of the widely extended C. metallica, like
C. inornata from Mysore and C. purpureiceps from the Admiralty
Islands; and I do not think it possible that. the same species can
be found in Mysol and in Timor-Laut, so wide apart one from the
other, while true O. metallica lives in so many islands lying between
them.
580 ON A FLYCATCHER FROM NEW GUINEA. [Dec. 2,
Corvus LaTrrostris, Meyer.
Corvus validissimus, Sclat. (nec Schlegel), P. Z. 8. 1883, pp. 21,
200 ; Forbes, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 433, n. 43.
Corvus latirostris, Meyer, Zeitschr. f. d. ges. Orn. 1884, p. 199.
One typical specimen.
I have already expressed my doubts (‘ Ibis,’ 1884, p. 355) as to
the Crow from Timor-Laut being C. validissimus, Schlegel. And
after having seen the specimen sent me by Dr. Meyer, I fully agree
with him that it has nothing whatever to do with that species, and
that it is a peculiar one, allied to C. orru, but with a much wider
lobe at the base of the bill.
PriLOPUS FLAVO-VIRESCENS, Meyer.
Ptilopus xanthogaster, Sclat. (nec Wagler), P. Z. S. 1883, pp. 51,
195, 200; Forbes, P. Z. 8S. 1884, pp. 430, 433, n. 47.
Ptilopus flavovirescens, Meyer, op. cit. p. 50.
Four typical specimens, which are undoubtedly different from
those from Ké Islands, Banka, and Khoor, in having the neck and
head more conspicuously greenish, the grey shield on the chest a
little darker, and in some other minor points ; but whetber the dit
ferences are really specific I cannot decide. In my ‘ Ornitologia della
Papuasia,’ vol. iii. p. 6, I have already alluded to the differences,
without considering them of specific value, shown by the specimens
from Lettie and from Khoor compared with those from Banda.
5. Description of a supposed new Species of Flycatcher, of
the genus Rhipidura, from New Guinea. By E. P.
Ramsay, F.R.S.E., C.M.Z.8., F.L.8., &e.
[Received November 18, 1884.]
RHIPIDURA FALLAX, Sp. Nov.
Male. Whole of the upper and under surface black; concealed
portions of the quills of the wings and tail slightly brownish ; apical
half of the under wing-coverts and of the axillaries silky white ; bill,
rictus, legs, and feet black. Total length 5:5 inches, wing 3, tail 3,
tarsus 0°7, bill from forehead 0°6, from nostril 0°35, from gape 0°55.
Hab. Astrolabe Range of S.E. New Guinea.
Obs. In plumage R. fallax resembles Salvadori’s description of
R. brachyrhyncha of Schlegel, but there is no trace of white over
the eye in the present bird.
The feathers on the forehead and loreal region are erect and the
tips slightly glossy ; a very slight metallic gloss on the head and chest.
The bill is stout and strong, arched to the tip, where it is laterally
compressed. On the whole this bird has the appearance of a
miniature Dicrurus, and may have to be placed in a new genus.
P‘SITYNILNOZ 'S 7 SO’ SISNANTATT OW IVS weampeg prughy qoy
dun janyue yy UNL? Pp puommep y
AAT 1d Feel S24
Mita.“ .. <n le teeta task ae Ap leas, ee L42uas> -o Soe medi ened
‘ep SANIGTV S$ 2W0 3: SITWNILNOA ONTVS Usompag DLQhY ZION “UT 12"PP PuotUrELY
dua JaeyurH
AT Tel VES SZ &.
1884.] ON RACES AND HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID&. 581
6. On Races and Hybrids among the Salmonide.—
Part III. By Francis Day.
[Received November 24, 1884. ]
(Plates LVI. & LVII.)
On May 20th I read a paper before this Society’ wherein I
detailed the results of some experiments made at Howietoun on the
breeding and hybridization of the Salmonidz. I now propose to
continue their history up to the middle of November this year.
It will be remembered that in December 1880 some ova and milt
were obtained from Salmon in the Teith, which were subsequently
hatched at Howietoun, and in their early life were kept in the
central wooden pond, from which they were transferred to pond
no. 7*. During the month of May 1884 16 jumped out of the
pond and were found dead, and in all their breeding-organs were
observed becoming well developed.
On August 28th an examination was made of pond no. 7, and a
grilse of 17 1b. weight was removed. On being opened it proved to
be a female with its ova well forward, the largest being 0°1 of an
inch in diameter. The fish measured as follows :—
inch.
iRetal tempts er so oe Jee 14:1
Pensth of head ye. 2S
Length of pectoral fin ........ 19
Length of caudal fin.......... 2°2
Hemhtot- body 09S 2h oss0 5. 3°2
Siges, ianeter 0h ae. 0°55
Eyes from end of snout........ 0-8
Rages, Apatie AoW rosie care aie IT
Distance from snout to ie 57
dorsal fal soo. beeen oes
112 rows of scales along the lateral line, 10 from the adipose
dorsal fin downward and forwards to the lateral line; the rows of
scales from the head to the base of the first dorsal fin irregular in
their course. The longest outer caudal ray 2°2 inches, middle rays
1:0 inch ; length of the base of the first dorsal fin 1°6 inch, inter-
space between it and the adipose fin 3°4 inches. Czxcal pylori 60,
the longest 0°8 inch. Co/ours—two large black spots behind the
eye, one on the upper portion of the preopercle and 23 on’ the
opercle ; numerous black spots on the body above the lateral line,
and anteriorly a few halfway down to the abdominal edge, and some
in one line posteriorly. Dorsal fin grey with a lightish edge, and a
1 See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 376.
2 See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, pp. 20, 21.
582 MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND [Dec. 2,
trace of an indistinct line of spots along its base. The other fins
more or less lead-coloured with light edges.
On October 4th I received from Howietoun a grilse 13 inches
long, which had either jumped out of the pond (no. 7) or been
dragged out by vermin, and was dead when found. It was a female,
with the eggs (*2 of an inch in diameter, or double the size of those
from the fish of August 28th. Colours—two irregular rows of
black spots existed along the base of the dorsal fin. An injury
close to the pectoral fin was present, as if the fish had been bitten
by rats or injured by sea-gulls.
On November 7th a grilse 1} Ib. weight was found lying almost
dead by the side of the pond ; some (over 100) apparently ripe eggs
were obtained from it, and the milt of a Lochleven Trout used to
fertilize them.
Prior to giving an account of how we found the young Salmo
salar going on, I should mention that pend no. 7, in which they
were located, is lined with wood at the sides and bottom, is 100 feet
long by 15 feet wide, 8 feet deep in the middle and 6} at either
end, inside measure, while the supply received is from half to one
million gallons of water a day. Owing to the grilse constantly
jumping at the sides, wire-netting to one foot in height was fixed
around the edge of the upper half of the pond. About the middle of
October fungus appeared among the fish, apparently due to injuries,
as owing to the nature of the pond no suitable locality for depositing
ova is present, and it seemed asif the females were constantly jump-
ing in order to overcome obstructions’, and find a way to where they
could construct their beds. Owing to this injuries are occasioned,
and these seem sure to eventuate in fungus. The Limnee thrive
in this as well as in the other pond, but young Salmon do not seem
to eat them, whereas Trout or Char at once devour them.
November 14th, pond no. 7 had the water let off, as it required
cleaning out and re-charring this year, the fish being in the mean
time transferred to the brook-trout pond, which has just been re-done
up, while its former inhabitants have been turned into the brook as
being too old to be worth keeping ; sixty-eight fish were transferred,
the majority being males. These fish showed all the gradations of
colouring, from the golden-banded parr to the silvery smolt wherein
parr-bands were visible in certain lights, up to grilse which possessed
milt or were distended with ova. Such examples as were in the
parr-livery were males, but silvery smolts with parr-bands and also
grilse had milt. Unfortunately the gravid females were to a great
extent affected by fungus consequent on injuries ; still one gave about
two dozen eggs, which were milted from one of the males. Another
week or even fortnight would have to elapse before it will be practi-
cable to obtain eggs. Three which were too much injured to live,
* This phenomenon is not restricted to migratory forms, as species of many
genera of the Carp family may be observed in Southern India or Sind springing
in the same way at the impassable weirs which cross some of the rivers up
which they ascend to breed.
* In the mud were many prides, Petromyzon branchialis.
1884. ] HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID. 583
were opened, and the ovaries were found quite distended with eggs,!
almost ripe, but still just adherent. On looking at these fish in the
water, some were seen to have black spots over the back as well as
on the sides, but others had not. For the last three weeks these fish
have been fed on young Lochleven Trout.
That Salmon may be reared in ponds, and in due time, if males,
give milt, has been universally admitted, but many have denied that
females can produce ova without first descending to the sea. Grilse
are well known to breed earlier in the cold season than do mature
Salmon ; this it has been surmised must be owing to their being fish
in which the time for propagating their species has been deferred for
a season, or from February or March until the commencement of
the following winter in October or November. Experiments at
Howietoun have shown that from Salmon-eges hatched in March
1881 most of the male parr had milt in November 1883 ; while two
or three smolts which jumped out of the pond, and so met their
deaths, had ova which in suitable places? would have matured that
year. In 1884 all the females it appears would be ready to breed,
but did they do so in rivers and had to depend on male Salmon for
fecundating their ova, universal sterility would ensue, as the latter
fish breed later on in the winter season. The parr of Salmon are
not then normally ready for impregnating the ova of mature Salmon,
or ‘to mingle with the river-trout”’ as Dr. Giinther suggests, but
are available to fertilize the ova of the grilse.
We may well ask the question whether it is a physiological
necessity, as asserted by Rasch, for female smolts to descend to the
salt water before grilse can develop eggs? This theory is held by
some, and appears to be rather widely accepted. I have not con-
sidered it worth while to describe the grilse at Howietoun reared
from Salmon-eggs, but have kept specimens for reference; conse-
quently I am in a position to maintain that from the eggs of the
Salmon, parr, smolts, and grilse with eggs have been reared in the
Howietoun pond.
Of course the views I have held and still hold, that Salmon are
marine forms which, in accordance with their anadromous instincts,
come into our fresh waters to breed, as does the Shad, may or may
not be correct. The reasons which have induced me to adopt these
views I do not propose discussing in this paper; but I would point
out that as the descent to the sea is not indispensable to the deve-
lopment of eggs, it therefore cannot be a physiological necessity, and
perhaps we may class it among many other instances as “inherited
instinct.”
I have formerly shown that the milt of a young parr (hatched
1881 and milted in 1883) has insufficient vitality to properly fertilize
* I received the following telegram yesterday, Dec. Ist, 1884, from Howie-
toun :—‘“ Two of the grilse spawned to-day, ova perfect; kept one female as
evidence.’ This alludes to one being placed in spirit for future examination
by anybody who may be dubious.
? Perhaps if these fish are kept another year in earth-ponds with a gravel
water-course leading to them, more success will be obtained.
584 MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND [Dee. 2,
the ova of Trout, as the young suffered from dropsy, and on August
28th only about 100 (out of some thousands hatched in February
1884) were still alive. Many still moved about in the zig-zag
manner of their younger days, and most appeared weakly ; one, how-
ever, was 2 inches in length. Great care had been taken in feeding
them, otherwise none would have remained, while in a state of
nature such fish would soon have been destroyed. On November 14th
these fish seemed to be doing well; one, 23 inches long, is on the
table ; it has eleven parr-bands and several short intermediate ones,
while it has only eleven rows of scales on a line from the adipose
dorsal to the lateral line’.
So far I have shown that parr and smolts and grilse come from a
common origin, that milt and ova may be present in them without
their having gone to the sea; while the probable reason that the
male parr has milt? at the early period of October or November is
because it is at that time that the grilse deposits its ova*.
Should the milt of Salmon-parr be employed to fertilize Trout-eggs,
what will be the result? ‘These experiments at Howietoun, as I
shall now show, have so far gone to demonstrate that the offspring
are sterile.
November 25th, 1879, some eggs of the Lochleven Trout were
fertilized from the milt of the Salmon, and up to this time all which
have been observed have been sterile. I saw several on November
14th at Howietoun, pond no. 11, the largest being 163 inches long,
but all were sterile.
On August 26th, 1884, a hybrid 63 inches in length was taken
1 On April 30th, 1883, Mr. Douglas Ogilby captured a young Salmon in a
lake which has no access to the sea. Its abdomen was so distended that he con-
sidered that it would have spawned within a few days, the more so because it
was taken at the mouth of the only stream which enters the lake (Lough Ash,
Co. Tyrone). ‘The way in which the fish obtained access to this place was, that
two years previously Mr. Ogilby took about 100 Sea-Trout and Salmon Smolts
and turned them in. The lake is also curious in this respect, that in the dozens
of other small lakes about these mountains, the Trout average about three to the
lb., while here there are some of as much as 151b. weight. On April 24th, 1884,
Texamined this specimen (at Mr. Douglas Ogilby’s request) at the Natural History
Museum. It was a Salmo salar 14:5 inches long, with its abdomen much dis-
tended with ripe ova; these measured 0:25 of an inch in diameter, but they are
compressed one against another forming lateral facets. There are 11 rows of
scales between the adipose dorsal and lateral line, and 4 teeth cn the front end
or head of the yomer. Tail black. Did not examine pyloric cxca, as to do so
injury must have been done to the ovisac.
2 That milt of parrs will fertilize Salmon-ova, has been shown by Shaw, pro-
bably from such as are in their third season. Fertilizing Lochleyen eggs with
parr a year older than employed last year has been tried this season at. Howie-
toun.
3 The sea-trout ascend the streams near Stirling to breed at the same time as
the grilse, but when I was at Howietoun the water-courses were rather full,
owing to rains. However, on November 13th a frost set in, and keepers were
sent to obtain some sea-trout for breeding-purposes, for with a frost the brooks
&c. subside, because the rills and small affluents are frozen ; from the same cause
the temperature of water in the streams usually rises two or three degrees,
Although two pairs of small sea-trout were observed at their redds the fishers
failed in capturing them.
1884. ] HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID#. 585
from the Octagon pond at Craigend. These fish were raised from the
eggs of Lochleven Trout, fertilized by Salmon-milt December 24th,
1881, and hatched March 9th, 1882. The specimen was a barren
female, the ovisac 1 inch long, and 0°15 of an inch wide and very
thin. Colouwrs—dorsal fin with 3 rows of black spots along its base.
On November 14th, 1884, the pond was again drawn, but all the fish
appeared to be sterile. One specimen, 10 inches long, was removed ;
it had 37 cecal appendages, which were well loaded with fat ; its colours
were silvery with black spots, while the parr-bands were still visible :
it was a sterile male. These fish have not shown the tendency to
jump out of the pond as seen in the young Salmon, which at this
age are fertile, as are also hybrids between Trout and Char, and
hybrid Char a year younger. As all live at the same place, the
supposition is raised that sterility is the rule in hybrids between
Salmon and Trout, and if so, such must prevent the continuation of
such races in rivers.
November 14th, 1884, about 12,000 Lochleven-Trout eggs were
fecundated with the milt of three parrs and smolts, the smallest
being 10 inches long, the middle-sized one 11, and the largest 12:
the last had the parr-bands still visible. The eggs were placed in
box no. | of the hatching-house. It will be interesting to ascertain
if dropsies will occur, as they did last year when the male was a
season younger ; while it seems probable that Shaw’s fish, ten inches
long, which were successfully employed to fertilize Salmon-ova, must
have been of the same age as these.
August 28th, 1884, a hybrid 63 inches in length was removed
from fish-culture pond no. 3 at Howietoun. This pond is 20 feet long
by 5 wide, and contains about 36 inches of water; it is of the same
size as pond no. 4. Of these fish about 190 existed at this date,
and all were in excellent condition. They are the progeny of Loch-
leven-Trout eggs which were fertilized by the milt of the American
Char, Salmo fontinalis, on November 15th, 1882. The appearance
of these fish was most striking and due to their bands; the race for
distinction’s sake was named and will in future be termed the
Zebra’, in order to distinguish them from the other hybrids (Plate
LVI. figs. 1 & 2).
The following is a description of a specimen removed from the
pond :—
Buin Ditl3.G5))ar: 2B. 130 V. Geo As $4, C19
L. 1. 128. Cee. pyl. 39, longest 3 inch.
inches.
Dotal, lemeitihey i 35:2. situhe = writen AP parARpartheh 7 Sah coatn
Length ob bead, yacj a scthararBeiate setae ee 3) 5)<1a) webs eth s 1°5
Dhenethi ef pectoral fit p10. ane . aggre de Hainches Berke 1:0
Length, of ventral fino. icc + sortie sists baat eae 0:8
Length of caudal Ai se: ics tors, ahutaia.ot datiyey ani hina 1:0
Height of beady, po sac uuitenar dam cies > Saihdin, Ut [5
Kyess dlametenol ov.ns eit goa bbaie ts os > athena 0°3
1 See Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 376 ante.
586 MR. F, DAY ON RACES AND [ Dee. 2,
inches.
Eyes from end of snout .......- seco ee ee cree nene 0-4
Piver spartis ot es yi. tt FF. SON sree GE eee 1°5
Distance from snout to dorsal fin ............-..4. 2°83
Distance from base of pectoral to base of ventral fin.. 1°3
Distance from base of ventral to base of anal fin .... 1°2
Teeth—in a transverse row across the head of the vomer, followed
by three more teeth placed in a single series along the anterior half of
the body of that bone; this form of dentition being identical with
what has been previously described in other specimens, and showing
either that deciduous vomerine teeth may exist on the body of the
vomer in Char crossed by Trout: or else, that instead of a double
row of teeth along the body of the vomer, as seen in Trout, they
may be reduced to a few placed in a single row should such fish be
crossed with Char. Scales—22 rows pass from the base of the
adipose dorsal downwards and forwards to the lateral line. Colowrs—
yellowish shot with purple and reticulated with irregular black
bands, spots, and markings along the body, but most spotted on the
upper surface of the head and back ; a few dark marks also on the
sides of the head. Dorsal fin yellow, with black spots and irregular
bands, the upper portion of its anterior edge being rather light with
a dark base. Adipose dorsal with a black base and two black spots
one above the other. Pectoral black-tipped. Anal with the three
first rays white, posterior to which the fin is stained with dark grey,
especially in its outer portion. Caudal dark-edged, and with a few
indistinct bars at its base. On opening the specimen, it was found
to be a male with the milt very fully developed.
November 12, 1884.—Pond no. 3 at Howietoun was examined,
and the females of the Zebra race were not quite ready for breeding,
while they appeared to be fewer in number than the males, some of
which were ripe. A female Lochleven Trout furnished 1350 eggs,
which were fertilized by the milt of one of the Zebras 83 inches
long. and placed in box 92a. Should these eggs prove fertile the
young will be three parts Lochleven to one part American Char.
August 28, 1882.—A hybrid 73 inches long was taken from
pond no. 4 at Howietoun from among about 90, all being in good
condition. These fish are the progeny of an American Char milted
from a Loch-Rannoch Char’ November 15, 1882, and formerly
termed Salmo struanensis, a dark variety of the common Char.
These hybrids are now distinguished as the Struan breed. The
following is a description of the specimen :—
BIg. D138 Gaye SP: 18. ON. Bor A Se ©. hoe
Cee. pyl. 37.
inches.
Totabtensth:. 05 st. nesta Saee 7°3
Length of head RA Bat SRT AN 2 ee aE
1 The three Todh-Ranhoch Char died dieing this summer. It would appear
that at Howietoun the American Char at five years old has ceased to be com-
mercially paying as a breeder, while some even at four years old show signs of
senility.
1884. | HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONIDE. 587
inches.
Length of pectoral fin, «2 9. He. eseeee, 12
Length of caudal............ eee 1-2
Lenpthiof. ventrally yicas f i300 ssle - os o's O'9
Meightiel, body}. n «tise sv kre ae arsceeres de 1-9
Hyex diameter Of nas a. 0 0. tern ghicairs Ss wooe O'S
Eyes. from, end. of snout, ai. i «er d.de0) OA
Payee Mpnng ts fuawo ds dude dial: Addo ss 0°5
Distance from snout to dorsal fin ...... 3°0
Distance from pectoral to base of ventral. 2-2
Distance from base of ventral to anal.... 1°4
The lower jaw slightly deformed, being unnaturally shortened.
Teeth—in a transverse row across the head of the vomer, but more
along the body of the bone. Sca/es—23 rows pass from the base
of the adipose dorsal fin downwards and forwards to the lateral line.
The dorsal, anal, and other fins are much more developed in these
pure Char hybrids than in the Zebra, wherein the Char is crossed
with a Trout. Colours of a beautiful iridescent purple, with 13
transverse or parr-bands along the sides; the whole of the body
covered with small light spots, none on the fins. Anterior edge of
the dorsal, ventral, and anal white, also the outer ray of the pec-
toral. A few dark marks along the base of the dorsal fin, all the
fins darkest at their outer edges. Qn opening the specimen, it was
found to be a male with the milt very fully developed (Plate LVII.
figs. 1, 2).
5 ee 12, 1884.—Pond no. 4 at Howietoun was again ex-
amined: the largest fish was 81 inches long; most of the females
were not quite ready for breeding.
A female of the Struan breed gave 146 eggs, and these were
milted from a male of the same race ; consequently, if fertile, will
afford au instance of pure hybrid Char interbreeding. The diameter
of the eggs averaged 0°13 of an inch; they were placed in box 92 6.
4500 eggs were taken from two Lochleven Trout and milted
from a male of the Struan hybrid; if fertile, this will give a pro-
portion of three parts Char to one part of Lochleven Trout. These
were placed in box 88.
The eight hybrids, the progeny of the eggs of the American
Char fecundated from a Lochleven Trout, are doing well, but are too
few in number for a specimen to be yet taken. They much resemble
the Zebra breed, and are termed the Leopards.
It will be as well to again allude more particularly to the very
erroneous opinion which was given prominence to by Harmer, in a
paper read before the Royal Society, May 28, 1767, who observed
that ‘‘it appears that the size of the eggs is nearly the same in
great and small fishes of the same species at the same time of the
year,” and which has continued to be almost universally believed in ;
for we still see Dr. Giinther’s statement (1880) respecting Teleo-
stean fishes that ‘‘the ova of large and small individuals of the
same species of course do not differ in size’’ is being referred to as
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XL. 40
588 MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND [ Dec. 2,
correct. The fish-culturist knows that larger eggs produce better
fish, and larger eggs are generally, not invariably, the produce of
older parents up to the acme of their prolificness.
I observed (P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 28) how young hatched from larger
egos or those of older parents gave more quickly growing offspring ;
and this year a second experiment was made in the same two ponds.
On August 27, 1884, I found the young fish of about the same size
in both localities, which had been stocked this year with young
Lochleven Trout bred from parents of the same age spawned the
same day, and hatched in same room. On November 12, the two lots
were still of about the same-sized fish. Near the ponds I observed a
Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida) flying off with a young Trout ; I mention
this as the bird is rare in these parts.
The following are some of the measurements of fish-eges made
during November 1884, at Howietoun :—
Salmo salar, grilse 141b. weight; diameter of each egg...... 0:21 of an inch,
» Jario var. levenensis, 8 years old ; diameter of each egg 0:20 =
” ” +P) 7 ” ” 0:19 ”
” ” ? 6 ” ” 0-19 ”
” ” ” 6 ” ” 018 ”
”» ” ” 3 ” ” O17 ”
+) LORLIRGIS: «ix wastes +4 3 ‘ 0:18 a
bb) bby 3 ” ” O17 ”
Hybrid Char ve ssssee 2 ‘3 in 0:13 5
It may not be amiss to here remark that not only is there a
general increase in the size of the eggs of Salmonide with age, but
also that there is a variation as to the size of the individual eggs in
fishes. It is not infrequent to observe the first few eggs produced
are what are known as “ wind-eggs,” being the empty shells of
some from the preceding year; occasionally these are white and
hard. Also there are sometimes very large wind-eggs which are
passed as the last of the year’s ova, such being apparently distended,
and probably diseased forms, occasionally of very large size, and
sometimes several having a membranous connection one with another
and with the ovisac.
Kighty eggs of a Lochleven Trout were spawned direct into a glass
tube on November 14, where they were kept in water for a week, at
the end of which time 75 were 0°25 of an inch each in diameter, three
were 0°20 of an inch, 1 was 0°75 of an inch, and one was 0°15 of
an inch.
August 14, I received a brace of Brook-Trout (Salmo fario) from
Mr. Arthur, of Otago, which were sent by S.S. ‘ Tongariro’ in the
refrigerating chamber, and which duly arrived in excellent condition.
Their dimensions were as follows :—
Male 21 lb. weight. Female 15 1b. weight.
inches. inches,
Total Tenstin e228 rape wae a 30°5
Lenethvor head’ )) Pe 8:0 6-0
Length of caudal fin .. .. 3°5
Heiptitir body:.20.. 2 cca we 8°5 8:0
1884. | HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID. 589
Male 21 Ib. weight. Female 15 lb. weight.
inches. inches.
Phameter Of 09 Gin, ois. "s,0 4 m,8 0°9 0°8
Eye from end of snout ...... 3°3 2°0
Eyes apart..... ear tae 2°6 2°0
Number of cecal pylori...... 52 52
Seaual differences.—The male had the milt well developed ; the
knob on the lower jaw large, and on the mouth being closed it
pressed against the palate. Colours of male: Generally of a blackish
colour, with numerous small and oval spots, most distinct on the
upper three fourths of the body, but some large ones along the
abdomen ; fins black. Colours of female: Spots larger than in
the male and some appear to be red, dark along the back, but not
so much so as the male; belly silvery. Eggs well developed, and
average 0°2 of an inch in diameter. Mr. Arthur says that it is
remarkable that the male, living in clear brilliant lake-water, was of
a black colour: it was netted along with sixty more males and
females of about similar dimensions. The outline of the back is
** hog-backed ” between the head and the dorsal fin, while the
belly is very full, the tail slightly truncated, the other fins of the
usual size, and the adipose very large. The longest pyloric czeca in
each fish were 3 inches, the shortest 1 inch.
Male, Female.
Premaxillaries, extreme length of limb ......... 2°0 inch. 1:2 inch.
= number of teeth in each ......... 9 5
- size of largest teeth ............... 0°25 inch, 0:15 inch.
Maxilla, its extreme length ............6c5...eeeee oGF "5, 26 ey
a Ifsrextremecwidthy”..5.cfrcctsee.s censactee OD ie 0°25
. NOsOM testi 10, CACM. .feces.c0c0ouse-.aceaees 21-24 13
» _ Size of largest teeth ...........cs.s0.seeeees 0:15 inch. 0:15 inch,
Mandible, no. of teeth each side ........scesse0008 15 14
Po size of largest teeth ............s0s0s0..- 0°25 inch. 0:17 inch.
(Vomier; o> of tect |. ..e.c.cs0s-anccmeneeaetereerees 2 0
Monpue; no. 10 CACM TOW jgeklieoeacsecsssesscessnes 4 3
In the male there was as a rule a second or new tooth adherent to
the gums along the inner side of each in the premaxillaries ; the teeth
in the maxillze were irregularly placed, in more than one row in
places, and with new ones in the gums. The two vomerine teeth were
in a transverse row across the head of the bone; there were from
14 to 16 in each palatine. In the lower jaw the teeth were curved
somewhat inwards, and the most posterior ones somewhat backward.
The skin of the back was thickened and similar to what is generally
perceived in old males in the breeding-season. Of course there
are no means for ascertaining the precise age of these Trout; but
the fact must not be overlooked that these fish are the progeny
of eggs sent by Messrs. Buckland and Francis from Hampshire
and Buckinghamshire streams, and which could not exceed fifteen
years of age, while their appearance coincides with what would be
termed Salmo ferox in Scotland or Ireland. I may here allude to
the cecal appendages, respecting the number of which as consti-
40*
[ Dec. 2,
MR. F. DAY ON RACES AND
590
Fig. 1.
Head of male Otago Trout.
ig. 2
F
Head of female Otago Trout.
1884. ] HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID&. 591
tuting species so much unnecessary diseussion has arisen, and state
that Mr. Arthur lately observed on the examination of 21 females
and 7 males, that the females possessed from 33 to 61, with a mean
of 47°3, aud the males from 37 to 55, with a mean of 48'7. These
two specimens each had 52. This is in fact a further corroboration,
were any needed, that these appendages are not constant in number
but variable.
In the female there were not so many young teeth coming
forward as were seen in the male, while, if the figures of the two
heads are compared, it will be seen that the length of the head in
the male is elongated beyond what is perceived in the female, solely
in the space anterior to the nostrils.
Fig. 3.
Head of Lochleyen Trout.
This brings me to a short consideration of the hook on the lower
jaw of male Trout; and as it has been so confidently stated by
Dr. Giinther of the Lochleven Trout, “Snout of moderate length,
conical, not much produced in the male sex, in which a mandibular
hook has never been observed” (Catal. Fish. vi. p. 101), I produce
an example demonstrating this hook (see fig. 3), differing, it will be
seen, from what occurs in the large Otago specimen, in that the hook
is here in front of the upper jaw when the mouth is closed. The
specimen was reared at Howietoun from eggs taken at Lochleven in
1878, and it had 69 cecal appendages,
592 ON RACES AND HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONIDE. [Dec. 2,
On November 14th I examined a male Lochleven ket, 20 inches
in length, its head being 4°2 inches long, tail-fin 1*8 inch and rounded
at its extremity, depth of body 4:2 inches; a considerable-sized
knob on the end of the mandibles, which, when the mouth is closed,
is outside the upper jaw but against which it rubs, and where it has
formed a sore. The posterior edge of the orbit is exactly in the
centre of the length of the head, while the length of the prenasal
portion of the head equals 14 the diameter of the eye, or is nearly
similar to what obtains in the female Otago Trout. This instance
is given as a typical form of the Lochleven Trout, while the
heads of the Brook-Trout correspond with those of the Lochleven
variety.
It appears to me probable that thesexual differentiation in the Trout
is similar to what occurs in the Salmon, wherein in large examples the
prenasal portion of the head equals the distance between the hind
edge of the preopercle and the hind edge of the orbit. But as these
proportions differ from what is seen in smaller, or rather perhaps
one should say younger examples, the following may be pretty
readily traced out in specimens.
After the second year, or when the fish commences breeding, a
knob appears at the end of the lower jaw, which knob yearly
increases in size at the breeding-season, until in 7-years-old fish (as at
Howietoun) it is in advance of the upper jaw when the mouth is
closed, often forming a sore surface in front of the premaxillaries.
At such times the mandibles have increased in Jength proportionately
more than the bones of the snout ; thus the prenasal portion will only be
found to be one half of the comparative length to what obtains in old
fish, as seen in the Otago example. Here at Howietoun my ob-
servations had to be stopped, as fish over 7 or 8 years of age are
not kept, being somewhat sterile. But it is clear that in the very
large male specimen of which the head is figured the bones of the
upper jaw have grown so that, instead of the knob on the mandibles
being in advance of the upper jaw, it is inside the mouth,
In examining the Otago fish I found the mandibular hook half
an inch long, extending not only on the upper surface, but also on
the front and slightly on the inferior surface of the symphysis, while
superiorly it becomes received into a large depression, situated
between the ascending portions of the two premaxillaries, from the
sheath of which it is divided by the mucous membrane of the mouth
and soft lining of the palate. The two ascending portions of the
premaxillaries are not fixed one to’the other, but can move freely
and be more or less easily separated; while the membrane which
binds them down, although strong, is loose, permitting of con-
siderable motion. Consequently the hook, although it may press
against the palate, can do so without occasioning any injury, for the
parts give way before it. But of course if any irritation occurs at this
spot and ulceration supervenes, the hook’ might pass through and
appear on the upper surface of the head. When this takes place,
* Whether this hook ever falls off, or ulcerates off, or is partially or wholly
absorbed after each breeding-season, I have no personal knowledge.
“NUOTNGED. ele
dun queyuejy
AAR SSE
LIA Tdi. Las za
1884. ] ON THE WILD SHEEP OF CYPRUS. 593
movement in the upper jaw would be difficult or impossible, and
the fish would die of starvation, and it seems to me that such is due
to age as well as dependent on sex.
On August 26th went for a couple of hours fishing on Loch
Goldenhorf, which had been stocked with Trout from Howietoun, and
the fish are in their third year, and run up to one pound in weight.
I examined the stomachs of two from among twenty-five we
captured, both by their colouring showing unmistakable affinities
to the Lochleven breed. In the first fish, of about # lb. weight,
the stomach was thickened and resembled that of a gillaroo, but it
had no entire shells inside it. The second, which was of similar
size, on the contrary, had some entire shells of Limnea pyrifera, not
only in its stomach but also in the course of its intestines. It
would thus appear that both forms had partaken of testaceous
mollusks, but the one had the muscular coat of its stomach so
developed as to be able to grind up the shells and so prevent
their passing the pylorus, whereas in the other the shells were
likewise swallowed but passed downwards along the intestinal canal,
as may be seen in the marine Blennies and many other fishes.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Pruare LVI.
Male hybrid between Salmo levenensis, 2, and S. fontinalis, 3.
Fig. 1. Side view. : | Fig. 2, Dorsal aspect.
Prats LVII.
Male hybrid between Salmo fontinalis, 9, and S. alpinus, 3.
Fig. 1. Side view. | Fig. 2, Dorsal aspect.
7. On the Wild Sheep of Cyprus.
By Lt.-Col. J. Brinputrn, F.Z.S.
[Received December 2, 1884. ]
(Plate LVIII.)
I have brought here for inspection this evening a stuffed specimen
of the Cyprian Wild Sheep, which has been sent to me by Sir Robert
Biddulph, the High Commissioner of Cyprus, for presentation to the
British Museum, where this species is at present not represented.
The specimen is a male, and, judging by the marks which are
generally supposed to indicate the annual growth of the horns, was
apparently about eight years old when it was killed two months
ago.
” The Cyprian Mouflon is not found in all parts of the island, but
is confined to the Troodos mountains in the western ceutral portion,
594 LIEUT.-COL. J. BIDDULPH ON [Dec. 2,
where the highest point rises to 6590 feet above the sea-level.
Here the Wild Sheep have a considerable area of pine-clad mountain
to wander over, disturbed only by occasional wood-cutters and
peasants herding goats andsheep. At the time of the first occupation
Fig. 1.
ii
Ovis ophion.
Side view of head with horns.
in 1878 it was supposed that the Wild Sheep had been exterminated
with the exception of a single flock of twenty-five members, and a
check was placed on their slaughter. Since then their numbers have
increased and it may be hoped that under modified restrictions
1884.] THE WILD SHEEP OF CYPRUS. 595
Mouflon-stalking in Troodos may long continue to be one of the sports
of Cyprus.
The earliest precise scientific mention of the Cyprus Mouflon as
distinguished from the Corsican species is to be found in the ‘ Dar-
stellung und Beschreibung der Thiere,’ published in Berlin in 1829,
by Messrs. Brandt and Ratzeburg, who class it with the Wild Sheep
of Persiaand Armenia under the name of O. musimon var. orientalis,
to distinguish it from the Wild Sheep of Corsica and Sardinia, which
they call O. musimon var. occidentalis. This work also contains a
figure of a specimen from Cyprus, which was, and probably still is, in
the Berlin Museum.
In 1840 the late Mr. E. Blyth read a paper on the Wild Sheep of
the World before this Society, and gave the name of O. ophion to
the Wild Sheep of Cyprus, and O. gmelini to the Wild Sheep of
Armenia and Southern Persia. Mr. Blyth appears to have been
struck by the close resemblance apparently existing between the
Cyprus and Armenian species. In June 1875, in a paper on the
Wild Sheep of Asia read before this Society by Sir Victor Brooke, it
was suggested that the Cyprus Wild Sheep is nothing but an insular
derivative of O. gmelini. In a paper on the Mammals of Asia Minor
by Messrs. Alston and Darnford, read before this Society on February
3rd, 1880, attention was drawn to a specimen of O. gmelini, now in
the British Museum, brought from the Cilician Taurus, which was
shown to deviate from the accepted type ef O. gmelini and to
approximate to O. ophion. Nothing can be proved from compa-
rison of the measurements of the horns of the two specimens of
O. ophion now exhibited, one belonging to Lord Lilford, and of the
head of O. gmelini mentioned in Messrs. Alston and Danford’s
paper.
Measurements.
A, B. Ci D.
in. in. in. in.
Length of horn along curve of fronto-
NUGHANEA BO Kees scnc-vscden cesses snes: 23:00 | 23:50 | 24-00 18°50
Circumference at base ................+ 7-40 8:15 8:00 8:60
Circumference at one half of length 6:60 7-45 7-50 6:30
Breadth of horns at widest portion 16°85 20:50 18:35 17:00
Distance from tip to tip ............... 5°75 12-20 4°60 11-00
A. Stuffed specimen of O. ophion for British Museum.
B. Head of O. ophion, in collection of Colonel Biddulph.
©. Stuffed head of O. ophion in the collection of Lord Lilford.
D. Specimen of O. gmelini from Cilician Taurus, in British Museum.
The figure (P. Z. S. 1880, pp. 56, 57, figs. 3 and 6) shows that the
general flexure of the horns is very similar to that of the Cyprus
species. There appears, however, to be a considerable difference in the
character of the horn. In O. gmelini the three edges of the horn are
596 ON THE WILD SHEEP OF CYPRUS. [ Dec. 2.
well defined, so that if cut across a triangular section would be shown ;
in O. ophion the fronto-orbital edge is so rounded off as to be almost
obliterated, the rugosities of the horn are not so well marked, and
the entire horn is slenderer than in O. gmelini.
The present specimen of Ovis ophion (Plate LVIII.) may be
described as follows :—
General colour rufous fawn above, white beneath, with an indi-
stinct black line along the middle of the back for a short distance
behind the withers, and a narrow blackish line along the sides, con-
tinued on the thighs, separating the red colour of the upper surface
from the white of the belly; an indistinct saddle-patch on ribs
formed by a few scattered white hairs. A broad black line down
the centre of the breast, with a tendency to become a patch on the
lower throat’. Front of fore legs above the knees blackish. Tail
short, and black towards the tip. Dark patches inside the lower
thighs just above the hocks. ars small, and covered with very
short grey hairs; inside white. Forehead, upper nose, and area in
front of eyes dusky brown. Nose, chin, and throat white. Small
suborbital pits. Height 263 inches; age 7 or 8 years. Horns 23
inches measured along fronto-nuchal edge.
* In the specimen belonging to Lord Lilford the black hair on the lower
throat is about two inches long. In this specimen it is no longer than the hair
on the side of the neck. The difference may be seasonal or a mark of age.
APPENDIX,
LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE
Jan,
fa
bo
me co
DURING THE YEAR
1884.
. 1 Crab-eating Opossum (Didelphys cancrivora). Presented by
Miss Marie Adelaide Brassey.
1 White-fronted Capuchin Monkey (Cebus albifrons), 9. Pre-
sented by Miss Muriel Agnes Brassey.
5 Knots (Tringa canutus). Purchased.
. | Canadian Porcupine (Lrithizon dorsatus), Presented by A.
Gliddon, Esq., LL.D.
. 1 Kinkajou ( Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Presented by Dr. Byres
Moir.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus),2. Presented by Madame
Kettner.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus),?. Presented by G. Glynn
Petre, Esq., PLS. ‘
1 Common Guillemot (Lomvia troie). Purchased.
. 2 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta), § 2. Deposited.
2 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus), ¢ 2. Deposited.
1 Rhesus es (Macacus rhesus), 3g. Presented by G.
Glynn Petre, Esq., F.Z.8.
. 1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-
osited.
2 Bullfinches (Pyrrhula europea), 2 2. Purchased.
. 2 Great Kangaroos (Macropus giganteus), ¢ 9. Presented by
the Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria.
. 1 Dorsal Squirrel (Sciwrus hypopyrrhus). Deposited.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus. sinicus), 3. Presented by Mr.
C. L. Norman.
. 1 Black-handed Spider Monkey (Ateles geoffrow), 2. Presented
by Colin W. Scott, Esq.
. 1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), ¢. Born in the Menagerie.
3 Long-fronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons). Born in the
Menagerie.
. 1 Babirussa (Babirussa alfurus), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
See P.Z.S. 1884, p. 55,
2 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Liothrix luteus). Presented by Mrs.
Edwards,
598
Jan. 16
We
“I
18.
21.
bo
ho
23.
25.
26.
28.
29.
30.
31.
APPENDIX.
. 1 Goldfinch (Carduelis elegans), $. Presented by Mrs. Ed-
wards.
1 Indian Elephant (mottled variety) (Llephas indicus), 3. De-
posited. See P.Z.S. 1884, p. 44.
1 Slow Loris (Nycticebus tardigradus). Deposited.
1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Deposited.
1 Brush Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps elegans). Presented by
J. Charlton Parr, Esq.
1 Agile Wallaby (Halmaturus agilis). Purchased.
1 Huanaco (Lama huanacos), 9. Presented by J. W. Firth,
Esq.
2 North-American Flying Squirrels (Scerwropterus volucellus), 3
and 9. Presented by F.S. Mosely, Esq., F.Z.S.
4 Long-fronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons). Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Great Grey Shrike (Lanius excubitor), Presented by Master
Arthur Blyth.
2. 2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus sinicus), § and 9. Presented by
Mrs. St. John Michell.
3 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus sinicus), 1g and2 9. Presented
by Capt. Spencer Stanhope.
1 Toque Monkey (Macacus pileatus), $. Presented by Capt.
Spencer Stanhope.
1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas), 3. Presented by
Capt. Spencer Stanhope.
4 Harvest-Mice (Mus minutus). Presented by G. T. Rope,
Esq.
1 Grcktat Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-
sented by (Gece Wood, Esq.
1 Common Guillemot (Zomvia troile). Purchased.
1 South-American Rat-Snake (Spilotes variabilis). Purchased.
6 Slender Ichneumon (Herpestes gracilis). Purchased.
1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.
1 Cheela Eagle (Spilornis cheela). Purchased.
1 Black Tanager (Tachyphonus melaleucus), 3. Purchased.
1 White-throated Finch ? (Spermophila albogularis), 9. Pur-
chased.
1 Tropical Seed-Finch (Oryzoborus torridus), 9. Purchased,
2 Illiger’s Macaws (dra maracana). Purchased.
1 Cape Adder (Vipera atropos), Presented by E. Pillans, Esq.
1 Indian Gazelle (Gazella bennett), ¢. Presented by Capt.
Spencer Stanhope.
1 Quebec Marmot (Arctomys monaxr), 9. Presented by G.S.
White, Esq.
1 European Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea). Presented by the Rev.
J. Stapledon Webber.
1 Fallow Deer (Dama vulgaris), 9. Deposited.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Deposited.
1 Long-eared Owl (Asio otus), Presented by Master O. Dall-
meyer.
1 West-African Python (Python sebe). Presented by Capt. J
Grant Elliott.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
Harrison Brainthwaite, Esq., M.D.
1 Common Wolf (Canis lupus), 3. Deposited.
7 Knots (Tringa canutus). Purchased.
2 Spotted Hyzenas (Hyena crocuta), g and 9. Purchased.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 599
Jan. 31. 1 Golden Eagle por chrysaétos). Purchased.
1 Tawny Eagle (Aquila nevioides). Purchased.
1 White-tailed Eagle (aliaétus albicilla). Purchased.
1 Cinereous Vulture ( Vultur monachus). Purchased.
1 Temminck’s Snapper (Macroclemmys temmincki). Purchased.
1 Grey-cheeked Mangabey (Cercocebus albigena), 2. Pur-
chased,
1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), Purchased.
1 African Cormorant (Phalacrocorax africanus). Purchased.
See P.Z. 5. 1884, p. 55.
1 Red-vented Parrot (Pionus menstruus), Purchased.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by E. F.
Shortt, Esq.
Feb. 1. 2 Chattering Lories (Lorius garrulus). Deposited.
bo
oo
~_
Wolfe 2)
2 Vieillot’s Firebacks (Zuplocamus vieilloti), g and 2. De-
posited.
. | Water-Rail (Rallus aquaticus). Presented by Mr. T, E. Gunn.
5 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by Miss E.
Brunton.
. 1 Common Hedgehog (Zrinaceus ewropeus). Presented by A.
Aitchison, Esq.
. 1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Presented by
Col. Gildea.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
Mr. J. M. Hagerman.
1 Black Kite (Milvus migrans). Presented by Mr. J. M.
Hagerman.
2 Rose-ringed Parrakeet (Paleornis docilis), 9. Presented by
Mrs. Newman.
. 1 Pileated Sparrow-Hawk (Aceipiter pileatus). Purchased.
1 Javan Maja-Finch (Munia ferruginea), 8. Presented by
Mr. Abrahams.
2 Collared Finches (Spermophila collaria), g and 2. Pur-
chased.
1 Chanting Hawk (Melerax musicus). Purchased. _
1 Partridge Bronze-winged Pigeon (Geophaps scripta). Pur-
chased.
. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), $. Presented by
Capt. R. F. Slater.
. 1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), 9. Born in the Menagerie.
., Bees Maney (Macacus sinicus). Presented by J. Wilson,
Sq.
il lipaeciy (Dasyprocta acouchy). Purchased.
2 Common Jackdaws (Corvus monedula). Presented by Master
Harcourt Hanrott.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by
Miss Furness.
1 Nose-crested Iguana (Iguana rhinolophus). Presented by Al-
bert Vidler, Esq.
1 Banded Basilisk (Bastliscus vittatus). Presented by Albert
Vidler, Esq.
. 2 Prairie-Marmots (Cynomys ludovicianus). Deposited.
1 Naked-footed Owlet (Athene noctua). Presented by G. R.
Lake, Esq.
. 1 Red-eared Monkey (Cercopithecus erythrotis), 9. Purchased,
See P.Z.S. 1884, p. 176.
18.
22.
23.
25.
APPENDIX.
. 2 Slow Loris (Nycticebus tardigradus), Purchased.
1 Shaw’s Gerbille (Gerbillus shawii), 9. Presented by M. F.
Lataste, C.M.Z.S.
. 1 Red-eyed Ground-Finch (Pipilo erythrophthalmus), Q. Pur-
chased.
1 Eyebrowed Weaver-bird (Hyphantornis superciliosus). Pur-
chased.
1 Military Macaw (Ara militaris). Deposited.
. 4 Asiatic Quails (Perdicula asiatica), 2 6 and 29. Pur-
chased.
2 Iceland Falcons (Hierofalco islandus). Deposited.
1 Common Roe (Capreolus caprea), 9. Presented by Charles
Hambro, Esq.
1Common Roe (Capreolus caprea), Q. Presented by J. C.
Mansel-Pleydell, Esq.
1 Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotelis), §. Presented by James
M‘Gregor, Esq.
1 European Flamingo (Phenicopterus antiquorum). Presented by
James M‘Gregor, Esq.
. 1 Martin’s Monkey (Cercopithecus martini), 2. Purchased.
See P.Z. 8. 1884, p. 176, pl. xiv.
1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), 9. Purchased.
1 Black-footed Penguin (Spheniscus demersus). Presented by
F. Bloor, Esq.
3 White-crowned Pigeons (Colwmba leucocephala), Purchased.
1 Stump-tailed Lizard (Trachydosaurus rugosus). Purchased.
1 Bearded Lizard (Amphibolurus barbatus). Purchased.
1 Pike (Zsow luctus). Presented by C. Hoblyn, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Philantomba Antelope (Cephalophus maxwelli). Born in the
Menagerie.
. 1 Bactrian Camel (Camelus bactrianus), $. Purchased.
1 Pine-Marten (Mustela martes). Presented by Edward de
Stafford, Esq.
1 Greek Tortoise (Testudo greca). Presented by Miss M. L.
Fergusson,
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), §. Presented by Master
A. J. Neill.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus indicus), §. Presented by Mr. W.
Graeme.
3 Long-fronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons), Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Common Hare (Lepus europeus). Presented by Mr. George
Pottier.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by
A. H. Lawder, Esq.
2 yoked Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by Dr.
vans.
1 Ruddy Ichneumon (Herpestes smithi), 2. Purchased.
1 Maccarthy’s Ichneumon (Herpestes maccarthie). Purchased.
See P.Z.S. 1884, p. 176.
1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by J. B.
Drew, Esq.
1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Palzornis torquatus), §. Presented
by J. Biehl, Esq.
1 Cirl Bunting (Zmberiza cirlus). Purchased.
8 Hoy Snakes (Coronella cana). Presented by C. B, Pillans,
Sq.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 601
Feb, 25, 8 Long-fronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons). Born in the
26,
Mar. 4.
17.
Menagerie.
1 Common Heron (Ardea cinerea). Purchased.
1 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Miss
Elise Cooper.
1 Common Tench (Tinca vulgaris). Presented by Mr, T. E.
Gunn.
3 Mute Swans (Cygnus olor), Received in Exchange.
1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). Presented by
R. A. Robertson, Esq.
28. 1 Banded Parrakeet (Paleornis fasciatus), ¢. Purchased.
1 Arabian Gazelle (Gazella arabica), 2. Presented by Lieut.
Brown, H.M.S. ‘ Malabar.’
2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by G. D. Mac-
Gregor, Esq.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 3. Deposited.
1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Mrs. W. Gittens.
. 1 Bosman’s Potto (Perodicticus potto). Purchased.
1 North-African Jackal (Canis anthus). Presented by F. L.
Nind, Esq.
1 Zebu (Bos indicus), $. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Adorned Ceratophrys (Ceratophrys ornata). Purchased.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by G. H.
Lee, Esq.
1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 2. Presented by
G. H. Lee, Esq.
1 Yellow-billed Duck (Anas vanthorhyncha), $. Received in
Exchange.
. 1 Bengalese Cat (Felis bengalensis), §. Purchased.
2 Herring-Gulls (ZLarus argentatus). Presented by Mrs.
Fridvich.
4 Allen’s Porphyrios (Hydrornia allent). Presented by Lord
Lilford, F.Z.8.
4 Blue Titmice (Parus c@ruleus). Presented by Mr. Hanauer.
1 Kagu (2Rhinochetus jubatus). Received in Exchange.
2 Emus (Dromeus nove-hollandie). Watched in the Gardens.
. 1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by W. H. B.
Pain, Esq.
. 2 Mute Swans (Cygnus olor). Purchased.
. 1 3-bred American Bison (bred between ison americanus, 3,
and a female bred between a male Bison americanus and a
female hybrid between Bos frontalis and Bos indicus), °.
Born in the Menagerie. See P.Z.S. 1884, p. 399, pls. xxxiv.
& XXxy.
1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothria sciurea). Presented by Mrs.
Dundas.
1 West-India Rail (Aramides cayennensis). Presented by Mrs.
E. Hairby.
. 1 Leopard (Felis pardalis), jv. ¢. Presented by 8S. Cresswell.
1 Kestril (Zinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by F. EK. Baum,
sq.
4 Redshanks (Totanus calidris), Purchased.
1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas), 9. Presented
by J. B. Netherwood, Esq.
21.
APPENDIX.
Rufts (Machetes pugnar). Purchased.
5
bal eae. Capuchin (Cebus capucinus), 3. Purchased.
i
Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale penicillata). Purchased.
9 Lined Finches (Spermophila lineola). Purchased.
1 Yellow Hangnest ( Cassicus persicus). Purchased.
2 Blue-fronted Amazons (Chrysotis estiva). Purchased.
1 Common Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by H. Bam-
ford, Esq. : :
1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Presented by H. Bam-
ford, Esq.
4 Orested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes). Purchased.
3 Hardwicke’s Mastigures (Uromastix hardwick?). Purchased.
1 Common Rattlesnake (Crotalus durissus). Purchased.
. 2 Clapperton’s Francolins (Francolinus clappertoni), § and 2.
Presented by Thos. Thornton, Esq.
23. 1 Black Lemur (Zemwr macaco). Born in the Gardens.
26.
April 2.
24. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 2. Presented
by G. A. Zobel, Esq.
1 Leopard Tortoise (Testudo pardalis). Purchased.
1 Egyptian Cobra (Naia haje). Purchased.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by W. H. B.
Pain, Esq.
q
. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 9. Presented
by Mr. G. Somerford.
1 Grecian Ibex (Capra egagrus), §. From Crete. Presented
by Thos. B. Sandwith, Esq.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 3. Born in the
Menagerie.
3 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by S. Aloof, Esq.
1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), 2. Presented by L. B. Lewis, Esq.
1 Rose-coloured Pastor (Pastor roseus). Deposited.
1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluccensis). Presented by
General Rundall, R.E.
. 1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-
posited.
29. 1 Bosman’s Potto (Perodicticus potto). Presented by Capt.
Grant Elliott.
. 1 White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons). Born in the Me-
nagerie.
1 Common Squirrel (Sciwus vulgaris). Presented by P. A.
Halst, Esq.
. 1 Geoffroy’s Dove (Peristera geoffroii), §. Received in Ex-
change.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Presented by
Mrs. F. Mortimer.
2 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus), g and 9. Presented by
R. F. J. Cobbett Allen, Esq.
. 1 Yaguarundi Cat (Felis yaguarundi). Purchased.
1 Liihdorf’s Deer (Cervus luchdorfi), §. Purchased.
7 Waxwings (Ampelis garrulus). Purchased.
2 Jardine’s Parrots (Peocephalus guhelmi). Purchased.
2 Proteus (Proteus anguinus). Purchased.
. 8 Rhinoceros Hornbills (Buceros rhinoceros), 1 g and2Q9. Pur-
chased.
2 Nepalese Hornbills (Aceros nepalensis), § and 2. Purchased,
See P.Z.S. 1884, p. 251.
April 4,
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 603
1 Green Cochoa (Cochoa viridis), Purchased.
2 Nepal Tree-Pies (Dendrocitta nepalensis). Purchased.
1 Grey-headed Thrush (Twdus castaneus). Purchased.
3 Bronze Fruit-Pigeons (Carpophaga enea). Purchased.
2 White-backed Pigeons (Columba leuconota). Purchased.
2 White-breasted Gallinules (Gallinula phenicura). Presented
by Mr. W. Jamrach.
2 Secretary Vultures (Serpentarius reptilivorus), Presented by
the Rey. G, H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Lucian’s Parrakeet (Paleornis luciani). Received in Ex-
change.
5. 1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by
~]
go
10.
11.
18.
H. W. Kingdom, Esq.
1 Common Viper, black variety (Vipera berus). Presented by
Lord Londesborough, F.Z.S.
. 1 Blau-bok Antelope (Cephalopus pygmeus). Presented by Mrs,
Wilson.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis), Presented by W. H. B.
Pain, Esq.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by W. H. B,
Pain, Esq.
1 Common Soaks (Tropidonotus natrix). Presented by W. H.
B. Pain, Esq.
1 Slow-worm (Anguis fragilis). Presented by W. H. B.
Pain, Esq.
1 Pig-tailed Montes (Macacus nemestrinus). Presented by Dr.
Benthal.
1 Weeper Capuchin (Cebus capucianus), 2. Presented by Miss
Vincent.
3 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Purchased.
6 Long-fronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons), Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Moose (Alces machlis), §. From Canada, Purchased.
1 Short-eared Owl (Asto brachyotus). Presented by O. Bur-
rows, Esq.
1 Chinese White-eye (Zosterops simplex), Presented by Mr. J.
Abrahams.
1 Horrid Rattlesnake (Crotalus horridus). Presented by Mr.
A. Begg.
1 Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis), Pyesented by Mr. A.
B
egg,
me Moleaie (Cygnus olor), 3 9. Purchased.
. 1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), 2. Deposited.
. 3 Michie’s Tufted Deer (Elaphodus michianus), 1 8, 2 2.
Deposited.
4 Darwin’s Pucras Pheasants (Pucrasia darwin), 3 3,1 9.
Deposited.
1 Elliot’s Pheasant (Phasianus elliot’), $. Deposited.
1 Central-American Agouti (Dasyprocta isthmica). Presented
by Hugh Wilson, Esq.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Thos. Daws,
E
sq.
1 aoe Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), g. Presented by
E, Drew, Esq.
1 Ludio Monkey (Cercopithecus ludio), 9. Presented by F. W.
Robinson, Esq.
1 Common Viper ( Viperaberus). Presented by H. German, Esq,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1884, No. XLI. 41
604
Apr. 19.
23.
24,
26.
bo
(oA)
30.
APPENDIX.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by C. J.
Martin, Esq.
3 Corn-Buntings (Zmberiza miliaria). Purchased.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), g. Presented by A.
McDonnett Green, Esq.
1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 9. Deposited.
. 1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes). Presented by Miss Bertha Haig.
1 Dusky Parrot (Pionus violaceus). Received in Exchange.
1 Jerdon’s Ichneumon (Herpestes jerdont). Purchased.
1 Snake (Homalocranion, sp. inc.). Purchased.
1 American Bunting (Zuspiza americana). Purchased.
1 Smooth-headed Capuchin (Cebus monachus), §. Purchased.
2 Schlegel’s Doves ( Chalcopelia puella). Purchased.
1 Severe Macaw (Ara severa). Purchased.
1 Diademed Amazon (Chrysotis diademata). Purchased.
1 Banded Aracari (Pteroglossus torquatus). Purchased.
1 Yellow-shouldered Amazon (Chrysotis ochroptera). Pur-
chased.
1 Buffon’s Touracou (Corythaix buffoni). Purchased.
1 Gigantic Salamander (Megalobatrachus maximus). Purchased.
See P. Z.S. 1884, p. 251.
3 Russell’s Vipers (Vipera russelli), Presented by Gerald
Waller, Esq.
2 Indian Bat-Snakes (Ptyas mucosa). Presented by Gerald
Waller, Esq.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by R. Morton
Middleton, jun., Esq.
1 Green Lizard (Lacerta viridis). Presented by J. H. Leech,
Esq.
1 Anaconda (Hunectes murinus). Purchased.
1 Grey Ichneumon ( Herpestes griseus), §. Deposited.
1 Short-headed Phalanger (Belideus breviceps). Deposited.
3 Lesser Birds of Paradise (Paradisea minor), 3 3. Presented
by C. T. Kettlewell, Esq., F.Z.S. From the island of Jobie,
New Guinea. See P. Z.S. 1884, p. 251.
1 Chattering Lory (Lortus garrulus). Deposited.
1 Three-coloured Lory (Zorius tricolor). Deposited.
2 Triton Cockatoos (Cacatua triton). Deposited.
1 Red-vented Cockatoo (Cacatua philippinarum). From the
Sooloo Islands. Deposited. See P. Z,S. 1884, p. 251.
2 Red-sided Eclectus (Zcleetus pectoralis). Deposited.
1 Blue-breasted Lory (Hos indica). Deposited.
1 Mediterranean Seal (Monachus albiventer). Purchased. See
P.Z.S. 1884, p. 251.
2 Chinchillas (Chinchilla lanigera), 2 $. Presented by C.
Cumberland, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Miss
Harbord.
2 Clapperton’s Francolins (Francolinus clappertoni). Presented
by Major H. Wade Walton.
2 Axolotls, white variety (Siredon mexicanus). Purchased.
1 Maholi Galago (Galago maholi). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes nepalensis), 2. Presented by
Mr. John Walker.
2 Wattled Cranes (Girus carunculata). Purchased.
2 Spur-winged Geese (Plectropterus gambensis). Purchased.
4 Vinaceous Turtle-Doves (Turtw vinaceus). Purchased.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 605
Apr. 30. 3 Harlequin Quails (Coturniv histrionica), 2 g and 1 oF
May 1.
Purchased.
2 Barn-Owls (Striv flammea). Presented by H. Church, Esq.
1 Banded Gymnogene (Polyborides typicus). Purchased. See
P.Z.S. 1884, p. 251.
2 Yucatan Blue i ays (Cyanocitta yucatanica). Purchased.
9 Coypus (Myopotamus coypus). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Dow’s Tapir (Tapirus dowi). From Venezuela, ¢. Presented
by Reginald Pringle, Esq.
1 Crab-eating Opossum (Didelphys cancrivorus). Received in
Exchange.
1 Spiny Tree-Porcupine (Sphingurus spinosus), 9. Received in
Ficnheige See P. Z. S. 1884, p. 389, pl. xxxiii.
1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus). Received in Ex-
change.
2 White Cranes (Grus leucogeranus). Purchased.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Miss Laura
Dunnage.
1 Grey-cheeked Mangabey (Cercocebus albigena), 6. Pur
chased.
2 Pig-tailed Monkeys (Macacus nemestrinus, $ and 9. Pre-
sented by Miss Ethel Fenwick. From Borneo,
2 Hoary Snakes (Coronella cana). Presented by E. Watson,
E
sq.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomvigus), Q. Presented by F.
Harrison, Esq.
1 Garnett’s Galago (Gatago garnetti), 8. Presented by Lieut.
James Knowles, R.N.
1 Cabot’s Horned Tragopan (Ceriornis caboti), 8. Purchased.
3 Chukar Partridges (Cacabis chukar), 1 and 2 2. Pre-
sented by Lieut.-Col. C. Swinhoe.
. 2 Tigrine Turtle-Doves (Turtw: tigrinus). Purchased.
8 Edible Frogs (Rana esculenta). Purchased.
2 Marbled Newts (Molye marmorata). Purchased.
10 Branched Sea-Horses (Hippocampus ramulosus). Purchased.
. 1 Raccoon, white variety (Procyon lotor). Presented by F. J.
Thompson, Esq.
2 Variegated Sheldrakes (Tadorna variegata). Bred in the
Gardens.
2 Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by Mrs.
Andrade.
. 2 Common Crowned Pigeons (Gowa coronata). Purchased.
1 Gold Pheasant (Thaumalea picta), 9. Presented by F.
Reed, Esq.
. 2 Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus). Presented by Lieut.-
Col. Drummond Moray.
2 Japanese Greenfinches (Ligwrinus sinicus), $ and 2. Pur-
chased,
21 River Lampreys (Petromyzon fluviatilis). Pyesented by Mr.
T, E. Gunn
. 1 Barbary Ape (Macacus tnuus). Presented by the Countess of
Craven.
1 Canadian Porcupine (Erithizon dorsatus). Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon), g. Presented by Col. Knox, C.B.,
and the Officers 1st Battalion Scots Guards.
41*
606
May 9.
10.
11.
12,
18,
14,
15.
16.
17.
19.
20.
APPENDIX.
1 Ground-Hornbill (Bucorvus abyssinicus). Presented by Capt.
Rupert L. Lonsdale.
1 Nightingale (Daulias luscinia), 6. Purchased.
5 Long-fronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons). Born in the
Menagerie.
1 European Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea). Presented by G. W.
Obicini, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Hodgson’s Partridge (Perdix hodgsonie). Presented by Mr.
W. Jamrach,
1 Slow-worm (Anguis fragilis). Presented by Master Conrad
Hanrott.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by N.
King, Esq.
1 Gayal (Bibos frontalis), Q. Born in the Menagerie.
2 Japanese Pheasants (Phasianus versicolor), ¢ and 2. Pur-
chased.
2 Egyptian Geese (Chenalopex egyptiaca). Purchased.
1 White American Crane (Grus americana). Purchased.
1 Asp Viper (Vipera aspis). Purchased.
13 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Purchased.
2 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Presented by W. H. B.
Pain, Esq.
1 Partridge (Perdix cinerea). Presented by Robert Steel, Esq.
1 Banded Ichneumon (Herpestes fasciatus). Presented by
Master W. T. Adams.
1 Bernicle Goose (Bernicla leucopsis). Received in Exchange.
3 Variegated Sheldrakes (Tadorna variegata), 1 g and 2 9.
Received in Exchange.
3 Canadian Beavers (Castor canadensis). Born in the Mena-
erie.
1 Pigmy Hog (Poreula salvania), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Quail (Cotwnix communis), 2. Purchased.
9 Variegated Sheldrakes (Zadorna variegata), 6 g and 8 Q.
From New Zealand. Received in Exchange.
4 Soft-billed Ducks (Hymenolemus malacorhynchus). From
New Zealand. Received in Exchange. See P. Z.S. 1884,
. 389,
1 meee Tortoise (Testudo argentina). Presented by Mr.
W. Petty.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 6. Presented by Mrs.
Keith Fraser.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), ¢. Presented by J. L.
Ellis, Esq. Sys
1 Bennett's Wallaby (Halmaturus bennett), ¢. Received in
Exchange.
1 Rabbit-eared Perameles (Perameles lagotis), 2. Purchased,
2 Specious Pigeons (Columba speciosa). Purchased.
1 Herring-Gull (Zarus argentatus). Presented by E, H. Cree,
Esq., M.D.
21. 1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 3. Born in the Menagerie,
1 Nicobar Pigeon (Calenas nicobarica). Presented by Thos, H.
Haynes, Esq.
. 1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas), &. Presented by
H. P. Plummer, Esq.
. 2 Red-throated Francolins (Francolinus rubricollis), Presented
by E. Lort Phillips, Esq., F.Z.S. From Somali-land. See
P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 389.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 607
May 23, 2 Kirk’s Francolins (Francolinus kirki). From Somali-land.
Presented by E. Lort Phillips, Esq., F.Z.S. See P.Z.8.
1884, p. 389.
24, 1 Long-eared Owl (Asio otus). Presented by Mr. T. E. Gunn.
26.
28.
29,
30.
31.
1 Epoth) Eagle-Owl (Bubo maculosus), Presented by Capt.
arner.
1 Bosman’s Potto (Perodicticus potto), 3. Purchased.
1 Duyker-bok (Cephalophus mergens), 2. Purchased.
2 Blood-stained Finches (Carpodacus hemorrhous), g and 2.
Purchased.
1 Snow-Bunting (Plectrophanes nivalis). Purchased.
1 Angolan Vulture (Gypohierax angolensis), Purchased.
1 Annulated Snake (Leptodira annulata). Purchased.
1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 9. Purchased.
1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus). Presented by Lieut. E.
A, P. Hobday.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Wasua rufa). Purchased.
27. 1 Scapulated Fruit-Bat (Pteropus scapulatus). From Thursday
Island. Purchased.
1 Leach’s Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo leachi). Presented by
Dr, Carl Lumbholtz.
1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by EH. R.
Oliver, Esq.
1 Montagu’s Harrier (Cireus eineraceus). Deposited.
1 Emperor Boa (Boa imperator). Deposited.
4 River-Frogs (Rana fortis). From Germany. Presented by
G. A. Boulenger, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Common Wombat (Phascolomys wombat, var. nigra). Re-
ceived in Exchange.
1 Guatemalan Amazon (Chrysotis guatemale). Purchased.
1 Crab-eating Opossum (Didelphys cancrivora). Purchased.
2 Call Ducks (Anas boscas, var.), ¢ and 2. Purchased.
1 Wild Duck (Anas boscas), g. Purchased.
2 Common Wigeon (Mareca penelope), § and 9. Purchased.
2 Common Pintails (Dajila acuta), ¢ and Q. Purchased.
6 Common Teal ( Querguedula crecca),2 g and4 2. Purchased.
2 Mandarin Ducks (Azz galericulata), § and 2. Purchased.
2 Muscovy Ducks (Catrina moschata), Gg and 9. Purchased.
4 Elegant Grass-Parrakeets (Huphema elegans),2 3 and 2 9.
Purchased.
1 Great Grey Shrike (Lantus excubitor). Presented by J. Pratt,
Esq., F.Z.S. From Cambridgeshire,
3 Black-eared Marmosets ae penicillata), 3 3. Presented
by H. F. Makins, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Spotted Bower-bird (Chalymdodera maculata). Presented by
Lieut.-Col. W. Hill James.
1Green Turtle (Chelone viridis). Presented by J. Wyan
Thomas, Esq.
2 Violet Tanagers (Zuphonia violacea). Presented by Dr.
Llewellyn A. Morgan.
1 Common Wild Duck (Anas boseas), 9. Purchased.
1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Deposited.
1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus leucoprymnus), Q.
Presented by J. W. Dring, Esq.
1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris), Presented by Messrs. Chas.
Early & Co.
1 Heron (Ardea cinerea). Presented by Mr, T. E, Gunn,
10.
11.
13.
APPENDIX.
1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelh), 2. Deposited.
1 Japanese Deer (Cervus stka), 9. Born in the Menagerie.
5 Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma cornutum). Deposited.
. 1 Mexican Deer (Cariacus mexicanus), 2. Born in the Me-
nagerie.
2 Sociable Vultures (Vultur auricularis). Presented by Sir
Donald Currie, K.C.M.G.
1 Egyptian Vulture (Neophron perenopterus). Presented by
Sir Donald Currie, K.C.M.G.
. 2 Squirrel Monkeys (Chrysothrix sciurea), G and 2. Presented
by Robt. Thom, Esq.
5 Golden-eyes (Clangula glaucion). Purchased.
1 Long-fronted Gerbille (Gerbilus longifrons). Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Grey Amphisbzena (Blanus cinereus). From Portugal. Pre-
sented by W. C. Tait, Esq., O.M.Z.S.
. 2 Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale penicillata), 3. Presented
by C. D. Middleton, Esq.
2 Common Camels (Camelus dromedarius). Presented by J. T.
St. Aubyn, Hsq., Grenadier Guards. From Tokar, Eastern
Soudan.
5 Common Snakes ( Tropidonotus natrix). Purchased.
3 Asp Vipers (Vipera aspis). Purchased.
24 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Purchased.
. 1 Common Squirrel (Sezwrus vulgaris). Presented by Mrs.
Grover.
1 Marsh-Ichneumon (Herpestes galera). Presented by Dr.
Holub, C.M.Z.8.
1 Dusky Ichneumon (Herpestes pulverulentus). Presented by
Dr. Holub, C.M.ZS.
1 Papuan Pig (Sus papuensis). Deposited.
. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus stka), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
6 Chiloe Wigeon (Mareca chiloensis), Bred in the Gardens.
1 Angulated Tortoise (Chersina angulata). Presented by F. R.
Hemming, Esq. From North Damara Land.
1 Royal Python (Python regius). Deposited.
1 Echidna (Lehidna hystrix). Purchased.
1 Brush-Turkey (Talegalla lathami), 2. Purchased.
1 Angulated Tortoise (Chersina angulata). Presented by F. R.
Hemming, Hsq. From North Damara Land.
4 Chinese Blue Magpies (Cyanopolius cyanus). Bred in the
Gardens.
4 Royal Pythons (Python regius). Deposited.
. 2 Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale penicillata), 2 3. Presented
by J. H. Bentley, Esq.
1 Mate Fobneamon (Herpestes galera). Presented by Mrs.
rank,
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), g. Presented b
aR eb amas ai ees e
2 Red-cheeked Colies (Colius erythromelon). Purchased. See
P. Z.S. 1884, p. 475, pl. xlv.
4 Bronze-winged Pigeons (Phaps chalcoptera), 2 3 and2 9.
Purchased.
1 pers Parrakeet (Tanygnathus megalorhynchus). Pur-
chased.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 3. Deposited.
1 Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida). Purchased.
June 13,
14,
16.
IG.
18.
19.
20.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 609
2 Angolan Vultures (Gypohierax angolensis). Presented by
Thos, J. Allridge, Esq.
1 White-necked Stork (Disswra episcopus). Presented by Thos.
J. Allridge, Esq.
1 African Tantalus (Pseudotantalus ibis), Presented by Thos.
J. Allridge, Esq.
1 Spur-winged Goose (Plectropterus gambensis). Presented by
J. B. Elliott, Esq.
4 Muscovy Ducks (Catrina moschata). Deposited.
1 Mealy Amazon (Chrysotis farinosa), Purchased.
2 Mute Swans (Cygnus olor), Sg and 2. Presented by H.
Welch Thornton, Esq.
1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), §. Presented by J-
Bulteel, Esq.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by the
Committee of the Latimer-Road Mission.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
the Committee of the Latimer-Road Mission.
1 Lion (Felis feo), § Born in the Menagerie.
1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris), Born in the Me-
nagerie.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by T.
Jay, Esq.
4 White Seis (Ciconia alba). Purchased.
1 Slow-worm (Anguis fragilis). Presented by Mr. T. E. Gunn.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). -Presented by Mr. T. E.
Gunn.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
Mde. Kettner.
1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.
2 White-fronted Capuchins (Cebus albifrons), g and 2. Pre-
sented by Mr. Messum.
1 Harpy Eagle (Thrasaétus harpyia). Presented by Capt. H.
King. From Bogota.
1 Red-billed Whistling Duck (Dendrocygna autumnalis). Pre-
sented by Capt. H. King.
1 White-tailed Buzzard (Buteo albicaudatus). Presented by
Mr. Lewis.
1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Deposited.
5 European Pond-Tortoises (Hmys ewropea). Purchased.
6 Asp Mipacs (Vipera aspis). Purchased.
1 Wed persallen Eagle (Aguila audax). Presented by H. Ling
oth, Esq.
4 White Storks (Ciconia alba). Purchased.
1 Brush-tailed Kangaroo (Petrogale penicillata), 2. Pur-
chased.
1 Grey-breasted Parrakeet (Bolborhynchus monachus), Pre-
sented by Mrs. Moore.
2 Ghoughs (Pyrrhocorax graculus). Presented by J. Compton
ees, Esq.
2 Cape chased Cranes (Balearica chrysopelargus). Presented
by J. R. Chapman, Esq.
1 Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis), g. Received in
Exchange.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
Howard Lane, Esq.
1 Common Squirrel (Sedwrus vulgaris), Purchased,
610
June 20.
21,
23,
24,
to
x
28.
July 1,
APPENDIX.
1 Coypu (Myopotamus coypus), 2. Presented by Mrs. Constance
Kelly.
1 White Stork (Ciconia alba). Presented by Hubert D. Astley,
sq., F.Z.8. ;
1 Partridge (Perdix cinerea), d. Presented by Geo. Rubie,
E
sq.
1 Ho iat (Cervus porcinus), 9. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Indian Wild Dog (Canis primevus). Presented by T. A.
Bulkeley, Esq.
1 Brush-tailed Kangaroo (Petrogale penicillata), §. Presented
by Mr. J. Abrahams.
3 Turquoisine Parrakeets (Euphema pulchella), 1 g and 2 9.
Purchased.
1 European Pond-Tortoise (Emys ewropea). Presented by Mr.
J. Satcherd.
2 Spotted Salamanders (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by
Mr. J. Satcherd.
2 Algerian Tropidosaures (Tropidosaura algira). Presented by
W. C. Tait, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
3 Spine-footed Lizards (Acanthodactylus vulgaris). Presented
by W. C. Tait, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Adorned Ceratophrys (Ceratophrys ornata). Presented by
Capt. Hairby.
1 Carrion-Crow (Corvus corone). Purchased.
1 Bengal Vulture (Gyps bengalensis). Purchased.
2 Coscoroba Swans (Cygnus coscoroba). Purchased.
1 White-collared Mangabey (Cercocebus collaris), 3. Presented
by Mrs. Du Heaume.
1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata), 9 Presented by
Mrs. C. Spencer Stanhope.
2 Chaplain Crows (Corvus capellanus). From Fao, Persian Gulf.
Presented by B. T. Ffinch, Esq., C.M.Z.8,
3 ee Sheldrakes (Tadorna vulpanser). Bred in the Gar-
ens.
5 Chilian Pintails (Dajila spinicauda). Bred in the Gardens.
5 Summer Ducks (42x sponsa). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Orange-winged Amazon (Chrysotis amazonica). Deposited.
10 Hybrid Ceylonese Jungle-fowls (between Gallus stanley: and
G. bankiva). Bred in the Gardens.
4 Himalayan Monauls (Lophophorus impeyanus). Bred in the
Gardens.
5 Sonnerat’s Jungle-fowls (Gallus sonnerati). Bred in the
Gardens.
. 1 Brown-throated Conure (Conurus e@ruginosus). Deposited.
1 Yellow Conure (Conurus solstitialis). Deposited.
2 Black Guillemots (Uria grylle). Received in Exchange.
1 Guianan Tree-Porcupine (Sphingurus insidiosus). From De-
merara. Presented by G. H. Hawtayne, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Rough Fox (Canis rudis). From Demerara. Presented by
G. H. Hawtayne, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
2 Passerine Parrots (Pstttacula passerina). Deposited.
1 Tanghing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by Mrs.
. Moir,
1 Blue Crested Tanager (Stephanophorus leucocephalus), @. Pur-
chased.
2 Cape Doves (Gina capensis), ¢ and 2. Purchased,
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 611
July 1. 1 Razorbill (Alea torda). Presented by Lady Hayter.
1 Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by Surg.-
Maj. G. Henderson.
2. 1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), ¢. Born in the Mena-
erie,
2 AnGaleted Tortoises (Chersina angulata). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
2 Geometric Tortoises (Zestudo geometrica). From Little
Namqua-land. Presented by the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk,
C.M.ZS,
2 Areolated Tortoises (Homopus areolatus). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
2 Ceylonese Terrapins (Clemmys trijuga). From the Island of
Diego Garcia. Presented by Comm. the Hon. Foley C. P.
Vereker, R.N.
5 Long-fronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons). Born in the
Menagerie.
3. 1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), $. Born in the Menagerie.
2 Diana Monkeys (Cercopithecus diana), g and 2. Presented
by J. H. Cheetham, Hsq., F.Z.S.
4 Snow-birds (Junco hyemalis), Presented by F. J. Thompson,
Esq.
1 American Coot (Fulica americana). Presented by F. J.
Thompson, Esq.
1 Hutchin’s Goose (Bernicla hutchinsi), Presented by W. A.
Conklin, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa, jy.). Presented by W. A.
Conklin, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Heloderm (Heloderma suspectum). Received in Exchange.
See P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 475.
1 Clouded Iguana (Cyclura nubila). Received in Exchange.
1 Pale-headed Tree-Boa (Epicrates angulifer). Presented by
Mrs. Blake. From the Island of New Providence, Bahamas.
1 Antillean Snake (Dromicus aniillensis). Presented by Mrs.
Blake. From the Island of New Providence, Bahamas.
2 Maculated Snakes (Ungalia maculata), Presented by Mrs,
Blake. From the Island of New Providence, Bahamas.
4. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by Mrs,
Norman Yonge.
1 Spotted Cavy (Celoyenys paca). Purchased.
1 Barn-Owl (Striv flammea). Presented by M. B, Windus,
Esq.
3 Haaciees Spur-fowls (Galloperdix lunulata), 2 g and1 2.
Purchased.
2 Rufous Spur-fowls (Galloperdix spadicea), § and 2. Pur-
chased.
2 Rain-Quails (Cotwrnizx coromandelica), § and 2. Purchased.
3 Blackish Sternotheres (Sternotherus subniger). Purchased.
5. 1 Blue-and- Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Deposited.
8. 2 Quebec Marmots (Arctomys monax), ¢ and 2. Presented
by N. Staintield, Esq.
1 Prairie-Wolf (Canis latrans). Presented by R. Payze, Esq.
Captured in Epping Forest.
4 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Presented by Walter E,
Blaker, Esq.
9. 1 Hybrid Liihdorf’s Deer sade: Cervus luehdorfi, 3, and
Cervus canadensis, 2). Born in the Menagerie.
612
July 9.
10.
11.
22,
APPENDIX.
1 Hybrid Fallow Deer (between Dama mesopotamica, g, and
Dama vulgaris, 2). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-
posited.
1 Weeper Capuchin (Cebus capucinus), $. Purchased.
4 Beautiful Finches (Zstrelda bella), 2 $ and 2 9. Purchased.
2 Swift Parrakeets (Lathamus discolor), and 2. Presented by
Mr. J. Abrahams.
3 Suricates (Swicata tetradactyla). Presented by W. R. Dobbin,
Esq.
2 Red-beaked Weaver-Birds (Quela sanguinirostris), § and 9.
Presented by Mrs. Nettleship.
2 Grey Parrots (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.
4 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa). Bred in the
Gardens.
1 Mandarin Duck (4% galericulata). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Lanner Falcon (Falco lanarius). Purchased.
. 4 Elliot’s Pheasants (Phasianus elliot’),2 $ and2 9. Received.
Hatched April 1884.
8 King Crabs (Limulus polyphemus). Purchased.
2 Smooth Snakes (Coronella levis). Presented by the Rey.
Chas. Harris.
3 Common Squirrels (Sciwrus vulgaris). Purchased.
1 Short-toed Eagle (Cireaétus gallicus). Presented by W. R.
Taylor, Esq.
. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), $. Presented by Mrs. A.
Edwards.
5 Natterjack Toads (Bufo calamita). Presented by Mr. W.
Stanley. ~
. 3 Striolated Buntings (Zmberiza striolata). Deposited.
6 Aldrovandi’s Lizards (Plestiodon auratus). Purchased.
. | Four-horned Antelope (Tetraceros quadricornis), 9. Pur-
chased.
1 Maccarthy’s Ichneumon (Herpestes maccarthie). Purchased.
. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Lieut.
A. H. Oliver, R.N.
. 1 Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chaleoptera). Presented by J.
Latham, Esq.
20. 2 Virginian Deer (Cariacus virginianus). Born in the Gardens.
1 Argus Pheasant (Argus giganteus). Bred in the Menagerie.
. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 3. Presented
by J. H. Harling, Esq.
1 Common Squirrel (Sevwrus vulgaris). Purchased.
1 Mule Deer (Cariacus macrotis), Born in the Menagerie.
2 Daubenton’s Curassow (Crax daubentoni), g and 2. Pre-
sented by W. Burch, Esq.
1 Common Guinea-fowl (Numida meleagris). Presented by W.
Burch, Esq.
2 Indian Kites (Milvus govinda). Presented by Mr. W.
Jamrach.
2 Green Conures (Conw'us pauwa). Purchased.
1 Blackish Sternothere (Sternotherus subniger). Purchased.
1 Mohr Gazelle (Gazella mohr), 9. Purchased.
1 White-bellied Sea-Eagle (Haliattus leucogaster), Purchased.
1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.
2 Electric Eels (Gymnotus electricus). Purchased.
July 22,
23,
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30,
31,
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 613
1 Barn-Owl (Strix jlammea). Presented by G. H. Garrett,
Es
2 Mud Deer (Cariacus macrotis), ¢ and 2. Presented by
Gerald Waller, Esq., F.Z.S.
6 Four-banded Snakes (Llaphis quadrivirgata). From Japan.
Presented by Gerald Waller, Heeq,; F.Z.8. See P.Z.S. 1884,
p. 475,
3 Tigrine Snakes (Zropidonotus tigrinus). From Japan, Pre-
sented by Gerald Waller, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Blomhoff’s Snake (Zrigonocephalus blomhofi). From Japan.
Presented by Gerald Waller, Esq., F.Z.S.
5 American Black Snakes (Coluber constrictor). Presented by
Gerald Waller, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Cyclopion Snake (TZropidonotus cyclopion). Presented by
Gerald Waller, Esq., F'.Z.8.
1 Mesican Snake (Pitwophis mexicanus). Presented by Gerald
Waller, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Copper-headed Snakes (Cenchris contortrix). Presented by
Gerald Waller, Hsq., F.Z.S.
1 Horrid Rattlesnake (Crotalus horridus). Presented by Gerald
Waller, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Violet-necked Lory (Zos vicintata). Purchased.
3 Elliot’s Pheasants (Phastanus elliot’), Received. Hatched
April 1884.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis), Presented hy W. H. B.
Pain, Esq.
1 Cape Sea-Lion (Otaria pusilla). From Cape Colony. Pre-
sented by John Hewat, Esq. See P.Z. 8. 1884, p. 475.
3 Angulated Tortoises (Chersina angulata). Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R, Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
2 Geometric Tortoises (Testudo geometrica), Presented by the
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
2 White-backed Piping-Crows (Gymnorhina leuconota). De-
posited.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by I. H. Jennings,
Esq.
1 Weaspotginiat Fallow-Deer (Dama mesopotamica), 3. Born
in the Menagerie.
2 Common Cormorants (Phalacrocorax carbo). Deposited.
1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa). Presented by August Strunz,
Esq.
2 Red-tailed Buzzards (Buteo borealis), Presented by D.
Morris, Esq.
1 2-bred Fallow-Deer (between Dama mesopotamica, 3, and
hybrid Dama vulgaris). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Martinique Waterhen (Jonornis martinicus), Presented by
Mrs, A. Jones.
1 Black Hornbill (Sphagolobus atratus), Purchased.
1 African Barbet (Zrachyphonus purpuratus), Purchased. See
P. Z.S. 1884, p. 476.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by Miss
A. E. Sturge.
1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes). Presented by Mr. Thos. Lege.
2 Jackdaws (Corvus monedula). Presented by Mrs. Frank.
1 Anaconda ( Eunectes murinus), Presented by G. H. Hawtayne,
Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Golden-crowned Conure (Conurus awreus). Deposited.
614
Aug. 1.
2.
ce
6.
Tle
APPENDIX.
1 Kestrel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by Mr. G.
Westrup.
1 Crested Caan (Craz alector). Presented by G. H. Haw-
tayne, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Grey Amphishena (Blanus cinereus). From Portugal, Pre-
sented by W. C. Tait, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus smnicus), §. Presented by the Rev.
T. Rickards.
. 1 Mule Deer (Cariacus macrotis). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Rough-legged Buzzard (Archibuteo lagopus, Presented by Sir
R. Payne Gallwey, Bart.
. 2 Rose-crested Cockatoos (Cacatua moluccensis). Presented by
Charles Clifton, Esq., F'.Z.8.
3 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoos (Cacatua galerita). Pre-
sented by Charles Clifton, Hsq., F.Z.S.
3 Leadbeater’s Cockatoos (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by
Charles Clifton, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Red-sided Eclectus (Helectus pectoralis). Presented by Charles
Clifton, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by
Charles Clifton, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 White-backed Piping-Crow (Gymnorhina leuconota), Pre-
sented by Charles Clifton, Esq., F.Z.S.
6 Amherst Pheasants (Zhawmalea amherstie). Presented by
Charles Clifton, Esq., F.Z.S.
8 Himalayan Monauls (Lophophorus impeyanus). Presented by
Charles Clifton, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Javan Peafowls (Pavo spicifer), 2 g. Presented by Charles
Clifton, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Blue-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis estiva). Deposited.
1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erythacus). Deposited.
3 Cockateels (Calopsitta nove-hollandie). Bred in the Gardens.
1 Alligator Terrapin (Chelydra serpentina). Deposited.
1 Electric Kel (Gymnotus electricus). Purchased.
2 Jardine’s Parrots (Peocephalus gulielmt). Purchased.
2 Pearly Conures (Conurus perlatus). Purchased.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), ¢. Deposited.
1 Cockateel (Calopsitta nove-hollandie). Presented by J. W.
Dixon, Esq.
1 Rose-Hill Parrakeet (Platycercus eximius). Presented by
J-W. Dixon, Esq.
1 Green Turtle (Chelone viridis), Presented by A. E. Painter,
Ksq., F.Z.S
aa! Loggerhead Turtle (Thalassochelys caouana). Presented by
The Surrey Commercial Docks Co.
. 1 Dingo (Canis dingo), $. Presented by P. R. Ricardo, Esq.
1 Leopard Tortoise (Testudo pardalis). Presented by Wm.
Lane, Esq.
. 1 Striped Hyzena (Hyena striata). From Morocco. Presented
by Sir John H. Drummond Hay, K.C.B., C.M.Z.S.
1 Slow-worm (Anguis fragilis). Presented by Mr. T. E. Gunn.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Wasua rufa), 3. Presented by Miss K. M.
Battam.
2 Mountain Ka-Kas (Nestor notabilis). Purchased.
1 Three-coloured Lory (Zorius tricolor). Deposited.
1 Somali Wild Ass (Zquus somalicus), 3. Received in Exchange,
See P. Z. 5, 1884, p.476. From Somali-land.
Aug. 11.
12.
13.
14,
15.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 615
2 White-fronted Geese (Ansex albifrons). Purchased.
2 Blue Snow-Geese (Chen cerulescens). Purchased. See P. Z.S.
1884, p. 476. From Alaska.
2 Smooth Snakes (Coronella levis), Presented by W. H. B.
Pain, Esq.
2 Brazilian Cariamas (Cariama cristata). Purchased.
2 Patagonian Cavies (Dolichotis patachonica). Presented by
Frank Parish, Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Hairy-rumped Agouti (Dasyprocta primnolopha). Presented
by Frank Parish, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by Frank Parish,
Ksq., F.Z.S.
2 Rufous Tinamous (2thynchotus rufescens). Presented by Frank
Parish, Esq., F.Z.S8.
2 Tuberculated Iguanas (Iguana tuberculata). Presented by
Frank Parish, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Pampas Deer (Cariacus campestris), $. Presented by Master
Julian George Parr.
1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erythacus). Presented by E. T. Hol-
loway, Esq.
10 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris), Purchased.
1 Severe Macaw (Ara severa). Deposited.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 6. Presented by
H. Livermore, Esq.
1 Two-streaked Python (Python bwittatus). From Java, Pre-
sented by Dr, F. H. Bauer, C.M.Z.S.
1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus). From Java. Pres
sented by Dr. F. H. Bauer, C.M.Z.S.
1 Two-banded Monitor (Veranus salvator). From Java. Pre
sented by Dr. F. H. Bauer, C.M.ZS.
1 Flying Gecko (Ptychozoon homalocephalum), From Java. Pre-
satel by Dr. F. H. Bauer, C.M.Z.S. See P. Z, S. 1884,
. 476,
6 Black-spotted Toads (Bufo melanostictus). From Java. Pre-
sented by Dr. F. H. Bauer, C.M.Z.S, See P. Z. 8S. 1884,
. 476,
1 dams Porcupine (Hystrix javanica). From Java. Presented
by Dr. F. H. Bauer, C.M.Z.S.
. 2 Huanacos (Lama huanacos), g and 9. Presented by Frank
Parish, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 2 Cape Hunting-Dogs (Lycaon pictus). Purchased.
. 1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). Received in
Exchange.
. 1 African Elephant (Elephas africanus), $. From Abyssinia,
Deposited by Her Majesty the Queen.
1 Red-crested Cardinal (Paroarta cucullata). Presented by John
W. Miers, Esq.
» 1Gelada Baboon (Thercopithecus gelada), 2. Presented by
H. E. Lidge Mercha Workee, Abyssinian Envoy.
10 Duméril’s Tortoises (Podoenemis dumeriliana). Purchased.
. 2 Picui Doves (Columbula picui). Deposited.
. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 2. Presented by
Major Newson D. Garrett.
1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus), 8. Presented by
G, A. Broderick, Esq.
2 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus), 3 and
2. Presented by E. C, Ash, Esq,
616
Aug. 26.
27
29.
30.
Sept. 1.
(or)
10.
APPENDIX.
1 Ludio Monkey (Cercopithecus ludio). Purchased.
1 Banded Aracari (Pteroglossus torquatus). Purchased.
1 Kit Fox (Canis velox). Purchased.
1 Naked-eared Deer (Cartacus gymnotus). Purchased.
1 Atthiopian Wart-Hog (Phacocherus ethiopicus). Purchased.
1 Tiger Bittern (Zigrisoma brasiliense). Purchased.
1 Common Boa (Bou constrictor). Purchased.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), g. Presented by H.
Johnson, Esq.
1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciwrea). Presented by Mrs.
J. M. A. King
1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus). Presented by Percy H.
Cooper.
1 Common Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by Mr. Wil-
liam Smith.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
the Rey. Walter Hudson.
1 Red-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Presented by
O. J. Prior, Esq.
1 Sharp-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus acutus). Presented by
W. T. Lax, Esq.
1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Presented by
W. T. Lax, Hsq.
1 Indian Eryx (£ryz johni). Purchased.
2 Spotted Slow-worms (Acontias meleagris). From Cape Colony.
Presented by the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Common Slow-worm (Anguis fragilis). Presented by H.
Scherren, Hsq.
2 Peba Armadillos (Tatusia peba). Presented by Frank Parish,
Esq., F.Z.8.
. 2 Smooth Snakes (Coronella levis). Presented by W. H. B.
Pain, Esq.
2 Ring-tailed Lemurs (Lemur catta), ¢ and 9. Presented by
Charles Stewart, Esq.
. 1 Grey-cheeked Monkey (Cercocebus albigena). Purchased.
1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by J. Hen-
derson, Esq.
1 Wood-Owl (Syrniwm aluco). Presented by Mr. J. Baldwin.
7 Common Crowned Pigeons (G‘owra coronata). Deposited.
1 Victoria Crowned Pigeon (Gouwra victoria). Deposited.
. 1 Prairie-Wolf (Canis latrans). Deposited. From Kansas,
U.S.A
2 Brazilian Hangnests (Ieterus jamacat). Deposited.
. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 3. Born in the
Menagerie.
. 2 Ring-tailed Lemurs (Lemur catta). Born in the Menagerie,
1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), 3. Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Miss J.
Dunford.
1 Tuberculated Iguana (Iguana tuberculata). Presented by
J. H. Leech, Hsq.
. 1 Yellow-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis ochrocephala). Presented
by Mrs. Frank Wilson.
1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 29. Deposited.
1 Weeper Capuchin (Cebus capucinus). Deposited.
Sept. 10,
11
13.
15.
16.
1V@
18.
19
20,
21.
22.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 617
1 Tigrine Cat (Felis tigrina). Presented by James Meldrum,
-
sq.
2 Ring-tailed Coatis (Nasua rufa). Presented by James Mel-
drum, Esq.
1 Cape Hunting-Dog (Lycaon pictus). Presented by Capt. J.
Grant Elliott.
1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista). Pre-
_ sented by Mrs. E. A. Alldridge.
1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus leucoprymnus). Presented
by D. Palgrave Turner, Esq.
2 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by D.
Palgrave Turner, Esq.
3 Ruddy Flamingos (Phenicopterus ruber). Purchased.
. 1 Side-striped Jackal (Canis lateralis). Presented by W. P.
Williams, Esq.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), $. Deposited.
2 Yellow-winged Sugar-birds (Careba cyanea),2 g. Presented
by P. A. Fraser, Esq.
1 Black-headed Sugar-bird (Chlorophanes atricapilla), 3. Pre-
sented by P. A. Fraser, Esq.
3 Violaceous Night-Herons (Mycticoraxr violaceus). Presented
by A. Boon, Ksq., F.R.C.S. From St. Kitt’s, W. 1.
2 Victoria Crowned Pigeons (Goura victorie). Deposited.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Deposited.
1 Spanish Terrapin (Clemmys leprosa). Presented by Master
A. Brierly.
1 Common Hangnest (Zcterus vulgaris). Deposited.
1 Blackeap (Sylwa atricapilla), 3. Presented by Mr. H. Keilich.
2 Black-billed Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna arborea). Presented
by C. Arthur Shand, Esq. From Antigua, W. I.
1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by A. R.
Wallace, Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Coypu (Myopotamus coypus). Presented by Frank Parish,
sq., F.Z.8.
3 Long-fronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons). Born in the
Menagerie.
2 Half-collared Turtle-Doves (Turtur semitorquatus). Pur-
chased.
2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Purchased.
2 Bronze-spotted Doves (Chalcopelia chalcospila). Purchased.
4 Harlequin Quails (Coturnix histrionica). Purchased.
1 Allen’s Porphyrio (Hydrornia alleni). Purchased.
2 North-African Jackals (Canis anthus). Deposited.
1 Australian Fruit-Bat (Pteropus poliocephalus). Presented by
Capt. D. C. Long.
1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Presented by A. A. Dal-
mege, Hsq., F.R.G.S.
1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), $. Presented by
A. Bowden, Esq.
1 Ludio Monkey (Cercopithecus ludio). Presented by A. Bow-
den, Esq.
1 Tawny Owl (Syrniwm aluco). Presented by Miss H. Freeman.
1 Levaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis penicillata). Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Toque Monkey (Macacus pileatus), 9. Presented by Mrs.
Batchelder.
1 White-breasted Kingfisher (Halcyon smyrnensis). Purchased.
618
Sept, 22
23.
Oct. 1.
APPENDIX.
. 1 Tree-Boa ( Corallus hortulanus). Purchased.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. Wm. Cross.
1 Viperine Snake (Ziopidonotus viperinus). Presented by Mr.
7m. Cross.
6 Great Bats (Vespertilio noctula). Presented by Mr. W. At-
kinson.
2 King Parrakeets (Aprosmictus scapulatus). Presented by
Mrs. C. Price.
2 Cockateels (Calopsitta nove-hollandie). Presented by Mrs.
C. Price.
2 Reed-Buntings (Emberiza scheniclus). Purchased.
1 Blackeap (Sylvia atricapilla), 3. Purchased.
. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus), $. Presented by W. E.
Steinschen, Esq.
. 2 Spanish Terrapins (Clemmys leprosa). Presented by W. H.
J. Paterson, Esq.
. 1 Pied Wagtail (Motacilla lugubris). Purchased.
1 Common Snake (Tropidonotus natriz). Presented by W. H.
B. Pain, Esq.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus), Presented by W. H. B.
Pain, Esq.
. 1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis). Born in the Menagerie.
2 Great Bustards (Otis tarda),2 9. Deposited.
1 Mute Swan (Cygnus olor, var. immutabilis), Presented by
J. H. Gurney, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 1 Erxleben’s Monkey (Cercopithecus erxlebent), 2. Purchased.
1 Maimed Gecko (Peropus mutilatus). Deposited.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), ¢. Presented by W.
Phillips, Esq,
2 Great Bats (Vespertilio noctula). Presented by Capt. W. St.
George Ord.
1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Deposited.
1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata), Deposited.
1 Alligator (Alhgator mississyppiensis). Deposited.
. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 29. Deposited.
1 Brazilian Teal ( Querquedula brasihensis), g. Purchased.
. 1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista). Pre-
sented by Miss Ethel A. Hutton.
2 Small Hill-Mynahs (Gracula religiosa). Deposited.
1 Blue-bearded Jay (Cyanocorax cyanopogon). Deposited.
. 1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by Mrs.
S. Russell.
. 1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born. in the
Menagerie.
1 White-backed Piping-Crow (Gymnorhina leuconota). Pre-
sented by F. Langworthy, Esq.
1 Sulphur-crested Toucan (amphastos carinatus). Deposited.
2 Loggerhead Turtles (Thalassochelys caowana). Presented by
Allen McGregor, Esq. From the Mediterranean.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Iacacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
A. F. M. Smith, Esq.
9, 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Deposited.
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by
Mr. A. R. Rogers.
1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum), Presented by Capt.
H. Mends.
Oct. 9.
14,
21.
23.
24,
25.
26.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 619
1 Brown Mud-Frog (Pelobates fuscus). Presented by Claude
Russell, Esq. ‘
. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), Presented by G. 5. Malet
Barrow, er /
1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). Deposited.
. 1 Meadow-Pipit (Azthus pratensis). Presented Mr. T. E. Gunn.
6 Twites (Linota flavirostris). Presented by Mr. T. E. Gunn.
1 Linnet (Linota cannabina), Presented by Mr. T. KE. Gunn.
8 Lesser Redpolls (Linota rufescens). Presented by Mr. T. E.
Gunn.
3 Cockateels (Calopsitta nove-hollandie). Bved in the Gardens.
1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus). Deposited.
6 Coypus (Myopotamus coypus). Bora in the Menagerie.
2 Robben-Island Snakes (Coronella phocarum). Presented by
the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
. 1 Hardwicke’s Mastigure ( Uromastiz hardwickii), Presented by
Outhbert Johnson, Esq.
. 6 Ruddy Flamingos (Phenicopterus ruber). Purchased.
. 1 Greater. Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-
posited.
1 Blue-and-yellow Macaw (Ava ararauna). Deposited.
. 4 Hardwicke’s Mastigures ( Uromastix hardwickii). Received
in exchange.
2 Berea Monitors (Varanus bengalensis). Received in ex-
change.
i Nilote Crocodile ( Crocodilus vulgaris}. Received in exchange.
1 Talapoin Monkey (Cercopithecus talapoin). Purchased.
1 Allen’s Galago (Galago alleni). Purchased,
1 Bengal Fox (Canis bengalensis). Purchased.
1 Black-necked Coly (Colius nigricollis). Purchased. See P. Z.S.
1884, p. 530, pl. xly. fig. 1.
1 Thick-billed Pigeon (Treron macrorhyncha). Purchased.
River-Jack Viper (Vipera rhinoceros). Purchased.
1 Buff-breasted Partridge (Ptilopachys ventralis). Purchased.
2 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoos (Cacatua sulphurea). De-
posited.
1 Mute Swan (Cygnus olor), 3. Presented by Lady Siemens.
1 Hedgehog (£rinaceus europeus). Presented by Mr. C. G.
Hopkins.
2 Horrid Rattlesnakes (Crotalus horridus). Purchased.
22. 1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-viridis), §. Presented
by Mrs. R. E. Villiers.
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris), Presented by
F. H. Jennings, Esq.
i OE Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by I’. H. Jennings,
isq.
1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandit), $. Presented by
Thos. Eley, Esq,
1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by Mrs.
A. M. Packard.
1 Proteus (Proteus anguinus). Presented by W. J. Milles, Esq.
3 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Deposited.
1 Common Paradoxure (Paradovurus typus). Presented by
Mrs. L. McArthur.
2 St.-Helena Seed-eaters (Crithagra butyracea). Presented by
W. B. Cheadle, Esq., ¥.Z.S.
6 Canadian Beavers (Castor canadensis). Deposited.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1884, No. XLII. 42
620
Oct. 28
Nov. 1.
>
10.
APPENDIX.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by Mrs. E.
A. Russell.
1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roscicapilla). Presented by Miss
N. Simmonds.
1 Westerman’s Cassowary ( Casuarius westermanni). Deposited.
1 Northern Mocking-bird (Mimus polyglottus). Presented by
Thos. G. Venables, Esq.
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by W.
G. Brinkley, Esq.
29. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus),2. Presented by Richard
Armytage, Esq.
. 1 Cape Ant-bear (Orycteropus capensis). Purchased.
1 Greater White-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua cristata). De-
posited.
2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mrs. Pigou.
1 Grand Eclectus (Zclectus roratus), Presented by Miss Law-
son.
1 Black-headed Caique (Caica melanocephala). Purchased.
1 Undulated Grass-Parrakeet (Melopsittacus undulatus). Pre-
sented by F. Hale, Hsq., F.Z.S.
1 Alligator (Alligator mussissipiensis). Presented by R. M.
Middleton, Esq.
1 Water-Rail (Rallus aquaticus). Presented by Mr. T. EK. Gunn.
1 Moorhen (Gallina chloropus). Presented by Mx. T. E, Gunn.
1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), g. Deposited.
1 Great Grey Shrike (Lantus excubitor). Purchased. From
Bedfordshire.
6 Alexandrine Parrakeets (Paleornis alexandri). From British
Burmah. Presented by Eugene W. Oates, Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Blossom-headed Parrakeet (Palcornis cyanocephalus). From
British Burmah. Presented by Eugene W. Oates, Esq.,
E.ZS.
1 Banded Parrakeet (Paleornis fasciatus), 2. From British
Burmah. Presented by Eugene W. Oates, Esq., F.Z.S.
6 Curlews (Numenius arquata). Purchased.
. 1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquatus), Q. Presented
by Miss Perry.
1 Rose-ringed Parrakeet (Paleornis docilis),2. Presented by
Mr. W. G. Burrows.
1 Blue-winged Teal ( Querquedula cyanoptera),3. Received in
exchange.
1 Barbary Ape (Macacus inuus). Presented by R. B. Colvin, Esq.
1 Anubis Baboon (Cynocephalus anubis), §. Presented by R.
B. Colvin, Esq.
1 Siamese Blue Pie (Urocissa magnirostris), ¢. Presented by
Chas. Clifton, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 1 Weka Rail (Ocydromus australis), white variety. Presented
by J. Satchell Studley, Esq.
. 2 Pronghorn Antelopes (Antilocapra americana), ¢ and Q.
Deposited.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa), 2. Presented by C. M.
Courage, Esq.
1 Short-eared Owl (Asio brachyotus). From Griqualand West,
8. Africa. Presented by Mrs. L. Weil.
] Lessee Kestrel (7innunculus cenchris). Presented by Mrs. L.
eil,
Noy. 11.
—
bo
13.
bo
oe
8.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 621
1 Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus), 3. Purchased. From La-
bradoyr.
. 1 Golden-winged Woodpecker (Colaptes auratus). Purchased.
1 South-American Rat-Snake (Spilotes variabilis). Purchased.
1 Asiatic Wild Ass (Aguus onager), g. From Cutch. Pre-
sented by Lieut.-Col. R. A, Crawford.
. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 2. Presented by
J. A, Cameron, Esq.
2 Tasmanian Wolves (Zhylacinus cynocephalus). Purchased.
See P. Z.S. 1884, p. 561.
1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). Presented by
8. 8. Mossop, Esq.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Deposited.
. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 8. Deposited.
. 1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina). Presented by James Wyatt,
sq.
1 Bernier’s Ibis (Jbis bernieri). Received in exchange.
. 1 Red-tailed Amazon (Chrysotis erythrura). Purchased. See
P.Z.S. 1884, p. 562.
1 Red-throated Amazon (Chrysotis collarta), Purchased.
2 Barred Doves (Geopelia striata). Presented by Mr. Emil Berg.
3 Eastern Turtle-Doves (Zurtur meena?). Presented by Mr.
Emil Berg.
3 Lesser Snow-Geese (Chen albatus). Purchased.
. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), ¢. Deposited.
1 Tachiro Goshawk (Aster tachiro). Presented by Lord Lilford,
FE.ZS.
. 2 King Parrakeets (Aprosmictus scapulatus), ¢ and 2. Pre-
sented by E. Meek, Esq
1 Rufous-necked Weaver-bird (Hyphantornis textor), 9. Re-
ceived in exchange.
6 Golden Orfe (Leuciscus vulgaris, var.). Purchased.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
Mr. W. J. Bennett.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus). Presented by Samuel Leyi,
Esq.
4 Long-fronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons). Born in the
Menagerie.
. 1 Cheer Pheasant (Phastanus wallichii), 9. Presented by E,
C. Buck, Esq.
. 1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis). Presented by H. B. Whitmarsh, Esq,
2 Rock-Pipits (Anthus obscurus). Purchased.
. 1 Passerine Owl (Glaucidium passerinum), Purchased. From
Siberia.
1 South-American Otter (Zutra platensis). Deposited.
1 Crested Titmouse (Parus cristatus). Purchased.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
Mr, Geo. Airey.
1 Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babouin), g. Presented by
Capt. Edward Jones, R.N.R.
1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Presented by
Capt. Edward Jones, R.N.R.
1 Bittern (Gotawrus stellaris). Presented by Robert Page, Esq.
1 Cat-fish (Amiurus catus). Deposited.
3 Lions (felis leo), Born in the Menagerie.
1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Deposited.
42*
13.
16.
iis
18.
23.
APPENDIX.
. 1 Black-and~White Harrier (Circus melanoleucus). Presented
by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.
. 1 Gold Pheasant (Thaumalea picta), §. Deposited.
12,
1 Macaque Monkey (MWacacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
Mr. John Roberts.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by Mr.
John Roberts.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 6. Presented by David
McCance, Esq.
1 Banded Gymnogene (Polyboroides typicus, jr.). Deposited.
. 1 Brush-tailed Kangaroo (Petrogale penicillata), §. Deposited.
1 Tawny Owl (Syrniwm aluco). Presented by Mr. W. P. Clark,
1 Common Rhea (Rhea americana), 3. Presented by Lady
Brassey, F.Z.S.
1 Green-headed Tanager (Calliste tricolor). Deposited.
2 Common Guillemots (Zomvia trotle). Purchased.
1 Razorbill (Alca torda). Purchased.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-
sented by R. O. L. Ogilby, Esq.
1 Common Roe (Capreolus caprea). Presented by C. Hambro,
Esq.
1 Silvis Gibbon (Hylobates leuciscus), 9. Presented by C. H.
A. Hervey, Esq.
1 Greater Black-backed Gull (Larus marinus). Presented by
Mr, T. E. Gunn.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Major H. W.
Feilden, C.M.Z.S.
1 Common Gull (Larus canus). Presented by Major H. W.
Feilden, C.M.Z.S.
3 Greater Black-backed Gulls (Zarws marinus). Presented by
Major H. W. Feilden, C.M.Z.S.
3 Black-headed Gulls (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Major
H. W. Feilden, C.M.Z.S.
. | Hobby (Falco subbuteo). Deposited,
- 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus). Presented by Mrs. J. N.
L. Boljahn,
2 Michie’s Deer (Elaphodus michianus), § and 2. Deposited.
1 Hairy-fronted Muntjac (Cervulus crinifrons), 8. Deposited.
See P. 7. S. 1884, p. 1.
. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Deposited.
2. 1 Broad-fronted Crocodile (Crocodilus frontatus). Presented by
J. M. Harris, Esq.
1 Nilotic Crocodile (Crocodilus vulgaris). Presented by J. M.
Harris, Esq.
2 Golden-winged Woodpeckers (Colaptes awratus). Received in
exchange.
1 Blue Jay (Cyanocitta cristata). Received in Exchange.
1 Black-tailed Hawfinch (Coccothraustes melanurus), Received
in exchange.
2 Red-headed Finches (Amadina erythrocephala), 2. Re-
ceived in exchange.
2 Banded Parrakeets (Paleornis fasciatus), § and 9. Received
in exchange.
1 Hed oe Squirrel (Secwrus variegatus). Received in ex-
change.
i pt arrot (Psittacus erithacus). Presented by Mrs. White-
aw.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 623
1 Kestrel (Zinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by Mr. T. E.
G
yunn.
. 1 Sparrow-Hawk (Aceipiter nisus). Presented by Mr. T. ©.
Gunn,
. 1 Undulated Grass-Parrakeet (Melopsittacus undulatus). De-
posited.
. LIndian Civet (Viverricula malaccensis). Presented by W.
Getty, Esq.
. 1 Bengalese Cat (Felis bengalensis). Presented by G. T. Egan,
Esq.
q
. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandit), g. Presented by J.
W. Moon, Esq.
. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by Mrs. M.
Ei. Mackern.
1 Nubian Ibex (Capra nubiana), 3. Presented by Mrs, Laing.
From Upper Nubia. See P. Z. S. 1884, p. 1.
1 Hybrid Nebinn Thex (between Capra nubiana 3 and Capra
hireus 2), S. Presented by Mrs. Laing.
1 Domestic Goat (Capra hircus), 2. Presented by Mrs. Laing,
31. 1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaetus). Presented by Major-Gen.
H. A. Browne. From Sutherlandshire.
Abdimia
sphenorhyncha, 551,
Acanthias
vulgaris, 44.
Acanthoglossus
bruijni, 150.
Acantholipes
affinis, 518.
Aceros
nepalensis, 251.
Acestrura
mulsanti, 806.
Achexa
catilla, 498.
melicerte, 521.
Acherontia
styx, 518.
Acidalia
defixaria, 324.
perdilaria, 324.
Acirsa
prelonga, 141.
Aclis
ascaris, 342.
exigua, 343.
gulsoni, 344.
supranitida, 342,
343
terebralis, 3438.
—, var. minor, 3438.
ventrosa, 344.
walleri, 3848, 344,
Acontia
hortensis, 517, 529.
solaris, 517.
Acreea
adnatha, 221.
cecilia, 221.
calyce, 221, 229.
daira, 221, 229,
lycia, 220, 221.
lycoa, 222.
pseudegina, 221.
serena, 222.
vinidia, 222.
INDEX.
Acteeodes
pubescens, 10, 11.
eccentros, 148.
Adelocera
cincta, 215.
Adelomyia
melanogenys maculata,
3
Adisura
leucanioides, 518.
Adoretus
cinerarius, 405.
rugulosus, 405.
Aedon
abyssinicus, 231.
ABgialitis
geoffroyt, 433.
AXgithalopsis
galiniert, 231, 232.
Aigocera
latreillii, 227.
magna, 227.
rectilinea, 227.
venulia, 514.
Aellopus
tantalus, 321.
/athemenes
Sorbesi, 460.
nigro-punctatus, 460.
Agabotus
brunnescens, 460,
Agleactis
cupreipennis, 304,
raulis
sp. ?, 323.
aristifera, 516.
Alcedo
ispida, 588.
Aletis
forbesi, 227, 229,
Aloa
punetivitta, 227.
Alseonax
adusta, 230.
minima, 230.
Alvyania
asperula, 116.
lineata, 122.
reticulata, 112.
supranitida, 343,
tessellata, 114.
weinkauffi, 113.
Amarygmus
sp., 216.
Amazilia
rieffert jucunda, 806.
Ambulyx
strigilis, 321.
Amphidesma
castaneum, 145,
Amussium
fenestratum, 143,
lucidum, 148.
Amyna
cephusalis, 496.
stellata, 495, 496.
stigmatula, 495, 496.
Anabazenops
subalaris, 300.
temporalis, 300.
An
fea
dominicana, 316, 320.
echemus, 316.
verticordia, 316.
Anzretes
parulus equatorialis,
296.
Anartia
iatrophe, 316.
as
assimilis, 173, 174.
bernieri, 175.
capensis, 172, 178,
174
guttata, 173.
626
Anas
larvata, 173, 174.
sparsa, 173.
Anceryx
alope, 321.
Andigena
laminirostris, 308.
Aneitia
macdonaldii, 2°73.
Anomala
flaveola, 404.
forbesi, 404.
Anomalanthus
tumidus, 44.
Anomia
ephippium, 142.
patelliformis, 142.
Anoplocnemis
curvipes, 461.
Anser
brachyrhynchus, 176.
Anthocaris
etrida, 510.
nouna, 491.
Anthophila
bulla, 518, 529.
zamia, 518, 529.
Anthopsyche
epigone, 490.
Anthus
bogotensis, 285.
cervinus, 206.
spinoletta, 206.
Antilope
tendal, 48.
Apamea
natalensis, 228.
Aphngeus
acamas, 507.
Aporodes
meleagrisalis, 524.
Arca
antiquata, 145.
Srielei, 143.
lactea, 143.
noe, 143.
nodulosa, var. scabra,
148.
tetragona, 143.
Archetypus
castaneus, 217, 219.
rugosus, 213.
Arctictis ;
binturong, 179.
Arctocephalus
cinereus, 188, 190, 19],
196.
Ardea
sumatrana, 434.
Artamides
unimodus, 432.
INDEX.
Artamus
leucogaster, 427, 428,
432, 578.
musschenbroecki, 427,
432, 577, 578.
Artaxa
pygmed, 515.
Arvicola
arvalis, 97.
incertus, 100.
subterraneus, 97.
Asinus
teniopus, 541, 542.
Aspongopus
piduaa, AB,
Assiminea
gallica, 128, 129.
obeliscus, 128.
Astarte
sulcata, 145.
Asterias
dorsata, 77.
glacialis, 70.
lincki, 71.
nodosa, 70, 77.
reticulata, 78.
stellata, 77.
Astur
albiventris, 431, 577.
Astura
elevalis, 325.
Atella
eurytis, 222.
phalanta, 505.
Aterica
meleagris, 223.
Athoracophorus
bitentaculatus, 263.
virgatus, 263, 281.
Atretia
gnomon, 142.
Atticora
murina, 287.
Aulacorhamphus
hematopygius, 308.
Auricula
acicula, 362.
costellata, 359.
Automolus
holostictus, 299.
striatidorsus, 299,
ignobilis, 300.
Avahis
laniger, 398.
Axinus
croulinensis, 144,
cycladius, 144.
ferruginosus, 144,
Jlexuosus, var. polygona,
144
subovatus, 144,
Azanus
amarah, 483.
sigillata, 483.
ubaldus, 483.
zena, 483, 507.
Azazia
rubicans, 522.
Azeta
mirzah, 324.
Babirussa
alfurus, 55.
Balzniceps
rex, 543.
Balcis
arcuata, 367.
Balea
tristensis, 279.
ventricosa, 278.
(Lristania) tristensis,
279.
(—) ventricosa, 278.
Balistes
capriscus, 478.
Barleeia
rubra, 129.
Basileuterus
coronatus, 286.
fraseri, 286.
nigricristatus, 286.
tristriatus, 286.
Basiothea
idricus, 494.
Bathynomus
giganteus, 339.
Batissa
tenebrosa, 270.
Batocera
rubus, 218,
Baza ;
subcristata, 426, 481.
Beleonis
boguensis, 492.
elisa, 492.
Johanne, 492.
leucogyne, 492.
lordaca, 491.
severina, 492.
Bendis .
poaphiloides, 323.
Bibos
Jrontalis, 400.
Bison :
americanus, 400.
Bithynia
rubens, 129.
Blennius
lamprete-formis, 446.
Becula
cupentina, 322.
Bolina
bistriga, 323.
fasciolaris, 328.
Bombinator
igneus, 422, 424.
Bos
indicus, 400.
Boselapbus
caama, 539.
.Bostrichus
@qualis, 215, 219.
Botaurus
stellaris, 552.
Botys
abstrusalis, 525,
agavealis, 325.
albidalis, 501.
campalis, 325.
catalaunalis, 501,
ewrytalis, 325.
graphitalis, 326.
incalis, 325.
ispasalis, 525.
nitetisalis, 501.
adipodalis, 325, 525,
togatis, 325.
venosalis, 501.
Bourcieria
fulgidigula, 304.
Brachylia
acronyctotdes, 515.
Bradymerus
sp., 216.
Buarremon
assimilis, 291.
brunneinuchus, 292.
inornatus, 291,
Bubo
leucostictus, 561.
maculosus, 560, 561.
nigrescens, 309.
shellyi, 561.
(Huhua) orientalis, 558.
Budorcas
taxicolor, 477.
Bufo
concolor, 424.
crucigera, 424,
lineata, 424.
maculata, 424.
melanostictus, 476.
viridis, 422, 424.
vulgaris, 422, 424.
Bulimulus
exilis, 277.
Bulimus
tarnerianus, 276.
ventrosus, 277.
(Borus) rosaceus, 280.
(Canistrum) feulgetrum,
260..,
INDEX.
Bulimus
(Oorona) melanostoma,
280.
(Leptomerus) denwissi-
mus, 280.
(Orthostylus) fawnus,
260.
Buthus
ceruleus, 207.
Byssudes
argentata, 324.
Byturna
digramma, 522.
Cacatua
philippinarum, 251.
sanguinea, 431,
Cadulus
cylindratus, 147.
gracilis, 147,
Jetfreysi, 148.
olivi, 147.
propinquus, 147.
subfusiformis, 147.
twmidosus, 148,
Callianassa
madagassa, 15.
martensi, 10, 18, 15,
17.
mauritiana, 15, 17.
parisiensis, 15.
tridentata, 18, 14.
Callidryas
argante, 317.
eubule, 317.
Jlorella, 226.
hyblea, 487.
pyrene, 226.
thisorella, 511,
trite, 317.
(Catopsilia) jlorella,
486,
Calliste
aurulenta, 288.
lunigera, 289,
nigroviridis, 289.
ruficervix, 288.
venusta, 289.
Callithrix
gigot, 6, '7, 8, 9.
moloch, 7,
Callopistria
exotica, 496.
yerburtt, 496,
Callosune
evippe, 226.
Calornis
cirewmseripta, 429, 430,
433, 577, 579.
crassa, 433.
627
Calornis
gularis, 429, 480, 433,
579.
inornata, 579.
metallica, 429, 480,
433, 579.
purpurascens, 430.
purpureiceps, 480,
579.
viridescens, 430.
Caimpephilus
pollens, 307.
selateri, 307.
Campylorhynchus
balteatus, 282.
Cancer
niger, 11.
Capra
egagrus, 326.
meyaceros, 46.
Capreolus
caprea, 152,
Capromys
brachyurus, 284, 285,
236.
melanurus, 233, 284,
235, 236, 247, 250.
pilorides, 284, 235,
236, 338, 247, 250.
prehensilis, 234, 235,
236.
Caradrina
insignata, 516.
sabulosa, 516, 529.
venosa, 516.
Cardita
aculeata, 145.
Cardium
aculeatum, 145,
Ffasciatwm, 145,
papillosum, 145,
Oarenochrous
comptus, 292.
leucopterus, 292,
spodionotus, 292,
Carpophaga
concinna, 433,
rosacea, 433,
Cataclysta
principalis, 325,
Catamblyrhynehus
diadema, 293.
Catamenia
analoides, 293.
homochroa, 293,
inornata, 293.
Catascopus
amenus, 218,
Catharus
dryas, 283,
Suscater, 288,
628
Catochrysops
asopus, 483.
ella, 506.
enejus, 506.
contracta, 506.
Catopsilia
aleurona, 485, 486,
487.
erocale, 511.
florella, 485, 486, 487.
gnoma, 486.
hyblea, 487.
philippina, 511.
pyranthe, 511.
pyrene, 485, 486, 487.
rufo-sparsa, 485, 486.
thisorella, 511.
Celcena
sp. ?, 323.
inclinata, 323.
semifurca, 328.
tepens, 323.
Cephalopterus
penduliger, 282, 298.
Cephanodes
hylas, 514.
Ceratobatrachus, un. g¢.,
212.
guentheri, 212.
Cerchneis
moluccensis, 431.
Cercolabes
prehensilis, 237.
Cercopithecus
erythrotis, 176.
martini, 176.
petaurista, 176.
Ceriornis
blythi, 477.
Certhia
spilonota, 415,
Cervus
mexicamus, 4.
sika, 209.
Chabora
undulifera, 324,
Cherocampa
celeris, 494, 513.
elpenor, 514,
nessus, 514.
oldenlandie, 514.
tersa, 321.
Cheetocercus
bombus, 306.
Chalciope
deltifora, 229.
Chalcophaps
chrysochlora, 433.
Chamepetes
goudoti, 282, 312.
tschudii, 312.
INDEX.
Charadrius
Sulwus, 483.
Charaxes
epijasius, 223.
Chelys
matamata, 206.
Chemnitzia
areolata, 354.
costaria, 357.
densicostata, 356.
gracilis, 359.
gulsone, 344.
aived, 307.
obliquata, 358.
pallida, 357.
pusilla, 358.
terebellum, 353.
Chen
cerulescens, 476.
Chilades
putli, 507.
Chilina
patagonica, 281,
Chiton
alveolus, 148.
Chloridea
rhexi@, 325.
Chlorodius
niger, 10, 11.
rufescens, 11.
Chloronerpes
fumigatus, 282, 307.
matherbii, 307.
Chlorospingus
melanotis, 291.
nigrifrons, 220.
ochraceus, 291.
pheocephalus, 290.
Chlorostilbon
melanorhynchum, 306.
Chrysomitris
capitalis, 294, 313.
icterica, 313.
olivacea, 318.
siemiradzkti, 282,
313
Chrysotis
erythrura, 562.
Ciconia
nigra, 552.
Cidaria
sp. ?, 324.
Cigaritis
amine, 224.
Cimex
marginella, 459.
(Afrius) purpureus,
459.
Cingula
aculeus, 128.
arenaria, 124.
Cioniscus
gracilis, 341.
unicus, 341.
striatus, 342.
Circe
minima, 145.
Circulus
striatus, 359.
Cirreedia
edentata, 497.
variolosa, 497.
Cistothorus
brunneiceps, 285.
Cithna
carinata, 149.
tenella, 149.
—, var. costulata, 149.
Colzenis
cillene, 315.
Colias
pyrene, 226, 487.
Colius
erythromelon, 475.
nigricollis, 530.
Collocalia
Suciphaga, 532.
Coluber
constrictor, 475.
Columba
albilinea, 311.
Composia
subcyanea, 322.
Compsocoma
sumptuosa cyanoptera,
289.
Conilera
cylindracea, 44.
Conirostrum
albifrons, 288.
atrocyaneum, 288.
frasert, 288.
Contopus
ardesiacus, 297.
richardsoni, 297.
Coptops
fusca, 219.
Ooracopsis
vasa, 410, 562.
Corbicula
minor, 272.
Cornufer
guppyt, 211.
solomonis, 212.
Oorvus
capellanus, 475.
latirostris, 580.
orru, 580.
validissimus, 483, 577,
580.
Corydalis
asiatica, 110.
Cosmophila
auragoides, 497.
indica, 497.
xanthindyma, 497.
Cosmosoma
auge, 322.
Cotylophus, 154.
Cotylopus
parvipinnis, 170.
Crambus
sp. ?, 326.
decolorellus, 528.
zonellus, 528, 529.
Crania
anomala, 142.
Crateropus
melodus, 232.
Crypturus
transfasciatus, 282,
312.
Cucuma
leucogaster, 431.
(Haliaetus) lewcogaster,
426.
Cucumaria
Frondosa, 254,
niger, 373.
Curruca
abyssinica, 231.
Cyanocitta
turcosa, 294.
Cyanocorax
turcosa, 283.
Cyclostoma
infans, 266, 281.
pygmeum, 266.
Cyclostrema
bithynoides, 148.
spheroides, 148.
trochoides, 148.
Cyclotus
potriertt, 266.
Cydosia
nobililella, 326.
ygnus
nigricollis, 390.
Cyligramma
latona, 498.
Cynanthus
cyanurus, 282.
— celestis, 305.
Cyphogastra
ga Aes 218,
215.
splendens, 213, 215,
219.
Dacrydium
vitreum, 143.
Dalsira
affinis, 461.
INDEX,
Dalsira
modesta, 461.
Damalis
capensis, 48.
Danais
alcippus, 220.
chrysippus, 220.
plexippus, 315.
Daphnis
nerii, 494, 513.
Dasychira
erausis, 228, 229.
gentilis, 228.
Dasyurus
maculatus, 407.
Decipula
ovata, 144,
Deilephila
livornica, 494, 5138.
Deiopeia
lotrix, 514.
ornatrizx, 322.
pulchella, 227, 495, 514.
thyter, 515.
Demigretta
sacra, 484.
Dendrocolaptes
validus, 301.
Dendrocygna
guitata, 434.
Dendreeca
blackburnie, 286.
Dendrolagus
lumholizi, 387, 388,
407, 408.
Dentalium
abyssorwm, 147.
agile, 147.
candidum, 147.
capillosum, 147.
dentalis, 147.
entalis, 147.
Jjilum, 147.
panormitanum, 147.
striolatum, 147.
Desmia
sp. inc., 229
afflictalis, 500.
Deudorix
sp. ?, 225.
livia, 485.
Diademia
anthedon, 223.
bolina, 223, 316.
misippus, 222.
Diapheetes, n. g., 213.
rugosus, 213, 214, 219.
Diasemia
geometralis, 524,
Diatomocephala
pachymera, 217.
629
Diceum
fulgidum, 432.
Dicruropsis
bracteata, 577.
bracteatus, 432.
Didonis
biblis, 316.
Diglossa
albilateralis, 287.
aterrima, 287.
personata, 287.
Dilophonota
ello, 521.
meriane, 321.
Dinornis
elephantopus, 176.
Diphlogena
hesperus, 303.
Dipodillus
campestris, 97.
simont, 97, 100, 102,
103, 104, 105, 106,
109.
Dipsas
antalus, 485.
Dipus
egyptius, 101.
gerbillus, 88.
hirtipes, 101.
indicus, 88.
Discina
atlantica, 142.
Discoglossus
ocellata, 424.
pictus, 422, 424.
sardus, 422, 424.
vittata, 424.
Docimastes
ensiferus schliephackei,
Drepanorhynchus
reichenowi, 556.
Drymophila
abyssinica, 231.
Dubusia
teniata, 289.
Dynomene
hispida, 10, 18.
predator, 13.
Dysdercus
superstitiosus, 461.
Dysithamnus
semicinereus, 302.
unicolor, 301.
Harias
Srondosana, 528.
tristrigosa, 528.
Ebulea
catalaunalis,
525.
501,
630
Hehinanthus
tumidus, 40.
Hehinolampas
depressa, +3.
testudinarius, 41, 42.
Eclectus
riedeliz, 451.
Hepantheria
eridane, 322.
Hglisia
macandree, 364.
Hlainea
albiceps, 296.
griseigularis, 296.
modesta, 296.
Hlaphis
quadrivirgata, 475,
Emarginula
multistriata, 148.
Ennychia
arabica, 500.
Enyo
lugubris, 321.
Hos
reticulata, 431.
Hphyrodes
postica, 323.
Hpimecia
enigma, 229.
Eypione
sp. ?, 324.
Equus
africanus, 542.
asinus, 541, 542.
— africanus, 542.
— somalicus, 476, 540,
542.
teniopus, 541.
Erastria
futilis, 517, 529.
scitula, 517.
stigmatula, 495.
Hrebus
odora, 323.
Hreta
tipulalis, 325.
Erethizon
dorsatus, 287, 248,
250.
Hrinaceus
albiventris, 402, 403.
diadematus, 402, 403
europeus, 402.
Hriocnemis
luciani, 303.
Eronia
arabica, 493.
buquetii, var. arabica,
492.
capensis, 493.
mosambicensis, 498.
INDEX.
Hrosia
sp. ?, 324.
hyperbolica, 528, 529.
Erythiina
indica, 5138.
Erythrura
trichroa, 433.
Estheria
melitensis, 251.
Eucereon
imriei, 320, 322.
Euchromia
polymend, O14.
Hudamus
santiago, 318.
Hudioptis
indica, 501.
Eulima
abbreviata, 370, 372.
bilineata, 365, 866.
brevis, 368.
bulimus, 349.
chaunax, 369.
cingulata, 117.
distorta, 367, 368,
369.
—, var. gracilis, 367.
elegantissima, 358.
Susco-apicata, 369, 370,
372.
glabella, 368.
glabra, 367, 371, 372.
hians, 369.
intermedia, 366.
” jeffreysiana, 366.
lineata, 366.
minuta, 370, 372.
monodon, 347.
nitida, 367.
obtusa, 370, 371, 372.
petitiana, 368.
philippii, 367.
piriformis, 369, 372.
—, var. bizonata, 369.
polita, 358, 366, 367.
solida, 368, 372.
stalioi, 368, 371, 372.
stenostoma, 371.
subulata, 365, 866.
—, var. nana, 365.
—, var. pallidula, 365.
subumbilicata, 370,
372.
wnifasciata, 351.
EKulimella
compactilis, 362.
gracilis, 363.
smithit, 351.
Euotaria
cinerea, 196.
schisthyperdes, 194.
Huphonia
nigricollis, 288.
saturata, 288.
aanthogastra, 288.
Euplea
dorippus, 481, 504.
Huproctus
montanus, 422, 423.
rusconit, 422.
Hurynorhynehus
pygmeus, 410.
Hurystomus
pacificus, 426, 433.
Eutelia
discistriga, 497.
Huthisanotia
timais, 322,
Falco
sparverius, 45.
Felis
lanea, 476.
Fidonia
albofascia, 527, 529.
Formicivora
caloptera, 295.
caudata, 302.
Francolinus
kirki, 389.
rubricollis, 389.
Gallinago
nobilis, 313.
Gazella
cuviert, 588,
dama, 542.
seemmerring?, 542,
spekit, 538, 540.
walleri, 5389, 540, 541,
542.
Gegania
pinguis, 365.
Gegenes
karsana, 493.
Geocichla
sp. ine., 439.
machiki, 426, 433.
Geoffroius
aruensis, 578.
_ keiensis, 426, 427, 481,
578.
timorlaoensis, 427, 431,
577, 578.
Geopelia
mauger, 433.
Geothlypis
semiflava, 287.
Geotrygon
bourciert, 312.
Gerbillus
erythrurus, 88.
getulus, 88.
Gerygone
dorsalis, 482
Glyphodes
sibillalis, 325.
wnivocalis, 525.
Glyphorhynchus
cuneatus castelnaudi,
800,
Gnathocera
afeeli, 405, 406.
sericinitens, 405.
Gobius
lagocephalus, 161.
plumieri, 156.
Godara
comalis, 525.
ineomalis, 525.
Gomalia
albofasciata, 513.
litoralis, 513, 529.
Gomena
subnotata, 515.
niaster
obtusangulus, 62.
Goniloba
mercurius, 318.
Gonitis
fractifera, 497, 498.
involuta, 519.
propingua, 497.
subulifera, 497.
Gonodactylus
bradyi, 16, 17.
trachurus, 10, 16, 17.
Gonodonta
nutrix, 323.
teretimacula, 323.
Grallaria
monticola, 302.
regulus, 302.
ruficapilla, 302.
rufula, 303.
Grammodes
ammonia, 521.
stolida, 498, 521.
Graucalus
melanops, 432.
unimodus, 452.
Gymnura
rafflesii, 237.
Haliaetus
leucogaster, 431.
pelagicus, 409.
Haliastur
girrenera, 431.
indus, 536.
INDEX
Hamanumida
dedalus, 223.
Hamodes
aurantica, 520.
Hapalemur
griseus, 391, 392, 393,
394, 396, 399.
olivaceus, 391.
simus, 391, 392, 394,
399.
Helicarion
cuvierti, 272.
Sreycineti, 272.
robustus, 272.
Helicinia
beryllina, 270.
converd, 277.
fulgora, 271.
ide, 261.
modesta, 267.
musiva, 271.
ponsonbyt, 266, 281.
subfusca, 277.
sublevigata, 268.
tectiformis, 270.
Heliconia
charithonia, 314.
| Heliochera
rubrocristata, 298.
Heliodoxa
Jjamesoni, 304.
Heliomaster
albicrissa, 282.
Heliothis
armigera, 323, 496, 518,
520
peltigera, 518.
Heliothrix
barroti, 282.
Heliotrypha
viola, 3035.
Helix
adansoni, 276.
advena, 276.
afra, 276.
apia, 271.
apicina, 276.
arenaria, 124, 852.
aspersa, 276.
bermudensis, 277.
bipartita, 272.
bollei, 276.
circumfirmaia, 277.
circumsessa, 276.
coma, 274, 275.
conula, 271.
cressida, 271.
eddystonensis, 264.
essellata, 279.
eucharis, 264.
eurydice, 271.
631
| Helix
eustoma, 265.
fortunata, 276.
glabriuscula, 274,
helicinoides, 264.
lactea, 276.
lancerottensis, 276,
lenticula, 276.
lineata, 276.
malleata, 276.
microdonta, 277.
nove-hibernie, 265.
pavida, 276.
phalerata, 276.
resupinata, 348,
swainsont, 271.
tessellata, 280, -
vortex, 277.
zelandie, 274.
(Albersia) zonulata,
260.
(Amphidoxa) marmo-
rella, 280.
(Cameena) sanziana,
260.
(Chloritis) dentrecas-
teauxi, 265, 281.
(Fruticicola) similaris,
(Geotrochus) gerine-
riana, 260.
(— pe uaiAaatsi 264,
(— s\ ieee 263,
281.
—) pileus, 260,
(rapobelinus) sarct-
nosa, 260,
(Hemiplecta) cartereti,
265, 281.
Gy finfrastriata, 264,
(atin exulata, 278,
281.
(Patula) gradata, 271.
(—) hookeri, 277.
(—) stokesi, 275, 281.
(Philina) bigonia, 260,
(Planispira) tortilabia,
260.
(—) zonaria, 260,
(Stepsanoda) quadrata,
se selkirki, 279,
(Thalsecia) traversi,
274, 281.
(Trochomorpha) lati-
ey nat 270, 271,
281
(Xesta) pfeifferi, 270.
632
Heloderma
suspectum, 475.
Henicorhina
hilaris, 284.
leucophrys, 284.
prostheleuca, 284.
Herodias
alba, 434.
torra, 434,
Herpestes
maccarthie, 1'76.
Hesperia
amyntas, 319,
anchises, 493.
bevani, 512.
bibulus, 224.
borbonica, 227.
enejus, 506.
galba, 512.
hippocrates, 223.
karsana, 493, 512.
mathias, 493, 512.
ocola, 319.
plinius, 506.
syricatus, 319.
theophrastus, 484.
Hesperomys
albigularis, 448, 450,
452.
angouya, 448.
eT, 456.
aztecus, 449.
bicolor, 448.
bimaculatus, 449, 451,
454, 455, 458.
—, var. lepidus, 448,
458.
boliviensis, 449.
californicus, 449.
caliginosus, 456.
cinereus, 449, 450,
458
darwini, 449.
elegans, 449, 455.
galapagoensis, 448,
gracilipes, 449, 455.
griseoflavus, 449.
hispidus, 450.
laticeps, 452, 453,
458.
—, var. nitidus, 448,
452.
latimanus, 448, 450,
451, 452, 458.
leucodactylus, 448, 452,
458.
leucogaster, 449,
leucopus, 449.
longicaudatus, 448.
longipilis, 450.
megalonyx, 456.
INDEX.
Hesperomys
nasutus, 450.
obseurus, 456.
olivaceus, 450, 456.
palustris, 234, 448.
pilorides, 450.
pyrrhorhinus, 448,
450.
rufus, 450.
scalops, 450, 456, 458.
spinosus, 448, 458.
sumichrasti, 448.
taczanowskii, 449, 450.
tomentosus, 449.
torridus, 449.
twmidus, 449.
vulpinoides, 452.
axanthopygus, 449, 458.
xanthorhinus, 450,
57.
(Calomys) démaculatus,
454
(—) lepidus, 454.
(Habrothrix) caligi-
nosus, 456.
(—) olivaceus, 456.
(—) scalops, 455.
(—) wanthorhinus, 457.
(Oryzomys) galapa-
goensis, 458,
(—) laticeps, 452.
(—) longicaudatus,
453.
(—) spinosus, 453.
(Rhipidomys) lewco-
dactylus, 451.
(Vesperimus) cinereus,
455.
Heteranax
mundus, 432.
Heterochroma
leucographa, 500.
Hipparchia
asterope, 481.
Hirundo
cinerea, 287.
javanica, 426, 433.
rustica, 536.
Holochilus
(Nectomys) apicalis,
451.
Holothuria
intestinalis, 8367, 565.
nigra, 372, 373, 374,
375, 376, 563, 564,
565.
polt, 565.
tubulosa, 565.
Homalogyra
densicostata, 129,
rota, 180.
Homo
sapiens, 533.
Homoptera
sp. ?, 323.
exhausta, 323.
Suliginosa, 328.
lunata, 323.
terrosa, 323.
vetusta, 520.
Hoplocephalus
par, 210.
Horonotus
deilophus, 214.
Huhua
cinerascens, 560, 561.
lactea, 560.
nipalensis, 558, 559,
560.
orientalis, 560.
pectoralis, 558, 559.
poensis, 560.
shelly?, 561.
verreauai, 560.
Hydrillodes
insignis, 500.
Hydrobia
auberiana, 277.
barleei, 128.
compacta, 128, 149.
subumbilicata, 128.
ulve, 128, 129.
ventrosa, 124, 129,
Hydrocampa
tenera, 524,
Hydrocherus
capybara, 252.
la
y
arborea, 422, 424.
—, subsp. savignyz,
422.
Suscomaculata, 424.
intermedia, 424.
savignyi, 424,
Hylophilus
aurantiifrons, 318.
minor, 313.
Hylypsornis
salvadorii, 416, 417.
Hymenia
Jascialis, 229, 325, 500
524.
Hymenolemus
malacorhynchus, 389.
Hypanis
ilithyia, 222, 483.
ena
yssinialis, 499.
conscitalis, 229.
echeonalis, 229,
Jussalis, 499.
obacerralis, 499, 500.
Hyperoodon
latifrons, 206.
rostratus, 206.
Hyperythra
phantasma, 520.
swinhoet, 526.
Hypochroma
dispensata, 526.
pseudo-terpnaria, 526.
Hypolais
icterina, 477.
Hypolimnas
alcippoides, 482.
bolina, 505.
misippus, 222, 481, 482,
505.
Hypotia
rubella, 523, 529.
vafera, 523, 529.
vulgaris, 523.
Hypoxanthus
equatorialis, 307.
brevirostris, 307.
rivoltt, 307.
— brevirostris, 307.
Hystrix
cristata, 237.
Idea
actuaria, 527.
distracta, 526.
inductata, 527.
invalida, 527.
jacta, 526, 529.
remotata, 526.
Idmais
miriam, 488.
Hattia
cephusalis, 516.
Todis
sp. ?, d24.
indeclararia, 324.
Iphitus
sp., 149.
Ismene
alexis, 512.
anchisis, 493.
chromus, 512.
Isocardia
cor, 145.
Jarasana
lativitta, 517.
Juliamyia
feliciana, 306.
Junonia
almana, 505,
asterie, 505.
cenia, 316.
cebrene, 482.
INDEX.
Junonia
clelia, 222, 482.
crebrene, 482.
here, 482.
hierta, 505.
lemonias, 505.
orithyia, 482, 505.
Lacerta
agilis, 420, 421, 570,
5
3.
ocellata, 418, 419, 420.
—— pater, 419.
pater, 419, 420.
schreiberi, 418, 419, 420.
viridis, 418, 419, 420.
— typus, 419.
—, var. gadovii, 421.
Lafresnaya
gayi, 803.
Lagenocetus
latifrons, 206.
Lagoptera
magica, 520.
Lagopus
scoticus, 45.
Lalage
mesta, 432.
Lampides
contracta, 506.
kandarpa, 506.
Lampropygia
wilsoni, 304.
Laniarius
hypopyrrhus, 54.
lagdent, 54.
poliocephalus, 5+.
Laphygma
caradrinoides, 495.
exigua, 516.
Larus
atricilla, 150.
philadelphia, 150.
Laseea
pumila, 144.
Latia
neritoides, 274.
Leda
arctica, 143.
fragilis, 143.
insculpta,var. levis, 144.
Jeffreysi, 144.
messanensis, 148.
micrometrica, 144.
minima, 144.
minuta, 148.
pusio, 145.
striolata, 148.
subequilatera, 144.
Leiostraca
jebfreysiana, 366, 372.
633
Lemur
catta, 398, 399.
mayottensis, 397.
Lentipes, 170.
concolor, 171.
seminudus, 171, 172.
Lepetella
tubicola, 148.
Lepidodactylus
guppy, 210.
Leptaulax
timortensis, 214.
Leptopoma
melanostoma, 261.
vitreum, 261.
Leptoptila
verreauxt, 311.
Leptoptilus
argala, 551.
Leptosquilla
schmeltzii, 10, 16.
Lesbia
amaryllis, 305.
gouldi gracilis, 305.
Leucania
antica, 322.
extranea, 495.
loreyi, 516.
Leucinodes
orbonalis, 524.
Leucosia
Sugax, 13.
Lima
excavata, 143.
gigantea, 143.
hians, var. tenera, 143.
loscombii, 148.
sarsit, 143.
subovata, 1438.
Limax
canariensis, 276, 278.
capensis, 276.
flavus, 272.
gagates, 276, 278, 279,
281.
Limnza
pyrifera, 593.
Limnas
sp., 481.
alcippotdes, 478.
alcippus, 478, 479, 480,
481, 482, 504.
chrysippus, 478, 479,
480, 481, 482, 486,
504, 505.
dorippus, 478, 480, 481,
482, 504, 505.
inaria, 482.
Limopsis
aurita, 144.
cristata, 144,
634
Limopsis
minuta, 144.
Liomera
pubescens, 10.
Lioptilus
abyssinicus, 231,
galinieri, 232.
nigricapillus, 231.
olivascens, 231, 232.
Liostomia
eburnea, 345.
Lissocarcinus
orbicularis, 10, 12.
Lithodes
maia, 329.
Lobivanellus
miles, 433.
Locris
rubra, 461.
Lophotriccus
squamicristatus, 296.
Lophura
nana, 494.
Loris
gracilis, 398, 399.
Lucia
delagorguet, 224.
Lucina
borealis, 144.
spinifera, 144.
Lumpenus
lampetreformis, 446.
lampetriformis, 445,
446.
Lurocalis
rufiventris, 306.
Lycena
acamas, 507.
asopus, 483.
cassius, 317.
delegorguet, 224.
gaika, 484.
hanno, 316.
hippocrates, 223.
kandarpa, 506.
knysna, 224.
lingens, 224.
nara, 506.
parva, 484.
princeps, 224.
pulcher, 483.
puichra, 224.
pulti, 507.
pygmed, 507.
theophrastus, 484,
trochilus, 484.
zena, 483, 507.
Lyczenesthes
princeps, 224,
Lyonsia
formosa, 146.
INDEX,
Macaria
acidaliata, 324.
equiferaria, 324.
enotata, 324.
Machirhamphus
alcinus, 536.
Macroglossa
stellatarum, 514.
Macropygias
sp. ine., 435.
keiensis, 433.
Magulaba
meestalis, 499.
Malletia
cuneata, 144.
obtusa, 144.
Mamestra
dubitans, 495.
opposita, 495.
Mareca
capensis, 174.
Margarornia
jurusalis, 325.
transvisalis, 501.
Margarornis
brunnescens, 300.
perlata, 300.
squamigera, 300.
Marimatha
lactea, 522, 529.
Mathilda
quadricarinata, 364,
372.
Mecocerculus
calopterus, 295.
pecilocercus, 295.
stictopterus, 295.
Mecyna
deprivalis, 501.
Megalobatrachus
maximus, 251.
Megalomastoma
antillarum, 277.
Megapodius
tenimberensis, 433.
Megerlia
truncata, 142.
Melampus
gundlachi, 277.
Melanchroia
cephise, 322. ~
Melania
sp. ?, 262.
acicula, 362.
e@rea, 262.
apiensis, 269, 270, 281.
arthurii, 267.
balonnensis, 272.
campanille, 357.
christobalensis, 262.
distorta, 367.
Melania
Jigurata, 269.
inhonesta, 271.
lancea, 272.
mauiensis, 275.
newcombit, 275.
nitida, 367.
ordinaria, 270, 281.
rufa, 356.
scalaris, 355.
scille, 361.
scipio, 269.
sobria, 261.
turbans, 269, 270, 281.
Melanitis
ismene, 481, 504.
leda, 504,
Mella
yerburti, 502.
zinckenella, 502, 529.
Menaethius
monoceros, 10.
Meriones
crassus, 99.
erythrurus, 88, 89, 90,
91, 92, 93, 94°95,
96, 97, 98, 99.
longifrons, 88, 89, 90,
91, 92, 93, 94, 95,
96, 97, 98, 99, 102,
103, 104, 106, 107,
108, 109.
opimus, 89.
shawi, 89, 91, 92, 93,
94, 95, 98, 99, 100,
101, 102, 108, 104,
105, 107, 108, 109.
Mesalia
brevialis, 181, 132.
plicata, 132.
striata, 1382.
suleata, 132.
suturalis, 131.
Metallura
tyrianthina, 305.
—- quitensis, 305.
Metriopelia
melanoptera, 311.
Micra
sp. ? 323.
balux, 519, 529.
- chalybea, 518, 529.
derogata, 518.
Suria, 519, 529,
Micrastur
guerilla, 310, 311.
pelzelni, 311.
Microcheta
rappi, 478.
Micreca
hemixantha, 432.
Microsicydium, 154.
gymnauchen, 163.
Mimeta
decipiens, 432.
Miniopterus
australis, 53.
blepotis, 53.
schreibersi, 53.
—, var. blepotis, 53.
tristis, 53, 54.
Mionectes
striaticollis, 296,
Modiolaria
nigra, 143.
Molleria
costulata, 148.
levigata, 148.
Monachus
albiventer, 251.
Monarcha
castus, 432.
mundus, 432.
nitidus, 432.
Munia
molucca, 433.
Mus
decumanus, 100,
101.
musculus, 100, 104,
tamaricinus, 88.
Muscicapa
cerulescens, 55d.
einerascens, 5D).
fuscula, 230.
johnstoni, 555.
minima, 230.
minuta, 230.
Muscisaxicola
maculirostris, 295.
Mya
truncata, 146.
Myana
atromacula, 528, 529.
sopora, 522, 529,
Mycalesis
desolata, 220,
doleta, 220.
resaces, 220.
vulgaris, 220.
Myiagra
fulviventris, 432.
Myiarchus
nigriceps, 297.
Myiobius
erypterythrus, 297.
flavicans, 297.
stellatus, 282, 297.
Myiodynastes
chrysocephalus, 296.
Mylothris
hemithea, 317.
INDEX.
Myra
fugax, 10, 13.
subyranulata, 13.
Myrina
nomenia, 224,
Myristicivora
bicolor, 433.
Myrmia
micrura, 282.
Myrmotherula
menetriesi, 302.
Myrtis
fanny, 306.
Myzomela
annahelle, 432.
wakoloensis, 429.
Nanina
citrina, 259.
perpolita, 271.
tongana, 271.
Natica
montacutt, 122.
Navicella
bougainvillet, 270.
Sreycineti, 270.
macrocephala, 270.
Nera
circinata, 146.
contracta, 146.
curta, 146.
cuspidata, 146.
depressa, 146.
gracilis, 146.
lamellifera, 146.
lamellosa, 146,
limatula, 146,
rostrata, 146.
ruginosa, 146.
semistrigosa, 146.
striata, 146.
subtorta, 146.
Neetarinia
famosa, 556.
kilimensis, 555, 556.
reichenowt, 556.
tacazze, 555, 556.
Nemophas
forbesit, 213, 218, 219.
grayit, 218,
Nemoria
frequens, 526.
pruinosa, 526.
Nemosia
ornata, 290.
Nepheronia
arabica, 492.
Neptis
agatha, 223.
melicerta, 228,
Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1884, No. XLIII.
635
Neptunus
sanguinolentus, 10.
Nerita
cariosa, 275.
mauritii, 275.
Neritina
brevispina, 262.
cariosa, 275.
cornea, 262, 267.
poreata, 270.
prichardi, 270.
rubida, 270.
sandalina, 270.
siderea, 270.
smithii, 275.
souverbiana, 272, 274.
variegata, 262, 270,
wallisianum, 262.
Nettapus
pulchellus, 434.
Nidorellia
armata, 63, 79.
michelini, 79, 81.
Ninox
Sorbesi, 481.
Noctua
frugalis, 499.
stolida, 498.
Noorda
blitealis, 501.
Nothoprocta
curvirostris, 312.
Nucula
egeensis, 144.
corbuloides, 144.
suleata, 144.
tumidula, 144.
Numenius
variegatus, 433.
Numida
vulturina, 477.
Nycticebus
tardigradus, 399.
Nycticorax
caledonicus, 434.
griseus, 2.
Nyctidromus
albicollis, 306.
Nyctinomus
albidus, 50, 51,
australis, 50, 51.
brasiliensis, 49.
norfolcensis, 49.
petersi, 49.
plicatus, 51, 532,
Nymphula
interpunctalis, 525,
Obeliscus
sufarcinatus, 368.
tinctus, 363.
43
636
Ochthodizta
Sumigatus, 294.
Ochtheeca
Sumicolor, 295.
gratiosa, 295.
lessoni, 295.
Octodon
cumingii, 237.
Odontophorus
erythrops, 282.
Odontostoma
plicatum, 349.
sicula, 347.
Odostomia
acicula, 362.
—, var. ventricosa, 368.
acuta, 347.
acuticostata, 359, 372.
albella, 348.
attenuata, 860, 872.
clathrata, 355.
clavula, 345.
compactilis, 362.
compressa, 360, 361,
372.
coneinna, 850,
conoidea, 347, 348, 350,
364.
conspicua, 350.
costaria, 350.
crassa, 350, 372.
decussata, 124, 352.
delicata, 359.
densicostata, 356.
diaphana, 349.
edwardi, 348.
electa, 345.
emaciata, 353.
erjaveciana, 349.
excavata, 352.
eximia, 852.
flexuosa, 355, 372.
fulgidula, 359, 372.
fulvo-cincta, 356.
Susulus, 349.
humboldti, 352.
indistineta, 354, 855.
insculpta, 349.
interstincta, 358.
Jeffreysi, 353.
lactea, 857, 858, 359.
macella, 351.
magnifica, 357.
minuta, 351.
monterosatoi, 346.
moulinsiana, 353.
nagli, 347.
neglecta, 350.
nisoides, 343.
nitens, 349, 372.
novegradensis, 348.
INDEX.
Odostomia
pallida, 348.
paucistriata, 361, 372.
penchinati, 353.
pistilliformis, 345.
pistillus, 345.
plicata, 349.
prelonga, 350, 372,
pusilla, 358.
rissoides, 348.
rufa, 356.
scalaris, 348, 355, 356.
scille, 350, 361.
semicostata, 361, 372.
sigmoidea, 354, 372.
sinuosa, 358, 372.
sismonde, 347.
spiralis, 352.
striatula, 356.
suboblonga, 345.
suturalis, 358.
sylvestris, 353.
tenuis, 347, 350.
terebellum, 353.
tricincta, 351.
turriculata, 346.
turrita, 346.
unidentata, 346.
uwnifasciata, 851, 872.
ventricosa, 868.
vitrea, 349, 350.
(Hulimella) superflua,
362.
(Pyrgulina) xanodea,
304.
(Syrnola) minuta, 349.
Oligostigma
incommoda, 524.
Omphalotropis
variabilis, 271.
Onychoprion
anesthetus, 484.
Opatrum
sp., 216.
micans, 216.
Ophideres
apta, 323.
materna, 229, 498.
Ophiocardelus
australis, 272.
Ophiodes
seperans, 521.
tumidilinea, 521.
Ophiusa
anfractuosa, 499,
albivitta, 521.
narrans, 323.
Oreesia
sp. ?, 228,
allictens, 228.
vagabunda, 519, 529.
Oreaster
aculeatus, 62, 78.
affinis, 61, 64, 87.
alveolatus, 59, 61, 64,
0,
73, 80.
armatus, 59, 61, 64, 79,
8
0.
australis, 61, 64, 65.
carinatus, 62, 87.
chinensis, 62, 64, 68,
69, 70.
clavatus, 62, 77.
clouei, 62.
decipiens, 64, 69.
dorsatus, 62, 64, '77,
8
forcipulosus, 62, 64,
65
franklini, 62.
gigas, 62, 78.
gracilis, 62, 65, 80, 82,
8
2.
granulosus, 62, 64, 67,
80
grayi, 64, 83.
hedemanni, 62, 64, 71.
hiuleus, 62, 64, 71.
lapidarius, 62, 79.
lincki, 59, 62, 64, 70,
TV; (3787
luetheni, 64, 75.
mammillatus, 62, 64,
mammosus, 62.
michelini, 62.
muelleri, 64, 86.
muricatus, 62..
nodosus, 59, 62, 68, 64,
70, 73.
nodulosus, 59, 60, 62,
6
64, 66.
obtusangulus, 62.
obtusatus, 63.
occidentalis, 60, 61, 62,
4, 76
orientalis, 62, 65, 84,
85, 86.
productus, 64, 74, 87.
regulus, 62.
reinhardti, 62, 64, 74.
reticulatus, 62, 64, 75,
78, 84, 87.
sebe, 62.
superbus, 62, 65, 81.
troscheli, 64, 85.
tuberculatus, 62.
tuberosus, 78.
turritus, 62.
valvulatus, 62, 64, 67.
verrucosus, 62.
westermanni, 62, 65,81.
decipiens, 432.
Ornithion
sclateri, 296.
Ornithoscatoides, n. g.,
198
ceylonica, 201, 202,
203, 205.
decipions, 199, 200,
i, "202, 205.
tuberosa, 200, 205.
Orthorhamphus
magnirosiris, 433.
Orthorrhinus
letus, 217.
Orthosia
infrequens, 517, 529.
Oryctes
rhinoceros, 214.
Oryx
beisa, 48.
Ostinops
atrocastaneus, 294.
Otaria
albicollis, 194.
australis, 194.
cinerea, 188, 189, 190,
191, 192, 193, 194,
195.
Jorsteri, 196.
pusilla, 194, 475.
ursina, 195.
Othora
ae 595, 596.
karelini, 326, 327,529.
musimon, var. occiden-
-talis, 595.
—. var. orientalis, 595.
ophion, 594, 595, 596.
poli, 326, 327, 328, 329.
Pachnoda
marginata, 406.
—, var. aurata, 406.
Pachycephala
arctitorquis, 428, 429,
432, 578.
fusco-flava, 432.
kibirensis, 428, 429,
432.
riedelii, 428, 432, 578.
Pachydissus
holesericeus, 217.
Pachygastria
niris, 228, 229.
reducta, 228.
Pachylia
ficus, 521
INDEX.
Pachyrhamphus
versicolor, 298.
Pachyuromys
duprasi, 101, 104, 108.
Peedisca
decolorana, 528.
Palxolampas
crassa, 42.
Palindia
juneida, 323.
Paludina
benz, 119.
rubens, 129.
Pamphila
bevani, 512.
borbonica, 227.
bucephalus, 319, 320.
ethlius, 319.
hala, 319, 320.
karsana, 512.
mathias, 512.
ocola, 319.
phyleus, 319.
ravola, 320.
vitellius, 320.
Pandesma
devia, 520, 529.
Sugitiva, 519.
quenavadi, 498.
similata, 520.
Pandion
leucocephalus, 431.
Panopea
plicata, 147.
Panoplites
mathewsi, 304.
Papilio
agatha, 223.
agave, 317.
alcesta, 225.
alcippus, 220, 481,
504.
alexis, 512.
almana, 505.
anaphus, 319.
argante, 317.
asterie, 505.
beticus, 483, 505.
biblis, 316.
dbolina, 316, 505.
brigitta, 225.
cecilia, 221.
calais, 487.
calypso, 225,
cardui, 505.
cassius, 317.
chloris, 225.
chrysippus, 480, 504.
chromus, 512.
cillene, 315.
clelia, 229, 482.
637
crocale, 511.
dedalus, 223.
demoleus, 226.
egina, 221.
elorea, 224.
ethlius, 319.
eubule, 317.
evippe, 226.
Jfausta, 508.
jlorelia, 486.
genutia, 504.
hanno, 316.
hecabe, 507.
hierta, 505.
hippocoon, 226.
hippocrates, 223.
homerus, 314.
iatrophe, 316.
tlithya, 222, 483.
ismene, 504.
leda, 504.
lemonias, 505.
limniace, 503.
lingens, 224.
meleagris, 223.
merope, 226.
mesentina, 511.
misippus, 222, 481,
505.
neodamas, 315, 318.
orithya, 505.
phatlanta, 505.
philippina, 511.
phyleus, 319.
plexippus, 315.
polydomas, 318.
proteus, 318.
pylades, 226.
pyranthe, 511.
saba, 226.
serena, 222.
sophia, 222.
terea, 222.
trite, 317.
vanille, 315.
vindex, 227.
zeuxippe, 511.
(Laertias) pammon,
512.
(Menelaides) diphilus,
512.
(Opheides) erithonius,
512.
Paradisea
minor, 251.
er acs
affinialis, 524.
Parasa
sp. ?, 228.
638
Parisoma
frontale, 232.
galinieri, 232.
olivascens, 232.
Parmacochlea, n. g., 273.
Jischeri, 272, 273, 281.
Parmarion
extraneus, 273.
Parnara
mathias, 493.
Parthenia
waricosa, 357.
ventricosa, 363.
Partula
sp., 271.
elongata, 266.
gracilis, 266.
hartmanni, 265
281.
minuta, 266.
Parula
inornata, 286.
pitiayumi, 286.
— pacifica, 286.
Paulia
horrida, 62, 68.
Pecchiolia
acuticostata, 146,
364.
angulata, 146.
insculpta, 146.
subguadrata, 146.
Pecten
maximus, 349.
opercularis, 349.
pes-felis, 143.
philippit, 143.
pusio, 142.
similis, 148.
teste, 145.
vitreus, 143.
Pediris
suleiger, 216, 217.
subopacus, 216.
(Nyctobates) sulciger,
216.
Pelargoderus
arouensis, 218.
rugosus, 213, 218.
Pelecanus
trachyrhynchus, 410.
Pelobates
Suscus, 422, 424.
Pempelia
cautella, 529.
ilella, 529.
Penxus
monodon, 10, 15.
Penelope
montagnit, 283, 312.
ortoni, 282.
INDEX.
Pentaceros
alveolatus, 73.
chinensis, 68.
dorsatus, 77.
granulosus, 67.
muricatus, 71.
nodosa, 83.
nodulosus, 66.
reticulatus, 78.
turritus, 70.
(Nidorellia) armata,
i
Perigea
inexacta, 495.
Persephone
rufilabris, 118.
Petasophora
anais, 303.
cyanotis, 303.
Petromyzon
branchialis, 582.
Pheolzma
equatorialis, 303.
Phaethornis
syrmatophorus, 303.
Phakeilura
immaculalis, 325.
indica, 501, 525.
marginalis, 320,
Phalacrocorax
africanus, 55.
Phalzna-Noctua
latona, 498.
materna, 498.
Phalena-Pyralis
fascialis, 500.
Phalangista
albertisiz, 381, 382.
archeri, 381, 382, 383,
407.
herbertensis, 384, 407.
lemuroides, 386, 887,
407.
viverrina, 385.
(Hemibelideus) lemu-
roides, 385.
(Pseudochirus) archeri,
38.
Pharomacrus
antistensis, 308.
auriceps heliactin,
308.
Phasianella
pulla, 149.
Phelsuma
cepedianum, 2.
newtont, 2.
Phemidias
augias, 319.
Pherusa
guisone, 344.
Pheucticus
chrysogaster, 292.
Philampelus
labrusce, 321.
linnei, 821.
Philemon
plumigenis, 429, 432,
579.
timorlacensis, 429, 577,
579.
timorlautensis,
579.
Philomycus
bilineatus, 259,
Phlyxia
erosa, 10, 18.
432,
| Phoca
cinerea, 195.
Pheegoptera
sp. ?, 322.
cornea, 322.
Pheenicothraupis
stolemanni, 313.
Pholas
candida, 147.
Phragmatexcia
feda, 515, 529.
Phrygilus
alaudinus, 294.
plebeius, 294.
Phurys
garnoti, 324.
helvina, 324.
immunis, 324.
optabilis, 324.
Phyllocharis
eyanipes, 219.
Physa
sp. ?, 272.
rivalis, 277.
sinuata, 271.
Piaya
cayana mesura, 308.
Picolaptes
lacrymiger warszewtezi,
301.
Picumnus
olivaceus, 282.
sclatert, 282.
Picus
major pelzamt, 409.
Pieris
calypso, 225.
chloris, 225.
creona, 225.
lordaca, 491.
mesentina, 511}
phisadia, 488.
valle, 317.
virginia, 315, 317.
zeuxippe, 511.
Piezorhynchus
castus, 432.
Pionus
corallinus, 309.
seniloides, 309.
Pipreola
jucunda, 298.
Pipridea
melanonota venezuelen-
sis, 289,
Pithecops
elorea, 224.
Pitta
brachyura, 579.
vigorsi, 579.
Pituophis
mexicanus, 475.
Placostylus
morosus, 270.
rambiensis, 270.
scemanni, 270.
Plagiosiila
asturiana, 127.
Planorbis
trivolvis, 129.
Platydia
anomioides, 142.
Platymeris
biguttata, 461.
Plusia
eaxtrahens, 519.
limbirena, 497.
vertici/lata, 519.
Plusiodonta
sp. ?, 323.
Podophthalmus
vigil, 10.
Peecilothraupis
atricrissa, 289.
lunulata, 289.
Pecilotriccus
ruficeps, 295.
rufigenis, 295.
Polyboroides
typicus, 251.
Polygonus
lividus, 319.
Polyommatus
amarah, 483.
beticus, 483, 505.
karsandra, 506.
Pontia
acaste, 490.
alcesta, 225.
arne, 488.
dynamene, 487, 509.
glauconome, 492.
pleione, 488.
protomedia, 490.
Porphyrio
melanopterus, 426.
INDEX.
Porzana
carolina, 313.
Praonetha
pleuricausta, 219,
Pratincola
axillaris, 556, 557.
maura, 5d7.
sybilla, 557.
Precis
sophia, 222.
terea, 222.
Prodenia
caradrinoides, 495.
commeline, 322.
ingloria, 495.
Propilidium
pertennue, 148,
Proteides
angasi, 318, 320.
idas, 318.
Protopurce
cingulata, 321.
convolouli, 494.
rustica, 321.
Psammobia
Sferroensis, 145,
Psammomys
obesus, 89.
Pseudocolaptes
boissonneauti, 299.
Psittospiza
riefferi, 282, 292.
Pterophorus
congrualis, 526.
Pterygospidea
delele, 493.
Ptilopus
flavovirescens, 480, 483,
577, 580.
wallacti, 433.
svanthogaster, 430, 433,
580.
Ptychozoon
homalocephalum, 476.
Puflinus
griseus, 150.
Puncturella
profundi, 148,
Pygospila
tyres, 524.
Pyralis
gerontesalis, 523.
uberalis, 523, 529.
Pyrameis
cardui, 482, 505.
spirolinus, 352.
Pyramidella
leviuscula, 364.
mediterranea, 368.
minuscula, 363.
nitidula, 363, 372.
639
Pyramidella
plicosa, 364.
Pyrgus
evanidus, 512.
—, var. adenensis,
493.
galba, 512.
purendra, 512.
syrichtus, 319.
vindex, 227.
Pyriglena
picea, 302.
Pythia
albivaricosa, 267.
apiensis, 268, 281.
castanea, 261.
ceylonica, 269.
ovatus, 268.
pantherina, 261,
pollex, 267.
regularis, 268.
savaiensis, 268.
scarabeus, 261, 267,
268, 269.
tortuosa, 268.
verreauzxt, 268.
wallace, 261.
Querquedula
capensis, 173, 174.
erythrorhyncha, 175.
larvata, 174.
Quisqualis
indica, 520, 521.
Rallus
virginianus, 313.
Ramphocelus
icteronotus, 282, 290.
Ramphomicron
microrhynchum,
305.
Rana
acutirostris, 425.
agilis, 422, 425.
bufoniformis, 210.
esculenta, 422, 425,
5738, 574, 575,
576.
— lessone, 422, 573,
574, 576.
grunniens, 211.
guppyt, 211.
immaculata, 425.
kuhlii, 210.
latastii, 422, 425.
lessone, 425.
maculata, 425.
muta, 422, 425.
nigrovittata, 425.
obtusirostris, 425.
640
Rana
opisthodon, 211.
punctata, 425.
Regalecus
argenteus, 207.
Regillus, n. g., 203.
asper, 204, 205.
Remigia
archesia, 521.
arefucta, 521.
conveniens, 499.
disseverans, 324.
frugalis, 499, 521.
hansalit, 521.
multilinea, 521.
pellita, 229.
persubtilis, 324.
Temaneus, BLA.
Rhacophorus
maculatus, 211.
Rheithrodou
chinchilloides, 458.
pictus, 448, 450, 457,
458.
Rhinoceros
lasiotis, 55.
Rhipidura
brachyrhyncha, 580.
fallax, 580.
flabellifera, 530.
Sfuwliginosa, 530.
fusco-rufa, 432.
hamadryas, 432.
lenzi, 431.
opistherythra, 432.
Rhodaria
sp. ?, 329.
phenicealis, 325.
Rhynchaspis
capensis, 173.
Rhynchonella
sicula, 142.
Rissoa
abyssicola, 115,
116.
@mula, 127.
affinis, 124, 149.
albella, 119, 121.
algeriana, 122.
angulata, 119, 149.
arctica, 123.
arenaria, 124.
aspera, 122.
asturiana, 127.
calathus, 111, 113.
canaliculata, 116.
canariensis, 1\4.
cancellata, 111.
carinata, 116.
ctimex, 111.
cimicoides, 112.
INDEX.
Rissoa
cingillus, 127.
coneinna, 127.
coriacea, 125.
coronata, 134, 140,
costata, 116, 117, 118.
costu/ata, 117, 118, 123.
crenulata, 111.
crispa, 116.
deliciosa, 115, 121,
149.
depicta, 127.
desmarestt, 117.
dictyophora, 113.
dolium, 120, 551.
ehrenbergi, 119.
elegantissima, 115.
elongata, 549.
etneensis, 115.
exarata, 124, 382.
exigua, 116.
eximia, 352.
Jischeri, 118, 149.
galvagni, 127.
glabra, 348.
gracilis, 538.
granulum, 121, 127.
tneonspicua, 120, 121.
intermedia, 112.
interrupta, 118, 119.
Jeffreysi, 112.
lactea, 127.
lancie, 114.
filacina, 118.
maculata, 127.
marie, 112.
membranacea, 117,
118
mighelsi, 124.
minutissima, 2A.
montacuti, 117, 122.
monodonta, 116.
multicostata, 121.
multilineata, 124.
nana, 120, 121.
oblonga, 118.
obtusa, 126.
enonensis, 119.
ovatella, 118.
parva, 118, 119.
parvula, 114, 149.
philippiana, 114.
picta, 127.
polita, 347.
porifera, 118.
proxima, 125.
pulchra, 120.
punctura, 114.
pusilla, 120.
radiata, 12).
reticulata, 111, 112.
Rissoa
rudis, 121.
rujilabrum, 118.
sarsit, 119, 121.
saxatilis, 123.
scrobiculata, 1138.
seulpta, 112,
semistriata, 126.
similis, 117, 118.
sinuosa, 367.
soluta, 126.
sororcula, 112.
splendida, 117.
stefanisi, 128.
striata, 123, 124.
striatula, 125.
subperforata, 122.
subsoluta, 115, 149.
substriata, 126.
suturalis, 353.
targionii, 119.
tenuicostata, 115.
tenuiplicata, 127.
tenuisculpta, 125.
test@, 115, 116, 149.
textilis, 112,
trinodosa, 352.
turgida, 126.
turricola, 120, 149.
variabilis, 116, 117,
118, 128.
variegata, 121.
venus, 111.
violacea, 116, 118.
vitrea, 125.
wyville-thomsoni, 122,
123.
zetlandica, 1138, 116.
Rivala
Jlavonigra, 522, 529.
sericealis, 522.
Romaleosoma
agnes, 223.
medon, 223.
Rusticus
adolescens hanno, 316.
Salamandra
atra, 422, 423.
maculosa, 422, 425.
Salamandrina
perspicillata, 422, 423.
Salatura
genutia, 504.
Salmo
alpinus, 37, 593.
—, var. struanensis,o19.
argenteus, d+.
brachypoma, 34.
cambricus, 34.
coreganoides, 28.
Salmo
fario, 29, 33, 35, 588.
—, var. ausonii, 35.
—-, yar. gaimardi, 35.
—, var. levenensis, 588.
ferox, 33, 84, 35, 589.
fontinalis, 23, 27, 30,
31, 33, 37, 38, 377,
378, 379, 585, 588,
693.
fluviatilis, 28.
gallivensis, 35.
gracilis, 17, 25.
levenensis, 18, 23, 33,
35, 87, 377, 593.
nigripennis, 35.
orcadensis, 34.
salar, 18, 20, 238, 25,
26, 34, 35, 37, 376,
877, 378, 582, 584,
588.
stomachicus, 35.
struanensis, 586.
trutta, 34.
Salpornis
emini, 415, 416, 417.
salvadoria, 416, 417.
spilonota, 416, 417,
Samea
sp. ?, 325.
ecclesialis, 325.
Sarangesa
purendra, 512.
Sauropatis
chloris, 482.
sancta, 426, 432.
Sealaria
acus, 189, 149.
algeriana, 134, 140,
149.
cantrainei, 183.
celesti. 186.
clathratula, 186.
clathrus, 137.
coartata, 189,
communis, 187.
coronata, 134, 141.
corrugata, 132.
erassilabrum, 141.
crenata, 141,
crispa, 136.
digjuncta, 135,
eximia, 136.
foliacea, 136.
formosissima, 140, 149.
frondicula, 137.
frondosa, 134, 136, 137.
geniculata, 133.
grenlandica, 136, 137.
hellenica, 134, 140,
kuzmici, 184,
INDEX,
Scalaria
lanceolata, 138.
longissima, 132, 149.
multilineata, 134.
muricata, 184, 136.
nana, 184, 135, 149.
obtusicostata, 139.
pecchioliana, 136.
producta, 186.
pseudopulehella, 137.
pulchella, 134, 136.
pumicea, 140.
pumila, 136.
rugosa, 136.
scacchii, 141.
schultzit, 184.
semidisyuncta, 135,
149,
serrata, 140.
soluta, 136.
spinosa, 136.
striatissima, 140.
subdecussata, 132.
subulata, 188.
tenera, 139, 149.
tenuicostata, 138.
torulosa, 138.
trevelyana, 134, 137.
turbona, 184, 138.
uncinaticosta, 134.
varicosa, 139, 140.
vittata, 133, 149.
Scarites
striatidens, 404.
Schistes
personatus, 305.
Schizophrys
serratus, 10,
Scirpophaga
dajoiarate, 528.
Scissurella
umbilicata, 148.
Scoparia
vinetalis, 602.
Scopula
massalis, 52d.
palmalis, 525, 529.
subjectalis, 501.
vince 502.
Scopu
ce 543, 553.
Scotomera
tristis, 526.
Scrobicularia
alba, 145.
lon scat 146,
Scyta op
mages a enioes, 282,
Selepa
docilis, 520.
641
Sephela
linearis, 459.
Serolis
acutangula, 330.
antarctica, 330, 338,
338, 339, 340.
australiensis, 330, 334,
385.
bromleyana, 830, 331,
332, 338, 339.
carinata, 330, 337.
convexra, 330, 338.
cornuta, 330, 338, 340.
elongata, 830, 335.
guidichaudii, 330, 338.
gracilis, 330, 332, 338,
340
latifrons, 380, 338, 340.
longicaudata, 330, 335,
336,
minuta, 380, 834, 337.
neera, 330, 331, 338,
339, 340.
orbigniana, 880.
ovalis, 330.
pallida, 330, 335.
paradoxa, 330, 337,
338, 340.
plana, 330, 838.
schythei, 330, 332, 338,
340.
septemcarinata, 330,
338.
serrei, 330, 338.
trilobitoides, 330, 338.
tuberculata, 330, 334.
Serpophaga
leita 295.
Serpula
anguina, 130.
Setophaga
bairdi, 286.
verticalis, 287.
Siagona
Suscipes, 404.
mandibularis, 404.
Sicydium, 153.
sp. n. ?, 164.
acutipinne, 154, 159.
alboteniatum, 155, 164.
antillarum, 154, 157,
5)
172.
brevifile, 154, 158, 172.
eynocephalum, 156,
166
elegans, 155, 162.
fasciatum, 156, 168,
grisewm, 156, 169.
gymnauchen, 155.
Cea ie 158, 154,
——P
642
Sicydium
lagocephalum, 155,161,
166.
laticeps, 154, 160.
macrostetholepis, 156,
161.
microcephalum,
169.
micrurum, 155, 164.
nigrescens, 155, 165,
166.
parvei, 156, 166, 167.
parvipinne, 156, 170.
plumieri, 155, 154, 156,
172.
pugnans, 153, 155, 160,
172.
156,
salvint, 154, 195,
eR
stimpsoni, 155, 166,
172.
teniurum, 158, 15a,
161, 172.
ranthurwn,
162.
Sicyogaster
phat APL T2:
Sicyopterus, 153.
eynocephalus, 166.
macrostetholepis, 168.
microcephalus, 169.
micrurus, 164.
parvet, 167.
stimpsoni, 160,
(Sicydiops) xanthurus,
162.
155,
Siliquaria
anguina, 130.
Siphodentalium
affine, 147,
quinquangulare, 147.
Sitta
canadensis, 233, 414.
krueperi, 233, 414.
villosa, 414.
whiteheadi, 233, 329,
414, 415.
Solenocera
lucasti, 10, 15.
Speelotis
undulans, 516.
Spelerpes
Pane, 422.
Spermophila
gutturalis olivacea,
293.
luctuosa, 293.
obscura, 298.
pauper, 293.
Spheerocoris
ocellatus, 459.
(INDEX.
Sphenophorus
obscurus, 217.
Sphingomorpha
monteironis, 498.
Sphingurus
spinosus, 389.
villosus, 389.
Sphinx
celeris, 494.
idricus, 494.
livornica, 494.
nerii, 494.
Spilodes
nitetisalis, HO%.
Spodoptera
capicola, 228.
Squilla
bradyi, 16.
schmeltzii, 16.
Steganocerus
multipunctatus, 459.
Steganura
melananthera, 305.
Stenogyra
(Nothus) dudimoides,
280.
(—) splendidula, 280.
277.
(Subulina) aefona, 277.
Stenopteryx
hybridalis, 525.
Stereoderma
murrayt, 259.
unisemita, 25d,
Sterra
sacraria, 528.
Stigmatops
salvadorti, 577.
squamata, 432, 577.
Stilbe
acuta, 130, 149.
Strepsiceros
imberbis, 45, 46, 47, 48,
539, 542.
kudu, 46, 47, 48, 542.
tendal, 48.
Strix
sororcula, 431.
strepitans, 559.
Suecinea
bermudensis, 277.
falklandica, 280, 281.
fragilis, 280.
humerosa, 272.
oblonga, 280.
papillata, 272.
(Omalon eh de a,281.
(Trueila) imfundibuli-
formis, 272.
Sycalis
luteola, 294.
Sycobrotus
reichenowt, 557.
Sylvia
habessinica, 231.
nisoria, 477.
Syinphyletes
pedicornis, 219.
Synallaxis
erythrops, 298.
Srontalis, 298.
fruticicola, 298.
pudica, 298.
wyatti, 299.
Syachloe
glauconome, 492.
tranica, 492.
Synclera
traducalis, 501.
univocalis, 501.
Syngamia
florellalis, 3825,
Syntomedia
angasi, 320, 32).
sauleyi, 322.
Syrnola
minuta, 851.
nitidula, 368.
Tachyglossus
aculeatus, 150, 151,
152.
hystrix, 150.
lawesi, 150, 151, 152.
Tachyris
chloris, 225,
saba, 226.
Tadorma
radjah, 434,
Tanagra
auricrissa, 290.
cana, 290.
cyanocephala, 290.
darwini, 283, 290.
Tanygnathus
subaffinis, 481.
Taphozous
affinis, 52, 58.
—-, var. tmsignis, 51,
52, 53.
australis, 52.
saccolemus, 52, 53.
Taragama
ganesa, 515.
Tarucus
nara, 484, 506.
plinius, 506.
pulcher, 483.
theophrastus, 484,
506.
Telegonus
anaphus, 319.
Tellina
balaustina, 145.
compressa, 145.
serrata, 145.
Temnorhynchus
eribratus, 405.
Tephrina
arenaceara, 527.
arenaria, 527, 529.
lithina, 527.
peremptaria, 527.
strenuataria, 527.
sublimbata, 502.
Teracolus
acaste, 489, 490.
amatus, 435, 440.
arne, 439.
bimbura, 511.
calais, 487.
carnifer, 487, 488, 509.
chrysomela, 488.
ca@lestis, 485, 445, 489, |
490 .
daira, 441.
- danaé, 484, 485, 443,
dirus, 509.
dubius, 439, 509.
dulcis, 509, 510.
dynamene, 487,488, 509.
eboreoides, 509, 510.
epigone, 490.
aia, 510.
eucharis, 510.
evippe, 226.
farrinus, 511.
faustina, 436, 4387.
faustus, 434, 435, 436,
437, 508.
Sulvia, 437.
fumidus, 442, 445.
galanthus, 440.
glycera,
halimede, 435, 436, 445,
490.
hewitsont, 490.
immaculatus, 443, 510.
intermissus. 488, 489,
509.
interruptus, 435, 440.
kennedii, 440.
leo, 436, 445.
liagore, 435, 441.
limbatus, 511.
miles, 490.
miriam, 436, 488, 489,
490,
41.
modestus, 440.
nouna, 491.
ochreipennis, 438, 509.
odysseus, 441, 440.
INDEX.
| Teracolus
oriens, 486, 437.
peelus, 439, 445, 509.
pernotatus, 511.
phisadia, 434, 439, 488,
492
phenius, 443,509, 510.
pleione, 436, 488, 489.
protomedia, 490.
protractus, 508.
puellaris, 438, 439, 509.
purus, 510.
rorus, 438, 439, 445.
sanguinalis, 444.
saxeus, 441, 445, 491.
sipylus, 444, 445.
solaris, 437, 445.
subroseus, 443, 445,510.
subvenosus, 445,
swinhoet, 491.
taplini, 444, 445.
tripunctata, 437.
vestalis, 4384, 435, 438,
439, 509.
vi, 437, 445, 488.
asanthus, 440, 445.
yerburit, 441, 445, 491.
| Terebratula
caput-serpentis, 142.
septata, 142.
tuberata, 142.
vitrea, var. minor, 142.
| Terias
sp. ?, 225.
esiope, 485, 508.
asphodelus, 508.
brigitta, 225.
chalcomieta, 485.
curiosus, 508, 529.
desjardinsti, 225.
deva, 317.
floricola, 225.
hecabe, 507, 508.
hecabeoides, 508.
leta, 507.
pulchella, 225.
purreea, 508.
rahel, 225.
senegalensis, 225.
venata, 508.
Testudo
elephantopus, 206.
Tetraceros
quadricornis, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Tetrao
griseiventris, 409.
mlokoziewiczi, 409.
Tetratocera
ericata, 324.
Thalamita
crenata, 10.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1884, No. XLIV.
643
Thalera
diatomata, 526.
Thalurania
hypochlora, 282.
Thamnophilus
albinuchalis, 282.
transandeanus, 282.
unicolor, 301.
Thanaos
djelele, 493.
Tharsis
romettensis, 148.
Thecla
salona, 817.
Thermesia
sp. ?, 229.
usilined, 824.
gemmatalis, 324.
Thiacides
postica, 515.
Thomisus
decipiens, 196, 197,
199
dissimilis, 197.
tuberosus, 197, 200.
Thryothorus
euophrys, 285.
mystacalis, 285.
Thylacinus
cynocephalus, 561.
Thymele
proteus, 318.
santiago, 318.
Thyone
fusus, 373.
okeni, 254.
Thyridospila
suffusa, 324.
Tinea
pulchella, 495.
swinhoei, 502.
tapetzella, 502.
Tinnuneulus
moluccensis, 431.
Tirumala
limniace, 503.
Tmesisternus
glaucus, 218.
Todirostrum
rufigene, 295.
Tornatellina
bilamellata, 280.
trochiformis, 280.
Totanus
incanus, 433.
Toxicum
gazella, 216.
quadricorne, 216.
Toxocampa
sp. ?, 229.
salax, 229.
44
644
Trachyphonus
purpuratus, 476.
Trapezia
areolata, 11.
ferruginea, 10.
flavopunctata, 10, 11,
12,
latifrons, 12.
Triboniophorus
graeffet, 272, 273.
krefftii, 273, 274.
schiitleti, 273.
Trigonocephalus
blomhoffi, 475.
Trigonodes
acutata, 498.
anfractuosa, 499.
hippasia, 521.
Triton
alpestris, 422, 423.
eristatus, 423.
—, subsp.karelinit, 422,
423.
—, subsp. longipes, 422,
423.
vulgaris, 423.
—, subsp. meridionalis,
422, 423.
Trochalus
pilula, 404.
Trochus
exasperatus, 148.
leucopheus, 148.
miliaris, 149.
ottot, 148.
suturalis, 148.
wiseri, 148.
zizyphinus, 149.
Troglodytes
audax, 285.
furvus, 285.
solstitialis, 285.
Trogon
heliothrix, 307.
personatus, 307.
propinguus, 3807.
virginalis, 307.
Tropidonotus
cyclopion, 475.
Truncatella
julie, 354.
Trutta
relicta, 27.
Turbo
acinus, 111.
acutus, 357.
albus, 121, 357.
ambiquus, 138.
ascaris, 342.
cancellatus, 111.
cimex, 111.
INDEX.
Turbo
cingillus, 127.
clathratulus, 136.
clathrus, 137.
conoideus, 347.
corrugatus, 132.
costatus, 116.
crenatus, 141.
curvatus, 367.
decussatus, 352,
elegantissimus, 357.
geniculatus, 133.
gracilis, 359.
endistinetus, 354.
insculptus, 349.
interruptus, 118.
interstinctus, 353.
lacteus, 357.
membranaceus, 117.
minutus, 128.
pallidus, 348.
parvus, 118.
plicatulus, 357.
plicatus, 349.
politus, 366,
pumiceus, 140,
punctura, 114, 115.
quadricarinatus, 364.
reticulata, 112.
ruber, 129.
semistriatus, 126.
spiralis, 352.
striatulus, 125, 356.
striatus, 123.
subulatus, 365.
terebra, 131.
tricarinatus, 131.
triplicatus, 131.
turtonis, 138.
ulve, 128.
ungulinus, 131.
wnicus, 341.
unidentatus, 346.
variabilis, 117.
vitreus, 125.
zetlandicus, 116.
Turbonella
transparens, 348.
| Turbonilla
acuticostata, 359, 372.
albella, 348.
bushiana, 357.
clavula, 345.
eximia, 852.
gradata, 358.
humboldti, 352.
magnifica, 357.
meneghini, 357.
obliqua, 349.
plicatula, 357.
— grenlandicus, 137.
Turbonilla
rathbuni, 356.
speciosa, 357.
Turdus
ignobilis maculirostris,
283.
serranus, 283.
Turritella
communis, 131.
gemitzi, 131.
ancrassata, 131.
interrupta, 356.
philippi, 132.
potamoides, 356, 397.
suturalis, 131, 132.
terebra, 131, 364.
tricarinata, 131.
triplicata, 131.
Tyranniscus
chrysops, 296.
uropygialis, 296.
Tyrannus
melancholicus, 298.
Urapteryx
politia, 324.
Urospiza
albiventris, 431.
Urospizias
sp., 577.
albiventris, 426, 577.
Venus
casina, 145,
effossa, 145.
multilamella, 145.
rudis, 145.
Vireosylvia
Josephe, 287.
Vitrina
inflata, 272.
lamarckii, 276.
leucospira, 272.
masterst, 272.
strangei, 272.
verreauci, 272.
virens, 272.
Volatinia
Jacarina
294.
splendens,
Xanthodes
arcuata, 517.
tmnocens, 496, 517.
Xanthoptera
semilutea, 499.
Xema
sabinii, 150.
Xenophthalmodes
mebii, 10, 12.
Xenorhynchus
senegalensis, 551.
Xylophasia
denterna, 322.
lignicolora, 495.
opposita, 495.
rurea, 499.
Yphthima
asterope, 481.
ttonia, 220.
INDEX.
Zebronia
aurolinealis, 524.
semizebralis, 325.
Zenaida
maculata, 311.
Zethes
umbrata, 323.
Zizera
gaika, 484.
karsandra, 506, 507.
Knysna, 484.
mora, 506, 529.
THE END.
Zizera
pygmed, 484, 507
trochilus, 484.
Zonites
cellaria, 276.
Zonotrichia
pileata, 294.
Zosterops
griseiventris, 43.2.
Zozymus
pubescens, 10.
Printed by Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two
kinds — “ Proceedings,”” published in an octavo form, and
“ Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the ‘“ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published by the Committee of Pub-
lication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates and engravings
are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to
illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals
described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the
new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s
Gardens are often given.
The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part
published in April completing the volume for the preceding
year. The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured,
and 3s. per part for that with uncoloured Plates.
The “Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members,
upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the
Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications
issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds.
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any
bookseller :—
_ [October 1, 1884.]
2
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE-
SPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 2 vols.
To Fellows. To the Public.
Part. Is 1830=31.5 Davole Svoisivececsces sens. see Price 4s. 6d. . 6s.
a) aL. S32: ok dhateSeh cacteceuest ees sp) Ae6ds Gees 6st
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)
Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
- II. 1834. es 4s. 6d. ... 6s. * X. 1842. 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
JIE 1835: 53 4s. 6d. ... 6s. ial 1843s. 9 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
SB 6 6LV.I836 Be AS 1Gd iene OS: » ALE. 1844. = 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
. V. 1837. Ac 4s. 6d. ... 6s. » XIII. 1845. 35 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
» VI. 1838. FF, 4s. 6d. ... 6s. » AIV. 1846. a 4s. 6d. ... 6s.
ey Nadie: a 4s. 6d... 6s. XV. 1847. is 4s. 6d. ... 65.
» VIII. 1840. ne 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Tides 1830-47. “3 4s. 6d, ... 6s.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress ony With Plates Coloured.
To Fellows. To the Public To Fellows. To the pre
d.
Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo.4s. 6d. ... 6s. ... Price
» XVII. 1849. aoe
wn
x
1 1
555 : 1 1
» XVIII. 1850. 5 asvod, 10)..; menage ] 1
or XIX. 1851. rp Asi6ds ~vsss eh 6s. 0 1
5 XX. 1852. - ASOD E ssc teOSey sont 0 A ok
x XXI. 1853. as AsIGG se, 5s 108s one ena; o> ON Gee Omeeaane
] ]
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 2
1 2
1 2
—_
_—
NODNNNDA ARH —CsIN1-
i)
*
» MXIT. 1854. ¥ AshGds cee AGS" cee
» XXIII. 1855. if 4suGd5 i, MP GRUIES
» XXIV. 1856. 5 4s 'Gad: bn wes Gs
5 OV S576 - Ler O divider OSH eee
» XX VI. 1858. iA 4860.4 Sis. NOS ee nied
» XXVII. 1859. As 45605. ast) JGse tee
5 XXVIII. 1860. A 430d <2 C6s oe
Index 1848-60.
ILLUSTRATIONS TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1848-60. 8vo. 6 vols.
Plates Uncoloured. Plates Coloured.
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Publie.
eae Gi Lis «ae Less; @ Py is! dé
Mammalia .......0.e0. 1 vol., 142 46%. 1,10 0. .3., Price 24.8:"0..4. Seo 0
PANES a wadecckeasnetees 2 vols, 2.18 O43 3 s. Ses LS Os 6 6 O*
Reptilia et Pisces ... dove, O15.9° 01-1 02 “2 Lae 110 O
Mollisea....+cce.sccses Povolsss (0.15 9 .:. 1 1 0... 5 Sa eee 110 0
Annulosa et Radiata 1 vol, 111 6...2 2 0 9. Zexarn0 3 ao OF
* No perfect copies of these volumes remain in stock.
3
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Complete. Letterpress only. Illustrations only.
ToFellows. To Public. To Fellows. To Public. To Fellows. ToPublic.
SGN, cloth B2s......6. Al Sicvnes ses As) Od conceess OS staves cee DSAGt 6. 4ls.
LSE ges Pere Ai Sr esdecess Asi Gds.cess<0: OSSsccccnes D/sa6d....< 4ls.
Stee 5. UOYste.tvecen AST a dcce AS: Gdee cesses OS ecenczet Q7isaOdess cee 4ls.
AOA. =55 B2Sieisesest A 8 ade sae ce HOR Crease Gsieeceees 2/82 Od sees 4ls.
BSG S bp toes ccscssess ANS. caveses4 Se OUdeacasess OS \veestcs DsiOdssness 4\s.
PEOGse 55, GoBisasscess ATS. pane as 4g) Od aesess: 68s essences D7 siGds.cce Als.
With Illustr. Uncoloured. With Illustr. Coloured.
To Fellows. Tothe Public. To Fellows. To the Public.
MSG AeClOtlicacsscccsecceccsasece Mle. 6d..... l4si 6d. ..2 82s. 6d. .:. 4/s..60:
RGR Tt, S aces cesssacseasences Uls6d. 5, 145.60. ...:O28s 00s ce. A/S. ,00-
WEG Osaiasy ieaasccaccees ciaseese is! Gd. ...clAs. 6d, <.. 32s. 60. ... 4/5. Ow.
WA Ose sth cataden castes evs teen lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.
Index, 1861-1870............ AsiGda <5 (Os, Od:
irks ClObh scchadawnaect vac tocns lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.
7/28) Ae ibocieeenencnacence Is. 6d=... 04s. 6d... o2s.60. 2.4/7 8.100,
eS feteemeee. aaeuhicvastactomeneces iiss 62.00) 145, 6d... oS. Od: ... 4/50 Oa:
SGA se gece Sicccascetsecrsssces lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.*
a Datial cdisccass<etescccccrs Lilon Os see 148s Ode vos OSS OG ce US OMe
WS Alou sock vosovedcccaskaceces DWss6ds a l4ss Od. 2 d5s, Od. ¢. 00860
LO ice fee eRe OR GE TRE CROnee lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
EYiSeee MEME scicacacniaesesesor lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
MAUMEE eae (atten ateee scot lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
1880, PAY Raticcercte lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
Index, 1871 _ LS8O0R eS 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Od.
HABE ClObh: acs caccesvesset ace lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d.... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
1882, BREE Meets ceils cht oats lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. .., 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
MOD MmE cet cc tecceent. anace ccs Ils. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.
1884, part : @antié& Peb:):. 2sr3d. .s7 dsr 0d... (9s. 0d. 2s 20d,
1884, ,, 2(Mar.& Apr.). 2s. 3d.... 3s. 0d.... 9s. Od. ... 12s. Od.
1884, ,, 3(May & June). 2s.3d.... 3s. 0d.... 9s. Od. ... 12s. Od.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 4to. 10 vols. and Nine Parts.
To Fellows. Tothe Public,
Sd. See Sb:
Vol. I., containing 59 Plates (1833-35) Pricee3 13 6.. 418 (*
Voli. A, 7 fee (1835—4))F 45. 4 0) 0... 5) 6" 6*
Vol. III., 5 Ga"; 1842-49) , 3 8 6.. 411 O*
Vol. IV. $5 78 55 LSol—62)) 7,26 2) Ol 18 2h a6*
Voli V5 re G70 ss 1862-66) 4,5 3, 6.32) °6,19) 0
Vol. VI., ag Oe (1866269), |. 1 5: OL netl be Ona0
Vol. VIL., 3 joees CIS69=72)" tse S17 Orso 6 0
WVolnVTLS oo S25 Gs 1872-74). 9 9' 98" Bh TBO
Vol. IX., % 99") '3 (1875=77) ssnl24 OO TEROF 0
Vol. X., 94 UST —=79) 9 on LO, ON SGhes) oe nee O)
Vol. XI. part 1, containing 4 plates (Jan. 1880) ,, 012 0.. O16 0
Vol: XE aes + Ee (Aus TS80)e) O18: Ol. le 4= 6
Vol:cXTe3. go} 3; 82>, (Mar. TSS); eels 2 WG oe ele LOO
Vol, XLo (4 De 8 ,,” (Ape ssl) Oy Be LO 10: 0
Vials closes mi og of ld) eso (une SSL)ee Ons sees alee tou)
Wolhul. #2 6: ay 65 (Janet882)i. 0) 12. 0s 10/167 0
Wola Xi; 35 is es 9% 33> (Oct 1882) 2, Oslae Oke: 1) 08.0
Vol. XI., ,, 8, - Ue (Se LBRa ieee Oe eee OF 16 20)
Vol. SL. vc Ds a3 100 3, (Octalass\- Olen) Osl6. 0
* No perfect copies of these volumes remain in feck.
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS,
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863.
Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865.
Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866.
Price 1s. 6d.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. 8yo. 1872.
Price 2s.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vyo.
1875. Price 1s.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London, (Sixth Edition.) 8vo.
1877. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) 8vyo.
1879. Price 3s. 6d,
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880.
Price 1s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) 8vo.
1883. Price 3s. 6d.
Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’ s
Office (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s pub-
lishers (Paternoster Row, E. v: ), or through any bbokselion
Price 6d:, Sewed,
A GUIDE TO THE GARDENS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
ile -eighth Edition, corrected according to the present Arrange-
ment of the Gardens,
By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R,S.
OS
SE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,
FOR THE YEAR
1884.
PARE 3.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
JANUARY anp. FEBRUARY.
or |
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, |
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings.] med
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART IL.—1884.
January 15, 1884.
Page
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in December 1883.. ..
Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.Z.8. Note upon a large Lizard of the Genus Phelswma, from
Rodriguez, sent by Mr. J. ©: O'Halloran’. 20 .,0)..0 os curv n © «es ante laisse) ie eres
The Secretary. Exhibition of a Night Heron (Nycticorax griseus), shot in Plumstead
Dar shes: + e's s.00' ere cic .n'o citiwlata brass release, Sires e/e¥evs\ca) si atanclitatet ered penance eer i
Sir Joseph Fayrer. Exhibition of some additional specimens of Deer’s Antlers gnawed by
tier Gers ctr: L/aererel uayeiste sinte fel ate art fae svete Waals rehebetetomere 6 ev unn ater wes ala erteene Niet
Canon Tristram, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of the Genus
Pachycephala :
Ce a ee a i rary
1, Note on the Placentation of Tetraceros quadricornis. By W. F. R. Wxuvoy, B.A., Scholar —
of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Assistant Demonstrator in the Morphological
Laboratory of the University: « ais, sisv.-/sio visas ie sislelsivlc © velit ¢'si sible wikis sitelel a fee
2. Notes on Callithrix gigot. By W. E.R. Waupon, B.A. .......0...cecccer secs venees
3. On some Crustaceans from Mauritius. By E. J. Miers, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant in the
Zoological Department, British (Natural History) Museum. (Plate I.)
4. On Races and Hybrids among the Salmonide. By Francis Day, F.ZS.........-.++.-
5. On the Generic Position and Relations of Echinanthus tumidus, Woods. By F. Jurrrny
Brut, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College.
Relesbes Mls ENTE) Pc eceleit ass ersiaietetaettce eae
1
Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper.
Conrents (continued).
February 5, 1488.
Page
Professor Flower. Remarks upon the Burmese Elephant, deposited in the Society's Gardens 44
Mr. F, Dey, F.Z.S, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a eee Sey
vulgaris) internally devoured by parasites .......-.....-0.eeveees Rie - 44
Mr. Henry Seebohm, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of the American
Kestrel (Falco sparverius), shot in the neighbourhood of Helmsley, Yorkshire ...... 45
Mr. G. F. Butt, F.Z.8. Exhibition of two aoe of a Var ye of the Red Grouse (Lagopus
scoticus), shot in Westmoreland. . Speer Ns J sjelapiatckerapaual ecerateel saves 45
1. On the Lesser Koodoo, Strepsiceros imberbis, of Blyth. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D.,
Bes wecresary tothe Society, (Plate LV.) 0. .f.... ce 0.0.5: 0c) aeteitietn s aabeehe 2 45
2. On some Species of Chiroptera from Australia. By W. Lecux, University of Stockholm. 49
3. Description of a new Species of Lanéarius from Ashantee. By R. Bowpier Suarpr, F.L.S.,
F.Z.8., &e., Department of Zoology, British Museum. (Plate V.) .............. 54
February 19, 1884.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in January 1884
Sith 55
Mr. Scuarur. Remarks upon a copy of the lately issued ‘ Guide to the Calcutta Zoological
Gardens’ and on an example of Rhinoceros lasiotis «1.0... ce cece cece eee cetescecs 55
‘Mr. W. T. Buayrorp, F.RB.S., F.Z.S. Report on the Collection of Drawings of Himalayan
Birds lately presented to the Society's Library by Mr. Brian H. Honason, F.Z.S..... 56
1. Contributions to the Systematic Arrangement of the Asteroidea—II. The Species of
Oreaster. By F. Jurrrey Brut, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy
Cin, Teil «(Ore MER SESS S68 eee RO ICRA IOC Ea ete TPCT coe a Pee Es 57
2. Description d'une espéce nouvelle de Gerbilline d’Arabie (Meriones longifrons), Par
Fernanp Laraste, C.M.Z.S, (Plates VI. and VII.) ........00..cceecccess eevee 88
3. Description of an Asiatic Species of the Neuropterous Genus Corydalis. By J. Woop-
MASON ea CE LAGS) VLED )tek clare a 15.ai an: o/syera icine eda ese sleccr e's Riss she SiassrelsneiaeG aie ( ole’a nie eralets 110
4, On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70
(Part V1I.). By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8. (Plates IX. & X.)...... 111 -
March 4, 1884.
Mr. Howarp Saunpers. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two rare Gulls and a Dusky
BUGARWHUCE Festa ratte sh sa Manis avec wdesicis ec s we as cote ee ae slacks oes = esta cies sai «.. 150
Dr. Cn. W. Lirxen, F.M.ZS., Letter from, containing remarks as to the possibility of there
being more than one Species of the Genus Tuchyglossus inhabiting Australia ........ 150
Mr. J. E. Hantine, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some antlers of the Roe-deer
(Capreolus caprea) from Dorsetshire .......+..eeeesseecaes
saeeccccccccsese.. LOZ
Aeedaiigs to paces arrangemen f
as follows :—
: caine gee Le osaaeee ae fe eis cereal
that with umeoloured
I's
LIST OF PLATES.
1884,
PART IT
Fig. 1, Callianassa martensi; Fig. 2, C. mauritiana; Fig. 3.
Gonodactylus trachurus ......++++..+4+: ;
} Anomalanthus tumidus ait weer ake.
_ ; i
o
“Meriones longifrons settee eee es e
. Meriones shawi, 2 . Ae sen sateen
cae MBIAUICBs o¥e id Vctejo no's te 3
aes
Z-D.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,
FOR THE YEAR~
1884.
PART I:
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
MARCH) anp- APRIL.
<r a
(Ze WEE? sy 2d
Ne ae ay)
AUGUST 1st, 1884.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, ~
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART IL.—1884.
March 4, 1884.
Page
1. A Revision of the Fishes of the Genera Sicydiwm and Lentipes, with Descriptions of five
new Species. By W. R. Oainviz-Grant. (Communicated by Dr. Ginruer, F.R.S.,
VeP.Zi8;) (Plates XT, 5; DOL) nie /aiuucersin’sseeteto's svoieinlntels nte)-= ai otoieyora ie teats eee 153
2. Note on Anas capensis, Gm. By T. Sanvaport, 0.M.Z.8. (Plate XIII.)....... SCOT 172
March 18, 1884.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1884.
(Batis UV wars wleya vaste sierele «ie sinjoleiate sisi via tgiajole a/cimie giovotaunie Sie Seine seas pee ofaisincs. “176
Mr. Tegetmeier, F.Z.8. Exhibition of specimens of the Pink-footed Goose, showing variation
of colouring inthe! feet sat. csi asialureiosars) 6 s\e)e lel shea cisleieis'eintvlel@hastete Aelere enge eeniaaere ue
Sir Richard Owen, K.C.B,, F.R.S. Notice of the twenty-fifth of his series of Memoirs on
the Extinct Birds of the Genus Dinornis .......0.eecseeceeeee aos div. aay 176
1. On the Diseases of the Carnivorous Mammals in the Society’s Gardens. By J. B. Surron,
Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy, Middlesex Hospital Medical College .......... 7
2. On a Sea-Lion from the East Coast of Australia (Ozaria cinerea, Péron). By J. W.
CEARK, HS Z.Bitie.aks ste visors ase. che whe Wetter teen ater PP ee OH eee cite 188
3. On two new Genera of Spiders. By the Rev. O. P. Camsrinan, M.A., C.M.ZS., &e.
(Plate XGV=)) save stares nctesiais inve ales ia ohsvenerelcm eer Se, hora ele came heh Re a terete LOO
April 1, 1884.
The President. Remarks on the Society's Removal to their New Premises
Professor Flower. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, four skulls of the Common Bottle-nose
Whale (Hyperoodon rostratus), showing the Development, with age, of the Maxillary Orests 206
Professor Flower. Exhibition of a mass of pure spermaceti obtained from the “ Head-
matter” of Hyperoodons .... saia\eiialsiaa abt erate lex ints tenn mae AED
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of the Eggs of two Species of
Testudinata laid in the Society’s Gardens.....-
Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper.
1884. PROF. FLOWER ON HYDROCHGRUS CAPYBARA. 253
in the upper jaw being 30 millim. instead of 72 as in the adult.
They evidently represent the narrow apical portion of the permanent
teeth, which as growth proceeds wears off, and they are not in any
case milk-teeth. As the first of the ser ies, or premolar, is as fully
developed as the one which follows it (or first true molar) it must
either have no predecessor, or one which has disappeared at an early
stage of intra-uterine life.
ConTENTs (continued).
Page
Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe. Exhibition of specimens of the Red-throated Pipit (Anthus cervinus)
caught near Brighton, and of the true Water-Pipit (Anthus spinoletta) captured at
Ve ARR Dees, SHAT catig ct) Seer IO EITC MEIOG IIE EOS eEE IRL PICPR ois OEE asia 206
Prof. E. Ray Lankester, F.R.S. Exhibition of a living example of a Scorpion from Ceylon. 207
7
Prof. T. Jeffrey Parker. Abstract of a Memoir on Regalecus argenteus ......0.-00+ cee sae 207
1. On the Acclimatization of the Japanese Deer at Powerscourt. By Viscount Powerscourt,
Bn EU eletacare ada) eraser she alate tnleteee nin ais. dia' a <inle lela sieieie-ie'nll'a 4 cveatstelig'steleparags aj ateyel opetatervele 207
2. Diagnoses of new. Reptiles and Batrachians from the Solomon Islands, collected and pre-
sented to the British Museum by H. B. Guppy, Hsq., M.B., H.M.S. ‘ Lark.’ By G. A.
DERULENQWE) EZ 8. ce ve os 8 ea'e wise e shtaionatel sgebelstaka) sok siete! sds she stainfaca ovate steseraveie sia) olalotete 210
3. Onthe Coleopterous Insects collected by Mr. H. O. Forbes in the Timor-Laut Islands. By
GOR OMe NVATERHOURE.. ) (EIAtC IR VIL. ie eile tins sas, vel ela’ ae'e's els'y o's ouisisin wise a Ble viele 213
4. On the Lepidoptera collected by the late W. A. Forbes on the Banks of the Lower Niger.
—Ruopaocera, by F. D. Gopman and O. Satvin. Herrrocera by H.Drucz. (Plate
XVII.) «...-. Seat eee eee en cece en eees PORRSHC GACT RGR CHOCO Ap aa Cate mate 219
5. Description of three rare Species of Flycatchers. es R. Bowpzer SnArpr, F.L.S., F.Z.S.,
&e., Department of Zoology, British Museum. . meh aces, ste ate mpere Sor rere 0,
6. On an apparently new Species of European Nuthatch. By R. Bowpier Suarrs, F.L.S.,
F.ZS., &e., Department of Zoology, British Museum........ SD EBERIE EE eae 238
7. On the Myology and Viscerél Anatomy of Capromys melanurus, with a Description of the
Species. By G. E. Doxson, M.A., F.B.S. (Plates XVIIT.-XXI.) .... . ccc. cee ee 233
May 6, 1884.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to’the Society’s Menagerie in April 1884 ....... 251
Prof. Bell. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, Estheria melitensis ......1+00000s aire Weare 251
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an old Indian drawing
containing a figure of a White Elephant ......- Saw teisiets ReaotiG Ot are claralahninit atcle's 251
Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.Z.8. Notice of a Memoir on the Reptiles and Batrachians of the
Solomon Islands ........... RAM ane tite once Rie So, Gulu tus we Meee ale cret ere ht ets; oO
1. Note on the Dentition of a young Capybara ne capybara). By Prof. W. H,.
ee LD. TBS US ype ue evttsleiana wickaie PEO RE OUC CRC CLT ORR: eRe 252
LIST OF PLATES.
1884.
Pia tel FT)
Plate Page
Ee \ New Species of Sicydium and Lentipes ............+eeeeee+ 158
XIII. Anas capensis ..0+eeee cece eee e reece tener e nett ee eten anes 172
XIV. Cercopithecus martini ....++6e.. ec eeee esse ee ee eens cooens LUG
MV. Now Spiders... ete sence ss sepoer econ oa). Wen ote 196
_ XVI. Coleoptera from Timor-Laut .......060 sees ee cece eee eees 213
XVII. West African Lepidoptera........ss.seesseeeeee © covveee 219
XVIII; Capromys'melanurys. .....20.60 0.06) es cece ene BRO 233
XIX. "
XX. | Anatomy of Capromys melanurus ......66++.. 6+ se eeeeeees 233
XXI. p : vig
- : es
4 ‘ ot
i fi ep ae + hoe
NOTICE. {toa tf sy a ee
According to present arrangements the * Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, _-
as follows :— q
beta
Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.
Il. ee ) » March and April, on August Ist. 3
III. n < ». May and June, on October Ist. ORs
IV. * S », . November and December, on April Ist.
The price is 12s, per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for
that with uncoloured Plates. .
PROCEEDINGS ‘
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON, |
FOR THE YEAR
1884.
PART III.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
MAY AND. JUNE.
me EK 2
- PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, -
i , SOLD A’? THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
- LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
— [Price Twelve Shillings. |
LIST OF CONTENTS,
PART III.—1884.
May 6, 1884.
2. Studies in the Holothuroidea.—III. On Amphicyclus, a new Genus of Dendrochirotous
Holothurians, and its bearing on the Classification of the Family. By Professor F.
dnrymhy Bary, MiA\, Sec, RALG). vs oecess vegasc vee seumete ae ee 253
5. An Account of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca collected during the Voyage of the ~
‘Challenger’ from December 1872 to May 1876. By Enaar A. Smita. (Plates
BRUISE RXTE) os ss ialeleine wis SW owiaidla Se ea | Laeeie c Ree Roe oe 258
4. Deuxiéme liste des Oiseaux recucillis dans ’Ecuadeur occidental par MM. Stolzmann et
Siemiradski. Par le Comte Hans pz Berurrscu, C.M.Z.S., et L. TACZANOWSKI,
POM-AS.< (Plate XXTV) 5 53. cac sees nhboaresss ses eees ene 281
9. A List of the Rhopalocera collected by Mr. G. French Angas in the Island of Dominica.
By F. D. Gopman and O. Satyin. (Plate D.@. 9.) RN sy Pee ys iS Shes 314
6. On a Collection of Heterocera from Dominica. By Hersrrt Drucez, ELS., F.Z.8.
WB lnte MWe tt tees oA Pace o re eth ear vf Sab 2 ee hee 321
May 20, 1884. ;
Mr. W. T. Blanford. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of Heads of Ovis poli .... 326
Mv..B. Bowdler Sharpe. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a new European Nuthatch (Sitta
Whitehead) sec. aiw. esos se nke ug te MMe IDS... cco csgne Cee ee te ena” 329
Dr. J. G. Garson. Exhibition of a specimen of Lithodes maia, the Northern Stone-Orab .. 329
1. Preliminary Notice of the Isopoda collected during the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’—
Part I. Serolis. By Frank E. Brpparp, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., Prosector to the
Society. iat gots cre .ns gad haere ss een eee Re of e'ece'e oefalele < chet emnah crea 330
2. On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-
70, (Part VIII’) By J. Gwyn Jurrreys, LL.D., FBS. F.ZS. (Plates XXVI.-
RV EEL) | a oa bh mare eat io Sallie acta pe ee Se ee Basan c= iota ES 341
5. Studies in the Holothuroidea.—IV. On the Structural Characters of the Cotton-Spinner
(Holothuria nigra), and especially of its Cuvierian Organs. By F. Jerrrey Bett,
M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College ................ 372.
4. On Races and Hybrids among the Salmonide.—Part II. By Francis Day, F.ZS. ...... 376
5. On some apparently new Marsupials from Queensland. By Roperr Couuerr, C.M.Z.S:
(Plates XXIX. KART) oo ee. dee sb as poise da ve solee she's Oey giles Say eee neaeaeaaa 381.
[Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper.
:
; ConTENTS (continued).
aS Page
st ae June 3, 1884.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May 1884.
(Plate XXXTIT.) 2... ..0008. Saleen te pWienisieisieieetauaa reels rai eras> vitals el eceas 389
Mr. Albert A. C. le Souéf, C.M.Z.S. Letter from, containing remarks upon the Hatching of
two Cygnets from one egg of a Black-necked Swan...........e0e eee ceee ener eee 390
1. On some Points in the Structure of Hapalemur griseus. By F. E. Bepparn, M.A., F.Z.8.,
Prosector to the Society ........seeeseseeeeeee wele\v oslo oluloeldia cote cl elaiate.</e:riaivreni 391
2. On some Hybrid Bovine Animals bred in the Society’s Gardens. BY A. D. Barruert,
Superintendent. (Plates XXXIV. & XXXYV.)....... Sita) Wonet<- asia eee In tance ieaneFenters 399
3. On the Unimportance of the Presence or Absence of the Hallux as a Generic Character in
Mammalogy, as shown by the gradual Disappearance of this Digit within the limits
of a single Genus. By G. BE. Dosson, M.A., FLR.S. 2... -2 cee cee reece cee etee aces 402
4. List of Coleoptera of the Families Carabide and Scarabseidz collected by the late W. A.
Forbes on the Lower Niger. By H. W. Bares, F.RS. ........-2 00 -eeececeeeeees 404
5. Notes upon some Mammals recently discovered in Queensland. By Carn Lumuourz, M.A.
of the University of Christiania ......-....... AEE RSAC OOP Oa OL at SE OU. 406
June 17, 1884.
Mr. Henry Seebohm. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Skins of rare European and
oo Sroiy TING Eee Sri lela Bal a Reh ADR eae Pee aay 9 ier ete PIM Se tales cp 409
. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the deciduous knob of the Culmen of the
Beak of the Rough-billed Pelican (Paecanus trachyrhynchus) ..+.00..0e-eceeeeeee 410
Mr. Sclater. Remarks upon a very singular Habit of one of the Greater Vasa Parrots (Cora- -
copsis VaS@)...... Seman a ccaialeieso\ie.cf opie wisigie’s p/ely's' © oveje sn e.atartarealeaielalatain/ap emia eitye aaa 410
1. On the Employment of the Remora by Native Fishermen on the East Coast of Africa.
By Freperic Hotmwoop, H.B.M. Consul Zanzibar... 2.0... .. eee ee eee eee ee 411
2. Further Notes on Whitehead’s Nuthatch. By R. Bowpter Snarrr, F.LS., F.Z.8., &e.
Department of Zoology, British Museum, (Plate XXXVI.)............-.....0008 414
3. On a new Species of Salpornis from Eastern Equatorial Africa. By Dr. G. Harruavs,
tie are (Eig LGUAONOK VIDE) cote wiatnisSsars,s\v.alastlerd) s arwialsiele s enjaiunt oie gy eplelsmleusten oan ate 415
4. Note on the Names of two Genera of Delphinide. By Wiu1aAm Henry Frower, LL.D.,
HE EO Pe ei a ata (reheat ste cain ios wi Neca ais abe @ era Derw ah elton ele sttiars sce tate 4 sca ties 417
5. Description of a new Variety of Lacerta viridis, from South Portugal. By G. A. Bou eEncer,
HS. (Plate XXX VEL) cee cceciceweesne ajeletale/eineieislalblcielo.cjauxtaloce se cyaisinehast tes 418
6. Amphibiorum Italiz enumeratio systematica. Auctore doct. Lavrentio Camerano .... 421
7. Remarks on a Paper by Dr. A. B. Meyer on a Collection of Birds from the East-Indian
Archipelago, with special reference to these described by him from the Timor-Laut
Group otislands: “By ‘H.'O,-Forsns,EoZi8.5 PMB Gi Bs. 0. ese sepals enn oie ae alee 425
8. On some new and little-known Species of Butterflies of the Genus Zeracolus. By Lt.-Col.
O./Swrvnog, F.L.S., F.Z8. (Plates XXXIX. & KU.) 9... eck sees eee cnctees 434
On the Occurrence of Lumpenus ai okriformis off the East Coast of Scotland. By
ly Francis Day. (Plate XLI.).. aida of aislan, Walere Ss leic'e tluisiars (ait Od op latina 445
10. On a Collection of Muride from fee Peru. By Onprietp Tuomas, F.Z.S., Natural-
History Museum. (Plates XLII.-XLIV.) .......... smigs e's wc umga idee cemteees 447
11. On the oe collected by the late Mr. W. A. Forbes on the Lower Niger. By W. L.
IREMIANENs\y c's .0's ace uiv.« 2,0'0 bremhils 6.6 ait is'w placa OB IOP CT: REE Oc Jat RS AG, 458
12. On the EN of the Individual and of the Species as Forms of Instinctive Action.
By Sr. Georcz Mivant, V.P.Z.S., Ph.D., M.D., F.BS..... 000. eset ee eee - 462
LIST OF PLATES.
1884, ie toe
PART. It.
Plate Page
XXII. ) New terrestrial and fluviatile Mollusca from the ‘ Obal-} 258
XXIII. lenger’ Hxpedition......00..s0eescneens sola era setaye sy
XXIV. Fig. 1. Chlorospingus ochraceus; Fig. 2. Spermophila pauper 281
XXV. Lepidoptera from Dominica........ Pi erin 3) Soeesl4a
XXVI. :
XXVITI. } Mollusca of the ‘Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions... 541
XXVIII. °
OND "Phalanpibta archer ci... tetsec's seieicie sels cleleim arsine +]
XXX. Phalangista herbertensis: 1, J; 2, 9....0...0. teeeeeee L gay
XXXI. Phalangista lemuroides .......2.- 22.005 pisieter ietarauetd Cen :
XXXII. Dendrolagus lumboltzi .. 2... ee cs ee cece cece eees adele
XXXIII.’ Sphingurus spinosus .......... siete we Sele syerniettogatece re |<!)
XXXIV. Hybrid Bovines........ digvealsras eels Ura eerestea ate terete 399
EXER i AER y POI IO VINO Las oie wp e'cts wate s viooviel ob siaatiene ls ielaeeleleate oe
XXXVI. Sitta whiteheadi, Jet ........ sieleeta/o.(.» nln thgleve latafocmiaianese 414
XXXVII. Salpornisemini ............. Nid sole Matra aaleveleias eter vise AED y
XXXVIII. Lacerta viridis, var. gadovii ..........000%0% sjnwoik . tokeee 418
TS. Species of Teracolus .....+........ ala otro etaniaetean em we 434
XL. i
XLI. Lumpenus lampetriformis........ SU Gara ei Gane rr
XLII. Fig. 1. Hesperomys laticeps, var. nitidus ......+.......
Fig. 2. Hesperomys bimaculatus, var. lepidus ..... ese
XL III. Fig. 1. Hesperomys.scalops ....+.++..00- Sigil die eee feasts
{ Fig. 2, Rheithrodon pictus ©. ...55s.0se+.ceswee be tle ere piee
XLIV. Skulls and other characters of Peruvian Muride ...... Beal)
NOTICE.
According to present arrangements the ' Proceedings’ are issued in four parts,
as follows :—
Part, ie peahetning papers read i in January and February, on June Ist.
II. x 4 - Mareh and April, on August Ist.
il. Re 3) is May and June, on October Ist.
Re ee ay ee November and December, on April Ist.
The price is 12s. per part for the sain ‘with coloured, and 3s, per part for
that with uncoloured Plates.
eo Cape beet
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,
FORTHE YEAR -
1884.
PART IV.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
4) a
Sa ai Is) =
PRIL Ist, 1885.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings. |
LIST OF CONTENTS
PART IV.—1884.
November 4, 1884.
Page
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in June, July, August,
and September, 1884. (Plate XLV. figs. 2, 3.) ........... ODOM ovint cro coceee 475
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a ee Cheetah 5 lane)
OTH SS OU CN PAT CONG mle rale nabs telatiwicials|sfowic eats ala raha opeielats oso eats LO
Major W. Brydon, B.S.C. Exhibition of an egg of Hare Tragopan Oe. ae este ANE
Major W. Brydon, B.8.C. Letter from, containing an account of his efforts to procure
Budorcas taricolor-for the Society... csc «+s. octets ea dma wena ek oe eRe . 477
Mr. J. C. Parr, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a chick of the Vulturine Guinea-
Fowl; hatched in’ Lancashire). 4. ..iccie«cieies oy sc sels ep eos sae acon Coe 477
The Rey. H. H. Slater, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the Barred
Warbler (Sylvia nisoria) obtained on the Yorkshire coast........++ os Saeeiepties teats 477
Mr. H. E. Dresser. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Sylvia nisoria and
Uypolars teterina, killedin'Nortolk”.; «2's sc cccevensectociae «ote saree sete nee voce ATT
Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier. Exhibition of an example of the File-fish (Balistes capriscus)
caught off Folkestone
Mr. F. E. Beddard. Notice of a Memoir on the Anatomy and Bpateennlis Position of a
gigantic Earthworm (Microcheta rappt) from ‘the Cape'@oloriy 9... =. 0. oe ceee eee 478
1, Ona Collection of Lepidoptera made by Major J. W. Yerbury at or near Aden. By
Antuur G. Burin, F.LS., F-Z.8,, &. (Plate KLVI.): 5. osc. 2.40) 0s useueee ae 478
2. On Lepidoptera collected at Kurrachee. By Lieut.-Col. 0. Swinoz, F.\LS., F.Z.8.
(Plates GWT. & KE VaLEL:) <1). shee: sre,calerwielere cia soe Sm cnaeia epee a ane ee 503
3. On a case of Cross-breeding between two Species of Flycatchers of the Genus Rhipidura.
By Tuomas H. Porrs, of Ohinitaki, New Zealand
Novemrber:18, 1884.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions’ to, the, _Society’s Menagerie in October 1884.
(Plate KXLY; eel) a cneeeee oe ke Neo eha see ies ee) te 530
Tes!
Mr. J. G. F. Riedel, C.M.Z.S. Letter from, ee remarks upon Mr. H. O. Forbes’s
paper onythe Birdsjof Pimorlao vec .\sicyisislaemsiei + <ivieelee eenee eee thee eeee * 580
1. An Account of a Visit to the Birds’-nest Caves of British North-Borneo. By H. Pryrr,
COM, B85 0; tetova be ava's ale gis Ore aleisiave eYe cenrcrehies SOG Oda cc é ee os siemmearel OG
$s:
[Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper
ConTENTSs (continued).
Page
2. Onsome Mammals from Somali-land. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary
to the Society. (Plates XLIX. &L.) ........-+00-.- Gree a eisicie nie) moceietire aise s 538
$. A Contribution to the Anatomy of Scopus umbretta. By F. E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8.,
Prosector to the Society ...+e..seeeeseeee See MTS Fee Cac Be OIOU SOR OODIOe 543
4. Noto on the Presence of an Anterior Abdominal Vein in Echidna, By F. H. Bepparn,
M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector to the Society ....-.......0eee eens startle ove pt eisi ale, Aovers 553
5. On five new or little-known Species of Hast-African Birds, represented in Mr. H. H.
Johnston’s First Collection from the Kilimanjaro District. By Captain G. E. Suxxuey,
renee (Erlate Wil) \rctaain olars's a cis ofera\a'e/¥ 0/0\a/eie)ieic~\inielaiv’sieie 61% wvies/eln e\aiciersinials oicleu ais 554
6. On the Geographical Distribution of Huhua nipalensis, Hodgs. ; with Remarks on this and
?
on some allied Species. By Jonn Henry Gurxry. (Plate LIL.) ...-+-....-.0-05 558
December 2, 1884.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November 1884 .... 561
Mr. Sclater. Remarks upon the Death of a Greater Vasa Parrot (Coracopsis vasa), which
had passed 54 years in the Society’s Menagerie ......+...sseeeeeeeeec sees veces 562
Mr. G. E. Dobson. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a diagram designed to illustrate the
Evolution of the Mammalia accerding to Prof. Huxley ....... miakefuis:syateleis/ofo ola sipiekere 562
Rey. A. M. Norman and Rey. T. BR. R. Stebbing. Abstract of a Memoir on the Crustacea
Isopoda of the ‘ Poreupine,’ ‘ Lightning,’ and ‘ Valorous’ Expeditions ..........++ 562
1. Studies in the Holothuroidea.—V. Further Notes on the Cotton-Spinner. By Prof. F.
JEFFREY Bent, M.A., Sec. R.M.S. ........00.005 BAe GRO OOE etme isy aniee ens = 563
2. Observations on the Parasphenoid, the Vomer, and the Palato-pterygoid Arcade. By J.
Buanp Svrton, F.R.C.8., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at the Middlesex Hos-
pital, MedicaliC@ollere. (Plates TIM. & DIV.) os. .Sec ccc cc cscs cn nceectne ease 566
3. Notes on the Edible Frog in England. By G. A. Bounenanr, F.Z.8. (Plate LV.)...... 573
4. Notes on some Birds from Timor-Laut. By Count T. Sanvaport, O.M.ZS...+..+++++++ 577
5. Description of a supposed new Species of Flycatcher of the Genus Rkipidura from New
Guinea. By E..P. Ramsdy, F.R.S.E., C.M.Z.S., F.LS., &c.....--0002 eee ee ee eee 580
6. On Races and Hybrids among the Salmonide.—Part III. By Francis Day. (Plates
TBI Nee Cis WLEY )icstecays pie zaca' areal sient Bhat ete eterate, Sica ih aVe ware ates on pee entns elsaisteraas ete = 581
7. On the Wild Sheep of Cyprus. By Lt.-Col. J. Bropurrn, F.Z.S. (Plate LVIII.)...... 593
Appendix: List of Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the year 1884.......+.... 597
Index, atic’ Pateliiareteheiate sintu cchviatulereha’epaisl steve PREIS Tie! eine aie Sree FEED OTD CEE CER PR TICOOT OS.
Title-page, List of Contributors and their Articles, List of Plates, and List of Woodcuts
in the Volume for 1884.
LIST OF PLATES.
1884.
PART. EV.
Plate Page -
Fig. Ie Colius nigricollis ........ Riis epicenter sabe vie cee ee
a» ALY Figs. 2, 3. Colius erythromelon ...... J aveciclele Botisieieeieeene } ae
il Be kos ae Distribution of the Aden forms of Limnas ...... 478
XLVAIT. a: New Lepidoptera from Kurrachee . aisle Bin.cie 6 oe oate ate EME
XLIX,. Piesetliwallorl 2. 2 Is. s> foe vases ook Savers mate ioen ciiere
L. ‘{ Fig. 1. Wild Ass of Somali-land.. eeha feral iefata ae foni6 cose + O58
| Fig. 2. Wild Ass of Nubia ........... SMbidlcle asi s\siee ele se
LI. Nectarinia reichenowi ......--...+-. WeePainas wie.ss wees 554
LII. Huhua nipalensis ........... sisielt.o ele sate eterera elaie eisieleietaleipitie 558
LIM. The Parasphenoid of a Fish, and the Vomer of Man ..--] a6
LIV. The hard Palate of a Lizard, Wombat, and Man......... .
i Figs. 1, 2. Rana esculenta, var. lessons ...,......+ aaa 1 cers
L.{ Fi ig. 8. Rana esculenta, var. typica.......... ocspy © stale thace ee . } 573
Male hybrid between Salmo levenensis, 9, and S. fonti-
<LNL THUS, Behr aah oid etd sete Foto ares Wiel biate: @\acn: glu ie eles oho ie see 581
EVIL Male hybrid between Salmo fontinalis, 9, and 8. alpinus, d.-
» LvIIL. OvisjOp MOM as as este we cic ce Ve cine cleile nie ioie'«, 6 gps -- 593
NOTICE.
According to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts,
pe as follows :—
pee I. containing paper read in January and February, on June Ist.
I.
9 3°. 9 | March and April, on August Ist.
Til. iy. Toa Sree 9” May and June, on October Ist.
IV. ee Sas are Noyember and December, on April 1st.
The price is 12s. per part for theedition with coloured, and 3s. per part for
that with uncoloured Plates.
A second Title-page and List of Plates are given with this Part, for the use
of those who prefer to bind up the Plates in a separate volume. :
ee ay Oe
PM bate) ia
wat ae egies i
pasate rts tabgeee
¢ eal weeigesee
ay)
iat
4
Hee
ae telise
siti
s
arate NN)
BX Nis
a Cotes
a DEN
.
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11